diff options
| author | JanHenrik <janhenrik@janhenrik.org> | 2020-04-01 00:40:03 +0200 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | JanHenrik <janhenrik@janhenrik.org> | 2020-04-01 00:40:03 +0200 |
| commit | f7de54fc6fa6b40dfa2dfbe4c2a8ee933affa126 (patch) | |
| tree | 78465e38a01011dc9f17eb73416011310532017f /midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src | |
| parent | 3ec13d81e70e52246545c720abe756ccf09fb231 (diff) | |
| download | minikbd-f7de54fc6fa6b40dfa2dfbe4c2a8ee933affa126.tar.gz minikbd-f7de54fc6fa6b40dfa2dfbe4c2a8ee933affa126.tar.bz2 minikbd-f7de54fc6fa6b40dfa2dfbe4c2a8ee933affa126.zip | |
added files
Diffstat (limited to 'midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src')
63 files changed, 71501 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5651040 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal.c @@ -0,0 +1,514 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief HAL module driver.
+ * This is the common part of the HAL initialization
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be
+ used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL.
+ [..]
+ The HAL contains two APIs categories:
+ (+) HAL Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ (+) HAL Control functions
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL HAL
+ * @brief HAL module driver.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Constants HAL Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief STM32F0xx HAL Driver version number V1.7.3
+ */
+#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN (0x01U) /*!< [31:24] main version */
+#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 (0x07U) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */
+#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 (0x03U) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */
+#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION_RC (0x00U) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */
+#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION ((__STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24U)\
+ |(__STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16U)\
+ |(__STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8U )\
+ |(__STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION_RC))
+
+#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK (0x00000FFFU)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Macros HAL Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Variables HAL Exported Variables
+ * @{
+ */
+__IO uint32_t uwTick;
+uint32_t uwTickPrio = (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS); /* Invalid PRIO */
+HAL_TickFreqTypeDef uwTickFreq = HAL_TICK_FREQ_DEFAULT; /* 1KHz */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions HAL Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions
+ * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initializes the Flash interface, the NVIC allocation and initial clock
+ configuration. It initializes the systick also when timeout is needed
+ and the backup domain when enabled.
+ (+) de-Initializes common part of the HAL.
+ (+) Configure The time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
+ Tick interrupt priority.
+ (++) SysTick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user
+ can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose
+ timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base
+ duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and
+ handled in milliseconds basis.
+ (++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically
+ at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time
+ when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
+ (++) Source of time base is configured to generate interrupts at regular
+ time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a
+ peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority
+ (numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller
+ ISR process will be blocked.
+ (++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __Weak
+ to make override possible in case of other implementations in user file.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function configures the Flash prefetch,
+ * Configures time base source, NVIC and Low level hardware
+ * @note This function is called at the beginning of program after reset and before
+ * the clock configuration
+ * @note The time base configuration is based on HSI clock when exiting from Reset.
+ * Once done, time base tick start incrementing.
+ * In the default implementation,Systick is used as source of time base.
+ * The tick variable is incremented each 1ms in its ISR.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void)
+{
+ /* Configure Flash prefetch */
+#if (PREFETCH_ENABLE != 0)
+ __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE();
+#endif /* PREFETCH_ENABLE */
+
+ /* Use systick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is HSI) */
+
+ HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY);
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ HAL_MspInit();
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function de-Initialize common part of the HAL and stops the SysTick
+ * of time base.
+ * @note This function is optional.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void)
+{
+ /* Reset of all peripherals */
+ __HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET();
+ __HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+ __HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET();
+ __HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+ __HAL_RCC_AHB_FORCE_RESET();
+ __HAL_RCC_AHB_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+ /* De-Init the low level hardware */
+ HAL_MspDeInit();
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the MSP.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_MspInit(void)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the MSP.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function configures the source of the time base.
+ * The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
+ * Tick interrupt priority.
+ * @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
+ * reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
+ * @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base.
+ * It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals.
+ * Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process,
+ * The SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower)
+ * than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.
+ * The function is declared as __Weak to be overwritten in case of other
+ * implementation in user file.
+ * @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
+{
+ /*Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/
+ if (HAL_SYSTICK_Config(SystemCoreClock / (1000U / uwTickFreq)) > 0U)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
+ if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
+ {
+ HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
+ uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 HAL Control functions
+ * @brief HAL Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### HAL Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Provide a tick value in millisecond
+ (+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond
+ (+) Suspend the time base source interrupt
+ (+) Resume the time base source interrupt
+ (+) Get the HAL API driver version
+ (+) Get the device identifier
+ (+) Get the device revision identifier
+ (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during Sleep mode
+ (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode
+ (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick"
+ * used as application time base.
+ * @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms
+ * in SysTick ISR.
+ * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+ * implementations in user file.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_IncTick(void)
+{
+ uwTick += uwTickFreq;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Provides a tick value in millisecond.
+ * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+ * implementations in user file.
+ * @retval tick value
+ */
+__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void)
+{
+ return uwTick;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function returns a tick priority.
+ * @retval tick priority
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_GetTickPrio(void)
+{
+ return uwTickPrio;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set new tick Freq.
+ * @retval status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SetTickFreq(HAL_TickFreqTypeDef Freq)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ HAL_TickFreqTypeDef prevTickFreq;
+
+ assert_param(IS_TICKFREQ(Freq));
+
+ if (uwTickFreq != Freq)
+ {
+ /* Back up uwTickFreq frequency */
+ prevTickFreq = uwTickFreq;
+
+ /* Update uwTickFreq global variable used by HAL_InitTick() */
+ uwTickFreq = Freq;
+
+ /* Apply the new tick Freq */
+ status = HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio);
+
+ if (status != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Restore previous tick frequency */
+ uwTickFreq = prevTickFreq;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief return tick frequency.
+ * @retval tick period in Hz
+ */
+HAL_TickFreqTypeDef HAL_GetTickFreq(void)
+{
+ return uwTickFreq;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based
+ * on variable incremented.
+ * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base.
+ * It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick
+ * is incremented.
+ * @note ThiS function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+ * implementations in user file.
+ * @param Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_Delay(uint32_t Delay)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+ uint32_t wait = Delay;
+
+ /* Add a freq to guarantee minimum wait */
+ if (wait < HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ wait += (uint32_t)(uwTickFreq);
+ }
+
+ while((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < wait)
+ {
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Suspend Tick increment.
+ * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
+ * used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick()
+ * is called, the the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment
+ * is suspended.
+ * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+ * implementations in user file.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
+
+{
+ /* Disable SysTick Interrupt */
+ CLEAR_BIT(SysTick->CTRL,SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Resume Tick increment.
+ * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
+ * used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick()
+ * is called, the the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment
+ * is resumed.
+ * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+ * implementations in user file.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
+{
+ /* Enable SysTick Interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(SysTick->CTRL,SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This method returns the HAL revision
+ * @retval version 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC)
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void)
+{
+ return __STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the device revision identifier.
+ * @retval Device revision identifier
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void)
+{
+ return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) >> 16U);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the device identifier.
+ * @retval Device identifier
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void)
+{
+ return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns first word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
+ * @retval Device identifier
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw0(void)
+{
+ return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)UID_BASE)));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns second word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
+ * @retval Device identifier
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw1(void)
+{
+ return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 4U))));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns third word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
+ * @retval Device identifier
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw2(void)
+{
+ return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 8U))));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the Debug Module during STOP mode
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_adc.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_adc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c382417 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_adc.c @@ -0,0 +1,2476 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_adc.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Analog to Digital Convertor (ADC)
+ * peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * ++ Initialization and Configuration of ADC
+ * + Operation functions
+ * ++ Start, stop, get result of conversions of regular
+ * group, using 3 possible modes: polling, interruption or DMA.
+ * + Control functions
+ * ++ Channels configuration on regular group
+ * ++ Analog Watchdog configuration
+ * + State functions
+ * ++ ADC state machine management
+ * ++ Interrupts and flags management
+ * Other functions (extended functions) are available in file
+ * "stm32f0xx_hal_adc_ex.c".
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### ADC peripheral features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (+) 12-bit, 10-bit, 8-bit or 6-bit configurable resolution
+
+ (+) Interrupt generation at the end of regular conversion and in case of
+ analog watchdog or overrun events.
+
+ (+) Single and continuous conversion modes.
+
+ (+) Scan mode for conversion of several channels sequentially.
+
+ (+) Data alignment with in-built data coherency.
+
+ (+) Programmable sampling time (common for all channels)
+
+ (+) ADC conversion of regular group.
+
+ (+) External trigger (timer or EXTI) with configurable polarity
+
+ (+) DMA request generation for transfer of conversions data of regular group.
+
+ (+) ADC calibration
+
+ (+) ADC supply requirements: 2.4 V to 3.6 V at full speed and down to 1.8 V at
+ slower speed.
+
+ (+) ADC input range: from Vref- (connected to Vssa) to Vref+ (connected to
+ Vdda or to an external voltage reference).
+
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+
+ *** Configuration of top level parameters related to ADC ***
+ ============================================================
+ [..]
+
+ (#) Enable the ADC interface
+ (++) As prerequisite, ADC clock must be configured at RCC top level.
+ Caution: On STM32F0, ADC clock frequency max is 14MHz (refer
+ to device datasheet).
+ Therefore, ADC clock prescaler must be configured in
+ function of ADC clock source frequency to remain below
+ this maximum frequency.
+
+ (++) Two clock settings are mandatory:
+ (+++) ADC clock (core clock, also possibly conversion clock).
+
+ (+++) ADC clock (conversions clock).
+ Two possible clock sources: synchronous clock derived from APB clock
+ or asynchronous clock derived from ADC dedicated HSI RC oscillator
+ 14MHz.
+ If asynchronous clock is selected, parameter "HSI14State" must be set either:
+ - to "...HSI14State = RCC_HSI14_ADC_CONTROL" to let the ADC control
+ the HSI14 oscillator enable/disable (if not used to supply the main
+ system clock): feature used if ADC mode LowPowerAutoPowerOff is
+ enabled.
+ - to "...HSI14State = RCC_HSI14_ON" to maintain the HSI14 oscillator
+ always enabled: can be used to supply the main system clock.
+
+ (+++) Example:
+ Into HAL_ADC_MspInit() (recommended code location) or with
+ other device clock parameters configuration:
+ (+++) __HAL_RCC_ADC1_CLK_ENABLE(); (mandatory)
+
+ HI14 enable or let under control of ADC: (optional: if asynchronous clock selected)
+ (+++) RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStructure;
+ (+++) RCC_OscInitStructure.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI14;
+ (+++) RCC_OscInitStructure.HSI14CalibrationValue = RCC_HSI14CALIBRATION_DEFAULT;
+ (+++) RCC_OscInitStructure.HSI14State = RCC_HSI14_ADC_CONTROL;
+ (+++) RCC_OscInitStructure.PLL... (optional if used for system clock)
+ (+++) HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStructure);
+
+ (++) ADC clock source and clock prescaler are configured at ADC level with
+ parameter "ClockPrescaler" using function HAL_ADC_Init().
+
+ (#) ADC pins configuration
+ (++) Enable the clock for the ADC GPIOs
+ using macro __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE()
+ (++) Configure these ADC pins in analog mode
+ using function HAL_GPIO_Init()
+
+ (#) Optionally, in case of usage of ADC with interruptions:
+ (++) Configure the NVIC for ADC
+ using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(ADCx_IRQn)
+ (++) Insert the ADC interruption handler function HAL_ADC_IRQHandler()
+ into the function of corresponding ADC interruption vector
+ ADCx_IRQHandler().
+
+ (#) Optionally, in case of usage of DMA:
+ (++) Configure the DMA (DMA channel, mode normal or circular, ...)
+ using function HAL_DMA_Init().
+ (++) Configure the NVIC for DMA
+ using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(DMAx_Channelx_IRQn)
+ (++) Insert the ADC interruption handler function HAL_ADC_IRQHandler()
+ into the function of corresponding DMA interruption vector
+ DMAx_Channelx_IRQHandler().
+
+ *** Configuration of ADC, group regular, channels parameters ***
+ ================================================================
+ [..]
+
+ (#) Configure the ADC parameters (resolution, data alignment, ...)
+ and regular group parameters (conversion trigger, sequencer, ...)
+ using function HAL_ADC_Init().
+
+ (#) Configure the channels for regular group parameters (channel number,
+ channel rank into sequencer, ..., into regular group)
+ using function HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel().
+
+ (#) Optionally, configure the analog watchdog parameters (channels
+ monitored, thresholds, ...)
+ using function HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig().
+
+ *** Execution of ADC conversions ***
+ ====================================
+ [..]
+
+ (#) Optionally, perform an automatic ADC calibration to improve the
+ conversion accuracy
+ using function HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start().
+
+ (#) ADC driver can be used among three modes: polling, interruption,
+ transfer by DMA.
+
+ (++) ADC conversion by polling:
+ (+++) Activate the ADC peripheral and start conversions
+ using function HAL_ADC_Start()
+ (+++) Wait for ADC conversion completion
+ using function HAL_ADC_PollForConversion()
+ (+++) Retrieve conversion results
+ using function HAL_ADC_GetValue()
+ (+++) Stop conversion and disable the ADC peripheral
+ using function HAL_ADC_Stop()
+
+ (++) ADC conversion by interruption:
+ (+++) Activate the ADC peripheral and start conversions
+ using function HAL_ADC_Start_IT()
+ (+++) Wait for ADC conversion completion by call of function
+ HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback()
+ (this function must be implemented in user program)
+ (+++) Retrieve conversion results
+ using function HAL_ADC_GetValue()
+ (+++) Stop conversion and disable the ADC peripheral
+ using function HAL_ADC_Stop_IT()
+
+ (++) ADC conversion with transfer by DMA:
+ (+++) Activate the ADC peripheral and start conversions
+ using function HAL_ADC_Start_DMA()
+ (+++) Wait for ADC conversion completion by call of function
+ HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() or HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback()
+ (these functions must be implemented in user program)
+ (+++) Conversion results are automatically transferred by DMA into
+ destination variable address.
+ (+++) Stop conversion and disable the ADC peripheral
+ using function HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA()
+
+ [..]
+
+ (@) Callback functions must be implemented in user program:
+ (+@) HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback()
+ (+@) HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback() (callback of analog watchdog)
+ (+@) HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback()
+ (+@) HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback
+
+ *** Deinitialization of ADC ***
+ ============================================================
+ [..]
+
+ (#) Disable the ADC interface
+ (++) ADC clock can be hard reset and disabled at RCC top level.
+ (++) Hard reset of ADC peripherals
+ using macro __ADCx_FORCE_RESET(), __ADCx_RELEASE_RESET().
+ (++) ADC clock disable
+ using the equivalent macro/functions as configuration step.
+ (+++) Example:
+ Into HAL_ADC_MspDeInit() (recommended code location) or with
+ other device clock parameters configuration:
+ (+++) RCC_OscInitStructure.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI14;
+ (+++) RCC_OscInitStructure.HSI14State = RCC_HSI14_OFF; (if not used for system clock)
+ (+++) HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStructure);
+
+ (#) ADC pins configuration
+ (++) Disable the clock for the ADC GPIOs
+ using macro __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_DISABLE()
+
+ (#) Optionally, in case of usage of ADC with interruptions:
+ (++) Disable the NVIC for ADC
+ using function HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(ADCx_IRQn)
+
+ (#) Optionally, in case of usage of DMA:
+ (++) Deinitialize the DMA
+ using function HAL_DMA_DeInit().
+ (++) Disable the NVIC for DMA
+ using function HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(DMAx_Channelx_IRQn)
+
+ [..]
+
+ *** Callback registration ***
+ =============================================
+ [..]
+
+ The compilation flag USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS, when set to 1,
+ allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+ Use Functions @ref HAL_ADC_RegisterCallback()
+ to register an interrupt callback.
+ [..]
+
+ Function @ref HAL_ADC_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
+ (+) ConvCpltCallback : ADC conversion complete callback
+ (+) ConvHalfCpltCallback : ADC conversion DMA half-transfer callback
+ (+) LevelOutOfWindowCallback : ADC analog watchdog 1 callback
+ (+) ErrorCallback : ADC error callback
+ (+) MspInitCallback : ADC Msp Init callback
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : ADC Msp DeInit callback
+ This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+ and a pointer to the user callback function.
+ [..]
+
+ Use function @ref HAL_ADC_UnRegisterCallback to reset a callback to the default
+ weak function.
+ [..]
+
+ @ref HAL_ADC_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+ and the Callback ID.
+ This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+ (+) ConvCpltCallback : ADC conversion complete callback
+ (+) ConvHalfCpltCallback : ADC conversion DMA half-transfer callback
+ (+) LevelOutOfWindowCallback : ADC analog watchdog 1 callback
+ (+) ErrorCallback : ADC error callback
+ (+) MspInitCallback : ADC Msp Init callback
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : ADC Msp DeInit callback
+ [..]
+
+ By default, after the @ref HAL_ADC_Init() and when the state is @ref HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET
+ all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions:
+ examples @ref HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(), @ref HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback().
+ Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are
+ reset to the legacy weak functions in the @ref HAL_ADC_Init()/ @ref HAL_ADC_DeInit() only when
+ these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
+ [..]
+
+ If MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_ADC_Init()/ @ref HAL_ADC_DeInit()
+ keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand) whatever the state.
+ [..]
+
+ Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in @ref HAL_ADC_STATE_READY state only.
+ Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit functions that can be registered/unregistered
+ in @ref HAL_ADC_STATE_READY or @ref HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET state,
+ thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
+ [..]
+
+ Then, the user first registers the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+ using @ref HAL_ADC_RegisterCallback() before calling @ref HAL_ADC_DeInit()
+ or @ref HAL_ADC_Init() function.
+ [..]
+
+ When the compilation flag USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+ not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks
+ are set to the corresponding weak functions.
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC ADC
+ * @brief ADC HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Constants ADC Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+ /* Fixed timeout values for ADC calibration, enable settling time, disable */
+ /* settling time. */
+ /* Values defined to be higher than worst cases: low clock frequency, */
+ /* maximum prescaler. */
+ /* Ex of profile low frequency : Clock source at 0.1 MHz, ADC clock */
+ /* prescaler 4, sampling time 7.5 ADC clock cycles, resolution 12 bits. */
+ /* Unit: ms */
+ #define ADC_ENABLE_TIMEOUT ( 2U)
+ #define ADC_DISABLE_TIMEOUT ( 2U)
+ #define ADC_STOP_CONVERSION_TIMEOUT ( 2U)
+
+ /* Delay for ADC stabilization time. */
+ /* Maximum delay is 1us (refer to device datasheet, parameter tSTAB). */
+ /* Unit: us */
+ #define ADC_STAB_DELAY_US ( 1U)
+
+ /* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time. */
+ /* Maximum delay is 10us (refer to device datasheet, parameter tSTART). */
+ /* Unit: us */
+ #define ADC_TEMPSENSOR_DELAY_US ( 10U)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Functions ADC Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef ADC_Enable(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef ADC_Disable(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef ADC_ConversionStop(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc);
+static void ADC_DMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void ADC_DMAHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void ADC_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions ADC Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize and configure the ADC.
+ (+) De-initialize the ADC
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the ADC peripheral and regular group according to
+ * parameters specified in structure "ADC_InitTypeDef".
+ * @note As prerequisite, ADC clock must be configured at RCC top level
+ * depending on both possible clock sources: APB clock of HSI clock.
+ * See commented example code below that can be copied and uncommented
+ * into HAL_ADC_MspInit().
+ * @note Possibility to update parameters on the fly:
+ * This function initializes the ADC MSP (HAL_ADC_MspInit()) only when
+ * coming from ADC state reset. Following calls to this function can
+ * be used to reconfigure some parameters of ADC_InitTypeDef
+ * structure on the fly, without modifying MSP configuration. If ADC
+ * MSP has to be modified again, HAL_ADC_DeInit() must be called
+ * before HAL_ADC_Init().
+ * The setting of these parameters is conditioned to ADC state.
+ * For parameters constraints, see comments of structure
+ * "ADC_InitTypeDef".
+ * @note This function configures the ADC within 2 scopes: scope of entire
+ * ADC and scope of regular group. For parameters details, see comments
+ * of structure "ADC_InitTypeDef".
+ * @param hadc ADC handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Init(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t tmpCFGR1 = 0U;
+
+ /* Check ADC handle */
+ if(hadc == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_CLOCKPRESCALER(hadc->Init.ClockPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_RESOLUTION(hadc->Init.Resolution));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(hadc->Init.DataAlign));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_SCAN_MODE(hadc->Init.ScanConvMode));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.DiscontinuousConvMode));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_EXTTRIG_EDGE(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_EXTTRIG(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.DMAContinuousRequests));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_EOC_SELECTION(hadc->Init.EOCSelection));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_OVERRUN(hadc->Init.Overrun));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.LowPowerAutoWait));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.LowPowerAutoPowerOff));
+
+ /* As prerequisite, into HAL_ADC_MspInit(), ADC clock must be configured */
+ /* at RCC top level depending on both possible clock sources: */
+ /* APB clock or HSI clock. */
+ /* Refer to header of this file for more details on clock enabling procedure*/
+
+ /* Actions performed only if ADC is coming from state reset: */
+ /* - Initialization of ADC MSP */
+ /* - ADC voltage regulator enable */
+ if (hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Initialize ADC error code */
+ ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc);
+
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ hadc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Init the ADC Callback settings */
+ hadc->ConvCpltCallback = HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak callback */
+ hadc->ConvHalfCpltCallback = HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak callback */
+ hadc->LevelOutOfWindowCallback = HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback; /* Legacy weak callback */
+ hadc->ErrorCallback = HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak callback */
+
+ if (hadc->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hadc->MspInitCallback = HAL_ADC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ hadc->MspInitCallback(hadc);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ HAL_ADC_MspInit(hadc);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ /* Configuration of ADC parameters if previous preliminary actions are */
+ /* correctly completed. */
+ /* and if there is no conversion on going on regular group (ADC can be */
+ /* enabled anyway, in case of call of this function to update a parameter */
+ /* on the fly). */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL) &&
+ (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) &&
+ (ADC_IS_CONVERSION_ONGOING_REGULAR(hadc) == RESET) )
+ {
+ /* Set ADC state */
+ ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL);
+
+ /* Parameters update conditioned to ADC state: */
+ /* Parameters that can be updated only when ADC is disabled: */
+ /* - ADC clock mode */
+ /* - ADC clock prescaler */
+ /* - ADC resolution */
+ if (ADC_IS_ENABLE(hadc) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Some parameters of this register are not reset, since they are set */
+ /* by other functions and must be kept in case of usage of this */
+ /* function on the fly (update of a parameter of ADC_InitTypeDef */
+ /* without needing to reconfigure all other ADC groups/channels */
+ /* parameters): */
+ /* - internal measurement paths: Vbat, temperature sensor, Vref */
+ /* (set into HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel() ) */
+
+ /* Configuration of ADC resolution */
+ MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->CFGR1,
+ ADC_CFGR1_RES ,
+ hadc->Init.Resolution );
+
+ /* Configuration of ADC clock mode: clock source AHB or HSI with */
+ /* selectable prescaler */
+ MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->CFGR2 ,
+ ADC_CFGR2_CKMODE ,
+ hadc->Init.ClockPrescaler );
+ }
+
+ /* Configuration of ADC: */
+ /* - discontinuous mode */
+ /* - LowPowerAutoWait mode */
+ /* - LowPowerAutoPowerOff mode */
+ /* - continuous conversion mode */
+ /* - overrun */
+ /* - external trigger to start conversion */
+ /* - external trigger polarity */
+ /* - data alignment */
+ /* - resolution */
+ /* - scan direction */
+ /* - DMA continuous request */
+ hadc->Instance->CFGR1 &= ~( ADC_CFGR1_DISCEN |
+ ADC_CFGR1_AUTOFF |
+ ADC_CFGR1_AUTDLY |
+ ADC_CFGR1_CONT |
+ ADC_CFGR1_OVRMOD |
+ ADC_CFGR1_EXTSEL |
+ ADC_CFGR1_EXTEN |
+ ADC_CFGR1_ALIGN |
+ ADC_CFGR1_SCANDIR |
+ ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG );
+
+ tmpCFGR1 |= (ADC_CFGR1_AUTOWAIT((uint32_t)hadc->Init.LowPowerAutoWait) |
+ ADC_CFGR1_AUTOOFF((uint32_t)hadc->Init.LowPowerAutoPowerOff) |
+ ADC_CFGR1_CONTINUOUS((uint32_t)hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode) |
+ ADC_CFGR1_OVERRUN(hadc->Init.Overrun) |
+ hadc->Init.DataAlign |
+ ADC_SCANDIR(hadc->Init.ScanConvMode) |
+ ADC_CFGR1_DMACONTREQ((uint32_t)hadc->Init.DMAContinuousRequests) );
+
+ /* Enable discontinuous mode only if continuous mode is disabled */
+ if (hadc->Init.DiscontinuousConvMode == ENABLE)
+ {
+ if (hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode == DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected ADC group regular discontinuous mode */
+ tmpCFGR1 |= ADC_CFGR1_DISCEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* ADC regular group discontinuous was intended to be enabled, */
+ /* but ADC regular group modes continuous and sequencer discontinuous */
+ /* cannot be enabled simultaneously. */
+
+ /* Update ADC state machine to error */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG);
+
+ /* Set ADC error code to ADC IP internal error */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Enable external trigger if trigger selection is different of software */
+ /* start. */
+ /* Note: This configuration keeps the hardware feature of parameter */
+ /* ExternalTrigConvEdge "trigger edge none" equivalent to */
+ /* software start. */
+ if (hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv != ADC_SOFTWARE_START)
+ {
+ tmpCFGR1 |= ( hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv |
+ hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge );
+ }
+
+ /* Update ADC configuration register with previous settings */
+ hadc->Instance->CFGR1 |= tmpCFGR1;
+
+ /* Channel sampling time configuration */
+ /* Management of parameters "SamplingTimeCommon" and "SamplingTime" */
+ /* (obsolete): sampling time set in this function if parameter */
+ /* "SamplingTimeCommon" has been set to a valid sampling time. */
+ /* Otherwise, sampling time is set into ADC channel initialization */
+ /* structure with parameter "SamplingTime" (obsolete). */
+ if (IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(hadc->Init.SamplingTimeCommon))
+ {
+ /* Channel sampling time configuration */
+ /* Clear the old sample time */
+ hadc->Instance->SMPR &= ~(ADC_SMPR_SMP);
+
+ /* Set the new sample time */
+ hadc->Instance->SMPR |= ADC_SMPR_SET(hadc->Init.SamplingTimeCommon);
+ }
+
+ /* Check back that ADC registers have effectively been configured to */
+ /* ensure of no potential problem of ADC core IP clocking. */
+ /* Check through register CFGR1 (excluding analog watchdog configuration: */
+ /* set into separate dedicated function, and bits of ADC resolution set */
+ /* out of temporary variable 'tmpCFGR1'). */
+ if ((hadc->Instance->CFGR1 & ~(ADC_CFGR1_AWDCH | ADC_CFGR1_AWDEN | ADC_CFGR1_AWDSGL | ADC_CFGR1_RES))
+ == tmpCFGR1)
+ {
+ /* Set ADC error code to none */
+ ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc);
+
+ /* Set the ADC state */
+ ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_READY);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update ADC state machine to error */
+ ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+
+ /* Set ADC error code to ADC IP internal error */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+
+ tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update ADC state machine to error */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+
+ tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return tmp_hal_status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitialize the ADC peripheral registers to their default reset
+ * values, with deinitialization of the ADC MSP.
+ * @note For devices with several ADCs: reset of ADC common registers is done
+ * only if all ADCs sharing the same common group are disabled.
+ * If this is not the case, reset of these common parameters reset is
+ * bypassed without error reporting: it can be the intended behaviour in
+ * case of reset of a single ADC while the other ADCs sharing the same
+ * common group is still running.
+ * @param hadc ADC handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_DeInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check ADC handle */
+ if(hadc == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
+
+ /* Set ADC state */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL);
+
+ /* Stop potential conversion on going, on regular group */
+ tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop(hadc);
+
+ /* Disable ADC peripheral if conversions are effectively stopped */
+ if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable the ADC peripheral */
+ tmp_hal_status = ADC_Disable(hadc);
+
+ /* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */
+ if (tmp_hal_status != HAL_ERROR)
+ {
+ /* Change ADC state */
+ hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ /* Configuration of ADC parameters if previous preliminary actions are */
+ /* correctly completed. */
+ if (tmp_hal_status != HAL_ERROR)
+ {
+
+ /* ========== Reset ADC registers ========== */
+ /* Reset register IER */
+ __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, (ADC_IT_AWD | ADC_IT_OVR |
+ ADC_IT_EOS | ADC_IT_EOC |
+ ADC_IT_EOSMP | ADC_IT_RDY ) );
+
+ /* Reset register ISR */
+ __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, (ADC_FLAG_AWD | ADC_FLAG_OVR |
+ ADC_FLAG_EOS | ADC_FLAG_EOC |
+ ADC_FLAG_EOSMP | ADC_FLAG_RDY ) );
+
+ /* Reset register CR */
+ /* Bits ADC_CR_ADCAL, ADC_CR_ADSTP, ADC_CR_ADSTART are in access mode */
+ /* "read-set": no direct reset applicable. */
+
+ /* Reset register CFGR1 */
+ hadc->Instance->CFGR1 &= ~(ADC_CFGR1_AWDCH | ADC_CFGR1_AWDEN | ADC_CFGR1_AWDSGL | ADC_CFGR1_DISCEN |
+ ADC_CFGR1_AUTOFF | ADC_CFGR1_WAIT | ADC_CFGR1_CONT | ADC_CFGR1_OVRMOD |
+ ADC_CFGR1_EXTEN | ADC_CFGR1_EXTSEL | ADC_CFGR1_ALIGN | ADC_CFGR1_RES |
+ ADC_CFGR1_SCANDIR | ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG | ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN );
+
+ /* Reset register CFGR2 */
+ /* Note: Update of ADC clock mode is conditioned to ADC state disabled: */
+ /* already done above. */
+ hadc->Instance->CFGR2 &= ~ADC_CFGR2_CKMODE;
+
+ /* Reset register SMPR */
+ hadc->Instance->SMPR &= ~ADC_SMPR_SMP;
+
+ /* Reset register TR1 */
+ hadc->Instance->TR &= ~(ADC_TR_HT | ADC_TR_LT);
+
+ /* Reset register CHSELR */
+ hadc->Instance->CHSELR &= ~(ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL18 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL17 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL16 |
+ ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL15 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL14 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL13 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL12 |
+ ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL11 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL10 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL9 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL8 |
+ ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL7 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL6 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL5 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL4 |
+ ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL3 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL2 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL1 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL0 );
+
+ /* Reset register DR */
+ /* bits in access mode read only, no direct reset applicable*/
+
+ /* Reset register CCR */
+ ADC->CCR &= ~(ADC_CCR_ALL);
+
+ /* ========== Hard reset ADC peripheral ========== */
+ /* Performs a global reset of the entire ADC peripheral: ADC state is */
+ /* forced to a similar state after device power-on. */
+ /* If needed, copy-paste and uncomment the following reset code into */
+ /* function "void HAL_ADC_MspInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)": */
+ /* */
+ /* __HAL_RCC_ADC1_FORCE_RESET() */
+ /* __HAL_RCC_ADC1_RELEASE_RESET() */
+
+#if (USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (hadc->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hadc->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_ADC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ }
+
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ hadc->MspDeInitCallback(hadc);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ HAL_ADC_MspDeInit(hadc);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ /* Set ADC error code to none */
+ ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc);
+
+ /* Set ADC state */
+ hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET;
+ }
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return tmp_hal_status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the ADC MSP.
+ * @param hadc ADC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_ADC_MspInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hadc);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
+ function HAL_ADC_MspInit must be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the ADC MSP.
+ * @param hadc ADC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_ADC_MspDeInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hadc);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
+ function HAL_ADC_MspDeInit must be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+ * @brief Register a User ADC Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hadc Pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_CONVERSION_COMPLETE_CB_ID ADC conversion complete callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_CONVERSION_HALF_CB_ID ADC conversion complete callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_LEVEL_OUT_OF_WINDOW_1_CB_ID ADC analog watchdog 1 callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_ERROR_CB_ID ADC error callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_INJ_CONVERSION_COMPLETE_CB_ID ADC group injected conversion complete callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_MSPINIT_CB_ID ADC Msp Init callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID ADC Msp DeInit callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_RegisterCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc, HAL_ADC_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, pADC_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if ((hadc->State & HAL_ADC_STATE_READY) != 0)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_ADC_CONVERSION_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hadc->ConvCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_ADC_CONVERSION_HALF_CB_ID :
+ hadc->ConvHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_ADC_LEVEL_OUT_OF_WINDOW_1_CB_ID :
+ hadc->LevelOutOfWindowCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_ADC_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ hadc->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_ADC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hadc->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_ADC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hadc->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET == hadc->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_ADC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hadc->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_ADC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hadc->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister a ADC Callback
+ * ADC callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hadc Pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified ADC.
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_CONVERSION_COMPLETE_CB_ID ADC conversion complete callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_CONVERSION_HALF_CB_ID ADC conversion complete callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_LEVEL_OUT_OF_WINDOW_1_CB_ID ADC analog watchdog 1 callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_ERROR_CB_ID ADC error callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_INJ_CONVERSION_COMPLETE_CB_ID ADC group injected conversion complete callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_MSPINIT_CB_ID ADC Msp Init callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID ADC Msp DeInit callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_ADC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_UnRegisterCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc, HAL_ADC_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if ((hadc->State & HAL_ADC_STATE_READY) != 0)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_ADC_CONVERSION_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hadc->ConvCpltCallback = HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_ADC_CONVERSION_HALF_CB_ID :
+ hadc->ConvHalfCpltCallback = HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_ADC_LEVEL_OUT_OF_WINDOW_1_CB_ID :
+ hadc->LevelOutOfWindowCallback = HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_ADC_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ hadc->ErrorCallback = HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_ADC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hadc->MspInitCallback = HAL_ADC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_ADC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hadc->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_ADC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET == hadc->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_ADC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hadc->MspInitCallback = HAL_ADC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_ADC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hadc->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_ADC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+#endif /* USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ * @brief IO operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Start conversion of regular group.
+ (+) Stop conversion of regular group.
+ (+) Poll for conversion complete on regular group.
+ (+) Poll for conversion event.
+ (+) Get result of regular channel conversion.
+ (+) Start conversion of regular group and enable interruptions.
+ (+) Stop conversion of regular group and disable interruptions.
+ (+) Handle ADC interrupt request
+ (+) Start conversion of regular group and enable DMA transfer.
+ (+) Stop conversion of regular group and disable ADC DMA transfer.
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables ADC, starts conversion of regular group.
+ * Interruptions enabled in this function: None.
+ * @param hadc ADC handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
+
+ /* Perform ADC enable and conversion start if no conversion is on going */
+ if (ADC_IS_CONVERSION_ONGOING_REGULAR(hadc) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
+
+ /* Enable the ADC peripheral */
+ /* If low power mode AutoPowerOff is enabled, power-on/off phases are */
+ /* performed automatically by hardware. */
+ if (hadc->Init.LowPowerAutoPowerOff != ENABLE)
+ {
+ tmp_hal_status = ADC_Enable(hadc);
+ }
+
+ /* Start conversion if ADC is effectively enabled */
+ if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Set ADC state */
+ /* - Clear state bitfield related to regular group conversion results */
+ /* - Set state bitfield related to regular operation */
+ ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_READY | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_OVR | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOSMP,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY);
+
+ /* Reset ADC all error code fields */
+ ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc);
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ /* Unlock before starting ADC conversions: in case of potential */
+ /* interruption, to let the process to ADC IRQ Handler. */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+ /* Clear regular group conversion flag and overrun flag */
+ /* (To ensure of no unknown state from potential previous ADC */
+ /* operations) */
+ __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, (ADC_FLAG_EOC | ADC_FLAG_EOS | ADC_FLAG_OVR));
+
+ /* Enable conversion of regular group. */
+ /* If software start has been selected, conversion starts immediately. */
+ /* If external trigger has been selected, conversion will start at next */
+ /* trigger event. */
+ hadc->Instance->CR |= ADC_CR_ADSTART;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmp_hal_status = HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return tmp_hal_status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stop ADC conversion of regular group, disable ADC peripheral.
+ * @param hadc ADC handle
+ * @retval HAL status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
+
+ /* 1. Stop potential conversion on going, on regular group */
+ tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop(hadc);
+
+ /* Disable ADC peripheral if conversions are effectively stopped */
+ if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* 2. Disable the ADC peripheral */
+ tmp_hal_status = ADC_Disable(hadc);
+
+ /* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */
+ if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Set ADC state */
+ ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_READY);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return tmp_hal_status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Wait for regular group conversion to be completed.
+ * @note ADC conversion flags EOS (end of sequence) and EOC (end of
+ * conversion) are cleared by this function, with an exception:
+ * if low power feature "LowPowerAutoWait" is enabled, flags are
+ * not cleared to not interfere with this feature until data register
+ * is read using function HAL_ADC_GetValue().
+ * @note This function cannot be used in a particular setup: ADC configured
+ * in DMA mode and polling for end of each conversion (ADC init
+ * parameter "EOCSelection" set to ADC_EOC_SINGLE_CONV).
+ * In this case, DMA resets the flag EOC and polling cannot be
+ * performed on each conversion. Nevertheless, polling can still
+ * be performed on the complete sequence (ADC init
+ * parameter "EOCSelection" set to ADC_EOC_SEQ_CONV).
+ * @param hadc ADC handle
+ * @param Timeout Timeout value in millisecond.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_PollForConversion(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+ uint32_t tmp_Flag_EOC;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
+
+ /* If end of conversion selected to end of sequence */
+ if (hadc->Init.EOCSelection == ADC_EOC_SEQ_CONV)
+ {
+ tmp_Flag_EOC = ADC_FLAG_EOS;
+ }
+ /* If end of conversion selected to end of each conversion */
+ else /* ADC_EOC_SINGLE_CONV */
+ {
+ /* Verification that ADC configuration is compliant with polling for */
+ /* each conversion: */
+ /* Particular case is ADC configured in DMA mode and ADC sequencer with */
+ /* several ranks and polling for end of each conversion. */
+ /* For code simplicity sake, this particular case is generalized to */
+ /* ADC configured in DMA mode and and polling for end of each conversion. */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hadc->Instance->CFGR1, ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN))
+ {
+ /* Update ADC state machine to error */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG);
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmp_Flag_EOC = (ADC_FLAG_EOC | ADC_FLAG_EOS);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Get tick count */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait until End of Conversion flag is raised */
+ while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->ISR, tmp_Flag_EOC))
+ {
+ /* Check if timeout is disabled (set to infinite wait) */
+ if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if((Timeout == 0) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout))
+ {
+ /* Update ADC state machine to timeout */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT);
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Update ADC state machine */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC);
+
+ /* Determine whether any further conversion upcoming on group regular */
+ /* by external trigger, continuous mode or scan sequence on going. */
+ if(ADC_IS_SOFTWARE_START_REGULAR(hadc) &&
+ (hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode == DISABLE) )
+ {
+ /* If End of Sequence is reached, disable interrupts */
+ if( __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOS) )
+ {
+ /* Allowed to modify bits ADC_IT_EOC/ADC_IT_EOS only if bit */
+ /* ADSTART==0 (no conversion on going) */
+ if (ADC_IS_CONVERSION_ONGOING_REGULAR(hadc) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Disable ADC end of single conversion interrupt on group regular */
+ /* Note: Overrun interrupt was enabled with EOC interrupt in */
+ /* HAL_Start_IT(), but is not disabled here because can be used */
+ /* by overrun IRQ process below. */
+ __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC | ADC_IT_EOS);
+
+ /* Set ADC state */
+ ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_READY);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Change ADC state to error state */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG);
+
+ /* Set ADC error code to ADC IP internal error */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Clear end of conversion flag of regular group if low power feature */
+ /* "LowPowerAutoWait " is disabled, to not interfere with this feature */
+ /* until data register is read using function HAL_ADC_GetValue(). */
+ if (hadc->Init.LowPowerAutoWait == DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Clear regular group conversion flag */
+ __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, (ADC_FLAG_EOC | ADC_FLAG_EOS));
+ }
+
+ /* Return ADC state */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Poll for conversion event.
+ * @param hadc ADC handle
+ * @param EventType the ADC event type.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg ADC_AWD_EVENT: ADC Analog watchdog event
+ * @arg ADC_OVR_EVENT: ADC Overrun event
+ * @param Timeout Timeout value in millisecond.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_PollForEvent(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t EventType, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart=0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_EVENT_TYPE(EventType));
+
+ /* Get tick count */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Check selected event flag */
+ while(__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, EventType) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Check if timeout is disabled (set to infinite wait) */
+ if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout))
+ {
+ /* Update ADC state machine to timeout */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT);
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ switch(EventType)
+ {
+ /* Analog watchdog (level out of window) event */
+ case ADC_AWD_EVENT:
+ /* Set ADC state */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD1);
+
+ /* Clear ADC analog watchdog flag */
+ __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_AWD);
+ break;
+
+ /* Overrun event */
+ default: /* Case ADC_OVR_EVENT */
+ /* If overrun is set to overwrite previous data, overrun event is not */
+ /* considered as an error. */
+ /* (cf ref manual "Managing conversions without using the DMA and without */
+ /* overrun ") */
+ if (hadc->Init.Overrun == ADC_OVR_DATA_PRESERVED)
+ {
+ /* Set ADC state */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_OVR);
+
+ /* Set ADC error code to overrun */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_OVR);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear ADC Overrun flag */
+ __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_OVR);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Return ADC state */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables ADC, starts conversion of regular group with interruption.
+ * Interruptions enabled in this function:
+ * - EOC (end of conversion of regular group) or EOS (end of
+ * sequence of regular group) depending on ADC initialization
+ * parameter "EOCSelection"
+ * - overrun (if available)
+ * Each of these interruptions has its dedicated callback function.
+ * @param hadc ADC handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
+
+ /* Perform ADC enable and conversion start if no conversion is on going */
+ if (ADC_IS_CONVERSION_ONGOING_REGULAR(hadc) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
+
+ /* Enable the ADC peripheral */
+ /* If low power mode AutoPowerOff is enabled, power-on/off phases are */
+ /* performed automatically by hardware. */
+ if (hadc->Init.LowPowerAutoPowerOff != ENABLE)
+ {
+ tmp_hal_status = ADC_Enable(hadc);
+ }
+
+ /* Start conversion if ADC is effectively enabled */
+ if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Set ADC state */
+ /* - Clear state bitfield related to regular group conversion results */
+ /* - Set state bitfield related to regular operation */
+ ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_READY | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_OVR | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOSMP,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY);
+
+ /* Reset ADC all error code fields */
+ ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc);
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ /* Unlock before starting ADC conversions: in case of potential */
+ /* interruption, to let the process to ADC IRQ Handler. */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+ /* Clear regular group conversion flag and overrun flag */
+ /* (To ensure of no unknown state from potential previous ADC */
+ /* operations) */
+ __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, (ADC_FLAG_EOC | ADC_FLAG_EOS | ADC_FLAG_OVR));
+
+ /* Enable ADC end of conversion interrupt */
+ /* Enable ADC overrun interrupt */
+ switch(hadc->Init.EOCSelection)
+ {
+ case ADC_EOC_SEQ_CONV:
+ __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC);
+ __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, (ADC_IT_EOS | ADC_IT_OVR));
+ break;
+ /* case ADC_EOC_SINGLE_CONV */
+ default:
+ __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, (ADC_IT_EOC | ADC_IT_EOS | ADC_IT_OVR));
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable conversion of regular group. */
+ /* If software start has been selected, conversion starts immediately. */
+ /* If external trigger has been selected, conversion will start at next */
+ /* trigger event. */
+ hadc->Instance->CR |= ADC_CR_ADSTART;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmp_hal_status = HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return tmp_hal_status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stop ADC conversion of regular group, disable interruption of
+ * end-of-conversion, disable ADC peripheral.
+ * @param hadc ADC handle
+ * @retval HAL status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
+
+ /* 1. Stop potential conversion on going, on regular group */
+ tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop(hadc);
+
+ /* Disable ADC peripheral if conversions are effectively stopped */
+ if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable ADC end of conversion interrupt for regular group */
+ /* Disable ADC overrun interrupt */
+ __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, (ADC_IT_EOC | ADC_IT_EOS | ADC_IT_OVR));
+
+ /* 2. Disable the ADC peripheral */
+ tmp_hal_status = ADC_Disable(hadc);
+
+ /* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */
+ if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Set ADC state */
+ ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_READY);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return tmp_hal_status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables ADC, starts conversion of regular group and transfers result
+ * through DMA.
+ * Interruptions enabled in this function:
+ * - DMA transfer complete
+ * - DMA half transfer
+ * - overrun
+ * Each of these interruptions has its dedicated callback function.
+ * @param hadc ADC handle
+ * @param pData The destination Buffer address.
+ * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from ADC peripheral to memory.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
+
+ /* Perform ADC enable and conversion start if no conversion is on going */
+ if (ADC_IS_CONVERSION_ONGOING_REGULAR(hadc) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
+
+ /* Enable the ADC peripheral */
+ /* If low power mode AutoPowerOff is enabled, power-on/off phases are */
+ /* performed automatically by hardware. */
+ if (hadc->Init.LowPowerAutoPowerOff != ENABLE)
+ {
+ tmp_hal_status = ADC_Enable(hadc);
+ }
+
+ /* Start conversion if ADC is effectively enabled */
+ if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Set ADC state */
+ /* - Clear state bitfield related to regular group conversion results */
+ /* - Set state bitfield related to regular operation */
+ ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_READY | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_OVR | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOSMP,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY);
+
+ /* Reset ADC all error code fields */
+ ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc);
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ /* Unlock before starting ADC conversions: in case of potential */
+ /* interruption, to let the process to ADC IRQ Handler. */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+ /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hadc->DMA_Handle->XferCpltCallback = ADC_DMAConvCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback */
+ hadc->DMA_Handle->XferHalfCpltCallback = ADC_DMAHalfConvCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hadc->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback = ADC_DMAError;
+
+
+ /* Manage ADC and DMA start: ADC overrun interruption, DMA start, ADC */
+ /* start (in case of SW start): */
+
+ /* Clear regular group conversion flag and overrun flag */
+ /* (To ensure of no unknown state from potential previous ADC */
+ /* operations) */
+ __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, (ADC_FLAG_EOC | ADC_FLAG_EOS | ADC_FLAG_OVR));
+
+ /* Enable ADC overrun interrupt */
+ __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR);
+
+ /* Enable ADC DMA mode */
+ hadc->Instance->CFGR1 |= ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN;
+
+ /* Start the DMA channel */
+ HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hadc->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&hadc->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, Length);
+
+ /* Enable conversion of regular group. */
+ /* If software start has been selected, conversion starts immediately. */
+ /* If external trigger has been selected, conversion will start at next */
+ /* trigger event. */
+ hadc->Instance->CR |= ADC_CR_ADSTART;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmp_hal_status = HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return tmp_hal_status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stop ADC conversion of regular group, disable ADC DMA transfer, disable
+ * ADC peripheral.
+ * Each of these interruptions has its dedicated callback function.
+ * @param hadc ADC handle
+ * @retval HAL status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
+
+ /* 1. Stop potential conversion on going, on regular group */
+ tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop(hadc);
+
+ /* Disable ADC peripheral if conversions are effectively stopped */
+ if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable ADC DMA (ADC DMA configuration ADC_CFGR_DMACFG is kept) */
+ hadc->Instance->CFGR1 &= ~ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN;
+
+ /* Disable the DMA channel (in case of DMA in circular mode or stop while */
+ /* while DMA transfer is on going) */
+ tmp_hal_status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hadc->DMA_Handle);
+
+ /* Check if DMA channel effectively disabled */
+ if (tmp_hal_status != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Update ADC state machine to error */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_DMA);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable ADC overrun interrupt */
+ __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR);
+
+ /* 2. Disable the ADC peripheral */
+ /* Update "tmp_hal_status" only if DMA channel disabling passed, to keep */
+ /* in memory a potential failing status. */
+ if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ tmp_hal_status = ADC_Disable(hadc);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ADC_Disable(hadc);
+ }
+
+ /* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */
+ if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Set ADC state */
+ ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_READY);
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return tmp_hal_status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get ADC regular group conversion result.
+ * @note Reading register DR automatically clears ADC flag EOC
+ * (ADC group regular end of unitary conversion).
+ * @note This function does not clear ADC flag EOS
+ * (ADC group regular end of sequence conversion).
+ * Occurrence of flag EOS rising:
+ * - If sequencer is composed of 1 rank, flag EOS is equivalent
+ * to flag EOC.
+ * - If sequencer is composed of several ranks, during the scan
+ * sequence flag EOC only is raised, at the end of the scan sequence
+ * both flags EOC and EOS are raised.
+ * To clear this flag, either use function:
+ * in programming model IT: @ref HAL_ADC_IRQHandler(), in programming
+ * model polling: @ref HAL_ADC_PollForConversion()
+ * or @ref __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(&hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOS).
+ * @param hadc ADC handle
+ * @retval ADC group regular conversion data
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
+
+ /* Note: EOC flag is not cleared here by software because automatically */
+ /* cleared by hardware when reading register DR. */
+
+ /* Return ADC converted value */
+ return hadc->Instance->DR;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handles ADC interrupt request.
+ * @param hadc ADC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_ADC_IRQHandler(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_EOC_SELECTION(hadc->Init.EOCSelection));
+
+ /* ========== Check End of Conversion flag for regular group ========== */
+ if( (__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOC) && __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC)) ||
+ (__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOS) && __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_EOS)) )
+ {
+ /* Update state machine on conversion status if not in error state */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL))
+ {
+ /* Set ADC state */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC);
+ }
+
+ /* Determine whether any further conversion upcoming on group regular */
+ /* by external trigger, continuous mode or scan sequence on going. */
+ if(ADC_IS_SOFTWARE_START_REGULAR(hadc) &&
+ (hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode == DISABLE) )
+ {
+ /* If End of Sequence is reached, disable interrupts */
+ if( __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOS) )
+ {
+ /* Allowed to modify bits ADC_IT_EOC/ADC_IT_EOS only if bit */
+ /* ADSTART==0 (no conversion on going) */
+ if (ADC_IS_CONVERSION_ONGOING_REGULAR(hadc) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Disable ADC end of single conversion interrupt on group regular */
+ /* Note: Overrun interrupt was enabled with EOC interrupt in */
+ /* HAL_Start_IT(), but is not disabled here because can be used */
+ /* by overrun IRQ process below. */
+ __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC | ADC_IT_EOS);
+
+ /* Set ADC state */
+ ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_READY);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Change ADC state to error state */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG);
+
+ /* Set ADC error code to ADC IP internal error */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Note: into callback, to determine if conversion has been triggered */
+ /* from EOC or EOS, possibility to use: */
+ /* " if( __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(&hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOS)) " */
+#if (USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hadc->ConvCpltCallback(hadc);
+#else
+ HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(hadc);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+
+ /* Clear regular group conversion flag */
+ /* Note: in case of overrun set to ADC_OVR_DATA_PRESERVED, end of */
+ /* conversion flags clear induces the release of the preserved data.*/
+ /* Therefore, if the preserved data value is needed, it must be */
+ /* read preliminarily into HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(). */
+ __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, (ADC_FLAG_EOC | ADC_FLAG_EOS) );
+ }
+
+ /* ========== Check Analog watchdog flags ========== */
+ if(__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_AWD) && __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_AWD))
+ {
+ /* Set ADC state */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD1);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hadc->LevelOutOfWindowCallback(hadc);
+#else
+ HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback(hadc);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ /* Clear ADC Analog watchdog flag */
+ __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_AWD);
+
+ }
+
+
+ /* ========== Check Overrun flag ========== */
+ if(__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_OVR) && __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR))
+ {
+ /* If overrun is set to overwrite previous data (default setting), */
+ /* overrun event is not considered as an error. */
+ /* (cf ref manual "Managing conversions without using the DMA and without */
+ /* overrun ") */
+ /* Exception for usage with DMA overrun event always considered as an */
+ /* error. */
+ if ((hadc->Init.Overrun == ADC_OVR_DATA_PRESERVED) ||
+ HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hadc->Instance->CFGR1, ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN) )
+ {
+ /* Set ADC error code to overrun */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_OVR);
+
+ /* Clear ADC overrun flag */
+ __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_OVR);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hadc->ErrorCallback(hadc);
+#else
+ HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(hadc);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the Overrun flag */
+ __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_OVR);
+ }
+
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode
+ * @param hadc ADC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hadc);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
+ function HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback must be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Conversion DMA half-transfer callback in non blocking mode
+ * @param hadc ADC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hadc);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
+ function HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback must be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Analog watchdog callback in non blocking mode.
+ * @param hadc ADC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hadc);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
+ function HAL_ADC_LevelOoutOfWindowCallback must be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief ADC error callback in non blocking mode
+ * (ADC conversion with interruption or transfer by DMA)
+ * @param hadc ADC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hadc);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
+ function HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback must be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Configure channels on regular group
+ (+) Configure the analog watchdog
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the the selected channel to be linked to the regular
+ * group.
+ * @note In case of usage of internal measurement channels:
+ * VrefInt/Vbat/TempSensor.
+ * Sampling time constraints must be respected (sampling time can be
+ * adjusted in function of ADC clock frequency and sampling time
+ * setting).
+ * Refer to device datasheet for timings values, parameters TS_vrefint,
+ * TS_vbat, TS_temp (values rough order: 5us to 17us).
+ * These internal paths can be be disabled using function
+ * HAL_ADC_DeInit().
+ * @note Possibility to update parameters on the fly:
+ * This function initializes channel into regular group, following
+ * calls to this function can be used to reconfigure some parameters
+ * of structure "ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef" on the fly, without reseting
+ * the ADC.
+ * The setting of these parameters is conditioned to ADC state.
+ * For parameters constraints, see comments of structure
+ * "ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef".
+ * @param hadc ADC handle
+ * @param sConfig Structure of ADC channel for regular group.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK;
+ __IO uint32_t wait_loop_index = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(sConfig->Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_RANK(sConfig->Rank));
+
+ if (! IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(hadc->Init.SamplingTimeCommon))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(sConfig->SamplingTime));
+ }
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
+
+ /* Parameters update conditioned to ADC state: */
+ /* Parameters that can be updated when ADC is disabled or enabled without */
+ /* conversion on going on regular group: */
+ /* - Channel number */
+ /* - Channel sampling time */
+ /* - Management of internal measurement channels: VrefInt/TempSensor/Vbat */
+ if (ADC_IS_CONVERSION_ONGOING_REGULAR(hadc) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Configure channel: depending on rank setting, add it or remove it from */
+ /* ADC conversion sequencer. */
+ if (sConfig->Rank != ADC_RANK_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Regular sequence configuration */
+ /* Set the channel selection register from the selected channel */
+ hadc->Instance->CHSELR |= ADC_CHSELR_CHANNEL(sConfig->Channel);
+
+ /* Channel sampling time configuration */
+ /* Management of parameters "SamplingTimeCommon" and "SamplingTime" */
+ /* (obsolete): sampling time set in this function with */
+ /* parameter "SamplingTime" (obsolete) only if not already set into */
+ /* ADC initialization structure with parameter "SamplingTimeCommon". */
+ if (! IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(hadc->Init.SamplingTimeCommon))
+ {
+ /* Modify sampling time if needed (not needed in case of reoccurrence */
+ /* for several channels programmed consecutively into the sequencer) */
+ if (sConfig->SamplingTime != ADC_GET_SAMPLINGTIME(hadc))
+ {
+ /* Channel sampling time configuration */
+ /* Clear the old sample time */
+ hadc->Instance->SMPR &= ~(ADC_SMPR_SMP);
+
+ /* Set the new sample time */
+ hadc->Instance->SMPR |= ADC_SMPR_SET(sConfig->SamplingTime);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Management of internal measurement channels: VrefInt/TempSensor/Vbat */
+ /* internal measurement paths enable: If internal channel selected, */
+ /* enable dedicated internal buffers and path. */
+ /* Note: these internal measurement paths can be disabled using */
+ /* HAL_ADC_DeInit() or removing the channel from sequencer with */
+ /* channel configuration parameter "Rank". */
+ if(ADC_IS_CHANNEL_INTERNAL(sConfig->Channel))
+ {
+ /* If Channel_16 is selected, enable Temp. sensor measurement path. */
+ /* If Channel_17 is selected, enable VREFINT measurement path. */
+ /* If Channel_18 is selected, enable VBAT measurement path. */
+ ADC->CCR |= ADC_CHANNEL_INTERNAL_PATH(sConfig->Channel);
+
+ /* If Temp. sensor is selected, wait for stabilization delay */
+ if (sConfig->Channel == ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR)
+ {
+ /* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time */
+ /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */
+ wait_loop_index = (ADC_TEMPSENSOR_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000U));
+ while(wait_loop_index != 0U)
+ {
+ wait_loop_index--;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Regular sequence configuration */
+ /* Reset the channel selection register from the selected channel */
+ hadc->Instance->CHSELR &= ~ADC_CHSELR_CHANNEL(sConfig->Channel);
+
+ /* Management of internal measurement channels: VrefInt/TempSensor/Vbat */
+ /* internal measurement paths disable: If internal channel selected, */
+ /* disable dedicated internal buffers and path. */
+ if(ADC_IS_CHANNEL_INTERNAL(sConfig->Channel))
+ {
+ /* If Channel_16 is selected, disable Temp. sensor measurement path. */
+ /* If Channel_17 is selected, disable VREFINT measurement path. */
+ /* If Channel_18 is selected, disable VBAT measurement path. */
+ ADC->CCR &= ~ADC_CHANNEL_INTERNAL_PATH(sConfig->Channel);
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ /* If a conversion is on going on regular group, no update on regular */
+ /* channel could be done on neither of the channel configuration structure */
+ /* parameters. */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update ADC state machine to error */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG);
+
+ tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return tmp_hal_status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the analog watchdog.
+ * @note Possibility to update parameters on the fly:
+ * This function initializes the selected analog watchdog, following
+ * calls to this function can be used to reconfigure some parameters
+ * of structure "ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef" on the fly, without reseting
+ * the ADC.
+ * The setting of these parameters is conditioned to ADC state.
+ * For parameters constraints, see comments of structure
+ * "ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef".
+ * @param hadc ADC handle
+ * @param AnalogWDGConfig Structure of ADC analog watchdog configuration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef* AnalogWDGConfig)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK;
+
+ uint32_t tmpAWDHighThresholdShifted;
+ uint32_t tmpAWDLowThresholdShifted;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG_MODE(AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogMode));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(AnalogWDGConfig->ITMode));
+
+ /* Verify if threshold is within the selected ADC resolution */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_RANGE(ADC_GET_RESOLUTION(hadc), AnalogWDGConfig->HighThreshold));
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_RANGE(ADC_GET_RESOLUTION(hadc), AnalogWDGConfig->LowThreshold));
+
+ if(AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogMode == ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_SINGLE_REG)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(AnalogWDGConfig->Channel));
+ }
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
+
+ /* Parameters update conditioned to ADC state: */
+ /* Parameters that can be updated when ADC is disabled or enabled without */
+ /* conversion on going on regular group: */
+ /* - Analog watchdog channels */
+ /* - Analog watchdog thresholds */
+ if (ADC_IS_CONVERSION_ONGOING_REGULAR(hadc) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Configuration of analog watchdog: */
+ /* - Set the analog watchdog enable mode: one or overall group of */
+ /* channels. */
+ /* - Set the Analog watchdog channel (is not used if watchdog */
+ /* mode "all channels": ADC_CFGR_AWD1SGL=0). */
+ hadc->Instance->CFGR1 &= ~( ADC_CFGR1_AWDSGL |
+ ADC_CFGR1_AWDEN |
+ ADC_CFGR1_AWDCH );
+
+ hadc->Instance->CFGR1 |= ( AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogMode |
+ ADC_CFGR_AWDCH(AnalogWDGConfig->Channel) );
+
+ /* Shift the offset in function of the selected ADC resolution: Thresholds*/
+ /* have to be left-aligned on bit 11, the LSB (right bits) are set to 0 */
+ tmpAWDHighThresholdShifted = ADC_AWD1THRESHOLD_SHIFT_RESOLUTION(hadc, AnalogWDGConfig->HighThreshold);
+ tmpAWDLowThresholdShifted = ADC_AWD1THRESHOLD_SHIFT_RESOLUTION(hadc, AnalogWDGConfig->LowThreshold);
+
+ /* Set the high and low thresholds */
+ hadc->Instance->TR &= ~(ADC_TR_HT | ADC_TR_LT);
+ hadc->Instance->TR |= ( ADC_TRX_HIGHTHRESHOLD (tmpAWDHighThresholdShifted) |
+ tmpAWDLowThresholdShifted );
+
+ /* Clear the ADC Analog watchdog flag (in case of left enabled by */
+ /* previous ADC operations) to be ready to use for HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() */
+ /* or HAL_ADC_PollForEvent(). */
+ __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_IT_AWD);
+
+ /* Configure ADC Analog watchdog interrupt */
+ if(AnalogWDGConfig->ITMode == ENABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the ADC Analog watchdog interrupt */
+ __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_AWD);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the ADC Analog watchdog interrupt */
+ __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_AWD);
+ }
+
+ }
+ /* If a conversion is on going on regular group, no update could be done */
+ /* on neither of the AWD configuration structure parameters. */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update ADC state machine to error */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG);
+
+ tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return tmp_hal_status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions
+ * @brief Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides functions to get in run-time the status of the
+ peripheral.
+ (+) Check the ADC state
+ (+) Check the ADC error code
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the ADC state
+ * @note ADC state machine is managed by bitfields, ADC status must be
+ * compared with states bits.
+ * For example:
+ * " if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HAL_ADC_GetState(hadc1), HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY)) "
+ * " if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HAL_ADC_GetState(hadc1), HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD1) ) "
+ * @param hadc ADC handle
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetState(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
+
+ /* Return ADC state */
+ return hadc->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the ADC error code
+ * @param hadc ADC handle
+ * @retval ADC Error Code
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetError(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
+{
+ return hadc->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Functions ADC Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the selected ADC.
+ * @note Prerequisite condition to use this function: ADC must be disabled
+ * and voltage regulator must be enabled (done into HAL_ADC_Init()).
+ * @note If low power mode AutoPowerOff is enabled, power-on/off phases are
+ * performed automatically by hardware.
+ * In this mode, this function is useless and must not be called because
+ * flag ADC_FLAG_RDY is not usable.
+ * Therefore, this function must be called under condition of
+ * "if (hadc->Init.LowPowerAutoPowerOff != ENABLE)".
+ * @param hadc ADC handle
+ * @retval HAL status.
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef ADC_Enable(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+ __IO uint32_t wait_loop_index = 0U;
+
+ /* ADC enable and wait for ADC ready (in case of ADC is disabled or */
+ /* enabling phase not yet completed: flag ADC ready not yet set). */
+ /* Timeout implemented to not be stuck if ADC cannot be enabled (possible */
+ /* causes: ADC clock not running, ...). */
+ if (ADC_IS_ENABLE(hadc) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Check if conditions to enable the ADC are fulfilled */
+ if (ADC_ENABLING_CONDITIONS(hadc) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Update ADC state machine to error */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+
+ /* Set ADC error code to ADC IP internal error */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the ADC peripheral */
+ __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc);
+
+ /* Delay for ADC stabilization time */
+ /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */
+ wait_loop_index = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000U));
+ while(wait_loop_index != 0U)
+ {
+ wait_loop_index--;
+ }
+
+ /* Get tick count */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait for ADC effectively enabled */
+ while(__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_RDY) == RESET)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > ADC_ENABLE_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Update ADC state machine to error */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+
+ /* Set ADC error code to ADC IP internal error */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ /* Return HAL status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the selected ADC.
+ * @note Prerequisite condition to use this function: ADC conversions must be
+ * stopped.
+ * @param hadc ADC handle
+ * @retval HAL status.
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef ADC_Disable(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+
+ /* Verification if ADC is not already disabled: */
+ /* Note: forbidden to disable ADC (set bit ADC_CR_ADDIS) if ADC is already */
+ /* disabled. */
+ if (ADC_IS_ENABLE(hadc) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Check if conditions to disable the ADC are fulfilled */
+ if (ADC_DISABLING_CONDITIONS(hadc) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Disable the ADC peripheral */
+ __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update ADC state machine to error */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+
+ /* Set ADC error code to ADC IP internal error */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Wait for ADC effectively disabled */
+ /* Get tick count */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hadc->Instance->CR, ADC_CR_ADEN))
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > ADC_DISABLE_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Update ADC state machine to error */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+
+ /* Set ADC error code to ADC IP internal error */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Return HAL status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stop ADC conversion.
+ * @note Prerequisite condition to use this function: ADC conversions must be
+ * stopped to disable the ADC.
+ * @param hadc ADC handle
+ * @retval HAL status.
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef ADC_ConversionStop(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
+
+ /* Verification if ADC is not already stopped on regular group to bypass */
+ /* this function if not needed. */
+ if (ADC_IS_CONVERSION_ONGOING_REGULAR(hadc))
+ {
+
+ /* Stop potential conversion on going on regular group */
+ /* Software is allowed to set ADSTP only when ADSTART=1 and ADDIS=0 */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hadc->Instance->CR, ADC_CR_ADSTART) &&
+ HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR, ADC_CR_ADDIS) )
+ {
+ /* Stop conversions on regular group */
+ hadc->Instance->CR |= ADC_CR_ADSTP;
+ }
+
+ /* Wait for conversion effectively stopped */
+ /* Get tick count */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ while((hadc->Instance->CR & ADC_CR_ADSTART) != RESET)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > ADC_STOP_CONVERSION_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Update ADC state machine to error */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+
+ /* Set ADC error code to ADC IP internal error */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ /* Return HAL status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA transfer complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void ADC_DMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ /* Retrieve ADC handle corresponding to current DMA handle */
+ ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+ /* Update state machine on conversion status if not in error state */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL | HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_DMA))
+ {
+ /* Set ADC state */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC);
+
+ /* Determine whether any further conversion upcoming on group regular */
+ /* by external trigger, continuous mode or scan sequence on going. */
+ if(ADC_IS_SOFTWARE_START_REGULAR(hadc) &&
+ (hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode == DISABLE) )
+ {
+ /* If End of Sequence is reached, disable interrupts */
+ if( __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOS) )
+ {
+ /* Allowed to modify bits ADC_IT_EOC/ADC_IT_EOS only if bit */
+ /* ADSTART==0 (no conversion on going) */
+ if (ADC_IS_CONVERSION_ONGOING_REGULAR(hadc) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Disable ADC end of single conversion interrupt on group regular */
+ /* Note: Overrun interrupt was enabled with EOC interrupt in */
+ /* HAL_Start_IT(), but is not disabled here because can be used */
+ /* by overrun IRQ process below. */
+ __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC | ADC_IT_EOS);
+
+ /* Set ADC state */
+ ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_READY);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Change ADC state to error state */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG);
+
+ /* Set ADC error code to ADC IP internal error */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Conversion complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hadc->ConvCpltCallback(hadc);
+#else
+ HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(hadc);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Call DMA error callback */
+ hadc->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
+ }
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA half transfer complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void ADC_DMAHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ /* Retrieve ADC handle corresponding to current DMA handle */
+ ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+ /* Half conversion callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hadc->ConvHalfCpltCallback(hadc);
+#else
+ HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback(hadc);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA error callback
+ * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void ADC_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ /* Retrieve ADC handle corresponding to current DMA handle */
+ ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+ /* Set ADC state */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_DMA);
+
+ /* Set ADC error code to DMA error */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_DMA);
+
+ /* Error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hadc->ErrorCallback(hadc);
+#else
+ HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(hadc);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_adc_ex.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_adc_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..da68cbb --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_adc_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_adc_ex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Analog to Digital Convertor (ADC)
+ * peripheral:
+ * + Operation functions
+ * ++ Calibration (ADC automatic self-calibration)
+ * Other functions (generic functions) are available in file
+ * "stm32f0xx_hal_adc.c".
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ [..]
+ (@) Sections "ADC peripheral features" and "How to use this driver" are
+ available in file of generic functions "stm32l1xx_hal_adc.c".
+ [..]
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADCEx ADCEx
+ * @brief ADC HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup ADCEx_Private_Constants ADCEx Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Fixed timeout values for ADC calibration, enable settling time, disable */
+ /* settling time. */
+ /* Values defined to be higher than worst cases: low clock frequency, */
+ /* maximum prescaler. */
+ /* Ex of profile low frequency : Clock source at 0.1 MHz, ADC clock */
+ /* prescaler 4. */
+ /* Unit: ms */
+ #define ADC_DISABLE_TIMEOUT 2
+ #define ADC_CALIBRATION_TIMEOUT 2U
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macros -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions ADCEx Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Extended Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Perform the ADC calibration.
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Perform an ADC automatic self-calibration
+ * Calibration prerequisite: ADC must be disabled (execute this
+ * function before HAL_ADC_Start() or after HAL_ADC_Stop() ).
+ * @note Calibration factor can be read after calibration, using function
+ * HAL_ADC_GetValue() (value on 7 bits: from DR[6;0]).
+ * @param hadc ADC handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+ uint32_t backup_setting_adc_dma_transfer = 0; /* Note: Variable not declared as volatile because register read is already declared as volatile */
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
+
+ /* Calibration prerequisite: ADC must be disabled. */
+ if (ADC_IS_ENABLE(hadc) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Set ADC state */
+ ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL);
+
+ /* Disable ADC DMA transfer request during calibration */
+ /* Note: Specificity of this STM32 serie: Calibration factor is */
+ /* available in data register and also transfered by DMA. */
+ /* To not insert ADC calibration factor among ADC conversion data */
+ /* in array variable, DMA transfer must be disabled during */
+ /* calibration. */
+ backup_setting_adc_dma_transfer = READ_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR1, ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN | ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG);
+ CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR1, ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN | ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG);
+
+ /* Start ADC calibration */
+ hadc->Instance->CR |= ADC_CR_ADCAL;
+
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait for calibration completion */
+ while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hadc->Instance->CR, ADC_CR_ADCAL))
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > ADC_CALIBRATION_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Update ADC state machine to error */
+ ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Restore ADC DMA transfer request after calibration */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR1, backup_setting_adc_dma_transfer);
+
+ /* Set ADC state */
+ ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL,
+ HAL_ADC_STATE_READY);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update ADC state machine to error */
+ SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG);
+
+ tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return tmp_hal_status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_can.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_can.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c2fe2fe --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_can.c @@ -0,0 +1,2432 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_can.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief CAN HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Controller Area Network (CAN) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + Configuration functions
+ * + Control functions
+ * + Interrupts management
+ * + Callbacks functions
+ * + Peripheral State and Error functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Initialize the CAN low level resources by implementing the
+ HAL_CAN_MspInit():
+ (++) Enable the CAN interface clock using __HAL_RCC_CANx_CLK_ENABLE()
+ (++) Configure CAN pins
+ (+++) Enable the clock for the CAN GPIOs
+ (+++) Configure CAN pins as alternate function open-drain
+ (++) In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_CAN_ActivateNotification())
+ (+++) Configure the CAN interrupt priority using
+ HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
+ (+++) Enable the CAN IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
+ (+++) In CAN IRQ handler, call HAL_CAN_IRQHandler()
+
+ (#) Initialize the CAN peripheral using HAL_CAN_Init() function. This
+ function resorts to HAL_CAN_MspInit() for low-level initialization.
+
+ (#) Configure the reception filters using the following configuration
+ functions:
+ (++) HAL_CAN_ConfigFilter()
+
+ (#) Start the CAN module using HAL_CAN_Start() function. At this level
+ the node is active on the bus: it receive messages, and can send
+ messages.
+
+ (#) To manage messages transmission, the following Tx control functions
+ can be used:
+ (++) HAL_CAN_AddTxMessage() to request transmission of a new
+ message.
+ (++) HAL_CAN_AbortTxRequest() to abort transmission of a pending
+ message.
+ (++) HAL_CAN_GetTxMailboxesFreeLevel() to get the number of free Tx
+ mailboxes.
+ (++) HAL_CAN_IsTxMessagePending() to check if a message is pending
+ in a Tx mailbox.
+ (++) HAL_CAN_GetTxTimestamp() to get the timestamp of Tx message
+ sent, if time triggered communication mode is enabled.
+
+ (#) When a message is received into the CAN Rx FIFOs, it can be retrieved
+ using the HAL_CAN_GetRxMessage() function. The function
+ HAL_CAN_GetRxFifoFillLevel() allows to know how many Rx message are
+ stored in the Rx Fifo.
+
+ (#) Calling the HAL_CAN_Stop() function stops the CAN module.
+
+ (#) The deinitialization is achieved with HAL_CAN_DeInit() function.
+
+
+ *** Polling mode operation ***
+ ==============================
+ [..]
+ (#) Reception:
+ (++) Monitor reception of message using HAL_CAN_GetRxFifoFillLevel()
+ until at least one message is received.
+ (++) Then get the message using HAL_CAN_GetRxMessage().
+
+ (#) Transmission:
+ (++) Monitor the Tx mailboxes availability until at least one Tx
+ mailbox is free, using HAL_CAN_GetTxMailboxesFreeLevel().
+ (++) Then request transmission of a message using
+ HAL_CAN_AddTxMessage().
+
+
+ *** Interrupt mode operation ***
+ ================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Notifications are activated using HAL_CAN_ActivateNotification()
+ function. Then, the process can be controlled through the
+ available user callbacks: HAL_CAN_xxxCallback(), using same APIs
+ HAL_CAN_GetRxMessage() and HAL_CAN_AddTxMessage().
+
+ (#) Notifications can be deactivated using
+ HAL_CAN_DeactivateNotification() function.
+
+ (#) Special care should be taken for CAN_IT_RX_FIFO0_MSG_PENDING and
+ CAN_IT_RX_FIFO1_MSG_PENDING notifications. These notifications trig
+ the callbacks HAL_CAN_RxFIFO0MsgPendingCallback() and
+ HAL_CAN_RxFIFO1MsgPendingCallback(). User has two possible options
+ here.
+ (++) Directly get the Rx message in the callback, using
+ HAL_CAN_GetRxMessage().
+ (++) Or deactivate the notification in the callback without
+ getting the Rx message. The Rx message can then be got later
+ using HAL_CAN_GetRxMessage(). Once the Rx message have been
+ read, the notification can be activated again.
+
+
+ *** Sleep mode ***
+ ==================
+ [..]
+ (#) The CAN peripheral can be put in sleep mode (low power), using
+ HAL_CAN_RequestSleep(). The sleep mode will be entered as soon as the
+ current CAN activity (transmission or reception of a CAN frame) will
+ be completed.
+
+ (#) A notification can be activated to be informed when the sleep mode
+ will be entered.
+
+ (#) It can be checked if the sleep mode is entered using
+ HAL_CAN_IsSleepActive().
+ Note that the CAN state (accessible from the API HAL_CAN_GetState())
+ is HAL_CAN_STATE_SLEEP_PENDING as soon as the sleep mode request is
+ submitted (the sleep mode is not yet entered), and become
+ HAL_CAN_STATE_SLEEP_ACTIVE when the sleep mode is effective.
+
+ (#) The wake-up from sleep mode can be trigged by two ways:
+ (++) Using HAL_CAN_WakeUp(). When returning from this function,
+ the sleep mode is exited (if return status is HAL_OK).
+ (++) When a start of Rx CAN frame is detected by the CAN peripheral,
+ if automatic wake up mode is enabled.
+
+ *** Callback registration ***
+ =============================================
+
+ The compilation define USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
+ allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+ Use Function @ref HAL_CAN_RegisterCallback() to register an interrupt callback.
+
+ Function @ref HAL_CAN_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
+ (+) TxMailbox0CompleteCallback : Tx Mailbox 0 Complete Callback.
+ (+) TxMailbox1CompleteCallback : Tx Mailbox 1 Complete Callback.
+ (+) TxMailbox2CompleteCallback : Tx Mailbox 2 Complete Callback.
+ (+) TxMailbox0AbortCallback : Tx Mailbox 0 Abort Callback.
+ (+) TxMailbox1AbortCallback : Tx Mailbox 1 Abort Callback.
+ (+) TxMailbox2AbortCallback : Tx Mailbox 2 Abort Callback.
+ (+) RxFifo0MsgPendingCallback : Rx Fifo 0 Message Pending Callback.
+ (+) RxFifo0FullCallback : Rx Fifo 0 Full Callback.
+ (+) RxFifo1MsgPendingCallback : Rx Fifo 1 Message Pending Callback.
+ (+) RxFifo1FullCallback : Rx Fifo 1 Full Callback.
+ (+) SleepCallback : Sleep Callback.
+ (+) WakeUpFromRxMsgCallback : Wake Up From Rx Message Callback.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : Error Callback.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : CAN MspInit.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : CAN MspDeInit.
+ This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+ and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+ Use function @ref HAL_CAN_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
+ weak function.
+ @ref HAL_CAN_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+ and the Callback ID.
+ This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+ (+) TxMailbox0CompleteCallback : Tx Mailbox 0 Complete Callback.
+ (+) TxMailbox1CompleteCallback : Tx Mailbox 1 Complete Callback.
+ (+) TxMailbox2CompleteCallback : Tx Mailbox 2 Complete Callback.
+ (+) TxMailbox0AbortCallback : Tx Mailbox 0 Abort Callback.
+ (+) TxMailbox1AbortCallback : Tx Mailbox 1 Abort Callback.
+ (+) TxMailbox2AbortCallback : Tx Mailbox 2 Abort Callback.
+ (+) RxFifo0MsgPendingCallback : Rx Fifo 0 Message Pending Callback.
+ (+) RxFifo0FullCallback : Rx Fifo 0 Full Callback.
+ (+) RxFifo1MsgPendingCallback : Rx Fifo 1 Message Pending Callback.
+ (+) RxFifo1FullCallback : Rx Fifo 1 Full Callback.
+ (+) SleepCallback : Sleep Callback.
+ (+) WakeUpFromRxMsgCallback : Wake Up From Rx Message Callback.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : Error Callback.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : CAN MspInit.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : CAN MspDeInit.
+
+ By default, after the @ref HAL_CAN_Init() and when the state is HAL_CAN_STATE_RESET,
+ all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions:
+ example @ref HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback().
+ Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are
+ reset to the legacy weak function in the @ref HAL_CAN_Init()/ @ref HAL_CAN_DeInit() only when
+ these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
+ if not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_CAN_Init()/ @ref HAL_CAN_DeInit()
+ keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand)
+
+ Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_CAN_STATE_READY state only.
+ Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit that can be registered/unregistered
+ in HAL_CAN_STATE_READY or HAL_CAN_STATE_RESET state,
+ thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
+ In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+ using @ref HAL_CAN_RegisterCallback() before calling @ref HAL_CAN_DeInit()
+ or @ref HAL_CAN_Init() function.
+
+ When The compilation define USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+ not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks
+ are set to the corresponding weak functions.
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined(CAN)
+
+/** @defgroup CAN CAN
+ * @brief CAN driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#ifdef HAL_CAN_LEGACY_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #error "The CAN driver cannot be used with its legacy, Please enable only one CAN module at once"
+#endif
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup CAN_Private_Constants CAN Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+#define CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE 10U
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions CAN Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) HAL_CAN_Init : Initialize and configure the CAN.
+ (+) HAL_CAN_DeInit : De-initialize the CAN.
+ (+) HAL_CAN_MspInit : Initialize the CAN MSP.
+ (+) HAL_CAN_MspDeInit : DeInitialize the CAN MSP.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the CAN peripheral according to the specified
+ * parameters in the CAN_InitStruct.
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Init(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Check CAN handle */
+ if (hcan == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_INSTANCE(hcan->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.TimeTriggeredMode));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.AutoBusOff));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.AutoWakeUp));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.AutoRetransmission));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.ReceiveFifoLocked));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.TransmitFifoPriority));
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_MODE(hcan->Init.Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_SJW(hcan->Init.SyncJumpWidth));
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_BS1(hcan->Init.TimeSeg1));
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_BS2(hcan->Init.TimeSeg2));
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_PRESCALER(hcan->Init.Prescaler));
+
+#if USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1
+ if (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Reset callbacks to legacy functions */
+ hcan->RxFifo0MsgPendingCallback = HAL_CAN_RxFifo0MsgPendingCallback; /* Legacy weak RxFifo0MsgPendingCallback */
+ hcan->RxFifo0FullCallback = HAL_CAN_RxFifo0FullCallback; /* Legacy weak RxFifo0FullCallback */
+ hcan->RxFifo1MsgPendingCallback = HAL_CAN_RxFifo1MsgPendingCallback; /* Legacy weak RxFifo1MsgPendingCallback */
+ hcan->RxFifo1FullCallback = HAL_CAN_RxFifo1FullCallback; /* Legacy weak RxFifo1FullCallback */
+ hcan->TxMailbox0CompleteCallback = HAL_CAN_TxMailbox0CompleteCallback; /* Legacy weak TxMailbox0CompleteCallback */
+ hcan->TxMailbox1CompleteCallback = HAL_CAN_TxMailbox1CompleteCallback; /* Legacy weak TxMailbox1CompleteCallback */
+ hcan->TxMailbox2CompleteCallback = HAL_CAN_TxMailbox2CompleteCallback; /* Legacy weak TxMailbox2CompleteCallback */
+ hcan->TxMailbox0AbortCallback = HAL_CAN_TxMailbox0AbortCallback; /* Legacy weak TxMailbox0AbortCallback */
+ hcan->TxMailbox1AbortCallback = HAL_CAN_TxMailbox1AbortCallback; /* Legacy weak TxMailbox1AbortCallback */
+ hcan->TxMailbox2AbortCallback = HAL_CAN_TxMailbox2AbortCallback; /* Legacy weak TxMailbox2AbortCallback */
+ hcan->SleepCallback = HAL_CAN_SleepCallback; /* Legacy weak SleepCallback */
+ hcan->WakeUpFromRxMsgCallback = HAL_CAN_WakeUpFromRxMsgCallback; /* Legacy weak WakeUpFromRxMsgCallback */
+ hcan->ErrorCallback = HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+
+ if (hcan->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hcan->MspInitCallback = HAL_CAN_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware: CLOCK, NVIC */
+ hcan->MspInitCallback(hcan);
+ }
+
+#else
+ if (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Init the low level hardware: CLOCK, NVIC */
+ HAL_CAN_MspInit(hcan);
+ }
+#endif /* (USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
+
+ /* Exit from sleep mode */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_SLEEP);
+
+ /* Get tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Check Sleep mode leave acknowledge */
+ while ((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_SLAK) != 0U)
+ {
+ if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+ /* Change CAN state */
+ hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_ERROR;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Request initialisation */
+ SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_INRQ);
+
+ /* Get tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait initialisation acknowledge */
+ while ((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) == 0U)
+ {
+ if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+ /* Change CAN state */
+ hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_ERROR;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Set the time triggered communication mode */
+ if (hcan->Init.TimeTriggeredMode == ENABLE)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_TTCM);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_TTCM);
+ }
+
+ /* Set the automatic bus-off management */
+ if (hcan->Init.AutoBusOff == ENABLE)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_ABOM);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_ABOM);
+ }
+
+ /* Set the automatic wake-up mode */
+ if (hcan->Init.AutoWakeUp == ENABLE)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_AWUM);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_AWUM);
+ }
+
+ /* Set the automatic retransmission */
+ if (hcan->Init.AutoRetransmission == ENABLE)
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_NART);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_NART);
+ }
+
+ /* Set the receive FIFO locked mode */
+ if (hcan->Init.ReceiveFifoLocked == ENABLE)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_RFLM);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_RFLM);
+ }
+
+ /* Set the transmit FIFO priority */
+ if (hcan->Init.TransmitFifoPriority == ENABLE)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_TXFP);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_TXFP);
+ }
+
+ /* Set the bit timing register */
+ WRITE_REG(hcan->Instance->BTR, (uint32_t)(hcan->Init.Mode |
+ hcan->Init.SyncJumpWidth |
+ hcan->Init.TimeSeg1 |
+ hcan->Init.TimeSeg2 |
+ (hcan->Init.Prescaler - 1U)));
+
+ /* Initialize the error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode = HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Initialize the CAN state */
+ hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the CAN peripheral registers to their default
+ * reset values.
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_DeInit(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ /* Check CAN handle */
+ if (hcan == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_INSTANCE(hcan->Instance));
+
+ /* Stop the CAN module */
+ (void)HAL_CAN_Stop(hcan);
+
+#if USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1
+ if (hcan->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hcan->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_CAN_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ }
+
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: CLOCK, NVIC */
+ hcan->MspDeInitCallback(hcan);
+
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: CLOCK, NVIC */
+ HAL_CAN_MspDeInit(hcan);
+#endif /* (USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
+
+ /* Reset the CAN peripheral */
+ SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_RESET);
+
+ /* Reset the CAN ErrorCode */
+ hcan->ErrorCode = HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Change CAN state */
+ hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the CAN MSP.
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_CAN_MspInit(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hcan);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CAN_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the CAN MSP.
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_CAN_MspDeInit(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hcan);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CAN_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+#if USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1
+/**
+ * @brief Register a CAN CallBack.
+ * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for CAN module
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_TX_MAILBOX0_COMPLETE_CALLBACK_CB_ID Tx Mailbox 0 Complete callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_TX_MAILBOX1_COMPLETE_CALLBACK_CB_ID Tx Mailbox 1 Complete callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_TX_MAILBOX2_COMPLETE_CALLBACK_CB_ID Tx Mailbox 2 Complete callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_TX_MAILBOX0_ABORT_CALLBACK_CB_ID Tx Mailbox 0 Abort callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_TX_MAILBOX1_ABORT_CALLBACK_CB_ID Tx Mailbox 1 Abort callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_TX_MAILBOX2_ABORT_CALLBACK_CB_ID Tx Mailbox 2 Abort callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_RX_FIFO0_MSG_PENDING_CALLBACK_CB_ID Rx Fifo 0 message pending callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_RX_FIFO0_FULL_CALLBACK_CB_ID Rx Fifo 0 full callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_RX_FIFO1_MSGPENDING_CALLBACK_CB_ID Rx Fifo 1 message pending callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_RX_FIFO1_FULL_CALLBACK_CB_ID Rx Fifo 1 full callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_SLEEP_CALLBACK_CB_ID Sleep callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_WAKEUP_FROM_RX_MSG_CALLBACK_CB_ID Wake Up from Rx message callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_ERROR_CALLBACK_CB_ID Error callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_RegisterCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan, HAL_CAN_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (* pCallback)(CAN_HandleTypeDef *_hcan))
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_CAN_TX_MAILBOX0_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hcan->TxMailbox0CompleteCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_TX_MAILBOX1_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hcan->TxMailbox1CompleteCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_TX_MAILBOX2_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hcan->TxMailbox2CompleteCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_TX_MAILBOX0_ABORT_CB_ID :
+ hcan->TxMailbox0AbortCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_TX_MAILBOX1_ABORT_CB_ID :
+ hcan->TxMailbox1AbortCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_TX_MAILBOX2_ABORT_CB_ID :
+ hcan->TxMailbox2AbortCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_RX_FIFO0_MSG_PENDING_CB_ID :
+ hcan->RxFifo0MsgPendingCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_RX_FIFO0_FULL_CB_ID :
+ hcan->RxFifo0FullCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_RX_FIFO1_MSG_PENDING_CB_ID :
+ hcan->RxFifo1MsgPendingCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_RX_FIFO1_FULL_CB_ID :
+ hcan->RxFifo1FullCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_SLEEP_CB_ID :
+ hcan->SleepCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_WAKEUP_FROM_RX_MSG_CB_ID :
+ hcan->WakeUpFromRxMsgCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ hcan->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hcan->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hcan->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_CAN_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hcan->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hcan->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister a CAN CallBack.
+ * CAN callabck is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for CAN module
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_TX_MAILBOX0_COMPLETE_CALLBACK_CB_ID Tx Mailbox 0 Complete callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_TX_MAILBOX1_COMPLETE_CALLBACK_CB_ID Tx Mailbox 1 Complete callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_TX_MAILBOX2_COMPLETE_CALLBACK_CB_ID Tx Mailbox 2 Complete callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_TX_MAILBOX0_ABORT_CALLBACK_CB_ID Tx Mailbox 0 Abort callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_TX_MAILBOX1_ABORT_CALLBACK_CB_ID Tx Mailbox 1 Abort callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_TX_MAILBOX2_ABORT_CALLBACK_CB_ID Tx Mailbox 2 Abort callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_RX_FIFO0_MSG_PENDING_CALLBACK_CB_ID Rx Fifo 0 message pending callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_RX_FIFO0_FULL_CALLBACK_CB_ID Rx Fifo 0 full callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_RX_FIFO1_MSGPENDING_CALLBACK_CB_ID Rx Fifo 1 message pending callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_RX_FIFO1_FULL_CALLBACK_CB_ID Rx Fifo 1 full callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_SLEEP_CALLBACK_CB_ID Sleep callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_WAKEUP_FROM_RX_MSG_CALLBACK_CB_ID Wake Up from Rx message callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_ERROR_CALLBACK_CB_ID Error callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CAN_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_UnRegisterCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan, HAL_CAN_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_CAN_TX_MAILBOX0_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hcan->TxMailbox0CompleteCallback = HAL_CAN_TxMailbox0CompleteCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_TX_MAILBOX1_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hcan->TxMailbox1CompleteCallback = HAL_CAN_TxMailbox1CompleteCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_TX_MAILBOX2_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hcan->TxMailbox2CompleteCallback = HAL_CAN_TxMailbox2CompleteCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_TX_MAILBOX0_ABORT_CB_ID :
+ hcan->TxMailbox0AbortCallback = HAL_CAN_TxMailbox0AbortCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_TX_MAILBOX1_ABORT_CB_ID :
+ hcan->TxMailbox1AbortCallback = HAL_CAN_TxMailbox1AbortCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_TX_MAILBOX2_ABORT_CB_ID :
+ hcan->TxMailbox2AbortCallback = HAL_CAN_TxMailbox2AbortCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_RX_FIFO0_MSG_PENDING_CB_ID :
+ hcan->RxFifo0MsgPendingCallback = HAL_CAN_RxFifo0MsgPendingCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_RX_FIFO0_FULL_CB_ID :
+ hcan->RxFifo0FullCallback = HAL_CAN_RxFifo0FullCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_RX_FIFO1_MSG_PENDING_CB_ID :
+ hcan->RxFifo1MsgPendingCallback = HAL_CAN_RxFifo1MsgPendingCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_RX_FIFO1_FULL_CB_ID :
+ hcan->RxFifo1FullCallback = HAL_CAN_RxFifo1FullCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_SLEEP_CB_ID :
+ hcan->SleepCallback = HAL_CAN_SleepCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_WAKEUP_FROM_RX_MSG_CB_ID :
+ hcan->WakeUpFromRxMsgCallback = HAL_CAN_WakeUpFromRxMsgCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ hcan->ErrorCallback = HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hcan->MspInitCallback = HAL_CAN_MspInit;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hcan->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_CAN_MspDeInit;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_CAN_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hcan->MspInitCallback = HAL_CAN_MspInit;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CAN_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hcan->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_CAN_MspDeInit;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions_Group2 Configuration functions
+ * @brief Configuration functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Configuration functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) HAL_CAN_ConfigFilter : Configure the CAN reception filters
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the CAN reception filter according to the specified
+ * parameters in the CAN_FilterInitStruct.
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @param sFilterConfig pointer to a CAN_FilterTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the filter configuration information.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_ConfigFilter(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan, CAN_FilterTypeDef *sFilterConfig)
+{
+ uint32_t filternbrbitpos;
+ CAN_TypeDef *can_ip = hcan->Instance;
+ HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef state = hcan->State;
+
+ if ((state == HAL_CAN_STATE_READY) ||
+ (state == HAL_CAN_STATE_LISTENING))
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_ID_HALFWORD(sFilterConfig->FilterIdHigh));
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_ID_HALFWORD(sFilterConfig->FilterIdLow));
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_ID_HALFWORD(sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdHigh));
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_ID_HALFWORD(sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdLow));
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_MODE(sFilterConfig->FilterMode));
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_SCALE(sFilterConfig->FilterScale));
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_FIFO(sFilterConfig->FilterFIFOAssignment));
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_ACTIVATION(sFilterConfig->FilterActivation));
+
+ /* CAN is single instance with 14 dedicated filters banks */
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_BANK_SINGLE(sFilterConfig->FilterBank));
+
+ /* Initialisation mode for the filter */
+ SET_BIT(can_ip->FMR, CAN_FMR_FINIT);
+
+ /* Convert filter number into bit position */
+ filternbrbitpos = (uint32_t)1 << (sFilterConfig->FilterBank & 0x1FU);
+
+ /* Filter Deactivation */
+ CLEAR_BIT(can_ip->FA1R, filternbrbitpos);
+
+ /* Filter Scale */
+ if (sFilterConfig->FilterScale == CAN_FILTERSCALE_16BIT)
+ {
+ /* 16-bit scale for the filter */
+ CLEAR_BIT(can_ip->FS1R, filternbrbitpos);
+
+ /* First 16-bit identifier and First 16-bit mask */
+ /* Or First 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit identifier */
+ can_ip->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterBank].FR1 =
+ ((0x0000FFFFU & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdLow) << 16U) |
+ (0x0000FFFFU & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdLow);
+
+ /* Second 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit mask */
+ /* Or Third 16-bit identifier and Fourth 16-bit identifier */
+ can_ip->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterBank].FR2 =
+ ((0x0000FFFFU & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16U) |
+ (0x0000FFFFU & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdHigh);
+ }
+
+ if (sFilterConfig->FilterScale == CAN_FILTERSCALE_32BIT)
+ {
+ /* 32-bit scale for the filter */
+ SET_BIT(can_ip->FS1R, filternbrbitpos);
+
+ /* 32-bit identifier or First 32-bit identifier */
+ can_ip->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterBank].FR1 =
+ ((0x0000FFFFU & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdHigh) << 16U) |
+ (0x0000FFFFU & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdLow);
+
+ /* 32-bit mask or Second 32-bit identifier */
+ can_ip->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterBank].FR2 =
+ ((0x0000FFFFU & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16U) |
+ (0x0000FFFFU & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdLow);
+ }
+
+ /* Filter Mode */
+ if (sFilterConfig->FilterMode == CAN_FILTERMODE_IDMASK)
+ {
+ /* Id/Mask mode for the filter*/
+ CLEAR_BIT(can_ip->FM1R, filternbrbitpos);
+ }
+ else /* CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode == CAN_FilterMode_IdList */
+ {
+ /* Identifier list mode for the filter*/
+ SET_BIT(can_ip->FM1R, filternbrbitpos);
+ }
+
+ /* Filter FIFO assignment */
+ if (sFilterConfig->FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_FILTER_FIFO0)
+ {
+ /* FIFO 0 assignation for the filter */
+ CLEAR_BIT(can_ip->FFA1R, filternbrbitpos);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* FIFO 1 assignation for the filter */
+ SET_BIT(can_ip->FFA1R, filternbrbitpos);
+ }
+
+ /* Filter activation */
+ if (sFilterConfig->FilterActivation == CAN_FILTER_ENABLE)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(can_ip->FA1R, filternbrbitpos);
+ }
+
+ /* Leave the initialisation mode for the filter */
+ CLEAR_BIT(can_ip->FMR, CAN_FMR_FINIT);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions_Group3 Control functions
+ * @brief Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Control functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) HAL_CAN_Start : Start the CAN module
+ (+) HAL_CAN_Stop : Stop the CAN module
+ (+) HAL_CAN_RequestSleep : Request sleep mode entry.
+ (+) HAL_CAN_WakeUp : Wake up from sleep mode.
+ (+) HAL_CAN_IsSleepActive : Check is sleep mode is active.
+ (+) HAL_CAN_AddTxMessage : Add a message to the Tx mailboxes
+ and activate the corresponding
+ transmission request
+ (+) HAL_CAN_AbortTxRequest : Abort transmission request
+ (+) HAL_CAN_GetTxMailboxesFreeLevel : Return Tx mailboxes free level
+ (+) HAL_CAN_IsTxMessagePending : Check if a transmission request is
+ pending on the selected Tx mailbox
+ (+) HAL_CAN_GetRxMessage : Get a CAN frame from the Rx FIFO
+ (+) HAL_CAN_GetRxFifoFillLevel : Return Rx FIFO fill level
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Start the CAN module.
+ * @param hcan pointer to an CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Start(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ if (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Change CAN peripheral state */
+ hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_LISTENING;
+
+ /* Request leave initialisation */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_INRQ);
+
+ /* Get tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait the acknowledge */
+ while ((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Check for the Timeout */
+ if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+ /* Change CAN state */
+ hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_ERROR;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Reset the CAN ErrorCode */
+ hcan->ErrorCode = HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_NOT_READY;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stop the CAN module and enable access to configuration registers.
+ * @param hcan pointer to an CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Stop(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ if (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_LISTENING)
+ {
+ /* Request initialisation */
+ SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_INRQ);
+
+ /* Get tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait the acknowledge */
+ while ((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Check for the Timeout */
+ if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+ /* Change CAN state */
+ hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_ERROR;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Exit from sleep mode */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_SLEEP);
+
+ /* Change CAN peripheral state */
+ hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_NOT_STARTED;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Request the sleep mode (low power) entry.
+ * When returning from this function, Sleep mode will be entered
+ * as soon as the current CAN activity (transmission or reception
+ * of a CAN frame) has been completed.
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval HAL status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_RequestSleep(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef state = hcan->State;
+
+ if ((state == HAL_CAN_STATE_READY) ||
+ (state == HAL_CAN_STATE_LISTENING))
+ {
+ /* Request Sleep mode */
+ SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_SLEEP);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Wake up from sleep mode.
+ * When returning with HAL_OK status from this function, Sleep mode
+ * is exited.
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval HAL status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_WakeUp(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t count = 0;
+ uint32_t timeout = 1000000U;
+ HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef state = hcan->State;
+
+ if ((state == HAL_CAN_STATE_READY) ||
+ (state == HAL_CAN_STATE_LISTENING))
+ {
+ /* Wake up request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_SLEEP);
+
+ /* Wait sleep mode is exited */
+ do
+ {
+ /* Increment counter */
+ count++;
+
+ /* Check if timeout is reached */
+ if (count > timeout)
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ while ((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_SLAK) != 0U);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Check is sleep mode is active.
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval Status
+ * - 0 : Sleep mode is not active.
+ * - 1 : Sleep mode is active.
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_CAN_IsSleepActive(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ uint32_t status = 0U;
+ HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef state = hcan->State;
+
+ if ((state == HAL_CAN_STATE_READY) ||
+ (state == HAL_CAN_STATE_LISTENING))
+ {
+ /* Check Sleep mode */
+ if ((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_SLAK) != 0U)
+ {
+ status = 1U;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Add a message to the first free Tx mailbox and activate the
+ * corresponding transmission request.
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @param pHeader pointer to a CAN_TxHeaderTypeDef structure.
+ * @param aData array containing the payload of the Tx frame.
+ * @param pTxMailbox pointer to a variable where the function will return
+ * the TxMailbox used to store the Tx message.
+ * This parameter can be a value of @arg CAN_Tx_Mailboxes.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_AddTxMessage(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan, CAN_TxHeaderTypeDef *pHeader, uint8_t aData[], uint32_t *pTxMailbox)
+{
+ uint32_t transmitmailbox;
+ HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef state = hcan->State;
+ uint32_t tsr = READ_REG(hcan->Instance->TSR);
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_IDTYPE(pHeader->IDE));
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_RTR(pHeader->RTR));
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_DLC(pHeader->DLC));
+ if (pHeader->IDE == CAN_ID_STD)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_STDID(pHeader->StdId));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_EXTID(pHeader->ExtId));
+ }
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(pHeader->TransmitGlobalTime));
+
+ if ((state == HAL_CAN_STATE_READY) ||
+ (state == HAL_CAN_STATE_LISTENING))
+ {
+ /* Check that all the Tx mailboxes are not full */
+ if (((tsr & CAN_TSR_TME0) != 0U) ||
+ ((tsr & CAN_TSR_TME1) != 0U) ||
+ ((tsr & CAN_TSR_TME2) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* Select an empty transmit mailbox */
+ transmitmailbox = (tsr & CAN_TSR_CODE) >> CAN_TSR_CODE_Pos;
+
+ /* Check transmit mailbox value */
+ if (transmitmailbox > 2U)
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_INTERNAL;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Store the Tx mailbox */
+ *pTxMailbox = (uint32_t)1 << transmitmailbox;
+
+ /* Set up the Id */
+ if (pHeader->IDE == CAN_ID_STD)
+ {
+ hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR = ((pHeader->StdId << CAN_TI0R_STID_Pos) |
+ pHeader->RTR);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR = ((pHeader->ExtId << CAN_TI0R_EXID_Pos) |
+ pHeader->IDE |
+ pHeader->RTR);
+ }
+
+ /* Set up the DLC */
+ hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR = (pHeader->DLC);
+
+ /* Set up the Transmit Global Time mode */
+ if (pHeader->TransmitGlobalTime == ENABLE)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR, CAN_TDT0R_TGT);
+ }
+
+ /* Set up the data field */
+ WRITE_REG(hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDHR,
+ ((uint32_t)aData[7] << CAN_TDH0R_DATA7_Pos) |
+ ((uint32_t)aData[6] << CAN_TDH0R_DATA6_Pos) |
+ ((uint32_t)aData[5] << CAN_TDH0R_DATA5_Pos) |
+ ((uint32_t)aData[4] << CAN_TDH0R_DATA4_Pos));
+ WRITE_REG(hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDLR,
+ ((uint32_t)aData[3] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA3_Pos) |
+ ((uint32_t)aData[2] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA2_Pos) |
+ ((uint32_t)aData[1] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA1_Pos) |
+ ((uint32_t)aData[0] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA0_Pos));
+
+ /* Request transmission */
+ SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR, CAN_TI0R_TXRQ);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_PARAM;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort transmission requests
+ * @param hcan pointer to an CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @param TxMailboxes List of the Tx Mailboxes to abort.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of @arg CAN_Tx_Mailboxes.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_AbortTxRequest(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan, uint32_t TxMailboxes)
+{
+ HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef state = hcan->State;
+
+ /* Check function parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_TX_MAILBOX_LIST(TxMailboxes));
+
+ if ((state == HAL_CAN_STATE_READY) ||
+ (state == HAL_CAN_STATE_LISTENING))
+ {
+ /* Check Tx Mailbox 0 */
+ if ((TxMailboxes & CAN_TX_MAILBOX0) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Add cancellation request for Tx Mailbox 0 */
+ SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->TSR, CAN_TSR_ABRQ0);
+ }
+
+ /* Check Tx Mailbox 1 */
+ if ((TxMailboxes & CAN_TX_MAILBOX1) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Add cancellation request for Tx Mailbox 1 */
+ SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->TSR, CAN_TSR_ABRQ1);
+ }
+
+ /* Check Tx Mailbox 2 */
+ if ((TxMailboxes & CAN_TX_MAILBOX2) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Add cancellation request for Tx Mailbox 2 */
+ SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->TSR, CAN_TSR_ABRQ2);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return Tx Mailboxes free level: number of free Tx Mailboxes.
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval Number of free Tx Mailboxes.
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_CAN_GetTxMailboxesFreeLevel(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ uint32_t freelevel = 0U;
+ HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef state = hcan->State;
+
+ if ((state == HAL_CAN_STATE_READY) ||
+ (state == HAL_CAN_STATE_LISTENING))
+ {
+ /* Check Tx Mailbox 0 status */
+ if ((hcan->Instance->TSR & CAN_TSR_TME0) != 0U)
+ {
+ freelevel++;
+ }
+
+ /* Check Tx Mailbox 1 status */
+ if ((hcan->Instance->TSR & CAN_TSR_TME1) != 0U)
+ {
+ freelevel++;
+ }
+
+ /* Check Tx Mailbox 2 status */
+ if ((hcan->Instance->TSR & CAN_TSR_TME2) != 0U)
+ {
+ freelevel++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Return Tx Mailboxes free level */
+ return freelevel;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Check if a transmission request is pending on the selected Tx
+ * Mailboxes.
+ * @param hcan pointer to an CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @param TxMailboxes List of Tx Mailboxes to check.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of @arg CAN_Tx_Mailboxes.
+ * @retval Status
+ * - 0 : No pending transmission request on any selected Tx Mailboxes.
+ * - 1 : Pending transmission request on at least one of the selected
+ * Tx Mailbox.
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_CAN_IsTxMessagePending(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan, uint32_t TxMailboxes)
+{
+ uint32_t status = 0U;
+ HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef state = hcan->State;
+
+ /* Check function parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_TX_MAILBOX_LIST(TxMailboxes));
+
+ if ((state == HAL_CAN_STATE_READY) ||
+ (state == HAL_CAN_STATE_LISTENING))
+ {
+ /* Check pending transmission request on the selected Tx Mailboxes */
+ if ((hcan->Instance->TSR & (TxMailboxes << CAN_TSR_TME0_Pos)) != (TxMailboxes << CAN_TSR_TME0_Pos))
+ {
+ status = 1U;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Return status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return timestamp of Tx message sent, if time triggered communication
+ mode is enabled.
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @param TxMailbox Tx Mailbox where the timestamp of message sent will be
+ * read.
+ * This parameter can be one value of @arg CAN_Tx_Mailboxes.
+ * @retval Timestamp of message sent from Tx Mailbox.
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_CAN_GetTxTimestamp(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan, uint32_t TxMailbox)
+{
+ uint32_t timestamp = 0U;
+ uint32_t transmitmailbox;
+ HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef state = hcan->State;
+
+ /* Check function parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_TX_MAILBOX(TxMailbox));
+
+ if ((state == HAL_CAN_STATE_READY) ||
+ (state == HAL_CAN_STATE_LISTENING))
+ {
+ /* Select the Tx mailbox */
+ /* Select the Tx mailbox */
+ if (TxMailbox == CAN_TX_MAILBOX0)
+ {
+ transmitmailbox = 0U;
+ }
+ else if (TxMailbox == CAN_TX_MAILBOX1)
+ {
+ transmitmailbox = 1U;
+ }
+ else /* (TxMailbox == CAN_TX_MAILBOX2) */
+ {
+ transmitmailbox = 2U;
+ }
+
+ /* Get timestamp */
+ timestamp = (hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR & CAN_TDT0R_TIME) >> CAN_TDT0R_TIME_Pos;
+ }
+
+ /* Return the timestamp */
+ return timestamp;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get an CAN frame from the Rx FIFO zone into the message RAM.
+ * @param hcan pointer to an CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @param RxFifo Fifo number of the received message to be read.
+ * This parameter can be a value of @arg CAN_receive_FIFO_number.
+ * @param pHeader pointer to a CAN_RxHeaderTypeDef structure where the header
+ * of the Rx frame will be stored.
+ * @param aData array where the payload of the Rx frame will be stored.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_GetRxMessage(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan, uint32_t RxFifo, CAN_RxHeaderTypeDef *pHeader, uint8_t aData[])
+{
+ HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef state = hcan->State;
+
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_RX_FIFO(RxFifo));
+
+ if ((state == HAL_CAN_STATE_READY) ||
+ (state == HAL_CAN_STATE_LISTENING))
+ {
+ /* Check the Rx FIFO */
+ if (RxFifo == CAN_RX_FIFO0) /* Rx element is assigned to Rx FIFO 0 */
+ {
+ /* Check that the Rx FIFO 0 is not empty */
+ if ((hcan->Instance->RF0R & CAN_RF0R_FMP0) == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_PARAM;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else /* Rx element is assigned to Rx FIFO 1 */
+ {
+ /* Check that the Rx FIFO 1 is not empty */
+ if ((hcan->Instance->RF1R & CAN_RF1R_FMP1) == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_PARAM;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Get the header */
+ pHeader->IDE = CAN_RI0R_IDE & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[RxFifo].RIR;
+ if (pHeader->IDE == CAN_ID_STD)
+ {
+ pHeader->StdId = (CAN_RI0R_STID & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[RxFifo].RIR) >> CAN_TI0R_STID_Pos;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pHeader->ExtId = ((CAN_RI0R_EXID | CAN_RI0R_STID) & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[RxFifo].RIR) >> CAN_RI0R_EXID_Pos;
+ }
+ pHeader->RTR = (CAN_RI0R_RTR & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[RxFifo].RIR);
+ pHeader->DLC = (CAN_RDT0R_DLC & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[RxFifo].RDTR) >> CAN_RDT0R_DLC_Pos;
+ pHeader->FilterMatchIndex = (CAN_RDT0R_FMI & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[RxFifo].RDTR) >> CAN_RDT0R_FMI_Pos;
+ pHeader->Timestamp = (CAN_RDT0R_TIME & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[RxFifo].RDTR) >> CAN_RDT0R_TIME_Pos;
+
+ /* Get the data */
+ aData[0] = (uint8_t)((CAN_RDL0R_DATA0 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[RxFifo].RDLR) >> CAN_RDL0R_DATA0_Pos);
+ aData[1] = (uint8_t)((CAN_RDL0R_DATA1 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[RxFifo].RDLR) >> CAN_RDL0R_DATA1_Pos);
+ aData[2] = (uint8_t)((CAN_RDL0R_DATA2 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[RxFifo].RDLR) >> CAN_RDL0R_DATA2_Pos);
+ aData[3] = (uint8_t)((CAN_RDL0R_DATA3 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[RxFifo].RDLR) >> CAN_RDL0R_DATA3_Pos);
+ aData[4] = (uint8_t)((CAN_RDH0R_DATA4 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[RxFifo].RDHR) >> CAN_RDH0R_DATA4_Pos);
+ aData[5] = (uint8_t)((CAN_RDH0R_DATA5 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[RxFifo].RDHR) >> CAN_RDH0R_DATA5_Pos);
+ aData[6] = (uint8_t)((CAN_RDH0R_DATA6 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[RxFifo].RDHR) >> CAN_RDH0R_DATA6_Pos);
+ aData[7] = (uint8_t)((CAN_RDH0R_DATA7 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[RxFifo].RDHR) >> CAN_RDH0R_DATA7_Pos);
+
+ /* Release the FIFO */
+ if (RxFifo == CAN_RX_FIFO0) /* Rx element is assigned to Rx FIFO 0 */
+ {
+ /* Release RX FIFO 0 */
+ SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->RF0R, CAN_RF0R_RFOM0);
+ }
+ else /* Rx element is assigned to Rx FIFO 1 */
+ {
+ /* Release RX FIFO 1 */
+ SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->RF1R, CAN_RF1R_RFOM1);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return Rx FIFO fill level.
+ * @param hcan pointer to an CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @param RxFifo Rx FIFO.
+ * This parameter can be a value of @arg CAN_receive_FIFO_number.
+ * @retval Number of messages available in Rx FIFO.
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_CAN_GetRxFifoFillLevel(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan, uint32_t RxFifo)
+{
+ uint32_t filllevel = 0U;
+ HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef state = hcan->State;
+
+ /* Check function parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_RX_FIFO(RxFifo));
+
+ if ((state == HAL_CAN_STATE_READY) ||
+ (state == HAL_CAN_STATE_LISTENING))
+ {
+ if (RxFifo == CAN_RX_FIFO0)
+ {
+ filllevel = hcan->Instance->RF0R & CAN_RF0R_FMP0;
+ }
+ else /* RxFifo == CAN_RX_FIFO1 */
+ {
+ filllevel = hcan->Instance->RF1R & CAN_RF1R_FMP1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Return Rx FIFO fill level */
+ return filllevel;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions_Group4 Interrupts management
+ * @brief Interrupts management
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Interrupts management #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) HAL_CAN_ActivateNotification : Enable interrupts
+ (+) HAL_CAN_DeactivateNotification : Disable interrupts
+ (+) HAL_CAN_IRQHandler : Handles CAN interrupt request
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable interrupts.
+ * @param hcan pointer to an CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @param ActiveITs indicates which interrupts will be enabled.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of @arg CAN_Interrupts.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_ActivateNotification(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan, uint32_t ActiveITs)
+{
+ HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef state = hcan->State;
+
+ /* Check function parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_IT(ActiveITs));
+
+ if ((state == HAL_CAN_STATE_READY) ||
+ (state == HAL_CAN_STATE_LISTENING))
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected interrupts */
+ __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, ActiveITs);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable interrupts.
+ * @param hcan pointer to an CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @param InactiveITs indicates which interrupts will be disabled.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of @arg CAN_Interrupts.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_DeactivateNotification(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan, uint32_t InactiveITs)
+{
+ HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef state = hcan->State;
+
+ /* Check function parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CAN_IT(InactiveITs));
+
+ if ((state == HAL_CAN_STATE_READY) ||
+ (state == HAL_CAN_STATE_LISTENING))
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected interrupts */
+ __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, InactiveITs);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handles CAN interrupt request
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_CAN_IRQHandler(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ uint32_t errorcode = HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE;
+ uint32_t interrupts = READ_REG(hcan->Instance->IER);
+ uint32_t msrflags = READ_REG(hcan->Instance->MSR);
+ uint32_t tsrflags = READ_REG(hcan->Instance->TSR);
+ uint32_t rf0rflags = READ_REG(hcan->Instance->RF0R);
+ uint32_t rf1rflags = READ_REG(hcan->Instance->RF1R);
+ uint32_t esrflags = READ_REG(hcan->Instance->ESR);
+
+ /* Transmit Mailbox empty interrupt management *****************************/
+ if ((interrupts & CAN_IT_TX_MAILBOX_EMPTY) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Transmit Mailbox 0 management *****************************************/
+ if ((tsrflags & CAN_TSR_RQCP0) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Clear the Transmission Complete flag (and TXOK0,ALST0,TERR0 bits) */
+ __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_RQCP0);
+
+ if ((tsrflags & CAN_TSR_TXOK0) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Transmission Mailbox 0 complete callback */
+#if USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1
+ /* Call registered callback*/
+ hcan->TxMailbox0CompleteCallback(hcan);
+#else
+ /* Call weak (surcharged) callback */
+ HAL_CAN_TxMailbox0CompleteCallback(hcan);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((tsrflags & CAN_TSR_ALST0) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ errorcode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_TX_ALST0;
+ }
+ else if ((tsrflags & CAN_TSR_TERR0) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ errorcode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_TX_TERR0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Transmission Mailbox 0 abort callback */
+#if USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1
+ /* Call registered callback*/
+ hcan->TxMailbox0AbortCallback(hcan);
+#else
+ /* Call weak (surcharged) callback */
+ HAL_CAN_TxMailbox0AbortCallback(hcan);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Transmit Mailbox 1 management *****************************************/
+ if ((tsrflags & CAN_TSR_RQCP1) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Clear the Transmission Complete flag (and TXOK1,ALST1,TERR1 bits) */
+ __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_RQCP1);
+
+ if ((tsrflags & CAN_TSR_TXOK1) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Transmission Mailbox 1 complete callback */
+#if USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1
+ /* Call registered callback*/
+ hcan->TxMailbox1CompleteCallback(hcan);
+#else
+ /* Call weak (surcharged) callback */
+ HAL_CAN_TxMailbox1CompleteCallback(hcan);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((tsrflags & CAN_TSR_ALST1) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ errorcode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_TX_ALST1;
+ }
+ else if ((tsrflags & CAN_TSR_TERR1) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ errorcode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_TX_TERR1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Transmission Mailbox 1 abort callback */
+#if USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1
+ /* Call registered callback*/
+ hcan->TxMailbox1AbortCallback(hcan);
+#else
+ /* Call weak (surcharged) callback */
+ HAL_CAN_TxMailbox1AbortCallback(hcan);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Transmit Mailbox 2 management *****************************************/
+ if ((tsrflags & CAN_TSR_RQCP2) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Clear the Transmission Complete flag (and TXOK2,ALST2,TERR2 bits) */
+ __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_RQCP2);
+
+ if ((tsrflags & CAN_TSR_TXOK2) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Transmission Mailbox 2 complete callback */
+#if USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1
+ /* Call registered callback*/
+ hcan->TxMailbox2CompleteCallback(hcan);
+#else
+ /* Call weak (surcharged) callback */
+ HAL_CAN_TxMailbox2CompleteCallback(hcan);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((tsrflags & CAN_TSR_ALST2) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ errorcode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_TX_ALST2;
+ }
+ else if ((tsrflags & CAN_TSR_TERR2) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ errorcode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_TX_TERR2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Transmission Mailbox 2 abort callback */
+#if USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1
+ /* Call registered callback*/
+ hcan->TxMailbox2AbortCallback(hcan);
+#else
+ /* Call weak (surcharged) callback */
+ HAL_CAN_TxMailbox2AbortCallback(hcan);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Receive FIFO 0 overrun interrupt management *****************************/
+ if ((interrupts & CAN_IT_RX_FIFO0_OVERRUN) != 0U)
+ {
+ if ((rf0rflags & CAN_RF0R_FOVR0) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Set CAN error code to Rx Fifo 0 overrun error */
+ errorcode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_RX_FOV0;
+
+ /* Clear FIFO0 Overrun Flag */
+ __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_FOV0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Receive FIFO 0 full interrupt management ********************************/
+ if ((interrupts & CAN_IT_RX_FIFO0_FULL) != 0U)
+ {
+ if ((rf0rflags & CAN_RF0R_FULL0) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Clear FIFO 0 full Flag */
+ __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_FF0);
+
+ /* Receive FIFO 0 full Callback */
+#if USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1
+ /* Call registered callback*/
+ hcan->RxFifo0FullCallback(hcan);
+#else
+ /* Call weak (surcharged) callback */
+ HAL_CAN_RxFifo0FullCallback(hcan);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Receive FIFO 0 message pending interrupt management *********************/
+ if ((interrupts & CAN_IT_RX_FIFO0_MSG_PENDING) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Check if message is still pending */
+ if ((hcan->Instance->RF0R & CAN_RF0R_FMP0) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Receive FIFO 0 mesage pending Callback */
+#if USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1
+ /* Call registered callback*/
+ hcan->RxFifo0MsgPendingCallback(hcan);
+#else
+ /* Call weak (surcharged) callback */
+ HAL_CAN_RxFifo0MsgPendingCallback(hcan);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Receive FIFO 1 overrun interrupt management *****************************/
+ if ((interrupts & CAN_IT_RX_FIFO1_OVERRUN) != 0U)
+ {
+ if ((rf1rflags & CAN_RF1R_FOVR1) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Set CAN error code to Rx Fifo 1 overrun error */
+ errorcode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_RX_FOV1;
+
+ /* Clear FIFO1 Overrun Flag */
+ __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_FOV1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Receive FIFO 1 full interrupt management ********************************/
+ if ((interrupts & CAN_IT_RX_FIFO1_FULL) != 0U)
+ {
+ if ((rf1rflags & CAN_RF1R_FULL1) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Clear FIFO 1 full Flag */
+ __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_FF1);
+
+ /* Receive FIFO 1 full Callback */
+#if USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1
+ /* Call registered callback*/
+ hcan->RxFifo1FullCallback(hcan);
+#else
+ /* Call weak (surcharged) callback */
+ HAL_CAN_RxFifo1FullCallback(hcan);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Receive FIFO 1 message pending interrupt management *********************/
+ if ((interrupts & CAN_IT_RX_FIFO1_MSG_PENDING) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Check if message is still pending */
+ if ((hcan->Instance->RF1R & CAN_RF1R_FMP1) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Receive FIFO 1 mesage pending Callback */
+#if USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1
+ /* Call registered callback*/
+ hcan->RxFifo1MsgPendingCallback(hcan);
+#else
+ /* Call weak (surcharged) callback */
+ HAL_CAN_RxFifo1MsgPendingCallback(hcan);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Sleep interrupt management *********************************************/
+ if ((interrupts & CAN_IT_SLEEP_ACK) != 0U)
+ {
+ if ((msrflags & CAN_MSR_SLAKI) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Clear Sleep interrupt Flag */
+ __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_SLAKI);
+
+ /* Sleep Callback */
+#if USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1
+ /* Call registered callback*/
+ hcan->SleepCallback(hcan);
+#else
+ /* Call weak (surcharged) callback */
+ HAL_CAN_SleepCallback(hcan);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* WakeUp interrupt management *********************************************/
+ if ((interrupts & CAN_IT_WAKEUP) != 0U)
+ {
+ if ((msrflags & CAN_MSR_WKUI) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Clear WakeUp Flag */
+ __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_WKU);
+
+ /* WakeUp Callback */
+#if USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1
+ /* Call registered callback*/
+ hcan->WakeUpFromRxMsgCallback(hcan);
+#else
+ /* Call weak (surcharged) callback */
+ HAL_CAN_WakeUpFromRxMsgCallback(hcan);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Error interrupts management *********************************************/
+ if ((interrupts & CAN_IT_ERROR) != 0U)
+ {
+ if ((msrflags & CAN_MSR_ERRI) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Check Error Warning Flag */
+ if (((interrupts & CAN_IT_ERROR_WARNING) != 0U) &&
+ ((esrflags & CAN_ESR_EWGF) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* Set CAN error code to Error Warning */
+ errorcode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_EWG;
+
+ /* No need for clear of Error Warning Flag as read-only */
+ }
+
+ /* Check Error Passive Flag */
+ if (((interrupts & CAN_IT_ERROR_PASSIVE) != 0U) &&
+ ((esrflags & CAN_ESR_EPVF) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* Set CAN error code to Error Passive */
+ errorcode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_EPV;
+
+ /* No need for clear of Error Passive Flag as read-only */
+ }
+
+ /* Check Bus-off Flag */
+ if (((interrupts & CAN_IT_BUSOFF) != 0U) &&
+ ((esrflags & CAN_ESR_BOFF) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* Set CAN error code to Bus-Off */
+ errorcode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_BOF;
+
+ /* No need for clear of Error Bus-Off as read-only */
+ }
+
+ /* Check Last Error Code Flag */
+ if (((interrupts & CAN_IT_LAST_ERROR_CODE) != 0U) &&
+ ((esrflags & CAN_ESR_LEC) != 0U))
+ {
+ switch (esrflags & CAN_ESR_LEC)
+ {
+ case (CAN_ESR_LEC_0):
+ /* Set CAN error code to Stuff error */
+ errorcode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_STF;
+ break;
+ case (CAN_ESR_LEC_1):
+ /* Set CAN error code to Form error */
+ errorcode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_FOR;
+ break;
+ case (CAN_ESR_LEC_1 | CAN_ESR_LEC_0):
+ /* Set CAN error code to Acknowledgement error */
+ errorcode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_ACK;
+ break;
+ case (CAN_ESR_LEC_2):
+ /* Set CAN error code to Bit recessive error */
+ errorcode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_BR;
+ break;
+ case (CAN_ESR_LEC_2 | CAN_ESR_LEC_0):
+ /* Set CAN error code to Bit Dominant error */
+ errorcode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_BD;
+ break;
+ case (CAN_ESR_LEC_2 | CAN_ESR_LEC_1):
+ /* Set CAN error code to CRC error */
+ errorcode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_CRC;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear Last error code Flag */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->ESR, CAN_ESR_LEC);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Clear ERRI Flag */
+ __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_ERRI);
+ }
+
+ /* Call the Error call Back in case of Errors */
+ if (errorcode != HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Update error code in handle */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= errorcode;
+
+ /* Call Error callback function */
+#if USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1
+ /* Call registered callback*/
+ hcan->ErrorCallback(hcan);
+#else
+ /* Call weak (surcharged) callback */
+ HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback(hcan);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_CAN_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions_Group5 Callback functions
+ * @brief CAN Callback functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Callback functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides the following callback functions:
+ (+) HAL_CAN_TxMailbox0CompleteCallback
+ (+) HAL_CAN_TxMailbox1CompleteCallback
+ (+) HAL_CAN_TxMailbox2CompleteCallback
+ (+) HAL_CAN_TxMailbox0AbortCallback
+ (+) HAL_CAN_TxMailbox1AbortCallback
+ (+) HAL_CAN_TxMailbox2AbortCallback
+ (+) HAL_CAN_RxFifo0MsgPendingCallback
+ (+) HAL_CAN_RxFifo0FullCallback
+ (+) HAL_CAN_RxFifo1MsgPendingCallback
+ (+) HAL_CAN_RxFifo1FullCallback
+ (+) HAL_CAN_SleepCallback
+ (+) HAL_CAN_WakeUpFromRxMsgCallback
+ (+) HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmission Mailbox 0 complete callback.
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_CAN_TxMailbox0CompleteCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hcan);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CAN_TxMailbox0CompleteCallback could be implemented in the
+ user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmission Mailbox 1 complete callback.
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_CAN_TxMailbox1CompleteCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hcan);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CAN_TxMailbox1CompleteCallback could be implemented in the
+ user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmission Mailbox 2 complete callback.
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_CAN_TxMailbox2CompleteCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hcan);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CAN_TxMailbox2CompleteCallback could be implemented in the
+ user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmission Mailbox 0 Cancellation callback.
+ * @param hcan pointer to an CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_CAN_TxMailbox0AbortCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hcan);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CAN_TxMailbox0AbortCallback could be implemented in the
+ user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmission Mailbox 1 Cancellation callback.
+ * @param hcan pointer to an CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_CAN_TxMailbox1AbortCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hcan);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CAN_TxMailbox1AbortCallback could be implemented in the
+ user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmission Mailbox 2 Cancellation callback.
+ * @param hcan pointer to an CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_CAN_TxMailbox2AbortCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hcan);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CAN_TxMailbox2AbortCallback could be implemented in the
+ user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx FIFO 0 message pending callback.
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_CAN_RxFifo0MsgPendingCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hcan);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CAN_RxFifo0MsgPendingCallback could be implemented in the
+ user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx FIFO 0 full callback.
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_CAN_RxFifo0FullCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hcan);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CAN_RxFifo0FullCallback could be implemented in the user
+ file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx FIFO 1 message pending callback.
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_CAN_RxFifo1MsgPendingCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hcan);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CAN_RxFifo1MsgPendingCallback could be implemented in the
+ user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx FIFO 1 full callback.
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_CAN_RxFifo1FullCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hcan);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CAN_RxFifo1FullCallback could be implemented in the user
+ file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sleep callback.
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_CAN_SleepCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hcan);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CAN_SleepCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief WakeUp from Rx message callback.
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_CAN_WakeUpFromRxMsgCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hcan);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CAN_WakeUpFromRxMsgCallback could be implemented in the
+ user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Error CAN callback.
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hcan);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions_Group6 Peripheral State and Error functions
+ * @brief CAN Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral State and Error functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides functions allowing to :
+ (+) HAL_CAN_GetState() : Return the CAN state.
+ (+) HAL_CAN_GetError() : Return the CAN error codes if any.
+ (+) HAL_CAN_ResetError(): Reset the CAN error codes if any.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the CAN state.
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef HAL_CAN_GetState(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef state = hcan->State;
+
+ if ((state == HAL_CAN_STATE_READY) ||
+ (state == HAL_CAN_STATE_LISTENING))
+ {
+ /* Check sleep mode acknowledge flag */
+ if ((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_SLAK) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Sleep mode is active */
+ state = HAL_CAN_STATE_SLEEP_ACTIVE;
+ }
+ /* Check sleep mode request flag */
+ else if ((hcan->Instance->MCR & CAN_MCR_SLEEP) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Sleep mode request is pending */
+ state = HAL_CAN_STATE_SLEEP_PENDING;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Neither sleep mode request nor sleep mode acknowledge */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Return CAN state */
+ return state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the CAN error code.
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval CAN Error Code
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_CAN_GetError(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ /* Return CAN error code */
+ return hcan->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Reset the CAN error code.
+ * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CAN.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_ResetError(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef state = hcan->State;
+
+ if ((state == HAL_CAN_STATE_READY) ||
+ (state == HAL_CAN_STATE_LISTENING))
+ {
+ /* Reset CAN error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode = 0U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
+
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Return the status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* CAN */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_cec.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_cec.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..07ecaba --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_cec.c @@ -0,0 +1,1001 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_cec.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief CEC HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the High Definition Multimedia Interface
+ * Consumer Electronics Control Peripheral (CEC).
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization function
+ * + IO operation function
+ * + Peripheral Control function
+ *
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ The CEC HAL driver can be used as follow:
+
+ (#) Declare a CEC_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
+ (#) Initialize the CEC low level resources by implementing the HAL_CEC_MspInit ()API:
+ (##) Enable the CEC interface clock.
+ (##) CEC pins configuration:
+ (+++) Enable the clock for the CEC GPIOs.
+ (+++) Configure these CEC pins as alternate function pull-up.
+ (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()
+ and HAL_CEC_Receive_IT() APIs):
+ (+++) Configure the CEC interrupt priority.
+ (+++) Enable the NVIC CEC IRQ handle.
+ (+++) The specific CEC interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt,
+ RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
+ __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit
+ and receive process.
+
+ (#) Program the Signal Free Time (SFT) and SFT option, Tolerance, reception stop in
+ in case of Bit Rising Error, Error-Bit generation conditions, device logical
+ address and Listen mode in the hcec Init structure.
+
+ (#) Initialize the CEC registers by calling the HAL_CEC_Init() API.
+
+ [..]
+ (@) This API (HAL_CEC_Init()) configures also the low level Hardware (GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
+ by calling the customed HAL_CEC_MspInit() API.
+ *** Callback registration ***
+ =============================================
+
+ The compilation define USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
+ allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+ Use Functions @ref HAL_CEC_RegisterCallback() or HAL_CEC_RegisterXXXCallback()
+ to register an interrupt callback.
+
+ Function @ref HAL_CEC_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
+ (+) TxCpltCallback : Tx Transfer completed callback.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : callback for error detection.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : CEC MspInit.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : CEC MspDeInit.
+ This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+ and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+ For specific callback HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback use dedicated register callbacks
+ @ref HAL_CEC_RegisterRxCpltCallback().
+
+ Use function @ref HAL_CEC_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
+ weak function.
+ @ref HAL_CEC_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+ and the Callback ID.
+ This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+ (+) TxCpltCallback : Tx Transfer completed callback.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : callback for error detection.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : CEC MspInit.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : CEC MspDeInit.
+
+ For callback HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback use dedicated unregister callback :
+ @ref HAL_CEC_UnRegisterRxCpltCallback().
+
+ By default, after the @ref HAL_CEC_Init() and when the state is HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET
+ all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions :
+ examples @ref HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback() , @ref HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback().
+ Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are
+ reset to the legacy weak function in the @ref HAL_CEC_Init()/ @ref HAL_CEC_DeInit() only when
+ these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
+ if not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_CEC_Init() / @ref HAL_CEC_DeInit()
+ keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit functions (registered beforehand)
+
+ Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_CEC_STATE_READY state only.
+ Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks that can be registered/unregistered
+ in HAL_CEC_STATE_READY or HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET state,
+ thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
+ In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+ using @ref HAL_CEC_RegisterCallback() before calling @ref HAL_CEC_DeInit()
+ or @ref HAL_CEC_Init() function.
+
+ When the compilation define USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+ not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks
+ are set to the corresponding weak functions.
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC CEC
+ * @brief HAL CEC module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+#ifdef HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED
+#if defined (CEC)
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Constants CEC Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Functions CEC Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions CEC Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the CEC
+ (+) The following parameters need to be configured:
+ (++) SignalFreeTime
+ (++) Tolerance
+ (++) BRERxStop (RX stopped or not upon Bit Rising Error)
+ (++) BREErrorBitGen (Error-Bit generation in case of Bit Rising Error)
+ (++) LBPEErrorBitGen (Error-Bit generation in case of Long Bit Period Error)
+ (++) BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen (Error-bit generation in case of broadcast message error)
+ (++) SignalFreeTimeOption (SFT Timer start definition)
+ (++) OwnAddress (CEC device address)
+ (++) ListenMode
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the CEC mode according to the specified
+ * parameters in the CEC_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle .
+ * @param hcec CEC handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Init(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+ /* Check the CEC handle allocation */
+ if ((hcec == NULL) || (hcec->Init.RxBuffer == NULL))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcec->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_SIGNALFREETIME(hcec->Init.SignalFreeTime));
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_TOLERANCE(hcec->Init.Tolerance));
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_BRERXSTOP(hcec->Init.BRERxStop));
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_BREERRORBITGEN(hcec->Init.BREErrorBitGen));
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_LBPEERRORBITGEN(hcec->Init.LBPEErrorBitGen));
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_BROADCASTERROR_NO_ERRORBIT_GENERATION(hcec->Init.BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen));
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_SFTOP(hcec->Init.SignalFreeTimeOption));
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_LISTENING_MODE(hcec->Init.ListenMode));
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_OWN_ADDRESS(hcec->Init.OwnAddress));
+
+#if (USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ hcec->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+ hcec->TxCpltCallback = HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback */
+ hcec->RxCpltCallback = HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback */
+ hcec->ErrorCallback = HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+
+ if (hcec->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hcec->MspInitCallback = HAL_CEC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ hcec->MspInitCallback(hcec);
+ }
+#else
+ if (hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ hcec->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
+ HAL_CEC_MspInit(hcec);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
+
+ /* Write to CEC Control Register */
+ hcec->Instance->CFGR = hcec->Init.SignalFreeTime | hcec->Init.Tolerance | hcec->Init.BRERxStop | \
+ hcec->Init.BREErrorBitGen | hcec->Init.LBPEErrorBitGen | hcec->Init.BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen | \
+ hcec->Init.SignalFreeTimeOption | ((uint32_t)(hcec->Init.OwnAddress) << 16U) | \
+ hcec->Init.ListenMode;
+
+ /* Enable the following CEC Transmission/Reception interrupts as
+ * well as the following CEC Transmission/Reception Errors interrupts
+ * Rx Byte Received IT
+ * End of Reception IT
+ * Rx overrun
+ * Rx bit rising error
+ * Rx short bit period error
+ * Rx long bit period error
+ * Rx missing acknowledge
+ * Tx Byte Request IT
+ * End of Transmission IT
+ * Tx Missing Acknowledge IT
+ * Tx-Error IT
+ * Tx-Buffer Underrun IT
+ * Tx arbitration lost */
+ __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_RXBR | CEC_IT_RXEND | CEC_IER_RX_ALL_ERR | CEC_IT_TXBR | CEC_IT_TXEND |
+ CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR);
+
+ /* Enable the CEC Peripheral */
+ __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
+
+ hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+ hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+ hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the CEC peripheral
+ * @param hcec CEC handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_DeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+ /* Check the CEC handle allocation */
+ if (hcec == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcec->Instance));
+
+ hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (hcec->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hcec->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_CEC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ }
+
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ hcec->MspDeInitCallback(hcec);
+
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(hcec);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
+
+ /* Clear Flags */
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXEND | CEC_FLAG_TXBR | CEC_FLAG_RXBR | CEC_FLAG_RXEND | CEC_ISR_ALL_ERROR);
+
+ /* Disable the following CEC Transmission/Reception interrupts as
+ * well as the following CEC Transmission/Reception Errors interrupts
+ * Rx Byte Received IT
+ * End of Reception IT
+ * Rx overrun
+ * Rx bit rising error
+ * Rx short bit period error
+ * Rx long bit period error
+ * Rx missing acknowledge
+ * Tx Byte Request IT
+ * End of Transmission IT
+ * Tx Missing Acknowledge IT
+ * Tx-Error IT
+ * Tx-Buffer Underrun IT
+ * Tx arbitration lost */
+ __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_RXBR | CEC_IT_RXEND | CEC_IER_RX_ALL_ERR | CEC_IT_TXBR | CEC_IT_TXEND |
+ CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR);
+
+ hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+ hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET;
+ hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Process Unlock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the Own Address of the CEC device
+ * @param hcec CEC handle
+ * @param CEC_OwnAddress The CEC own address.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_SetDeviceAddress(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint16_t CEC_OwnAddress)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_OWN_ADDRESS(CEC_OwnAddress));
+
+ if ((hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY) && (hcec->RxState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY))
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+
+ hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
+
+ if (CEC_OwnAddress != CEC_OWN_ADDRESS_NONE)
+ {
+ hcec->Instance->CFGR |= ((uint32_t)CEC_OwnAddress << 16);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hcec->Instance->CFGR &= ~(CEC_CFGR_OAR);
+ }
+
+ hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+ hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief CEC MSP Init
+ * @param hcec CEC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_CEC_MspInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hcec);
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CEC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief CEC MSP DeInit
+ * @param hcec CEC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hcec);
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CEC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+#if (USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+ * @brief Register a User CEC Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hcec CEC handle
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CEC_TX_CPLT_CB_ID Tx Complete callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CEC_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CEC_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CEC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_RegisterCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, HAL_CEC_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
+ pCEC_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+
+ if (hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_CEC_TX_CPLT_CB_ID :
+ hcec->TxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CEC_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ hcec->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CEC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hcec->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CEC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hcec->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_CEC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hcec->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CEC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hcec->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister an CEC Callback
+ * CEC callabck is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hcec uart handle
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CEC_TX_CPLT_CB_ID Tx Complete callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CEC_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CEC_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_CEC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+ * @retval status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_UnRegisterCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, HAL_CEC_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+
+ if (hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_CEC_TX_CPLT_CB_ID :
+ hcec->TxCpltCallback = HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CEC_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ hcec->ErrorCallback = HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CEC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hcec->MspInitCallback = HAL_CEC_MspInit;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CEC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hcec->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_CEC_MspDeInit;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_CEC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hcec->MspInitCallback = HAL_CEC_MspInit;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_CEC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hcec->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_CEC_MspDeInit;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Register CEC RX complete Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() predefined callback
+ * @param hcec CEC handle
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the Rx transfer compelete Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_RegisterRxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, pCEC_RxCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+
+ if (HAL_CEC_STATE_READY == hcec->RxState)
+ {
+ hcec->RxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UnRegister CEC RX complete Callback
+ * CEC RX complete Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() predefined callback
+ * @param hcec CEC handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_UnRegisterRxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+
+ if (HAL_CEC_STATE_READY == hcec->RxState)
+ {
+ hcec->RxCpltCallback = HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak CEC RxCpltCallback */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hcec->ErrorCode |= HAL_CEC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+ return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
+ * @brief CEC Transmit/Receive functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the CEC data transfers.
+
+ (#) The CEC handle must contain the initiator (TX side) and the destination (RX side)
+ logical addresses (4-bit long addresses, 0xF for broadcast messages destination)
+
+ (#) The communication is performed using Interrupts.
+ These API's return the HAL status.
+ The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+ dedicated CEC IRQ when using Interrupt mode.
+ The HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks
+ will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process
+ The HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when a communication
+ error is detected
+
+ (#) API's with Interrupt are :
+ (+) HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()
+ (+) HAL_CEC_IRQHandler()
+
+ (#) A set of User Callbacks are provided:
+ (+) HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback()
+ (+) HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback()
+ (+) HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback()
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Send data in interrupt mode
+ * @param hcec CEC handle
+ * @param InitiatorAddress Initiator address
+ * @param DestinationAddress destination logical address
+ * @param pData pointer to input byte data buffer
+ * @param Size amount of data to be sent in bytes (without counting the header).
+ * 0 means only the header is sent (ping operation).
+ * Maximum TX size is 15 bytes (1 opcode and up to 14 operands).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t InitiatorAddress, uint8_t DestinationAddress,
+ uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Size)
+{
+ /* if the IP isn't already busy and if there is no previous transmission
+ already pending due to arbitration lost */
+ if (hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) && (Size > 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(DestinationAddress));
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(InitiatorAddress));
+ assert_param(IS_CEC_MSGSIZE(Size));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
+ hcec->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+ hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* initialize the number of bytes to send,
+ * 0 means only one header is sent (ping operation) */
+ hcec->TxXferCount = (uint16_t)Size;
+
+ /* in case of no payload (Size = 0), sender is only pinging the system;
+ Set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit, must be set before writing data to TXDR */
+ if (Size == 0U)
+ {
+ __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
+ }
+
+ /* send header block */
+ hcec->Instance->TXDR = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)InitiatorAddress << CEC_INITIATOR_LSB_POS) | DestinationAddress);
+
+ /* Set TX Start of Message (TXSOM) bit */
+ __HAL_CEC_FIRST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get size of the received frame.
+ * @param hcec CEC handle
+ * @retval Frame size
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetLastReceivedFrameSize(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+ return hcec->RxXferSize;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Change Rx Buffer.
+ * @param hcec CEC handle
+ * @param Rxbuffer Rx Buffer
+ * @note This function can be called only inside the HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback()
+ * @retval Frame size
+ */
+void HAL_CEC_ChangeRxBuffer(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t *Rxbuffer)
+{
+ hcec->Init.RxBuffer = Rxbuffer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles CEC interrupt requests.
+ * @param hcec CEC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_CEC_IRQHandler(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+
+ /* save interrupts register for further error or interrupts handling purposes */
+ uint32_t reg;
+ reg = hcec->Instance->ISR;
+
+
+ /* ----------------------------Arbitration Lost Management----------------------------------*/
+ /* CEC TX arbitration error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
+ if ((reg & CEC_FLAG_ARBLST) != 0U)
+ {
+ hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_ARBLST;
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_ARBLST);
+ }
+
+ /* ----------------------------Rx Management----------------------------------*/
+ /* CEC RX byte received interrupt ---------------------------------------------------*/
+ if ((reg & CEC_FLAG_RXBR) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* reception is starting */
+ hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hcec->RxXferSize++;
+ /* read received byte */
+ *hcec->Init.RxBuffer = (uint8_t) hcec->Instance->RXDR;
+ hcec->Init.RxBuffer++;
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXBR);
+ }
+
+ /* CEC RX end received interrupt ---------------------------------------------------*/
+ if ((reg & CEC_FLAG_RXEND) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* clear IT */
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXEND);
+
+ /* Rx process is completed, restore hcec->RxState to Ready */
+ hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+ hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+ hcec->Init.RxBuffer -= hcec->RxXferSize;
+#if (USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hcec->RxCpltCallback(hcec, hcec->RxXferSize);
+#else
+ HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(hcec, hcec->RxXferSize);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ hcec->RxXferSize = 0U;
+ }
+
+ /* ----------------------------Tx Management----------------------------------*/
+ /* CEC TX byte request interrupt ------------------------------------------------*/
+ if ((reg & CEC_FLAG_TXBR) != 0U)
+ {
+ if (hcec->TxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* if this is the last byte transmission, set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit */
+ __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
+ hcec->Instance->TXDR = *hcec->pTxBuffPtr;
+ hcec->pTxBuffPtr++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hcec->Instance->TXDR = *hcec->pTxBuffPtr;
+ hcec->pTxBuffPtr++;
+ hcec->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+ /* clear Tx-Byte request flag */
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXBR);
+ }
+
+ /* CEC TX end interrupt ------------------------------------------------*/
+ if ((reg & CEC_FLAG_TXEND) != 0U)
+ {
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXEND);
+
+ /* Tx process is ended, restore hcec->gState to Ready */
+ hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+ /* Call the Process Unlocked before calling the Tx call back API to give the possibility to
+ start again the Transmission under the Tx call back API */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
+ hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
+#if (USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hcec->TxCpltCallback(hcec);
+#else
+ HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(hcec);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ /* ----------------------------Rx/Tx Error Management----------------------------------*/
+ if ((reg & (CEC_ISR_RXOVR | CEC_ISR_BRE | CEC_ISR_SBPE | CEC_ISR_LBPE | CEC_ISR_RXACKE | CEC_ISR_TXUDR | CEC_ISR_TXERR |
+ CEC_ISR_TXACKE)) != 0U)
+ {
+ hcec->ErrorCode = reg;
+ __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, HAL_CEC_ERROR_RXOVR | HAL_CEC_ERROR_BRE | CEC_FLAG_LBPE | CEC_FLAG_SBPE |
+ HAL_CEC_ERROR_RXACKE | HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXUDR | HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXERR | HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXACKE);
+
+
+ if ((reg & (CEC_ISR_RXOVR | CEC_ISR_BRE | CEC_ISR_SBPE | CEC_ISR_LBPE | CEC_ISR_RXACKE)) != 0U)
+ {
+ hcec->Init.RxBuffer -= hcec->RxXferSize;
+ hcec->RxXferSize = 0U;
+ hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+ }
+ else if (((reg & CEC_ISR_ARBLST) == 0U) && ((reg & (CEC_ISR_TXUDR | CEC_ISR_TXERR | CEC_ISR_TXACKE)) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* Set the CEC state ready to be able to start again the process */
+ hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing todo*/
+ }
+#if (USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hcec->ErrorCallback(hcec);
+#else
+ /* Error Call Back */
+ HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(hcec);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_CEC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing todo*/
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback
+ * @param hcec CEC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hcec);
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx Transfer completed callback
+ * @param hcec CEC handle
+ * @param RxFrameSize Size of frame
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint32_t RxFrameSize)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hcec);
+ UNUSED(RxFrameSize);
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief CEC error callbacks
+ * @param hcec CEC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hcec);
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control function
+ * @brief CEC control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control function #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CEC.
+ (+) HAL_CEC_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the CEC peripheral.
+ (+) HAL_CEC_GetError() API can be helpful to check in run-time the error of the CEC peripheral.
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief return the CEC state
+ * @param hcec pointer to a CEC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CEC module.
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef HAL_CEC_GetState(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+ uint32_t temp1, temp2;
+ temp1 = hcec->gState;
+ temp2 = hcec->RxState;
+
+ return (HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef)(temp1 | temp2);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the CEC error code
+ * @param hcec pointer to a CEC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified CEC.
+ * @retval CEC Error Code
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetError(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
+{
+ return hcec->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* CEC */
+#endif /* HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_comp.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_comp.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6b42523 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_comp.c @@ -0,0 +1,984 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_comp.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief COMP HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the COMP peripheral:
+ * + Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ * + I/O operation functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ * + Peripheral State functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+================================================================================
+ ##### COMP Peripheral features #####
+================================================================================
+
+ [..]
+ The STM32F0xx device family integrates up to 2 analog comparators COMP1 and COMP2:
+ (+) The non inverting input and inverting input can be set to GPIO pins.
+
+ (+) The COMP output is available using HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel()
+ and can be set on GPIO pins.
+
+ (+) The COMP output can be redirected to embedded timers (TIM1, TIM2 and TIM3).
+
+ (+) The comparators COMP1 and COMP2 can be combined in window mode.
+
+ (+) The comparators have interrupt capability with wake-up
+ from Sleep and Stop modes (through the EXTI controller):
+ (++) COMP1 is internally connected to EXTI Line 21
+ (++) COMP2 is internally connected to EXTI Line 22
+
+ (+) From the corresponding IRQ handler, the right interrupt source can be retrieved with the
+ macros __HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_GET_FLAG() and __HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_GET_FLAG().
+
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+================================================================================
+ [..]
+ This driver provides functions to configure and program the Comparators of STM32F05x, STM32F07x and STM32F09x devices.
+
+ To use the comparator, perform the following steps:
+
+ (#) Fill in the HAL_COMP_MspInit() to
+ (++) Configure the comparator input in analog mode using HAL_GPIO_Init()
+ (++) Configure the comparator output in alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init() to map the comparator
+ output to the GPIO pin
+ (++) If required enable the COMP interrupt by configuring and enabling EXTI line in Interrupt mode and
+ selecting the desired sensitivity level using HAL_GPIO_Init() function. After that enable the comparator
+ interrupt vector using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() function.
+
+ (#) Configure the comparator using HAL_COMP_Init() function:
+ (++) Select the inverting input (input minus)
+ (++) Select the non inverting input (input plus)
+ (++) Select the output polarity
+ (++) Select the output redirection
+ (++) Select the hysteresis level
+ (++) Select the power mode
+ (++) Select the event/interrupt mode
+ (++) Select the window mode
+
+ -@@- HAL_COMP_Init() calls internally __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE() in order
+ to access the comparator(s) registers.
+
+ (#) Enable the comparator using HAL_COMP_Start() function or HAL_COMP_Start_IT() function for interrupt mode.
+
+ (#) Use HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback() and/or HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel() functions
+ to manage comparator outputs (event/interrupt triggered and output level).
+
+ (#) Disable the comparator using HAL_COMP_Stop() or HAL_COMP_Stop_IT()
+ function.
+
+ (#) De-initialize the comparator using HAL_COMP_DeInit() function.
+
+ (#) For safety purposes comparator(s) can be locked using HAL_COMP_Lock() function.
+ Only a MCU reset can reset that protection.
+
+ *** Callback registration ***
+ =============================================
+ [..]
+
+ The compilation flag USE_HAL_COMP_REGISTER_CALLBACKS, when set to 1,
+ allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+ Use Functions @ref HAL_COMP_RegisterCallback()
+ to register an interrupt callback.
+ [..]
+
+ Function @ref HAL_COMP_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
+ (+) OperationCpltCallback : callback for End of operation.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : callback for error detection.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : callback for Msp Init.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : callback for Msp DeInit.
+ This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+ and a pointer to the user callback function.
+ [..]
+
+ Use function @ref HAL_COMP_UnRegisterCallback to reset a callback to the default
+ weak function.
+ [..]
+
+ @ref HAL_COMP_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+ and the Callback ID.
+ This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+ (+) OperationCpltCallback : callback for End of operation.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : callback for error detection.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : callback for Msp Init.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : callback for Msp DeInit.
+ [..]
+
+ By default, after the @ref HAL_COMP_Init() and when the state is @ref HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET
+ all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions:
+ examples @ref HAL_COMP_OperationCpltCallback(), @ref HAL_COMP_ErrorCallback().
+ Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are
+ reset to the legacy weak functions in the @ref HAL_COMP_Init()/ @ref HAL_COMP_DeInit() only when
+ these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
+ [..]
+
+ If MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_COMP_Init()/ @ref HAL_COMP_DeInit()
+ keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand) whatever the state.
+ [..]
+
+ Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in @ref HAL_COMP_STATE_READY state only.
+ Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit functions that can be registered/unregistered
+ in @ref HAL_COMP_STATE_READY or @ref HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET state,
+ thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
+ [..]
+
+ Then, the user first registers the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+ using @ref HAL_COMP_RegisterCallback() before calling @ref HAL_COMP_DeInit()
+ or @ref HAL_COMP_Init() function.
+ [..]
+
+ When the compilation flag USE_HAL_COMP_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+ not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks
+ are set to the corresponding weak functions.
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/*
+ Additional Tables:
+
+ Table 1. COMP Inputs for the STM32F05x, STM32F07x and STM32F09x devices
+ +--------------------------------------------------+
+ | | | COMP1 | COMP2 |
+ |-----------------|----------------|---------------|
+ | | 1/4 VREFINT | OK | OK |
+ | | 1/2 VREFINT | OK | OK |
+ | | 3/4 VREFINT | OK | OK |
+ | Inverting Input | VREFINT | OK | OK |
+ | | DAC1 OUT (PA4) | OK | OK |
+ | | DAC2 OUT (PA5) | OK | OK |
+ | | IO1 | PA0 | PA2 |
+ |-----------------|----------------|-------|-------|
+ | Non Inverting | | PA1 | PA3 |
+ | Input | | | |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+
+
+ Table 2. COMP Outputs for the STM32F05x, STM32F07x and STM32F09x devices
+ +---------------+
+ | COMP1 | COMP2 |
+ |-------|-------|
+ | PA0 | PA2 |
+ | PA6 | PA7 |
+ | PA11 | PA12 |
+ +---------------+
+
+ Table 3. COMP Outputs redirection to embedded timers for the STM32F05x, STM32F07x and STM32F09x devices
+ +---------------------------------+
+ | COMP1 | COMP2 |
+ |----------------|----------------|
+ | TIM1 BKIN | TIM1 BKIN |
+ | | |
+ | TIM1 OCREFCLR | TIM1 OCREFCLR |
+ | | |
+ | TIM1 IC1 | TIM1 IC1 |
+ | | |
+ | TIM2 IC4 | TIM2 IC4 |
+ | | |
+ | TIM2 OCREFCLR | TIM2 OCREFCLR |
+ | | |
+ | TIM3 IC1 | TIM3 IC1 |
+ | | |
+ | TIM3 OCREFCLR | TIM3 OCREFCLR |
+ +---------------------------------+
+
+*/
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+#ifdef HAL_COMP_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined (COMP1) || defined (COMP2)
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP COMP
+ * @brief COMP HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_Private_Constants COMP Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Delay for COMP startup time. */
+/* Note: Delay required to reach propagation delay specification. */
+/* Literal set to maximum value (refer to device datasheet, */
+/* parameter "tSTART"). */
+/* Unit: us */
+#define COMP_DELAY_STARTUP_US (60U) /*!< Delay for COMP startup time */
+
+/* CSR register reset value */
+#define COMP_CSR_RESET_VALUE (0x00000000U)
+/* CSR register masks */
+#define COMP_CSR_RESET_PARAMETERS_MASK (0x00003FFFU)
+#define COMP_CSR_UPDATE_PARAMETERS_MASK (0x00003FFEU)
+/* CSR COMPx non inverting input mask */
+#define COMP_CSR_COMPxNONINSEL_MASK ((uint16_t)COMP_CSR_COMP1SW1)
+/* CSR COMP2 shift */
+#define COMP_CSR_COMP1_SHIFT 0U
+#define COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT 16U
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Functions COMP Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions to initialize and de-initialize comparators
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the COMP according to the specified
+ * parameters in the COMP_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+ * @note If the selected comparator is locked, initialization can't be performed.
+ * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset.
+ * @param hcomp COMP handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Init(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP1_SHIFT;
+
+ /* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */
+ if((hcomp == NULL) || ((hcomp->State & COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK) != RESET))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_INVERTINGINPUT(hcomp->Init.InvertingInput));
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_NONINVERTINGINPUT(hcomp->Init.NonInvertingInput));
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_OUTPUT(hcomp->Init.Output));
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_OUTPUTPOL(hcomp->Init.OutputPol));
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_HYSTERESIS(hcomp->Init.Hysteresis));
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_MODE(hcomp->Init.Mode));
+
+ if(hcomp->Init.NonInvertingInput == COMP_NONINVERTINGINPUT_DAC1SWITCHCLOSED)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_DAC1SWITCH_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+ }
+
+ if(hcomp->Init.WindowMode != COMP_WINDOWMODE_DISABLE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_WINDOWMODE_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+ }
+
+ /* Init SYSCFG and the low level hardware to access comparators */
+ __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+#if (USE_HAL_COMP_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Init the COMP Callback settings */
+ hcomp->TriggerCallback = HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback; /* Legacy weak callback */
+
+ if (hcomp->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hcomp->MspInitCallback = HAL_COMP_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ hcomp->MspInitCallback(hcomp);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : SYSCFG to access comparators */
+ HAL_COMP_MspInit(hcomp);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_COMP_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ if(hcomp->State == HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ hcomp->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+ }
+
+ /* Change COMP peripheral state */
+ hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Set COMP parameters */
+ /* Set COMPxINSEL bits according to hcomp->Init.InvertingInput value */
+ /* Set COMPxOUTSEL bits according to hcomp->Init.Output value */
+ /* Set COMPxPOL bit according to hcomp->Init.OutputPol value */
+ /* Set COMPxHYST bits according to hcomp->Init.Hysteresis value */
+ /* Set COMPxMODE bits according to hcomp->Init.Mode value */
+ if(hcomp->Instance == COMP2)
+ {
+ regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT;
+ }
+ MODIFY_REG(COMP->CSR,
+ (COMP_CSR_COMPxINSEL | COMP_CSR_COMPxNONINSEL_MASK | \
+ COMP_CSR_COMPxOUTSEL | COMP_CSR_COMPxPOL | \
+ COMP_CSR_COMPxHYST | COMP_CSR_COMPxMODE) << regshift,
+ (hcomp->Init.InvertingInput | \
+ hcomp->Init.NonInvertingInput | \
+ hcomp->Init.Output | \
+ hcomp->Init.OutputPol | \
+ hcomp->Init.Hysteresis | \
+ hcomp->Init.Mode) << regshift);
+
+ if(hcomp->Init.WindowMode != COMP_WINDOWMODE_DISABLE)
+ {
+ COMP->CSR |= COMP_CSR_WNDWEN;
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize the COMP state*/
+ hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_READY;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the COMP peripheral
+ * @note Deinitialization can't be performed if the COMP configuration is locked.
+ * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset.
+ * @param hcomp COMP handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_DeInit(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP1_SHIFT;
+
+ /* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */
+ if((hcomp == NULL) || ((hcomp->State & COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK) != RESET))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+
+ /* Set COMP_CSR register to reset value for the corresponding COMP instance */
+ if(hcomp->Instance == COMP2)
+ {
+ regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT;
+ }
+ MODIFY_REG(COMP->CSR,
+ COMP_CSR_RESET_PARAMETERS_MASK << regshift,
+ COMP_CSR_RESET_VALUE << regshift);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_COMP_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (hcomp->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hcomp->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_COMP_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ }
+
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: SYSCFG, GPIO, CLOCK and NVIC */
+ hcomp->MspDeInitCallback(hcomp);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: SYSCFG, GPIO, CLOCK and NVIC */
+ HAL_COMP_MspDeInit(hcomp);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_COMP_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcomp);
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the COMP MSP.
+ * @param hcomp COMP handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_COMP_MspInit(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hcomp);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_COMP_MspInit could be implenetd in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes COMP MSP.
+ * @param hcomp COMP handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_COMP_MspDeInit(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hcomp);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_COMP_MspDeInit could be implenetd in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_COMP_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+ * @brief Register a User COMP Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hcomp Pointer to a COMP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified COMP.
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_COMP_TRIGGER_CB_ID Trigger callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_COMP_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_COMP_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_RegisterCallback(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp, HAL_COMP_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, pCOMP_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hcomp->ErrorCode |= HAL_COMP_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (HAL_COMP_STATE_READY == hcomp->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_COMP_TRIGGER_CB_ID :
+ hcomp->TriggerCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_COMP_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hcomp->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_COMP_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hcomp->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hcomp->ErrorCode |= HAL_COMP_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET == hcomp->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_COMP_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hcomp->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_COMP_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hcomp->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hcomp->ErrorCode |= HAL_COMP_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hcomp->ErrorCode |= HAL_COMP_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister a COMP Callback
+ * COMP callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hcomp Pointer to a COMP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified COMP.
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_COMP_TRIGGER_CB_ID Trigger callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_COMP_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_COMP_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_UnRegisterCallback(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp, HAL_COMP_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (HAL_COMP_STATE_READY == hcomp->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_COMP_TRIGGER_CB_ID :
+ hcomp->TriggerCallback = HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback; /* Legacy weak callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_COMP_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hcomp->MspInitCallback = HAL_COMP_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_COMP_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hcomp->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_COMP_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hcomp->ErrorCode |= HAL_COMP_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET == hcomp->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_COMP_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hcomp->MspInitCallback = HAL_COMP_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_COMP_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hcomp->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_COMP_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hcomp->ErrorCode |= HAL_COMP_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hcomp->ErrorCode |= HAL_COMP_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+#endif /* USE_HAL_COMP_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Functions_Group2 I/O operation functions
+ * @brief Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the COMP data
+ transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Start the comparator
+ * @param hcomp COMP handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Start(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ uint32_t wait_loop_index = 0U;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP1_SHIFT;
+
+ /* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */
+ if((hcomp == NULL) || ((hcomp->State & COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK) != RESET))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+
+ if(hcomp->State == HAL_COMP_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected comparator */
+ if(hcomp->Instance == COMP2)
+ {
+ regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT;
+ }
+ SET_BIT(COMP->CSR, COMP_CSR_COMPxEN << regshift);
+
+ /* Set HAL COMP handle state */
+ hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Delay for COMP startup time */
+ wait_loop_index = (COMP_DELAY_STARTUP_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000U));
+ while(wait_loop_index != 0U)
+ {
+ wait_loop_index--;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stop the comparator
+ * @param hcomp COMP handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Stop(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP1_SHIFT;
+
+ /* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */
+ if((hcomp == NULL) || ((hcomp->State & COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK) != RESET))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+
+ if(hcomp->State == HAL_COMP_STATE_BUSY)
+ {
+ /* Disable the selected comparator */
+ if(hcomp->Instance == COMP2)
+ {
+ regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT;
+ }
+ CLEAR_BIT(COMP->CSR, COMP_CSR_COMPxEN << regshift);
+
+ hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_READY;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables the interrupt and starts the comparator
+ * @param hcomp COMP handle
+ * @retval HAL status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Start_IT(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t extiline = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_TRIGGERMODE(hcomp->Init.TriggerMode));
+
+ status = HAL_COMP_Start(hcomp);
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Check the Exti Line output configuration */
+ extiline = COMP_GET_EXTI_LINE(hcomp->Instance);
+ /* Configure the rising edge */
+ if((hcomp->Init.TriggerMode & COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_RISING) != RESET)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, extiline);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, extiline);
+ }
+ /* Configure the falling edge */
+ if((hcomp->Init.TriggerMode & COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_FALLING) != RESET)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, extiline);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, extiline);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear COMP EXTI pending bit */
+ WRITE_REG(EXTI->PR, extiline);
+
+ /* Enable Exti interrupt mode */
+ SET_BIT(EXTI->IMR, extiline);
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the interrupt and Stop the comparator
+ * @param hcomp COMP handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Stop_IT(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Disable the Exti Line interrupt mode */
+ CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->IMR, COMP_GET_EXTI_LINE(hcomp->Instance));
+
+ status = HAL_COMP_Stop(hcomp);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Comparator IRQ Handler
+ * @param hcomp COMP handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+void HAL_COMP_IRQHandler(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ uint32_t extiline = COMP_GET_EXTI_LINE(hcomp->Instance);
+
+ /* Check COMP Exti flag */
+ if(READ_BIT(EXTI->PR, extiline) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Clear COMP Exti pending bit */
+ WRITE_REG(EXTI->PR, extiline);
+
+ /* COMP trigger callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_COMP_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hcomp->TriggerCallback(hcomp);
+#else
+ HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback(hcomp);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_COMP_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the COMP data
+ transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Lock the selected comparator configuration.
+ * @param hcomp COMP handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Lock(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP1_SHIFT;
+
+ /* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */
+ if((hcomp == NULL) || ((hcomp->State & COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK) != RESET))
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+
+ /* Set lock flag */
+ hcomp->State |= COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK;
+
+ /* Set the lock bit corresponding to selected comparator */
+ if(hcomp->Instance == COMP2)
+ {
+ regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT;
+ }
+ SET_BIT(COMP->CSR, COMP_CSR_COMPxLOCK << regshift);
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the output level (high or low) of the selected comparator.
+ * The output level depends on the selected polarity.
+ * If the polarity is not inverted:
+ * - Comparator output is low when the non-inverting input is at a lower
+ * voltage than the inverting input
+ * - Comparator output is high when the non-inverting input is at a higher
+ * voltage than the inverting input
+ * If the polarity is inverted:
+ * - Comparator output is high when the non-inverting input is at a lower
+ * voltage than the inverting input
+ * - Comparator output is low when the non-inverting input is at a higher
+ * voltage than the inverting input
+ * @param hcomp COMP handle
+ * @retval Returns the selected comparator output level: COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_LOW or COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_HIGH.
+ *
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ uint32_t level=0;
+ uint32_t regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP1_SHIFT;
+
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+
+ if(hcomp->Instance == COMP2)
+ {
+ regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT;
+ }
+ level = READ_BIT(COMP->CSR, COMP_CSR_COMPxOUT << regshift);
+
+ if(level != 0U)
+ {
+ return(COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_HIGH);
+ }
+ return(COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_LOW);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Comparator trigger callback.
+ * @param hcomp COMP handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hcomp);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions
+ * @brief Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+ and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the COMP state
+ * @param hcomp COMP handle
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_COMP_GetState(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ /* Check the COMP handle allocation */
+ if(hcomp == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+
+ return hcomp->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the COMP error code.
+ * @param hcomp COMP handle
+ * @retval COMP error code
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_COMP_GetError(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance));
+
+ return hcomp->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* COMP1 || COMP2 */
+
+#endif /* HAL_COMP_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cbe3f5b --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.c @@ -0,0 +1,341 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief CORTEX HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the CORTEX:
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+ * @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ [..]
+ *** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver ***
+ ===========================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ).
+ The Cortex-M0 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
+ (#) Enable and Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels.
+ The priority can be 0..3.
+
+ -@- Lower priority values gives higher priority.
+ -@- Priority Order:
+ (#@) Lowest priority.
+ (#@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQn position).
+
+ (#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
+
+ (#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
+
+ -@- Negative value of IRQn_Type are not allowed.
+
+
+ [..]
+ *** How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver ***
+ ========================================================
+ [..]
+ Setup SysTick Timer for time base.
+
+ (+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config()function calls the SysTick_Config() function which
+ is a CMSIS function that:
+ (++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.
+ (++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x03).
+ (++) Resets the SysTick Counter register.
+ (++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).
+ (++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt.
+ (++) Starts the SysTick Counter.
+
+ (+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
+ HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the
+ HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig() macro is defined
+ inside the stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.h file.
+
+ (+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
+ HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
+ call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
+
+ (+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula:
+
+ Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s)
+ (++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
+ (++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX CORTEX
+ * @brief CORTEX CORTEX HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions CORTEX Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
+ Systick functionalities
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets the priority of an interrupt.
+ * @param IRQn External interrupt number .
+ * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+ * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to stm32f0xx.h file)
+ * @param PreemptPriority The preemption priority for the IRQn channel.
+ * This parameter can be a value between 0 and 3.
+ * A lower priority value indicates a higher priority
+ * @param SubPriority the subpriority level for the IRQ channel.
+ * with stm32f0xx devices, this parameter is a dummy value and it is ignored, because
+ * no subpriority supported in Cortex M0 based products.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority));
+ NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn,PreemptPriority);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+ * @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig()
+ * function should be called before.
+ * @param IRQn External interrupt number.
+ * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+ * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h))
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+
+ /* Enable interrupt */
+ NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+ * @param IRQn External interrupt number.
+ * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+ * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h))
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+
+ /* Disable interrupt */
+ NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void)
+{
+ /* System Reset */
+ NVIC_SystemReset();
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer.
+ * Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
+ * @param TicksNumb Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
+ * @retval status: - 0 Function succeeded.
+ * - 1 Function failed.
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb)
+{
+ return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb);
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief Cortex control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX
+ (NVIC, SYSTICK) functionalities.
+
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets the priority of an interrupt.
+ * @param IRQn External interrupt number.
+ * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+ * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h))
+ * @retval None
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ /* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */
+ return NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt.
+ * @param IRQn External interrupt number
+ * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+ * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h))
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+
+ /* Set interrupt pending */
+ NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC
+ * and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
+ * @param IRQn External interrupt number.
+ * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+ * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h))
+ * @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
+ * - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+
+ /* Return 1 if pending else 0 */
+ return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt.
+ * @param IRQn External interrupt number.
+ * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+ * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h))
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+
+ /* Clear pending interrupt */
+ NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the SysTick clock source.
+ * @param CLKSource specifies the SysTick clock source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
+ * @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource));
+ if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK)
+ {
+ SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+ HAL_SYSTICK_Callback();
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief SYSTICK callback.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_crc.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_crc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f78e66b --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_crc.c @@ -0,0 +1,520 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_crc.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief CRC HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ * + Peripheral State functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Enable CRC AHB clock using __HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_ENABLE();
+ (+) Initialize CRC calculator
+ (++) specify generating polynomial (peripheral default or non-default one)
+ (++) specify initialization value (peripheral default or non-default one)
+ (++) specify input data format
+ (++) specify input or output data inversion mode if any
+ (+) Use HAL_CRC_Accumulate() function to compute the CRC value of the
+ input data buffer starting with the previously computed CRC as
+ initialization value
+ (+) Use HAL_CRC_Calculate() function to compute the CRC value of the
+ input data buffer starting with the defined initialization value
+ (default or non-default) to initiate CRC calculation
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC CRC
+ * @brief CRC HAL module driver.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Functions CRC Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
+static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions CRC Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize the CRC according to the specified parameters
+ in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
+ (+) DeInitialize the CRC peripheral
+ (+) Initialize the CRC MSP (MCU Specific Package)
+ (+) DeInitialize the CRC MSP
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the CRC according to the specified
+ * parameters in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+ * @param hcrc CRC handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+ /* Check the CRC handle allocation */
+ if (hcrc == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
+
+ if (hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ hcrc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ HAL_CRC_MspInit(hcrc);
+ }
+
+ hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+#if defined(CRC_POL_POL)
+ /* check whether or not non-default generating polynomial has been
+ * picked up by user */
+ assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL(hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse));
+ if (hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse == DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE)
+ {
+ /* initialize peripheral with default generating polynomial */
+ WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, DEFAULT_CRC32_POLY);
+ MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* initialize CRC peripheral with generating polynomial defined by user */
+ if (HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(hcrc, hcrc->Init.GeneratingPolynomial, hcrc->Init.CRCLength) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* CRC_POL_POL */
+
+ /* check whether or not non-default CRC initial value has been
+ * picked up by user */
+ assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE(hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse));
+ if (hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse == DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE)
+ {
+ WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, DEFAULT_CRC_INITVALUE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, hcrc->Init.InitValue);
+ }
+
+
+ /* set input data inversion mode */
+ assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode));
+ MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode);
+
+ /* set output data inversion mode */
+ assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode));
+ MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode);
+
+ /* makes sure the input data format (bytes, halfwords or words stream)
+ * is properly specified by user */
+ assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT(hcrc->InputDataFormat));
+
+ /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+ hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitialize the CRC peripheral.
+ * @param hcrc CRC handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+ /* Check the CRC handle allocation */
+ if (hcrc == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
+
+ /* Check the CRC peripheral state */
+ if (hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+ hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Reset CRC calculation unit */
+ __HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
+
+ /* Reset IDR register content */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hcrc->Instance->IDR, CRC_IDR_IDR);
+
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(hcrc);
+
+ /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+ hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the CRC MSP.
+ * @param hcrc CRC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_CRC_MspInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hcrc);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CRC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitialize the CRC MSP.
+ * @param hcrc CRC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hcrc);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_CRC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief management functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
+ using combination of the previous CRC value and the new one.
+
+ [..] or
+
+ (+) compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
+ independently of the previous CRC value.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
+ * starting with the previously computed CRC as initialization value.
+ * @param hcrc CRC handle
+ * @param pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is
+ * provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
+ * @param BufferLength input data buffer length (number of bytes if pBuffer
+ * type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if pBuffer type is * uint16_t,
+ * number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t).
+ * @note By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer parameter.
+ * Input buffer pointers with other types simply need to be cast in uint32_t
+ * and the API will internally adjust its input data processing based on the
+ * handle field hcrc->InputDataFormat.
+ * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_CRC_Accumulate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
+{
+ uint32_t index; /* CRC input data buffer index */
+ uint32_t temp = 0U; /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
+
+ /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+ hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat)
+ {
+ case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS:
+ /* Enter Data to the CRC calculator */
+ for (index = 0U; index < BufferLength; index++)
+ {
+ hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
+ }
+ temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
+ break;
+
+ case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES:
+ temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t *)pBuffer, BufferLength);
+ break;
+
+ case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS:
+ temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t *)(void *)pBuffer, BufferLength); /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+ hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return the CRC computed value */
+ return temp;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
+ * starting with hcrc->Instance->INIT as initialization value.
+ * @param hcrc CRC handle
+ * @param pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is
+ * provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
+ * @param BufferLength input data buffer length (number of bytes if pBuffer
+ * type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if pBuffer type is * uint16_t,
+ * number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t).
+ * @note By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer parameter.
+ * Input buffer pointers with other types simply need to be cast in uint32_t
+ * and the API will internally adjust its input data processing based on the
+ * handle field hcrc->InputDataFormat.
+ * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_CRC_Calculate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
+{
+ uint32_t index; /* CRC input data buffer index */
+ uint32_t temp = 0U; /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
+
+ /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+ hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Reset CRC Calculation Unit (hcrc->Instance->INIT is
+ * written in hcrc->Instance->DR) */
+ __HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
+
+ switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat)
+ {
+ case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS:
+ /* Enter 32-bit input data to the CRC calculator */
+ for (index = 0U; index < BufferLength; index++)
+ {
+ hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
+ }
+ temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
+ break;
+
+ case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES:
+ /* Specific 8-bit input data handling */
+ temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t *)pBuffer, BufferLength);
+ break;
+
+ case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS:
+ /* Specific 16-bit input data handling */
+ temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t *)(void *)pBuffer, BufferLength); /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+ hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return the CRC computed value */
+ return temp;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions
+ * @brief Peripheral State functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the CRC handle state.
+ * @param hcrc CRC handle
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef HAL_CRC_GetState(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
+{
+ /* Return CRC handle state */
+ return hcrc->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup CRC_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enter 8-bit input data to the CRC calculator.
+ * Specific data handling to optimize processing time.
+ * @param hcrc CRC handle
+ * @param pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer
+ * @param BufferLength input data buffer length
+ * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
+ */
+static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
+{
+ uint32_t i; /* input data buffer index */
+ uint16_t data;
+ __IO uint16_t *pReg;
+
+ /* Processing time optimization: 4 bytes are entered in a row with a single word write,
+ * last bytes must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure a correct type
+ * handling by the peripheral */
+ for (i = 0U; i < (BufferLength / 4U); i++)
+ {
+ hcrc->Instance->DR = ((uint32_t)pBuffer[4U * i] << 24U) | \
+ ((uint32_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 1U] << 16U) | \
+ ((uint32_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 2U] << 8U) | \
+ (uint32_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 3U];
+ }
+ /* last bytes specific handling */
+ if ((BufferLength % 4U) != 0U)
+ {
+ if ((BufferLength % 4U) == 1U)
+ {
+ *(__IO uint8_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[4U * i]; /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
+ }
+ if ((BufferLength % 4U) == 2U)
+ {
+ data = ((uint16_t)(pBuffer[4U * i]) << 8U) | (uint16_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 1U];
+ pReg = (__IO uint16_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR); /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
+ *pReg = data;
+ }
+ if ((BufferLength % 4U) == 3U)
+ {
+ data = ((uint16_t)(pBuffer[4U * i]) << 8U) | (uint16_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 1U];
+ pReg = (__IO uint16_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR); /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
+ *pReg = data;
+
+ *(__IO uint8_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[(4U * i) + 2U]; /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Return the CRC computed value */
+ return hcrc->Instance->DR;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enter 16-bit input data to the CRC calculator.
+ * Specific data handling to optimize processing time.
+ * @param hcrc CRC handle
+ * @param pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer
+ * @param BufferLength input data buffer length
+ * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
+ */
+static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
+{
+ uint32_t i; /* input data buffer index */
+ __IO uint16_t *pReg;
+
+ /* Processing time optimization: 2 HalfWords are entered in a row with a single word write,
+ * in case of odd length, last HalfWord must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure
+ * a correct type handling by the peripheral */
+ for (i = 0U; i < (BufferLength / 2U); i++)
+ {
+ hcrc->Instance->DR = ((uint32_t)pBuffer[2U * i] << 16U) | (uint32_t)pBuffer[(2U * i) + 1U];
+ }
+ if ((BufferLength % 2U) != 0U)
+ {
+ pReg = (__IO uint16_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR); /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
+ *pReg = pBuffer[2U * i];
+ }
+
+ /* Return the CRC computed value */
+ return hcrc->Instance->DR;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_crc_ex.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_crc_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f9856c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_crc_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,227 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_crc_ex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief Extended CRC HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the extended
+ * functionalities of the CRC peripheral.
+ *
+ @verbatim
+================================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+================================================================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Set user-defined generating polynomial thru HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set()
+ (+) Configure Input or Output data inversion
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CRCEx CRCEx
+ * @brief CRC Extended HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CRCEx_Exported_Functions CRC Extended Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup CRCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Extended Initialization and Configuration functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Extended configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Configure the generating polynomial
+ (+) Configure the input data inversion
+ (+) Configure the output data inversion
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+#if defined(CRC_POL_POL)
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the CRC polynomial if different from default one.
+ * @param hcrc CRC handle
+ * @param Pol CRC generating polynomial (7, 8, 16 or 32-bit long).
+ * This parameter is written in normal representation, e.g.
+ * @arg for a polynomial of degree 7, X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1 is written 0x65
+ * @arg for a polynomial of degree 16, X^16 + X^12 + X^5 + 1 is written 0x1021
+ * @param PolyLength CRC polynomial length.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B 7-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 7)
+ * @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B 8-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 8)
+ * @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B 16-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 16)
+ * @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B 32-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 32)
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t Pol, uint32_t PolyLength)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t msb = 31U; /* polynomial degree is 32 at most, so msb is initialized to max value */
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CRC_POL_LENGTH(PolyLength));
+
+ /* check polynomial definition vs polynomial size:
+ * polynomial length must be aligned with polynomial
+ * definition. HAL_ERROR is reported if Pol degree is
+ * larger than that indicated by PolyLength.
+ * Look for MSB position: msb will contain the degree of
+ * the second to the largest polynomial member. E.g., for
+ * X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1, msb = 6. */
+ while ((msb-- > 0U) && ((Pol & ((uint32_t)(0x1U) << (msb & 0x1FU))) == 0U))
+ {
+ }
+
+ switch (PolyLength)
+ {
+ case CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B:
+ if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_7B)
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ case CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B:
+ if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_8B)
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ case CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B:
+ if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_16B)
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B:
+ /* no polynomial definition vs. polynomial length issue possible */
+ break;
+ default:
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* set generating polynomial */
+ WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, Pol);
+
+ /* set generating polynomial size */
+ MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, PolyLength);
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+#endif /* CRC_POL_POL */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the Reverse Input data mode.
+ * @param hcrc CRC handle
+ * @param InputReverseMode Input Data inversion mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_NONE no change in bit order (default value)
+ * @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE Byte-wise bit reversal
+ * @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD HalfWord-wise bit reversal
+ * @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD Word-wise bit reversal
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t InputReverseMode)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(InputReverseMode));
+
+ /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+ hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* set input data inversion mode */
+ MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, InputReverseMode);
+ /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+ hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the Reverse Output data mode.
+ * @param hcrc CRC handle
+ * @param OutputReverseMode Output Data inversion mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLE no CRC inversion (default value)
+ * @arg @ref CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLE bit-level inversion (e.g. for a 8-bit CRC: 0xB5 becomes 0xAD)
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t OutputReverseMode)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(OutputReverseMode));
+
+ /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+ hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* set output data inversion mode */
+ MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, OutputReverseMode);
+
+ /* Change CRC peripheral state */
+ hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_dac.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_dac.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..86a2fc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_dac.c @@ -0,0 +1,1090 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_dac.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief DAC HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + IO operation functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ * + Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### DAC Peripheral features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ *** DAC Channels ***
+ ====================
+ [..]
+ STM32F0 devices integrates no, one or two 12-bit Digital Analog Converters.
+ STM32F05x devices have one converter (channel1)
+ STM32F07x & STM32F09x devices have two converters (i.e. channel1 & channel2)
+
+ When 2 converters are present (i.e. channel1 & channel2) they
+ can be used independently or simultaneously (dual mode):
+ (#) DAC channel1 with DAC_OUT1 (PA4) as output
+ (#) DAC channel2 with DAC_OUT2 (PA5) as output
+
+ *** DAC Triggers ***
+ ====================
+ [..]
+ Digital to Analog conversion can be non-triggered using DAC_TRIGGER_NONE
+ and DAC_OUT1/DAC_OUT2 is available once writing to DHRx register.
+ [..]
+ Digital to Analog conversion can be triggered by:
+ (#) External event: EXTI Line 9 (any GPIOx_PIN_9) using DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9.
+ The used pin (GPIOx_PIN_9) must be configured in input mode.
+
+ (#) Timers TRGO: TIM2, TIM3, TIM6, and TIM15
+ (DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO, DAC_TRIGGER_T3_TRGO...)
+
+ (#) Software using DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE
+
+ *** DAC Buffer mode feature ***
+ ===============================
+ [..]
+ Each DAC channel integrates an output buffer that can be used to
+ reduce the output impedance, and to drive external loads directly
+ without having to add an external operational amplifier.
+ To enable, the output buffer use
+ sConfig.DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_ENABLE;
+ [..]
+ (@) Refer to the device datasheet for more details about output
+ impedance value with and without output buffer.
+
+ *** GPIO configurations guidelines ***
+ =====================
+ [..]
+ When a DAC channel is used (ex channel1 on PA4) and the other is not
+ (ex channel1 on PA5 is configured in Analog and disabled).
+ Channel1 may disturb channel2 as coupling effect.
+ Note that there is no coupling on channel2 as soon as channel2 is turned on.
+ Coupling on adjacent channel could be avoided as follows:
+ when unused PA5 is configured as INPUT PULL-UP or DOWN.
+ PA5 is configured in ANALOG just before it is turned on.
+
+ *** DAC wave generation feature ***
+ ===================================
+ [..]
+ Both DAC channels can be used to generate
+ (#) Noise wave
+ (#) Triangle wave
+
+ *** DAC data format ***
+ =======================
+ [..]
+ The DAC data format can be:
+ (#) 8-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_8B_R
+ (#) 12-bit left alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_L
+ (#) 12-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_R
+
+ *** DAC data value to voltage correspondance ***
+ ================================================
+ [..]
+ The analog output voltage on each DAC channel pin is determined
+ by the following equation:
+ [..]
+ DAC_OUTx = VREF+ * DOR / 4095
+ (+) with DOR is the Data Output Register
+ [..]
+ VEF+ is the input voltage reference (refer to the device datasheet)
+ [..]
+ e.g. To set DAC_OUT1 to 0.7V, use
+ (+) Assuming that VREF+ = 3.3V, DAC_OUT1 = (3.3 * 868) / 4095 = 0.7V
+
+ *** DMA requests ***
+ =====================
+ [..]
+ A DMA1 request can be generated when an external trigger (but not
+ a software trigger) occurs if DMA1 requests are enabled using
+ HAL_DAC_Start_DMA()
+ [..]
+ DMA1 requests are mapped as following:
+ (#) DAC channel1 : mapped on DMA1 channel3 which must be
+ already configured
+ (#) DAC channel2 : mapped on DMA1 channel4 which must be
+ already configured
+
+ (@) For Dual mode and specific signal (Triangle and noise) generation please
+ refer to Extended Features Driver description
+ STM32F0 devices with one channel (one converting capability) does not
+ support Dual mode and specific signal (Triangle and noise) generation.
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (+) DAC APB clock must be enabled to get write access to DAC
+ registers using HAL_DAC_Init()
+ (+) Configure DAC_OUTx (DAC_OUT1: PA4, DAC_OUT2: PA5) in analog mode.
+ (+) Configure the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel() function.
+ (+) Enable the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_Start() or HAL_DAC_Start_DMA() functions.
+
+ *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+ =================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start()
+ (+) To read the DAC last data output value, use the HAL_DAC_GetValue() function.
+ (+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop()
+
+ *** DMA mode IO operation ***
+ ==============================
+ [..]
+ (+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length
+ of data to be transferred at each end of conversion
+ (+) At the middle of data transfer HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1() or HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2()
+ function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
+ HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1() or HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2()
+ (+) At The end of data transfer HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1() or HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2()
+ function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
+ HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1() or HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2()
+ (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1() function is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1
+ (+) In case of DMA underrun, DAC interruption triggers and execute internal function HAL_DAC_IRQHandler.
+ HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1() or HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2()
+ function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
+ HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1() or HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2() and
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1()
+ (+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA()
+
+ *** Callback registration ***
+ =============================================
+ [..]
+ The compilation define USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
+ allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+
+ Use Functions @ref HAL_DAC_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback,
+ it allows to register following callbacks:
+ (+) ConvCpltCallbackCh1 : callback when a half transfer is completed on Ch1.
+ (+) ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 : callback when a transfer is completed on Ch1.
+ (+) ErrorCallbackCh1 : callback when an error occurs on Ch1.
+ (+) DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 : callback when an error occurs on Ch1.
+ (+) ConvCpltCallbackCh2 : callback when a half transfer is completed on Ch2.
+ (+) ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 : callback when a transfer is completed on Ch2.
+ (+) ErrorCallbackCh2 : callback when an error occurs on Ch2.
+ (+) DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 : callback when an error occurs on Ch2.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : DAC MspInit.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : DAC MspdeInit.
+ This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+ and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+ Use function @ref HAL_DAC_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
+ weak (surcharged) function. It allows to reset following callbacks:
+ (+) ConvCpltCallbackCh1 : callback when a half transfer is completed on Ch1.
+ (+) ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 : callback when a transfer is completed on Ch1.
+ (+) ErrorCallbackCh1 : callback when an error occurs on Ch1.
+ (+) DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 : callback when an error occurs on Ch1.
+ (+) ConvCpltCallbackCh2 : callback when a half transfer is completed on Ch2.
+ (+) ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 : callback when a transfer is completed on Ch2.
+ (+) ErrorCallbackCh2 : callback when an error occurs on Ch2.
+ (+) DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 : callback when an error occurs on Ch2.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : DAC MspInit.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : DAC MspdeInit.
+ (+) All Callbacks
+ This function) takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle and the Callback ID.
+
+ By default, after the @ref HAL_DAC_Init and if the state is HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET
+ all callbacks are reset to the corresponding legacy weak (surcharged) functions.
+ Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit callbacks that are respectively
+ reset to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the @ref HAL_DAC_Init
+ and @ref HAL_DAC_DeInit only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
+ If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_DAC_Init and @ref HAL_DAC_DeInit
+ keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand)
+
+ Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in READY state only.
+ Exception done for MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks that can be registered/unregistered
+ in READY or RESET state, thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used
+ during the Init/DeInit.
+ In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+ using @ref HAL_DAC_RegisterCallback before calling @ref HAL_DAC_DeInit
+ or @ref HAL_DAC_Init function.
+
+ When The compilation define USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+ not defined, the callback registering feature is not available
+ and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
+
+ *** DAC HAL driver macros list ***
+ =============================================
+ [..]
+ Below the list of most used macros in DAC HAL driver.
+
+ (+) __HAL_DAC_ENABLE : Enable the DAC peripheral
+ (+) __HAL_DAC_DISABLE : Disable the DAC peripheral
+ (+) __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DAC's pending flags
+ (+) __HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG: Get the selected DAC's flag status
+
+ [..]
+ (@) You can refer to the DAC HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined (DAC1)
+
+/** @defgroup DAC DAC
+ * @brief DAC driver modules
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Macros DAC Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Functions DAC Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions -------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions DAC Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize and configure the DAC.
+ (+) De-initialize the DAC.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the DAC peripheral according to the specified parameters
+ * in the DAC_InitStruct and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Init(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ /* Check DAC handle */
+ if(hdac == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance));
+
+ if (hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Init the DAC Callback settings */
+ hdac->ConvCpltCallbackCh1 = HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1;
+ hdac->ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 = HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1;
+ hdac->ErrorCallbackCh1 = HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1;
+ hdac->DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 = HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1;
+
+ hdac->ConvCpltCallbackCh2 = HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2;
+ hdac->ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 = HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2;
+ hdac->ErrorCallbackCh2 = HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2;
+ hdac->DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 = HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2;
+
+ if (hdac->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hdac->MspInitCallback = HAL_DAC_MspInit;
+ }
+#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ hdac->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ hdac->MspInitCallback(hdac);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ HAL_DAC_MspInit(hdac);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize the DAC state*/
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Set DAC error code to none */
+ hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Initialize the DAC state*/
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitialize the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ /* Check DAC handle */
+ if(hdac == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance));
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if(hdac->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hdac->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_DAC_MspDeInit;
+ }
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ hdac->MspDeInitCallback(hdac);
+
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(hdac);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ /* Set DAC error code to none */
+ hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the DAC MSP.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_MspInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdac);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DAC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitialize the DAC MSP.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdac);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DAC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ * @brief IO operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Start conversion.
+ (+) Stop conversion.
+ (+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
+ (+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
+ (+) Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdac);
+ UNUSED(Channel);
+
+ /* Note : This function is defined into this file for library reference. */
+ /* Function content is located into file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c */
+
+ /* Return error status as not implemented here */
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel);
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @param pData The destination peripheral Buffer address.
+ * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to DAC peripheral
+ * @param Alignment Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
+ * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
+ * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdac);
+ UNUSED(Channel);
+ UNUSED(pData);
+ UNUSED(Length);
+ UNUSED(Alignment);
+
+ /* Note : This function is defined into this file for library reference. */
+ /* Function content is located into file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c */
+
+ /* Return error status as not implemented here */
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+
+ /* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */
+ hdac->Instance->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << Channel);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel);
+
+ /* Disable the DMA channel */
+ /* Channel1 is used */
+ if (Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+ {
+ /* Disable the DMA channel */
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle1);
+
+ /* Disable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */
+ __HAL_DAC_DISABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1);
+ }
+
+#if defined(DAC_CHANNEL2_SUPPORT)
+
+ else /* Channel2 is used */
+ {
+ /* Disable the DMA channel */
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle2);
+
+ /* Disable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */
+ __HAL_DAC_DISABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR2);
+ }
+#endif /* DAC_CHANNEL2_SUPPORT */
+
+ /* Check if DMA Channel effectively disabled */
+ if (status != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Update DAC state machine to error */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handles DAC interrupt request
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdac);
+
+ /* Note : This function is defined into this file for library reference. */
+ /* Function content is located into file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @param Alignment Specifies the data alignment.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
+ * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
+ * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
+ * @param Data Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_SetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data));
+
+ tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
+ if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+ {
+ tmp += DAC_DHR12R1_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmp += DAC_DHR12R2_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
+ }
+
+ /* Set the DAC channel1 selected data holding register */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel1
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdac);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non-blocking mode for Channel1
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdac);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Error DAC callback for Channel1.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdac);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA underrun DAC callback for channel1.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdac);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Configure channels.
+ (+) Get result of conversion.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
+ */
+__weak uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdac);
+ UNUSED(Channel);
+
+ /* Note : This function is defined into this file for library reference. */
+ /* Function content is located into file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c */
+
+ /* Return error status as not implemented here */
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the selected DAC channel.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param sConfig DAC configuration structure.
+ * @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdac);
+ UNUSED(sConfig);
+ UNUSED(Channel);
+
+ /* Note : This function is defined into this file for library reference. */
+ /* Function content is located into file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c */
+
+ /* Return error status as not implemented here */
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ * @brief Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides functions allowing to
+ (+) Check the DAC state.
+ (+) Check the DAC Errors.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief return the DAC handle state
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef HAL_DAC_GetState(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ /* Return DAC handle state */
+ return hdac->State;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the DAC error code
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval DAC Error Code
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetError(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+ return hdac->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group1
+ * @{
+ */
+#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+ * @brief Register a User DAC Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak (surcharged) predefined callback
+ * @param hdac DAC handle
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK DAC Error Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH1_COMPLETE_CB_ID DAC CH1 Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH1_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID DAC CH1 Half Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH1_ERROR_ID DAC CH1 Error Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH1_UNDERRUN_CB_ID DAC CH1 UnderRun Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH2_COMPLETE_CB_ID DAC CH2 Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH2_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID DAC CH2 Half Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH2_ERROR_ID DAC CH2 Error Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH2_UNDERRUN_CB_ID DAC CH2 UnderRun Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_MSPINIT_CB_ID DAC MSP Init Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID DAC MSP DeInit Callback ID
+ *
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+ * @retval status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_RegisterCallback(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, HAL_DAC_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
+ pDAC_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+ if (hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_DAC_CH1_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hdac->ConvCpltCallbackCh1 = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DAC_CH1_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hdac->ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DAC_CH1_ERROR_ID :
+ hdac->ErrorCallbackCh1 = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DAC_CH1_UNDERRUN_CB_ID :
+ hdac->DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DAC_CH2_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hdac->ConvCpltCallbackCh2 = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DAC_CH2_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hdac->ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DAC_CH2_ERROR_ID :
+ hdac->ErrorCallbackCh2 = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DAC_CH2_UNDERRUN_CB_ID :
+ hdac->DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DAC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hdac->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DAC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hdac->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_DAC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hdac->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DAC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hdac->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister a User DAC Callback
+ * DAC Callback is redirected to the weak (surcharged) predefined callback
+ * @param hdac DAC handle
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH1_COMPLETE_CB_ID DAC CH1 tranfer Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH1_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID DAC CH1 Half Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH1_ERROR_ID DAC CH1 Error Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH1_UNDERRUN_CB_ID DAC CH1 UnderRun Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH2_COMPLETE_CB_ID DAC CH2 Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH2_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID DAC CH2 Half Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH2_ERROR_ID DAC CH2 Error Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_CH2_UNDERRUN_CB_ID DAC CH2 UnderRun Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_MSPINIT_CB_ID DAC MSP Init Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID DAC MSP DeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_DAC_ALL_CB_ID DAC All callbacks
+ * @retval status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_UnRegisterCallback(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, HAL_DAC_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+ if (hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_DAC_CH1_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hdac->ConvCpltCallbackCh1 = HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DAC_CH1_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hdac->ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 = HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DAC_CH1_ERROR_ID :
+ hdac->ErrorCallbackCh1 = HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DAC_CH1_UNDERRUN_CB_ID :
+ hdac->DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 = HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DAC_CH2_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hdac->ConvCpltCallbackCh2 = HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DAC_CH2_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hdac->ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 = HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DAC_CH2_ERROR_ID :
+ hdac->ErrorCallbackCh2 = HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DAC_CH2_UNDERRUN_CB_ID :
+ hdac->DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 = HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DAC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hdac->MspInitCallback = HAL_DAC_MspInit;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DAC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hdac->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_DAC_MspDeInit;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DAC_ALL_CB_ID :
+ hdac->ConvCpltCallbackCh1 = HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1;
+ hdac->ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 = HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1;
+ hdac->ErrorCallbackCh1 = HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1;
+ hdac->DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 = HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1;
+ hdac->ConvCpltCallbackCh2 = HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2;
+ hdac->ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 = HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2;
+ hdac->ErrorCallbackCh2 = HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2;
+ hdac->DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 = HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2;
+ hdac->MspInitCallback = HAL_DAC_MspInit;
+ hdac->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_DAC_MspDeInit;
+ break;
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_DAC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hdac->MspInitCallback = HAL_DAC_MspInit;
+ break;
+ case HAL_DAC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hdac->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_DAC_MspDeInit;
+ break;
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* update return status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+ return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* DAC1 */
+
+#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..feac2b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,1183 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief DAC HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the extended
+ * functionalities of the DAC peripheral.
+ *
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (+) When Dual mode is enabled (i.e. DAC Channel1 and Channel2 are used simultaneously) :
+ Use HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue() to get digital data to be converted and use
+ HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue() to set digital value to converted simultaneously in Channel 1 and Channel 2.
+ (+) Use HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate() to generate Triangle signal.
+ (+) Use HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate() to generate Noise signal.
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+static void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void DAC_DMAErrorCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* STM32F051x8 STM32F058xx */
+ /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */
+ /* STM32F091xC STM32F098xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2 / DAC_DMAErrorCh2 / DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2 */
+/* are set by HAL_DAC_Start_DMA */
+
+void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+void DAC_DMAErrorCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */
+ /* STM32F091xC STM32F098xx */
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group3
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the selected DAC channel.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param sConfig DAC configuration structure.
+ * @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0U, tmpreg2 = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the DAC parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(sConfig->DAC_Trigger));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(sConfig->DAC_Trigger));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Get the DAC CR value */
+ tmpreg1 = hdac->Instance->CR;
+ /* Clear BOFFx, TENx, TSELx, WAVEx and MAMPx bits */
+ tmpreg1 &= ~(((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_MAMP1 | DAC_CR_WAVE1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1 | DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_BOFF1)) << Channel);
+ /* Configure for the selected DAC channel: buffer output, trigger */
+ /* Set TSELx and TENx bits according to DAC_Trigger value */
+ /* Set BOFFx bit according to DAC_OutputBuffer value */
+ tmpreg2 = (sConfig->DAC_Trigger | sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer);
+ /* Calculate CR register value depending on DAC_Channel */
+ tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << Channel;
+ /* Write to DAC CR */
+ hdac->Instance->CR = tmpreg1;
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */
+ /* STM32F091xC STM32F098xx */
+
+#if defined (STM32F051x8) || defined (STM32F058xx)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the selected DAC channel.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param sConfig DAC configuration structure.
+ * @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0U, tmpreg2 = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the DAC parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(sConfig->DAC_Trigger));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(sConfig->DAC_Trigger));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Get the DAC CR value */
+ tmpreg1 = hdac->Instance->CR;
+ /* Clear BOFFx, TENx, TSELx, WAVEx and MAMPx bits */
+ tmpreg1 &= ~(((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_TSEL1 | DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_BOFF1)) << Channel);
+ /* Configure for the selected DAC channel: buffer output, trigger */
+ /* Set TSELx and TENx bits according to DAC_Trigger value */
+ /* Set BOFFx bit according to DAC_OutputBuffer value */
+ tmpreg2 = (sConfig->DAC_Trigger | sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer);
+ /* Calculate CR register value depending on DAC_Channel */
+ tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << Channel;
+ /* Write to DAC CR */
+ hdac->Instance->CR = tmpreg1;
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F051x8 STM32F058xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+/* DAC 1 has 2 channels 1 & 2 */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+
+ /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
+ if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+ {
+ return hdac->Instance->DOR1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return hdac->Instance->DOR2;
+ }
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */
+ /* STM32F091xC STM32F098xx */
+
+#if defined (STM32F051x8) || defined (STM32F058xx)
+
+/* DAC 1 has 1 channels */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+
+ /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
+ return hdac->Instance->DOR1;
+}
+
+
+
+#endif /* STM32F051x8 STM32F058xx */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group2
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Enable the Peripharal */
+ __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel);
+
+ if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+ {
+ /* Check if software trigger enabled */
+ if((hdac->Instance->CR & (DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1)) == (DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1))
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected DAC software conversion */
+ SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR, DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check if software trigger enabled */
+ if((hdac->Instance->CR & (DAC_CR_TEN2 | DAC_CR_TSEL2)) == (DAC_CR_TEN2 | DAC_CR_TSEL2))
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected DAC software conversion*/
+ SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR, DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG2);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
+ * @param pData The destination peripheral Buffer address.
+ * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to DAC peripheral
+ * @param Alignment Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
+ * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
+ * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel1 */
+ hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1;
+
+ /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel1 */
+ hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback for channel1 */
+ hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh1;
+
+ /* Enable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */
+ SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->CR, DAC_CR_DMAEN1);
+
+ /* Case of use of channel 1 */
+ switch(Alignment)
+ {
+ case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R:
+ /* Get DHR12R1 address */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R1;
+ break;
+ case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L:
+ /* Get DHR12L1 address */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L1;
+ break;
+ case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R:
+ /* Get DHR8R1 address */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R1;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel2 */
+ hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2;
+
+ /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel2 */
+ hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback for channel2 */
+ hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh2;
+
+ /* Enable the selected DAC channel2 DMA request */
+ SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->CR, DAC_CR_DMAEN2);
+
+ /* Case of use of channel 2 */
+ switch(Alignment)
+ {
+ case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R:
+ /* Get DHR12R2 address */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R2;
+ break;
+ case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L:
+ /* Get DHR12L2 address */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L2;
+ break;
+ case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R:
+ /* Get DHR8R2 address */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R2;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+ {
+ /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */
+ __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1);
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle1, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */
+ __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR2);
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle2, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Peripharal */
+ __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+#endif /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */
+ /* STM32F091xC STM32F098xx */
+
+#if defined (STM32F051x8) || defined (STM32F058xx)
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Enable the Peripharal */
+ __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel);
+
+ if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
+ {
+ /* Check if software trigger enabled */
+ if((hdac->Instance->CR & (DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1)) == (DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1))
+ {
+ /* Enable the selected DAC software conversion */
+ SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR, DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
+ * @param pData The destination peripheral Buffer address.
+ * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to DAC peripheral
+ * @param Alignment Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
+ * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
+ * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel1 */
+ hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1;
+
+ /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel1 */
+ hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback for channel1 */
+ hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh1;
+
+ /* Enable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */
+ SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->CR, DAC_CR_DMAEN1);
+
+ /* Case of use of channel 1 */
+ switch(Alignment)
+ {
+ case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R:
+ /* Get DHR12R1 address */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R1;
+ break;
+ case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L:
+ /* Get DHR12L1 address */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L1;
+ break;
+ case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R:
+ /* Get DHR8R1 address */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R1;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */
+ __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1);
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle1, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length);
+
+ /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */
+ __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1);
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle1, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripharal */
+ __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F051x8 STM32F058xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+/* DAC channel 2 is available on top of DAC channel 1 */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handles DAC interrupt request
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ if(__HAL_DAC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1))
+ {
+ /* Check underrun channel 1 flag */
+ if(__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1))
+ {
+ /* Change DAC state to error state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+ /* Set DAC error code to channel1 DMA underrun error */
+ hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH1;
+
+ /* Clear the underrun flag */
+ __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac,DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1);
+
+ /* Disable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */
+ hdac->Instance->CR &= ~DAC_CR_DMAEN1;
+
+ /* Error callback */
+ HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(hdac);
+ }
+ }
+ if(__HAL_DAC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR2))
+ {
+ /* Check underrun channel 2 flag */
+ if(__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2))
+ {
+ /* Change DAC state to error state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+ /* Set DAC error code to channel2 DMA underrun error */
+ hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH2;
+
+ /* Clear the underrun flag */
+ __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac,DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2);
+
+ /* Disable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */
+ hdac->Instance->CR &= ~DAC_CR_DMAEN2;
+
+ /* Error callback */
+ HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(hdac);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */
+ /* STM32F091xC STM32F098xx */
+
+#if defined (STM32F051x8) || defined (STM32F058xx)
+/* DAC channel 2 is NOT available. Only DAC channel 1 is available */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handles DAC interrupt request
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ if(__HAL_DAC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1))
+ {
+ /* Check Overrun flag */
+ if(__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1))
+ {
+ /* Change DAC state to error state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+ /* Set DAC error code to chanel1 DMA underrun error */
+ hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH1;
+
+ /* Clear the underrun flag */
+ __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac,DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1);
+
+ /* Disable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */
+ hdac->Instance->CR &= ~DAC_CR_DMAEN1;
+
+ /* Error callback */
+ HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(hdac);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F051x8 STM32F058xx */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA conversion complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+ HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(hdac);
+
+ hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA half transfer complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+ /* Conversion complete callback */
+ HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(hdac);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA error callback
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void DAC_DMAErrorCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+ /* Set DAC error code to DMA error */
+ hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(hdac);
+
+ hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* STM32F051x8 STM32F058xx */
+ /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */
+ /* STM32F091xC STM32F098xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA conversion complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hdac->ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
+#else
+ HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
+#endif
+
+ hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA half transfer complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+ /* Conversion complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hdac->ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
+#else
+ HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA error callback
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void DAC_DMAErrorCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
+
+ /* Set DAC error code to DMA error */
+ hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hdac->ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac);
+#else
+ HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac);
+#endif
+ hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */
+ /* STM32F091xC STM32F098xx */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DACEx DACEx
+ * @brief DACEx driver module
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup DACEx_Private_Macros DACEx Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions DACEx Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions
+ * @brief Extended features functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Extended features functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Start conversion.
+ (+) Stop conversion.
+ (+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
+ (+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
+ (+) Get result of conversion.
+ (+) Get result of dual mode conversion.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0U;
+
+ tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR1;
+
+ /* DAC channel 2 is present in DAC 1 */
+ tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR2 << 16U;
+
+ /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
+ return tmp;
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */
+ /* STM32F091xC STM32F098xx */
+
+#if defined (STM32F051x8) || defined (STM32F058xx)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0U;
+
+ tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR1;
+
+ /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
+ return tmp;
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F051x8 STM32F058xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * DAC_CHANNEL_1 / DAC_CHANNEL_2
+ * @param Amplitude Select max triangle amplitude.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1: Select max triangle amplitude of 1
+ * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3: Select max triangle amplitude of 3
+ * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7: Select max triangle amplitude of 7
+ * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15: Select max triangle amplitude of 15
+ * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31: Select max triangle amplitude of 31
+ * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63: Select max triangle amplitude of 63
+ * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127: Select max triangle amplitude of 127
+ * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255: Select max triangle amplitude of 255
+ * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511: Select max triangle amplitude of 511
+ * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023: Select max triangle amplitude of 1023
+ * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047: Select max triangle amplitude of 2047
+ * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095: Select max triangle amplitude of 4095
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
+ MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, ((DAC_CR_WAVE1)|(DAC_CR_MAMP1))<<Channel, (DAC_CR_WAVE1_1 | Amplitude) << Channel);
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * DAC_CHANNEL_1 / DAC_CHANNEL_2
+ * @param Amplitude Unmask DAC channel LFSR for noise wave generation.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation
+ * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation
+ * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation
+ * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation
+ * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation
+ * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation
+ * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation
+ * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation
+ * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation
+ * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation
+ * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation
+ * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
+ MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, ((DAC_CR_WAVE1)|(DAC_CR_MAMP1))<<Channel, (DAC_CR_WAVE1_0 | Amplitude) << Channel);
+
+ /* Change DAC state */
+ hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */
+ /* STM32F091xC STM32F098xx */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+
+/** @addtogroup DACEx_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group1
+ * @brief Extended features functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for dual DAC channel.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @param Alignment Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
+ * DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
+ * DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
+ * @param Data1 Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
+ * @param Data2 Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
+ * @note In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both
+ * DAC channels at the same time.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data1, uint32_t Data2)
+{
+ uint32_t data = 0U, tmp = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1));
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2));
+
+ /* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */
+ if (Alignment == DAC_ALIGN_8B_R)
+ {
+ data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8U) | Data1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16U) | Data1;
+ }
+
+ tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
+ tmp += DAC_DHR12RD_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
+
+ /* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* STM32F051x8 STM32F058xx */
+ /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */
+ /* STM32F091xC STM32F098xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \
+ defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+
+/** @addtogroup DACEx_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group1
+ * @brief Extended features functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel2
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdac);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for Channel2
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdac);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Error DAC callback for Channel2.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdac);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DAC_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA underrun DAC callback for channel2.
+ * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DAC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hdac);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */
+ /* STM32F091xC STM32F098xx */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_dma.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_dma.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b7f91a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_dma.c @@ -0,0 +1,901 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_dma.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief DMA HAL module driver.
+ *
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Direct Memory Access (DMA) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + IO operation functions
+ * + Peripheral State and errors functions
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Channel
+ (except for internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is
+ necessary). Please refer to Reference manual for connection between peripherals
+ and DMA requests .
+
+ (#) For a given Channel, program the required configuration through the following parameters:
+ Transfer Direction, Source and Destination data formats,
+ Circular or Normal mode, Channel Priority level, Source and Destination Increment mode,
+ using HAL_DMA_Init() function.
+
+ (#) Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error
+ detection.
+
+ (#) Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer
+
+ -@- In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed.
+ *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+ =================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source
+ address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred
+ (+) Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this
+ case a fixed Timeout can be configured by User depending from his application.
+
+ *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+ ===================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
+ (+) Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
+ (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of
+ Source address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred.
+ In this case the DMA interrupt is configured
+ (+) Use HAL_DMA_Channel_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
+ (+) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can
+ add his own function by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback and
+ XferErrorCallback (i.e a member of DMA handle structure).
+
+ *** DMA HAL driver macros list ***
+ =============================================
+ [..]
+ Below the list of most used macros in DMA HAL driver.
+
+ [..]
+ (@) You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup DMA DMA
+ * @brief DMA HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions DMA Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
+static void DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions DMA Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Channel source
+ and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction,
+ circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection and Channel priority value.
+ [..]
+ The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in
+ reference manual.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the DMA according to the specified
+ * parameters in the DMA_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the DMA handle allocation */
+ if(NULL == hdma)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(hdma->Init.Direction));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.PeriphInc));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.MemInc));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(hdma->Init.Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(hdma->Init.Priority));
+
+ /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Get the CR register value */
+ tmp = hdma->Instance->CCR;
+
+ /* Clear PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC, DIR bits */
+ tmp &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_CCR_PL | DMA_CCR_MSIZE | DMA_CCR_PSIZE | \
+ DMA_CCR_MINC | DMA_CCR_PINC | DMA_CCR_CIRC | \
+ DMA_CCR_DIR));
+
+ /* Prepare the DMA Channel configuration */
+ tmp |= hdma->Init.Direction |
+ hdma->Init.PeriphInc | hdma->Init.MemInc |
+ hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment | hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment |
+ hdma->Init.Mode | hdma->Init.Priority;
+
+ /* Write to DMA Channel CR register */
+ hdma->Instance->CCR = tmp;
+
+ /* Initialize DmaBaseAddress and ChannelIndex parameters used
+ by HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() and HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() */
+ DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(hdma);
+
+ /* Initialise the error code */
+ hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Initialize the DMA state*/
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ hdma->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitialize the DMA peripheral
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ /* Check the DMA handle allocation */
+ if(NULL == hdma)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+
+ /* Disable the selected DMA Channelx */
+ hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN;
+
+ /* Reset DMA Channel control register */
+ hdma->Instance->CCR = 0U;
+
+ /* Reset DMA Channel Number of Data to Transfer register */
+ hdma->Instance->CNDTR = 0U;
+
+ /* Reset DMA Channel peripheral address register */
+ hdma->Instance->CPAR = 0U;
+
+ /* Reset DMA Channel memory address register */
+ hdma->Instance->CMAR = 0U;
+
+/* Get DMA Base Address */
+ DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(hdma);
+
+ /* Clear all flags */
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+
+ /* Clean callbacks */
+ hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
+ hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Reset the error code */
+ hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Reset the DMA state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
+ * @brief I/O operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer
+ (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
+ Start DMA transfer with interrupt
+ (+) Abort DMA transfer
+ (+) Poll for transfer complete
+ (+) Handle DMA interrupt request
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Start the DMA Transfer.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @param SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address
+ * @param DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address
+ * @param DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+ if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+ {
+ /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Disable the peripheral */
+ hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN;
+
+ /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
+ DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ hdma->Instance->CCR |= DMA_CCR_EN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ /* Remain BUSY */
+ status = HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @param SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address
+ * @param DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address
+ * @param DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+ if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+ {
+ /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Disable the peripheral */
+ hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN;
+
+ /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
+ DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
+
+ /* Enable the transfer complete, & transfer error interrupts */
+ /* Half transfer interrupt is optional: enable it only if associated callback is available */
+ if(NULL != hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback )
+ {
+ hdma->Instance->CCR |= (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hdma->Instance->CCR |= (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_TE);
+ hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_IT_HT;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ hdma->Instance->CCR |= DMA_CCR_EN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ /* Remain BUSY */
+ status = HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort the DMA Transfer.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ if(hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY)
+ {
+ /* no transfer ongoing */
+ hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable DMA IT */
+ hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~(DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE);
+
+ /* Disable the channel */
+ hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN;
+
+ /* Clear all flags */
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex);
+ }
+ /* Change the DMA state*/
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort the DMA Transfer in Interrupt mode.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if(HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State)
+ {
+ /* no transfer ongoing */
+ hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
+
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+
+ /* Disable DMA IT */
+ hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~(DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE);
+
+ /* Disable the channel */
+ hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN;
+
+ /* Clear all flags */
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+
+ /* Change the DMA state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ /* Call User Abort callback */
+ if(hdma->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ hdma->XferAbortCallback(hdma);
+ }
+ }
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Polling for transfer complete.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @param CompleteLevel Specifies the DMA level complete.
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t temp;
+ uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+
+ if(HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State)
+ {
+ /* no transfer ongoing */
+ hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Polling mode not supported in circular mode */
+ if (RESET != (hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC))
+ {
+ hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Get the level transfer complete flag */
+ if(HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER == CompleteLevel)
+ {
+ /* Transfer Complete flag */
+ temp = DMA_FLAG_TC1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Half Transfer Complete flag */
+ temp = DMA_FLAG_HT1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+ }
+
+ /* Get tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ while(RESET == (hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR & temp))
+ {
+ if(RESET != (hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR & (DMA_FLAG_TE1 << hdma->ChannelIndex)))
+ {
+ /* When a DMA transfer error occurs */
+ /* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */
+ /* Clear all flags */
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+
+ /* Update error code */
+ hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
+
+ /* Change the DMA state */
+ hdma->State= HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Check for the Timeout */
+ if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout))
+ {
+ /* Update error code */
+ hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+ /* Change the DMA state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if(HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER == CompleteLevel)
+ {
+ /* Clear the transfer complete flag */
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_TC1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+
+ /* The selected Channelx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and
+ all transfers are complete) */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_HT1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+ }
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle DMA interrupt request.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ uint32_t flag_it = hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR;
+ uint32_t source_it = hdma->Instance->CCR;
+
+ /* Half Transfer Complete Interrupt management ******************************/
+ if ((RESET != (flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_HT1 << hdma->ChannelIndex))) && (RESET != (source_it & DMA_IT_HT)))
+ {
+ /* Disable the half transfer interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
+ if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the half transfer interrupt */
+ hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_IT_HT;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_HT1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+
+ /* DMA peripheral state is not updated in Half Transfer */
+ /* State is updated only in Transfer Complete case */
+
+ if(hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Half transfer callback */
+ hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback(hdma);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ***********************************/
+ else if ((RESET != (flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TC1 << hdma->ChannelIndex))) && (RESET != (source_it & DMA_IT_TC)))
+ {
+ if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the transfer complete & transfer error interrupts */
+ /* if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
+ hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~(DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_TE);
+
+ /* Change the DMA state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the transfer complete flag */
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_TC1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Transfer complete callback */
+ hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Transfer Error Interrupt management ***************************************/
+ else if (( RESET != (flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TE1 << hdma->ChannelIndex))) && (RESET != (source_it & DMA_IT_TE)))
+ {
+ /* When a DMA transfer error occurs */
+ /* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */
+ /* Then, disable all DMA interrupts */
+ hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~(DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE);
+
+ /* Clear all flags */
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex;
+
+ /* Update error code */
+ hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
+
+ /* Change the DMA state */
+ hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Transfer error callback */
+ hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Register callbacks
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
+ * @param CallbackID User Callback identifer
+ * a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter.
+ * @param pCallback pointer to private callback function which has pointer to
+ * a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure as parameter.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_RegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (* pCallback)( DMA_HandleTypeDef * _hdma))
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+ if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID:
+ hdma->XferCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID:
+ hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID:
+ hdma->XferErrorCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID:
+ hdma->XferAbortCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UnRegister callbacks
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
+ * @param CallbackID User Callback identifer
+ * a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_UnRegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+ if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID:
+ hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID:
+ hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID:
+ hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID:
+ hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_DMA_XFER_ALL_CB_ID:
+ hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
+ hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions
+ * @brief Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### State and Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides functions allowing to
+ (+) Check the DMA state
+ (+) Get error code
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the DMA state.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ return hdma->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the DMA error code
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @retval DMA Error Code
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ return hdma->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the DMA Transfer parameters.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+ * @param SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address
+ * @param DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address
+ * @param DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+ /* Clear all flags */
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex);
+
+ /* Configure DMA Channel data length */
+ hdma->Instance->CNDTR = DataLength;
+
+ /* Memory to Peripheral */
+ if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH)
+ {
+ /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */
+ hdma->Instance->CPAR = DstAddress;
+
+ /* Configure DMA Channel source address */
+ hdma->Instance->CMAR = SrcAddress;
+ }
+ /* Peripheral to Memory */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Configure DMA Channel source address */
+ hdma->Instance->CPAR = SrcAddress;
+
+ /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */
+ hdma->Instance->CMAR = DstAddress;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief set the DMA base address and channel index depending on DMA instance
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+#if defined (DMA2)
+ /* calculation of the channel index */
+ if ((uint32_t)(hdma->Instance) < (uint32_t)(DMA2_Channel1))
+ {
+ /* DMA1 */
+ hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2U;
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* DMA2 */
+ hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1)) << 2U;
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA2;
+ }
+#else
+ /* calculation of the channel index */
+ /* DMA1 */
+ hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2U;
+ hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_exti.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_exti.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1adb8f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_exti.c @@ -0,0 +1,559 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_exti.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief EXTI HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Extended Interrupts and events controller (EXTI) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + IO operation functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### EXTI Peripheral features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Each Exti line can be configured within this driver.
+
+ (+) Exti line can be configured in 3 different modes
+ (++) Interrupt
+ (++) Event
+ (++) Both of them
+
+ (+) Configurable Exti lines can be configured with 3 different triggers
+ (++) Rising
+ (++) Falling
+ (++) Both of them
+
+ (+) When set in interrupt mode, configurable Exti lines have two different
+ interrupts pending registers which allow to distinguish which transition
+ occurs:
+ (++) Rising edge pending interrupt
+ (++) Falling
+
+ (+) Exti lines 0 to 15 are linked to gpio pin number 0 to 15. Gpio port can
+ be selected through multiplexer.
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+
+ (#) Configure the EXTI line using HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine().
+ (++) Choose the interrupt line number by setting "Line" member from
+ EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
+ (++) Configure the interrupt and/or event mode using "Mode" member from
+ EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
+ (++) For configurable lines, configure rising and/or falling trigger
+ "Trigger" member from EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
+ (++) For Exti lines linked to gpio, choose gpio port using "GPIOSel"
+ member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
+
+ (#) Get current Exti configuration of a dedicated line using
+ HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
+ (++) Provide exiting handle as parameter.
+ (++) Provide pointer on EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure as second parameter.
+
+ (#) Clear Exti configuration of a dedicated line using HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
+ (++) Provide exiting handle as parameter.
+
+ (#) Register callback to treat Exti interrupts using HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback().
+ (++) Provide exiting handle as first parameter.
+ (++) Provide which callback will be registered using one value from
+ EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef.
+ (++) Provide callback function pointer.
+
+ (#) Get interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
+
+ (#) Clear interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
+
+ (#) Generate software interrupt using HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI().
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2019 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI
+ * @{
+ */
+/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rule:
+ * Rule-18.1_b - Medium: Array `EXTICR' 1st subscript interval [0,7] may be out
+ * of bounds [0,3] in following API :
+ * HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine
+ * HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine
+ * HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Constants EXTI Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group1
+ * @brief Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
+ * @param hexti Exti handle.
+ * @param pExtiConfig Pointer on EXTI configuration to be set.
+ * @retval HAL Status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig)
+{
+ uint32_t regval;
+ uint32_t linepos;
+ uint32_t maskline;
+
+ /* Check null pointer */
+ if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(pExtiConfig->Line));
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(pExtiConfig->Mode));
+
+ /* Assign line number to handle */
+ hexti->Line = pExtiConfig->Line;
+
+ /* Compute line mask */
+ linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
+ maskline = (1uL << linepos);
+
+ /* Configure triggers for configurable lines */
+ if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(pExtiConfig->Trigger));
+
+ /* Configure rising trigger */
+ /* Mask or set line */
+ if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ EXTI->RTSR |= maskline;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ EXTI->RTSR &= ~maskline;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure falling trigger */
+ /* Mask or set line */
+ if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ EXTI->FTSR |= maskline;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ EXTI->FTSR &= ~maskline;
+ }
+
+
+ /* Configure gpio port selection in case of gpio exti line */
+ if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PORT(pExtiConfig->GPIOSel));
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
+
+ regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
+ regval &= ~(SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
+ regval |= (pExtiConfig->GPIOSel << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
+ SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Configure interrupt mode : read current mode */
+ /* Mask or set line */
+ if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ EXTI->IMR |= maskline;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ EXTI->IMR &= ~maskline;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure event mode : read current mode */
+ /* Mask or set line */
+ if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_EVENT) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ EXTI->EMR |= maskline;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ EXTI->EMR &= ~maskline;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
+ * @param hexti Exti handle.
+ * @param pExtiConfig Pointer on structure to store Exti configuration.
+ * @retval HAL Status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig)
+{
+ uint32_t regval;
+ uint32_t linepos;
+ uint32_t maskline;
+
+ /* Check null pointer */
+ if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+
+ /* Store handle line number to configuration structure */
+ pExtiConfig->Line = hexti->Line;
+
+ /* Compute line mask */
+ linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
+ maskline = (1uL << linepos);
+
+ /* 1] Get core mode : interrupt */
+
+ /* Check if selected line is enable */
+ if ((EXTI->IMR & maskline) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /* Get event mode */
+ /* Check if selected line is enable */
+ if ((EXTI->EMR & maskline) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ pExtiConfig->Mode |= EXTI_MODE_EVENT;
+ }
+
+ /* 2] Get trigger for configurable lines : rising */
+ if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ /* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */
+ if ((EXTI->RTSR & maskline) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /* Get falling configuration */
+ /* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */
+ if ((EXTI->FTSR & maskline) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ pExtiConfig->Trigger |= EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING;
+ }
+
+ /* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */
+ if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
+
+ regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
+ pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = ((regval << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (3uL - (linepos & 0x03u)))) >> 24);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = 0x00u;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* No Trigger selected */
+ pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE;
+ pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = 0x00u;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clear whole configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
+ * @param hexti Exti handle.
+ * @retval HAL Status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
+{
+ uint32_t regval;
+ uint32_t linepos;
+ uint32_t maskline;
+
+ /* Check null pointer */
+ if (hexti == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+
+ /* compute line mask */
+ linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
+ maskline = (1uL << linepos);
+
+ /* 1] Clear interrupt mode */
+ EXTI->IMR = (EXTI->IMR & ~maskline);
+
+ /* 2] Clear event mode */
+ EXTI->EMR = (EXTI->EMR & ~maskline);
+
+ /* 3] Clear triggers in case of configurable lines */
+ if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ EXTI->RTSR = (EXTI->RTSR & ~maskline);
+ EXTI->FTSR = (EXTI->FTSR & ~maskline);
+
+ /* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */
+ if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
+
+ regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
+ regval &= ~(SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
+ SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Register callback for a dedicated Exti line.
+ * @param hexti Exti handle.
+ * @param CallbackID User callback identifier.
+ * This parameter can be one of @arg @ref EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef values.
+ * @param pPendingCbfn function pointer to be stored as callback.
+ * @retval HAL Status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (*pPendingCbfn)(void))
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_EXTI_COMMON_CB_ID:
+ hexti->PendingCallback = pPendingCbfn;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Store line number as handle private field.
+ * @param hexti Exti handle.
+ * @param ExtiLine Exti line number.
+ * This parameter can be from 0 to @ref EXTI_LINE_NB.
+ * @retval HAL Status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetHandle(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t ExtiLine)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(ExtiLine));
+
+ /* Check null pointer */
+ if (hexti == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Store line number as handle private field */
+ hexti->Line = ExtiLine;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group2
+ * @brief EXTI IO functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle EXTI interrupt request.
+ * @param hexti Exti handle.
+ * @retval none.
+ */
+void HAL_EXTI_IRQHandler(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
+{
+ uint32_t regval;
+ uint32_t maskline;
+
+ /* Compute line mask */
+ maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
+
+ /* Get pending bit */
+ regval = (EXTI->PR & maskline);
+ if (regval != 0x00u)
+ {
+ /* Clear pending bit */
+ EXTI->PR = maskline;
+
+ /* Call callback */
+ if (hexti->PendingCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ hexti->PendingCallback();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
+ * @param hexti Exti handle.
+ * @param Edge Specify which pending edge as to be checked.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING
+ * This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series.
+ * @retval 1 if interrupt is pending else 0.
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_EXTI_GetPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge)
+{
+ uint32_t regval;
+ uint32_t linepos;
+ uint32_t maskline;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge));
+
+ /* Compute line mask */
+ linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
+ maskline = (1uL << linepos);
+
+ /* return 1 if bit is set else 0 */
+ regval = ((EXTI->PR & maskline) >> linepos);
+ return regval;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clear interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
+ * @param hexti Exti handle.
+ * @param Edge Specify which pending edge as to be clear.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING
+ * This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void HAL_EXTI_ClearPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge)
+{
+ uint32_t maskline;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge));
+
+ /* Compute line mask */
+ maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
+
+ /* Clear Pending bit */
+ EXTI->PR = maskline;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Generate a software interrupt for a dedicated line.
+ * @param hexti Exti handle.
+ * @retval None.
+ */
+void HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
+{
+ uint32_t maskline;
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+ assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
+
+ /* Compute line mask */
+ maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
+
+ /* Generate Software interrupt */
+ EXTI->SWIER = maskline;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_flash.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_flash.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..94ad6e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_flash.c @@ -0,0 +1,694 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_flash.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief FLASH HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the internal FLASH memory:
+ * + Program operations functions
+ * + Memory Control functions
+ * + Peripheral State functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### FLASH peripheral features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses
+ to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations
+ and the read and write protection mechanisms.
+
+ [..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction
+ prefetch.
+
+ [..] The FLASH main features are:
+ (+) Flash memory read operations
+ (+) Flash memory program/erase operations
+ (+) Read / write protections
+ (+) Prefetch on I-Code
+ (+) Option Bytes programming
+
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH
+ memory of all STM32F0xx devices.
+
+ (#) FLASH Memory I/O Programming functions: this group includes all needed
+ functions to erase and program the main memory:
+ (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface
+ (++) Erase function: Erase page, erase all pages
+ (++) Program functions: half word, word and doubleword
+ (#) FLASH Option Bytes Programming functions: this group includes all needed
+ functions to manage the Option Bytes:
+ (++) Lock and Unlock the Option Bytes
+ (++) Set/Reset the write protection
+ (++) Set the Read protection Level
+ (++) Program the user Option Bytes
+ (++) Launch the Option Bytes loader
+ (++) Erase Option Bytes
+ (++) Program the data Option Bytes
+ (++) Get the Write protection.
+ (++) Get the user option bytes.
+
+ (#) Interrupts and flags management functions : this group
+ includes all needed functions to:
+ (++) Handle FLASH interrupts
+ (++) Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status
+ (++) Get error flag status
+
+ [..] In addition to these function, this driver includes a set of macros allowing
+ to handle the following operations:
+
+ (+) Set/Get the latency
+ (+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
+ (+) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts
+ (+) Monitor the FLASH flags status
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH
+ * @brief FLASH HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Constants FLASH Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macro ---------------------------- ---------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Macros FLASH Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Variables FLASH Private Variables
+ * @{
+ */
+/* Variables used for Erase pages under interruption*/
+FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash;
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions FLASH Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data);
+static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void);
+extern void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions
+ * @brief Programming operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address
+ * @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
+ * The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface
+ *
+ * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
+ * the erase operation is performed before the program one.
+ *
+ * @note FLASH should be previously erased before new programming (only exception to this
+ * is when 0x0000 is programmed)
+ *
+ * @param TypeProgram Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
+ * This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
+ * @param Address Specifie the address to be programmed.
+ * @param Data Specifie the data to be programmed
+ *
+ * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+ uint8_t index = 0U;
+ uint8_t nbiterations = 0U;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD)
+ {
+ /* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */
+ nbiterations = 1U;
+ }
+ else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
+ {
+ /* Program word (32-bit = 2*16-bit) at a specified address. */
+ nbiterations = 2U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Program double word (64-bit = 4*16-bit) at a specified address. */
+ nbiterations = 4U;
+ }
+
+ for (index = 0U; index < nbiterations; index++)
+ {
+ FLASH_Program_HalfWord((Address + (2U*index)), (uint16_t)(Data >> (16U*index)));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
+ /* In case of error, stop programming procedure */
+ if (status != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address with interrupt enabled.
+ * @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
+ * The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface
+ *
+ * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
+ * the erase operation is performed before the program one.
+ *
+ * @param TypeProgram Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
+ * This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
+ * @param Address Specifie the address to be programmed.
+ * @param Data Specifie the data to be programmed
+ *
+ * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+ /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
+ __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR);
+
+ pFlash.Address = Address;
+ pFlash.Data = Data;
+
+ if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD)
+ {
+ pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD;
+ /* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */
+ pFlash.DataRemaining = 1U;
+ }
+ else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
+ {
+ pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD;
+ /* Program word (32-bit : 2*16-bit) at a specified address. */
+ pFlash.DataRemaining = 2U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMDOUBLEWORD;
+ /* Program double word (64-bit : 4*16-bit) at a specified address. */
+ pFlash.DataRemaining = 4U;
+ }
+
+ /* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */
+ FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t)Data);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles FLASH interrupt request.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+ uint32_t addresstmp = 0U;
+
+ /* Check FLASH operation error flags */
+ if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) ||__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
+ {
+ /* Return the faulty address */
+ addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
+ /* Reset address */
+ pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+
+ /* Save the Error code */
+ FLASH_SetErrorCode();
+
+ /* FLASH error interrupt user callback */
+ HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(addresstmp);
+
+ /* Stop the procedure ongoing */
+ pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
+ if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
+ {
+ /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
+ __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
+
+ /* Process can continue only if no error detected */
+ if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE)
+ {
+ if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE)
+ {
+ /* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */
+ pFlash.DataRemaining--;
+
+ /* Check if there are still pages to erase */
+ if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0U)
+ {
+ addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
+ /*Indicate user which sector has been erased */
+ HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp);
+
+ /*Increment sector number*/
+ addresstmp = pFlash.Address + FLASH_PAGE_SIZE;
+ pFlash.Address = addresstmp;
+
+ /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER);
+
+ FLASH_PageErase(addresstmp);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* No more pages to Erase, user callback can be called. */
+ /* Reset Sector and stop Erase pages procedure */
+ pFlash.Address = addresstmp = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+ pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+ /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+ HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp);
+ }
+ }
+ else if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE)
+ {
+ /* Operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER);
+
+ /* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank */
+ /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+ HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(0);
+
+ /* Stop Mass Erase procedure*/
+ pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nb of 16-bit data to program can be decreased */
+ pFlash.DataRemaining--;
+
+ /* Check if there are still 16-bit data to program */
+ if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Increment address to 16-bit */
+ pFlash.Address += 2;
+ addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
+
+ /* Shift to have next 16-bit data */
+ pFlash.Data = (pFlash.Data >> 16U);
+
+ /* Operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
+
+ /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
+ FLASH_Program_HalfWord(addresstmp, (uint16_t)pFlash.Data);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Program ended. Return the selected address */
+ /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+ if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD)
+ {
+ HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
+ }
+ else if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD)
+ {
+ HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address - 2U);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address - 6U);
+ }
+
+ /* Reset Address and stop Program procedure */
+ pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+ pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Operation is completed, disable the PG, PER and MER Bits */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_MER));
+
+ /* Disable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
+ __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief FLASH end of operation interrupt callback
+ * @param ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
+ * - Mass Erase: No return value expected
+ * - Pages Erase: Address of the page which has been erased
+ * (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected pages have been erased)
+ * - Program: Address which was selected for data program
+ * @retval none
+ */
+__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(ReturnValue);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief FLASH operation error interrupt callback
+ * @param ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
+ * - Mass Erase: No return value expected
+ * - Pages Erase: Address of the page which returned an error
+ * - Program: Address which was selected for data program
+ * @retval none
+ */
+__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(ReturnValue);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH
+ memory operations.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unlock the FLASH control register access
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */
+ WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY1);
+ WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY2);
+
+ /* Verify Flash is unlocked */
+ if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET)
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Locks the FLASH control register access
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void)
+{
+ /* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
+{
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTWRE))
+ {
+ /* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */
+ WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY1);
+ WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY2);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
+{
+ /* Clear the OPTWRE Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTWRE);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Launch the option byte loading.
+ * @note This function will reset automatically the MCU.
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
+{
+ /* Set the OBL_Launch bit to launch the option byte loading */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OBL_LAUNCH);
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ return(FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral errors functions
+ * @brief Peripheral errors functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection permit to get in run-time errors of the FLASH peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the specific FLASH error flag.
+ * @retval FLASH_ErrorCode The returned value can be:
+ * @ref FLASH_Error_Codes
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void)
+{
+ return pFlash.ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address.
+ * @param Address specify the address to be programmed.
+ * @param Data specify the data to be programmed.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data)
+{
+ /* Clean the error context */
+ pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Proceed to program the new data */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
+
+ /* Write data in the address */
+ *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
+ * @param Timeout maximum flash operation timeout
+ * @retval HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ /* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
+ Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
+ flag will be set */
+
+ uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY))
+ {
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout))
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
+ if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
+ {
+ /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
+ __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
+ }
+
+ if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) ||
+ __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
+ {
+ /*Save the error code*/
+ FLASH_SetErrorCode();
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* There is no error flag set */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the specific FLASH error flag.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void)
+{
+ uint32_t flags = 0U;
+
+ if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR))
+ {
+ pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
+ flags |= FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR;
+ }
+ if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR))
+ {
+ pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PROG;
+ flags |= FLASH_FLAG_PGERR;
+ }
+ /* Clear FLASH error pending bits */
+ __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(flags);
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_flash_ex.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_flash_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c86705f --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_flash_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,984 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_flash_ex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief Extended FLASH HAL module driver.
+ *
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the FLASH peripheral:
+ * + Extended Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ * + Extended I/O operation functions
+ * + Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Flash peripheral extended features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the FLASH memory
+ of all STM32F0xxx devices. It includes
+
+ (++) Set/Reset the write protection
+ (++) Program the user Option Bytes
+ (++) Get the Read protection Level
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH
+ * @{
+ */
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Variables
+ * @{
+ */
+/* Variables used for Erase pages under interruption*/
+extern FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash;
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx FLASHEx
+ * @brief FLASH HAL Extension module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Constants FLASHEx Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+#define FLASH_POSITION_IWDGSW_BIT 8U
+#define FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA0_BIT 16U
+#define FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA1_BIT 24U
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Macros FLASHEx Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions FLASHEx Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+/* Erase operations */
+static void FLASH_MassErase(void);
+void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress);
+
+/* Option bytes control */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint8_t ReadProtectLevel);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t UserConfig);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_ProgramData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data);
+static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void);
+static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void);
+static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions FLASHEx Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 FLASHEx Memory Erasing functions
+ * @brief FLASH Memory Erasing functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### FLASH Erasing Programming functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ [..] The FLASH Memory Erasing functions, includes the following functions:
+ (+) @ref HAL_FLASHEx_Erase: return only when erase has been done
+ (+) @ref HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT: end of erase is done when @ref HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback
+ is called with parameter 0xFFFFFFFF
+
+ [..] Any operation of erase should follow these steps:
+ (#) Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function to enable the flash control register and
+ program memory access.
+ (#) Call the desired function to erase page.
+ (#) Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash program memory access
+ (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation).
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory pages
+ * @note To correctly run this function, the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function
+ * must be called before.
+ * Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access
+ * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation)
+ * @param[in] pEraseInit pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the erasing.
+ *
+ * @param[out] PageError pointer to variable that
+ * contains the configuration information on faulty page in case of error
+ * (0xFFFFFFFF means that all the pages have been correctly erased)
+ *
+ * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit, uint32_t *PageError)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+ uint32_t address = 0U;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase));
+
+ if (pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE)
+ {
+ /* Mass Erase requested for Bank1 */
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ if (FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /*Mass erase to be done*/
+ FLASH_MassErase();
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Page Erase is requested */
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(pEraseInit->PageAddress));
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(pEraseInit->PageAddress, pEraseInit->NbPages));
+
+ /* Page Erase requested on address located on bank1 */
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ if (FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /*Initialization of PageError variable*/
+ *PageError = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+
+ /* Erase page by page to be done*/
+ for(address = pEraseInit->PageAddress;
+ address < ((pEraseInit->NbPages * FLASH_PAGE_SIZE) + pEraseInit->PageAddress);
+ address += FLASH_PAGE_SIZE)
+ {
+ FLASH_PageErase(address);
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER);
+
+ if (status != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* In case of error, stop erase procedure and return the faulty address */
+ *PageError = address;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory pages with interrupt enabled
+ * @note To correctly run this function, the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function
+ * must be called before.
+ * Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access
+ * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation)
+ * @param pEraseInit pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the erasing.
+ *
+ * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+ /* If procedure already ongoing, reject the next one */
+ if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase));
+
+ /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
+ __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR);
+
+ if (pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE)
+ {
+ /*Mass erase to be done*/
+ pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE;
+ FLASH_MassErase();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Erase by page to be done*/
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(pEraseInit->PageAddress));
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(pEraseInit->PageAddress, pEraseInit->NbPages));
+
+ pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE;
+ pFlash.DataRemaining = pEraseInit->NbPages;
+ pFlash.Address = pEraseInit->PageAddress;
+
+ /*Erase 1st page and wait for IT*/
+ FLASH_PageErase(pEraseInit->PageAddress);
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Option Bytes Programming functions
+ * @brief Option Bytes Programming functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Option Bytes Programming functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH
+ option bytes operations.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Erases the FLASH option bytes.
+ * @note This functions erases all option bytes except the Read protection (RDP).
+ * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
+ * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes
+ * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes
+ * (system reset will occur)
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase(void)
+{
+ uint8_t rdptmp = OB_RDP_LEVEL_0;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+ /* Get the actual read protection Option Byte value */
+ rdptmp = FLASH_OB_GetRDP();
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Clean the error context */
+ pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the option bytes */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER);
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT);
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER);
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Restore the last read protection Option Byte value */
+ status = FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(rdptmp);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Return the erase status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Program option bytes
+ * @note The function @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
+ * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes
+ * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes
+ * (system reset will occur)
+ *
+ * @param pOBInit pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the programming.
+ *
+ * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OPTIONBYTE(pOBInit->OptionType));
+
+ /* Write protection configuration */
+ if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_WRP) == OPTIONBYTE_WRP)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_WRPSTATE(pOBInit->WRPState));
+ if (pOBInit->WRPState == OB_WRPSTATE_ENABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable of Write protection on the selected page */
+ status = FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(pOBInit->WRPPage);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable of Write protection on the selected page */
+ status = FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(pOBInit->WRPPage);
+ }
+ if (status != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+ return status;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Read protection configuration */
+ if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_RDP) == OPTIONBYTE_RDP)
+ {
+ status = FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(pOBInit->RDPLevel);
+ if (status != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+ return status;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* USER configuration */
+ if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_USER) == OPTIONBYTE_USER)
+ {
+ status = FLASH_OB_UserConfig(pOBInit->USERConfig);
+ if (status != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+ return status;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* DATA configuration*/
+ if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_DATA) == OPTIONBYTE_DATA)
+ {
+ status = FLASH_OB_ProgramData(pOBInit->DATAAddress, pOBInit->DATAData);
+ if (status != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+ return status;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the Option byte configuration
+ * @param pOBInit pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the programming.
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit)
+{
+ pOBInit->OptionType = OPTIONBYTE_WRP | OPTIONBYTE_RDP | OPTIONBYTE_USER;
+
+ /*Get WRP*/
+ pOBInit->WRPPage = FLASH_OB_GetWRP();
+
+ /*Get RDP Level*/
+ pOBInit->RDPLevel = FLASH_OB_GetRDP();
+
+ /*Get USER*/
+ pOBInit->USERConfig = FLASH_OB_GetUser();
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the Option byte user data
+ * @param DATAAdress Address of the option byte DATA
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA0
+ * @arg @ref OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA1
+ * @retval Value programmed in USER data
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetUserData(uint32_t DATAAdress)
+{
+ uint32_t value = 0U;
+
+ if (DATAAdress == OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA0)
+ {
+ /* Get value programmed in OB USER Data0 */
+ value = READ_BIT(FLASH->OBR, FLASH_OBR_DATA0) >> FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA0_BIT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Get value programmed in OB USER Data1 */
+ value = READ_BIT(FLASH->OBR, FLASH_OBR_DATA1) >> FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA1_BIT;
+ }
+
+ return value;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Full erase of FLASH memory Bank
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void FLASH_MassErase(void)
+{
+ /* Clean the error context */
+ pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Only bank1 will be erased*/
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER);
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the write protection of the desired pages
+ * @note An option byte erase is done automatically in this function.
+ * @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1),
+ * it is not possible to program or erase the flash page i if
+ * debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1
+ *
+ * @param WriteProtectPage specifies the page(s) to be write protected.
+ * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFFU;
+#if defined(OB_WRP1_WRP1)
+ uint16_t WRP1_Data = 0xFFFFU;
+#endif /* OB_WRP1_WRP1 */
+#if defined(OB_WRP2_WRP2)
+ uint16_t WRP2_Data = 0xFFFFU;
+#endif /* OB_WRP2_WRP2 */
+#if defined(OB_WRP3_WRP3)
+ uint16_t WRP3_Data = 0xFFFFU;
+#endif /* OB_WRP3_WRP3 */
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(WriteProtectPage));
+
+ /* Get current write protected pages and the new pages to be protected ******/
+ WriteProtectPage = (uint32_t)(~((~FLASH_OB_GetWRP()) | WriteProtectPage));
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK)
+ WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK);
+#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK)
+ WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK);
+#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK */
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK)
+ WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK) >> 8U);
+#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK)
+ WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK) >> 8U);
+#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK */
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK)
+ WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK) >> 16U);
+#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK */
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO63MASK)
+ WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO63MASK) >> 24U);
+#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK)
+ WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK) >> 24U);
+#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES48TO63MASK */
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Clean the error context */
+ pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* To be able to write again option byte, need to perform a option byte erase */
+ status = HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase();
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Enable write protection */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP0_WRP0)
+ if(WRP0_Data != 0xFFU)
+ {
+ OB->WRP0 &= WRP0_Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+ }
+#endif /* OB_WRP0_WRP0 */
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP1_WRP1)
+ if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP1_Data != 0xFFU))
+ {
+ OB->WRP1 &= WRP1_Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+ }
+#endif /* OB_WRP1_WRP1 */
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP2_WRP2)
+ if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP2_Data != 0xFFU))
+ {
+ OB->WRP2 &= WRP2_Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+ }
+#endif /* OB_WRP2_WRP2 */
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP3_WRP3)
+ if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP3_Data != 0xFFU))
+ {
+ OB->WRP3 &= WRP3_Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+ }
+#endif /* OB_WRP3_WRP3 */
+
+ /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the write protection of the desired pages
+ * @note An option byte erase is done automatically in this function.
+ * @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1),
+ * it is not possible to program or erase the flash page i if
+ * debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1
+ *
+ * @param WriteProtectPage specifies the page(s) to be write unprotected.
+ * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFFU;
+#if defined(OB_WRP1_WRP1)
+ uint16_t WRP1_Data = 0xFFFFU;
+#endif /* OB_WRP1_WRP1 */
+#if defined(OB_WRP2_WRP2)
+ uint16_t WRP2_Data = 0xFFFFU;
+#endif /* OB_WRP2_WRP2 */
+#if defined(OB_WRP3_WRP3)
+ uint16_t WRP3_Data = 0xFFFFU;
+#endif /* OB_WRP3_WRP3 */
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(WriteProtectPage));
+
+ /* Get current write protected pages and the new pages to be unprotected ******/
+ WriteProtectPage = (FLASH_OB_GetWRP() | WriteProtectPage);
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK)
+ WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK);
+#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK)
+ WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK);
+#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK */
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK)
+ WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK) >> 8U);
+#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK)
+ WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK) >> 8U);
+#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK */
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK)
+ WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK) >> 16U);
+#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK */
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO63MASK)
+ WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO63MASK) >> 24U);
+#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK)
+ WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK) >> 24U);
+#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES48TO63MASK */
+
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Clean the error context */
+ pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* To be able to write again option byte, need to perform a option byte erase */
+ status = HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase();
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP0_WRP0)
+ if(WRP0_Data != 0xFFU)
+ {
+ OB->WRP0 |= WRP0_Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+ }
+#endif /* OB_WRP0_WRP0 */
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP1_WRP1)
+ if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP1_Data != 0xFFU))
+ {
+ OB->WRP1 |= WRP1_Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+ }
+#endif /* OB_WRP1_WRP1 */
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP2_WRP2)
+ if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP2_Data != 0xFFU))
+ {
+ OB->WRP2 |= WRP2_Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+ }
+#endif /* OB_WRP2_WRP2 */
+
+#if defined(OB_WRP3_WRP3)
+ if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP3_Data != 0xFFU))
+ {
+ OB->WRP3 |= WRP3_Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+ }
+#endif /* OB_WRP3_WRP3 */
+
+ /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+ }
+ }
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the read protection level.
+ * @param ReadProtectLevel specifies the read protection level.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_0 No protection
+ * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_1 Read protection of the memory
+ * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_2 Full chip protection
+ * @note Warning: When enabling OB_RDP level 2 it's no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint8_t ReadProtectLevel)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_RDP_LEVEL(ReadProtectLevel));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Clean the error context */
+ pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the option bytes */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER);
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT);
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER);
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+
+ WRITE_REG(OB->RDP, ReadProtectLevel);
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Program the FLASH User Option Byte.
+ * @note Programming of the OB should be performed only after an erase (otherwise PGERR occurs)
+ * @param UserConfig The FLASH User Option Bytes values: IWDG_SW(Bit0), RST_STOP(Bit1), RST_STDBY(Bit2), nBOOT1(Bit4),
+ * VDDA_Analog_Monitoring(Bit5) and SRAM_Parity_Enable(Bit6).
+ * For few devices, following option bytes are available: nBOOT0(Bit3) & BOOT_SEL(Bit7).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t UserConfig)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_IWDG_SW)));
+ assert_param(IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_STOP_NO_RST)));
+ assert_param(IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_STDBY_NO_RST)));
+ assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT1((UserConfig&OB_BOOT1_SET)));
+ assert_param(IS_OB_VDDA_ANALOG((UserConfig&OB_VDDA_ANALOG_ON)));
+ assert_param(IS_OB_SRAM_PARITY((UserConfig&OB_SRAM_PARITY_RESET)));
+#if defined(FLASH_OBR_BOOT_SEL)
+ assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT_SEL((UserConfig&OB_BOOT_SEL_SET)));
+ assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT0((UserConfig&OB_BOOT0_SET)));
+#endif /* FLASH_OBR_BOOT_SEL */
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Clean the error context */
+ pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+
+#if defined(FLASH_OBR_BOOT_SEL)
+ OB->USER = UserConfig;
+#else
+ OB->USER = (UserConfig | 0x88U);
+#endif
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Programs a half word at a specified Option Byte Data address.
+ * @note The function @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface
+ * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes
+ * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes
+ * (system reset will occur)
+ * Programming of the OB should be performed only after an erase (otherwise PGERR occurs)
+ * @param Address specifies the address to be programmed.
+ * This parameter can be 0x1FFFF804 or 0x1FFFF806.
+ * @param Data specifies the data to be programmed.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_ProgramData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_OB_DATA_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ if(status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Clean the error context */
+ pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Enables the Option Bytes Programming operation */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+ *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
+
+ /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+ status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+ /* If the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG);
+ }
+ /* Return the Option Byte Data Program Status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value.
+ * @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value
+ */
+static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void)
+{
+ /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */
+ return (uint32_t)(READ_REG(FLASH->WRPR));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the FLASH Read Protection level.
+ * @retval FLASH RDP level
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_0 No protection
+ * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_1 Read protection of the memory
+ * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_2 Full chip protection
+ */
+static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp_reg;
+
+ /* Read RDP level bits */
+ tmp_reg = READ_BIT(FLASH->OBR, (FLASH_OBR_RDPRT1 | FLASH_OBR_RDPRT2));
+
+ if (tmp_reg == 0U)
+ {
+ return OB_RDP_LEVEL_0;
+ }
+ else if ((tmp_reg & FLASH_OBR_RDPRT2) == FLASH_OBR_RDPRT2)
+ {
+ return OB_RDP_LEVEL_2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return OB_RDP_LEVEL_1;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the FLASH User Option Byte value.
+ * @retval The FLASH User Option Bytes values: IWDG_SW(Bit0), RST_STOP(Bit1), RST_STDBY(Bit2), nBOOT1(Bit4),
+ * VDDA_Analog_Monitoring(Bit5) and SRAM_Parity_Enable(Bit6).
+ * For few devices, following option bytes are available: nBOOT0(Bit3) & BOOT_SEL(Bit7).
+ */
+static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void)
+{
+ /* Return the User Option Byte */
+ return (uint8_t)((READ_REG(FLASH->OBR) & FLASH_OBR_USER) >> FLASH_POSITION_IWDGSW_BIT);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Erase the specified FLASH memory page
+ * @param PageAddress FLASH page to erase
+ * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series
+ *
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress)
+{
+ /* Clean the error context */
+ pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Proceed to erase the page */
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER);
+ WRITE_REG(FLASH->AR, PageAddress);
+ SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_gpio.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_gpio.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6faa77a --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_gpio.c @@ -0,0 +1,543 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_gpio.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief GPIO HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + IO operation functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### GPIO Peripheral features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Each port bit of the general-purpose I/O (GPIO) ports can be individually
+ configured by software in several modes:
+ (++) Input mode
+ (++) Analog mode
+ (++) Output mode
+ (++) Alternate function mode
+ (++) External interrupt/event lines
+
+ (+) During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt
+ lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode.
+
+ (+) All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be
+ activated or not.
+
+ (+) In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull
+ type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value.
+
+ (+) The microcontroller IO pins are connected to onboard peripherals/modules through a
+ multiplexer that allows only one peripheral alternate function (AF) connected
+ to an IO pin at a time. In this way, there can be no conflict between peripherals
+ sharing the same IO pin.
+
+ (+) All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt
+ lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are
+ connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
+
+ (+) The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 28 edge detectors
+ (16 lines are connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt requests (each
+ input line can be independently configured to select the type (interrupt or event)
+ and the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can
+ also be masked independently.
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function : __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
+
+ (#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init().
+ (++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
+ (++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef
+ structure.
+ (++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is
+ configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
+ (++) In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO
+ is configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
+ (++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel
+ or DAC output.
+ (++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from
+ GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and
+ the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
+
+ (#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority
+ mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using
+ HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
+
+ (#) HAL_GPIO_DeInit allows to set register values to their reset value. It's also
+ recommended to use it to unconfigure pin which was used as an external interrupt
+ or in event mode. That's the only way to reset corresponding bit in EXTI & SYSCFG
+ registers.
+
+ (#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin().
+
+ (#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use
+ HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin().
+
+ (#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin().
+
+ (#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not
+ active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG
+ pins).
+
+ (#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose
+ (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has
+ priority over the GPIO function.
+
+ (#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as
+ general purpose PF0 and PF1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off.
+ The HSE has priority over the GPIO function.
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO
+ * @brief GPIO HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rules:
+ * Rule-18.1_d - Medium: Array pointer `GPIOx' is accessed with index [..,..]
+ * which may be out of array bounds [..,UNKNOWN] in following APIs:
+ * HAL_GPIO_Init
+ * HAL_GPIO_DeInit
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Defines GPIO Private Defines
+ * @{
+ */
+#define GPIO_MODE (0x00000003U)
+#define EXTI_MODE (0x10000000U)
+#define GPIO_MODE_IT (0x00010000U)
+#define GPIO_MODE_EVT (0x00020000U)
+#define RISING_EDGE (0x00100000U)
+#define FALLING_EDGE (0x00200000U)
+#define GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE (0x00000010U)
+
+#define GPIO_NUMBER (16U)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init.
+ * @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F0 family
+ * @param GPIO_Init pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init)
+{
+ uint32_t position = 0x00u;
+ uint32_t iocurrent;
+ uint32_t temp;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin));
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull));
+
+ /* Configure the port pins */
+ while (((GPIO_Init->Pin) >> position) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ /* Get current io position */
+ iocurrent = (GPIO_Init->Pin) & (1uL << position);
+
+ if (iocurrent != 0x00u)
+ {
+ /*--------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
+ /* In case of Alternate function mode selection */
+ if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
+ {
+ /* Check the Alternate function parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_Init->Alternate));
+
+ /* Configure Alternate function mapped with the current IO */
+ temp = GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u];
+ temp &= ~(0xFu << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u));
+ temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Alternate) << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u));
+ GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u] = temp;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog) */
+ temp = GPIOx->MODER;
+ temp &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2u));
+ temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) << (position * 2u));
+ GPIOx->MODER = temp;
+
+ /* In case of Output or Alternate function mode selection */
+ if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) ||
+ (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
+ {
+ /* Check the Speed parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
+ /* Configure the IO Speed */
+ temp = GPIOx->OSPEEDR;
+ temp &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2u));
+ temp |= (GPIO_Init->Speed << (position * 2u));
+ GPIOx->OSPEEDR = temp;
+
+ /* Configure the IO Output Type */
+ temp = GPIOx->OTYPER;
+ temp &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ;
+ temp |= (((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE) >> 4u) << position);
+ GPIOx->OTYPER = temp;
+ }
+
+ /* Activate the Pull-up or Pull down resistor for the current IO */
+ temp = GPIOx->PUPDR;
+ temp &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2u));
+ temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Pull) << (position * 2u));
+ GPIOx->PUPDR = temp;
+
+ /*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
+ /* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
+ if((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) == EXTI_MODE)
+ {
+ /* Enable SYSCFG Clock */
+ __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+ temp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u];
+ temp &= ~(0x0FuL << (4u * (position & 0x03u)));
+ temp |= (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4u * (position & 0x03u)));
+ SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u] = temp;
+
+ /* Clear EXTI line configuration */
+ temp = EXTI->IMR;
+ temp &= ~(iocurrent);
+ if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_IT) == GPIO_MODE_IT)
+ {
+ temp |= iocurrent;
+ }
+ EXTI->IMR = temp;
+
+ temp = EXTI->EMR;
+ temp &= ~(iocurrent);
+ if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_EVT) == GPIO_MODE_EVT)
+ {
+ temp |= iocurrent;
+ }
+ EXTI->EMR = temp;
+
+ /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
+ temp = EXTI->RTSR;
+ temp &= ~(iocurrent);
+ if((GPIO_Init->Mode & RISING_EDGE) == RISING_EDGE)
+ {
+ temp |= iocurrent;
+ }
+ EXTI->RTSR = temp;
+
+ temp = EXTI->FTSR;
+ temp &= ~(iocurrent);
+ if((GPIO_Init->Mode & FALLING_EDGE) == FALLING_EDGE)
+ {
+ temp |= iocurrent;
+ }
+ EXTI->FTSR = temp;
+ }
+ }
+
+ position++;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-initialize the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F0 family
+ * @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written.
+ * This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+ uint32_t position = 0x00u;
+ uint32_t iocurrent;
+ uint32_t tmp;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+ /* Configure the port pins */
+ while ((GPIO_Pin >> position) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ /* Get current io position */
+ iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & (1uL << position);
+
+ if (iocurrent != 0x00u)
+ {
+ /*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/
+ /* Clear the External Interrupt or Event for the current IO */
+
+ tmp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u];
+ tmp &= (0x0FuL << (4u * (position & 0x03u)));
+ if (tmp == (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4u * (position & 0x03u))))
+ {
+ /* Clear EXTI line configuration */
+ EXTI->IMR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
+ EXTI->EMR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
+
+ /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
+ EXTI->RTSR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
+ EXTI->FTSR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
+
+ /* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
+ tmp = 0x0FuL << (4u * (position & 0x03u));
+ SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u] &= ~tmp;
+ }
+
+ /*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/
+ /* Configure IO Direction in Input Floating Mode */
+ GPIOx->MODER &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2u));
+
+ /* Configure the default Alternate Function in current IO */
+ GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u] &= ~(0xFu << ((uint32_t)(position & 0x07u) * 4u)) ;
+
+ /* Configure the default value for IO Speed */
+ GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2u));
+
+ /* Configure the default value IO Output Type */
+ GPIOx->OTYPER &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ;
+
+ /* Deactivate the Pull-up and Pull-down resistor for the current IO */
+ GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2U));
+ }
+
+ position++;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ * @brief GPIO Read, Write, Toggle, Lock and EXTI management functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Read the specified input port pin.
+ * @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F0 family
+ * @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to read.
+ * This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
+ * @retval The input port pin value.
+ */
+GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+ GPIO_PinState bitstatus;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+ if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)GPIO_PIN_RESET)
+ {
+ bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET;
+ }
+ return bitstatus;
+ }
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set or clear the selected data port bit.
+ * @note This function uses GPIOx_BSRR and GPIOx_BRR registers to allow atomic read/modify
+ * accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between
+ * the read and the modify access.
+ *
+ * @param GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F0 family
+ * @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written.
+ * This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
+ * @param PinState specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values:
+ * @arg GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin
+ * @arg GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState));
+
+ if (PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET)
+ {
+ GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ GPIOx->BRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Toggle the specified GPIO pin.
+ * @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F0 family
+ * @param GPIO_Pin specifies the pin to be toggled.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+ if ((GPIOx->ODR & GPIO_Pin) != 0X00u)
+ {
+ GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin << GPIO_NUMBER;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers.
+* @note The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR,
+* GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH.
+* @note The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified
+* until the next reset.
+ * @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F0 family
+ * @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bits to be locked.
+* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+* @retval None
+*/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_LOCK_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+ /* Apply lock key write sequence */
+ SET_BIT(tmp, GPIO_Pin);
+ /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
+ GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
+ /* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */
+ GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin;
+ /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
+ GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
+ /* Read LCKK register. This read is mandatory to complete key lock sequence */
+ tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
+
+ /* read again in order to confirm lock is active */
+ if((GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle EXTI interrupt request.
+ * @param GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+ /* EXTI line interrupt detected */
+ if(__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin);
+ HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief EXTI line detection callback.
+ * @param GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(GPIO_Pin);
+
+ /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_i2c.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_i2c.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7c2bf82 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_i2c.c @@ -0,0 +1,6501 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_i2c.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief I2C HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Inter Integrated Circuit (I2C) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + IO operation functions
+ * + Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ The I2C HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+ (#) Declare a I2C_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
+ I2C_HandleTypeDef hi2c;
+
+ (#)Initialize the I2C low level resources by implementing the @ref HAL_I2C_MspInit() API:
+ (##) Enable the I2Cx interface clock
+ (##) I2C pins configuration
+ (+++) Enable the clock for the I2C GPIOs
+ (+++) Configure I2C pins as alternate function open-drain
+ (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process
+ (+++) Configure the I2Cx interrupt priority
+ (+++) Enable the NVIC I2C IRQ Channel
+ (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process
+ (+++) Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive channel
+ (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using
+ (+++) Configure the DMA handle parameters
+ (+++) Configure the DMA Tx or Rx channel
+ (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the hi2c DMA Tx or Rx handle
+ (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on
+ the DMA Tx or Rx channel
+
+ (#) Configure the Communication Clock Timing, Own Address1, Master Addressing mode, Dual Addressing mode,
+ Own Address2, Own Address2 Mask, General call and Nostretch mode in the hi2c Init structure.
+
+ (#) Initialize the I2C registers by calling the @ref HAL_I2C_Init(), configures also the low level Hardware
+ (GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC...etc) by calling the customized @ref HAL_I2C_MspInit(&hi2c) API.
+
+ (#) To check if target device is ready for communication, use the function @ref HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady()
+
+ (#) For I2C IO and IO MEM operations, three operation modes are available within this driver :
+
+ *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+ =================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit()
+ (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Receive()
+ (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit()
+ (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive()
+
+ *** Polling mode IO MEM operation ***
+ =====================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address using @ref HAL_I2C_Mem_Write()
+ (+) Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address using @ref HAL_I2C_Mem_Read()
+
+
+ *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+ ===================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT()
+ (+) At transmission end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()
+ (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT()
+ (+) At reception end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()
+ (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT()
+ (+) At transmission end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
+ (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT()
+ (+) At reception end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
+ (+) In case of transfer Error, @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
+ (+) Abort a master I2C process communication with Interrupt using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT()
+ (+) End of abort process, @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback()
+ (+) Discard a slave I2C process communication using @ref __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK() macro.
+ This action will inform Master to generate a Stop condition to discard the communication.
+
+
+ *** Interrupt mode or DMA mode IO sequential operation ***
+ ==========================================================
+ [..]
+ (@) These interfaces allow to manage a sequential transfer with a repeated start condition
+ when a direction change during transfer
+ [..]
+ (+) A specific option field manage the different steps of a sequential transfer
+ (+) Option field values are defined through @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS and are listed below:
+ (++) I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME: No sequential usage, functionnal is same as associated interfaces in no sequential mode
+ (++) I2C_FIRST_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequence with start condition, address
+ and data to transfer without a final stop condition
+ (++) I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME: Sequential usage (Master only), this option allow to manage a sequence with start condition, address
+ and data to transfer without a final stop condition, an then permit a call the same master sequential interface
+ several times (like @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT() then @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT()
+ or @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA() then @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA())
+ (++) I2C_NEXT_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequence with a restart condition, address
+ and with new data to transfer if the direction change or manage only the new data to transfer
+ if no direction change and without a final stop condition in both cases
+ (++) I2C_LAST_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequance with a restart condition, address
+ and with new data to transfer if the direction change or manage only the new data to transfer
+ if no direction change and with a final stop condition in both cases
+ (++) I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP: Sequential usage (Master only), this option allow to manage a restart condition after several call of the same master sequential
+ interface several times (link with option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME).
+ Usage can, transfer several bytes one by one using HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT(option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME then I2C_NEXT_FRAME)
+ or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT(option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME then I2C_NEXT_FRAME)
+ or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA(option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME then I2C_NEXT_FRAME)
+ or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA(option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME then I2C_NEXT_FRAME).
+ Then usage of this option I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP at the last Transmit or Receive sequence permit to call the oposite interface Receive or Transmit
+ without stopping the communication and so generate a restart condition.
+ (++) I2C_OTHER_FRAME: Sequential usage (Master only), this option allow to manage a restart condition after each call of the same master sequential
+ interface.
+ Usage can, transfer several bytes one by one with a restart with slave address between each bytes using HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT(option I2C_FIRST_FRAME then I2C_OTHER_FRAME)
+ or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT(option I2C_FIRST_FRAME then I2C_OTHER_FRAME)
+ or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA(option I2C_FIRST_FRAME then I2C_OTHER_FRAME)
+ or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA(option I2C_FIRST_FRAME then I2C_OTHER_FRAME).
+ Then usage of this option I2C_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME at the last frame to help automatic generation of STOP condition.
+
+ (+) Differents sequential I2C interfaces are listed below:
+ (++) Sequential transmit in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT()
+ or using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA()
+ (+++) At transmission end of current frame transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()
+ (++) Sequential receive in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT()
+ or using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA()
+ (+++) At reception end of current frame transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()
+ (++) Abort a master IT or DMA I2C process communication with Interrupt using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT()
+ (+++) End of abort process, @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback()
+ (++) Enable/disable the Address listen mode in slave I2C mode using @ref HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT() @ref HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT()
+ (+++) When address slave I2C match, @ref HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code to check the Address Match Code and the transmission direction request by master (Write/Read).
+ (+++) At Listen mode end @ref HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback()
+ (++) Sequential transmit in slave I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_IT()
+ or using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_DMA()
+ (+++) At transmission end of current frame transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
+ (++) Sequential receive in slave I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_IT()
+ or using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_DMA()
+ (+++) At reception end of current frame transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
+ (++) In case of transfer Error, @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
+ (++) Discard a slave I2C process communication using @ref __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK() macro.
+ This action will inform Master to generate a Stop condition to discard the communication.
+
+ *** Interrupt mode IO MEM operation ***
+ =======================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address using
+ @ref HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT()
+ (+) At Memory end of write transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback()
+ (+) Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address using
+ @ref HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT()
+ (+) At Memory end of read transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback()
+ (+) In case of transfer Error, @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
+
+ *** DMA mode IO operation ***
+ ==============================
+ [..]
+ (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using
+ @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA()
+ (+) At transmission end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()
+ (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using
+ @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA()
+ (+) At reception end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()
+ (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using
+ @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA()
+ (+) At transmission end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
+ (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using
+ @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA()
+ (+) At reception end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
+ (+) In case of transfer Error, @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
+ (+) Abort a master I2C process communication with Interrupt using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT()
+ (+) End of abort process, @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback()
+ (+) Discard a slave I2C process communication using @ref __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK() macro.
+ This action will inform Master to generate a Stop condition to discard the communication.
+
+ *** DMA mode IO MEM operation ***
+ =================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address using
+ @ref HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA()
+ (+) At Memory end of write transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback()
+ (+) Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address using
+ @ref HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA()
+ (+) At Memory end of read transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback()
+ (+) In case of transfer Error, @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
+
+
+ *** I2C HAL driver macros list ***
+ ==================================
+ [..]
+ Below the list of most used macros in I2C HAL driver.
+
+ (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_ENABLE: Enable the I2C peripheral
+ (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_DISABLE: Disable the I2C peripheral
+ (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK: Generate a Non-Acknowledge I2C peripheral in Slave mode
+ (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified I2C flag is set or not
+ (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the specified I2C pending flag
+ (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified I2C interrupt
+ (+) @ref __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified I2C interrupt
+
+ *** Callback registration ***
+ =============================================
+ [..]
+ The compilation flag USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
+ allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+ Use Functions @ref HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback() or @ref HAL_I2C_RegisterAddrCallback()
+ to register an interrupt callback.
+ [..]
+ Function @ref HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
+ (+) MasterTxCpltCallback : callback for Master transmission end of transfer.
+ (+) MasterRxCpltCallback : callback for Master reception end of transfer.
+ (+) SlaveTxCpltCallback : callback for Slave transmission end of transfer.
+ (+) SlaveRxCpltCallback : callback for Slave reception end of transfer.
+ (+) ListenCpltCallback : callback for end of listen mode.
+ (+) MemTxCpltCallback : callback for Memory transmission end of transfer.
+ (+) MemRxCpltCallback : callback for Memory reception end of transfer.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : callback for error detection.
+ (+) AbortCpltCallback : callback for abort completion process.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : callback for Msp Init.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : callback for Msp DeInit.
+ This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+ and a pointer to the user callback function.
+ [..]
+ For specific callback AddrCallback use dedicated register callbacks : @ref HAL_I2C_RegisterAddrCallback().
+ [..]
+ Use function @ref HAL_I2C_UnRegisterCallback to reset a callback to the default
+ weak function.
+ @ref HAL_I2C_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+ and the Callback ID.
+ This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+ (+) MasterTxCpltCallback : callback for Master transmission end of transfer.
+ (+) MasterRxCpltCallback : callback for Master reception end of transfer.
+ (+) SlaveTxCpltCallback : callback for Slave transmission end of transfer.
+ (+) SlaveRxCpltCallback : callback for Slave reception end of transfer.
+ (+) ListenCpltCallback : callback for end of listen mode.
+ (+) MemTxCpltCallback : callback for Memory transmission end of transfer.
+ (+) MemRxCpltCallback : callback for Memory reception end of transfer.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : callback for error detection.
+ (+) AbortCpltCallback : callback for abort completion process.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : callback for Msp Init.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : callback for Msp DeInit.
+ [..]
+ For callback AddrCallback use dedicated register callbacks : @ref HAL_I2C_UnRegisterAddrCallback().
+ [..]
+ By default, after the @ref HAL_I2C_Init() and when the state is @ref HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET
+ all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions:
+ examples @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(), @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback().
+ Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are
+ reset to the legacy weak functions in the @ref HAL_I2C_Init()/ @ref HAL_I2C_DeInit() only when
+ these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
+ If MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_I2C_Init()/ @ref HAL_I2C_DeInit()
+ keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand) whatever the state.
+ [..]
+ Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in @ref HAL_I2C_STATE_READY state only.
+ Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit functions that can be registered/unregistered
+ in @ref HAL_I2C_STATE_READY or @ref HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET state,
+ thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
+ Then, the user first registers the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+ using @ref HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback() before calling @ref HAL_I2C_DeInit()
+ or @ref HAL_I2C_Init() function.
+ [..]
+ When the compilation flag USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+ not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks
+ are set to the corresponding weak functions.
+
+ [..]
+ (@) You can refer to the I2C HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C I2C
+ * @brief I2C HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Define I2C Private Define
+ * @{
+ */
+#define TIMING_CLEAR_MASK (0xF0FFFFFFU) /*!< I2C TIMING clear register Mask */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR (10000U) /*!< 10 s */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY (25U) /*!< 25 ms */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_DIR (25U) /*!< 25 ms */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE (25U) /*!< 25 ms */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF (25U) /*!< 25 ms */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_TC (25U) /*!< 25 ms */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_TCR (25U) /*!< 25 ms */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS (25U) /*!< 25 ms */
+#define I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG (25U) /*!< 25 ms */
+
+#define MAX_NBYTE_SIZE 255U
+#define SlaveAddr_SHIFT 7U
+#define SlaveAddr_MSK 0x06U
+
+/* Private define for @ref PreviousState usage */
+#define I2C_STATE_MSK ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) & (uint32_t)(~((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)))) /*!< Mask State define, keep only RX and TX bits */
+#define I2C_STATE_NONE ((uint32_t)(HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE)) /*!< Default Value */
+#define I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER)) /*!< Master Busy TX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */
+#define I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER)) /*!< Master Busy RX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */
+#define I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE)) /*!< Slave Busy TX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */
+#define I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE)) /*!< Slave Busy RX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */
+#define I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM)) /*!< Memory Busy TX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */
+#define I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX ((uint32_t)(((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM)) /*!< Memory Busy RX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */
+
+
+/* Private define to centralize the enable/disable of Interrupts */
+#define I2C_XFER_TX_IT (0x00000001U)
+#define I2C_XFER_RX_IT (0x00000002U)
+#define I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT (0x00000004U)
+
+#define I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT (0x00000011U)
+#define I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT (0x00000012U)
+#define I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT (0x00000012U)
+
+/* Private define Sequential Transfer Options default/reset value */
+#define I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME (0xFFFF0000U)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Functions I2C Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+/* Private functions to handle DMA transfer */
+static void I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void I2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void I2C_DMAAbort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+
+/* Private functions to handle IT transfer */
+static void I2C_ITAddrCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags);
+static void I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
+static void I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
+static void I2C_ITMasterCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags);
+static void I2C_ITSlaveCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags);
+static void I2C_ITListenCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags);
+static void I2C_ITError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ErrorCode);
+
+/* Private functions to handle IT transfer */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+
+/* Private functions for I2C transfer IRQ handler */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ISR_IT(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ISR_IT(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ISR_DMA(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources);
+
+/* Private functions to handle flags during polling transfer */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+
+/* Private functions to centralize the enable/disable of Interrupts */
+static void I2C_Enable_IRQ(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t InterruptRequest);
+static void I2C_Disable_IRQ(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t InterruptRequest);
+
+/* Private function to flush TXDR register */
+static void I2C_Flush_TXDR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
+
+/* Private function to handle start, restart or stop a transfer */
+static void I2C_TransferConfig(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t Size, uint32_t Mode, uint32_t Request);
+
+/* Private function to Convert Specific options */
+static void I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions I2C Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and
+ deinitialize the I2Cx peripheral:
+
+ (+) User must Implement HAL_I2C_MspInit() function in which he configures
+ all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ).
+
+ (+) Call the function HAL_I2C_Init() to configure the selected device with
+ the selected configuration:
+ (++) Clock Timing
+ (++) Own Address 1
+ (++) Addressing mode (Master, Slave)
+ (++) Dual Addressing mode
+ (++) Own Address 2
+ (++) Own Address 2 Mask
+ (++) General call mode
+ (++) Nostretch mode
+
+ (+) Call the function HAL_I2C_DeInit() to restore the default configuration
+ of the selected I2Cx peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the I2C according to the specified parameters
+ * in the I2C_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Init(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Check the I2C handle allocation */
+ if (hi2c == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ADDRESSING_MODE(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_DUAL_ADDRESS(hi2c->Init.DualAddressMode));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASK(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2Masks));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_GENERAL_CALL(hi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_NO_STRETCH(hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ hi2c->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Init the I2C Callback settings */
+ hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterTxCpltCallback */
+ hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterRxCpltCallback */
+ hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak SlaveTxCpltCallback */
+ hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak SlaveRxCpltCallback */
+ hi2c->ListenCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak ListenCpltCallback */
+ hi2c->MemTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MemTxCpltCallback */
+ hi2c->MemRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MemRxCpltCallback */
+ hi2c->ErrorCallback = HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+ hi2c->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */
+ hi2c->AddrCallback = HAL_I2C_AddrCallback; /* Legacy weak AddrCallback */
+
+ if (hi2c->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hi2c->MspInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */
+ hi2c->MspInitCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */
+ HAL_I2C_MspInit(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+ __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+ /*---------------------------- I2Cx TIMINGR Configuration ------------------*/
+ /* Configure I2Cx: Frequency range */
+ hi2c->Instance->TIMINGR = hi2c->Init.Timing & TIMING_CLEAR_MASK;
+
+ /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration ---------------------*/
+ /* Disable Own Address1 before set the Own Address1 configuration */
+ hi2c->Instance->OAR1 &= ~I2C_OAR1_OA1EN;
+
+ /* Configure I2Cx: Own Address1 and ack own address1 mode */
+ if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT)
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->OAR1 = (I2C_OAR1_OA1EN | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1);
+ }
+ else /* I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT */
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->OAR1 = (I2C_OAR1_OA1EN | I2C_OAR1_OA1MODE | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1);
+ }
+
+ /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ----------------------*/
+ /* Configure I2Cx: Addressing Master mode */
+ if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT)
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 = (I2C_CR2_ADD10);
+ }
+ /* Enable the AUTOEND by default, and enable NACK (should be disable only during Slave process */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= (I2C_CR2_AUTOEND | I2C_CR2_NACK);
+
+ /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR2 Configuration ---------------------*/
+ /* Disable Own Address2 before set the Own Address2 configuration */
+ hi2c->Instance->OAR2 &= ~I2C_DUALADDRESS_ENABLE;
+
+ /* Configure I2Cx: Dual mode and Own Address2 */
+ hi2c->Instance->OAR2 = (hi2c->Init.DualAddressMode | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2 | (hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2Masks << 8));
+
+ /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ----------------------*/
+ /* Configure I2Cx: Generalcall and NoStretch mode */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 = (hi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode | hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode);
+
+ /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */
+ __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitialize the I2C peripheral.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Check the I2C handle allocation */
+ if (hi2c == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the I2C Peripheral Clock */
+ __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (hi2c->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ }
+
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ hi2c->MspDeInitCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET;
+ hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the I2C MSP.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_MspInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2C_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitialize the I2C MSP.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2C_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+ * @brief Register a User I2C Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Tx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Rx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Tx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Rx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID Listen Complete callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MEM_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Memory Tx Transfer callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MEM_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Memory Rx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_ABORT_CB_ID Abort callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, HAL_I2C_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, pI2C_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ if (HAL_I2C_STATE_READY == hi2c->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_I2C_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->ListenCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_MEM_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MemTxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_MEM_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MemRxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_ABORT_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->AbortCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET == hi2c->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister an I2C Callback
+ * I2C callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Tx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Rx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Tx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Rx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID Listen Complete callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MEM_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Memory Tx Transfer callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MEM_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Memory Rx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_ABORT_CB_ID Abort callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_UnRegisterCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, HAL_I2C_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ if (HAL_I2C_STATE_READY == hi2c->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_I2C_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterTxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterRxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak SlaveTxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak SlaveRxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->ListenCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak ListenCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_MEM_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MemTxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MemTxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_MEM_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MemRxCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MemRxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->ErrorCallback = HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_ABORT_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MspInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET == hi2c->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_I2C_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MspInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2C_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hi2c->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_I2C_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Register the Slave Address Match I2C Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() predefined callback
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the Address Match Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_RegisterAddrCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, pI2C_AddrCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ if (HAL_I2C_STATE_READY == hi2c->State)
+ {
+ hi2c->AddrCallback = pCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UnRegister the Slave Address Match I2C Callback
+ * Info Ready I2C Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() predefined callback
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_UnRegisterAddrCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ if (HAL_I2C_STATE_READY == hi2c->State)
+ {
+ hi2c->AddrCallback = HAL_I2C_AddrCallback; /* Legacy weak AddrCallback */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+ return status;
+}
+
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
+ * @brief Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2C data
+ transfers.
+
+ (#) There are two modes of transfer:
+ (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode.
+ The status of all data processing is returned by the same function
+ after finishing transfer.
+ (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts
+ or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup.
+ The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+ dedicated I2C IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
+ using DMA mode.
+
+ (#) Blocking mode functions are :
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady()
+
+ (#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_IT()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_IT()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT()
+
+ (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_DMA()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_DMA()
+
+ (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:
+ (++) HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_AddrCallback()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
+ (++) HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback()
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmits in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Send Slave Address */
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+ }
+
+ while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Write data to TXDR */
+ hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ hi2c->XferCount--;
+ hi2c->XferSize--;
+
+ if ((hi2c->XferCount != 0U) && (hi2c->XferSize == 0U))
+ {
+ /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+ /* Wait until STOPF flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear STOP Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+ /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+ I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receives in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Send Slave Address */
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+ }
+
+ while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Read data from RXDR */
+ *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ hi2c->XferSize--;
+ hi2c->XferCount--;
+
+ if ((hi2c->XferCount != 0U) && (hi2c->XferSize == 0U))
+ {
+ /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+ /* Wait until STOPF flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear STOP Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+ /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+ I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmits in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear ADDR flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+
+ /* If 10bit addressing mode is selected */
+ if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT)
+ {
+ /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear ADDR flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+ }
+
+ /* Wait until DIR flag is set Transmitter mode */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_DIR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Write data to TXDR */
+ hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ hi2c->XferCount--;
+ }
+
+ /* Wait until STOP flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
+ {
+ /* Normal use case for Transmitter mode */
+ /* A NACK is generated to confirm the end of transfer */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Clear STOP flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+ /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear ADDR flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+
+ /* Wait until DIR flag is reset Receiver mode */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_DIR, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Store Last receive data if any */
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET)
+ {
+ /* Read data from RXDR */
+ *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ hi2c->XferCount--;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Read data from RXDR */
+ *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ hi2c->XferCount--;
+ }
+
+ /* Wait until STOP flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear STOP flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+ /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ uint32_t xfermode;
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+ }
+
+ /* Send Slave Address */
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+
+ /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+ /* possible to enable all of these */
+ /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ uint32_t xfermode;
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+ }
+
+ /* Send Slave Address */
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+
+ /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */
+ /* possible to enable all of these */
+ /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+
+ /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+ /* possible to enable all of these */
+ /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+
+ /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */
+ /* possible to enable all of these */
+ /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ uint32_t xfermode;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA;
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+ }
+
+ if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U)
+ {
+ if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Send Slave Address */
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+
+ /* Update XferCount value */
+ hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT);
+
+ /* Enable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update Transfer ISR function pointer */
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+ /* Send Slave Address */
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and generate START condition */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+ /* possible to enable all of these */
+ /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ uint32_t xfermode;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA;
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+ }
+
+ if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U)
+ {
+ if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Send Slave Address */
+ /* Set NBYTES to read and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+
+ /* Update XferCount value */
+ hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT);
+
+ /* Enable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update Transfer ISR function pointer */
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+ /* Send Slave Address */
+ /* Set NBYTES to read and generate START condition */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+ /* possible to enable all of these */
+ /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA;
+
+ if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK, ADDR interrupts */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+ /* Enable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA;
+
+ if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK, ADDR interrupts */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+ /* Enable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+/**
+ * @brief Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param MemAddress Internal memory address
+ * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+ if (I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+
+ do
+ {
+ /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Write data to TXDR */
+ hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ hi2c->XferCount--;
+ hi2c->XferSize--;
+
+ if ((hi2c->XferCount != 0U) && (hi2c->XferSize == 0U))
+ {
+ /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+ while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U);
+
+ /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+ /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear STOP Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+ /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+ I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param MemAddress Internal memory address
+ * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+ if (I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Send Slave Address */
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+ }
+
+ do
+ {
+ /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Read data from RXDR */
+ *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ hi2c->XferSize--;
+ hi2c->XferCount--;
+
+ if ((hi2c->XferCount != 0U) && (hi2c->XferSize == 0U))
+ {
+ /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t) hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U);
+
+ /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+ /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear STOP Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+ /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+ I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+/**
+ * @brief Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param MemAddress Internal memory address
+ * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+ uint32_t xfermode;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+ }
+
+ /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+ if (I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+
+ /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+ /* possible to enable all of these */
+ /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param MemAddress Internal memory address
+ * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+ uint32_t xfermode;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+ }
+
+ /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+ if (I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+
+ /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */
+ /* possible to enable all of these */
+ /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+/**
+ * @brief Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param MemAddress Internal memory address
+ * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+ uint32_t xfermode;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA;
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+ }
+
+ /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+ if (I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+
+ if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Send Slave Address */
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+
+ /* Update XferCount value */
+ hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT);
+
+ /* Enable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Reads an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param MemAddress Internal memory address
+ * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be read
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+ uint32_t xfermode;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA;
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+ }
+
+ /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
+ if (I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+
+ /* Update XferCount value */
+ hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT);
+
+ /* Enable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Checks if target device is ready for communication.
+ * @note This function is used with Memory devices
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param Trials Number of trials
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Trials, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ __IO uint32_t I2C_Trials = 0UL;
+
+ FlagStatus tmp1;
+ FlagStatus tmp2;
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ do
+ {
+ /* Generate Start */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 = I2C_GENERATE_START(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode, DevAddress);
+
+ /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+ /* Wait until STOPF flag is set or a NACK flag is set*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+ tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+ while ((tmp1 == RESET) && (tmp2 == RESET))
+ {
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+ tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the NACKF flag has not been set */
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear STOP Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+ /* Device is ready */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear NACK Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+ /* Clear STOP Flag, auto generated with autoend*/
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the maximum allowed number of trials has been reached */
+ if (I2C_Trials == Trials)
+ {
+ /* Generate Stop */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP;
+
+ /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear STOP Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+ }
+
+ /* Increment Trials */
+ I2C_Trials++;
+ }
+ while (I2C_Trials < Trials);
+
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sequential transmit in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
+ * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+ uint32_t xfermode;
+ uint32_t xferrequest = I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+ /* If hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE, use reload mode */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+ }
+
+ /* If transfer direction not change and there is no request to start another frame, do not generate Restart Condition */
+ /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */
+ if ((hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) && (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions) == 0))
+ {
+ xferrequest = I2C_NO_STARTSTOP;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */
+ I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hi2c);
+
+ /* Update xfermode accordingly if no reload is necessary */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount < MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Send Slave Address and set NBYTES to write */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, xferrequest);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sequential transmit in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
+ * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+ uint32_t xfermode;
+ uint32_t xferrequest = I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA;
+
+ /* If hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE, use reload mode */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+ }
+
+ /* If transfer direction not change and there is no request to start another frame, do not generate Restart Condition */
+ /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */
+ if ((hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) && (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions) == 0))
+ {
+ xferrequest = I2C_NO_STARTSTOP;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */
+ I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hi2c);
+
+ /* Update xfermode accordingly if no reload is necessary */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount < MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U)
+ {
+ if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Send Slave Address and set NBYTES to write */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, xferrequest);
+
+ /* Update XferCount value */
+ hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT);
+
+ /* Enable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update Transfer ISR function pointer */
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+ /* Send Slave Address */
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and generate START condition */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+ /* possible to enable all of these */
+ /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sequential receive in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+ * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+ uint32_t xfermode;
+ uint32_t xferrequest = I2C_GENERATE_START_READ;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+ /* If hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE, use reload mode */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+ }
+
+ /* If transfer direction not change and there is no request to start another frame, do not generate Restart Condition */
+ /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */
+ if ((hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) && (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions) == 0))
+ {
+ xferrequest = I2C_NO_STARTSTOP;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */
+ I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hi2c);
+
+ /* Update xfermode accordingly if no reload is necessary */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount < MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Send Slave Address and set NBYTES to read */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, xferrequest);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sequential receive in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
+ * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+ uint32_t xfermode;
+ uint32_t xferrequest = I2C_GENERATE_START_READ;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA;
+
+ /* If hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE, use reload mode */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+ }
+
+ /* If transfer direction not change and there is no request to start another frame, do not generate Restart Condition */
+ /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */
+ if ((hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) && (IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions) == 0))
+ {
+ xferrequest = I2C_NO_STARTSTOP;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */
+ I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hi2c);
+
+ /* Update xfermode accordingly if no reload is necessary */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount < MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U)
+ {
+ if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Send Slave Address and set NBYTES to read */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, xferrequest);
+
+ /* Update XferCount value */
+ hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT);
+
+ /* Enable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update Transfer ISR function pointer */
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT;
+
+ /* Send Slave Address */
+ /* Set NBYTES to read and generate START condition */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+ /* possible to enable all of these */
+ /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sequential transmit in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+ * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+ if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* I2C cannot manage full duplex exchange so disable previous IT enabled if any */
+ /* and then toggle the HAL slave RX state to TX state */
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN)
+ {
+ /* Disable associated Interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+ /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */
+ if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN)
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+ if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort;
+
+ /* Abort DMA RX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmarx);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT;
+
+ if (I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_RECEIVE)
+ {
+ /* Clear ADDR flag after prepare the transfer parameters */
+ /* This action will generate an acknowledge to the Master */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* REnable ADDR interrupt */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sequential transmit in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
+ * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+ if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+ /* I2C cannot manage full duplex exchange so disable previous IT enabled if any */
+ /* and then toggle the HAL slave RX state to TX state */
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN)
+ {
+ /* Disable associated Interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+ if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN)
+ {
+ /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */
+ if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+ /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort;
+
+ /* Abort DMA RX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmarx);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN)
+ {
+ if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN)
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+ /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */
+ if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort;
+
+ /* Abort DMA TX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmatx);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA;
+
+ if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Update XferCount value */
+ hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+ /* Reset XferSize */
+ hi2c->XferSize = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_RECEIVE)
+ {
+ /* Clear ADDR flag after prepare the transfer parameters */
+ /* This action will generate an acknowledge to the Master */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK, ADDR interrupts */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+ /* Enable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sequential receive in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+ * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+ if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* I2C cannot manage full duplex exchange so disable previous IT enabled if any */
+ /* and then toggle the HAL slave TX state to RX state */
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN)
+ {
+ /* Disable associated Interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+ if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN)
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+ /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */
+ if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort;
+
+ /* Abort DMA TX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmatx);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT;
+
+ if (I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_TRANSMIT)
+ {
+ /* Clear ADDR flag after prepare the transfer parameters */
+ /* This action will generate an acknowledge to the Master */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* REnable ADDR interrupt */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sequential receive in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
+ * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef dmaxferstatus;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+ if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* I2C cannot manage full duplex exchange so disable previous IT enabled if any */
+ /* and then toggle the HAL slave TX state to RX state */
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN)
+ {
+ /* Disable associated Interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+ if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN)
+ {
+ /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */
+ if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+ /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort;
+
+ /* Abort DMA TX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmatx);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN)
+ {
+ if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN)
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+ /* Abort DMA Xfer if any */
+ if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort;
+
+ /* Abort DMA RX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmarx);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE;
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hi2c->XferCount = Size;
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA;
+
+ if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ dmaxferstatus = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (dmaxferstatus == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Update XferCount value */
+ hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+ /* Reset XferSize */
+ hi2c->XferSize = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update I2C state */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Update I2C error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_TRANSMIT)
+ {
+ /* Clear ADDR flag after prepare the transfer parameters */
+ /* This action will generate an acknowledge to the Master */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* REnable ADDR interrupt */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+ /* Enable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the Address listen mode with Interrupt.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT;
+
+ /* Enable the Address Match interrupt */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the Address listen mode with Interrupt.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Declaration of tmp to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */
+ uint32_t tmp;
+
+ /* Disable Address listen mode only if a transfer is not ongoing */
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+ {
+ tmp = (uint32_t)(hi2c->State) & I2C_STATE_MSK;
+ hi2c->PreviousState = tmp | (uint32_t)(hi2c->Mode);
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+ hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Disable the Address Match interrupt */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort a master I2C IT or DMA process communication with Interrupt.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress)
+{
+ if (hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Disable Interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+ /* Set State at HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT;
+
+ /* Set NBYTES to 1 to generate a dummy read on I2C peripheral */
+ /* Set AUTOEND mode, this will generate a NACK then STOP condition to abort the current transfer */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, 1, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_STOP);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Wrong usage of abort function */
+ /* This function should be used only in case of abort monitored by master device */
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_IRQ_Handler_and_Callbacks IRQ Handler and Callbacks
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles I2C event interrupt request.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_I2C_EV_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Get current IT Flags and IT sources value */
+ uint32_t itflags = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->ISR);
+ uint32_t itsources = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR1);
+
+ /* I2C events treatment -------------------------------------*/
+ if (hi2c->XferISR != NULL)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferISR(hi2c, itflags, itsources);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles I2C error interrupt request.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_I2C_ER_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ uint32_t itflags = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->ISR);
+ uint32_t itsources = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR1);
+ uint32_t tmperror;
+
+ /* I2C Bus error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/
+ if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(itflags, I2C_FLAG_BERR) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_ERRI) != RESET))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_BERR;
+
+ /* Clear BERR flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BERR);
+ }
+
+ /* I2C Over-Run/Under-Run interrupt occurred ----------------------------------------*/
+ if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(itflags, I2C_FLAG_OVR) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_ERRI) != RESET))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_OVR;
+
+ /* Clear OVR flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_OVR);
+ }
+
+ /* I2C Arbitration Loss error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/
+ if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(itflags, I2C_FLAG_ARLO) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsources, I2C_IT_ERRI) != RESET))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_ARLO;
+
+ /* Clear ARLO flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ARLO);
+ }
+
+ /* Store current volatile hi2c->ErrorCode, misra rule */
+ tmperror = hi2c->ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Call the Error Callback in case of Error detected */
+ if ((tmperror & (HAL_I2C_ERROR_BERR | HAL_I2C_ERROR_OVR | HAL_I2C_ERROR_ARLO)) != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ I2C_ITError(hi2c, tmperror);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Master Tx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Master Rx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/** @brief Slave Tx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Slave Rx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Slave Address Match callback.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param TransferDirection Master request Transfer Direction (Write/Read), value of @ref I2C_XFERDIRECTION
+ * @param AddrMatchCode Address Match Code
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t TransferDirection, uint16_t AddrMatchCode)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2c);
+ UNUSED(TransferDirection);
+ UNUSED(AddrMatchCode);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Listen Complete callback.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback() could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Memory Tx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Memory Rx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2C error callback.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2C abort callback.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2c);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions
+ * @brief Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+ and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the I2C handle state.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetState(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Return I2C handle state */
+ return hi2c->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the I2C Master, Slave, Memory or no mode.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for I2C module
+ * @retval HAL mode
+ */
+HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetMode(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ return hi2c->Mode;
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief Return the I2C error code.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+* @retval I2C Error Code
+*/
+uint32_t HAL_I2C_GetError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ return hi2c->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup I2C_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Master Mode with Interrupt.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle.
+ * @param ITSources Interrupt sources enabled.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ISR_IT(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources)
+{
+ uint16_t devaddress;
+ uint32_t tmpITFlags = ITFlags;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Clear NACK Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+ /* Set corresponding Error Code */
+ /* No need to generate STOP, it is automatically done */
+ /* Error callback will be send during stop flag treatment */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
+
+ /* Flush TX register */
+ I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c);
+ }
+ else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_RXI) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Remove RXNE flag on temporary variable as read done */
+ tmpITFlags &= ~I2C_FLAG_RXNE;
+
+ /* Read data from RXDR */
+ *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ hi2c->XferSize--;
+ hi2c->XferCount--;
+ }
+ else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TXI) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Write data to TXDR */
+ hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ hi2c->XferSize--;
+ hi2c->XferCount--;
+ }
+ else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TCR) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET))
+ {
+ if ((hi2c->XferCount != 0U) && (hi2c->XferSize == 0U))
+ {
+ devaddress = (uint16_t)(hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_SADD);
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ if (hi2c->XferOptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)
+ {
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, hi2c->XferOptions, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Call TxCpltCallback() if no stop mode is set */
+ if (I2C_GET_STOP_MODE(hi2c) != I2C_AUTOEND_MODE)
+ {
+ /* Call I2C Master Sequential complete process */
+ I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(hi2c);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TC) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET))
+ {
+ if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ if (I2C_GET_STOP_MODE(hi2c) != I2C_AUTOEND_MODE)
+ {
+ /* Generate a stop condition in case of no transfer option */
+ if (hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)
+ {
+ /* Generate Stop */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Call I2C Master Sequential complete process */
+ I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(hi2c);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Wrong size Status regarding TC flag event */
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_STOPI) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Call I2C Master complete process */
+ I2C_ITMasterCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags);
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Slave Mode with Interrupt.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle.
+ * @param ITSources Interrupt sources enabled.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ISR_IT(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpoptions = hi2c->XferOptions;
+ uint32_t tmpITFlags = ITFlags;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Check if STOPF is set */
+ if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_STOPI) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Call I2C Slave complete process */
+ I2C_ITSlaveCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags);
+ }
+
+ if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Check that I2C transfer finished */
+ /* if yes, normal use case, a NACK is sent by the MASTER when Transfer is finished */
+ /* Mean XferCount == 0*/
+ /* So clear Flag NACKF only */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) && (tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME)) /* Same action must be done for (tmpoptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME) which removed for Warning[Pa134]: left and right operands are identical */
+ {
+ /* Call I2C Listen complete process */
+ I2C_ITListenCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags);
+ }
+ else if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) && (tmpoptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME))
+ {
+ /* Clear NACK Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+ /* Flush TX register */
+ I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c);
+
+ /* Last Byte is Transmitted */
+ /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */
+ I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear NACK Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* if no, error use case, a Non-Acknowledge of last Data is generated by the MASTER*/
+ /* Clear NACK Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+ /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
+
+ if ((tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME) || (tmpoptions == I2C_NEXT_FRAME))
+ {
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ I2C_ITError(hi2c, hi2c->ErrorCode);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_RXI) != RESET))
+ {
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Read data from RXDR */
+ *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ hi2c->XferSize--;
+ hi2c->XferCount--;
+ }
+
+ if ((hi2c->XferCount == 0U) && \
+ (tmpoptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME))
+ {
+ /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */
+ I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c);
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_ADDR) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_ADDRI) != RESET))
+ {
+ I2C_ITAddrCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags);
+ }
+ else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TXI) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Write data to TXDR only if XferCount not reach "0" */
+ /* A TXIS flag can be set, during STOP treatment */
+ /* Check if all Datas have already been sent */
+ /* If it is the case, this last write in TXDR is not sent, correspond to a dummy TXIS event */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Write data to TXDR */
+ hi2c->Instance->TXDR = *hi2c->pBuffPtr;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ hi2c->XferCount--;
+ hi2c->XferSize--;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((tmpoptions == I2C_NEXT_FRAME) || (tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME))
+ {
+ /* Last Byte is Transmitted */
+ /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */
+ I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Master Mode with DMA.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle.
+ * @param ITSources Interrupt sources enabled.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ISR_DMA(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources)
+{
+ uint16_t devaddress;
+ uint32_t xfermode;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Clear NACK Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+ /* Set corresponding Error Code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
+
+ /* No need to generate STOP, it is automatically done */
+ /* But enable STOP interrupt, to treat it */
+ /* Error callback will be send during stop flag treatment */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT);
+
+ /* Flush TX register */
+ I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c);
+ }
+ else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TCR) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Disable TC interrupt */
+ __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_TCI);
+
+ if (hi2c->XferCount != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Recover Slave address */
+ devaddress = (uint16_t)(hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_SADD);
+
+ /* Prepare the new XferSize to transfer */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ if (hi2c->XferOptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)
+ {
+ xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Set the new XferSize in Nbytes register */
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, devaddress, (uint8_t)hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
+
+ /* Update XferCount value */
+ hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
+
+ /* Enable DMA Request */
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Call TxCpltCallback() if no stop mode is set */
+ if (I2C_GET_STOP_MODE(hi2c) != I2C_AUTOEND_MODE)
+ {
+ /* Call I2C Master Sequential complete process */
+ I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(hi2c);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_TC) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET))
+ {
+ if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ if (I2C_GET_STOP_MODE(hi2c) != I2C_AUTOEND_MODE)
+ {
+ /* Generate a stop condition in case of no transfer option */
+ if (hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)
+ {
+ /* Generate Stop */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Call I2C Master Sequential complete process */
+ I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(hi2c);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Wrong size Status regarding TC flag event */
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE);
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_STOPI) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Call I2C Master complete process */
+ I2C_ITMasterCplt(hi2c, ITFlags);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Slave Mode with DMA.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle.
+ * @param ITSources Interrupt sources enabled.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpoptions = hi2c->XferOptions;
+ uint32_t treatdmanack = 0U;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Check if STOPF is set */
+ if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_STOPI) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Call I2C Slave complete process */
+ I2C_ITSlaveCplt(hi2c, ITFlags);
+ }
+
+ if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Check that I2C transfer finished */
+ /* if yes, normal use case, a NACK is sent by the MASTER when Transfer is finished */
+ /* Mean XferCount == 0 */
+ /* So clear Flag NACKF only */
+ if ((I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) != RESET) ||
+ (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Split check of hdmarx, for MISRA compliance */
+ if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(hi2c->hdmarx) == 0U)
+ {
+ treatdmanack = 1U;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Split check of hdmatx, for MISRA compliance */
+ if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(hi2c->hdmatx) == 0U)
+ {
+ treatdmanack = 1U;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (treatdmanack == 1U)
+ {
+ if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) && (tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME)) /* Same action must be done for (tmpoptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME) which removed for Warning[Pa134]: left and right operands are identical */
+ {
+ /* Call I2C Listen complete process */
+ I2C_ITListenCplt(hi2c, ITFlags);
+ }
+ else if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) && (tmpoptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME))
+ {
+ /* Clear NACK Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+ /* Flush TX register */
+ I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c);
+
+ /* Last Byte is Transmitted */
+ /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */
+ I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear NACK Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* if no, error use case, a Non-Acknowledge of last Data is generated by the MASTER*/
+ /* Clear NACK Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+ /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
+
+ if ((tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME) || (tmpoptions == I2C_NEXT_FRAME))
+ {
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ I2C_ITError(hi2c, hi2c->ErrorCode);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Only Clear NACK Flag, no DMA treatment is pending */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_ADDR) != RESET) && (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(ITSources, I2C_IT_ADDRI) != RESET))
+ {
+ I2C_ITAddrCplt(hi2c, ITFlags);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for write request.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param MemAddress Internal memory address
+ * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @param Tickstart Tick start value
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)MemAddSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+
+ /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */
+ if (MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ /* Send Memory Address */
+ hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress);
+ }
+ /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Send MSB of Memory Address */
+ hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress);
+
+ /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Send LSB of Memory Address */
+ hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress);
+ }
+
+ /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for read request.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param MemAddress Internal memory address
+ * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @param Tickstart Tick start value
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+ I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, (uint8_t)MemAddSize, I2C_SOFTEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+
+ /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */
+ if (MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ /* Send Memory Address */
+ hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress);
+ }
+ /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Send MSB of Memory Address */
+ hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress);
+
+ /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Send LSB of Memory Address */
+ hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress);
+ }
+
+ /* Wait until TC flag is set */
+ if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2C Address complete process callback.
+ * @param hi2c I2C handle.
+ * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_ITAddrCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags)
+{
+ uint8_t transferdirection;
+ uint16_t slaveaddrcode;
+ uint16_t ownadd1code;
+ uint16_t ownadd2code;
+
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(ITFlags);
+
+ /* In case of Listen state, need to inform upper layer of address match code event */
+ if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+ {
+ transferdirection = I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c);
+ slaveaddrcode = I2C_GET_ADDR_MATCH(hi2c);
+ ownadd1code = I2C_GET_OWN_ADDRESS1(hi2c);
+ ownadd2code = I2C_GET_OWN_ADDRESS2(hi2c);
+
+ /* If 10bits addressing mode is selected */
+ if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT)
+ {
+ if ((slaveaddrcode & SlaveAddr_MSK) == ((ownadd1code >> SlaveAddr_SHIFT) & SlaveAddr_MSK))
+ {
+ slaveaddrcode = ownadd1code;
+ hi2c->AddrEventCount++;
+ if (hi2c->AddrEventCount == 2U)
+ {
+ /* Reset Address Event counter */
+ hi2c->AddrEventCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear ADDR flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call Slave Addr callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ slaveaddrcode = ownadd2code;
+
+ /* Disable ADDR Interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call Slave Addr callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ /* else 7 bits addressing mode is selected */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable ADDR Interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call Slave Addr callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ /* Else clear address flag only */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear ADDR flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2C Master sequential complete process.
+ * @param hi2c I2C handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_ITMasterSeqCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Reset I2C handle mode */
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* No Generate Stop, to permit restart mode */
+ /* The stop will be done at the end of transfer, when I2C_AUTOEND_MODE enable */
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Disable Interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ /* hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX */
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Disable Interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2C Slave sequential complete process.
+ * @param hi2c I2C handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Reset I2C handle mode */
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN)
+ {
+ /* Remove HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX, keep only HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX;
+
+ /* Disable Interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN)
+ {
+ /* Remove HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX, keep only HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX;
+
+ /* Disable Interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2C Master complete process.
+ * @param hi2c I2C handle.
+ * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_ITMasterCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags)
+{
+ uint32_t tmperror;
+
+ /* Clear STOP Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+ /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+ I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
+
+ /* Reset handle parameters */
+ hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE;
+ hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+
+ if (I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Clear NACK Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+ /* Set acknowledge error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
+ }
+
+ /* Flush TX register */
+ I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c);
+
+ /* Disable Interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+ /* Store current volatile hi2c->ErrorCode, misra rule */
+ tmperror = hi2c->ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT) || (tmperror != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE))
+ {
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ I2C_ITError(hi2c, hi2c->ErrorCode);
+ }
+ /* hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX */
+ else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ if (hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM)
+ {
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ /* hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX */
+ else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ if (hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM)
+ {
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2C Slave complete process.
+ * @param hi2c I2C handle.
+ * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_ITSlaveCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpcr1value = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR1);
+ uint32_t tmpITFlags = ITFlags;
+
+ /* Clear STOP Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+ /* Disable all interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT);
+
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+ I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
+
+ /* Flush TX register */
+ I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c);
+
+ /* If a DMA is ongoing, Update handle size context */
+ if (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(tmpcr1value, I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferCount = (uint16_t)__HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(hi2c->hdmatx);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (I2C_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(tmpcr1value, I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferCount = (uint16_t)__HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(hi2c->hdmarx);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Do nothing */
+ }
+
+ /* Store Last receive data if any */
+ if (I2C_CHECK_FLAG(tmpITFlags, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Remove RXNE flag on temporary variable as read done */
+ tmpITFlags &= ~I2C_FLAG_RXNE;
+
+ /* Read data from RXDR */
+ *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ if ((hi2c->XferSize > 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize--;
+ hi2c->XferCount--;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* All data are not transferred, so set error code accordingly */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
+ }
+
+ hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+ hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+
+ if (hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ I2C_ITError(hi2c, hi2c->ErrorCode);
+
+ /* Call the Listen Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Listen usecase */
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+ {
+ /* Call I2C Listen complete process */
+ I2C_ITListenCplt(hi2c, tmpITFlags);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (hi2c->XferOptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)
+ {
+ /* Call the Sequential Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Tranfer */
+ I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the Listen Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Listen usecase */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->ListenCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2C Listen complete process.
+ * @param hi2c I2C handle.
+ * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_ITListenCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags)
+{
+ /* Reset handle parameters */
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE;
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+ hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Store Last receive data if any */
+ if (I2C_CHECK_FLAG(ITFlags, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Read data from RXDR */
+ *hi2c->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ if ((hi2c->XferSize > 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize--;
+ hi2c->XferCount--;
+
+ /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable all Interrupts*/
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+ /* Clear NACK Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the Listen Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Listen usecase */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->ListenCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2C interrupts error process.
+ * @param hi2c I2C handle.
+ * @param ErrorCode Error code to handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_ITError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef tmpstate = hi2c->State;
+
+ /* Reset handle parameters */
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME;
+ hi2c->XferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Set new error code */
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Disable Interrupts */
+ if ((tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) ||
+ (tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) ||
+ (tmpstate == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN))
+ {
+ /* Disable all interrupts, except interrupts related to LISTEN state */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+ /* keep HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN if set */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN;
+ hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE;
+ hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable all interrupts */
+ I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT);
+
+ /* If state is an abort treatment on goind, don't change state */
+ /* This change will be do later */
+ if (hi2c->State != HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT)
+ {
+ /* Set HAL_I2C_STATE_READY */
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ }
+ hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE;
+ hi2c->XferISR = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Abort DMA TX transfer if any */
+ if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN)
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+ if (hi2c->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Abort DMA TX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmatx);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Abort DMA RX transfer if any */
+ else if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN)
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+ if (hi2c->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Abort DMA RX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmarx);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT)
+ {
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->AbortCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->ErrorCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2C Tx data register flush process.
+ * @param hi2c I2C handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_Flush_TXDR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* If a pending TXIS flag is set */
+ /* Write a dummy data in TXDR to clear it */
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) != RESET)
+ {
+ hi2c->Instance->TXDR = 0x00U;
+ }
+
+ /* Flush TX register if not empty */
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE) == RESET)
+ {
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA I2C master transmit process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+ /* Disable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+ /* If last transfer, enable STOP interrupt */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Enable STOP interrupt */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT);
+ }
+ /* else prepare a new DMA transfer and enable TCReload interrupt */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr += hi2c->XferSize;
+
+ /* Set the XferSize to transfer */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Enable TC interrupts */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA I2C slave transmit process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+ uint32_t tmpoptions = hi2c->XferOptions;
+
+ if ((tmpoptions == I2C_NEXT_FRAME) || (tmpoptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME))
+ {
+ /* Disable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
+
+ /* Last Byte is Transmitted */
+ /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */
+ I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* No specific action, Master fully manage the generation of STOP condition */
+ /* Mean that this generation can arrive at any time, at the end or during DMA process */
+ /* So STOP condition should be manage through Interrupt treatment */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA I2C master receive process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+ /* Disable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+ /* If last transfer, enable STOP interrupt */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Enable STOP interrupt */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT);
+ }
+ /* else prepare a new DMA transfer and enable TCReload interrupt */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update Buffer pointer */
+ hi2c->pBuffPtr += hi2c->XferSize;
+
+ /* Set the XferSize to transfer */
+ if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, hi2c->XferSize) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Enable TC interrupts */
+ I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA I2C slave receive process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+ uint32_t tmpoptions = hi2c->XferOptions;
+
+ if ((__HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(hi2c->hdmarx) == 0U) && \
+ (tmpoptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME))
+ {
+ /* Disable DMA Request */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
+
+ /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */
+ I2C_ITSlaveSeqCplt(hi2c);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* No specific action, Master fully manage the generation of STOP condition */
+ /* Mean that this generation can arrive at any time, at the end or during DMA process */
+ /* So STOP condition should be manage through Interrupt treatment */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA I2C communication error callback.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+ /* Disable Acknowledge */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA I2C communication abort callback
+ * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure).
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_DMAAbort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+ /* Reset AbortCpltCallback */
+ hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Check if come from abort from user */
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT)
+ {
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->AbortCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hi2c->ErrorCallback(hi2c);
+#else
+ HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param Flag Specifies the I2C flag to check.
+ * @param Status The new Flag status (SET or RESET).
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @param Tickstart Tick start value
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+ while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, Flag) == Status)
+ {
+ /* Check for the Timeout */
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of TXIS flag.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @param Tickstart Tick start value
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+ while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Check if a NACK is detected */
+ if (I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check for the Timeout */
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of STOP flag.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @param Tickstart Tick start value
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+ while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Check if a NACK is detected */
+ if (I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check for the Timeout */
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of RXNE flag.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @param Tickstart Tick start value
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+ while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Check if a NACK is detected */
+ if (I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if a STOPF is detected */
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET)
+ {
+ /* Check if an RXNE is pending */
+ /* Store Last receive data if any */
+ if ((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) && (hi2c->XferSize > 0U))
+ {
+ /* Return HAL_OK */
+ /* The Reading of data from RXDR will be done in caller function */
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear STOP Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+ /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+ I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check for the Timeout */
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles Acknowledge failed detection during an I2C Communication.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @param Tickstart Tick start value
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+ if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET)
+ {
+ /* Wait until STOP Flag is reset */
+ /* AutoEnd should be initiate after AF */
+ while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Check for the Timeout */
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Clear NACKF Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
+
+ /* Clear STOP Flag */
+ __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+ /* Flush TX register */
+ I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c);
+
+ /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+ I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+ hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handles I2Cx communication when starting transfer or during transfer (TC or TCR flag are set).
+ * @param hi2c I2C handle.
+ * @param DevAddress Specifies the slave address to be programmed.
+ * @param Size Specifies the number of bytes to be programmed.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0 and 255.
+ * @param Mode New state of the I2C START condition generation.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref I2C_RELOAD_MODE Enable Reload mode .
+ * @arg @ref I2C_AUTOEND_MODE Enable Automatic end mode.
+ * @arg @ref I2C_SOFTEND_MODE Enable Software end mode.
+ * @param Request New state of the I2C START condition generation.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref I2C_NO_STARTSTOP Don't Generate stop and start condition.
+ * @arg @ref I2C_GENERATE_STOP Generate stop condition (Size should be set to 0).
+ * @arg @ref I2C_GENERATE_START_READ Generate Restart for read request.
+ * @arg @ref I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE Generate Restart for write request.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_TransferConfig(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t Size, uint32_t Mode, uint32_t Request)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TRANSFER_MODE(Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_TRANSFER_REQUEST(Request));
+
+ /* update CR2 register */
+ MODIFY_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR2, ((I2C_CR2_SADD | I2C_CR2_NBYTES | I2C_CR2_RELOAD | I2C_CR2_AUTOEND | (I2C_CR2_RD_WRN & (uint32_t)(Request >> (31U - I2C_CR2_RD_WRN_Pos))) | I2C_CR2_START | I2C_CR2_STOP)), \
+ (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)DevAddress & I2C_CR2_SADD) | (((uint32_t)Size << I2C_CR2_NBYTES_Pos) & I2C_CR2_NBYTES) | (uint32_t)Mode | (uint32_t)Request));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Manage the enabling of Interrupts.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param InterruptRequest Value of @ref I2C_Interrupt_configuration_definition.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_Enable_IRQ(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t InterruptRequest)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpisr = 0U;
+
+ if ((hi2c->XferISR == I2C_Master_ISR_DMA) || \
+ (hi2c->XferISR == I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA))
+ {
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) == I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT)
+ {
+ /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK and ADDR interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI;
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT) == I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT)
+ {
+ /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_NACKI;
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT) == I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT)
+ {
+ /* Enable STOP interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI;
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT) == I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT)
+ {
+ /* Enable TC interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_TCI;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) == I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT)
+ {
+ /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK, and ADDR interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI;
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_TX_IT) == I2C_XFER_TX_IT)
+ {
+ /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK and RXI interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_TXI;
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_RX_IT) == I2C_XFER_RX_IT)
+ {
+ /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK and TXI interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_RXI;
+ }
+
+ else if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT) == I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT)
+ {
+ /* Enable STOP interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Enable interrupts only at the end */
+ /* to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before */
+ /* all interrupts requested done */
+ __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, tmpisr);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Manage the disabling of Interrupts.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2C.
+ * @param InterruptRequest Value of @ref I2C_Interrupt_configuration_definition.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_Disable_IRQ(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t InterruptRequest)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpisr = 0U;
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_TX_IT) == I2C_XFER_TX_IT)
+ {
+ /* Disable TC and TXI interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_TXI;
+
+ if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) != (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+ {
+ /* Disable NACK and STOP interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_RX_IT) == I2C_XFER_RX_IT)
+ {
+ /* Disable TC and RXI interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_RXI;
+
+ if (((uint32_t)hi2c->State & (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) != (uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)
+ {
+ /* Disable NACK and STOP interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) == I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT)
+ {
+ /* Disable ADDR, NACK and STOP interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI;
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT) == I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT)
+ {
+ /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_NACKI;
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT) == I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT)
+ {
+ /* Enable STOP interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI;
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT) == I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT)
+ {
+ /* Enable TC interrupts */
+ tmpisr |= I2C_IT_TCI;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable interrupts only at the end */
+ /* to avoid a breaking situation like at "t" time */
+ /* all disable interrupts request are not done */
+ __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, tmpisr);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Convert I2Cx OTHER_xxx XferOptions to functionnal XferOptions.
+ * @param hi2c I2C handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2C_ConvertOtherXferOptions(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* if user set XferOptions to I2C_OTHER_FRAME */
+ /* it request implicitly to generate a restart condition */
+ /* set XferOptions to I2C_FIRST_FRAME */
+ if (hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_OTHER_FRAME)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_FIRST_FRAME;
+ }
+ /* else if user set XferOptions to I2C_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME */
+ /* it request implicitly to generate a restart condition */
+ /* then generate a stop condition at the end of transfer */
+ /* set XferOptions to I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME */
+ else if (hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME)
+ {
+ hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_i2c_ex.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_i2c_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9dd3af2 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_i2c_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,333 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of I2C Extended peripheral:
+ * + Extended features functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### I2C peripheral Extended features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the I2C interface for STM32F0xx
+ devices contains the following additional features
+
+ (+) Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter
+ (+) Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter
+ (+) Disable or enable wakeup from Stop mode(s)
+ (+) Disable or enable Fast Mode Plus
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] This driver provides functions to configure Noise Filter and Wake Up Feature
+ (#) Configure I2C Analog noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter()
+ (#) Configure I2C Digital noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter()
+ (#) Configure the enable or disable of I2C Wake Up Mode using the functions :
+ (++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp()
+ (++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp()
+ (#) Configure the enable or disable of fast mode plus driving capability using the functions :
+ (++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus()
+ (++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus()
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2CEx I2CEx
+ * @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions I2C Extended Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions
+ * @brief Extended features functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Extended features functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Configure Noise Filters
+ (+) Configure Wake Up Feature
+ (+) Configure Fast Mode Plus
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure I2C Analog noise filter.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
+ * @param AnalogFilter New state of the Analog filter.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(AnalogFilter));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+ __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+ /* Reset I2Cx ANOFF bit */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_ANFOFF);
+
+ /* Set analog filter bit*/
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= AnalogFilter;
+
+ __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure I2C Digital noise filter.
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
+ * @param DigitalFilter Coefficient of digital noise filter between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x0F.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(DigitalFilter));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+ __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg = hi2c->Instance->CR1;
+
+ /* Reset I2Cx DNF bits [11:8] */
+ tmpreg &= ~(I2C_CR1_DNF);
+
+ /* Set I2Cx DNF coefficient */
+ tmpreg |= DigitalFilter << 8U;
+
+ /* Store the new register value */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 = tmpreg;
+
+ __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+#if defined(I2C_CR1_WUPEN)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable I2C wakeup from Stop mode(s).
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+ __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+ /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_WUPEN;
+
+ __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable I2C wakeup from Stop mode(s).
+ * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
+
+ if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
+ __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
+
+ /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
+ hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_WUPEN);
+
+ __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
+
+ hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
+ * @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
+ * This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values
+ * @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled on all selected
+ * I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
+ * on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
+ * @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
+ * can be enabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
+ * @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
+ * only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
+{
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
+
+ /* Enable SYSCFG clock */
+ __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+ /* Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
+ SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
+ * @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
+ * This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values
+ * @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled on all selected
+ * I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
+ * on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
+ * @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
+ * can be disabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
+ * @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
+ * only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
+{
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
+
+ /* Enable SYSCFG clock */
+ __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+ /* Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
+ CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_i2s.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_i2s.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..55aff5e --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_i2s.c @@ -0,0 +1,1800 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_i2s.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief I2S HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Integrated Interchip Sound (I2S) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + IO operation functions
+ * + Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ The I2S HAL driver can be used as follow:
+
+ (#) Declare a I2S_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
+ (#) Initialize the I2S low level resources by implement the HAL_I2S_MspInit() API:
+ (##) Enable the SPIx interface clock.
+ (##) I2S pins configuration:
+ (+++) Enable the clock for the I2S GPIOs.
+ (+++) Configure these I2S pins as alternate function pull-up.
+ (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT()
+ and HAL_I2S_Receive_IT() APIs).
+ (+++) Configure the I2Sx interrupt priority.
+ (+++) Enable the NVIC I2S IRQ handle.
+ (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA()
+ and HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA() APIs:
+ (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx Stream/Channel.
+ (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock.
+ (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters.
+ (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Stream/Channel.
+ (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the I2S DMA Tx/Rx handle.
+ (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the
+ DMA Tx/Rx Stream/Channel.
+
+ (#) Program the Mode, Standard, Data Format, MCLK Output, Audio frequency and Polarity
+ using HAL_I2S_Init() function.
+
+ -@- The specific I2S interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt,
+ RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
+ __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process.
+ -@- Make sure that either:
+ (+@) External clock source is configured after setting correctly
+ the define constant EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE in the stm32f0xx_hal_conf.h file.
+
+ (#) Three mode of operations are available within this driver :
+
+ *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+ =================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Transmit()
+ (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Receive()
+
+ *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+ ===================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT()
+ (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback
+ (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback
+ (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Receive_IT()
+ (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback
+ (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback
+ (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback
+
+ *** DMA mode IO operation ***
+ ==============================
+ [..]
+ (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA()
+ (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback
+ (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback
+ (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA()
+ (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback
+ (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback
+ (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback
+ (+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAPause()
+ (+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAResume()
+ (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAStop()
+
+ *** I2S HAL driver macros list ***
+ ===================================
+ [..]
+ Below the list of most used macros in I2S HAL driver.
+
+ (+) __HAL_I2S_ENABLE: Enable the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode)
+ (+) __HAL_I2S_DISABLE: Disable the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode)
+ (+) __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT : Enable the specified I2S interrupts
+ (+) __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT : Disable the specified I2S interrupts
+ (+) __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified I2S flag is set or not
+
+ [..]
+ (@) You can refer to the I2S HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+ *** I2S HAL driver macros list ***
+ ===================================
+ [..]
+ Callback registration:
+
+ (#) The compilation flag USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1U
+ allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+ Use Functions HAL_I2S_RegisterCallback() to register an interrupt callback.
+
+ Function HAL_I2S_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
+ (++) TxCpltCallback : I2S Tx Completed callback
+ (++) RxCpltCallback : I2S Rx Completed callback
+ (++) TxHalfCpltCallback : I2S Tx Half Completed callback
+ (++) RxHalfCpltCallback : I2S Rx Half Completed callback
+ (++) ErrorCallback : I2S Error callback
+ (++) MspInitCallback : I2S Msp Init callback
+ (++) MspDeInitCallback : I2S Msp DeInit callback
+ This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+ and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+
+ (#) Use function HAL_I2S_UnRegisterCallback to reset a callback to the default
+ weak function.
+ HAL_I2S_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+ and the Callback ID.
+ This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+ (++) TxCpltCallback : I2S Tx Completed callback
+ (++) RxCpltCallback : I2S Rx Completed callback
+ (++) TxHalfCpltCallback : I2S Tx Half Completed callback
+ (++) RxHalfCpltCallback : I2S Rx Half Completed callback
+ (++) ErrorCallback : I2S Error callback
+ (++) MspInitCallback : I2S Msp Init callback
+ (++) MspDeInitCallback : I2S Msp DeInit callback
+
+ [..]
+ By default, after the HAL_I2S_Init() and when the state is HAL_I2S_STATE_RESET
+ all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions:
+ examples HAL_I2S_MasterTxCpltCallback(), HAL_I2S_MasterRxCpltCallback().
+ Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are
+ reset to the legacy weak functions in the HAL_I2S_Init()/ HAL_I2S_DeInit() only when
+ these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
+ If MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the HAL_I2S_Init()/ HAL_I2S_DeInit()
+ keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand) whatever the state.
+
+ [..]
+ Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_I2S_STATE_READY state only.
+ Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit functions that can be registered/unregistered
+ in HAL_I2S_STATE_READY or HAL_I2S_STATE_RESET state,
+ thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
+ Then, the user first registers the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+ using HAL_I2S_RegisterCallback() before calling HAL_I2S_DeInit()
+ or HAL_I2S_Init() function.
+
+ [..]
+ When the compilation define USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+ not defined, the callback registering feature is not available
+ and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+#ifdef HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined(SPI_I2S_SUPPORT)
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2S I2S
+ * @brief I2S HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup I2S_Private_Functions I2S Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+static void I2S_DMATxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void I2S_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void I2S_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void I2S_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void I2S_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void I2S_Transmit_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s);
+static void I2S_Receive_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus State,
+ uint32_t Timeout);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions I2S Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and
+ de-initialize the I2Sx peripheral in simplex mode:
+
+ (+) User must Implement HAL_I2S_MspInit() function in which he configures
+ all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ).
+
+ (+) Call the function HAL_I2S_Init() to configure the selected device with
+ the selected configuration:
+ (++) Mode
+ (++) Standard
+ (++) Data Format
+ (++) MCLK Output
+ (++) Audio frequency
+ (++) Polarity
+
+ (+) Call the function HAL_I2S_DeInit() to restore the default configuration
+ of the selected I2Sx peripheral.
+ @endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the I2S according to the specified parameters
+ * in the I2S_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
+ * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for I2S module
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Init(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+ uint32_t i2sdiv;
+ uint32_t i2sodd;
+ uint32_t packetlength;
+ uint32_t tmp;
+ uint32_t i2sclk;
+
+ /* Check the I2S handle allocation */
+ if (hi2s == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the I2S parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2s->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_MODE(hi2s->Init.Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_STANDARD(hi2s->Init.Standard));
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(hi2s->Init.DataFormat));
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput));
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(hi2s->Init.AudioFreq));
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_CPOL(hi2s->Init.CPOL));
+
+ if (hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ hi2s->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ /* Init the I2S Callback settings */
+ hi2s->TxCpltCallback = HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback */
+ hi2s->RxCpltCallback = HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback */
+ hi2s->TxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxHalfCpltCallback */
+ hi2s->RxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxHalfCpltCallback */
+ hi2s->ErrorCallback = HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+
+ if (hi2s->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hi2s->MspInitCallback = HAL_I2S_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+ hi2s->MspInitCallback(hi2s);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */
+ HAL_I2S_MspInit(hi2s);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /*----------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR & I2SPR Configuration ----------------*/
+ /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR, (SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL | \
+ SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD | SPI_I2SCFGR_PCMSYNC | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG | \
+ SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD));
+ hi2s->Instance->I2SPR = 0x0002U;
+
+ /*----------------------- I2SPR: I2SDIV and ODD Calculation -----------------*/
+ /* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler */
+ if (hi2s->Init.AudioFreq != I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT)
+ {
+ /* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing) ********************/
+ if (hi2s->Init.DataFormat == I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B)
+ {
+ /* Packet length is 16 bits */
+ packetlength = 16U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Packet length is 32 bits */
+ packetlength = 32U;
+ }
+
+ /* I2S standard */
+ if (hi2s->Init.Standard <= I2S_STANDARD_LSB)
+ {
+ /* In I2S standard packet lenght is multiplied by 2 */
+ packetlength = packetlength * 2U;
+ }
+
+ /* Get the source clock value: based on System Clock value */
+ i2sclk = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+
+ /* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state, with a floating point */
+ if (hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput == I2S_MCLKOUTPUT_ENABLE)
+ {
+ /* MCLK output is enabled */
+ if (hi2s->Init.DataFormat != I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B)
+ {
+ tmp = (uint32_t)(((((i2sclk / (packetlength * 4U)) * 10U) / hi2s->Init.AudioFreq)) + 5U);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmp = (uint32_t)(((((i2sclk / (packetlength * 8U)) * 10U) / hi2s->Init.AudioFreq)) + 5U);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* MCLK output is disabled */
+ tmp = (uint32_t)(((((i2sclk / packetlength) * 10U) / hi2s->Init.AudioFreq)) + 5U);
+ }
+
+ /* Remove the flatting point */
+ tmp = tmp / 10U;
+
+ /* Check the parity of the divider */
+ i2sodd = (uint32_t)(tmp & (uint32_t)1U);
+
+ /* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */
+ i2sdiv = (uint32_t)((tmp - i2sodd) / 2U);
+
+ /* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */
+ i2sodd = (uint32_t)(i2sodd << 8U);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set the default values */
+ i2sdiv = 2U;
+ i2sodd = 0U;
+ }
+
+ /* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */
+ if ((i2sdiv < 2U) || (i2sdiv > 0xFFU))
+ {
+ /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/
+ SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_PRESCALER);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /*----------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR & I2SPR Configuration ----------------*/
+
+ /* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */
+ hi2s->Instance->I2SPR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)i2sdiv | (uint32_t)(i2sodd | (uint32_t)hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput));
+
+ /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */
+ /* And configure the I2S with the I2S_InitStruct values */
+ MODIFY_REG(hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR, (SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | \
+ SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD | \
+ SPI_I2SCFGR_PCMSYNC | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG | \
+ SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD), \
+ (SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD | hi2s->Init.Mode | \
+ hi2s->Init.Standard | hi2s->Init.DataFormat | \
+ hi2s->Init.CPOL));
+
+#if defined(SPI_I2SCFGR_ASTRTEN)
+ if ((hi2s->Init.Standard == I2S_STANDARD_PCM_SHORT) || ((hi2s->Init.Standard == I2S_STANDARD_PCM_LONG)))
+ {
+ /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */
+ SET_BIT(hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR, SPI_I2SCFGR_ASTRTEN);
+ }
+#endif /* SPI_I2SCFGR_ASTRTEN */
+
+ hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
+ hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the I2S peripheral
+ * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for I2S module
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DeInit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+ /* Check the I2S handle allocation */
+ if (hi2s == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2s->Instance));
+
+ hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the I2S Peripheral Clock */
+ __HAL_I2S_DISABLE(hi2s);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ if (hi2s->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hi2s->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_I2S_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ }
+
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+ hi2s->MspDeInitCallback(hi2s);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+ HAL_I2S_MspDeInit(hi2s);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
+ hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2S MSP Init
+ * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for I2S module
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2S_MspInit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2s);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2S_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2S MSP DeInit
+ * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for I2S module
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2S_MspDeInit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2s);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2S_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+/**
+ * @brief Register a User I2S Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hi2s Pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2S.
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_RegisterCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, HAL_I2S_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
+ pI2S_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+ if (HAL_I2S_STATE_READY == hi2s->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_I2S_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2s->TxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2S_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2s->RxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2S_TX_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2s->TxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2S_RX_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2s->RxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2S_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ hi2s->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2S_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hi2s->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2S_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hi2s->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK);
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_I2S_STATE_RESET == hi2s->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_I2S_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hi2s->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2S_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hi2s->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK);
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK);
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister an I2S Callback
+ * I2S callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hi2s Pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified I2S.
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_UnRegisterCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, HAL_I2S_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+ if (HAL_I2S_STATE_READY == hi2s->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_I2S_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2s->TxCpltCallback = HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2S_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2s->RxCpltCallback = HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2S_TX_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2s->TxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxHalfCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2S_RX_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hi2s->RxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxHalfCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2S_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ hi2s->ErrorCallback = HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2S_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hi2s->MspInitCallback = HAL_I2S_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2S_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hi2s->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_I2S_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK);
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_I2S_STATE_RESET == hi2s->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_I2S_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hi2s->MspInitCallback = HAL_I2S_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_I2S_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hi2s->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_I2S_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK);
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK);
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+ return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ * @brief Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2S data
+ transfers.
+
+ (#) There are two modes of transfer:
+ (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode.
+ The status of all data processing is returned by the same function
+ after finishing transfer.
+ (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts
+ or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup.
+ The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+ dedicated I2S IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
+ using DMA mode.
+
+ (#) Blocking mode functions are :
+ (++) HAL_I2S_Transmit()
+ (++) HAL_I2S_Receive()
+
+ (#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :
+ (++) HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT()
+ (++) HAL_I2S_Receive_IT()
+
+ (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
+ (++) HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA()
+ (++) HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA()
+
+ (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:
+ (++) HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback()
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit an amount of data in blocking mode
+ * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for I2S module
+ * @param pData a 16-bit pointer to data buffer.
+ * @param Size number of data sample to be sent:
+ * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S
+ * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length
+ * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected
+ * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length.
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization
+ * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg_cfgr;
+
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+ if (hi2s->State != HAL_I2S_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Set state and reset error code */
+ hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
+ hi2s->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+
+ tmpreg_cfgr = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN);
+
+ if ((tmpreg_cfgr == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B) || (tmpreg_cfgr == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
+ {
+ hi2s->TxXferSize = (Size << 1U);
+ hi2s->TxXferCount = (Size << 1U);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2s->TxXferSize = Size;
+ hi2s->TxXferCount = Size;
+ }
+
+ tmpreg_cfgr = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR;
+
+ /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */
+ if ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE)
+ {
+ /* Enable I2S peripheral */
+ __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
+ }
+
+ /* Wait until TXE flag is set */
+ if (I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_TXE, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Set the error code */
+ SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_TIMEOUT);
+ hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ while (hi2s->TxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ hi2s->Instance->DR = (*hi2s->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hi2s->pTxBuffPtr++;
+ hi2s->TxXferCount--;
+
+ /* Wait until TXE flag is set */
+ if (I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_TXE, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Set the error code */
+ SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_TIMEOUT);
+ hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if an underrun occurs */
+ if (__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_UDR) == SET)
+ {
+ /* Clear underrun flag */
+ __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_UDRFLAG(hi2s);
+
+ /* Set the error code */
+ SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_UDR);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check if Slave mode is selected */
+ if (((tmpreg_cfgr & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX)
+ || ((tmpreg_cfgr & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX))
+ {
+ /* Wait until Busy flag is reset */
+ if (I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_BSY, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Set the error code */
+ SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_TIMEOUT);
+ hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode
+ * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for I2S module
+ * @param pData a 16-bit pointer to data buffer.
+ * @param Size number of data sample to be sent:
+ * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S
+ * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length
+ * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected
+ * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length.
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization
+ * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming).
+ * @note In I2S Master Receiver mode, just after enabling the peripheral the clock will be generate
+ * in continuous way and as the I2S is not disabled at the end of the I2S transaction.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg_cfgr;
+
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+ if (hi2s->State != HAL_I2S_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Set state and reset error code */
+ hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
+ hi2s->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+
+ tmpreg_cfgr = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN);
+
+ if ((tmpreg_cfgr == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B) || (tmpreg_cfgr == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
+ {
+ hi2s->RxXferSize = (Size << 1U);
+ hi2s->RxXferCount = (Size << 1U);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2s->RxXferSize = Size;
+ hi2s->RxXferCount = Size;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */
+ if ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE)
+ {
+ /* Enable I2S peripheral */
+ __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
+ }
+
+ /* Check if Master Receiver mode is selected */
+ if ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX)
+ {
+ /* Clear the Overrun Flag by a read operation on the SPI_DR register followed by a read
+ access to the SPI_SR register. */
+ __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s);
+ }
+
+ /* Receive data */
+ while (hi2s->RxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
+ if (I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_RXNE, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Set the error code */
+ SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_TIMEOUT);
+ hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ (*hi2s->pRxBuffPtr) = (uint16_t)hi2s->Instance->DR;
+ hi2s->pRxBuffPtr++;
+ hi2s->RxXferCount--;
+
+ /* Check if an overrun occurs */
+ if (__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_OVR) == SET)
+ {
+ /* Clear overrun flag */
+ __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s);
+
+ /* Set the error code */
+ SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_OVR);
+ }
+ }
+
+ hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+ * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for I2S module
+ * @param pData a 16-bit pointer to data buffer.
+ * @param Size number of data sample to be sent:
+ * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S
+ * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length
+ * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected
+ * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length.
+ * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization
+ * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg_cfgr;
+
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+ if (hi2s->State != HAL_I2S_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Set state and reset error code */
+ hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
+ hi2s->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+
+ tmpreg_cfgr = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN);
+
+ if ((tmpreg_cfgr == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B) || (tmpreg_cfgr == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
+ {
+ hi2s->TxXferSize = (Size << 1U);
+ hi2s->TxXferCount = (Size << 1U);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2s->TxXferSize = Size;
+ hi2s->TxXferCount = Size;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_TXE | I2S_IT_ERR));
+
+ /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */
+ if ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE)
+ {
+ /* Enable I2S peripheral */
+ __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
+ }
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+ * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for I2S module
+ * @param pData a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
+ * @param Size number of data sample to be sent:
+ * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S
+ * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length
+ * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected
+ * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length.
+ * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization
+ * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming).
+ * @note It is recommended to use DMA for the I2S receiver to avoid de-synchronization
+ * between Master and Slave otherwise the I2S interrupt should be optimized.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg_cfgr;
+
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+ if (hi2s->State != HAL_I2S_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Set state and reset error code */
+ hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
+ hi2s->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+
+ tmpreg_cfgr = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN);
+
+ if ((tmpreg_cfgr == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B) || (tmpreg_cfgr == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
+ {
+ hi2s->RxXferSize = (Size << 1U);
+ hi2s->RxXferCount = (Size << 1U);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2s->RxXferSize = Size;
+ hi2s->RxXferCount = Size;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable RXNE and ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_RXNE | I2S_IT_ERR));
+
+ /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */
+ if ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE)
+ {
+ /* Enable I2S peripheral */
+ __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
+ }
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
+ * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for I2S module
+ * @param pData a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer.
+ * @param Size number of data sample to be sent:
+ * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S
+ * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length
+ * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected
+ * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length.
+ * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization
+ * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg_cfgr;
+
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+ if (hi2s->State != HAL_I2S_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Set state and reset error code */
+ hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
+ hi2s->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+
+ tmpreg_cfgr = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN);
+
+ if ((tmpreg_cfgr == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B) || (tmpreg_cfgr == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
+ {
+ hi2s->TxXferSize = (Size << 1U);
+ hi2s->TxXferCount = (Size << 1U);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2s->TxXferSize = Size;
+ hi2s->TxXferCount = Size;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the I2S Tx DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+ hi2s->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = I2S_DMATxHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the I2S Tx DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hi2s->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2S_DMATxCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hi2s->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2S_DMAError;
+
+ /* Enable the Tx DMA Stream/Channel */
+ if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2s->hdmatx,
+ (uint32_t)hi2s->pTxBuffPtr,
+ (uint32_t)&hi2s->Instance->DR,
+ hi2s->TxXferSize))
+ {
+ /* Update SPI error code */
+ SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_DMA);
+ hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR, SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE))
+ {
+ /* Enable I2S peripheral */
+ __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the I2S Tx request is already enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hi2s->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN))
+ {
+ /* Enable Tx DMA Request */
+ SET_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+ }
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
+ * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for I2S module
+ * @param pData a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
+ * @param Size number of data sample to be sent:
+ * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S
+ * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length
+ * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected
+ * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length.
+ * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization
+ * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg_cfgr;
+
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+ if (hi2s->State != HAL_I2S_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Set state and reset error code */
+ hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
+ hi2s->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+
+ tmpreg_cfgr = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN);
+
+ if ((tmpreg_cfgr == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B) || (tmpreg_cfgr == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
+ {
+ hi2s->RxXferSize = (Size << 1U);
+ hi2s->RxXferCount = (Size << 1U);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hi2s->RxXferSize = Size;
+ hi2s->RxXferCount = Size;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the I2S Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+ hi2s->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = I2S_DMARxHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the I2S Rx DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hi2s->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2S_DMARxCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hi2s->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2S_DMAError;
+
+ /* Check if Master Receiver mode is selected */
+ if ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX)
+ {
+ /* Clear the Overrun Flag by a read operation to the SPI_DR register followed by a read
+ access to the SPI_SR register. */
+ __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Rx DMA Stream/Channel */
+ if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2s->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2s->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hi2s->pRxBuffPtr,
+ hi2s->RxXferSize))
+ {
+ /* Update SPI error code */
+ SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_DMA);
+ hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR, SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE))
+ {
+ /* Enable I2S peripheral */
+ __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the I2S Rx request is already enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hi2s->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN))
+ {
+ /* Enable Rx DMA Request */
+ SET_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+ }
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Pauses the audio DMA Stream/Channel playing from the Media.
+ * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for I2S module
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAPause(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+ if (hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ /* Disable the I2S DMA Tx request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+ }
+ else if (hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ /* Disable the I2S DMA Rx request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Resumes the audio DMA Stream/Channel playing from the Media.
+ * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for I2S module
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAResume(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
+
+ if (hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ /* Enable the I2S DMA Tx request */
+ SET_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+ }
+ else if (hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ /* Enable the I2S DMA Rx request */
+ SET_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ /* If the I2S peripheral is still not enabled, enable it */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR, SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE))
+ {
+ /* Enable I2S peripheral */
+ __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the audio DMA Stream/Channel playing from the Media.
+ * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for I2S module
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAStop(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+ /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application
+ to call the HAL SPI API under callbacks HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback() or HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback()
+ when calling HAL_DMA_Abort() API the DMA TX or RX Transfer complete interrupt is generated
+ and the correspond call back is executed HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback() or HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback()
+ */
+
+ /* Disable the I2S Tx/Rx DMA requests */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+ CLEAR_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+ /* Abort the I2S DMA tx Stream/Channel */
+ if (hi2s->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Disable the I2S DMA tx Stream/Channel */
+ if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Abort(hi2s->hdmatx))
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_DMA);
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Abort the I2S DMA rx Stream/Channel */
+ if (hi2s->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Disable the I2S DMA rx Stream/Channel */
+ if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Abort(hi2s->hdmarx))
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_DMA);
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable I2S peripheral */
+ __HAL_I2S_DISABLE(hi2s);
+
+ hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+
+ return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles I2S interrupt request.
+ * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for I2S module
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_I2S_IRQHandler(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+ uint32_t itsource = hi2s->Instance->CR2;
+ uint32_t itflag = hi2s->Instance->SR;
+
+ /* I2S in mode Receiver ------------------------------------------------*/
+ if ((I2S_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, I2S_FLAG_OVR) == RESET) &&
+ (I2S_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, I2S_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && (I2S_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsource, I2S_IT_RXNE) != RESET))
+ {
+ I2S_Receive_IT(hi2s);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* I2S in mode Tramitter -----------------------------------------------*/
+ if ((I2S_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, I2S_FLAG_TXE) != RESET) && (I2S_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsource, I2S_IT_TXE) != RESET))
+ {
+ I2S_Transmit_IT(hi2s);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* I2S interrupt error -------------------------------------------------*/
+ if (I2S_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsource, I2S_IT_ERR) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* I2S Overrun error interrupt occurred ---------------------------------*/
+ if (I2S_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, I2S_FLAG_OVR) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_RXNE | I2S_IT_ERR));
+
+ /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/
+ SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_OVR);
+ }
+
+ /* I2S Underrun error interrupt occurred --------------------------------*/
+ if (I2S_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, I2S_FLAG_UDR) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Disable TXE and ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_TXE | I2S_IT_ERR));
+
+ /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/
+ SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_UDR);
+ }
+
+ /* Set the I2S State ready */
+ hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hi2s->ErrorCallback(hi2s);
+#else
+ HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx Transfer Half completed callbacks
+ * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for I2S module
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2s);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks
+ * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for I2S module
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2s);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx Transfer half completed callbacks
+ * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for I2S module
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2s);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks
+ * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for I2S module
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2s);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief I2S error callbacks
+ * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for I2S module
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hi2s);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ * @brief Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+ and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the I2S state
+ * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for I2S module
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_I2S_StateTypeDef HAL_I2S_GetState(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+ return hi2s->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the I2S error code
+ * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for I2S module
+ * @retval I2S Error Code
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_I2S_GetError(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+ return hi2s->ErrorCode;
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup I2S_Private_Functions I2S Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief DMA I2S transmit process complete callback
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2S_DMATxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+ /* if DMA is configured in DMA_NORMAL Mode */
+ if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
+ {
+ /* Disable Tx DMA Request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+
+ hi2s->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+ }
+ /* Call user Tx complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hi2s->TxCpltCallback(hi2s);
+#else
+ HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback(hi2s);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA I2S transmit process half complete callback
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2S_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+ /* Call user Tx half complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hi2s->TxHalfCpltCallback(hi2s);
+#else
+ HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback(hi2s);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA I2S receive process complete callback
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2S_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+ /* if DMA is configured in DMA_NORMAL Mode */
+ if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL)
+ {
+ /* Disable Rx DMA Request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+ hi2s->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+ }
+ /* Call user Rx complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hi2s->RxCpltCallback(hi2s);
+#else
+ HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback(hi2s);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA I2S receive process half complete callback
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2S_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+ /* Call user Rx half complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hi2s->RxHalfCpltCallback(hi2s);
+#else
+ HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback(hi2s);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA I2S communication error callback
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2S_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+ /* Disable Rx and Tx DMA Request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN));
+ hi2s->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ hi2s->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/
+ SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_DMA);
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hi2s->ErrorCallback(hi2s);
+#else
+ HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+ * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for I2S module
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2S_Transmit_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+ /* Transmit data */
+ hi2s->Instance->DR = (*hi2s->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hi2s->pTxBuffPtr++;
+ hi2s->TxXferCount--;
+
+ if (hi2s->TxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable TXE and ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_TXE | I2S_IT_ERR));
+
+ hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+ /* Call user Tx complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hi2s->TxCpltCallback(hi2s);
+#else
+ HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback(hi2s);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
+ * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for I2S module
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void I2S_Receive_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
+{
+ /* Receive data */
+ (*hi2s->pRxBuffPtr) = (uint16_t)hi2s->Instance->DR;
+ hi2s->pRxBuffPtr++;
+ hi2s->RxXferCount--;
+
+ if (hi2s->RxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_RXNE | I2S_IT_ERR));
+
+ hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+ /* Call user Rx complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hi2s->RxCpltCallback(hi2s);
+#else
+ HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback(hi2s);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles I2S Communication Timeout.
+ * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for I2S module
+ * @param Flag Flag checked
+ * @param State Value of the flag expected
+ * @param Timeout Duration of the timeout
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus State,
+ uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Get tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait until flag is set to status*/
+ while (((__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, Flag)) ? SET : RESET) != State)
+ {
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ /* Set the I2S State ready */
+ hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* SPI_I2S_SUPPORT */
+
+#endif /* HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_irda.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_irda.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2f1f23f --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_irda.c @@ -0,0 +1,2991 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_irda.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief IRDA HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the IrDA (Infrared Data Association) Peripheral
+ * (IRDA)
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + IO operation functions
+ * + Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ The IRDA HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+ (#) Declare a IRDA_HandleTypeDef handle structure (eg. IRDA_HandleTypeDef hirda).
+ (#) Initialize the IRDA low level resources by implementing the HAL_IRDA_MspInit() API
+ in setting the associated USART or UART in IRDA mode:
+ (++) Enable the USARTx/UARTx interface clock.
+ (++) USARTx/UARTx pins configuration:
+ (+++) Enable the clock for the USARTx/UARTx GPIOs.
+ (+++) Configure these USARTx/UARTx pins (TX as alternate function pull-up, RX as alternate function Input).
+ (++) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT()
+ and HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT() APIs):
+ (+++) Configure the USARTx/UARTx interrupt priority.
+ (+++) Enable the NVIC USARTx/UARTx IRQ handle.
+ (+++) The specific IRDA interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt,
+ RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
+ __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process.
+
+ (++) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA()
+ and HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA() APIs):
+ (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx channel.
+ (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock.
+ (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters.
+ (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx channel.
+ (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the IRDA DMA Tx/Rx handle.
+ (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx channel.
+
+ (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length and Parity and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter),
+ the normal or low power mode and the clock prescaler in the hirda handle Init structure.
+
+ (#) Initialize the IRDA registers by calling the HAL_IRDA_Init() API:
+ (++) This API configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
+ by calling the customized HAL_IRDA_MspInit() API.
+
+ -@@- The specific IRDA interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt,
+ RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
+ __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process.
+
+ (#) Three operation modes are available within this driver :
+
+ *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+ =================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Transmit()
+ (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Receive()
+
+ *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+ ===================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT()
+ (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback()
+ (+) Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT()
+ (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback()
+ (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback()
+
+ *** DMA mode IO operation ***
+ ==============================
+ [..]
+ (+) Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA()
+ (+) At transmission half of transfer HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback()
+ (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback()
+ (+) Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA()
+ (+) At reception half of transfer HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback()
+ (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback()
+ (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback()
+
+ *** IRDA HAL driver macros list ***
+ ====================================
+ [..]
+ Below the list of most used macros in IRDA HAL driver.
+
+ (+) __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE: Enable the IRDA peripheral
+ (+) __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE: Disable the IRDA peripheral
+ (+) __HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG : Check whether the specified IRDA flag is set or not
+ (+) __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified IRDA pending flag
+ (+) __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified IRDA interrupt
+ (+) __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified IRDA interrupt
+ (+) __HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether or not the specified IRDA interrupt is enabled
+
+ [..]
+ (@) You can refer to the IRDA HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+ ##### Callback registration #####
+ ==================================
+
+ [..]
+ The compilation define USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
+ allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+
+ [..]
+ Use Function @ref HAL_IRDA_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback.
+ Function @ref HAL_IRDA_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
+ (+) TxHalfCpltCallback : Tx Half Complete Callback.
+ (+) TxCpltCallback : Tx Complete Callback.
+ (+) RxHalfCpltCallback : Rx Half Complete Callback.
+ (+) RxCpltCallback : Rx Complete Callback.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : Error Callback.
+ (+) AbortCpltCallback : Abort Complete Callback.
+ (+) AbortTransmitCpltCallback : Abort Transmit Complete Callback.
+ (+) AbortReceiveCpltCallback : Abort Receive Complete Callback.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : IRDA MspInit.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : IRDA MspDeInit.
+ This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+ and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+ [..]
+ Use function @ref HAL_IRDA_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
+ weak (surcharged) function.
+ @ref HAL_IRDA_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+ and the Callback ID.
+ This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+ (+) TxHalfCpltCallback : Tx Half Complete Callback.
+ (+) TxCpltCallback : Tx Complete Callback.
+ (+) RxHalfCpltCallback : Rx Half Complete Callback.
+ (+) RxCpltCallback : Rx Complete Callback.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : Error Callback.
+ (+) AbortCpltCallback : Abort Complete Callback.
+ (+) AbortTransmitCpltCallback : Abort Transmit Complete Callback.
+ (+) AbortReceiveCpltCallback : Abort Receive Complete Callback.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : IRDA MspInit.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : IRDA MspDeInit.
+
+ [..]
+ By default, after the @ref HAL_IRDA_Init() and when the state is HAL_IRDA_STATE_RESET
+ all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak (surcharged) functions:
+ examples @ref HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(), @ref HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback().
+ Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are respectively
+ reset to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the @ref HAL_IRDA_Init()
+ and @ref HAL_IRDA_DeInit() only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
+ If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_IRDA_Init() and @ref HAL_IRDA_DeInit()
+ keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand).
+
+ [..]
+ Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY state only.
+ Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit that can be registered/unregistered
+ in HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY or HAL_IRDA_STATE_RESET state, thus registered (user)
+ MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
+ In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+ using @ref HAL_IRDA_RegisterCallback() before calling @ref HAL_IRDA_DeInit()
+ or @ref HAL_IRDA_Init() function.
+
+ [..]
+ When The compilation define USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+ not defined, the callback registration feature is not available
+ and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+#if defined(USART_IRDA_SUPPORT)
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup IRDA IRDA
+ * @brief HAL IRDA module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup IRDA_Private_Constants IRDA Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+#define IRDA_TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT 1000U /*!< IRDA TX or RX enable acknowledge time-out value */
+
+#define IRDA_CR1_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE \
+ | USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE)) /*!< UART or USART CR1 fields of parameters set by IRDA_SetConfig API */
+
+#define USART_BRR_MIN 0x10U /*!< USART BRR minimum authorized value */
+
+#define USART_BRR_MAX 0x0000FFFFU /*!< USART BRR maximum authorized value */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup IRDA_Private_Macros IRDA Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+/** @brief BRR division operation to set BRR register in 16-bit oversampling mode.
+ * @param __PCLK__ IRDA clock source.
+ * @param __BAUD__ Baud rate set by the user.
+ * @retval Division result
+ */
+#define IRDA_DIV_SAMPLING16(__PCLK__, __BAUD__) (((__PCLK__) + ((__BAUD__)/2U)) / (__BAUD__))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup IRDA_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+#if (USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+void IRDA_InitCallbacksToDefault(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_SetConfig(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_CheckIdleState(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status,
+ uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout);
+static void IRDA_EndTxTransfer(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda);
+static void IRDA_EndRxTransfer(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda);
+static void IRDA_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void IRDA_DMATransmitHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void IRDA_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void IRDA_DMAReceiveHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void IRDA_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void IRDA_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void IRDA_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void IRDA_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void IRDA_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void IRDA_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void IRDA_Transmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda);
+static void IRDA_EndTransmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda);
+static void IRDA_Receive_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup IRDA_Exported_Functions IRDA Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup IRDA_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx
+ in asynchronous IRDA mode.
+ (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured:
+ (++) Baud Rate
+ (++) Word Length
+ (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written
+ in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit.
+ (++) Power mode
+ (++) Prescaler setting
+ (++) Receiver/transmitter modes
+
+ [..]
+ The HAL_IRDA_Init() API follows the USART asynchronous configuration procedures
+ (details for the procedures are available in reference manual).
+
+@endverbatim
+
+ Depending on the frame length defined either by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits)
+ or by the M1 and M0 bits (7-bit, 8-bit or 9-bit), the possible IRDA frame
+ formats are listed in the following table.
+
+ Table 1. IRDA frame format.
+ +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | M bit | PCE bit | IRDA frame |
+ |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8-bit data | STB | |
+ |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7-bit data | PB | STB | |
+ |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9-bit data | STB | |
+ |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8-bit data | PB | STB | |
+ +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | M1 bit | M0 bit | PCE bit | IRDA frame |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 1 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 7 bit data | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 1 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 6 bit data | PB | STB | |
+ +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the IRDA mode according to the specified
+ * parameters in the IRDA_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Init(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ /* Check the IRDA handle allocation */
+ if (hirda == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the USART/UART associated to the IRDA handle */
+ assert_param(IS_IRDA_INSTANCE(hirda->Instance));
+
+ if (hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ hirda->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1
+ IRDA_InitCallbacksToDefault(hirda);
+
+ if (hirda->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hirda->MspInitCallback = HAL_IRDA_MspInit;
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ hirda->MspInitCallback(hirda);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
+ HAL_IRDA_MspInit(hirda);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral to update the configuration registers */
+ __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE(hirda);
+
+ /* Set the IRDA Communication parameters */
+ if (IRDA_SetConfig(hirda) == HAL_ERROR)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* In IRDA mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+ - LINEN, STOP and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register,
+ - SCEN and HDSEL bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_STOP));
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL));
+
+ /* set the UART/USART in IRDA mode */
+ hirda->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_IREN;
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE(hirda);
+
+ /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving hirda->gState and hirda->RxState to Ready */
+ return (IRDA_CheckIdleState(hirda));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitialize the IRDA peripheral.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DeInit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ /* Check the IRDA handle allocation */
+ if (hirda == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the USART/UART associated to the IRDA handle */
+ assert_param(IS_IRDA_INSTANCE(hirda->Instance));
+
+ hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+#if USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1
+ if (hirda->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hirda->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit;
+ }
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ hirda->MspDeInitCallback(hirda);
+#else
+ HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit(hirda);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE(hirda);
+
+ hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
+ hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_RESET;
+ hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Process Unlock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the IRDA MSP.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_IRDA_MspInit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hirda);
+
+ /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_IRDA_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitialize the IRDA MSP.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hirda);
+
+ /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+ * @brief Register a User IRDA Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hirda irda handle
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_IRDA_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Half Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_IRDA_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_IRDA_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Half Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_IRDA_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_IRDA_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_IRDA_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_IRDA_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Transmit Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_IRDA_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Receive Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_IRDA_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_IRDA_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_RegisterCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, HAL_IRDA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
+ pIRDA_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hirda);
+
+ if (hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_IRDA_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hirda->TxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_IRDA_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hirda->TxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_IRDA_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hirda->RxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_IRDA_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hirda->RxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_IRDA_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ hirda->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_IRDA_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hirda->AbortCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_IRDA_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hirda->AbortTransmitCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_IRDA_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hirda->AbortReceiveCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_IRDA_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hirda->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_IRDA_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hirda->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_IRDA_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hirda->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_IRDA_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hirda->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister an IRDA callback
+ * IRDA callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hirda irda handle
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_IRDA_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Half Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_IRDA_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_IRDA_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Half Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_IRDA_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_IRDA_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_IRDA_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_IRDA_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Transmit Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_IRDA_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Receive Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_IRDA_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_IRDA_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_UnRegisterCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, HAL_IRDA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hirda);
+
+ if (HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY == hirda->gState)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_IRDA_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hirda->TxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxHalfCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_IRDA_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hirda->TxCpltCallback = HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_IRDA_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hirda->RxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxHalfCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_IRDA_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hirda->RxCpltCallback = HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_IRDA_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ hirda->ErrorCallback = HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_IRDA_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hirda->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_IRDA_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hirda->AbortTransmitCpltCallback = HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmitCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortTransmitCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_IRDA_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hirda->AbortReceiveCpltCallback = HAL_IRDA_AbortReceiveCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortReceiveCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_IRDA_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hirda->MspInitCallback = HAL_IRDA_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInitCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_IRDA_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hirda->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInitCallback */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_IRDA_STATE_RESET == hirda->gState)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_IRDA_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hirda->MspInitCallback = HAL_IRDA_MspInit;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_IRDA_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hirda->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+ return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup IRDA_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ * @brief IRDA Transmit and Receive functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the IRDA data transfers.
+
+ [..]
+ IrDA is a half duplex communication protocol. If the Transmitter is busy, any data
+ on the IrDA receive line will be ignored by the IrDA decoder and if the Receiver
+ is busy, data on the TX from the USART to IrDA will not be encoded by IrDA.
+ While receiving data, transmission should be avoided as the data to be transmitted
+ could be corrupted.
+
+ [..]
+ (#) There are two modes of transfer:
+ (++) Blocking mode: the communication is performed in polling mode.
+ The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function
+ after finishing transfer.
+ (++) Non-Blocking mode: the communication is performed using Interrupts
+ or DMA, these API's return the HAL status.
+ The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+ dedicated IRDA IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
+ using DMA mode.
+ The HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks
+ will be executed respectively at the end of the Transmit or Receive process
+ The HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected
+
+ (#) Blocking mode APIs are :
+ (++) HAL_IRDA_Transmit()
+ (++) HAL_IRDA_Receive()
+
+ (#) Non Blocking mode APIs with Interrupt are :
+ (++) HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT()
+ (++) HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT()
+ (++) HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler()
+
+ (#) Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
+ (++) HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA()
+ (++) HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA()
+ (++) HAL_IRDA_DMAPause()
+ (++) HAL_IRDA_DMAResume()
+ (++) HAL_IRDA_DMAStop()
+
+ (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in Non Blocking mode:
+ (++) HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback()
+
+ (#) Non-Blocking mode transfers could be aborted using Abort API's :
+ (++) HAL_IRDA_Abort()
+ (++) HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmit()
+ (++) HAL_IRDA_AbortReceive()
+ (++) HAL_IRDA_Abort_IT()
+ (++) HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmit_IT()
+ (++) HAL_IRDA_AbortReceive_IT()
+
+ (#) For Abort services based on interrupts (HAL_IRDA_Abortxxx_IT), a set of Abort Complete Callbacks are provided:
+ (++) HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmitCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_IRDA_AbortReceiveCpltCallback()
+
+ (#) In Non-Blocking mode transfers, possible errors are split into 2 categories.
+ Errors are handled as follows :
+ (++) Error is considered as Recoverable and non blocking : Transfer could go till end, but error severity is
+ to be evaluated by user : this concerns Frame Error, Parity Error or Noise Error in Interrupt mode reception .
+ Received character is then retrieved and stored in Rx buffer, Error code is set to allow user to identify error type,
+ and HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed. Transfer is kept ongoing on IRDA side.
+ If user wants to abort it, Abort services should be called by user.
+ (++) Error is considered as Blocking : Transfer could not be completed properly and is aborted.
+ This concerns Overrun Error In Interrupt mode reception and all errors in DMA mode.
+ Error code is set to allow user to identify error type, and HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Send an amount of data in blocking mode.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * the sent data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must reflect the number
+ * of u16 available through pData.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+ * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent.
+ * @param Timeout Specify timeout value.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+/**
+ * @note When IRDA parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * address of user data buffer containing data to be sent, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits)
+ * (as sent data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain,
+ * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint8_t *pdata8bits;
+ uint16_t *pdata16bits;
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */
+ if (hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input paramter
+ should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be filled into TDR will be
+ handled through a u16 cast. */
+ if ((hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ if ((((uint32_t)pData) & 1U) != 0U)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hirda);
+
+ hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
+ hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ hirda->TxXferSize = Size;
+ hirda->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData needs to be handled as a uint16_t pointer */
+ if ((hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ pdata8bits = NULL;
+ pdata16bits = (uint16_t *) pData; /* Derogation R.11.3 */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pdata8bits = pData;
+ pdata16bits = NULL;
+ }
+
+ while (hirda->TxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ hirda->TxXferCount--;
+
+ if (IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_TXE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ if (pdata8bits == NULL)
+ {
+ hirda->Instance->TDR = (uint16_t)(*pdata16bits & 0x01FFU);
+ pdata16bits++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hirda->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*pdata8bits & 0xFFU);
+ pdata8bits++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_TC, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+
+ /* At end of Tx process, restore hirda->gState to Ready */
+ hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * the received data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must reflect the number
+ * of u16 available through pData.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+ * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received.
+ * @param Timeout Specify timeout value.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+/**
+ * @note When IRDA parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * address of user data buffer for storing data to be received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits)
+ * (as received data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain,
+ * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint8_t *pdata8bits;
+ uint16_t *pdata16bits;
+ uint16_t uhMask;
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */
+ if (hirda->RxState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input paramter
+ should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be received from RDR will be
+ handled through a u16 cast. */
+ if ((hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ if ((((uint32_t)pData) & 1U) != 0U)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hirda);
+
+ hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
+ hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ hirda->RxXferSize = Size;
+ hirda->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /* Computation of the mask to apply to RDR register
+ of the UART associated to the IRDA */
+ IRDA_MASK_COMPUTATION(hirda);
+ uhMask = hirda->Mask;
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pRxData needs to be handled as a uint16_t pointer */
+ if ((hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ pdata8bits = NULL;
+ pdata16bits = (uint16_t *) pData; /* Derogation R.11.3 */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pdata8bits = pData;
+ pdata16bits = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Check data remaining to be received */
+ while (hirda->RxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ hirda->RxXferCount--;
+
+ if (IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ if (pdata8bits == NULL)
+ {
+ *pdata16bits = (uint16_t)(hirda->Instance->RDR & uhMask);
+ pdata16bits++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *pdata8bits = (uint8_t)(hirda->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask);
+ pdata8bits++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* At end of Rx process, restore hirda->RxState to Ready */
+ hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Send an amount of data in interrupt mode.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * the sent data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must reflect the number
+ * of u16 available through pData.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+ * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+/**
+ * @note When IRDA parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * address of user data buffer containing data to be sent, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits)
+ * (as sent data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain,
+ * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */
+ if (hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input paramter
+ should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be filled into TDR will be
+ handled through a u16 cast. */
+ if ((hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ if ((((uint32_t)pData) & 1U) != 0U)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hirda);
+
+ hirda->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+ hirda->TxXferSize = Size;
+ hirda->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+ hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
+ hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+ /* Enable the IRDA Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * the received data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must reflect the number
+ * of u16 available through pData.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+ * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+/**
+ * @note When IRDA parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * address of user data buffer for storing data to be received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits)
+ * (as received data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain,
+ * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */
+ if (hirda->RxState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input paramter
+ should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be received from RDR will be
+ handled through a u16 cast. */
+ if ((hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ if ((((uint32_t)pData) & 1U) != 0U)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hirda);
+
+ hirda->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+ hirda->RxXferSize = Size;
+ hirda->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /* Computation of the mask to apply to the RDR register
+ of the UART associated to the IRDA */
+ IRDA_MASK_COMPUTATION(hirda);
+
+ hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
+ hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+ /* Enable the IRDA Parity Error and Data Register not empty Interrupts */
+ SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RXNEIE);
+
+ /* Enable the IRDA Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+ SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Send an amount of data in DMA mode.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * the sent data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must reflect the number
+ * of u16 available through pData.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @param pData pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+ * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+/**
+ * @note When IRDA parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * address of user data buffer containing data to be sent, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits)
+ * (as sent data will be handled by DMA from halfword frontier). Depending on compilation chain,
+ * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */
+ if (hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input paramter
+ should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data copy into TDR will be
+ handled by DMA from a u16 frontier. */
+ if ((hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ if ((((uint32_t)pData) & 1U) != 0U)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hirda);
+
+ hirda->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+ hirda->TxXferSize = Size;
+ hirda->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+ hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
+ hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+ /* Set the IRDA DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hirda->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = IRDA_DMATransmitCplt;
+
+ /* Set the IRDA DMA half transfer complete callback */
+ hirda->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = IRDA_DMATransmitHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hirda->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = IRDA_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the DMA abort callback */
+ hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the IRDA transmit DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hirda->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hirda->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hirda->Instance->TDR, Size) == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Clear the TC flag in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_TCF);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+ /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit
+ in the USART CR3 register */
+ SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+ /* Restore hirda->gState to ready */
+ hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in DMA mode.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * the received data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must reflect the number
+ * of u16 available through pData.
+ * @note When the IRDA parity is enabled (PCE = 1), the received data contains
+ * the parity bit (MSB position).
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+ * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+/**
+ * @note When IRDA parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * address of user data buffer for storing data to be received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits)
+ * (as received data will be handled by DMA from halfword frontier). Depending on compilation chain,
+ * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */
+ if (hirda->RxState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input paramter
+ should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data copy from RDR will be
+ handled by DMA from a u16 frontier. */
+ if ((hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ if ((((uint32_t)pData) & 1U) != 0U)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hirda);
+
+ hirda->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+ hirda->RxXferSize = Size;
+
+ hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
+ hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+ /* Set the IRDA DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hirda->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = IRDA_DMAReceiveCplt;
+
+ /* Set the IRDA DMA half transfer complete callback */
+ hirda->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = IRDA_DMAReceiveHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hirda->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = IRDA_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the DMA abort callback */
+ hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hirda->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hirda->Instance->RDR, (uint32_t)hirda->pRxBuffPtr, Size) == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+ /* Enable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+
+ /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+ SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit
+ in the USART CR3 register */
+ SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+ /* Restore hirda->RxState to ready */
+ hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Pause the DMA Transfer.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAPause(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hirda);
+
+ if (hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ /* Disable the IRDA DMA Tx request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+ }
+ }
+ if (hirda->RxState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Disable the IRDA DMA Rx request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Resume the DMA Transfer.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAResume(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hirda);
+
+ if (hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ /* Enable the IRDA DMA Tx request */
+ SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+ }
+ if (hirda->RxState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer*/
+ __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_OREFLAG(hirda);
+
+ /* Reenable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+ SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Enable the IRDA DMA Rx request */
+ SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stop the DMA Transfer.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAStop(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application
+ to call the HAL IRDA API under callbacks HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() /
+ HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback / HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback:
+ indeed, when HAL_DMA_Abort() API is called, the DMA TX/RX Transfer or Half Transfer complete
+ interrupt is generated if the DMA transfer interruption occurs at the middle or at the end of
+ the stream and the corresponding call back is executed. */
+
+ /* Stop IRDA DMA Tx request if ongoing */
+ if (hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Abort the IRDA DMA Tx channel */
+ if (hirda->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(hirda->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_GetError(hirda->hdmatx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ IRDA_EndTxTransfer(hirda);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Stop IRDA DMA Rx request if ongoing */
+ if (hirda->RxState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the IRDA DMA Rx channel */
+ if (hirda->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(hirda->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_GetError(hirda->hdmarx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ IRDA_EndRxTransfer(hirda);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (blocking mode).
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable IRDA Interrupts (Tx and Rx)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Abort(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Disable the IRDA DMA Tx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Abort the IRDA DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+ if (hirda->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the IRDA DMA Abort callback to Null.
+ No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(hirda->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_GetError(hirda->hdmatx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the IRDA DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the IRDA DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+ if (hirda->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the IRDA DMA Abort callback to Null.
+ No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(hirda->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_GetError(hirda->hdmarx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */
+ hirda->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ hirda->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_OREF | IRDA_CLEAR_NEF | IRDA_CLEAR_PEF | IRDA_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ /* Restore hirda->gState and hirda->RxState to Ready */
+ hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+ hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Reset Handle ErrorCode to No Error */
+ hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (blocking mode).
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Tx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable IRDA Interrupts (Tx)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+
+ /* Disable the IRDA DMA Tx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Abort the IRDA DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+ if (hirda->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the IRDA DMA Abort callback to Null.
+ No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(hirda->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_GetError(hirda->hdmatx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Reset Tx transfer counter */
+ hirda->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Restore hirda->gState to Ready */
+ hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing Receive transfer (blocking mode).
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Rx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable IRDA Interrupts (Rx)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_AbortReceive(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Disable the IRDA DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the IRDA DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+ if (hirda->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the IRDA DMA Abort callback to Null.
+ No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(hirda->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_GetError(hirda->hdmarx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Reset Rx transfer counter */
+ hirda->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_OREF | IRDA_CLEAR_NEF | IRDA_CLEAR_PEF | IRDA_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ /* Restore hirda->RxState to Ready */
+ hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (Interrupt mode).
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable IRDA Interrupts (Tx and Rx)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback
+ * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be
+ * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Abort_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ uint32_t abortcplt = 1U;
+
+ /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* If DMA Tx and/or DMA Rx Handles are associated to IRDA Handle, DMA Abort complete callbacks should be initialised
+ before any call to DMA Abort functions */
+ /* DMA Tx Handle is valid */
+ if (hirda->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if IRDA DMA Tx request if enabled.
+ Otherwise, set it to NULL */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = IRDA_DMATxAbortCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ /* DMA Rx Handle is valid */
+ if (hirda->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if IRDA DMA Rx request if enabled.
+ Otherwise, set it to NULL */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = IRDA_DMARxAbortCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the IRDA DMA Tx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ /* Disable DMA Tx at UART level */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Abort the IRDA DMA Tx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */
+ if (hirda->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* IRDA Tx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised :
+ will lead to call HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+
+ /* Abort DMA TX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hirda->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ abortcplt = 0U;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the IRDA DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the IRDA DMA Rx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */
+ if (hirda->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* IRDA Rx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised :
+ will lead to call HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+
+ /* Abort DMA RX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hirda->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ abortcplt = 1U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ abortcplt = 0U;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* if no DMA abort complete callback execution is required => call user Abort Complete callback */
+ if (abortcplt == 1U)
+ {
+ /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */
+ hirda->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ hirda->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Reset errorCode */
+ hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_OREF | IRDA_CLEAR_NEF | IRDA_CLEAR_PEF | IRDA_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ /* Restore hirda->gState and hirda->RxState to Ready */
+ hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+ hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort complete callback */
+ hirda->AbortCpltCallback(hirda);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort complete callback */
+ HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback(hirda);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (Interrupt mode).
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Tx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable IRDA Interrupts (Tx)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback
+ * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be
+ * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+
+ /* Disable the IRDA DMA Tx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Abort the IRDA DMA Tx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */
+ if (hirda->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the IRDA DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = IRDA_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback;
+
+ /* Abort DMA TX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hirda->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hirda->hdmatx);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset Tx transfer counter */
+ hirda->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Restore hirda->gState to Ready */
+ hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+ hirda->AbortTransmitCpltCallback(hirda);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+ HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(hirda);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset Tx transfer counter */
+ hirda->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Restore hirda->gState to Ready */
+ hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+ hirda->AbortTransmitCpltCallback(hirda);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+ HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(hirda);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing Receive transfer (Interrupt mode).
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Rx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable IRDA Interrupts (Rx)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback
+ * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be
+ * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_AbortReceive_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Disable the IRDA DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the IRDA DMA Rx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */
+ if (hirda->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the IRDA DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = IRDA_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback;
+
+ /* Abort DMA RX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hirda->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hirda->hdmarx);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset Rx transfer counter */
+ hirda->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_OREF | IRDA_CLEAR_NEF | IRDA_CLEAR_PEF | IRDA_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ /* Restore hirda->RxState to Ready */
+ hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+ hirda->AbortReceiveCpltCallback(hirda);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+ HAL_IRDA_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(hirda);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset Rx transfer counter */
+ hirda->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_OREF | IRDA_CLEAR_NEF | IRDA_CLEAR_PEF | IRDA_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ /* Restore hirda->RxState to Ready */
+ hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+ hirda->AbortReceiveCpltCallback(hirda);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+ HAL_IRDA_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(hirda);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle IRDA interrupt request.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ uint32_t isrflags = READ_REG(hirda->Instance->ISR);
+ uint32_t cr1its = READ_REG(hirda->Instance->CR1);
+ uint32_t cr3its;
+ uint32_t errorflags;
+ uint32_t errorcode;
+
+ /* If no error occurs */
+ errorflags = (isrflags & (uint32_t)(USART_ISR_PE | USART_ISR_FE | USART_ISR_ORE | USART_ISR_NE));
+ if (errorflags == 0U)
+ {
+ /* IRDA in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ IRDA_Receive_IT(hirda);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If some errors occur */
+ cr3its = READ_REG(hirda->Instance->CR3);
+ if ((errorflags != 0U)
+ && (((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U)
+ || ((cr1its & (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)) != 0U)))
+ {
+ /* IRDA parity error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_PE) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_PEIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_IT(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_PEF);
+
+ hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_PE;
+ }
+
+ /* IRDA frame error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_FE) != 0U) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_IT(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_FE;
+ }
+
+ /* IRDA noise error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_NE) != 0U) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_IT(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_NEF);
+
+ hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NE;
+ }
+
+ /* IRDA Over-Run interrupt occurred -----------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_ORE) != 0U) &&
+ (((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != 0U) || ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U)))
+ {
+ __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_IT(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_OREF);
+
+ hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_ORE;
+ }
+
+ /* Call IRDA Error Call back function if need be --------------------------*/
+ if (hirda->ErrorCode != HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ /* IRDA in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ IRDA_Receive_IT(hirda);
+ }
+
+ /* If Overrun error occurs, or if any error occurs in DMA mode reception,
+ consider error as blocking */
+ errorcode = hirda->ErrorCode;
+ if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) ||
+ ((errorcode & HAL_IRDA_ERROR_ORE) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* Blocking error : transfer is aborted
+ Set the IRDA state ready to be able to start again the process,
+ Disable Rx Interrupts, and disable Rx DMA request, if ongoing */
+ IRDA_EndRxTransfer(hirda);
+
+ /* Disable the IRDA DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the IRDA DMA Rx channel */
+ if (hirda->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the IRDA DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = IRDA_DMAAbortOnError;
+
+ /* Abort DMA RX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hirda->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hirda->hdmarx);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered user error callback */
+ hirda->ErrorCallback(hirda);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak user error callback */
+ HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(hirda);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered user error callback */
+ hirda->ErrorCallback(hirda);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak user error callback */
+ HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(hirda);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Non Blocking error : transfer could go on.
+ Error is notified to user through user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered user error callback */
+ hirda->ErrorCallback(hirda);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak user error callback */
+ HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(hirda);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+ hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
+ }
+ }
+ return;
+
+ } /* End if some error occurs */
+
+ /* IRDA in mode Transmitter ------------------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_TXE) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TXEIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ IRDA_Transmit_IT(hirda);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* IRDA in mode Transmitter (transmission end) -----------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_TC) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TCIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ IRDA_EndTransmit_IT(hirda);
+ return;
+ }
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hirda);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hirda);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hirda);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx Half Transfer complete callback.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hirda);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief IRDA error callback.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hirda);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief IRDA Abort Complete callback.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hirda);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief IRDA Abort Complete callback.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hirda);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmitCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief IRDA Abort Receive Complete callback.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_IRDA_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hirda);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_IRDA_AbortReceiveCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup IRDA_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Error functions
+ * @brief IRDA State and Errors functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral State and Error functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to return the State of IrDA
+ communication process and also return Peripheral Errors occurred during communication process
+ (+) HAL_IRDA_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state
+ of the IRDA peripheral handle.
+ (+) HAL_IRDA_GetError() checks in run-time errors that could occur during
+ communication.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the IRDA handle state.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef HAL_IRDA_GetState(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ /* Return IRDA handle state */
+ uint32_t temp1;
+ uint32_t temp2;
+ temp1 = (uint32_t)hirda->gState;
+ temp2 = (uint32_t)hirda->RxState;
+
+ return (HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef)(temp1 | temp2);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the IRDA handle error code.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @retval IRDA Error Code
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_IRDA_GetError(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ return hirda->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup IRDA_Private_Functions IRDA Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if (USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the callbacks to their default values.
+ * @param hirda IRDA handle.
+ * @retval none
+ */
+void IRDA_InitCallbacksToDefault(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ /* Init the IRDA Callback settings */
+ hirda->TxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxHalfCpltCallback */
+ hirda->TxCpltCallback = HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback */
+ hirda->RxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxHalfCpltCallback */
+ hirda->RxCpltCallback = HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback */
+ hirda->ErrorCallback = HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+ hirda->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */
+ hirda->AbortTransmitCpltCallback = HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmitCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortTransmitCpltCallback */
+ hirda->AbortReceiveCpltCallback = HAL_IRDA_AbortReceiveCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortReceiveCpltCallback */
+
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the IRDA peripheral.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_SetConfig(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg;
+ IRDA_ClockSourceTypeDef clocksource;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t pclk;
+
+ /* Check the communication parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_IRDA_BAUDRATE(hirda->Init.BaudRate));
+ assert_param(IS_IRDA_WORD_LENGTH(hirda->Init.WordLength));
+ assert_param(IS_IRDA_PARITY(hirda->Init.Parity));
+ assert_param(IS_IRDA_TX_RX_MODE(hirda->Init.Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_IRDA_PRESCALER(hirda->Init.Prescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_IRDA_POWERMODE(hirda->Init.PowerMode));
+
+ /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ /* Configure the IRDA Word Length, Parity and transfer Mode:
+ Set the M bits according to hirda->Init.WordLength value
+ Set PCE and PS bits according to hirda->Init.Parity value
+ Set TE and RE bits according to hirda->Init.Mode value */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)hirda->Init.WordLength | hirda->Init.Parity | hirda->Init.Mode ;
+
+ MODIFY_REG(hirda->Instance->CR1, IRDA_CR1_FIELDS, tmpreg);
+
+ /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ MODIFY_REG(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_IRLP, hirda->Init.PowerMode);
+
+
+ /*-------------------------- USART GTPR Configuration ----------------------*/
+ MODIFY_REG(hirda->Instance->GTPR, (uint16_t)USART_GTPR_PSC, (uint16_t)hirda->Init.Prescaler);
+
+ /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/
+ IRDA_GETCLOCKSOURCE(hirda, clocksource);
+ tmpreg = 0U;
+ switch (clocksource)
+ {
+ case IRDA_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+ pclk = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+ tmpreg = (uint16_t)(IRDA_DIV_SAMPLING16(pclk, hirda->Init.BaudRate));
+ break;
+ case IRDA_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI:
+ tmpreg = (uint16_t)(IRDA_DIV_SAMPLING16(HSI_VALUE, hirda->Init.BaudRate));
+ break;
+ case IRDA_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+ pclk = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+ tmpreg = (uint16_t)(IRDA_DIV_SAMPLING16(pclk, hirda->Init.BaudRate));
+ break;
+ case IRDA_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE:
+ tmpreg = (uint16_t)(IRDA_DIV_SAMPLING16((uint32_t)LSE_VALUE, hirda->Init.BaudRate));
+ break;
+ default:
+ ret = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* USARTDIV must be greater than or equal to 0d16 */
+ if ((tmpreg >= USART_BRR_MIN) && (tmpreg <= USART_BRR_MAX))
+ {
+ hirda->Instance->BRR = tmpreg;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ret = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Check the IRDA Idle State.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_CheckIdleState(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Initialize the IRDA ErrorCode */
+ hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Check if the Transmitter is enabled */
+ if ((hirda->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_TE) == USART_CR1_TE)
+ {
+ /* Wait until TEACK flag is set */
+ if (IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, USART_ISR_TEACK, RESET, tickstart, IRDA_TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Timeout occurred */
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Check if the Receiver is enabled */
+ if ((hirda->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_RE) == USART_CR1_RE)
+ {
+ /* Wait until REACK flag is set */
+ if (IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, tickstart, IRDA_TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Timeout occurred */
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize the IRDA state*/
+ hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+ hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle IRDA Communication Timeout.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @param Flag Specifies the IRDA flag to check.
+ * @param Status Flag status (SET or RESET)
+ * @param Tickstart Tick start value
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status,
+ uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ /* Wait until flag is set */
+ while ((__HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG(hirda, Flag) ? SET : RESET) == Status)
+ {
+ /* Check for the Timeout */
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+ hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief End ongoing Tx transfer on IRDA peripheral (following error detection or Transmit completion).
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void IRDA_EndTxTransfer(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+
+ /* At end of Tx process, restore hirda->gState to Ready */
+ hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief End ongoing Rx transfer on UART peripheral (following error detection or Reception completion).
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void IRDA_EndRxTransfer(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* At end of Rx process, restore hirda->RxState to Ready */
+ hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA IRDA transmit process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void IRDA_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda = (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ /* DMA Normal mode */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC))
+ {
+ hirda->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by resetting the DMAT bit
+ in the IRDA CR3 register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Enable the IRDA Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE);
+ }
+ /* DMA Circular mode */
+ else
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Tx complete callback */
+ hirda->TxCpltCallback(hirda);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Tx complete callback */
+ HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(hirda);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+ }
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA IRDA transmit process half complete callback.
+ * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void IRDA_DMATransmitHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda = (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Tx Half complete callback */
+ hirda->TxHalfCpltCallback(hirda);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Tx complete callback */
+ HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback(hirda);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA IRDA receive process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void IRDA_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda = (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ /* DMA Normal mode */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC))
+ {
+ hirda->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by resetting the DMAR bit
+ in the IRDA CR3 register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* At end of Rx process, restore hirda->RxState to Ready */
+ hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+ }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Rx complete callback */
+ hirda->RxCpltCallback(hirda);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Rx complete callback */
+ HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback(hirda);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA IRDA receive process half complete callback.
+ * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void IRDA_DMAReceiveHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda = (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered Rx Half complete callback*/
+ hirda->RxHalfCpltCallback(hirda);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Rx Half complete callback */
+ HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback(hirda);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA IRDA communication error callback.
+ * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void IRDA_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda = (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ /* Stop IRDA DMA Tx request if ongoing */
+ if (hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ hirda->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ IRDA_EndTxTransfer(hirda);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Stop IRDA DMA Rx request if ongoing */
+ if (hirda->RxState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ hirda->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ IRDA_EndRxTransfer(hirda);
+ }
+ }
+
+ hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_DMA;
+#if (USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered user error callback */
+ hirda->ErrorCallback(hirda);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak user error callback */
+ HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(hirda);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA IRDA communication abort callback, when initiated by HAL services on Error
+ * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure following error occurrence).
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void IRDA_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda = (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+ hirda->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ hirda->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered user error callback */
+ hirda->ErrorCallback(hirda);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak user error callback */
+ HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(hirda);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA IRDA Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user
+ * (To be called at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request).
+ * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no
+ * Abort still ongoing for Rx DMA Handle.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void IRDA_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda = (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */
+ if (hirda->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */
+ hirda->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ hirda->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Reset errorCode */
+ hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_OREF | IRDA_CLEAR_NEF | IRDA_CLEAR_PEF | IRDA_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ /* Restore hirda->gState and hirda->RxState to Ready */
+ hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+ hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Call user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort complete callback */
+ hirda->AbortCpltCallback(hirda);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort complete callback */
+ HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback(hirda);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA IRDA Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user
+ * (To be called at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request).
+ * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no
+ * Abort still ongoing for Tx DMA Handle.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void IRDA_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda = (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */
+ if (hirda->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */
+ hirda->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ hirda->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Reset errorCode */
+ hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_OREF | IRDA_CLEAR_NEF | IRDA_CLEAR_PEF | IRDA_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ /* Restore hirda->gState and hirda->RxState to Ready */
+ hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+ hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Call user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort complete callback */
+ hirda->AbortCpltCallback(hirda);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort complete callback */
+ HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback(hirda);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA IRDA Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to
+ * HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmit_IT API (Abort only Tx transfer)
+ * (This callback is executed at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request,
+ * and leads to user Tx Abort Complete callback execution).
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void IRDA_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda = (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ hirda->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Restore hirda->gState to Ready */
+ hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Call user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+ hirda->AbortTransmitCpltCallback(hirda);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+ HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(hirda);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA IRDA Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to
+ * HAL_IRDA_AbortReceive_IT API (Abort only Rx transfer)
+ * (This callback is executed at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request,
+ * and leads to user Rx Abort Complete callback execution).
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void IRDA_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda = (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ hirda->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_OREF | IRDA_CLEAR_NEF | IRDA_CLEAR_PEF | IRDA_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ /* Restore hirda->RxState to Ready */
+ hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Call user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+ hirda->AbortReceiveCpltCallback(hirda);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+ HAL_IRDA_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(hirda);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Send an amount of data in interrupt mode.
+ * @note Function is called under interruption only, once
+ * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT().
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void IRDA_Transmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ uint16_t *tmp;
+
+ /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */
+ if (hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ if (hirda->TxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the IRDA Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE);
+
+ /* Enable the IRDA Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ tmp = (uint16_t *) hirda->pTxBuffPtr; /* Derogation R.11.3 */
+ hirda->Instance->TDR = (uint16_t)(*tmp & 0x01FFU);
+ hirda->pTxBuffPtr += 2U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hirda->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*hirda->pTxBuffPtr & 0xFFU);
+ hirda->pTxBuffPtr++;
+ }
+ hirda->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Wrap up transmission in non-blocking mode.
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void IRDA_EndTransmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ /* Disable the IRDA Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE);
+
+ /* Tx process is ended, restore hirda->gState to Ready */
+ hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Tx complete callback */
+ hirda->TxCpltCallback(hirda);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Tx complete callback */
+ HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(hirda);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode.
+ * @note Function is called under interruption only, once
+ * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT()
+ * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void IRDA_Receive_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
+{
+ uint16_t *tmp;
+ uint16_t uhMask = hirda->Mask;
+ uint16_t uhdata;
+
+ /* Check that a Rx process is ongoing */
+ if (hirda->RxState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ uhdata = (uint16_t) READ_REG(hirda->Instance->RDR);
+ if ((hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ tmp = (uint16_t *) hirda->pRxBuffPtr; /* Derogation R.11.3 */
+ *tmp = (uint16_t)(uhdata & uhMask);
+ hirda->pRxBuffPtr += 2U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *hirda->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t)(uhdata & (uint8_t)uhMask);
+ hirda->pRxBuffPtr++;
+ }
+
+ hirda->RxXferCount--;
+ if (hirda->RxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the IRDA Parity Error Interrupt and RXNE interrupt */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+
+ /* Disable the IRDA Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Rx process is completed, restore hirda->RxState to Ready */
+ hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Rx complete callback */
+ hirda->RxCpltCallback(hirda);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Rx complete callback */
+ HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback(hirda);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear RXNE interrupt flag */
+ __HAL_IRDA_SEND_REQ(hirda, IRDA_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* USART_IRDA_SUPPORT */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_iwdg.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_iwdg.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..18edcd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_iwdg.c @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_iwdg.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief IWDG HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Independent Watchdog (IWDG) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and Start functions
+ * + IO operation functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### IWDG Generic features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (+) The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable
+ through option byte).
+
+ (+) The IWDG is clocked by Low-Speed clock (LSI) and thus stays active even
+ if the main clock fails.
+
+ (+) Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and both can not be
+ disabled. The counter starts counting down from the reset value (0xFFF).
+ When it reaches the end of count value (0x000) a reset signal is
+ generated (IWDG reset).
+
+ (+) Whenever the key value 0x0000 AAAA is written in the IWDG_KR register,
+ the IWDG_RLR value is reloaded in the counter and the watchdog reset is
+ prevented.
+
+ (+) The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional
+ in STOP and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake-up from STANDBY).
+ IWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when an IWDG
+ reset occurs.
+
+ (+) Debug mode : When the microcontroller enters debug mode (core halted),
+ the IWDG counter either continues to work normally or stops, depending
+ on DBG_IWDG_STOP configuration bit in DBG module, accessible through
+ __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_IWDG() and __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_IWDG() macros.
+
+ [..] Min-max timeout value @32KHz (LSI): ~125us / ~32.7s
+ The IWDG timeout may vary due to LSI frequency dispersion. STM32F0xx
+ devices provide the capability to measure the LSI frequency (LSI clock
+ connected internally to TIM16 CH1 input capture). The measured value
+ can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an acceptable accuracy.
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to :
+ (++) Enable instance by writing Start keyword in IWDG_KEY register. LSI
+ clock is forced ON and IWDG counter starts counting down.
+ (++) Enable write access to configuration registers:
+ IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR.
+ (++) Configure the IWDG prescaler and counter reload value. This reload
+ value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the watchdog is
+ reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value.
+ (++) Wait for status flags to be reset.
+ (++) Depending on window parameter:
+ (+++) If Window Init parameter is same as Window register value,
+ nothing more is done but reload counter value in order to exit
+ function with exact time base.
+ (+++) Else modify Window register. This will automatically reload
+ watchdog counter.
+
+ (#) Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular
+ intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
+ HAL_IWDG_Refresh() function.
+
+ *** IWDG HAL driver macros list ***
+ ====================================
+ [..]
+ Below the list of most used macros in IWDG HAL driver:
+ (+) __HAL_IWDG_START: Enable the IWDG peripheral
+ (+) __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER: Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in
+ the reload register
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
+/** @addtogroup IWDG
+ * @brief IWDG HAL module driver.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Defines IWDG Private Defines
+ * @{
+ */
+/* Status register need 5 RC LSI divided by prescaler clock to be updated. With
+ higher prescaler (256), and according to LSI variation, we need to wait at
+ least 6 cycles so 48 ms. */
+#define HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT 48u
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1
+ * @brief Initialization and Start functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Start functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the
+ IWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
+ (+) Manage Window option.
+ (+) Once initialization is performed in HAL_IWDG_Init function, Watchdog
+ is reloaded in order to exit function with correct time base.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the
+ * IWDG_InitTypeDef and start watchdog. Before exiting function,
+ * watchdog is refreshed in order to have correct time base.
+ * @param hiwdg pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Init(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Check the IWDG handle allocation */
+ if (hiwdg == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_IWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hiwdg->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(hiwdg->Init.Prescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(hiwdg->Init.Reload));
+ assert_param(IS_IWDG_WINDOW(hiwdg->Init.Window));
+
+ /* Enable IWDG. LSI is turned on automatically */
+ __HAL_IWDG_START(hiwdg);
+
+ /* Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR registers by writing
+ 0x5555 in KR */
+ IWDG_ENABLE_WRITE_ACCESS(hiwdg);
+
+ /* Write to IWDG registers the Prescaler & Reload values to work with */
+ hiwdg->Instance->PR = hiwdg->Init.Prescaler;
+ hiwdg->Instance->RLR = hiwdg->Init.Reload;
+
+ /* Check pending flag, if previous update not done, return timeout */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait for register to be updated */
+ while (hiwdg->Instance->SR != 0x00u)
+ {
+ if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If window parameter is different than current value, modify window
+ register */
+ if (hiwdg->Instance->WINR != hiwdg->Init.Window)
+ {
+ /* Write to IWDG WINR the IWDG_Window value to compare with. In any case,
+ even if window feature is disabled, Watchdog will be reloaded by writing
+ windows register */
+ hiwdg->Instance->WINR = hiwdg->Init.Window;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
+ __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2
+ * @brief IO operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Refresh the IWDG.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Refresh the IWDG.
+ * @param hiwdg pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Refresh(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
+{
+ /* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
+ __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_msp_template.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_msp_template.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f661e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_msp_template.c @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_msp_template.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief HAL MSP module.
+ * This file template is located in the HAL folder and should be copied
+ * to the user folder.
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_MSP HAL MSP module driver
+ * @brief HAL MSP module.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_MSP_Private_Functions HAL MSP Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the Global MSP.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_MspInit(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the Global MSP.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the PPP MSP.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PPP_MspInit(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the PPP MSP.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PPP_MspDeInit(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_pcd.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_pcd.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f94a7b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_pcd.c @@ -0,0 +1,1869 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_pcd.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief PCD HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + IO operation functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ * + Peripheral State functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ The PCD HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+ (#) Declare a PCD_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
+ PCD_HandleTypeDef hpcd;
+
+ (#) Fill parameters of Init structure in HCD handle
+
+ (#) Call HAL_PCD_Init() API to initialize the PCD peripheral (Core, Device core, ...)
+
+ (#) Initialize the PCD low level resources through the HAL_PCD_MspInit() API:
+ (##) Enable the PCD/USB Low Level interface clock using
+ (+++) __HAL_RCC_USB_CLK_ENABLE(); For USB Device only FS peripheral
+
+ (##) Initialize the related GPIO clocks
+ (##) Configure PCD pin-out
+ (##) Configure PCD NVIC interrupt
+
+ (#)Associate the Upper USB device stack to the HAL PCD Driver:
+ (##) hpcd.pData = pdev;
+
+ (#)Enable PCD transmission and reception:
+ (##) HAL_PCD_Start();
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PCD PCD
+ * @brief PCD HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined (USB)
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup PCD_Private_Macros PCD Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+#define PCD_MIN(a, b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+#define PCD_MAX(a, b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private functions prototypes ----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup PCD_Private_Functions PCD Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_EP_ISR_Handler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions PCD Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the PCD according to the specified
+ * parameters in the PCD_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Init(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ uint8_t i;
+
+ /* Check the PCD handle allocation */
+ if (hpcd == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_PCD_ALL_INSTANCE(hpcd->Instance));
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ hpcd->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->SOFCallback = HAL_PCD_SOFCallback;
+ hpcd->SetupStageCallback = HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback;
+ hpcd->ResetCallback = HAL_PCD_ResetCallback;
+ hpcd->SuspendCallback = HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback;
+ hpcd->ResumeCallback = HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback;
+ hpcd->ConnectCallback = HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback;
+ hpcd->DisconnectCallback = HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback;
+ hpcd->DataOutStageCallback = HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback;
+ hpcd->DataInStageCallback = HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback;
+ hpcd->ISOOUTIncompleteCallback = HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback;
+ hpcd->ISOINIncompleteCallback = HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback;
+ hpcd->LPMCallback = HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback;
+ hpcd->BCDCallback = HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback;
+
+ if (hpcd->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hpcd->MspInitCallback = HAL_PCD_MspInit;
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ hpcd->MspInitCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+ HAL_PCD_MspInit(hpcd);
+#endif /* (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
+ }
+
+ hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the Interrupts */
+ __HAL_PCD_DISABLE(hpcd);
+
+ /* Init endpoints structures */
+ for (i = 0U; i < hpcd->Init.dev_endpoints; i++)
+ {
+ /* Init ep structure */
+ hpcd->IN_ep[i].is_in = 1U;
+ hpcd->IN_ep[i].num = i;
+ hpcd->IN_ep[i].tx_fifo_num = i;
+ /* Control until ep is activated */
+ hpcd->IN_ep[i].type = EP_TYPE_CTRL;
+ hpcd->IN_ep[i].maxpacket = 0U;
+ hpcd->IN_ep[i].xfer_buff = 0U;
+ hpcd->IN_ep[i].xfer_len = 0U;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0U; i < hpcd->Init.dev_endpoints; i++)
+ {
+ hpcd->OUT_ep[i].is_in = 0U;
+ hpcd->OUT_ep[i].num = i;
+ /* Control until ep is activated */
+ hpcd->OUT_ep[i].type = EP_TYPE_CTRL;
+ hpcd->OUT_ep[i].maxpacket = 0U;
+ hpcd->OUT_ep[i].xfer_buff = 0U;
+ hpcd->OUT_ep[i].xfer_len = 0U;
+ }
+
+ /* Init Device */
+ (void)USB_DevInit(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init);
+
+ hpcd->USB_Address = 0U;
+ hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Activate LPM */
+ if (hpcd->Init.lpm_enable == 1U)
+ {
+ (void)HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM(hpcd);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the PCD peripheral.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ /* Check the PCD handle allocation */
+ if (hpcd == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Stop Device */
+ (void)HAL_PCD_Stop(hpcd);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ if (hpcd->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hpcd->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_PCD_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ }
+
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ hpcd->MspDeInitCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: CLOCK, NVIC.*/
+ HAL_PCD_MspDeInit(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_RESET;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the PCD MSP.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_MspInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes PCD MSP.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_MspDeInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+/**
+ * @brief Register a User USB PCD Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd USB PCD handle
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_SOF_CB_ID USB PCD SOF callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_SETUPSTAGE_CB_ID USB PCD Setup callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_RESET_CB_ID USB PCD Reset callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_SUSPEND_CB_ID USB PCD Suspend callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_RESUME_CB_ID USB PCD Resume callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_CONNECT_CB_ID USB PCD Connect callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_DISCONNECT_CB_ID OTG PCD Disconnect callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_RegisterCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, HAL_PCD_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, pPCD_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_PCD_SOF_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->SOFCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_SETUPSTAGE_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->SetupStageCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_RESET_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->ResetCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_SUSPEND_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->SuspendCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_RESUME_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->ResumeCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_CONNECT_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->ConnectCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_DISCONNECT_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->DisconnectCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_PCD_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister an USB PCD Callback
+ * USB PCD callabck is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd USB PCD handle
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_SOF_CB_ID USB PCD SOF callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_SETUPSTAGE_CB_ID USB PCD Setup callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_RESET_CB_ID USB PCD Reset callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_SUSPEND_CB_ID USB PCD Suspend callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_RESUME_CB_ID USB PCD Resume callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_CONNECT_CB_ID USB PCD Connect callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_DISCONNECT_CB_ID OTG PCD Disconnect callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_PCD_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_UnRegisterCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, HAL_PCD_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ /* Setup Legacy weak Callbacks */
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_PCD_SOF_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->SOFCallback = HAL_PCD_SOFCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_SETUPSTAGE_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->SetupStageCallback = HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_RESET_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->ResetCallback = HAL_PCD_ResetCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_SUSPEND_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->SuspendCallback = HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_RESUME_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->ResumeCallback = HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_CONNECT_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->ConnectCallback = HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_DISCONNECT_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->DisconnectCallback = HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->MspInitCallback = HAL_PCD_MspInit;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_PCD_MspDeInit;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_PCD_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->MspInitCallback = HAL_PCD_MspInit;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_PCD_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hpcd->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_PCD_MspDeInit;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Register USB PCD Data OUT Stage Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback() predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the USB PCD Data OUT Stage Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_RegisterDataOutStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, pPCD_DataOutStageCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hpcd->DataOutStageCallback = pCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UnRegister the USB PCD Data OUT Stage Callback
+ * USB PCD Data OUT Stage Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback() predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_UnRegisterDataOutStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hpcd->DataOutStageCallback = HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback; /* Legacy weak DataOutStageCallback */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Register USB PCD Data IN Stage Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback() predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the USB PCD Data IN Stage Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_RegisterDataInStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, pPCD_DataInStageCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hpcd->DataInStageCallback = pCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UnRegister the USB PCD Data IN Stage Callback
+ * USB PCD Data OUT Stage Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback() predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_UnRegisterDataInStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hpcd->DataInStageCallback = HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback; /* Legacy weak DataInStageCallback */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Register USB PCD Iso OUT incomplete Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback() predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the USB PCD Iso OUT incomplete Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_RegisterIsoOutIncpltCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, pPCD_IsoOutIncpltCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hpcd->ISOOUTIncompleteCallback = pCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UnRegister the USB PCD Iso OUT incomplete Callback
+ * USB PCD Iso OUT incomplete Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback() predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_UnRegisterIsoOutIncpltCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hpcd->ISOOUTIncompleteCallback = HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback; /* Legacy weak ISOOUTIncompleteCallback */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Register USB PCD Iso IN incomplete Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback() predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the USB PCD Iso IN incomplete Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_RegisterIsoInIncpltCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, pPCD_IsoInIncpltCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hpcd->ISOINIncompleteCallback = pCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UnRegister the USB PCD Iso IN incomplete Callback
+ * USB PCD Iso IN incomplete Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback() predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_UnRegisterIsoInIncpltCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hpcd->ISOINIncompleteCallback = HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback; /* Legacy weak ISOINIncompleteCallback */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Register USB PCD BCD Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback() predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the USB PCD BCD Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_RegisterBcdCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, pPCD_BcdCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hpcd->BCDCallback = pCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UnRegister the USB PCD BCD Callback
+ * USB BCD Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback() predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_UnRegisterBcdCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hpcd->BCDCallback = HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback; /* Legacy weak HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Register USB PCD LPM Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback() predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the USB PCD LPM Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_RegisterLpmCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, pPCD_LpmCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hpcd->LPMCallback = pCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UnRegister the USB PCD LPM Callback
+ * USB LPM Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback() predefined callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_UnRegisterLpmCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ if (hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ hpcd->LPMCallback = HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback; /* Legacy weak HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hpcd->ErrorCode |= HAL_PCD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
+ * @brief Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the PCD data
+ transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Start the USB device
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Start(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+ (void)USB_DevConnect(hpcd->Instance);
+ __HAL_PCD_ENABLE(hpcd);
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stop the USB device.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Stop(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+ __HAL_PCD_DISABLE(hpcd);
+
+ (void)USB_StopDevice(hpcd->Instance);
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles PCD interrupt request.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+void HAL_PCD_IRQHandler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_CTR))
+ {
+ /* servicing of the endpoint correct transfer interrupt */
+ /* clear of the CTR flag into the sub */
+ (void)PCD_EP_ISR_Handler(hpcd);
+ }
+
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_RESET))
+ {
+ __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_RESET);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->ResetCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ (void)HAL_PCD_SetAddress(hpcd, 0U);
+ }
+
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_PMAOVR))
+ {
+ __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_PMAOVR);
+ }
+
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_ERR))
+ {
+ __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_ERR);
+ }
+
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_WKUP))
+ {
+ hpcd->Instance->CNTR &= (uint16_t) ~(USB_CNTR_LPMODE);
+ hpcd->Instance->CNTR &= (uint16_t) ~(USB_CNTR_FSUSP);
+
+ if (hpcd->LPM_State == LPM_L1)
+ {
+ hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0;
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->LPMCallback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L0_ACTIVE);
+#else
+ HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L0_ACTIVE);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->ResumeCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_WKUP);
+ }
+
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_SUSP))
+ {
+ /* Force low-power mode in the macrocell */
+ hpcd->Instance->CNTR |= USB_CNTR_FSUSP;
+
+ /* clear of the ISTR bit must be done after setting of CNTR_FSUSP */
+ __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_SUSP);
+
+ hpcd->Instance->CNTR |= USB_CNTR_LPMODE;
+
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_WKUP) == 0U)
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->SuspendCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Handle LPM Interrupt */
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_L1REQ))
+ {
+ __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_L1REQ);
+ if (hpcd->LPM_State == LPM_L0)
+ {
+ /* Force suspend and low-power mode before going to L1 state*/
+ hpcd->Instance->CNTR |= USB_CNTR_LPMODE;
+ hpcd->Instance->CNTR |= USB_CNTR_FSUSP;
+
+ hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L1;
+ hpcd->BESL = ((uint32_t)hpcd->Instance->LPMCSR & USB_LPMCSR_BESL) >> 2;
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->LPMCallback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L1_ACTIVE);
+#else
+ HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L1_ACTIVE);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->SuspendCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_SOF))
+ {
+ __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_SOF);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->SOFCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_ESOF))
+ {
+ /* clear ESOF flag in ISTR */
+ __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_ESOF);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Data OUT stage callback.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param epnum endpoint number
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+ UNUSED(epnum);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Data IN stage callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param epnum endpoint number
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+ UNUSED(epnum);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+/**
+ * @brief Setup stage callback
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB Start Of Frame callback.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCD_SOFCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB Reset callback.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCD_ResetCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Suspend event callback.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Resume event callback.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Incomplete ISO OUT callback.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param epnum endpoint number
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+ UNUSED(epnum);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Incomplete ISO IN callback.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param epnum endpoint number
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+ UNUSED(epnum);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Connection event callback.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disconnection event callback.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief management functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PCD data
+ transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Connect the USB device
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevConnect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+ (void)USB_DevConnect(hpcd->Instance);
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disconnect the USB device.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevDisconnect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+ (void)USB_DevDisconnect(hpcd->Instance);
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the USB Device address.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param address new device address
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_SetAddress(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t address)
+{
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+ hpcd->USB_Address = address;
+ (void)USB_SetDevAddress(hpcd->Instance, address);
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+ * @brief Open and configure an endpoint.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param ep_addr endpoint address
+ * @param ep_mps endpoint max packet size
+ * @param ep_type endpoint type
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Open(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint16_t ep_mps, uint8_t ep_type)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK;
+ PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+ if ((ep_addr & 0x80U) == 0x80U)
+ {
+ ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+ ep->is_in = 1U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+ ep->is_in = 0U;
+ }
+
+ ep->num = ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK;
+ ep->maxpacket = ep_mps;
+ ep->type = ep_type;
+
+ if (ep->is_in != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Assign a Tx FIFO */
+ ep->tx_fifo_num = ep->num;
+ }
+ /* Set initial data PID. */
+ if (ep_type == EP_TYPE_BULK)
+ {
+ ep->data_pid_start = 0U;
+ }
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+ (void)USB_ActivateEndpoint(hpcd->Instance, ep);
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deactivate an endpoint.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param ep_addr endpoint address
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Close(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
+{
+ PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+ if ((ep_addr & 0x80U) == 0x80U)
+ {
+ ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+ ep->is_in = 1U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+ ep->is_in = 0U;
+ }
+ ep->num = ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK;
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+ (void)USB_DeactivateEndpoint(hpcd->Instance, ep);
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param ep_addr endpoint address
+ * @param pBuf pointer to the reception buffer
+ * @param len amount of data to be received
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Receive(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t *pBuf, uint32_t len)
+{
+ PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+ ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+
+ /*setup and start the Xfer */
+ ep->xfer_buff = pBuf;
+ ep->xfer_len = len;
+ ep->xfer_count = 0U;
+ ep->is_in = 0U;
+ ep->num = ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK;
+
+ if ((ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK) == 0U)
+ {
+ (void)USB_EP0StartXfer(hpcd->Instance, ep);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ (void)USB_EPStartXfer(hpcd->Instance, ep);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get Received Data Size
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param ep_addr endpoint address
+ * @retval Data Size
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_PCD_EP_GetRxCount(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
+{
+ return hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK].xfer_count;
+}
+/**
+ * @brief Send an amount of data
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param ep_addr endpoint address
+ * @param pBuf pointer to the transmission buffer
+ * @param len amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t *pBuf, uint32_t len)
+{
+ PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+ ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+
+ /*setup and start the Xfer */
+ ep->xfer_buff = pBuf;
+ ep->xfer_len = len;
+ ep->xfer_count = 0U;
+ ep->is_in = 1U;
+ ep->num = ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK;
+
+ if ((ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK) == 0U)
+ {
+ (void)USB_EP0StartXfer(hpcd->Instance, ep);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ (void)USB_EPStartXfer(hpcd->Instance, ep);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set a STALL condition over an endpoint
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param ep_addr endpoint address
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_SetStall(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
+{
+ PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+ if (((uint32_t)ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK) > hpcd->Init.dev_endpoints)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if ((0x80U & ep_addr) == 0x80U)
+ {
+ ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+ ep->is_in = 1U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr];
+ ep->is_in = 0U;
+ }
+
+ ep->is_stall = 1U;
+ ep->num = ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK;
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+
+ (void)USB_EPSetStall(hpcd->Instance, ep);
+ if ((ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK) == 0U)
+ {
+ (void)USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup);
+ }
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Clear a STALL condition over in an endpoint
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param ep_addr endpoint address
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_ClrStall(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
+{
+ PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+ if (((uint32_t)ep_addr & 0x0FU) > hpcd->Init.dev_endpoints)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if ((0x80U & ep_addr) == 0x80U)
+ {
+ ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+ ep->is_in = 1U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+ ep->is_in = 0U;
+ }
+
+ ep->is_stall = 0U;
+ ep->num = ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK;
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
+ (void)USB_EPClearStall(hpcd->Instance, ep);
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Flush an endpoint
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param ep_addr endpoint address
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Flush(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+ UNUSED(ep_addr);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Activate remote wakeup signalling
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ return (USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup(hpcd->Instance));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-activate remote wakeup signalling.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ return (USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(hpcd->Instance));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions
+ * @brief Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+ and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the PCD handle state.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+PCD_StateTypeDef HAL_PCD_GetState(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ return hpcd->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup PCD_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles PCD Endpoint interrupt request.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_EP_ISR_Handler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+ uint16_t count;
+ uint16_t wIstr;
+ uint16_t wEPVal;
+ uint8_t epindex;
+
+ /* stay in loop while pending interrupts */
+ while ((hpcd->Instance->ISTR & USB_ISTR_CTR) != 0U)
+ {
+ wIstr = hpcd->Instance->ISTR;
+ /* extract highest priority endpoint number */
+ epindex = (uint8_t)(wIstr & USB_ISTR_EP_ID);
+
+ if (epindex == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Decode and service control endpoint interrupt */
+
+ /* DIR bit = origin of the interrupt */
+ if ((wIstr & USB_ISTR_DIR) == 0U)
+ {
+ /* DIR = 0 */
+
+ /* DIR = 0 => IN int */
+ /* DIR = 0 implies that (EP_CTR_TX = 1) always */
+ PCD_CLEAR_TX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0);
+ ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[0];
+
+ ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_TX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num);
+ ep->xfer_buff += ep->xfer_count;
+
+ /* TX COMPLETE */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->DataInStageCallback(hpcd, 0U);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(hpcd, 0U);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ if ((hpcd->USB_Address > 0U) && (ep->xfer_len == 0U))
+ {
+ hpcd->Instance->DADDR = ((uint16_t)hpcd->USB_Address | USB_DADDR_EF);
+ hpcd->USB_Address = 0U;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* DIR = 1 */
+
+ /* DIR = 1 & CTR_RX => SETUP or OUT int */
+ /* DIR = 1 & (CTR_TX | CTR_RX) => 2 int pending */
+ ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[0];
+ wEPVal = PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0);
+
+ if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_SETUP) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Get SETUP Packet*/
+ ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num);
+
+ USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup,
+ ep->pmaadress, (uint16_t)ep->xfer_count);
+
+ /* SETUP bit kept frozen while CTR_RX = 1*/
+ PCD_CLEAR_RX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0);
+
+ /* Process SETUP Packet*/
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->SetupStageCallback(hpcd);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(hpcd);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ else if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_CTR_RX) != 0U)
+ {
+ PCD_CLEAR_RX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0);
+
+ /* Get Control Data OUT Packet*/
+ ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num);
+
+ if ((ep->xfer_count != 0U) && (ep->xfer_buff != 0U))
+ {
+ USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff,
+ ep->pmaadress, (uint16_t)ep->xfer_count);
+
+ ep->xfer_buff += ep->xfer_count;
+
+ /* Process Control Data OUT Packet*/
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, 0U);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, 0U);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0, ep->maxpacket);
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0, USB_EP_RX_VALID);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Decode and service non control endpoints interrupt */
+
+ /* process related endpoint register */
+ wEPVal = PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(hpcd->Instance, epindex);
+ if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_CTR_RX) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* clear int flag */
+ PCD_CLEAR_RX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, epindex);
+ ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[epindex];
+
+ /* OUT double Buffering*/
+ if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U)
+ {
+ count = (uint16_t)PCD_GET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num);
+ if (count != 0U)
+ {
+ USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaadress, count);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num) & USB_EP_DTOG_RX) != 0U)
+ {
+ /*read from endpoint BUF0Addr buffer*/
+ count = (uint16_t)PCD_GET_EP_DBUF0_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num);
+ if (count != 0U)
+ {
+ USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaaddr0, count);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*read from endpoint BUF1Addr buffer*/
+ count = (uint16_t)PCD_GET_EP_DBUF1_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num);
+ if (count != 0U)
+ {
+ USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaaddr1, count);
+ }
+ }
+ /* free EP OUT Buffer */
+ PCD_FreeUserBuffer(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, 0U);
+ }
+ /*multi-packet on the NON control OUT endpoint*/
+ ep->xfer_count += count;
+ ep->xfer_buff += count;
+
+ if ((ep->xfer_len == 0U) || (count < ep->maxpacket))
+ {
+ /* RX COMPLETE */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, ep->num);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, ep->num);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ (void)HAL_PCD_EP_Receive(hpcd, ep->num, ep->xfer_buff, ep->xfer_len);
+ }
+
+ } /* if((wEPVal & EP_CTR_RX) */
+
+ if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_CTR_TX) != 0U)
+ {
+ ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[epindex];
+
+ /* clear int flag */
+ PCD_CLEAR_TX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, epindex);
+
+ /*multi-packet on the NON control IN endpoint*/
+ ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_TX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num);
+ ep->xfer_buff += ep->xfer_count;
+
+ /* Zero Length Packet? */
+ if (ep->xfer_len == 0U)
+ {
+ /* TX COMPLETE */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->DataInStageCallback(hpcd, ep->num);
+#else
+ HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(hpcd, ep->num);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ (void)HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit(hpcd, ep->num, ep->xfer_buff, ep->xfer_len);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* defined (USB) */
+#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_pcd_ex.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_pcd_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..26dd51f --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_pcd_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,338 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
+ * + Extended features functions
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PCDEx PCDEx
+ * @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+#if defined (USB)
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions PCDEx Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief PCDEx control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Extended features functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Update FIFO configuration
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure PMA for EP
+ * @param hpcd Device instance
+ * @param ep_addr endpoint address
+ * @param ep_kind endpoint Kind
+ * USB_SNG_BUF: Single Buffer used
+ * USB_DBL_BUF: Double Buffer used
+ * @param pmaadress: EP address in The PMA: In case of single buffer endpoint
+ * this parameter is 16-bit value providing the address
+ * in PMA allocated to endpoint.
+ * In case of double buffer endpoint this parameter
+ * is a 32-bit value providing the endpoint buffer 0 address
+ * in the LSB part of 32-bit value and endpoint buffer 1 address
+ * in the MSB part of 32-bit value.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_PMAConfig(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd,
+ uint16_t ep_addr,
+ uint16_t ep_kind,
+ uint32_t pmaadress)
+{
+ PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
+
+ /* initialize ep structure*/
+ if ((0x80U & ep_addr) == 0x80U)
+ {
+ ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr];
+ }
+
+ /* Here we check if the endpoint is single or double Buffer*/
+ if (ep_kind == PCD_SNG_BUF)
+ {
+ /* Single Buffer */
+ ep->doublebuffer = 0U;
+ /* Configure the PMA */
+ ep->pmaadress = (uint16_t)pmaadress;
+ }
+ else /* USB_DBL_BUF */
+ {
+ /* Double Buffer Endpoint */
+ ep->doublebuffer = 1U;
+ /* Configure the PMA */
+ ep->pmaaddr0 = (uint16_t)(pmaadress & 0xFFFFU);
+ ep->pmaaddr1 = (uint16_t)((pmaadress & 0xFFFF0000U) >> 16);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Activate BatteryCharging feature.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateBCD(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ USB_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+ hpcd->battery_charging_active = 1U;
+
+ /* Enable BCD feature */
+ USBx->BCDR |= USB_BCDR_BCDEN;
+
+ /* Enable DCD : Data Contact Detect */
+ USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_PDEN);
+ USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_SDEN);
+ USBx->BCDR |= USB_BCDR_DCDEN;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deactivate BatteryCharging feature.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateBCD(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ USB_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+ hpcd->battery_charging_active = 0U;
+
+ /* Disable BCD feature */
+ USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_BCDEN);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle BatteryCharging Process.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+void HAL_PCDEx_BCD_VBUSDetect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ USB_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+ uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait Detect flag or a timeout is happen*/
+ while ((USBx->BCDR & USB_BCDR_DCDET) == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Check for the Timeout */
+ if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > 1000U)
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_ERROR);
+#else
+ HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_ERROR);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ HAL_Delay(200U);
+
+ /* Data Pin Contact ? Check Detect flag */
+ if ((USBx->BCDR & USB_BCDR_DCDET) == USB_BCDR_DCDET)
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CONTACT_DETECTION);
+#else
+ HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CONTACT_DETECTION);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ /* Primary detection: checks if connected to Standard Downstream Port
+ (without charging capability) */
+ USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_DCDEN);
+ HAL_Delay(50U);
+ USBx->BCDR |= (USB_BCDR_PDEN);
+ HAL_Delay(50U);
+
+ /* If Charger detect ? */
+ if ((USBx->BCDR & USB_BCDR_PDET) == USB_BCDR_PDET)
+ {
+ /* Start secondary detection to check connection to Charging Downstream
+ Port or Dedicated Charging Port */
+ USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_PDEN);
+ HAL_Delay(50U);
+ USBx->BCDR |= (USB_BCDR_SDEN);
+ HAL_Delay(50U);
+
+ /* If CDP ? */
+ if ((USBx->BCDR & USB_BCDR_SDET) == USB_BCDR_SDET)
+ {
+ /* Dedicated Downstream Port DCP */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DEDICATED_CHARGING_PORT);
+#else
+ HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DEDICATED_CHARGING_PORT);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Charging Downstream Port CDP */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CHARGING_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#else
+ HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CHARGING_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ else /* NO */
+ {
+ /* Standard Downstream Port */
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_STD_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#else
+ HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_STD_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ /* Battery Charging capability discovery finished Start Enumeration */
+ (void)HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateBCD(hpcd);
+#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DISCOVERY_COMPLETED);
+#else
+ HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DISCOVERY_COMPLETED);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Activate LPM feature.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+
+ USB_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+ hpcd->lpm_active = 1U;
+ hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0;
+
+ USBx->LPMCSR |= USB_LPMCSR_LMPEN;
+ USBx->LPMCSR |= USB_LPMCSR_LPMACK;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deactivate LPM feature.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
+{
+ USB_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
+
+ hpcd->lpm_active = 0U;
+
+ USBx->LPMCSR &= ~(USB_LPMCSR_LMPEN);
+ USBx->LPMCSR &= ~(USB_LPMCSR_LPMACK);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Send LPM message to user layer callback.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param msg LPM message
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_LPM_MsgTypeDef msg)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+ UNUSED(msg);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Send BatteryCharging message to user layer callback.
+ * @param hpcd PCD handle
+ * @param msg LPM message
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_BCD_MsgTypeDef msg)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hpcd);
+ UNUSED(msg);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* defined (USB) */
+#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_pwr.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_pwr.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..558d869 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_pwr.c @@ -0,0 +1,454 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_pwr.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief PWR HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization/de-initialization function
+ * + Peripheral Control function
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR PWR
+ * @brief PWR HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data
+ registers) is protected against possible unwanted
+ write accesses.
+ To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows:
+ (+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the
+ __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
+ (+) Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitializes the PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void)
+{
+ __HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET();
+ __HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET();
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
+ * backup data registers when present).
+ * @note If the HSE divided by 32 is used as the RTC clock, the
+ * Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void)
+{
+ PWR->CR |= (uint32_t)PWR_CR_DBP;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
+ * backup data registers when present).
+ * @note If the HSE divided by 32 is used as the RTC clock, the
+ * Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void)
+{
+ PWR->CR &= ~((uint32_t)PWR_CR_DBP);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief Low Power modes configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+ *** WakeUp pin configuration ***
+ ================================
+ [..]
+ (+) WakeUp pin is used to wakeup the system from Standby mode. This pin is
+ forced in input pull down configuration and is active on rising edges.
+ (+) There are two WakeUp pins, and up to eight Wakeup pins on STM32F07x & STM32F09x devices.
+ (++)WakeUp Pin 1 on PA.00.
+ (++)WakeUp Pin 2 on PC.13.
+ (++)WakeUp Pin 3 on PE.06.(STM32F07x/STM32F09x)
+ (++)WakeUp Pin 4 on PA.02.(STM32F07x/STM32F09x)
+ (++)WakeUp Pin 5 on PC.05.(STM32F07x/STM32F09x)
+ (++)WakeUp Pin 6 on PB.05.(STM32F07x/STM32F09x)
+ (++)WakeUp Pin 7 on PB.15.(STM32F07x/STM32F09x)
+ (++)WakeUp Pin 8 on PF.02.(STM32F07x/STM32F09x)
+
+ *** Low Power modes configuration ***
+ =====================================
+ [..]
+ The devices feature 3 low-power modes:
+ (+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M0 core stopped, peripherals kept running.
+ (+) Stop mode: all clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator
+ in low power mode
+ (+) Standby mode: 1.2V domain powered off (mode not available on STM32F0x8 devices).
+
+ *** Sleep mode ***
+ ==================
+ [..]
+ (+) Entry:
+ The Sleep mode is entered by using the HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx)
+ functions with
+ (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
+ (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
+
+ (+) Exit:
+ (++) Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt
+ controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode.
+
+ *** Stop mode ***
+ =================
+ [..]
+ In Stop mode, all clocks in the 1.8V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI,
+ and the HSE RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register contents
+ are preserved.
+ The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode.
+ To minimize the consumption.
+
+ (+) Entry:
+ The Stop mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI )
+ function with:
+ (++) Main regulator ON.
+ (++) Low Power regulator ON.
+ (++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction
+ (++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction
+ (+) Exit:
+ (++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt/Event mode.
+ (++) Some specific communication peripherals (CEC, USART, I2C) interrupts,
+ when programmed in wakeup mode (the peripheral must be
+ programmed in wakeup mode and the corresponding interrupt vector
+ must be enabled in the NVIC)
+
+ *** Standby mode ***
+ ====================
+ [..]
+ The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based
+ on the Cortex-M0 deep sleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled.
+ The 1.8V domain is consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI oscillator and
+ the HSE oscillator are also switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost
+ except for the RTC registers, RTC backup registers and Standby circuitry.
+ The voltage regulator is OFF.
+
+ (+) Entry:
+ (++) The Standby mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function.
+ (+) Exit:
+ (++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A), RTC wakeup,
+ tamper event, time-stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset.
+
+ *** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode ***
+ =============================================
+ [..]
+ The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC
+ Wakeup event, a tamper event, a time-stamp event, or a comparator event,
+ without depending on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode).
+
+ (+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop and Standby modes
+
+ (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to
+ configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.
+
+ (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it
+ is necessary to configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the
+ HAL_RTC_SetTimeStamp_IT() or HAL_RTC_SetTamper_IT() functions.
+
+ (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to
+ configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the HAL_RTC_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function.
+
+ (+) Comparator auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop mode
+
+ (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with a comparator wakeup event, it is necessary to:
+ (+++) Configure the EXTI Line associated with the comparator (example EXTI Line 22 for comparator 2)
+ to be sensitive to to the selected edges (falling, rising or falling
+ and rising) (Interrupt or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function.
+ (+++) Configure the comparator to generate the event.
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables the WakeUp PINx functionality.
+ * @param WakeUpPinx Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to enable.
+ * This parameter can be value of :
+ * @ref PWREx_WakeUp_Pins
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
+ /* Enable the EWUPx pin */
+ SET_BIT(PWR->CSR, WakeUpPinx);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disables the WakeUp PINx functionality.
+ * @param WakeUpPinx Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable.
+ * This parameter can be values of :
+ * @ref PWREx_WakeUp_Pins
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
+ /* Disable the EWUPx pin */
+ CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CSR, WakeUpPinx);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enters Sleep mode.
+ * @note In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+ * @param Regulator Specifies the regulator state in SLEEP mode.
+ * On STM32F0 devices, this parameter is a dummy value and it is ignored
+ * as regulator can't be modified in this mode. Parameter is kept for platform
+ * compatibility.
+ * @param SLEEPEntry Specifies if SLEEP mode is entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+ * When WFI entry is used, tick interrupt have to be disabled if not desired as
+ * the interrupt wake up source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
+ * @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry));
+
+ /* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk);
+
+ /* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/
+ if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
+ {
+ /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+ __WFI();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Request Wait For Event */
+ __SEV();
+ __WFE();
+ __WFE();
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enters STOP mode.
+ * @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+ * @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
+ * the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
+ * @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional
+ * startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode.
+ * By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption
+ * is higher although the startup time is reduced.
+ * @param Regulator Specifies the regulator state in STOP mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: STOP mode with regulator ON
+ * @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: STOP mode with low power regulator ON
+ * @param STOPEntry specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI:Enter STOP mode with WFI instruction
+ * @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: Enter STOP mode with WFE instruction
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
+
+ /* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/
+ tmpreg = PWR->CR;
+
+ /* Clear PDDS and LPDS bits */
+ tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~(PWR_CR_PDDS | PWR_CR_LPDS);
+
+ /* Set LPDS bit according to Regulator value */
+ tmpreg |= Regulator;
+
+ /* Store the new value */
+ PWR->CR = tmpreg;
+
+ /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk;
+
+ /* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
+ if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI)
+ {
+ /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+ __WFI();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Request Wait For Event */
+ __SEV();
+ __WFE();
+ __WFE();
+ }
+
+ /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enters STANDBY mode.
+ * @note In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for:
+ * - Reset pad (still available)
+ * - RTC alternate function pins if configured for tamper, time-stamp, RTC
+ * Alarm out, or RTC clock calibration out.
+ * - WKUP pins if enabled.
+ * STM32F0x8 devices, the Stop mode is available, but it is
+ * aningless to distinguish between voltage regulator in Low power
+ * mode and voltage regulator in Run mode because the regulator
+ * not used and the core is supplied directly from an external source.
+ * Consequently, the Standby mode is not available on those devices.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
+{
+ /* Select STANDBY mode */
+ PWR->CR |= (uint32_t)PWR_CR_PDDS;
+
+ /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk;
+
+ /* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM)
+ __force_stores();
+#endif
+ /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+ __WFI();
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Indicates Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
+ * @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
+ * re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
+ * Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on
+ * interruptions handling.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void)
+{
+ /* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disables Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
+ * @note Clears SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
+ * re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void)
+{
+ /* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
+ * @note Sets SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
+ * WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void)
+{
+ /* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
+ * @note Clears SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
+ * WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void)
+{
+ /* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_pwr_ex.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_pwr_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c14370b --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_pwr_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,274 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_pwr_ex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief Extended PWR HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
+ * + Extended Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx PWREx
+ * @brief PWREx HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup PWREx_Private_Constants PWREx Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+#define PVD_MODE_IT (0x00010000U)
+#define PVD_MODE_EVT (0x00020000U)
+#define PVD_RISING_EDGE (0x00000001U)
+#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE (0x00000002U)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions PWREx Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Extended Control Functions
+ * @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral extended control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+ *** PVD configuration ***
+ =========================
+ [..]
+ (+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a
+ threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR).
+ (+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower
+ than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI
+ line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through
+ HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(), HAL_PWR_EnablePVD() functions.
+ (+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
+ -@- PVD is not available on STM32F030x4/x6/x8
+
+ *** VDDIO2 Monitor Configuration ***
+ ====================================
+ [..]
+ (+) VDDIO2 monitor is used to monitor the VDDIO2 power supply by comparing it
+ to VREFInt Voltage
+ (+) This monitor is internally connected to the EXTI line31
+ and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through
+ HAL_PWREx_EnableVddio2Monitor() function.
+ -@- VDDIO2 is available on STM32F07x/09x/04x
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined (STM32F031x6) || defined (STM32F051x8) || \
+ defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F091xC) || \
+ defined (STM32F042x6) || defined (STM32F072xB)
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
+ * @param sConfigPVD pointer to an PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
+ * information for the PVD.
+ * @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for
+ * more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to each
+ * detection level.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel));
+ assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode));
+
+ /* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PVDLevel value */
+ MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel);
+
+ /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
+ __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
+ __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
+ __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+
+ /* Configure interrupt mode */
+ if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT)
+ {
+ __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+ }
+
+ /* Configure event mode */
+ if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT)
+ {
+ __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the edge */
+ if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE)
+ {
+ __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+ }
+
+ if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE)
+ {
+ __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void)
+{
+ PWR->CR |= (uint32_t)PWR_CR_PVDE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void)
+{
+ PWR->CR &= ~((uint32_t)PWR_CR_PVDE);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles the PWR PVD interrupt request.
+ * @note This API should be called under the PVD_IRQHandler() or PVD_VDDIO2_IRQHandler().
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+ /* Check PWR exti flag */
+ if(__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET)
+ {
+ /* PWR PVD interrupt user callback */
+ HAL_PWR_PVDCallback();
+
+ /* Clear PWR Exti pending bit */
+ __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief PWR PVD interrupt callback
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+#endif /* defined (STM32F031x6) || defined (STM32F051x8) || */
+ /* defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F091xC) || */
+ /* defined (STM32F042x6) || defined (STM32F072xB) */
+
+#if defined (STM32F042x6) || defined (STM32F048xx) || \
+ defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx) || \
+ defined (STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx)
+/**
+ * @brief Enable VDDIO2 monitor: enable Exti 31 and falling edge detection.
+ * @note If Exti 31 is enable correlty and VDDIO2 voltage goes below Vrefint,
+ an interrupt is generated Irq line 1.
+ NVIS has to be enable by user.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableVddio2Monitor(void)
+{
+ __HAL_PWR_VDDIO2_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+ __HAL_PWR_VDDIO2_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the Vddio2 Monitor.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableVddio2Monitor(void)
+{
+ __HAL_PWR_VDDIO2_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
+ __HAL_PWR_VDDIO2_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles the PWR Vddio2 monitor interrupt request.
+ * @note This API should be called under the VDDIO2_IRQHandler() PVD_VDDIO2_IRQHandler().
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_PWREx_Vddio2Monitor_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+ /* Check PWR exti flag */
+ if(__HAL_PWR_VDDIO2_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET)
+ {
+ /* PWR Vddio2 monitor interrupt user callback */
+ HAL_PWREx_Vddio2MonitorCallback();
+
+ /* Clear PWR Exti pending bit */
+ __HAL_PWR_VDDIO2_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief PWR Vddio2 Monitor interrupt callback
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_PWREx_Vddio2MonitorCallback(void)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_PWREx_Vddio2MonitorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+#endif /* defined (STM32F042x6) || defined (STM32F048xx) || \
+ defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx) || \
+ defined (STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx) */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_rcc.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_rcc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3dd009c --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_rcc.c @@ -0,0 +1,1365 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_rcc.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief RCC HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Reset and Clock Control (RCC) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### RCC specific features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ After reset the device is running from Internal High Speed oscillator
+ (HSI 8MHz) with Flash 0 wait state, Flash prefetch buffer is enabled,
+ and all peripherals are off except internal SRAM, Flash and JTAG.
+ (+) There is no prescaler on High speed (AHB) and Low speed (APB) buses;
+ all peripherals mapped on these buses are running at HSI speed.
+ (+) The clock for all peripherals is switched off, except the SRAM and FLASH.
+ (+) All GPIOs are in input floating state, except the JTAG pins which
+ are assigned to be used for debug purpose.
+ [..] Once the device started from reset, the user application has to:
+ (+) Configure the clock source to be used to drive the System clock
+ (if the application needs higher frequency/performance)
+ (+) Configure the System clock frequency and Flash settings
+ (+) Configure the AHB and APB buses prescalers
+ (+) Enable the clock for the peripheral(s) to be used
+ (+) Configure the clock source(s) for peripherals whose clocks are not
+ derived from the System clock (RTC, ADC, I2C, USART, TIM, USB FS, etc..)
+
+ ##### RCC Limitations #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ A delay between an RCC peripheral clock enable and the effective peripheral
+ enabling should be taken into account in order to manage the peripheral read/write
+ from/to registers.
+ (+) This delay depends on the peripheral mapping.
+ (++) AHB & APB peripherals, 1 dummy read is necessary
+
+ [..]
+ Workarounds:
+ (#) For AHB & APB peripherals, a dummy read to the peripheral register has been
+ inserted in each __HAL_RCC_PPP_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC RCC
+* @brief RCC HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Constants RCC Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Macros RCC Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define MCO1_CLK_ENABLE() __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE()
+#define MCO1_GPIO_PORT GPIOA
+#define MCO1_PIN GPIO_PIN_8
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Variables RCC Private Variables
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions RCC Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to configure the internal/external oscillators
+ (HSE, HSI, HSI14, HSI48, LSE, LSI, PLL, CSS and MCO) and the System buses clocks (SYSCLK,
+ AHB and APB1).
+
+ [..] Internal/external clock and PLL configuration
+ (#) HSI (high-speed internal), 8 MHz factory-trimmed RC used directly or through
+ the PLL as System clock source.
+ The HSI clock can be used also to clock the USART and I2C peripherals.
+
+ (#) HSI14 (high-speed internal), 14 MHz factory-trimmed RC used directly to clock
+ the ADC peripheral.
+
+ (#) LSI (low-speed internal), ~40 KHz low consumption RC used as IWDG and/or RTC
+ clock source.
+
+ (#) HSE (high-speed external), 4 to 32 MHz crystal oscillator used directly or
+ through the PLL as System clock source. Can be used also as RTC clock source.
+
+ (#) LSE (low-speed external), 32 KHz oscillator used as RTC clock source.
+
+ (#) PLL (clocked by HSI, HSI48 or HSE), featuring different output clocks:
+ (++) The first output is used to generate the high speed system clock (up to 48 MHz)
+ (++) The second output is used to generate the clock for the USB FS (48 MHz)
+ (++) The third output may be used to generate the clock for the TIM, I2C and USART
+ peripherals (up to 48 MHz)
+
+ (#) CSS (Clock security system), once enable using the macro __HAL_RCC_CSS_ENABLE()
+ and if a HSE clock failure occurs(HSE used directly or through PLL as System
+ clock source), the System clocks automatically switched to HSI and an interrupt
+ is generated if enabled. The interrupt is linked to the Cortex-M0 NMI
+ (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector.
+
+ (#) MCO (microcontroller clock output), used to output SYSCLK, HSI, HSE, LSI, LSE or PLL
+ clock (divided by 2) output on pin (such as PA8 pin).
+
+ [..] System, AHB and APB buses clocks configuration
+ (#) Several clock sources can be used to drive the System clock (SYSCLK): HSI,
+ HSE and PLL.
+ The AHB clock (HCLK) is derived from System clock through configurable
+ prescaler and used to clock the CPU, memory and peripherals mapped
+ on AHB bus (DMA, GPIO...). APB1 (PCLK1) clock is derived
+ from AHB clock through configurable prescalers and used to clock
+ the peripherals mapped on these buses. You can use
+ "@ref HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq()" function to retrieve the frequencies of these clocks.
+
+ (#) All the peripheral clocks are derived from the System clock (SYSCLK) except:
+ (++) The FLASH program/erase clock which is always HSI 8MHz clock.
+ (++) The USB 48 MHz clock which is derived from the PLL VCO clock.
+ (++) The USART clock which can be derived as well from HSI 8MHz, LSI or LSE.
+ (++) The I2C clock which can be derived as well from HSI 8MHz clock.
+ (++) The ADC clock which is derived from PLL output.
+ (++) The RTC clock which is derived from the LSE, LSI or 1 MHz HSE_RTC
+ (HSE divided by a programmable prescaler). The System clock (SYSCLK)
+ frequency must be higher or equal to the RTC clock frequency.
+ (++) IWDG clock which is always the LSI clock.
+
+ (#) For the STM32F0xx devices, the maximum frequency of the SYSCLK, HCLK and PCLK1 is 48 MHz,
+ Depending on the SYSCLK frequency, the flash latency should be adapted accordingly.
+
+ (#) After reset, the System clock source is the HSI (8 MHz) with 0 WS and
+ prefetch is disabled.
+ @endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/*
+ Additional consideration on the SYSCLK based on Latency settings:
+ +-----------------------------------------------+
+ | Latency | SYSCLK clock frequency (MHz) |
+ |---------------|-------------------------------|
+ |0WS(1CPU cycle)| 0 < SYSCLK <= 24 |
+ |---------------|-------------------------------|
+ |1WS(2CPU cycle)| 24 < SYSCLK <= 48 |
+ +-----------------------------------------------+
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Resets the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state.
+ * @note The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below:
+ * - HSI ON and used as system clock source
+ * - HSE and PLL OFF
+ * - AHB, APB1 prescaler set to 1.
+ * - CSS and MCO1 OFF
+ * - All interrupts disabled
+ * - All interrupt and reset flags cleared
+ * @note This function does not modify the configuration of the
+ * - Peripheral clocks
+ * - LSI, LSE and RTC clocks
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_DeInit(void)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Get Start Tick*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Set HSION bit, HSITRIM[4:0] bits to the reset value*/
+ SET_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSION | RCC_CR_HSITRIM_4);
+
+ /* Wait till HSI is ready */
+ while (READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY) == RESET)
+ {
+ if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Reset SW[1:0], HPRE[3:0], PPRE[2:0] and MCOSEL[2:0] bits */
+ CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_SW | RCC_CFGR_HPRE | RCC_CFGR_PPRE | RCC_CFGR_MCO);
+
+ /* Wait till HSI as SYSCLK status is enabled */
+ while (READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_SWS) != RESET)
+ {
+ if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Update the SystemCoreClock global variable for HSI as system clock source */
+ SystemCoreClock = HSI_VALUE;
+
+ /* Adapt Systick interrupt period */
+ if (HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Reset HSEON, CSSON, PLLON bits */
+ CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLON | RCC_CR_CSSON | RCC_CR_HSEON);
+
+ /* Reset HSEBYP bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEBYP);
+
+ /* Get start tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till PLLRDY is cleared */
+ while(READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY) != RESET)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Reset CFGR register */
+ CLEAR_REG(RCC->CFGR);
+
+ /* Reset CFGR2 register */
+ CLEAR_REG(RCC->CFGR2);
+
+ /* Reset CFGR3 register */
+ CLEAR_REG(RCC->CFGR3);
+
+ /* Disable all interrupts */
+ CLEAR_REG(RCC->CIR);
+
+ /* Clear all reset flags */
+ __HAL_RCC_CLEAR_RESET_FLAGS();
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the RCC Oscillators according to the specified parameters in the
+ * RCC_OscInitTypeDef.
+ * @param RCC_OscInitStruct pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the RCC Oscillators.
+ * @note The PLL is not disabled when used as system clock.
+ * @note Transitions LSE Bypass to LSE On and LSE On to LSE Bypass are not
+ * supported by this macro. User should request a transition to LSE Off
+ * first and then LSE On or LSE Bypass.
+ * @note Transition HSE Bypass to HSE On and HSE On to HSE Bypass are not
+ * supported by this macro. User should request a transition to HSE Off
+ * first and then HSE On or HSE Bypass.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_OscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+ uint32_t pll_config;
+ uint32_t pll_config2;
+
+ /* Check Null pointer */
+ if(RCC_OscInitStruct == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE(RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType));
+
+ /*------------------------------- HSE Configuration ------------------------*/
+ if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState));
+
+ /* When the HSE is used as system clock or clock source for PLL in these cases it is not allowed to be disabled */
+ if((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE)
+ || ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE)))
+ {
+ if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState == RCC_HSE_OFF))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set the new HSE configuration ---------------------------------------*/
+ __HAL_RCC_HSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState);
+
+
+ /* Check the HSE State */
+ if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState != RCC_HSE_OFF)
+ {
+ /* Get Start Tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till HSE is ready */
+ while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) == RESET)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Get Start Tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till HSE is disabled */
+ while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /*----------------------------- HSI Configuration --------------------------*/
+ if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_CALIBRATION_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue));
+
+ /* Check if HSI is used as system clock or as PLL source when PLL is selected as system clock */
+ if((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI)
+ || ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI)))
+ {
+ /* When HSI is used as system clock it will not disabled */
+ if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) != RESET) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState != RCC_HSI_ON))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Otherwise, just the calibration is allowed */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/
+ __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check the HSI State */
+ if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState != RCC_HSI_OFF)
+ {
+ /* Enable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */
+ __HAL_RCC_HSI_ENABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till HSI is ready */
+ while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) == RESET)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/
+ __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */
+ __HAL_RCC_HSI_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till HSI is disabled */
+ while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) != RESET)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /*------------------------------ LSI Configuration -------------------------*/
+ if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_LSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState));
+
+ /* Check the LSI State */
+ if(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState != RCC_LSI_OFF)
+ {
+ /* Enable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */
+ __HAL_RCC_LSI_ENABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till LSI is ready */
+ while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) == RESET)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */
+ __HAL_RCC_LSI_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till LSI is disabled */
+ while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) != RESET)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /*------------------------------ LSE Configuration -------------------------*/
+ if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE)
+ {
+ FlagStatus pwrclkchanged = RESET;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState));
+
+ /* Update LSE configuration in Backup Domain control register */
+ /* Requires to enable write access to Backup Domain of necessary */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_DISABLED())
+ {
+ __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+ pwrclkchanged = SET;
+ }
+
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP))
+ {
+ /* Enable write access to Backup domain */
+ SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP);
+
+ /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP))
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Set the new LSE configuration -----------------------------------------*/
+ __HAL_RCC_LSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState);
+ /* Check the LSE State */
+ if(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState != RCC_LSE_OFF)
+ {
+ /* Get Start Tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till LSE is ready */
+ while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Get Start Tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till LSE is disabled */
+ while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) != RESET)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Require to disable power clock if necessary */
+ if(pwrclkchanged == SET)
+ {
+ __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE();
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*----------------------------- HSI14 Configuration --------------------------*/
+ if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI14) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI14)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI14(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI14State));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_CALIBRATION_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI14CalibrationValue));
+
+ /* Check the HSI14 State */
+ if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI14State == RCC_HSI14_ON)
+ {
+ /* Disable ADC control of the Internal High Speed oscillator HSI14 */
+ __HAL_RCC_HSI14ADC_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Enable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */
+ __HAL_RCC_HSI14_ENABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till HSI is ready */
+ while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSI14RDY) == RESET)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSI14_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator 14Mhz (HSI14) calibration value. */
+ __HAL_RCC_HSI14_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI14CalibrationValue);
+ }
+ else if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI14State == RCC_HSI14_ADC_CONTROL)
+ {
+ /* Enable ADC control of the Internal High Speed oscillator HSI14 */
+ __HAL_RCC_HSI14ADC_ENABLE();
+
+ /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator 14Mhz (HSI14) calibration value. */
+ __HAL_RCC_HSI14_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI14CalibrationValue);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable ADC control of the Internal High Speed oscillator HSI14 */
+ __HAL_RCC_HSI14ADC_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Disable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */
+ __HAL_RCC_HSI14_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till HSI is ready */
+ while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSI14RDY) != RESET)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSI14_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT)
+ /*----------------------------- HSI48 Configuration --------------------------*/
+ if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI48) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI48)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI48(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI48State));
+
+ /* When the HSI48 is used as system clock it is not allowed to be disabled */
+ if((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI48) ||
+ ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI48)))
+ {
+ if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSI48RDY) != RESET) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI48State != RCC_HSI48_ON))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check the HSI48 State */
+ if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI48State != RCC_HSI48_OFF)
+ {
+ /* Enable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI48). */
+ __HAL_RCC_HSI48_ENABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till HSI48 is ready */
+ while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSI48RDY) == RESET)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSI48_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI48). */
+ __HAL_RCC_HSI48_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till HSI48 is ready */
+ while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSI48RDY) != RESET)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSI48_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */
+
+ /*-------------------------------- PLL Configuration -----------------------*/
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState));
+ if ((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) != RCC_PLL_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Check if the PLL is used as system clock or not */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK)
+ {
+ if((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) == RCC_PLL_ON)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSOURCE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_MUL(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLMUL));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PREDIV(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PREDIV));
+
+ /* Disable the main PLL. */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till PLL is disabled */
+ while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the main PLL clock source, predivider and multiplication factor. */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLL_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource,
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PREDIV,
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLMUL);
+ /* Enable the main PLL. */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till PLL is ready */
+ while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the main PLL. */
+ __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Get Start Tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till PLL is disabled */
+ while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check if there is a request to disable the PLL used as System clock source */
+ if((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) == RCC_PLL_OFF)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Do not return HAL_ERROR if request repeats the current configuration */
+ pll_config = RCC->CFGR;
+ pll_config2 = RCC->CFGR2;
+ if((READ_BIT(pll_config, RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC) != RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource) ||
+ (READ_BIT(pll_config2, RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV) != RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PREDIV) ||
+ (READ_BIT(pll_config, RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL) != RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLMUL))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB buses clocks according to the specified
+ * parameters in the RCC_ClkInitStruct.
+ * @param RCC_ClkInitStruct pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the RCC peripheral.
+ * @param FLatency FLASH Latency
+ * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series
+ * @note The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency
+ * and updated by @ref HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() function called within this function
+ *
+ * @note The HSI is used (enabled by hardware) as system clock source after
+ * start-up from Reset, wake-up from STOP and STANDBY mode, or in case
+ * of failure of the HSE used directly or indirectly as system clock
+ * (if the Clock Security System CSS is enabled).
+ *
+ * @note A switch from one clock source to another occurs only if the target
+ * clock source is ready (clock stable after start-up delay or PLL locked).
+ * If a clock source which is not yet ready is selected, the switch will
+ * occur when the clock source will be ready.
+ * You can use @ref HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig() function to know which clock is
+ * currently used as system clock source.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t FLatency)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Check Null pointer */
+ if(RCC_ClkInitStruct == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_CLOCKTYPE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType));
+ assert_param(IS_FLASH_LATENCY(FLatency));
+
+ /* To correctly read data from FLASH memory, the number of wait states (LATENCY)
+ must be correctly programmed according to the frequency of the CPU clock
+ (HCLK) of the device. */
+
+ /* Increasing the number of wait states because of higher CPU frequency */
+ if(FLatency > __HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY())
+ {
+ /* Program the new number of wait states to the LATENCY bits in the FLASH_ACR register */
+ __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(FLatency);
+
+ /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash
+ memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */
+ if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY() != FLatency)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*-------------------------- HCLK Configuration --------------------------*/
+ if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK)
+ {
+ /* Set the highest APB divider in order to ensure that we do not go through
+ a non-spec phase whatever we decrease or increase HCLK. */
+ if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1)
+ {
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE, RCC_HCLK_DIV16);
+ }
+
+ /* Set the new HCLK clock divider */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider));
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider);
+ }
+
+ /*------------------------- SYSCLK Configuration ---------------------------*/
+ if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource));
+
+ /* HSE is selected as System Clock Source */
+ if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE)
+ {
+ /* Check the HSE ready flag */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) == RESET)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ /* PLL is selected as System Clock Source */
+ else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK)
+ {
+ /* Check the PLL ready flag */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSI48)
+ /* HSI48 is selected as System Clock Source */
+ else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSI48)
+ {
+ /* Check the HSI48 ready flag */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSI48RDY) == RESET)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSI48 */
+ /* HSI is selected as System Clock Source */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check the HSI ready flag */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) == RESET)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ __HAL_RCC_SYSCLK_CONFIG(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource);
+
+ /* Get Start Tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != (RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource << RCC_CFGR_SWS_Pos))
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Decreasing the number of wait states because of lower CPU frequency */
+ if(FLatency < __HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY())
+ {
+ /* Program the new number of wait states to the LATENCY bits in the FLASH_ACR register */
+ __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(FLatency);
+
+ /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash
+ memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */
+ if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY() != FLatency)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*-------------------------- PCLK1 Configuration ---------------------------*/
+ if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider));
+ MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE, RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider);
+ }
+
+ /* Update the SystemCoreClock global variable */
+ SystemCoreClock = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq() >> AHBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE)>> RCC_CFGR_HPRE_BITNUMBER];
+
+ /* Configure the source of time base considering new system clocks settings*/
+ HAL_InitTick (TICK_INT_PRIORITY);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief RCC clocks control functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks
+ frequencies.
+
+ @endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR_MCOPRE)
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the clock source to output on MCO pin.
+ * @note MCO pin should be configured in alternate function mode.
+ * @param RCC_MCOx specifies the output direction for the clock source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1 Clock source to output on MCO1 pin(PA8).
+ * @param RCC_MCOSource specifies the clock source to output.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_NOCLOCK No clock selected
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_SYSCLK System Clock selected as MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI HSI selected as MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSE HSE selected as MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSI LSI selected as MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSE LSE selected as MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI14 HSI14 selected as MCO clock
+ @if STM32F042x6
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48 HSI48 selected as MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLLCLK selected as MCO clock
+ @elseif STM32F048xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48 HSI48 selected as MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLLCLK selected as MCO clock
+ @elseif STM32F071xB
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48 HSI48 selected as MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLLCLK selected as MCO clock
+ @elseif STM32F072xB
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48 HSI48 selected as MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLLCLK selected as MCO clock
+ @elseif STM32F078xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48 HSI48 selected as MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLLCLK selected as MCO clock
+ @elseif STM32F091xC
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48 HSI48 selected as MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLLCLK selected as MCO clock
+ @elseif STM32F098xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48 HSI48 selected as MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLLCLK selected as MCO clock
+ @elif STM32F030x6
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLLCLK selected as MCO clock
+ @elif STM32F030xC
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLLCLK selected as MCO clock
+ @elif STM32F031x6
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLLCLK selected as MCO clock
+ @elif STM32F038xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLLCLK selected as MCO clock
+ @elif STM32F070x6
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLLCLK selected as MCO clock
+ @elif STM32F070xB
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLLCLK selected as MCO clock
+ @endif
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK_DIV2 PLLCLK Divided by 2 selected as MCO clock
+ * @param RCC_MCODiv specifies the MCO DIV.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_1 no division applied to MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_2 division by 2 applied to MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_4 division by 4 applied to MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_8 division by 8 applied to MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_16 division by 16 applied to MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_32 division by 32 applied to MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_64 division by 64 applied to MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_128 division by 128 applied to MCO clock
+ * @retval None
+ */
+#else
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the clock source to output on MCO pin.
+ * @note MCO pin should be configured in alternate function mode.
+ * @param RCC_MCOx specifies the output direction for the clock source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1 Clock source to output on MCO1 pin(PA8).
+ * @param RCC_MCOSource specifies the clock source to output.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_NOCLOCK No clock selected as MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_SYSCLK System clock selected as MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI HSI selected as MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSE HSE selected as MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSI LSI selected as MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSE LSE selected as MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI14 HSI14 selected as MCO clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK_DIV2 PLLCLK Divided by 2 selected as MCO clock
+ * @param RCC_MCODiv specifies the MCO DIV.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_1 no division applied to MCO clock
+ * @retval None
+ */
+#endif
+void HAL_RCC_MCOConfig(uint32_t RCC_MCOx, uint32_t RCC_MCOSource, uint32_t RCC_MCODiv)
+{
+ GPIO_InitTypeDef gpio;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO(RCC_MCOx));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_MCODIV(RCC_MCODiv));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO1SOURCE(RCC_MCOSource));
+
+ /* Configure the MCO1 pin in alternate function mode */
+ gpio.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP;
+ gpio.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH;
+ gpio.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL;
+ gpio.Pin = MCO1_PIN;
+ gpio.Alternate = GPIO_AF0_MCO;
+
+ /* MCO1 Clock Enable */
+ MCO1_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+ HAL_GPIO_Init(MCO1_GPIO_PORT, &gpio);
+
+ /* Configure the MCO clock source */
+ __HAL_RCC_MCO1_CONFIG(RCC_MCOSource, RCC_MCODiv);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables the Clock Security System.
+ * @note If a failure is detected on the HSE oscillator clock, this oscillator
+ * is automatically disabled and an interrupt is generated to inform the
+ * software about the failure (Clock Security System Interrupt, CSSI),
+ * allowing the MCU to perform rescue operations. The CSSI is linked to
+ * the Cortex-M0 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCC_EnableCSS(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_CSSON) ;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disables the Clock Security System.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCC_DisableCSS(void)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_CSSON) ;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the SYSCLK frequency
+ * @note The system frequency computed by this function is not the real
+ * frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined
+ * constant and the selected clock source:
+ * @note If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(*)
+ * @note If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns a value based on HSE_VALUE
+ * divided by PREDIV factor(**)
+ * @note If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns a value based on HSE_VALUE
+ * divided by PREDIV factor(**) or depending on STM32F0xxxx devices either a value based
+ * on HSI_VALUE divided by 2 or HSI_VALUE divided by PREDIV factor(*) multiplied by the
+ * PLL factor.
+ * @note (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f0xx_hal_conf.h file (default value
+ * 8 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations
+ * in voltage and temperature.
+ * @note (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f0xx_hal_conf.h file (default value
+ * 8 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real
+ * frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may
+ * have wrong result.
+ *
+ * @note The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional
+ * value for HSE crystal.
+ *
+ * @note This function can be used by the user application to compute the
+ * baud-rate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters.
+ *
+ * @note Each time SYSCLK changes, this function must be called to update the
+ * right SYSCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
+ *
+ * @retval SYSCLK frequency
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(void)
+{
+ const uint8_t aPLLMULFactorTable[16] = { 2U, 3U, 4U, 5U, 6U, 7U, 8U, 9U,
+ 10U, 11U, 12U, 13U, 14U, 15U, 16U, 16U};
+ const uint8_t aPredivFactorTable[16] = { 1U, 2U, 3U, 4U, 5U, 6U, 7U, 8U,
+ 9U,10U, 11U, 12U, 13U, 14U, 15U, 16U};
+
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0U, prediv = 0U, pllclk = 0U, pllmul = 0U;
+ uint32_t sysclockfreq = 0U;
+
+ tmpreg = RCC->CFGR;
+
+ /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/
+ switch (tmpreg & RCC_CFGR_SWS)
+ {
+ case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE: /* HSE used as system clock */
+ {
+ sysclockfreq = HSE_VALUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK: /* PLL used as system clock */
+ {
+ pllmul = aPLLMULFactorTable[(uint32_t)(tmpreg & RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL) >> RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL_BITNUMBER];
+ prediv = aPredivFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV) >> RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV_BITNUMBER];
+ if ((tmpreg & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE)
+ {
+ /* HSE used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSE/PREDIV * PLLMUL */
+ pllclk = (uint32_t)((uint64_t) HSE_VALUE / (uint64_t) (prediv)) * ((uint64_t) pllmul);
+ }
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC_HSI48_PREDIV)
+ else if ((tmpreg & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI48)
+ {
+ /* HSI48 used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSI48/PREDIV * PLLMUL */
+ pllclk = (uint32_t)((uint64_t) HSI48_VALUE / (uint64_t) (prediv)) * ((uint64_t) pllmul);
+ }
+#endif /* RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC_HSI48_PREDIV */
+ else
+ {
+#if (defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F070x6) || defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F070xB) || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) || defined(STM32F030xC))
+ /* HSI used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSI/PREDIV * PLLMUL */
+ pllclk = (uint32_t)((uint64_t) HSI_VALUE / (uint64_t) (prediv)) * ((uint64_t) pllmul);
+#else
+ /* HSI used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSI/2 * PLLMUL */
+ pllclk = (uint32_t)((uint64_t) (HSI_VALUE >> 1U) * ((uint64_t) pllmul));
+#endif
+ }
+ sysclockfreq = pllclk;
+ break;
+ }
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSI48)
+ case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI48: /* HSI48 used as system clock source */
+ {
+ sysclockfreq = HSI48_VALUE;
+ break;
+ }
+#endif /* RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSI48 */
+ case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI: /* HSI used as system clock source */
+ default: /* HSI used as system clock */
+ {
+ sysclockfreq = HSI_VALUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return sysclockfreq;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the HCLK frequency
+ * @note Each time HCLK changes, this function must be called to update the
+ * right HCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
+ *
+ * @note The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency
+ * and updated within this function
+ * @retval HCLK frequency
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq(void)
+{
+ return SystemCoreClock;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the PCLK1 frequency
+ * @note Each time PCLK1 changes, this function must be called to update the
+ * right PCLK1 value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
+ * @retval PCLK1 frequency
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(void)
+{
+ /* Get HCLK source and Compute PCLK1 frequency ---------------------------*/
+ return (HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() >> APBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE) >> RCC_CFGR_PPRE_BITNUMBER]);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the RCC_OscInitStruct according to the internal
+ * RCC configuration registers.
+ * @param RCC_OscInitStruct pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that
+ * will be configured.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(RCC_OscInitStruct != NULL);
+
+ /* Set all possible values for the Oscillator type parameter ---------------*/
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI \
+ | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI14;
+#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT)
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType |= RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI48;
+#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */
+
+
+ /* Get the HSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+ if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSEBYP) == RCC_CR_HSEBYP)
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_BYPASS;
+ }
+ else if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSEON) == RCC_CR_HSEON)
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_OFF;
+ }
+
+ /* Get the HSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+ if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSION) == RCC_CR_HSION)
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_ON;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_OFF;
+ }
+
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue = (uint32_t)((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSITRIM) >> RCC_CR_HSITRIM_BitNumber);
+
+ /* Get the LSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+ if((RCC->BDCR &RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP) == RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP)
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_BYPASS;
+ }
+ else if((RCC->BDCR &RCC_BDCR_LSEON) == RCC_BDCR_LSEON)
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_OFF;
+ }
+
+ /* Get the LSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+ if((RCC->CSR &RCC_CSR_LSION) == RCC_CSR_LSION)
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_OFF;
+ }
+
+ /* Get the HSI14 configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+ if((RCC->CR2 & RCC_CR2_HSI14ON) == RCC_CR2_HSI14ON)
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI14State = RCC_HSI_ON;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI14State = RCC_HSI_OFF;
+ }
+
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI14CalibrationValue = (uint32_t)((RCC->CR2 & RCC_CR2_HSI14TRIM) >> RCC_HSI14TRIM_BIT_NUMBER);
+
+#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT)
+ /* Get the HSI48 configuration if any-----------------------------------------*/
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI48State = __HAL_RCC_GET_HSI48_STATE();
+#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */
+
+ /* Get the PLL configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+ if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_PLLON) == RCC_CR_PLLON)
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_OFF;
+ }
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC);
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLMUL = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL);
+ RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PREDIV = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the RCC_ClkInitStruct according to the internal
+ * RCC configuration registers.
+ * @param RCC_ClkInitStruct pointer to an RCC_ClkInitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the current clock configuration.
+ * @param pFLatency Pointer on the Flash Latency.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t *pFLatency)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(RCC_ClkInitStruct != NULL);
+ assert_param(pFLatency != NULL);
+
+ /* Set all possible values for the Clock type parameter --------------------*/
+ RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType = RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1;
+
+ /* Get the SYSCLK configuration --------------------------------------------*/
+ RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SW);
+
+ /* Get the HCLK configuration ----------------------------------------------*/
+ RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE);
+
+ /* Get the APB1 configuration ----------------------------------------------*/
+ RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE);
+ /* Get the Flash Wait State (Latency) configuration ------------------------*/
+ *pFLatency = __HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY();
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles the RCC CSS interrupt request.
+ * @note This API should be called under the NMI_Handler().
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCC_NMI_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+ /* Check RCC CSSF flag */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT_CSS))
+ {
+ /* RCC Clock Security System interrupt user callback */
+ HAL_RCC_CSSCallback();
+
+ /* Clear RCC CSS pending bit */
+ __HAL_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT_CSS);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief RCC Clock Security System interrupt callback
+ * @retval none
+ */
+__weak void HAL_RCC_CSSCallback(void)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_RCC_CSSCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_rcc_ex.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_rcc_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..386e9ae --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_rcc_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,964 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_rcc_ex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief Extended RCC HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities RCC extension peripheral:
+ * + Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ * + Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx RCCEx
+ * @brief RCC Extension HAL module driver.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if defined(CRS)
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Constants RCCEx Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+/* Bit position in register */
+#define CRS_CFGR_FELIM_BITNUMBER 16
+#define CRS_CR_TRIM_BITNUMBER 8
+#define CRS_ISR_FECAP_BITNUMBER 16
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* CRS */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Macros RCCEx Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions RCCEx Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Extended Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks
+ frequencies.
+ [..]
+ (@) Important note: Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to
+ select the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in
+ order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including
+ the backup registers) are set to their reset values.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the RCC extended peripherals clocks according to the specified
+ * parameters in the RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef.
+ * @param PeriphClkInit pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals clocks
+ * (USART, RTC, I2C, CEC and USB).
+ *
+ * @note Care must be taken when @ref HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to select
+ * the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in
+ * order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including
+ * the backup registers) and RCC_BDCR register are set to their reset values.
+ *
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+ uint32_t temp_reg = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection));
+
+ /*---------------------------- RTC configuration -------------------------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC))
+ {
+ /* check for RTC Parameters used to output RTCCLK */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection));
+
+ FlagStatus pwrclkchanged = RESET;
+
+ /* As soon as function is called to change RTC clock source, activation of the
+ power domain is done. */
+ /* Requires to enable write access to Backup Domain of necessary */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_DISABLED())
+ {
+ __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+ pwrclkchanged = SET;
+ }
+
+ if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP))
+ {
+ /* Enable write access to Backup domain */
+ SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP);
+
+ /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP))
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Reset the Backup domain only if the RTC Clock source selection is modified from reset value */
+ temp_reg = (RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL);
+ if((temp_reg != 0x00000000U) && (temp_reg != (PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL)))
+ {
+ /* Store the content of BDCR register before the reset of Backup Domain */
+ temp_reg = (RCC->BDCR & ~(RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL));
+ /* RTC Clock selection can be changed only if the Backup Domain is reset */
+ __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_FORCE();
+ __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_RELEASE();
+ /* Restore the Content of BDCR register */
+ RCC->BDCR = temp_reg;
+
+ /* Wait for LSERDY if LSE was enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(temp_reg, RCC_BDCR_LSEON))
+ {
+ /* Get Start Tick */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till LSE is ready */
+ while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET)
+ {
+ if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection);
+
+ /* Require to disable power clock if necessary */
+ if(pwrclkchanged == SET)
+ {
+ __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE();
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*------------------------------- USART1 Configuration ------------------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection));
+
+ /* Configure the USART1 clock source */
+ __HAL_RCC_USART1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection);
+ }
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)\
+ || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+ /*----------------------------- USART2 Configuration --------------------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection));
+
+ /* Configure the USART2 clock source */
+ __HAL_RCC_USART2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection);
+ }
+#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || */
+ /* STM32F091xC || STM32F098xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+ /*----------------------------- USART3 Configuration --------------------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart3ClockSelection));
+
+ /* Configure the USART3 clock source */
+ __HAL_RCC_USART3_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart3ClockSelection);
+ }
+#endif /* STM32F091xC || STM32F098xx */
+
+ /*------------------------------ I2C1 Configuration ------------------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection));
+
+ /* Configure the I2C1 clock source */
+ __HAL_RCC_I2C1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection);
+ }
+
+#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F070xB) || defined(STM32F070x6)
+ /*------------------------------ USB Configuration ------------------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_USBCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection));
+
+ /* Configure the USB clock source */
+ __HAL_RCC_USB_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection);
+ }
+#endif /* STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || STM32F070xB || STM32F070x6 */
+
+#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx)\
+ || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)\
+ || defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)\
+ || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+ /*------------------------------ CEC clock Configuration -------------------*/
+ if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_CECCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->CecClockSelection));
+
+ /* Configure the CEC clock source */
+ __HAL_RCC_CEC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->CecClockSelection);
+ }
+#endif /* STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || */
+ /* STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx || */
+ /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || */
+ /* STM32F091xC || STM32F098xx */
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the RCC_ClkInitStruct according to the internal
+ * RCC configuration registers.
+ * @param PeriphClkInit pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that
+ * returns the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals clocks
+ * (USART, RTC, I2C, CEC and USB).
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit)
+{
+ /* Set all possible values for the extended clock type parameter------------*/
+ /* Common part first */
+ PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC;
+ /* Get the RTC configuration --------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_SOURCE();
+ /* Get the USART1 clock configuration --------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART1_SOURCE();
+ /* Get the I2C1 clock source -----------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C1_SOURCE();
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)\
+ || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+ PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2;
+ /* Get the USART2 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART2_SOURCE();
+#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || */
+ /* STM32F091xC || STM32F098xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+ PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3;
+ /* Get the USART3 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->Usart3ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART3_SOURCE();
+#endif /* STM32F091xC || STM32F098xx */
+
+#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F070xB) || defined(STM32F070x6)
+ PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB;
+ /* Get the USB clock source ---------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE();
+#endif /* STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || STM32F070xB || STM32F070x6 */
+
+#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx)\
+ || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)\
+ || defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)\
+ || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+ PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC;
+ /* Get the CEC clock source ------------------------------------------------*/
+ PeriphClkInit->CecClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_CEC_SOURCE();
+#endif /* STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || */
+ /* STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx || */
+ /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || */
+ /* STM32F091xC || STM32F098xx */
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns the peripheral clock frequency
+ * @note Returns 0 if peripheral clock is unknown
+ * @param PeriphClk Peripheral clock identifier
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC RTC peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 USART1 peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 I2C1 peripheral clock
+ @if STM32F042x6
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC CEC peripheral clock
+ @endif
+ @if STM32F048xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC CEC peripheral clock
+ @endif
+ @if STM32F051x8
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC CEC peripheral clock
+ @endif
+ @if STM32F058xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC CEC peripheral clock
+ @endif
+ @if STM32F070x6
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock
+ @endif
+ @if STM32F070xB
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock
+ @endif
+ @if STM32F071xB
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 USART2 peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC CEC peripheral clock
+ @endif
+ @if STM32F072xB
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 USART2 peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC CEC peripheral clock
+ @endif
+ @if STM32F078xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 USART2 peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC CEC peripheral clock
+ @endif
+ @if STM32F091xC
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 USART2 peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 USART2 peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC CEC peripheral clock
+ @endif
+ @if STM32F098xx
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 USART2 peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 USART2 peripheral clock
+ * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC CEC peripheral clock
+ @endif
+ * @retval Frequency in Hz (0: means that no available frequency for the peripheral)
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(uint32_t PeriphClk)
+{
+ /* frequency == 0 : means that no available frequency for the peripheral */
+ uint32_t frequency = 0U;
+
+ uint32_t srcclk = 0U;
+#if defined(USB)
+ uint32_t pllmull = 0U, pllsource = 0U, predivfactor = 0U;
+#endif /* USB */
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClk));
+
+ switch (PeriphClk)
+ {
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC:
+ {
+ /* Get the current RTC source */
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_SOURCE();
+
+ /* Check if LSE is ready and if RTC clock selection is LSE */
+ if ((srcclk == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY)))
+ {
+ frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+ }
+ /* Check if LSI is ready and if RTC clock selection is LSI */
+ else if ((srcclk == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY)))
+ {
+ frequency = LSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ /* Check if HSE is ready and if RTC clock selection is HSI_DIV32*/
+ else if ((srcclk == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV32) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY)))
+ {
+ frequency = HSE_VALUE / 32U;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1:
+ {
+ /* Get the current USART1 source */
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART1_SOURCE();
+
+ /* Check if USART1 clock selection is PCLK1 */
+ if (srcclk == RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_PCLK1)
+ {
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+ }
+ /* Check if HSI is ready and if USART1 clock selection is HSI */
+ else if ((srcclk == RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_HSI) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)))
+ {
+ frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ /* Check if USART1 clock selection is SYSCLK */
+ else if (srcclk == RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK)
+ {
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+ }
+ /* Check if LSE is ready and if USART1 clock selection is LSE */
+ else if ((srcclk == RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_LSE) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY)))
+ {
+ frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW)
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2:
+ {
+ /* Get the current USART2 source */
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART2_SOURCE();
+
+ /* Check if USART2 clock selection is PCLK1 */
+ if (srcclk == RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_PCLK1)
+ {
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+ }
+ /* Check if HSI is ready and if USART2 clock selection is HSI */
+ else if ((srcclk == RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_HSI) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)))
+ {
+ frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ /* Check if USART2 clock selection is SYSCLK */
+ else if (srcclk == RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK)
+ {
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+ }
+ /* Check if LSE is ready and if USART2 clock selection is LSE */
+ else if ((srcclk == RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_LSE) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY)))
+ {
+ frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+#endif /* RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW */
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW)
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3:
+ {
+ /* Get the current USART3 source */
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART3_SOURCE();
+
+ /* Check if USART3 clock selection is PCLK1 */
+ if (srcclk == RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_PCLK1)
+ {
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+ }
+ /* Check if HSI is ready and if USART3 clock selection is HSI */
+ else if ((srcclk == RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_HSI) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)))
+ {
+ frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ /* Check if USART3 clock selection is SYSCLK */
+ else if (srcclk == RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK)
+ {
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+ }
+ /* Check if LSE is ready and if USART3 clock selection is LSE */
+ else if ((srcclk == RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_LSE) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY)))
+ {
+ frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+#endif /* RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW */
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1:
+ {
+ /* Get the current I2C1 source */
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C1_SOURCE();
+
+ /* Check if HSI is ready and if I2C1 clock selection is HSI */
+ if ((srcclk == RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_HSI) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)))
+ {
+ frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ /* Check if I2C1 clock selection is SYSCLK */
+ else if (srcclk == RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK)
+ {
+ frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+#if defined(USB)
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB:
+ {
+ /* Get the current USB source */
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE();
+
+ /* Check if PLL is ready and if USB clock selection is PLL */
+ if ((srcclk == RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY)))
+ {
+ /* Get PLL clock source and multiplication factor ----------------------*/
+ pllmull = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL;
+ pllsource = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC;
+ pllmull = (pllmull >> RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL_BITNUMBER) + 2U;
+ predivfactor = (RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV) + 1U;
+
+ if (pllsource == RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC_HSE_PREDIV)
+ {
+ /* HSE used as PLL clock source : frequency = HSE/PREDIV * PLLMUL */
+ frequency = (HSE_VALUE/predivfactor) * pllmull;
+ }
+#if defined(RCC_CR2_HSI48ON)
+ else if (pllsource == RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC_HSI48_PREDIV)
+ {
+ /* HSI48 used as PLL clock source : frequency = HSI48/PREDIV * PLLMUL */
+ frequency = (HSI48_VALUE / predivfactor) * pllmull;
+ }
+#endif /* RCC_CR2_HSI48ON */
+ else
+ {
+#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F070xB)
+ /* HSI used as PLL clock source : frequency = HSI/PREDIV * PLLMUL */
+ frequency = (HSI_VALUE / predivfactor) * pllmull;
+#else
+ /* HSI used as PLL clock source : frequency = HSI/2U * PLLMUL */
+ frequency = (HSI_VALUE >> 1U) * pllmull;
+#endif /* STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || STM32F070xB */
+ }
+ }
+#if defined(RCC_CR2_HSI48ON)
+ /* Check if HSI48 is ready and if USB clock selection is HSI48 */
+ else if ((srcclk == RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_HSI48) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR2, RCC_CR2_HSI48RDY)))
+ {
+ frequency = HSI48_VALUE;
+ }
+#endif /* RCC_CR2_HSI48ON */
+ break;
+ }
+#endif /* USB */
+#if defined(CEC)
+ case RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC:
+ {
+ /* Get the current CEC source */
+ srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_CEC_SOURCE();
+
+ /* Check if HSI is ready and if CEC clock selection is HSI */
+ if ((srcclk == RCC_CECCLKSOURCE_HSI) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY)))
+ {
+ frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ /* Check if LSE is ready and if CEC clock selection is LSE */
+ else if ((srcclk == RCC_CECCLKSOURCE_LSE) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY)))
+ {
+ frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+#endif /* CEC */
+ default:
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return(frequency);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#if defined(CRS)
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions
+ * @brief Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ For devices with Clock Recovery System feature (CRS), RCC Extention HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+ (#) In System clock config, HSI48 needs to be enabled
+
+ (#) Enable CRS clock in IP MSP init which will use CRS functions
+
+ (#) Call CRS functions as follows:
+ (##) Prepare synchronization configuration necessary for HSI48 calibration
+ (+++) Default values can be set for frequency Error Measurement (reload and error limit)
+ and also HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming.
+ (+++) Macro @ref __HAL_RCC_CRS_RELOADVALUE_CALCULATE can be also used to calculate
+ directly reload value with target and synchronization frequencies values
+ (##) Call function @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig which
+ (+++) Reset CRS registers to their default values.
+ (+++) Configure CRS registers with synchronization configuration
+ (+++) Enable automatic calibration and frequency error counter feature
+ Note: When using USB LPM (Link Power Management) and the device is in Sleep mode, the
+ periodic USB SOF will not be generated by the host. No SYNC signal will therefore be
+ provided to the CRS to calibrate the HSI48 on the run. To guarantee the required clock
+ precision after waking up from Sleep mode, the LSE or reference clock on the GPIOs
+ should be used as SYNC signal.
+
+ (##) A polling function is provided to wait for complete synchronization
+ (+++) Call function @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRSWaitSynchronization()
+ (+++) According to CRS status, user can decide to adjust again the calibration or continue
+ application if synchronization is OK
+
+ (#) User can retrieve information related to synchronization in calling function
+ @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRSGetSynchronizationInfo()
+
+ (#) Regarding synchronization status and synchronization information, user can try a new calibration
+ in changing synchronization configuration and call again HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig.
+ Note: When the SYNC event is detected during the downcounting phase (before reaching the zero value),
+ it means that the actual frequency is lower than the target (and so, that the TRIM value should be
+ incremented), while when it is detected during the upcounting phase it means that the actual frequency
+ is higher (and that the TRIM value should be decremented).
+
+ (#) In interrupt mode, user can resort to the available macros (__HAL_RCC_CRS_XXX_IT). Interrupts will go
+ through CRS Handler (RCC_IRQn/RCC_IRQHandler)
+ (++) Call function @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig()
+ (++) Enable RCC_IRQn (thanks to NVIC functions)
+ (++) Enable CRS interrupt (@ref __HAL_RCC_CRS_ENABLE_IT)
+ (++) Implement CRS status management in the following user callbacks called from
+ HAL_RCCEx_CRS_IRQHandler():
+ (+++) @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback()
+ (+++) @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback()
+ (+++) @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback()
+ (+++) @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback()
+
+ (#) To force a SYNC EVENT, user can use the function @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRSSoftwareSynchronizationGenerate().
+ This function can be called before calling @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig (for instance in Systick handler)
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Start automatic synchronization for polling mode
+ * @param pInit Pointer on RCC_CRSInitTypeDef structure
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig(RCC_CRSInitTypeDef *pInit)
+{
+ uint32_t value = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_SYNC_DIV(pInit->Prescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_SYNC_SOURCE(pInit->Source));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_SYNC_POLARITY(pInit->Polarity));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_RELOADVALUE(pInit->ReloadValue));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_ERRORLIMIT(pInit->ErrorLimitValue));
+ assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_HSI48CALIBRATION(pInit->HSI48CalibrationValue));
+
+ /* CONFIGURATION */
+
+ /* Before configuration, reset CRS registers to their default values*/
+ __HAL_RCC_CRS_FORCE_RESET();
+ __HAL_RCC_CRS_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+ /* Set the SYNCDIV[2:0] bits according to Prescaler value */
+ /* Set the SYNCSRC[1:0] bits according to Source value */
+ /* Set the SYNCSPOL bit according to Polarity value */
+ value = (pInit->Prescaler | pInit->Source | pInit->Polarity);
+ /* Set the RELOAD[15:0] bits according to ReloadValue value */
+ value |= pInit->ReloadValue;
+ /* Set the FELIM[7:0] bits according to ErrorLimitValue value */
+ value |= (pInit->ErrorLimitValue << CRS_CFGR_FELIM_BITNUMBER);
+ WRITE_REG(CRS->CFGR, value);
+
+ /* Adjust HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming */
+ /* Set the TRIM[5:0] bits according to RCC_CRS_HSI48CalibrationValue value */
+ MODIFY_REG(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_TRIM, (pInit->HSI48CalibrationValue << CRS_CR_TRIM_BITNUMBER));
+
+ /* START AUTOMATIC SYNCHRONIZATION*/
+
+ /* Enable Automatic trimming & Frequency error counter */
+ SET_BIT(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_AUTOTRIMEN | CRS_CR_CEN);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Generate the software synchronization event
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCCEx_CRSSoftwareSynchronizationGenerate(void)
+{
+ SET_BIT(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_SWSYNC);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return synchronization info
+ * @param pSynchroInfo Pointer on RCC_CRSSynchroInfoTypeDef structure
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCCEx_CRSGetSynchronizationInfo(RCC_CRSSynchroInfoTypeDef *pSynchroInfo)
+{
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(pSynchroInfo != NULL);
+
+ /* Get the reload value */
+ pSynchroInfo->ReloadValue = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(CRS->CFGR, CRS_CFGR_RELOAD));
+
+ /* Get HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming */
+ pSynchroInfo->HSI48CalibrationValue = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_TRIM) >> CRS_CR_TRIM_BITNUMBER);
+
+ /* Get Frequency error capture */
+ pSynchroInfo->FreqErrorCapture = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(CRS->ISR, CRS_ISR_FECAP) >> CRS_ISR_FECAP_BITNUMBER);
+
+ /* Get Frequency error direction */
+ pSynchroInfo->FreqErrorDirection = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(CRS->ISR, CRS_ISR_FEDIR));
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief Wait for CRS Synchronization status.
+* @param Timeout Duration of the timeout
+* @note Timeout is based on the maximum time to receive a SYNC event based on synchronization
+* frequency.
+* @note If Timeout set to HAL_MAX_DELAY, HAL_TIMEOUT will be never returned.
+* @retval Combination of Synchronization status
+* This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
+* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_TIMEOUT
+* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCOK
+* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCWARN
+* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCERR
+* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS
+* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF
+*/
+uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_CRSWaitSynchronization(uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t crsstatus = RCC_CRS_NONE;
+ uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+
+ /* Get timeout */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait for CRS flag or timeout detection */
+ do
+ {
+ if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout))
+ {
+ crsstatus = RCC_CRS_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Check CRS SYNCOK flag */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCOK))
+ {
+ /* CRS SYNC event OK */
+ crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCOK;
+
+ /* Clear CRS SYNC event OK bit */
+ __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCOK);
+ }
+
+ /* Check CRS SYNCWARN flag */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCWARN))
+ {
+ /* CRS SYNC warning */
+ crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCWARN;
+
+ /* Clear CRS SYNCWARN bit */
+ __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCWARN);
+ }
+
+ /* Check CRS TRIM overflow flag */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_TRIMOVF))
+ {
+ /* CRS SYNC Error */
+ crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF;
+
+ /* Clear CRS Error bit */
+ __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_TRIMOVF);
+ }
+
+ /* Check CRS Error flag */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCERR))
+ {
+ /* CRS SYNC Error */
+ crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCERR;
+
+ /* Clear CRS Error bit */
+ __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCERR);
+ }
+
+ /* Check CRS SYNC Missed flag */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCMISS))
+ {
+ /* CRS SYNC Missed */
+ crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS;
+
+ /* Clear CRS SYNC Missed bit */
+ __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCMISS);
+ }
+
+ /* Check CRS Expected SYNC flag */
+ if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_ESYNC))
+ {
+ /* frequency error counter reached a zero value */
+ __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_ESYNC);
+ }
+ } while(RCC_CRS_NONE == crsstatus);
+
+ return crsstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle the Clock Recovery System interrupt request.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+ uint32_t crserror = RCC_CRS_NONE;
+ /* Get current IT flags and IT sources values */
+ uint32_t itflags = READ_REG(CRS->ISR);
+ uint32_t itsources = READ_REG(CRS->CR);
+
+ /* Check CRS SYNCOK flag */
+ if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCOK) != RESET) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCOK) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Clear CRS SYNC event OK flag */
+ WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_SYNCOKC);
+
+ /* user callback */
+ HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback();
+ }
+ /* Check CRS SYNCWARN flag */
+ else if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCWARN) != RESET) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCWARN) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* Clear CRS SYNCWARN flag */
+ WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_SYNCWARNC);
+
+ /* user callback */
+ HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback();
+ }
+ /* Check CRS Expected SYNC flag */
+ else if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_ESYNC) != RESET) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_ESYNC) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* frequency error counter reached a zero value */
+ WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_ESYNCC);
+
+ /* user callback */
+ HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback();
+ }
+ /* Check CRS Error flags */
+ else
+ {
+ if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_ERR) != RESET) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_ERR) != RESET))
+ {
+ if((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCERR) != RESET)
+ {
+ crserror |= RCC_CRS_SYNCERR;
+ }
+ if((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCMISS) != RESET)
+ {
+ crserror |= RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS;
+ }
+ if((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_TRIMOVF) != RESET)
+ {
+ crserror |= RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear CRS Error flags */
+ WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_ERRC);
+
+ /* user error callback */
+ HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback(crserror);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief RCCEx Clock Recovery System SYNCOK interrupt callback.
+ * @retval none
+ */
+__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback(void)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief RCCEx Clock Recovery System SYNCWARN interrupt callback.
+ * @retval none
+ */
+__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback(void)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief RCCEx Clock Recovery System Expected SYNC interrupt callback.
+ * @retval none
+ */
+__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback(void)
+{
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief RCCEx Clock Recovery System Error interrupt callback.
+ * @param Error Combination of Error status.
+ * This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCERR
+ * @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS
+ * @arg @ref RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF
+ * @retval none
+ */
+__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback(uint32_t Error)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(Error);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* CRS */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_rtc.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_rtc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f3de31 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_rtc.c @@ -0,0 +1,1666 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_rtc.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief RTC HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Real Time Clock (RTC) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + RTC Time and Date functions
+ * + RTC Alarm functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ * + Peripheral State functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use RTC Driver #####
+ ===================================================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Enable the RTC domain access (see description in the section above).
+ (+) Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous and Synchronous) and RTC hour
+ format using the HAL_RTC_Init() function.
+
+ *** Time and Date configuration ***
+ ===================================
+ [..]
+ (+) To configure the RTC Calendar (Time and Date) use the HAL_RTC_SetTime()
+ and HAL_RTC_SetDate() functions.
+ (+) To read the RTC Calendar, use the HAL_RTC_GetTime() and HAL_RTC_GetDate() functions.
+
+ *** Alarm configuration ***
+ ===========================
+ [..]
+ (+) To configure the RTC Alarm use the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm() function.
+ You can also configure the RTC Alarm with interrupt mode using the
+ HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.
+ (+) To read the RTC Alarm, use the HAL_RTC_GetAlarm() function.
+
+ ##### RTC and low power modes #####
+ ===================================================================
+ [..] The MCU can be woken up from a low power mode by an RTC alternate
+ function.
+ [..] The RTC alternate functions are the RTC alarm (Alarm A),
+ RTC wake-up, RTC tamper event detection and RTC time stamp event detection.
+ These RTC alternate functions can wake up the system from the Stop and
+ Standby low power modes.
+ [..] The system can also wake up from low power modes without depending
+ on an external interrupt (Auto-wake-up mode), by using the RTC alarm
+ or the RTC wake-up events.
+ [..] The RTC provides a programmable time base for waking up from the
+ Stop or Standby mode at regular intervals.
+ Wake-up from STOP and STANDBY modes is possible only when the RTC clock source
+ is LSE or LSI.
+
+ *** Callback registration ***
+ =============================================
+
+ The compilation define USE_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
+ allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+ Use Function @ref HAL_RTC_RegisterCallback() to register an interrupt callback.
+
+ Function @ref HAL_RTC_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
+ (+) AlarmAEventCallback : RTC Alarm A Event callback.
+ (+) TimeStampEventCallback : RTC TimeStamp Event callback.
+ (+) WakeUpTimerEventCallback : RTC WakeUpTimer Event callback.
+ (+) Tamper1EventCallback : RTC Tamper 1 Event callback.
+ (+) Tamper2EventCallback : RTC Tamper 2 Event callback.
+ (+) Tamper3EventCallback : RTC Tamper 3 Event callback.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : RTC MspInit callback.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : RTC MspDeInit callback.
+ This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+ and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+ Use function @ref HAL_RTC_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
+ weak function.
+ @ref HAL_RTC_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+ and the Callback ID.
+ This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+ (+) AlarmAEventCallback : RTC Alarm A Event callback.
+ (+) TimeStampEventCallback : RTC TimeStamp Event callback.
+ (+) WakeUpTimerEventCallback : RTC WakeUpTimer Event callback.
+ (+) Tamper1EventCallback : RTC Tamper 1 Event callback.
+ (+) Tamper2EventCallback : RTC Tamper 2 Event callback.
+ (+) Tamper3EventCallback : RTC Tamper 3 Event callback.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : RTC MspInit callback.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : RTC MspDeInit callback.
+
+ By default, after the @ref HAL_RTC_Init() and when the state is HAL_RTC_STATE_RESET,
+ all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions :
+ examples @ref AlarmAEventCallback(), @ref WakeUpTimerEventCallback().
+ Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit callbacks that are reset to the legacy weak function
+ in the @ref HAL_RTC_Init()/@ref HAL_RTC_DeInit() only when these callbacks are null
+ (not registered beforehand).
+ If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, @ref HAL_RTC_Init()/@ref HAL_RTC_DeInit()
+ keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand)
+
+ Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_RTC_STATE_READY state only.
+ Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit that can be registered/unregistered
+ in HAL_RTC_STATE_READY or HAL_RTC_STATE_RESET state,
+ thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
+ In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+ using @ref HAL_RTC_RegisterCallback() before calling @ref HAL_RTC_DeInit()
+ or @ref HAL_RTC_Init() function.
+
+ When The compilation define USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+ not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks
+ are set to the corresponding weak functions.
+ @endverbatim
+
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup RTC
+ * @brief RTC HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup RTC_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group1
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to initialize and configure the
+ RTC Prescaler (Synchronous and Asynchronous), RTC Hour format, disable
+ RTC registers Write protection, enter and exit the RTC initialization mode,
+ RTC registers synchronization check and reference clock detection enable.
+ (#) The RTC Prescaler is programmed to generate the RTC 1Hz time base.
+ It is split into 2 programmable prescalers to minimize power consumption.
+ (++) A 7-bit asynchronous prescaler and a 15-bit synchronous prescaler.
+ (++) When both prescalers are used, it is recommended to configure the
+ asynchronous prescaler to a high value to minimize power consumption.
+ (#) All RTC registers are Write protected. Writing to the RTC registers
+ is enabled by writing a key into the Write Protection register, RTC_WPR.
+ (#) To configure the RTC Calendar, user application should enter
+ initialization mode. In this mode, the calendar counter is stopped
+ and its value can be updated. When the initialization sequence is
+ complete, the calendar restarts counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles.
+ (#) To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar
+ initialization, calendar update or after wake-up from low power modes
+ the software must first clear the RSF flag. The software must then
+ wait until it is set again before reading the calendar, which means
+ that the calendar registers have been correctly copied into the
+ RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers.The HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro() function
+ implements the above software sequence (RSF clear and RSF check).
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the RTC according to the specified parameters
+ * in the RTC_InitTypeDef structure and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_Init(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+ /* Check the RTC peripheral state */
+ if (hrtc == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(hrtc->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR_FORMAT(hrtc->Init.HourFormat));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(hrtc->Init.AsynchPrediv));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(hrtc->Init.SynchPrediv));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT(hrtc->Init.OutPut));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT_POL(hrtc->Init.OutPutPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE(hrtc->Init.OutPutType));
+
+#if (USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (hrtc->State == HAL_RTC_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ hrtc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+ hrtc->AlarmAEventCallback = HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback; /* Legacy weak AlarmAEventCallback */
+ hrtc->TimeStampEventCallback = HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback; /* Legacy weak TimeStampEventCallback */
+#if defined(RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT)
+ hrtc->WakeUpTimerEventCallback = HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback; /* Legacy weak WakeUpTimerEventCallback */
+#endif /* RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT */
+ hrtc->Tamper1EventCallback = HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback; /* Legacy weak Tamper1EventCallback */
+ hrtc->Tamper2EventCallback = HAL_RTCEx_Tamper2EventCallback; /* Legacy weak Tamper2EventCallback */
+#if defined(RTC_TAMPER3_SUPPORT)
+ hrtc->Tamper3EventCallback = HAL_RTCEx_Tamper3EventCallback; /* Legacy weak Tamper3EventCallback */
+#endif /* RTC_TAMPER3_SUPPORT */
+
+ if (hrtc->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hrtc->MspInitCallback = HAL_RTC_MspInit;
+ }
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ hrtc->MspInitCallback(hrtc);
+
+ if (hrtc->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hrtc->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_RTC_MspDeInit;
+ }
+ }
+#else
+ if (hrtc->State == HAL_RTC_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ hrtc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+ /* Initialize RTC MSP */
+ HAL_RTC_MspInit(hrtc);
+ }
+#endif /* (USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
+
+ /* Set RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Set Initialization mode */
+ if (RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Set RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear RTC_CR FMT, OSEL and POL Bits */
+ hrtc->Instance->CR &= ((uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_FMT | RTC_CR_OSEL | RTC_CR_POL));
+ /* Set RTC_CR register */
+ hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)(hrtc->Init.HourFormat | hrtc->Init.OutPut | hrtc->Init.OutPutPolarity);
+
+ /* Configure the RTC PRER */
+ hrtc->Instance->PRER = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Init.SynchPrediv);
+ hrtc->Instance->PRER |= (uint32_t)(hrtc->Init.AsynchPrediv << 16U);
+
+ /* Exit Initialization mode */
+ hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT;
+
+ /* If CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
+ if ((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET)
+ {
+ if (HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ hrtc->Instance->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_ALARMOUTTYPE;
+ hrtc->Instance->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(hrtc->Init.OutPutType);
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Set RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitialize the RTC peripheral.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @note This function doesn't reset the RTC Backup Data registers.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_DeInit(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+#if defined (STM32F030xC) || defined (STM32F070xB) || \
+ defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx) || \
+ defined (STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx)
+ uint32_t tickstart = 0;
+#endif /* defined (STM32F030xC) || defined (STM32F070xB) ||\
+ defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx) || \
+ defined (STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx) ||*/
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(hrtc->Instance));
+
+ /* Set RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Set Initialization mode */
+ if (RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Set RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset TR, DR and CR registers */
+ hrtc->Instance->TR = 0x00000000U;
+ hrtc->Instance->DR = 0x00002101U;
+
+#if defined (STM32F030xC) || defined (STM32F070xB) || \
+ defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx) || \
+ defined (STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx)
+ /* Reset All CR bits except CR[2:0] */
+ hrtc->Instance->CR &= 0x00000007U;
+
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
+ while (((hrtc->Instance->ISR) & RTC_ISR_WUTWF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Set RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* defined (STM32F030xC) || defined (STM32F070xB) ||\
+ defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx) || \
+ defined (STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx) ||*/
+
+ /* Reset all RTC CR register bits */
+ hrtc->Instance->CR &= 0x00000000U;
+#if defined (STM32F030xC) || defined (STM32F070xB) || \
+ defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx) || \
+ defined (STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx)
+ hrtc->Instance->WUTR = 0x0000FFFFU;
+#endif /* defined (STM32F030xC) || defined (STM32F070xB) ||\
+ defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx) || \
+ defined (STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx) ||*/
+ hrtc->Instance->PRER = 0x007F00FFU;
+ hrtc->Instance->ALRMAR = 0x00000000U;
+ hrtc->Instance->SHIFTR = 0x00000000U;
+ hrtc->Instance->CALR = 0x00000000U;
+ hrtc->Instance->ALRMASSR = 0x00000000U;
+
+ /* Reset ISR register and exit initialization mode */
+ hrtc->Instance->ISR = 0x00000000U;
+
+ /* Reset Tamper and alternate functions configuration register */
+ hrtc->Instance->TAFCR = 0x00000000;
+
+ /* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
+ if ((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET)
+ {
+ if (HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (hrtc->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hrtc->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_RTC_MspDeInit;
+ }
+
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: CLOCK, NVIC.*/
+ hrtc->MspDeInitCallback(hrtc);
+
+#else
+ /* De-Initialize RTC MSP */
+ HAL_RTC_MspDeInit(hrtc);
+#endif /* (USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+ * @brief Register a User RTC Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_RTC_ALARM_A_EVENT_CB_ID Alarm A Event Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_EVENT_CB_ID TimeStamp Event Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EVENT_CB_ID WakeUp Timer Event Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_RTC_TAMPER1_EVENT_CB_ID Tamper 1 Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_RTC_TAMPER2_EVENT_CB_ID Tamper 2 Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_RTC_TAMPER3_EVENT_CB_ID Tamper 3 Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_RTC_MSPINIT_CB_ID Msp Init callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_RTC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Msp DeInit callback ID
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_RegisterCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, HAL_RTC_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, pRTC_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+ if (HAL_RTC_STATE_READY == hrtc->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_RTC_ALARM_A_EVENT_CB_ID :
+ hrtc->AlarmAEventCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_EVENT_CB_ID :
+ hrtc->TimeStampEventCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+#if defined(RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT)
+ case HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EVENT_CB_ID :
+ hrtc->WakeUpTimerEventCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+#endif /* RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT */
+ case HAL_RTC_TAMPER1_EVENT_CB_ID :
+ hrtc->Tamper1EventCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_RTC_TAMPER2_EVENT_CB_ID :
+ hrtc->Tamper2EventCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+#if defined(RTC_TAMPER3_SUPPORT)
+ case HAL_RTC_TAMPER3_EVENT_CB_ID :
+ hrtc->Tamper3EventCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+#endif /* RTC_TAMPER3_SUPPORT */
+ case HAL_RTC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hrtc->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_RTC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hrtc->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_RTC_STATE_RESET == hrtc->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_RTC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hrtc->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_RTC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hrtc->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister an RTC Callback
+ * RTC callabck is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_RTC_ALARM_A_EVENT_CB_ID Alarm A Event Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_EVENT_CB_ID TimeStamp Event Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EVENT_CB_ID WakeUp Timer Event Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_RTC_TAMPER1_EVENT_CB_ID Tamper 1 Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_RTC_TAMPER2_EVENT_CB_ID Tamper 2 Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_RTC_TAMPER3_EVENT_CB_ID Tamper 3 Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_RTC_MSPINIT_CB_ID Msp Init callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_RTC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Msp DeInit callback ID
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_UnRegisterCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, HAL_RTC_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+ if (HAL_RTC_STATE_READY == hrtc->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_RTC_ALARM_A_EVENT_CB_ID :
+ hrtc->AlarmAEventCallback = HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback; /* Legacy weak AlarmAEventCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_EVENT_CB_ID :
+ hrtc->TimeStampEventCallback = HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback; /* Legacy weak TimeStampEventCallback */
+ break;
+#if defined(RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT)
+ case HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EVENT_CB_ID :
+ hrtc->WakeUpTimerEventCallback = HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback; /* Legacy weak WakeUpTimerEventCallback */
+ break;
+#endif /* RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT */
+ case HAL_RTC_TAMPER1_EVENT_CB_ID :
+ hrtc->Tamper1EventCallback = HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback; /* Legacy weak Tamper1EventCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_RTC_TAMPER2_EVENT_CB_ID :
+ hrtc->Tamper2EventCallback = HAL_RTCEx_Tamper2EventCallback; /* Legacy weak Tamper2EventCallback */
+ break;
+#if defined( RTC_TAMPER3_SUPPORT)
+ case HAL_RTC_TAMPER3_EVENT_CB_ID :
+ hrtc->Tamper3EventCallback = HAL_RTCEx_Tamper3EventCallback; /* Legacy weak Tamper3EventCallback */
+ break;
+#endif /* RTC_TAMPER3_SUPPORT */
+ case HAL_RTC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hrtc->MspInitCallback = HAL_RTC_MspInit;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_RTC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hrtc->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_RTC_MspDeInit;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_RTC_STATE_RESET == hrtc->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_RTC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hrtc->MspInitCallback = HAL_RTC_MspInit;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_RTC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hrtc->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_RTC_MspDeInit;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the RTC MSP.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_RTC_MspInit(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hrtc);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_RTC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitialize the RTC MSP.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_RTC_MspDeInit(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hrtc);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_RTC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group2
+ * @brief RTC Time and Date functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### RTC Time and Date functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure Time and Date features
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set RTC current time.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @param sTime Pointer to Time structure
+ * @param Format Specifies the format of the entered parameters.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format
+ * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetTime(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef *sTime, uint32_t Format)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_DAYLIGHT_SAVING(sTime->DayLightSaving));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_STORE_OPERATION(sTime->StoreOperation));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ if (Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+ {
+ if ((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(sTime->Hours));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sTime->TimeFormat));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ sTime->TimeFormat = 0x00U;
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(sTime->Hours));
+ }
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(sTime->Minutes));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(sTime->Seconds));
+
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sTime->Hours) << 16U) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sTime->Minutes) << 8U) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sTime->Seconds)) | \
+ (((uint32_t)sTime->TimeFormat) << 16U));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Hours)));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sTime->TimeFormat));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ sTime->TimeFormat = 0x00U;
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Hours)));
+ }
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Minutes)));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Seconds)));
+ tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(sTime->Hours) << 16U) | \
+ ((uint32_t)(sTime->Minutes) << 8U) | \
+ ((uint32_t)sTime->Seconds) | \
+ ((uint32_t)(sTime->TimeFormat) << 16U));
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Set Initialization mode */
+ if (RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Set RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set the RTC_TR register */
+ hrtc->Instance->TR = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK);
+
+ /* Clear the bits to be configured */
+ hrtc->Instance->CR &= ((uint32_t)~RTC_CR_BKP);
+
+ /* Configure the RTC_CR register */
+ hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)(sTime->DayLightSaving | sTime->StoreOperation);
+
+ /* Exit Initialization mode */
+ hrtc->Instance->ISR &= ((uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT);
+
+ /* If CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
+ if ((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET)
+ {
+ if (HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get RTC current time.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @param sTime Pointer to Time structure with Hours, Minutes and Seconds fields returned
+ * with input format (BIN or BCD), also SubSeconds field returning the
+ * RTC_SSR register content and SecondFraction field the Synchronous pre-scaler
+ * factor to be used for second fraction ratio computation.
+ * @param Format Specifies the format of the entered parameters.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format
+ * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
+ * @note You can use SubSeconds and SecondFraction (sTime structure fields returned) to convert SubSeconds
+ * value in second fraction ratio with time unit following generic formula:
+ * Second fraction ratio * time_unit= [(SecondFraction-SubSeconds)/(SecondFraction+1)] * time_unit
+ * This conversion can be performed only if no shift operation is pending (ie. SHFP=0) when PREDIV_S >= SS
+ * @note You must call HAL_RTC_GetDate() after HAL_RTC_GetTime() to unlock the values
+ * in the higher-order calendar shadow registers to ensure consistency between the time and date values.
+ * Reading RTC current time locks the values in calendar shadow registers until Current date is read
+ * to ensure consistency between the time and date values.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetTime(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef *sTime, uint32_t Format)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format));
+
+ /* Get subseconds structure field from the corresponding register*/
+ sTime->SubSeconds = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->SSR);
+
+ /* Get SecondFraction structure field from the corresponding register field*/
+ sTime->SecondFraction = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->PRER & RTC_PRER_PREDIV_S);
+
+ /* Get the TR register */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->TR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK);
+
+ /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */
+ sTime->Hours = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16U);
+ sTime->Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >> 8U);
+ sTime->Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU));
+ sTime->TimeFormat = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16U);
+
+ /* Check the input parameters format */
+ if (Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+ {
+ /* Convert the time structure parameters to Binary format */
+ sTime->Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Hours);
+ sTime->Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Minutes);
+ sTime->Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Seconds);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set RTC current date.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @param sDate Pointer to date structure
+ * @param Format specifies the format of the entered parameters.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format
+ * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetDate(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_DateTypeDef *sDate, uint32_t Format)
+{
+ uint32_t datetmpreg = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ if ((Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) && ((sDate->Month & 0x10U) == 0x10U))
+ {
+ sDate->Month = (uint8_t)((sDate->Month & (uint8_t)~(0x10U)) + (uint8_t)0x0AU);
+ }
+
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_WEEKDAY(sDate->WeekDay));
+
+ if (Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(sDate->Year));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(sDate->Month));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(sDate->Date));
+
+ datetmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sDate->Year) << 16U) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sDate->Month) << 8U) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sDate->Date)) | \
+ ((uint32_t)sDate->WeekDay << 13U));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Year)));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Month)));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Date)));
+
+ datetmpreg = ((((uint32_t)sDate->Year) << 16U) | \
+ (((uint32_t)sDate->Month) << 8U) | \
+ ((uint32_t)sDate->Date) | \
+ (((uint32_t)sDate->WeekDay) << 13U));
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Set Initialization mode */
+ if (RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Set RTC state*/
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set the RTC_DR register */
+ hrtc->Instance->DR = (uint32_t)(datetmpreg & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK);
+
+ /* Exit Initialization mode */
+ hrtc->Instance->ISR &= ((uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT);
+
+ /* If CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
+ if ((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET)
+ {
+ if (HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY ;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get RTC current date.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @param sDate Pointer to Date structure
+ * @param Format Specifies the format of the entered parameters.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN : Binary data format
+ * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD : BCD data format
+ * @note You must call HAL_RTC_GetDate() after HAL_RTC_GetTime() to unlock the values
+ * in the higher-order calendar shadow registers to ensure consistency between the time and date values.
+ * Reading RTC current time locks the values in calendar shadow registers until Current date is read.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetDate(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_DateTypeDef *sDate, uint32_t Format)
+{
+ uint32_t datetmpreg = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format));
+
+ /* Get the DR register */
+ datetmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->DR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK);
+
+ /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */
+ sDate->Year = (uint8_t)((datetmpreg & (RTC_DR_YT | RTC_DR_YU)) >> 16U);
+ sDate->Month = (uint8_t)((datetmpreg & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8U);
+ sDate->Date = (uint8_t)(datetmpreg & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU));
+ sDate->WeekDay = (uint8_t)((datetmpreg & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13U);
+
+ /* Check the input parameters format */
+ if (Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+ {
+ /* Convert the date structure parameters to Binary format */
+ sDate->Year = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Year);
+ sDate->Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Month);
+ sDate->Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Date);
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group3
+ * @brief RTC Alarm functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### RTC Alarm functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure Alarm feature
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Set the specified RTC Alarm.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @param sAlarm Pointer to Alarm structure
+ * @param Format Specifies the format of the entered parameters.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format
+ * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetAlarm(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef *sAlarm, uint32_t Format)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0U, subsecondtmpreg = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(sAlarm->Alarm));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_MASK(sAlarm->AlarmMask));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE(sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK(sAlarm->AlarmSubSecondMask));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ if (Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+ {
+ if ((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours));
+ }
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds));
+
+ if (sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay));
+ }
+
+ tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours) << 16U) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes) << 8U) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)) | \
+ ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat) << 16U) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24U) | \
+ ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \
+ ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmMask));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours)));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours)));
+ }
+
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes)));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)));
+
+ if (sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
+ }
+
+ tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours) << 16U) | \
+ ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes) << 8U) | \
+ ((uint32_t) sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds) | \
+ ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat) << 16U) | \
+ ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24U) | \
+ ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \
+ ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmMask));
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the Alarm A Sub Second registers */
+ subsecondtmpreg = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds) | (uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmSubSecondMask));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Disable the Alarm A interrupt */
+ __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */
+ __HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRA);
+
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+ /* Wait till RTC ALRAWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
+ while (__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) == RESET)
+ {
+ if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ hrtc->Instance->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+ /* Configure the Alarm A Sub Second register */
+ hrtc->Instance->ALRMASSR = subsecondtmpreg;
+ /* Configure the Alarm state: Enable Alarm */
+ __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Change RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the specified RTC Alarm with Interrupt.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @param sAlarm Pointer to Alarm structure
+ * @param Format Specifies the format of the entered parameters.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format
+ * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
+ * @note The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm
+ * is disabled (Use the HAL_RTC_DeactivateAlarm()).
+ * @note The HAL_RTC_SetTime() must be called before enabling the Alarm feature.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef *sAlarm, uint32_t Format)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0U, subsecondtmpreg = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(sAlarm->Alarm));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_MASK(sAlarm->AlarmMask));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE(sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK(sAlarm->AlarmSubSecondMask));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ if (Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+ {
+ if ((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours));
+ }
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds));
+
+ if (sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay));
+ }
+ tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours) << 16U) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes) << 8U) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)) | \
+ ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat) << 16U) | \
+ ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24U) | \
+ ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \
+ ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmMask));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours)));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours)));
+ }
+
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes)));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)));
+
+ if (sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
+ }
+ tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours) << 16U) | \
+ ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes) << 8U) | \
+ ((uint32_t) sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds) | \
+ ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat) << 16U) | \
+ ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24U) | \
+ ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \
+ ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmMask));
+ }
+ /* Configure the Alarm A Sub Second registers */
+ subsecondtmpreg = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds) | (uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmSubSecondMask));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Disable the Alarm A interrupt */
+ __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Clear flag alarm A */
+ __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF);
+
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till RTC ALRAWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
+ while (__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) == RESET)
+ {
+ if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ hrtc->Instance->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+ /* Configure the Alarm A Sub Second register */
+ hrtc->Instance->ALRMASSR = subsecondtmpreg;
+ /* Configure the Alarm state: Enable Alarm */
+ __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_ENABLE(hrtc);
+ /* Configure the Alarm interrupt */
+ __HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRA);
+
+ /* RTC Alarm Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */
+ __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+
+ __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deactivate the specified RTC Alarm.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @param Alarm Specifies the Alarm.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_ALARM_A: AlarmA
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_DeactivateAlarm(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Alarm)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(Alarm));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */
+ __HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRA);
+
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till RTC ALRxWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
+ while (__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) == RESET)
+ {
+ if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the RTC Alarm value and masks.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @param sAlarm Pointer to Date structure
+ * @param Alarm Specifies the Alarm.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_ALARM_A: AlarmA
+ * @param Format Specifies the format of the entered parameters.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format
+ * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetAlarm(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef *sAlarm, uint32_t Alarm, uint32_t Format)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0U, subsecondtmpreg = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(Alarm));
+
+ sAlarm->Alarm = RTC_ALARM_A;
+
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->ALRMAR);
+ subsecondtmpreg = (uint32_t)((hrtc->Instance->ALRMASSR) & RTC_ALRMASSR_SS);
+
+ /* Fill the structure with the read parameters */
+ sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_HT | RTC_ALRMAR_HU)) >> 16U);
+ sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_MNT | RTC_ALRMAR_MNU)) >> 8U);
+ sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_ST | RTC_ALRMAR_SU));
+ sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_PM) >> 16U);
+ sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds = (uint32_t) subsecondtmpreg;
+ sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_DT | RTC_ALRMAR_DU)) >> 24U);
+ sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_WDSEL);
+ sAlarm->AlarmMask = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_ALARMMASK_ALL);
+
+ if (Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+ {
+ sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours);
+ sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes);
+ sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds);
+ sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle Alarm interrupt request.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+ /* Get the AlarmA interrupt source enable status */
+ if (__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_IT_SOURCE(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRA) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Get the pending status of the AlarmA Interrupt */
+ if (__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* AlarmA callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hrtc->AlarmAEventCallback(hrtc);
+#else
+ HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback(hrtc);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ /* Clear the AlarmA interrupt pending bit */
+ __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the EXTI's line Flag for RTC Alarm */
+ __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
+
+ /* Change RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Alarm A callback.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hrtc);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle AlarmA Polling request.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_PollForAlarmAEvent(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+
+ uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ while (__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF) == RESET)
+ {
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if ((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout))
+ {
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the Alarm interrupt pending bit */
+ __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF);
+
+ /* Change RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group4
+ * @brief Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides functions allowing to
+ (+) Wait for RTC Time and Date Synchronization
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Wait until the RTC Time and Date registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) are
+ * synchronized with RTC APB clock.
+ * @note The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the
+ * __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE() before calling this function.
+ * @note To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar
+ * initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes
+ * the software must first clear the RSF flag.
+ * The software must then wait until it is set again before reading
+ * the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been
+ * correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear RSF flag */
+ hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)RTC_RSF_MASK;
+
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait the registers to be synchronised */
+ while ((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_RSF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group5
+ * @brief Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides functions allowing to
+ (+) Get RTC state
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Return the RTC handle state.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_RTCStateTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetState(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+ /* Return RTC handle state */
+ return hrtc->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup RTC_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Enter the RTC Initialization mode.
+ * @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the
+ * __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE() before calling this function.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef RTC_EnterInitMode(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+
+ /* Check if the Initialization mode is set */
+ if ((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ /* Set the Initialization mode */
+ hrtc->Instance->ISR = (uint32_t)RTC_INIT_MASK;
+
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */
+ while ((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Convert a 2 digit decimal to BCD format.
+ * @param Value Byte to be converted
+ * @retval Converted byte
+ */
+uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value)
+{
+ uint32_t bcdhigh = 0U;
+
+ while (Value >= 10U)
+ {
+ bcdhigh++;
+ Value -= 10U;
+ }
+
+ return ((uint8_t)(bcdhigh << 4U) | Value);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Convert from 2 digit BCD to Binary.
+ * @param Value BCD value to be converted
+ * @retval Converted word
+ */
+uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0U;
+ tmp = ((uint8_t)(Value & (uint8_t)0xF0U) >> (uint8_t)0x4U) * 10U;
+ return (tmp + (Value & (uint8_t)0x0FU));
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_rtc_ex.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_rtc_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..59888c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_rtc_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,1600 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_rtc_ex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief Extended RTC HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Real Time Clock (RTC) Extended peripheral:
+ * + RTC Time Stamp functions
+ * + RTC Tamper functions
+ * + RTC Wake-up functions
+ * + Extended Control functions
+ * + Extended RTC features functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Enable the RTC domain access.
+ (+) Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous and Synchronous) and RTC hour
+ format using the HAL_RTC_Init() function.
+
+ *** RTC Wake-up configuration ***
+ ================================
+ [..]
+ (+) To configure the RTC Wakeup Clock source and Counter use the HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer()
+ function. You can also configure the RTC Wakeup timer with interrupt mode
+ using the HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function.
+ (+) To read the RTC WakeUp Counter register, use the HAL_RTCEx_GetWakeUpTimer()
+ function.
+ (@) Not available on F030x4/x6/x8 and F070x6
+
+ *** TimeStamp configuration ***
+ ===============================
+ [..]
+ (+) Configure the RTC_AF trigger and enable the RTC TimeStamp using the
+ HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp() function. You can also configure the RTC TimeStamp with
+ interrupt mode using the HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT() function.
+ (+) To read the RTC TimeStamp Time and Date register, use the HAL_RTCEx_GetTimeStamp()
+ function.
+
+ *** Tamper configuration ***
+ ============================
+ [..]
+ (+) Enable the RTC Tamper and configure the Tamper filter count, trigger Edge
+ or Level according to the Tamper filter (if equal to 0 Edge else Level)
+ value, sampling frequency, precharge or discharge and Pull-UP using the
+ HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper() function. You can configure RTC Tamper in interrupt
+ mode using HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT() function.
+
+ *** Backup Data Registers configuration ***
+ ===========================================
+ [..]
+ (+) To write to the RTC Backup Data registers, use the HAL_RTCEx_BKUPWrite()
+ function.
+ (+) To read the RTC Backup Data registers, use the HAL_RTCEx_BKUPRead()
+ function.
+ (@) Not available on F030x6/x8/xC and F070x6/xB (F0xx Value Line devices)
+
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+
+/** @addtogroup RTCEx
+ * @brief RTC Extended HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/** @addtogroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1
+ * @brief RTC TimeStamp and Tamper functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### RTC TimeStamp and Tamper functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure TimeStamp feature
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set TimeStamp.
+ * @note This API must be called before enabling the TimeStamp feature.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @param TimeStampEdge Specifies the pin edge on which the TimeStamp is
+ * activated.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_RISING: the Time stamp event occurs on the
+ * rising edge of the related pin.
+ * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_FALLING: the Time stamp event occurs on the
+ * falling edge of the related pin.
+ * @param RTC_TimeStampPin specifies the RTC TimeStamp Pin.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_DEFAULT: PC13 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t TimeStampEdge, uint32_t RTC_TimeStampPin)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(TimeStampEdge));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_PIN(RTC_TimeStampPin));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE));
+
+ tmpreg |= TimeStampEdge;
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */
+ hrtc->Instance->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+
+ __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Change RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set TimeStamp with Interrupt.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @note This API must be called before enabling the TimeStamp feature.
+ * @param TimeStampEdge Specifies the pin edge on which the TimeStamp is
+ * activated.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_RISING: the Time stamp event occurs on the
+ * rising edge of the related pin.
+ * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_FALLING: the Time stamp event occurs on the
+ * falling edge of the related pin.
+ * @param RTC_TimeStampPin Specifies the RTC TimeStamp Pin.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_DEFAULT: PC13 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t TimeStampEdge, uint32_t RTC_TimeStampPin)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(TimeStampEdge));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_PIN(RTC_TimeStampPin));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE));
+
+ tmpreg |= TimeStampEdge;
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */
+ hrtc->Instance->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+
+ __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Enable IT timestamp */
+ __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_TS);
+
+ /* RTC timestamp Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */
+ __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+
+ __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deactivate TimeStamp.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTimeStamp(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0U;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */
+ __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_TS);
+
+ /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE));
+
+ /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */
+ hrtc->Instance->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the RTC TimeStamp value.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+
+ * @param sTimeStamp Pointer to Time structure
+ * @param sTimeStampDate Pointer to Date structure
+ * @param Format specifies the format of the entered parameters.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format
+ * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_GetTimeStamp(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef *sTimeStamp, RTC_DateTypeDef *sTimeStampDate, uint32_t Format)
+{
+ uint32_t tmptime = 0U, tmpdate = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format));
+
+ /* Get the TimeStamp time and date registers values */
+ tmptime = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->TSTR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK);
+ tmpdate = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->TSDR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK);
+
+ /* Fill the Time structure fields with the read parameters */
+ sTimeStamp->Hours = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16U);
+ sTimeStamp->Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >> 8U);
+ sTimeStamp->Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmptime & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU));
+ sTimeStamp->TimeFormat = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16U);
+ sTimeStamp->SubSeconds = (uint32_t) hrtc->Instance->TSSSR;
+
+ /* Fill the Date structure fields with the read parameters */
+ sTimeStampDate->Year = 0;
+ sTimeStampDate->Month = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8U);
+ sTimeStampDate->Date = (uint8_t)(tmpdate & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU));
+ sTimeStampDate->WeekDay = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13U);
+
+ /* Check the input parameters format */
+ if (Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+ {
+ /* Convert the TimeStamp structure parameters to Binary format */
+ sTimeStamp->Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStamp->Hours);
+ sTimeStamp->Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStamp->Minutes);
+ sTimeStamp->Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStamp->Seconds);
+
+ /* Convert the DateTimeStamp structure parameters to Binary format */
+ sTimeStampDate->Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStampDate->Month);
+ sTimeStampDate->Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStampDate->Date);
+ sTimeStampDate->WeekDay = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStampDate->WeekDay);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the TIMESTAMP Flag */
+ __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSF);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set Tamper
+ * @note By calling this API we disable the tamper interrupt for all tampers.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @param sTamper Pointer to Tamper Structure.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TamperTypeDef *sTamper)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(sTamper->Tamper));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(sTamper->Trigger));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER(sTamper->Filter));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ(sTamper->SamplingFrequency));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION(sTamper->PrechargeDuration));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PULLUP_STATE(sTamper->TamperPullUp));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMPONTAMPER_DETECTION(sTamper->TimeStampOnTamperDetection));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ if (sTamper->Trigger != RTC_TAMPERTRIGGER_RISINGEDGE)
+ {
+ sTamper->Trigger = (uint32_t)(sTamper->Tamper << 1U);
+ }
+
+ tmpreg = ((uint32_t)sTamper->Tamper | (uint32_t)sTamper->Trigger | (uint32_t)sTamper->Filter | \
+ (uint32_t)sTamper->SamplingFrequency | (uint32_t)sTamper->PrechargeDuration | \
+ (uint32_t)sTamper->TamperPullUp | sTamper->TimeStampOnTamperDetection);
+
+ hrtc->Instance->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)sTamper->Tamper | (uint32_t)(sTamper->Tamper << 1U) | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPTS | \
+ (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFREQ | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFLT | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPRCH | \
+ (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPUDIS | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE);
+
+ hrtc->Instance->TAFCR |= tmpreg;
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sets Tamper with interrupt.
+ * @note By calling this API we force the tamper interrupt for all tampers.
+ * @param hrtc pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for RTC.
+ * @param sTamper Pointer to RTC Tamper.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TamperTypeDef *sTamper)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(sTamper->Tamper));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(sTamper->Trigger));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER(sTamper->Filter));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ(sTamper->SamplingFrequency));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION(sTamper->PrechargeDuration));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PULLUP_STATE(sTamper->TamperPullUp));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMPONTAMPER_DETECTION(sTamper->TimeStampOnTamperDetection));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Configure the tamper trigger */
+ if (sTamper->Trigger != RTC_TAMPERTRIGGER_RISINGEDGE)
+ {
+ sTamper->Trigger = (uint32_t)(sTamper->Tamper << 1U);
+ }
+
+ tmpreg = ((uint32_t)sTamper->Tamper | (uint32_t)sTamper->Trigger | (uint32_t)sTamper->Filter | \
+ (uint32_t)sTamper->SamplingFrequency | (uint32_t)sTamper->PrechargeDuration | \
+ (uint32_t)sTamper->TamperPullUp | sTamper->TimeStampOnTamperDetection);
+
+ hrtc->Instance->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)sTamper->Tamper | (uint32_t)(sTamper->Tamper << 1U) | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPTS | \
+ (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFREQ | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFLT | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPRCH | \
+ (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPUDIS);
+
+ hrtc->Instance->TAFCR |= tmpreg;
+
+ /* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the RTC_TAFCR */
+ hrtc->Instance->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE;
+
+ /* RTC Tamper Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */
+ __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+
+ __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deactivate Tamper.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @param Tamper Selected tamper pin.
+ * This parameter can be any combination of RTC_TAMPER_1, RTC_TAMPER_2 and RTC_TAMPER_3.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTamper(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Tamper)
+{
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(Tamper));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the selected Tamper pin */
+ hrtc->Instance->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~Tamper;
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle TimeStamp interrupt request.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RTCEx_TamperTimeStampIRQHandler(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+ /* Get the TimeStamp interrupt source enable status */
+ if (__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_IT_SOURCE(hrtc, RTC_IT_TS) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Get the pending status of the TIMESTAMP Interrupt */
+ if (__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSF) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* TIMESTAMP callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hrtc->TimeStampEventCallback(hrtc);
+#else
+ HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback(hrtc);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ /* Clear the TIMESTAMP interrupt pending bit */
+ __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSF);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Get the Tamper interrupts source enable status */
+ if (__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_IT_SOURCE(hrtc, RTC_IT_TAMP))
+ {
+ /* Get the pending status of the Tamper1 Interrupt */
+ if (__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Tamper1 callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hrtc->Tamper1EventCallback(hrtc);
+#else
+ HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback(hrtc);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ /* Clear the Tamper1 interrupt pending bit */
+ __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Get the Tamper interrupts source enable status */
+ if (__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_IT_SOURCE(hrtc, RTC_IT_TAMP))
+ {
+ /* Get the pending status of the Tamper2 Interrupt */
+ if (__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Tamper2 callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hrtc->Tamper2EventCallback(hrtc);
+#else
+ HAL_RTCEx_Tamper2EventCallback(hrtc);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ /* Clear the Tamper2 interrupt pending bit */
+ __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F);
+ }
+ }
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+ /* Get the Tamper interrupts source enable status */
+ if (__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_IT_SOURCE(hrtc, RTC_IT_TAMP))
+ {
+ /* Get the pending status of the Tamper3 Interrupt */
+ if (__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Tamper3 callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hrtc->Tamper3EventCallback(hrtc);
+#else
+ HAL_RTCEx_Tamper3EventCallback(hrtc);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ /* Clear the Tamper3 interrupt pending bit */
+ __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Clear the EXTI's Flag for RTC TimeStamp and Tamper */
+ __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
+
+ /* Change RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief TimeStamp callback.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hrtc);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tamper 1 callback.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hrtc);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tamper 2 callback.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_RTCEx_Tamper2EventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hrtc);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_RTCEx_Tamper2EventCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+/**
+ * @brief Tamper 3 callback.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_RTCEx_Tamper3EventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hrtc);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_RTCEx_Tamper3EventCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle TimeStamp polling request.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTimeStampEvent(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ while (__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSF) == RESET)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSOVF) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Clear the TIMESTAMP OverRun Flag */
+ __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSOVF);
+
+ /* Change TIMESTAMP state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if ((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout))
+ {
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Change RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle Tamper 1 Polling.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper1Event(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Get the status of the Interrupt */
+ while (__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F) == RESET)
+ {
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if ((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout))
+ {
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the Tamper Flag */
+ __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F);
+
+ /* Change RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle Tamper 2 Polling.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper2Event(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Get the status of the Interrupt */
+ while (__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F) == RESET)
+ {
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if ((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout))
+ {
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the Tamper Flag */
+ __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F);
+
+ /* Change RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx)
+/**
+ * @brief Handle Tamper 3 Polling.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper3Event(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Get the status of the Interrupt */
+ while (__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F) == RESET)
+ {
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if ((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout))
+ {
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the Tamper Flag */
+ __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F);
+
+ /* Change RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#if defined(STM32F070xB) || defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) || defined(STM32F030xC)
+/** @addtogroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions_Group2
+ * @brief RTC Wake-up functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### RTC Wake-up functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure Wake-up feature
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set wake up timer.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @param WakeUpCounter Wake up counter
+ * @param WakeUpClock Wake up clock
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t WakeUpCounter, uint32_t WakeUpClock)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(WakeUpClock));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(WakeUpCounter));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /*Check RTC WUTWF flag is reset only when wake up timer enabled*/
+ if ((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_WUTE) != RESET)
+ {
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is reset and if Time out is reached exit */
+ while (__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) == SET)
+ {
+ if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
+ while (__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) == RESET)
+ {
+ if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the Wakeup Timer clock source bits in CR register */
+ hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUCKSEL;
+
+ /* Configure the clock source */
+ hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)WakeUpClock;
+
+ /* Configure the Wakeup Timer counter */
+ hrtc->Instance->WUTR = (uint32_t)WakeUpCounter;
+
+ /* Enable the Wakeup Timer */
+ __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set wake up timer with interrupt.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @param WakeUpCounter Wake up counter
+ * @param WakeUpClock Wake up clock
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t WakeUpCounter, uint32_t WakeUpClock)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(WakeUpClock));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(WakeUpCounter));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /*Check RTC WUTWF flag is reset only when wake up timer enabled*/
+ if ((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_WUTE) != RESET)
+ {
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is reset and if Time out is reached exit */
+ while (__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) == SET)
+ {
+ if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Wake-Up timer */
+ __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Clear flag Wake-Up */
+ __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTF);
+
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
+ while (__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) == RESET)
+ {
+ if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the Wakeup Timer counter */
+ hrtc->Instance->WUTR = (uint32_t)WakeUpCounter;
+
+ /* Clear the Wakeup Timer clock source bits in CR register */
+ hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUCKSEL;
+
+ /* Configure the clock source */
+ hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)WakeUpClock;
+
+ /* RTC WakeUpTimer Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */
+ __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+
+ __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+
+ /* Configure the Interrupt in the RTC_CR register */
+ __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_WUT);
+
+ /* Enable the Wakeup Timer */
+ __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deactivate wake up timer counter.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateWakeUpTimer(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Disable the Wakeup Timer */
+ __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */
+ __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_WUT);
+
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+ /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
+ while (__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) == RESET)
+ {
+ if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get wake up timer counter.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @retval Counter value
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_GetWakeUpTimer(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+ /* Get the counter value */
+ return ((uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->WUTR & RTC_WUTR_WUT));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle Wake Up Timer interrupt request.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerIRQHandler(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+ /* Get the WAKEUPTIMER interrupt source enable status */
+ if (__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_IT_SOURCE(hrtc, RTC_IT_WUT) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Get the pending status of the WAKEUPTIMER Interrupt */
+ if (__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTF) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* WAKEUPTIMER callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hrtc->WakeUpTimerEventCallback(hrtc);
+#else
+ HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback(hrtc);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ /* Clear the WAKEUPTIMER interrupt pending bit */
+ __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTF);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the EXTI's line Flag for RTC WakeUpTimer */
+ __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
+
+ /* Change RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Wake Up Timer callback.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hrtc);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle Wake Up Timer Polling.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForWakeUpTimerEvent(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ while (__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTF) == RESET)
+ {
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if ((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout))
+ {
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the WAKEUPTIMER Flag */
+ __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTF);
+
+ /* Change RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* defined(STM32F070xB) || defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) | defined(STM32F030xC) */
+
+/** @addtogroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions_Group3
+ * @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Extended Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides functions allowing to
+ (+) Write a data in a specified RTC Backup data register
+ (+) Read a data in a specified RTC Backup data register
+ (+) Set the Coarse calibration parameters.
+ (+) Deactivate the Coarse calibration parameters
+ (+) Set the Smooth calibration parameters.
+ (+) Configure the Synchronization Shift Control Settings.
+ (+) Configure the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz).
+ (+) Deactivate the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz).
+ (+) Enable the RTC reference clock detection.
+ (+) Disable the RTC reference clock detection.
+ (+) Enable the Bypass Shadow feature.
+ (+) Disable the Bypass Shadow feature.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8) && !defined(STM32F070x6) && !defined(STM32F070xB) && !defined(STM32F030xC)
+/**
+ * @brief Write a data in a specified RTC Backup data register.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @param BackupRegister RTC Backup data Register number.
+ * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 4 to
+ * specify the register.
+ * @param Data Data to be written in the specified RTC Backup data register.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RTCEx_BKUPWrite(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t BackupRegister, uint32_t Data)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(BackupRegister));
+
+ tmp = (uint32_t) & (hrtc->Instance->BKP0R);
+ tmp += (BackupRegister * 4U);
+
+ /* Write the specified register */
+ *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = (uint32_t)Data;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Reads data from the specified RTC Backup data Register.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @param BackupRegister RTC Backup data Register number.
+ * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 4 to
+ * specify the register.
+ * @retval Read value
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_BKUPRead(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t BackupRegister)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(BackupRegister));
+
+ tmp = (uint32_t) & (hrtc->Instance->BKP0R);
+ tmp += (BackupRegister * 4U);
+
+ /* Read the specified register */
+ return (*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp);
+}
+#endif /* !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8) && !defined(STM32F070x6) && !defined(STM32F070xB) && !defined(STM32F030xC) */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the Smooth calibration parameters.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @param SmoothCalibPeriod Select the Smooth Calibration Period.
+ * This parameter can be can be one of the following values :
+ * @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_32SEC: The smooth calibration period is 32s.
+ * @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_16SEC: The smooth calibration period is 16s.
+ * @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_8SEC: The smooth calibration period is 8s.
+ * @param SmoothCalibPlusPulses Select to Set or reset the CALP bit.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_SET: Add one RTCCLK pulse every 2*11 pulses.
+ * @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_RESET: No RTCCLK pulses are added.
+ * @param SmoothCalibMinusPulsesValue Select the value of CALM[8:0] bits.
+ * This parameter can be one any value from 0 to 0x000001FF.
+ * @note To deactivate the smooth calibration, the field SmoothCalibPlusPulses
+ * must be equal to SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_RESET and the field
+ * SmoothCalibMinusPulsesValue mut be equal to 0.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetSmoothCalib(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t SmoothCalibPeriod, uint32_t SmoothCalibPlusPulses, uint32_t SmoothCalibMinusPulsesValue)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PERIOD(SmoothCalibPeriod));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PLUS(SmoothCalibPlusPulses));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_MINUS(SmoothCalibMinusPulsesValue));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* check if a calibration is pending*/
+ if ((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) != RESET)
+ {
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* check if a calibration is pending*/
+ while ((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) != RESET)
+ {
+ if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Change RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the Smooth calibration settings */
+ hrtc->Instance->CALR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)SmoothCalibPeriod | (uint32_t)SmoothCalibPlusPulses | (uint32_t)SmoothCalibMinusPulsesValue);
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Change RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the Synchronization Shift Control Settings.
+ * @note When REFCKON is set, firmware must not write to Shift control register.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @param ShiftAdd1S Select to add or not 1 second to the time calendar.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values :
+ * @arg RTC_SHIFTADD1S_SET: Add one second to the clock calendar.
+ * @arg RTC_SHIFTADD1S_RESET: No effect.
+ * @param ShiftSubFS Select the number of Second Fractions to substitute.
+ * This parameter can be one any value from 0 to 0x7FFF.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetSynchroShift(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t ShiftAdd1S, uint32_t ShiftSubFS)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SHIFT_ADD1S(ShiftAdd1S));
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_SHIFT_SUBFS(ShiftSubFS));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait until the shift is completed*/
+ while ((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) != RESET)
+ {
+ if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the reference clock detection is disabled */
+ if ((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_REFCKON) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Configure the Shift settings */
+ hrtc->Instance->SHIFTR = (uint32_t)(uint32_t)(ShiftSubFS) | (uint32_t)(ShiftAdd1S);
+
+ /* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
+ if ((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET)
+ {
+ if (HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Change RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Change RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz).
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @param CalibOutput Select the Calibration output Selection .
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg RTC_CALIBOUTPUT_512HZ: A signal has a regular waveform at 512Hz.
+ * @arg RTC_CALIBOUTPUT_1HZ: A signal has a regular waveform at 1Hz.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetCalibrationOutPut(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t CalibOutput)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT(CalibOutput));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Clear flags before config */
+ hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_COSEL;
+
+ /* Configure the RTC_CR register */
+ hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)CalibOutput;
+
+ __HAL_RTC_CALIBRATION_OUTPUT_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Change RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deactivate the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz).
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateCalibrationOutPut(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ __HAL_RTC_CALIBRATION_OUTPUT_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Change RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the RTC reference clock detection.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetRefClock(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Set Initialization mode */
+ if (RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Set RTC state*/
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ __HAL_RTC_CLOCKREF_DETECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Exit Initialization mode */
+ hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Change RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the RTC reference clock detection.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateRefClock(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Set Initialization mode */
+ if (RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Set RTC state*/
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ __HAL_RTC_CLOCKREF_DETECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Exit Initialization mode */
+ hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Change RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the Bypass Shadow feature.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @note When the Bypass Shadow is enabled the calendar value are taken
+ * directly from the Calendar counter.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_EnableBypassShadow(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Set the BYPSHAD bit */
+ hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint8_t)RTC_CR_BYPSHAD;
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Change RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the Bypass Shadow feature.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @note When the Bypass Shadow is enabled the calendar value are taken
+ * directly from the Calendar counter.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DisableBypassShadow(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
+
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Reset the BYPSHAD bit */
+ hrtc->Instance->CR &= ((uint8_t)~RTC_CR_BYPSHAD);
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Change RTC state */
+ hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_smartcard.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_smartcard.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4674aef --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_smartcard.c @@ -0,0 +1,2873 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_smartcard.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief SMARTCARD HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the SMARTCARD peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + IO operation functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ * + Peripheral State and Error functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ The SMARTCARD HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+ (#) Declare a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef handle structure (eg. SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef hsmartcard).
+ (#) Associate a USART to the SMARTCARD handle hsmartcard.
+ (#) Initialize the SMARTCARD low level resources by implementing the HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit() API:
+ (++) Enable the USARTx interface clock.
+ (++) USART pins configuration:
+ (+++) Enable the clock for the USART GPIOs.
+ (+++) Configure the USART pins (TX as alternate function pull-up, RX as alternate function Input).
+ (++) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT()
+ and HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT() APIs):
+ (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority.
+ (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle.
+ (++) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA()
+ and HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA() APIs):
+ (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx channel.
+ (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock.
+ (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters.
+ (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx channel.
+ (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the SMARTCARD DMA Tx/Rx handle.
+ (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx channel.
+
+ (#) Program the Baud Rate, Parity, Mode(Receiver/Transmitter), clock enabling/disabling and accordingly,
+ the clock parameters (parity, phase, last bit), prescaler value, guard time and NACK on transmission
+ error enabling or disabling in the hsmartcard handle Init structure.
+
+ (#) If required, program SMARTCARD advanced features (TX/RX pins swap, TimeOut, auto-retry counter,...)
+ in the hsmartcard handle AdvancedInit structure.
+
+ (#) Initialize the SMARTCARD registers by calling the HAL_SMARTCARD_Init() API:
+ (++) This API configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
+ by calling the customized HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit() API.
+ [..]
+ (@) The specific SMARTCARD interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt,
+ RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
+ __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process.
+
+ [..]
+ [..] Three operation modes are available within this driver :
+
+ *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+ =================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit()
+ (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive()
+
+ *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+ ===================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT()
+ (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback()
+ (+) Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT()
+ (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback()
+ (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback()
+
+ *** DMA mode IO operation ***
+ ==============================
+ [..]
+ (+) Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA()
+ (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback()
+ (+) Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA()
+ (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback()
+ (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback()
+
+ *** SMARTCARD HAL driver macros list ***
+ ========================================
+ [..]
+ Below the list of most used macros in SMARTCARD HAL driver.
+
+ (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_FLAG : Check whether or not the specified SMARTCARD flag is set
+ (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified SMARTCARD pending flag
+ (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified SMARTCARD interrupt
+ (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified SMARTCARD interrupt
+ (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether or not the specified SMARTCARD interrupt is enabled
+
+ [..]
+ (@) You can refer to the SMARTCARD HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+ ##### Callback registration #####
+ ==================================
+
+ [..]
+ The compilation define USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
+ allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+
+ [..]
+ Use Function @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback.
+ Function @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
+ (+) TxCpltCallback : Tx Complete Callback.
+ (+) RxCpltCallback : Rx Complete Callback.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : Error Callback.
+ (+) AbortCpltCallback : Abort Complete Callback.
+ (+) AbortTransmitCpltCallback : Abort Transmit Complete Callback.
+ (+) AbortReceiveCpltCallback : Abort Receive Complete Callback.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : SMARTCARD MspInit.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : SMARTCARD MspDeInit.
+ This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+ and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+ [..]
+ Use function @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
+ weak (surcharged) function.
+ @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+ and the Callback ID.
+ This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+ (+) TxCpltCallback : Tx Complete Callback.
+ (+) RxCpltCallback : Rx Complete Callback.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : Error Callback.
+ (+) AbortCpltCallback : Abort Complete Callback.
+ (+) AbortTransmitCpltCallback : Abort Transmit Complete Callback.
+ (+) AbortReceiveCpltCallback : Abort Receive Complete Callback.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : SMARTCARD MspInit.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : SMARTCARD MspDeInit.
+
+ [..]
+ By default, after the @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_Init() and when the state is HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_RESET
+ all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak (surcharged) functions:
+ examples @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback(), @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback().
+ Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are respectively
+ reset to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_Init()
+ and @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_DeInit() only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
+ If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_Init() and @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_DeInit()
+ keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand).
+
+ [..]
+ Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY state only.
+ Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit that can be registered/unregistered
+ in HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY or HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_RESET state, thus registered (user)
+ MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
+ In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+ using @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_RegisterCallback() before calling @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_DeInit()
+ or @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_Init() function.
+
+ [..]
+ When The compilation define USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+ not defined, the callback registration feature is not available
+ and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
+
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8) && !defined(STM32F070x6) && !defined(STM32F070xB) && !defined(STM32F030xC)
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARD SMARTCARD
+ * @brief HAL SMARTCARD module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Private_Constants SMARTCARD Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+#define SMARTCARD_TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT 1000U /*!< SMARTCARD TX or RX enable acknowledge time-out value */
+
+#define USART_CR1_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | \
+ USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8)) /*!< USART CR1 fields of parameters set by SMARTCARD_SetConfig API */
+
+#define USART_CR2_CLK_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_CPOL | USART_CR2_CPHA | \
+ USART_CR2_LBCL)) /*!< SMARTCARD clock-related USART CR2 fields of parameters */
+
+#define USART_CR2_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR2_RTOEN | USART_CR2_CLK_FIELDS | USART_CR2_STOP)) /*!< USART CR2 fields of parameters set by SMARTCARD_SetConfig API */
+
+#define USART_CR3_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR3_ONEBIT | USART_CR3_NACK | USART_CR3_SCARCNT)) /*!< USART CR3 fields of parameters set by SMARTCARD_SetConfig API */
+
+#define USART_BRR_MIN 0x10U /*!< USART BRR minimum authorized value */
+
+#define USART_BRR_MAX 0x0000FFFFU /*!< USART BRR maximum authorized value */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup SMARTCARD_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+#if (USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+void SMARTCARD_InitCallbacksToDefault(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_SetConfig(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard);
+static void SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureConfig(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_CheckIdleState(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint32_t Flag,
+ FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout);
+static void SMARTCARD_EndTxTransfer(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard);
+static void SMARTCARD_EndRxTransfer(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard);
+static void SMARTCARD_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SMARTCARD_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SMARTCARD_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SMARTCARD_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SMARTCARD_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SMARTCARD_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SMARTCARD_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SMARTCARD_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SMARTCARD_TxISR(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard);
+static void SMARTCARD_EndTransmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard);
+static void SMARTCARD_RxISR(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Exported_Functions SMARTCARD Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx
+ associated to the SmartCard.
+ (+) These parameters can be configured:
+ (++) Baud Rate
+ (++) Parity: parity should be enabled, frame Length is fixed to 8 bits plus parity
+ (++) Receiver/transmitter modes
+ (++) Synchronous mode (and if enabled, phase, polarity and last bit parameters)
+ (++) Prescaler value
+ (++) Guard bit time
+ (++) NACK enabling or disabling on transmission error
+
+ (+) The following advanced features can be configured as well:
+ (++) TX and/or RX pin level inversion
+ (++) data logical level inversion
+ (++) RX and TX pins swap
+ (++) RX overrun detection disabling
+ (++) DMA disabling on RX error
+ (++) MSB first on communication line
+ (++) Time out enabling (and if activated, timeout value)
+ (++) Block length
+ (++) Auto-retry counter
+ [..]
+ The HAL_SMARTCARD_Init() API follows the USART synchronous configuration procedures
+ (details for the procedures are available in reference manual).
+
+@endverbatim
+
+ The USART frame format is given in the following table:
+
+ Table 1. USART frame format.
+ +---------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | M1M0 bits | PCE bit | USART frame |
+ |-----------------------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 01 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | |
+ +---------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the SMARTCARD mode according to the specified
+ * parameters in the SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Init(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ /* Check the SMARTCARD handle allocation */
+ if (hsmartcard == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the USART associated to the SMARTCARD handle */
+ assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(hsmartcard->Instance));
+
+ if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ hsmartcard->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1
+ SMARTCARD_InitCallbacksToDefault(hsmartcard);
+
+ if (hsmartcard->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hsmartcard->MspInitCallback = HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit;
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ hsmartcard->MspInitCallback(hsmartcard);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
+ HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit(hsmartcard);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral to set smartcard mode */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE);
+
+ /* In SmartCard mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+ - LINEN in the USART_CR2 register,
+ - HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LINEN);
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN));
+
+ /* set the USART in SMARTCARD mode */
+ SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_SCEN);
+
+ /* Set the SMARTCARD Communication parameters */
+ if (SMARTCARD_SetConfig(hsmartcard) == HAL_ERROR)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the SMARTCARD transmission completion indication */
+ SMARTCARD_TRANSMISSION_COMPLETION_SETTING(hsmartcard);
+
+ if (hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
+ {
+ SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureConfig(hsmartcard);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE);
+
+ /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving hsmartcard->gState and hsmartcard->RxState to Ready */
+ return (SMARTCARD_CheckIdleState(hsmartcard));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitialize the SMARTCARD peripheral.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_DeInit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ /* Check the SMARTCARD handle allocation */
+ if (hsmartcard == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the USART/UART associated to the SMARTCARD handle */
+ assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(hsmartcard->Instance));
+
+ hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE);
+
+ WRITE_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, 0x0U);
+ WRITE_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, 0x0U);
+ WRITE_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, 0x0U);
+ WRITE_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->RTOR, 0x0U);
+ WRITE_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->GTPR, 0x0U);
+
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+#if USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1
+ if (hsmartcard->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hsmartcard->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit;
+ }
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ hsmartcard->MspDeInitCallback(hsmartcard);
+#else
+ HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit(hsmartcard);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
+ hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_RESET;
+ hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Process Unlock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the SMARTCARD MSP.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hsmartcard);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitialize the SMARTCARD MSP.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hsmartcard);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+ * @brief Register a User SMARTCARD Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hsmartcard smartcard handle
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Transmit Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Receive Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_RegisterCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard,
+ HAL_SMARTCARD_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, pSMARTCARD_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+ if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+
+ case HAL_SMARTCARD_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hsmartcard->TxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMARTCARD_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hsmartcard->RxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMARTCARD_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hsmartcard->AbortCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMARTCARD_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hsmartcard->AbortTransmitCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMARTCARD_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hsmartcard->AbortReceiveCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+
+ case HAL_SMARTCARD_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hsmartcard->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMARTCARD_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hsmartcard->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_SMARTCARD_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hsmartcard->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMARTCARD_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hsmartcard->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister an SMARTCARD callback
+ * SMARTCARD callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hsmartcard smartcard handle
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Transmit Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Receive Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMARTCARD_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_UnRegisterCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard,
+ HAL_SMARTCARD_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+ if (HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY == hsmartcard->gState)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_SMARTCARD_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hsmartcard->TxCpltCallback = HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMARTCARD_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hsmartcard->RxCpltCallback = HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCallback = HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMARTCARD_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hsmartcard->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMARTCARD_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hsmartcard->AbortTransmitCpltCallback = HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmitCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortTransmitCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMARTCARD_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hsmartcard->AbortReceiveCpltCallback = HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceiveCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortReceiveCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+
+ case HAL_SMARTCARD_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hsmartcard->MspInitCallback = HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInitCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMARTCARD_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hsmartcard->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInitCallback */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_RESET == hsmartcard->gState)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_SMARTCARD_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hsmartcard->MspInitCallback = HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMARTCARD_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hsmartcard->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+ return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ * @brief SMARTCARD Transmit and Receive functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SMARTCARD data transfers.
+
+ [..]
+ Smartcard is a single wire half duplex communication protocol.
+ The Smartcard interface is designed to support asynchronous protocol Smartcards as
+ defined in the ISO 7816-3 standard. The USART should be configured as:
+ (+) 8 bits plus parity: where M=1 and PCE=1 in the USART_CR1 register
+ (+) 1.5 stop bits when transmitting and receiving: where STOP=11 in the USART_CR2 register.
+
+ [..]
+ (+) There are two modes of transfer:
+ (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode.
+ The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function
+ after finishing transfer.
+ (++) Non-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts
+ or DMA, the relevant API's return the HAL status.
+ The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+ dedicated SMARTCARD IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
+ using DMA mode.
+ (++) The HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks
+ will be executed respectively at the end of the Transmit or Receive process
+ The HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when a communication
+ error is detected.
+
+ (+) Blocking mode APIs are :
+ (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit()
+ (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive()
+
+ (+) Non Blocking mode APIs with Interrupt are :
+ (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT()
+ (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT()
+ (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_IRQHandler()
+
+ (+) Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
+ (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA()
+ (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA()
+
+ (+) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:
+ (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback()
+
+ [..]
+ (#) Non-Blocking mode transfers could be aborted using Abort API's :
+ (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Abort()
+ (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmit()
+ (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceive()
+ (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Abort_IT()
+ (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmit_IT()
+ (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceive_IT()
+
+ (#) For Abort services based on interrupts (HAL_SMARTCARD_Abortxxx_IT), a set of Abort Complete Callbacks are provided:
+ (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmitCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceiveCpltCallback()
+
+ (#) In Non-Blocking mode transfers, possible errors are split into 2 categories.
+ Errors are handled as follows :
+ (++) Error is considered as Recoverable and non blocking : Transfer could go till end, but error severity is
+ to be evaluated by user : this concerns Frame Error, Parity Error or Noise Error in Interrupt mode reception .
+ Received character is then retrieved and stored in Rx buffer, Error code is set to allow user to identify error type,
+ and HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed. Transfer is kept ongoing on SMARTCARD side.
+ If user wants to abort it, Abort services should be called by user.
+ (++) Error is considered as Blocking : Transfer could not be completed properly and is aborted.
+ This concerns Frame Error in Interrupt mode tranmission, Overrun Error in Interrupt mode reception and all errors in DMA mode.
+ Error code is set to allow user to identify error type, and HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Send an amount of data in blocking mode.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @param pData pointer to data buffer.
+ * @param Size amount of data to be sent.
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size,
+ uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+ uint8_t *ptmpdata = pData;
+
+ /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */
+ if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((ptmpdata == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+ hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral first to update mode for TX master */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE);
+
+ /* Disable Rx, enable Tx */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RE);
+ SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->RQR, (uint16_t)SMARTCARD_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+ SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TE);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE);
+
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
+ hsmartcard->TxXferSize = Size;
+ hsmartcard->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+ while (hsmartcard->TxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ hsmartcard->TxXferCount--;
+ if (SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_FLAG_TXE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ hsmartcard->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*ptmpdata & 0xFFU);
+ ptmpdata++;
+ }
+ if (SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_TRANSMISSION_COMPLETION_FLAG(hsmartcard), RESET, tickstart,
+ Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ /* Re-enable Rx at end of transmission if initial mode is Rx/Tx */
+ if (hsmartcard->Init.Mode == SMARTCARD_MODE_TX_RX)
+ {
+ /* Disable the Peripheral first to update modes */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE);
+ SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RE);
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE);
+ }
+
+ /* At end of Tx process, restore hsmartcard->gState to Ready */
+ hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @param pData pointer to data buffer.
+ * @param Size amount of data to be received.
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size,
+ uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+ uint8_t *ptmpdata = pData;
+
+ /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */
+ if (hsmartcard->RxState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((ptmpdata == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
+ hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ hsmartcard->RxXferSize = Size;
+ hsmartcard->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /* Check the remain data to be received */
+ while (hsmartcard->RxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ hsmartcard->RxXferCount--;
+
+ if (SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ *ptmpdata = (uint8_t)(hsmartcard->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)0x00FF);
+ ptmpdata++;
+ }
+
+ /* At end of Rx process, restore hsmartcard->RxState to Ready */
+ hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Send an amount of data in interrupt mode.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @param pData pointer to data buffer.
+ * @param Size amount of data to be sent.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */
+ if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
+ hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+ hsmartcard->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+ hsmartcard->TxXferSize = Size;
+ hsmartcard->TxXferCount = Size;
+ hsmartcard->TxISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral first to update mode for TX master */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE);
+
+ /* Disable Rx, enable Tx */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RE);
+ SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->RQR, (uint16_t)SMARTCARD_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+ SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TE);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE);
+
+ /* Configure Tx interrupt processing */
+ /* Set the Tx ISR function pointer */
+ hsmartcard->TxISR = SMARTCARD_TxISR;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+ /* Enable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error) */
+ SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Enable the SMARTCARD Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @param pData pointer to data buffer.
+ * @param Size amount of data to be received.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */
+ if (hsmartcard->RxState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
+ hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+ hsmartcard->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+ hsmartcard->RxXferSize = Size;
+ hsmartcard->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /* Configure Rx interrupt processing */
+ /* Set the Rx ISR function pointer */
+ hsmartcard->RxISR = SMARTCARD_RxISR;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+ /* Enable the SMARTCARD Parity Error and Data Register not empty Interrupts */
+ SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RXNEIE);
+
+ /* Enable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+ SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Send an amount of data in DMA mode.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @param pData pointer to data buffer.
+ * @param Size amount of data to be sent.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */
+ if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+ hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
+ hsmartcard->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+ hsmartcard->TxXferSize = Size;
+ hsmartcard->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral first to update mode for TX master */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE);
+
+ /* Disable Rx, enable Tx */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RE);
+ SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->RQR, (uint16_t)SMARTCARD_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+ SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TE);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE);
+
+ /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = SMARTCARD_DMATransmitCplt;
+
+ /* Set the SMARTCARD error callback */
+ hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SMARTCARD_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the DMA abort callback */
+ hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the SMARTCARD transmit DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsmartcard->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hsmartcard->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hsmartcard->Instance->TDR,
+ Size) == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Clear the TC flag in the ICR register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->ICR, USART_ICR_TCCF);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+ /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error) */
+ SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit
+ in the SMARTCARD associated USART CR3 register */
+ SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+ /* Restore hsmartcard->State to ready */
+ hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in DMA mode.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @param pData pointer to data buffer.
+ * @param Size amount of data to be received.
+ * @note The SMARTCARD-associated USART parity is enabled (PCE = 1),
+ * the received data contain the parity bit (MSB position).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */
+ if (hsmartcard->RxState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
+ hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+ hsmartcard->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+ hsmartcard->RxXferSize = Size;
+
+ /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SMARTCARD_DMAReceiveCplt;
+
+ /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA error callback */
+ hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SMARTCARD_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the DMA abort callback */
+ hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsmartcard->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hsmartcard->Instance->RDR, (uint32_t)hsmartcard->pRxBuffPtr,
+ Size) == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+ /* Enable the SMARTCARD Parity Error Interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+
+ /* Enable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+ SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit
+ in the SMARTCARD associated USART CR3 register */
+ SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+ /* Restore hsmartcard->State to ready */
+ hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (blocking mode).
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable SMARTCARD Interrupts (Tx and Rx)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Abort(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ /* Disable RTOIE, EOBIE, TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1,
+ (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE | USART_CR1_RTOIE | USART_CR1_EOBIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Tx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+ if (hsmartcard->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA Abort callback to Null.
+ No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(hsmartcard->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_GetError(hsmartcard->hdmatx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+ if (hsmartcard->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA Abort callback to Null.
+ No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(hsmartcard->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_GetError(hsmartcard->hdmarx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */
+ hsmartcard->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ hsmartcard->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmartcard,
+ SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_RTOF |
+ SMARTCARD_CLEAR_EOBF);
+
+ /* Restore hsmartcard->gState and hsmartcard->RxState to Ready */
+ hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+ hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Reset Handle ErrorCode to No Error */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (blocking mode).
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Tx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable SMARTCARD Interrupts (Tx)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+
+ /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not. If not disable ERR IT */
+ if (hsmartcard->RxState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Disable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error) */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Tx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+ if (hsmartcard->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA Abort callback to Null.
+ No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(hsmartcard->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_GetError(hsmartcard->hdmatx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Reset Tx transfer counter */
+ hsmartcard->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ /* Restore hsmartcard->gState to Ready */
+ hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing Receive transfer (blocking mode).
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Rx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable SMARTCARD Interrupts (Rx)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceive(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ /* Disable RTOIE, EOBIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RTOIE | USART_CR1_EOBIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Check if a Transmit process is ongoing or not. If not disable ERR IT */
+ if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Disable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error) */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+ if (hsmartcard->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA Abort callback to Null.
+ No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(hsmartcard->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_GetError(hsmartcard->hdmarx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Reset Rx transfer counter */
+ hsmartcard->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmartcard,
+ SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_RTOF |
+ SMARTCARD_CLEAR_EOBF);
+
+ /* Restore hsmartcard->RxState to Ready */
+ hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (Interrupt mode).
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable SMARTCARD Interrupts (Tx and Rx)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback
+ * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be
+ * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Abort_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ uint32_t abortcplt = 1U;
+
+ /* Disable RTOIE, EOBIE, TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1,
+ (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE | USART_CR1_RTOIE | USART_CR1_EOBIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* If DMA Tx and/or DMA Rx Handles are associated to SMARTCARD Handle, DMA Abort complete callbacks should be initialised
+ before any call to DMA Abort functions */
+ /* DMA Tx Handle is valid */
+ if (hsmartcard->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if SMARTCARD DMA Tx request if enabled.
+ Otherwise, set it to NULL */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = SMARTCARD_DMATxAbortCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ /* DMA Rx Handle is valid */
+ if (hsmartcard->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if SMARTCARD DMA Rx request if enabled.
+ Otherwise, set it to NULL */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = SMARTCARD_DMARxAbortCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Tx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ /* Disable DMA Tx at UART level */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Tx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */
+ if (hsmartcard->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* SMARTCARD Tx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised :
+ will lead to call HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+
+ /* Abort DMA TX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hsmartcard->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ abortcplt = 0U;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Rx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */
+ if (hsmartcard->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* SMARTCARD Rx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised :
+ will lead to call HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+
+ /* Abort DMA RX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hsmartcard->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ abortcplt = 1U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ abortcplt = 0U;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* if no DMA abort complete callback execution is required => call user Abort Complete callback */
+ if (abortcplt == 1U)
+ {
+ /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */
+ hsmartcard->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ hsmartcard->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear ISR function pointers */
+ hsmartcard->RxISR = NULL;
+ hsmartcard->TxISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Reset errorCode */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmartcard,
+ SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_RTOF |
+ SMARTCARD_CLEAR_EOBF);
+
+ /* Restore hsmartcard->gState and hsmartcard->RxState to Ready */
+ hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+ hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort complete callback */
+ hsmartcard->AbortCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort complete callback */
+ HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (Interrupt mode).
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Tx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable SMARTCARD Interrupts (Tx)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback
+ * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be
+ * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+
+ /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not. If not disable ERR IT */
+ if (hsmartcard->RxState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Disable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error) */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Tx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Tx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */
+ if (hsmartcard->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = SMARTCARD_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback;
+
+ /* Abort DMA TX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hsmartcard->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hsmartcard->hdmatx);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset Tx transfer counter */
+ hsmartcard->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear TxISR function pointers */
+ hsmartcard->TxISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Restore hsmartcard->gState to Ready */
+ hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+ hsmartcard->AbortTransmitCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+ HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset Tx transfer counter */
+ hsmartcard->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear TxISR function pointers */
+ hsmartcard->TxISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ /* Restore hsmartcard->gState to Ready */
+ hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+ hsmartcard->AbortTransmitCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+ HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing Receive transfer (Interrupt mode).
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Rx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable SMARTCARD Interrupts (Rx)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback
+ * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be
+ * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceive_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ /* Disable RTOIE, EOBIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RTOIE | USART_CR1_EOBIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Check if a Transmit process is ongoing or not. If not disable ERR IT */
+ if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Disable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error) */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Rx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */
+ if (hsmartcard->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = SMARTCARD_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback;
+
+ /* Abort DMA RX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hsmartcard->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hsmartcard->hdmarx);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset Rx transfer counter */
+ hsmartcard->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear RxISR function pointer */
+ hsmartcard->RxISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmartcard,
+ SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_RTOF |
+ SMARTCARD_CLEAR_EOBF);
+
+ /* Restore hsmartcard->RxState to Ready */
+ hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+ hsmartcard->AbortReceiveCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+ HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset Rx transfer counter */
+ hsmartcard->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear RxISR function pointer */
+ hsmartcard->RxISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmartcard,
+ SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_RTOF |
+ SMARTCARD_CLEAR_EOBF);
+
+ /* Restore hsmartcard->RxState to Ready */
+ hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+ hsmartcard->AbortReceiveCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+ HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle SMARTCARD interrupt requests.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_SMARTCARD_IRQHandler(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ uint32_t isrflags = READ_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->ISR);
+ uint32_t cr1its = READ_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1);
+ uint32_t cr3its = READ_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3);
+ uint32_t errorflags;
+ uint32_t errorcode;
+
+ /* If no error occurs */
+ errorflags = (isrflags & (uint32_t)(USART_ISR_PE | USART_ISR_FE | USART_ISR_ORE | USART_ISR_NE | USART_ISR_RTOF));
+ if (errorflags == 0U)
+ {
+ /* SMARTCARD in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE) != 0U)
+ && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ if (hsmartcard->RxISR != NULL)
+ {
+ hsmartcard->RxISR(hsmartcard);
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If some errors occur */
+ if ((errorflags != 0U)
+ && (((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U)
+ || ((cr1its & (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)) != 0U)))
+ {
+ /* SMARTCARD parity error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_PE) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_PEIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IT(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF);
+
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_PE;
+ }
+
+ /* SMARTCARD frame error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_FE) != 0U) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IT(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_FE;
+ }
+
+ /* SMARTCARD noise error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_NE) != 0U) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IT(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEF);
+
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NE;
+ }
+
+ /* SMARTCARD Over-Run interrupt occurred -----------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_ORE) != 0U)
+ && (((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != 0U)
+ || ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U)))
+ {
+ __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IT(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREF);
+
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_ORE;
+ }
+
+ /* SMARTCARD receiver timeout interrupt occurred -----------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RTOF) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RTOIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IT(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_RTOF);
+
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_RTO;
+ }
+
+ /* Call SMARTCARD Error Call back function if need be --------------------------*/
+ if (hsmartcard->ErrorCode != HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ /* SMARTCARD in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE) != 0U)
+ && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ if (hsmartcard->RxISR != NULL)
+ {
+ hsmartcard->RxISR(hsmartcard);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If Error is to be considered as blocking :
+ - Receiver Timeout error in Reception
+ - Overrun error in Reception
+ - any error occurs in DMA mode reception
+ */
+ errorcode = hsmartcard->ErrorCode;
+ if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ || ((errorcode & (HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_RTO | HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_ORE)) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* Blocking error : transfer is aborted
+ Set the SMARTCARD state ready to be able to start again the process,
+ Disable Rx Interrupts, and disable Rx DMA request, if ongoing */
+ SMARTCARD_EndRxTransfer(hsmartcard);
+
+ /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Rx channel */
+ if (hsmartcard->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = SMARTCARD_DMAAbortOnError;
+
+ /* Abort DMA RX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hsmartcard->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hsmartcard->hdmarx);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered user error callback */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCallback(hsmartcard);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak user error callback */
+ HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(hsmartcard);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered user error callback */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCallback(hsmartcard);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak user error callback */
+ HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(hsmartcard);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+ }
+ }
+ /* other error type to be considered as blocking :
+ - Frame error in Transmission
+ */
+ else if ((hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ && ((errorcode & HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_FE) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* Blocking error : transfer is aborted
+ Set the SMARTCARD state ready to be able to start again the process,
+ Disable Tx Interrupts, and disable Tx DMA request, if ongoing */
+ SMARTCARD_EndTxTransfer(hsmartcard);
+
+ /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Tx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Tx channel */
+ if (hsmartcard->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = SMARTCARD_DMAAbortOnError;
+
+ /* Abort DMA TX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hsmartcard->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hsmartcard->hdmatx);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered user error callback */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCallback(hsmartcard);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak user error callback */
+ HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(hsmartcard);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered user error callback */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCallback(hsmartcard);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak user error callback */
+ HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(hsmartcard);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Non Blocking error : transfer could go on.
+ Error is notified to user through user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered user error callback */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCallback(hsmartcard);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak user error callback */
+ HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(hsmartcard);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
+ }
+ }
+ return;
+
+ } /* End if some error occurs */
+
+ /* SMARTCARD in mode Receiver, end of block interruption ------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_EOBF) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_EOBIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
+#if (USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Rx complete callback */
+ hsmartcard->RxCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Rx complete callback */
+ HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+ /* Clear EOBF interrupt after HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() call for the End of Block information
+ to be available during HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() processing */
+ __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IT(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_EOBF);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* SMARTCARD in mode Transmitter ------------------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_TXE) != 0U)
+ && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TXEIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ if (hsmartcard->TxISR != NULL)
+ {
+ hsmartcard->TxISR(hsmartcard);
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* SMARTCARD in mode Transmitter (transmission end) ------------------------*/
+ if (__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT(hsmartcard, hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.TxCompletionIndication) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsmartcard, hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.TxCompletionIndication) != RESET)
+ {
+ SMARTCARD_EndTransmit_IT(hsmartcard);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hsmartcard);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hsmartcard);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief SMARTCARD error callback.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hsmartcard);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief SMARTCARD Abort Complete callback.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hsmartcard);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief SMARTCARD Abort Complete callback.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hsmartcard);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmitCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief SMARTCARD Abort Receive Complete callback.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hsmartcard);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceiveCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ * @brief SMARTCARD State and Errors functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to return the State of SmartCard
+ handle and also return Peripheral Errors occurred during communication process
+ (+) HAL_SMARTCARD_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state
+ of the SMARTCARD peripheral.
+ (+) HAL_SMARTCARD_GetError() checks in run-time errors that could occur during
+ communication.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the SMARTCARD handle state.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @retval SMARTCARD handle state
+ */
+HAL_SMARTCARD_StateTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_GetState(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ /* Return SMARTCARD handle state */
+ uint32_t temp1;
+ uint32_t temp2;
+ temp1 = (uint32_t)hsmartcard->gState;
+ temp2 = (uint32_t)hsmartcard->RxState;
+
+ return (HAL_SMARTCARD_StateTypeDef)(temp1 | temp2);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the SMARTCARD handle error code.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @retval SMARTCARD handle Error Code
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_SMARTCARD_GetError(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ return hsmartcard->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Private_Functions SMARTCARD Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if (USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the callbacks to their default values.
+ * @param hsmartcard SMARTCARD handle.
+ * @retval none
+ */
+void SMARTCARD_InitCallbacksToDefault(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ /* Init the SMARTCARD Callback settings */
+ hsmartcard->TxCpltCallback = HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback */
+ hsmartcard->RxCpltCallback = HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCallback = HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+ hsmartcard->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */
+ hsmartcard->AbortTransmitCpltCallback = HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmitCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortTransmitCpltCallback */
+ hsmartcard->AbortReceiveCpltCallback = HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceiveCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortReceiveCpltCallback */
+
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the SMARTCARD associated USART peripheral.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_SetConfig(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg;
+ SMARTCARD_ClockSourceTypeDef clocksource;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t pclk;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(hsmartcard->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_BAUDRATE(hsmartcard->Init.BaudRate));
+ assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_WORD_LENGTH(hsmartcard->Init.WordLength));
+ assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_STOPBITS(hsmartcard->Init.StopBits));
+ assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_PARITY(hsmartcard->Init.Parity));
+ assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_MODE(hsmartcard->Init.Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_POLARITY(hsmartcard->Init.CLKPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_PHASE(hsmartcard->Init.CLKPhase));
+ assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_LASTBIT(hsmartcard->Init.CLKLastBit));
+ assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE(hsmartcard->Init.OneBitSampling));
+ assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_NACK(hsmartcard->Init.NACKEnable));
+ assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT(hsmartcard->Init.TimeOutEnable));
+ assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_AUTORETRY_COUNT(hsmartcard->Init.AutoRetryCount));
+
+ /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ /* In SmartCard mode, M and PCE are forced to 1 (8 bits + parity).
+ * Oversampling is forced to 16 (OVER8 = 0).
+ * Configure the Parity and Mode:
+ * set PS bit according to hsmartcard->Init.Parity value
+ * set TE and RE bits according to hsmartcard->Init.Mode value */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hsmartcard->Init.Parity | hsmartcard->Init.Mode | hsmartcard->Init.WordLength);
+ MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_FIELDS, tmpreg);
+
+ /*-------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ tmpreg = hsmartcard->Init.StopBits;
+ /* Synchronous mode is activated by default */
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t) USART_CR2_CLKEN | hsmartcard->Init.CLKPolarity;
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t) hsmartcard->Init.CLKPhase | hsmartcard->Init.CLKLastBit;
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t) hsmartcard->Init.TimeOutEnable;
+ MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_FIELDS, tmpreg);
+
+ /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ /* Configure
+ * - one-bit sampling method versus three samples' majority rule
+ * according to hsmartcard->Init.OneBitSampling
+ * - NACK transmission in case of parity error according
+ * to hsmartcard->Init.NACKEnable
+ * - autoretry counter according to hsmartcard->Init.AutoRetryCount */
+
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t) hsmartcard->Init.OneBitSampling | hsmartcard->Init.NACKEnable;
+ tmpreg |= ((uint32_t)hsmartcard->Init.AutoRetryCount << USART_CR3_SCARCNT_Pos);
+ MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_FIELDS, tmpreg);
+
+
+ /*-------------------------- USART GTPR Configuration ----------------------*/
+ tmpreg = (hsmartcard->Init.Prescaler | ((uint32_t)hsmartcard->Init.GuardTime << USART_GTPR_GT_Pos));
+ MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->GTPR, (uint16_t)(USART_GTPR_GT | USART_GTPR_PSC), (uint16_t)tmpreg);
+
+ /*-------------------------- USART RTOR Configuration ----------------------*/
+ tmpreg = ((uint32_t)hsmartcard->Init.BlockLength << USART_RTOR_BLEN_Pos);
+ if (hsmartcard->Init.TimeOutEnable == SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT_ENABLE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT_VALUE(hsmartcard->Init.TimeOutValue));
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t) hsmartcard->Init.TimeOutValue;
+ }
+ MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->RTOR, (USART_RTOR_RTO | USART_RTOR_BLEN), tmpreg);
+
+ /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/
+ SMARTCARD_GETCLOCKSOURCE(hsmartcard, clocksource);
+ tmpreg = 0U;
+ switch (clocksource)
+ {
+ case SMARTCARD_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+ pclk = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+ tmpreg = (uint16_t)((pclk + (hsmartcard->Init.BaudRate / 2U)) / hsmartcard->Init.BaudRate);
+ break;
+ case SMARTCARD_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI:
+ tmpreg = (uint16_t)((HSI_VALUE + (hsmartcard->Init.BaudRate / 2U)) / hsmartcard->Init.BaudRate);
+ break;
+ case SMARTCARD_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+ pclk = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+ tmpreg = (uint16_t)((pclk + (hsmartcard->Init.BaudRate / 2U)) / hsmartcard->Init.BaudRate);
+ break;
+ case SMARTCARD_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE:
+ tmpreg = (uint16_t)((LSE_VALUE + (hsmartcard->Init.BaudRate / 2U)) / hsmartcard->Init.BaudRate);
+ break;
+ default:
+ ret = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* USARTDIV must be greater than or equal to 0d16 */
+ if ((tmpreg >= USART_BRR_MIN) && (tmpreg <= USART_BRR_MAX))
+ {
+ hsmartcard->Instance->BRR = tmpreg;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ret = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+
+ /* Clear ISR function pointers */
+ hsmartcard->RxISR = NULL;
+ hsmartcard->TxISR = NULL;
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the SMARTCARD associated USART peripheral advanced features.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureConfig(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ /* Check whether the set of advanced features to configure is properly set */
+ assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_INIT(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit));
+
+ /* if required, configure TX pin active level inversion */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_TXINVERT_INIT))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_TXINV(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.TxPinLevelInvert));
+ MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_TXINV, hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.TxPinLevelInvert);
+ }
+
+ /* if required, configure RX pin active level inversion */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_RXINVERT_INIT))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_RXINV(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.RxPinLevelInvert));
+ MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RXINV, hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.RxPinLevelInvert);
+ }
+
+ /* if required, configure data inversion */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DATAINVERT_INIT))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DATAINV(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.DataInvert));
+ MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_DATAINV, hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.DataInvert);
+ }
+
+ /* if required, configure RX/TX pins swap */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_SWAP_INIT))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_SWAP(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.Swap));
+ MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_SWAP, hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.Swap);
+ }
+
+ /* if required, configure RX overrun detection disabling */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_RXOVERRUNDISABLE_INIT))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_OVERRUN(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.OverrunDisable));
+ MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_OVRDIS, hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.OverrunDisable);
+ }
+
+ /* if required, configure DMA disabling on reception error */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DMADISABLEONERROR_INIT))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DMAONRXERROR(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.DMADisableonRxError));
+ MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DDRE, hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.DMADisableonRxError);
+ }
+
+ /* if required, configure MSB first on communication line */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST_INIT))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.MSBFirst));
+ MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_MSBFIRST, hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.MSBFirst);
+ }
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Check the SMARTCARD Idle State.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_CheckIdleState(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Initialize the SMARTCARD ErrorCode */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management */
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Check if the Transmitter is enabled */
+ if ((hsmartcard->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_TE) == USART_CR1_TE)
+ {
+ /* Wait until TEACK flag is set */
+ if (SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsmartcard, USART_ISR_TEACK, RESET, tickstart,
+ SMARTCARD_TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Timeout occurred */
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Check if the Receiver is enabled */
+ if ((hsmartcard->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_RE) == USART_CR1_RE)
+ {
+ /* Wait until REACK flag is set */
+ if (SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsmartcard, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, tickstart,
+ SMARTCARD_TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Timeout occurred */
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize the SMARTCARD states */
+ hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+ hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle SMARTCARD Communication Timeout.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @param Flag Specifies the SMARTCARD flag to check.
+ * @param Status The new Flag status (SET or RESET).
+ * @param Tickstart Tick start value
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint32_t Flag,
+ FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ /* Wait until flag is set */
+ while ((__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_FLAG(hsmartcard, Flag) ? SET : RESET) == Status)
+ {
+ /* Check for the Timeout */
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+ hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief End ongoing Tx transfer on SMARTCARD peripheral (following error detection or Transmit completion).
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SMARTCARD_EndTxTransfer(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* At end of Tx process, restore hsmartcard->gState to Ready */
+ hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief End ongoing Rx transfer on UART peripheral (following error detection or Reception completion).
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SMARTCARD_EndRxTransfer(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* At end of Rx process, restore hsmartcard->RxState to Ready */
+ hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SMARTCARD transmit process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SMARTCARD_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard = (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+ hsmartcard->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by resetting the DMAT bit
+ in the SMARTCARD associated USART CR3 register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Enable the SMARTCARD Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+ __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsmartcard, hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.TxCompletionIndication);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SMARTCARD receive process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SMARTCARD_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard = (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+ hsmartcard->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by resetting the DMAR bit
+ in the SMARTCARD associated USART CR3 register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* At end of Rx process, restore hsmartcard->RxState to Ready */
+ hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Rx complete callback */
+ hsmartcard->RxCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Rx complete callback */
+ HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SMARTCARD communication error callback.
+ * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SMARTCARD_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard = (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ /* Stop SMARTCARD DMA Tx request if ongoing */
+ if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ hsmartcard->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ SMARTCARD_EndTxTransfer(hsmartcard);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Stop SMARTCARD DMA Rx request if ongoing */
+ if (hsmartcard->RxState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ hsmartcard->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ SMARTCARD_EndRxTransfer(hsmartcard);
+ }
+ }
+
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_DMA;
+#if (USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered user error callback */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCallback(hsmartcard);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak user error callback */
+ HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(hsmartcard);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SMARTCARD communication abort callback, when initiated by HAL services on Error
+ * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure following error occurrence).
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SMARTCARD_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard = (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+ hsmartcard->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ hsmartcard->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered user error callback */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCallback(hsmartcard);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak user error callback */
+ HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(hsmartcard);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SMARTCARD Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user
+ * (To be called at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request).
+ * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no
+ * Abort still ongoing for Rx DMA Handle.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SMARTCARD_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard = (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */
+ if (hsmartcard->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */
+ hsmartcard->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ hsmartcard->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Reset errorCode */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmartcard,
+ SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_RTOF |
+ SMARTCARD_CLEAR_EOBF);
+
+ /* Restore hsmartcard->gState and hsmartcard->RxState to Ready */
+ hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+ hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort complete callback */
+ hsmartcard->AbortCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort complete callback */
+ HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SMARTCARD Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user
+ * (To be called at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request).
+ * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no
+ * Abort still ongoing for Tx DMA Handle.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SMARTCARD_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard = (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */
+ if (hsmartcard->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */
+ hsmartcard->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ hsmartcard->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Reset errorCode */
+ hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmartcard,
+ SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_RTOF |
+ SMARTCARD_CLEAR_EOBF);
+
+ /* Restore hsmartcard->gState and hsmartcard->RxState to Ready */
+ hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+ hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort complete callback */
+ hsmartcard->AbortCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort complete callback */
+ HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SMARTCARD Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to
+ * HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmit_IT API (Abort only Tx transfer)
+ * (This callback is executed at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request,
+ * and leads to user Tx Abort Complete callback execution).
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SMARTCARD_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard = (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ hsmartcard->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ /* Restore hsmartcard->gState to Ready */
+ hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+ hsmartcard->AbortTransmitCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+ HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SMARTCARD Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to
+ * HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceive_IT API (Abort only Rx transfer)
+ * (This callback is executed at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request,
+ * and leads to user Rx Abort Complete callback execution).
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SMARTCARD_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard = (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ hsmartcard->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmartcard,
+ SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_RTOF |
+ SMARTCARD_CLEAR_EOBF);
+
+ /* Restore hsmartcard->RxState to Ready */
+ hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+ hsmartcard->AbortReceiveCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+ HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode.
+ * @note Function called under interruption only, once
+ * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT().
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SMARTCARD_TxISR(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */
+ if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ if (hsmartcard->TxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the SMARTCARD Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE);
+
+ /* Enable the SMARTCARD Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+ __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsmartcard, hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.TxCompletionIndication);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hsmartcard->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*hsmartcard->pTxBuffPtr & 0xFFU);
+ hsmartcard->pTxBuffPtr++;
+ hsmartcard->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Wrap up transmission in non-blocking mode.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SMARTCARD_EndTransmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ /* Disable the SMARTCARD Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+ __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsmartcard, hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.TxCompletionIndication);
+
+ /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not. If not disable ERR IT */
+ if (hsmartcard->RxState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Disable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error) */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+ }
+
+ /* Re-enable Rx at end of transmission if initial mode is Rx/Tx */
+ if (hsmartcard->Init.Mode == SMARTCARD_MODE_TX_RX)
+ {
+ /* Disable the Peripheral first to update modes */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE);
+ SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RE);
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE);
+ }
+
+ /* Tx process is ended, restore hsmartcard->gState to Ready */
+ hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Clear TxISR function pointer */
+ hsmartcard->TxISR = NULL;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Tx complete callback */
+ hsmartcard->TxCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Tx complete callback */
+ HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode.
+ * @note Function called under interruption only, once
+ * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT().
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SMARTCARD_RxISR(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ /* Check that a Rx process is ongoing */
+ if (hsmartcard->RxState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ *hsmartcard->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t)(hsmartcard->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)0xFF);
+ hsmartcard->pRxBuffPtr++;
+
+ hsmartcard->RxXferCount--;
+ if (hsmartcard->RxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RXNEIE);
+
+ /* Check if a transmit process is ongoing or not. If not disable ERR IT */
+ if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Disable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the SMARTCARD Parity Error Interrupt */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+
+ hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Clear RxISR function pointer */
+ hsmartcard->RxISR = NULL;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Rx complete callback */
+ hsmartcard->RxCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Rx complete callback */
+ HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback(hsmartcard);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACK */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear RXNE interrupt flag */
+ __HAL_SMARTCARD_SEND_REQ(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8) && !defined(STM32F070x6) && !defined(STM32F070xB) && !defined(STM32F030xC) */
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8f60497 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief SMARTCARD HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides extended firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the SmartCard.
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ =============================================================================
+ ##### SMARTCARD peripheral extended features #####
+ =============================================================================
+ [..]
+ The Extended SMARTCARD HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+ (#) After having configured the SMARTCARD basic features with HAL_SMARTCARD_Init(),
+ then program SMARTCARD advanced features if required (TX/RX pins swap, TimeOut,
+ auto-retry counter,...) in the hsmartcard AdvancedInit structure.
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8) && !defined(STM32F070x6) && !defined(STM32F070xB) && !defined(STM32F030xC)
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx SMARTCARDEx
+ * @brief SMARTCARD Extended HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions SMARTCARD Extended Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief Extended control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SMARTCARD.
+ (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config() API allows to configure the Block Length on the fly
+ (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config() API allows to configure the receiver timeout value on the fly
+ (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut() API enables the receiver timeout feature
+ (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut() API disables the receiver timeout feature
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @brief Update on the fly the SMARTCARD block length in RTOR register.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @param BlockLength SMARTCARD block length (8-bit long at most)
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint8_t BlockLength)
+{
+ MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_BLEN, ((uint32_t)BlockLength << USART_RTOR_BLEN_Pos));
+}
+
+/** @brief Update on the fly the receiver timeout value in RTOR register.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @param TimeOutValue receiver timeout value in number of baud blocks. The timeout
+ * value must be less or equal to 0x0FFFFFFFF.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint32_t TimeOutValue)
+{
+ assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT_VALUE(hsmartcard->Init.TimeOutValue));
+ MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_RTO, TimeOutValue);
+}
+
+/** @brief Enable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+ hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Set the USART RTOEN bit */
+ SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN);
+
+ hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/** @brief Disable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature.
+ * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
+{
+ if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+ hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Clear the USART RTOEN bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN);
+
+ hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended Peripheral IO operation functions
+ * @brief SMARTCARD Transmit and Receive functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Private_Functions SMARTCARD Extended Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8) && !defined(STM32F070x6) && !defined(STM32F070xB) && !defined(STM32F030xC) */
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_smbus.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_smbus.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cbf6689 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_smbus.c @@ -0,0 +1,2673 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_smbus.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief SMBUS HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the System Management Bus (SMBus) peripheral,
+ * based on I2C principles of operation :
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + IO operation functions
+ * + Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ The SMBUS HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+ (#) Declare a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
+ SMBUS_HandleTypeDef hsmbus;
+
+ (#)Initialize the SMBUS low level resources by implementing the @ref HAL_SMBUS_MspInit() API:
+ (##) Enable the SMBUSx interface clock
+ (##) SMBUS pins configuration
+ (+++) Enable the clock for the SMBUS GPIOs
+ (+++) Configure SMBUS pins as alternate function open-drain
+ (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process
+ (+++) Configure the SMBUSx interrupt priority
+ (+++) Enable the NVIC SMBUS IRQ Channel
+
+ (#) Configure the Communication Clock Timing, Bus Timeout, Own Address1, Master Addressing mode,
+ Dual Addressing mode, Own Address2, Own Address2 Mask, General call, Nostretch mode,
+ Peripheral mode and Packet Error Check mode in the hsmbus Init structure.
+
+ (#) Initialize the SMBUS registers by calling the @ref HAL_SMBUS_Init() API:
+ (++) These API's configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
+ by calling the customized @ref HAL_SMBUS_MspInit(&hsmbus) API.
+
+ (#) To check if target device is ready for communication, use the function @ref HAL_SMBUS_IsDeviceReady()
+
+ (#) For SMBUS IO operations, only one mode of operations is available within this driver
+
+ *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+ ===================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Transmit in master/host SMBUS mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_SMBUS_Master_Transmit_IT()
+ (++) At transmission end of transfer @ref HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback()
+ (+) Receive in master/host SMBUS mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_SMBUS_Master_Receive_IT()
+ (++) At reception end of transfer @ref HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback()
+ (+) Abort a master/host SMBUS process communication with Interrupt using @ref HAL_SMBUS_Master_Abort_IT()
+ (++) The associated previous transfer callback is called at the end of abort process
+ (++) mean @ref HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback() in case of previous state was master transmit
+ (++) mean @ref HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback() in case of previous state was master receive
+ (+) Enable/disable the Address listen mode in slave/device or host/slave SMBUS mode
+ using @ref HAL_SMBUS_EnableListen_IT() @ref HAL_SMBUS_DisableListen_IT()
+ (++) When address slave/device SMBUS match, @ref HAL_SMBUS_AddrCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code to check the Address Match Code and the transmission direction request by master/host (Write/Read).
+ (++) At Listen mode end @ref HAL_SMBUS_ListenCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_SMBUS_ListenCpltCallback()
+ (+) Transmit in slave/device SMBUS mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Transmit_IT()
+ (++) At transmission end of transfer @ref HAL_SMBUS_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_SMBUS_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
+ (+) Receive in slave/device SMBUS mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Receive_IT()
+ (++) At reception end of transfer @ref HAL_SMBUS_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_SMBUS_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
+ (+) Enable/Disable the SMBUS alert mode using @ref HAL_SMBUS_EnableAlert_IT() @ref HAL_SMBUS_DisableAlert_IT()
+ (++) When SMBUS Alert is generated @ref HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback() is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback()
+ to check the Alert Error Code using function @ref HAL_SMBUS_GetError()
+ (+) Get HAL state machine or error values using @ref HAL_SMBUS_GetState() or @ref HAL_SMBUS_GetError()
+ (+) In case of transfer Error, @ref HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback()
+ to check the Error Code using function @ref HAL_SMBUS_GetError()
+
+ *** SMBUS HAL driver macros list ***
+ ==================================
+ [..]
+ Below the list of most used macros in SMBUS HAL driver.
+
+ (+) @ref __HAL_SMBUS_ENABLE: Enable the SMBUS peripheral
+ (+) @ref __HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE: Disable the SMBUS peripheral
+ (+) @ref __HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified SMBUS flag is set or not
+ (+) @ref __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the specified SMBUS pending flag
+ (+) @ref __HAL_SMBUS_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified SMBUS interrupt
+ (+) @ref __HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified SMBUS interrupt
+
+ *** Callback registration ***
+ =============================================
+ [..]
+ The compilation flag USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
+ allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+ Use Functions @ref HAL_SMBUS_RegisterCallback() or @ref HAL_SMBUS_RegisterAddrCallback()
+ to register an interrupt callback.
+ [..]
+ Function @ref HAL_SMBUS_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
+ (+) MasterTxCpltCallback : callback for Master transmission end of transfer.
+ (+) MasterRxCpltCallback : callback for Master reception end of transfer.
+ (+) SlaveTxCpltCallback : callback for Slave transmission end of transfer.
+ (+) SlaveRxCpltCallback : callback for Slave reception end of transfer.
+ (+) ListenCpltCallback : callback for end of listen mode.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : callback for error detection.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : callback for Msp Init.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : callback for Msp DeInit.
+ This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+ and a pointer to the user callback function.
+ [..]
+ For specific callback AddrCallback use dedicated register callbacks : @ref HAL_SMBUS_RegisterAddrCallback.
+ [..]
+ Use function @ref HAL_SMBUS_UnRegisterCallback to reset a callback to the default
+ weak function.
+ @ref HAL_SMBUS_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+ and the Callback ID.
+ This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+ (+) MasterTxCpltCallback : callback for Master transmission end of transfer.
+ (+) MasterRxCpltCallback : callback for Master reception end of transfer.
+ (+) SlaveTxCpltCallback : callback for Slave transmission end of transfer.
+ (+) SlaveRxCpltCallback : callback for Slave reception end of transfer.
+ (+) ListenCpltCallback : callback for end of listen mode.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : callback for error detection.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : callback for Msp Init.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : callback for Msp DeInit.
+ [..]
+ For callback AddrCallback use dedicated register callbacks : @ref HAL_SMBUS_UnRegisterAddrCallback.
+ [..]
+ By default, after the @ref HAL_SMBUS_Init() and when the state is @ref HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET
+ all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions:
+ examples @ref HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback(), @ref HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback().
+ Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are
+ reset to the legacy weak functions in the @ref HAL_SMBUS_Init()/ @ref HAL_SMBUS_DeInit() only when
+ these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
+ If MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_SMBUS_Init()/ @ref HAL_SMBUS_DeInit()
+ keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand) whatever the state.
+ [..]
+ Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in @ref HAL_I2C_STATE_READY state only.
+ Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit functions that can be registered/unregistered
+ in @ref HAL_I2C_STATE_READY or @ref HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET state,
+ thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
+ Then, the user first registers the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+ using @ref HAL_SMBUS_RegisterCallback() before calling @ref HAL_SMBUS_DeInit()
+ or @ref HAL_SMBUS_Init() function.
+ [..]
+ When the compilation flag USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+ not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks
+ are set to the corresponding weak functions.
+
+ [..]
+ (@) You can refer to the SMBUS HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SMBUS SMBUS
+ * @brief SMBUS HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SMBUS_Private_Define SMBUS Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+#define TIMING_CLEAR_MASK (0xF0FFFFFFUL) /*!< SMBUS TIMING clear register Mask */
+#define HAL_TIMEOUT_ADDR (10000U) /*!< 10 s */
+#define HAL_TIMEOUT_BUSY (25U) /*!< 25 ms */
+#define HAL_TIMEOUT_DIR (25U) /*!< 25 ms */
+#define HAL_TIMEOUT_RXNE (25U) /*!< 25 ms */
+#define HAL_TIMEOUT_STOPF (25U) /*!< 25 ms */
+#define HAL_TIMEOUT_TC (25U) /*!< 25 ms */
+#define HAL_TIMEOUT_TCR (25U) /*!< 25 ms */
+#define HAL_TIMEOUT_TXIS (25U) /*!< 25 ms */
+#define MAX_NBYTE_SIZE 255U
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup SMBUS_Private_Functions SMBUS Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMBUS_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(struct __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout);
+
+static void SMBUS_Enable_IRQ(struct __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint32_t InterruptRequest);
+static void SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(struct __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint32_t InterruptRequest);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMBUS_Master_ISR(struct __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint32_t StatusFlags);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMBUS_Slave_ISR(struct __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint32_t StatusFlags);
+
+static void SMBUS_ConvertOtherXferOptions(struct __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus);
+
+static void SMBUS_ITErrorHandler(struct __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus);
+
+static void SMBUS_TransferConfig(struct __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t Size, uint32_t Mode, uint32_t Request);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup SMBUS_Exported_Functions SMBUS Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SMBUS_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and
+ deinitialize the SMBUSx peripheral:
+
+ (+) User must Implement HAL_SMBUS_MspInit() function in which he configures
+ all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, IT and NVIC ).
+
+ (+) Call the function HAL_SMBUS_Init() to configure the selected device with
+ the selected configuration:
+ (++) Clock Timing
+ (++) Bus Timeout
+ (++) Analog Filer mode
+ (++) Own Address 1
+ (++) Addressing mode (Master, Slave)
+ (++) Dual Addressing mode
+ (++) Own Address 2
+ (++) Own Address 2 Mask
+ (++) General call mode
+ (++) Nostretch mode
+ (++) Packet Error Check mode
+ (++) Peripheral mode
+
+
+ (+) Call the function HAL_SMBUS_DeInit() to restore the default configuration
+ of the selected SMBUSx peripheral.
+
+ (+) Enable/Disable Analog/Digital filters with HAL_SMBUS_ConfigAnalogFilter() and
+ HAL_SMBUS_ConfigDigitalFilter().
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the SMBUS according to the specified parameters
+ * in the SMBUS_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_Init(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
+{
+ /* Check the SMBUS handle allocation */
+ if (hsmbus == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(hsmbus->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_SMBUS_ANALOG_FILTER(hsmbus->Init.AnalogFilter));
+ assert_param(IS_SMBUS_OWN_ADDRESS1(hsmbus->Init.OwnAddress1));
+ assert_param(IS_SMBUS_ADDRESSING_MODE(hsmbus->Init.AddressingMode));
+ assert_param(IS_SMBUS_DUAL_ADDRESS(hsmbus->Init.DualAddressMode));
+ assert_param(IS_SMBUS_OWN_ADDRESS2(hsmbus->Init.OwnAddress2));
+ assert_param(IS_SMBUS_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASK(hsmbus->Init.OwnAddress2Masks));
+ assert_param(IS_SMBUS_GENERAL_CALL(hsmbus->Init.GeneralCallMode));
+ assert_param(IS_SMBUS_NO_STRETCH(hsmbus->Init.NoStretchMode));
+ assert_param(IS_SMBUS_PEC(hsmbus->Init.PacketErrorCheckMode));
+ assert_param(IS_SMBUS_PERIPHERAL_MODE(hsmbus->Init.PeripheralMode));
+
+ if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ hsmbus->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hsmbus->MasterTxCpltCallback = HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterTxCpltCallback */
+ hsmbus->MasterRxCpltCallback = HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterRxCpltCallback */
+ hsmbus->SlaveTxCpltCallback = HAL_SMBUS_SlaveTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak SlaveTxCpltCallback */
+ hsmbus->SlaveRxCpltCallback = HAL_SMBUS_SlaveRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak SlaveRxCpltCallback */
+ hsmbus->ListenCpltCallback = HAL_SMBUS_ListenCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak ListenCpltCallback */
+ hsmbus->ErrorCallback = HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+ hsmbus->AddrCallback = HAL_SMBUS_AddrCallback; /* Legacy weak AddrCallback */
+
+ if (hsmbus->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hsmbus->MspInitCallback = HAL_SMBUS_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */
+ hsmbus->MspInitCallback(hsmbus);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ HAL_SMBUS_MspInit(hsmbus);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the selected SMBUS peripheral */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE(hsmbus);
+
+ /*---------------------------- SMBUSx TIMINGR Configuration ------------------------*/
+ /* Configure SMBUSx: Frequency range */
+ hsmbus->Instance->TIMINGR = hsmbus->Init.Timing & TIMING_CLEAR_MASK;
+
+ /*---------------------------- SMBUSx TIMEOUTR Configuration ------------------------*/
+ /* Configure SMBUSx: Bus Timeout */
+ hsmbus->Instance->TIMEOUTR &= ~I2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMOUTEN;
+ hsmbus->Instance->TIMEOUTR &= ~I2C_TIMEOUTR_TEXTEN;
+ hsmbus->Instance->TIMEOUTR = hsmbus->Init.SMBusTimeout;
+
+ /*---------------------------- SMBUSx OAR1 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ /* Configure SMBUSx: Own Address1 and ack own address1 mode */
+ hsmbus->Instance->OAR1 &= ~I2C_OAR1_OA1EN;
+
+ if (hsmbus->Init.OwnAddress1 != 0UL)
+ {
+ if (hsmbus->Init.AddressingMode == SMBUS_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT)
+ {
+ hsmbus->Instance->OAR1 = (I2C_OAR1_OA1EN | hsmbus->Init.OwnAddress1);
+ }
+ else /* SMBUS_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT */
+ {
+ hsmbus->Instance->OAR1 = (I2C_OAR1_OA1EN | I2C_OAR1_OA1MODE | hsmbus->Init.OwnAddress1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*---------------------------- SMBUSx CR2 Configuration ------------------------*/
+ /* Configure SMBUSx: Addressing Master mode */
+ if (hsmbus->Init.AddressingMode == SMBUS_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT)
+ {
+ hsmbus->Instance->CR2 = (I2C_CR2_ADD10);
+ }
+ /* Enable the AUTOEND by default, and enable NACK (should be disable only during Slave process) */
+ /* AUTOEND and NACK bit will be manage during Transfer process */
+ hsmbus->Instance->CR2 |= (I2C_CR2_AUTOEND | I2C_CR2_NACK);
+
+ /*---------------------------- SMBUSx OAR2 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ /* Configure SMBUSx: Dual mode and Own Address2 */
+ hsmbus->Instance->OAR2 = (hsmbus->Init.DualAddressMode | hsmbus->Init.OwnAddress2 | (hsmbus->Init.OwnAddress2Masks << 8U));
+
+ /*---------------------------- SMBUSx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/
+ /* Configure SMBUSx: Generalcall and NoStretch mode */
+ hsmbus->Instance->CR1 = (hsmbus->Init.GeneralCallMode | hsmbus->Init.NoStretchMode | hsmbus->Init.PacketErrorCheckMode | hsmbus->Init.PeripheralMode | hsmbus->Init.AnalogFilter);
+
+ /* Enable Slave Byte Control only in case of Packet Error Check is enabled and SMBUS Peripheral is set in Slave mode */
+ if ((hsmbus->Init.PacketErrorCheckMode == SMBUS_PEC_ENABLE)
+ && ((hsmbus->Init.PeripheralMode == SMBUS_PERIPHERAL_MODE_SMBUS_SLAVE) || (hsmbus->Init.PeripheralMode == SMBUS_PERIPHERAL_MODE_SMBUS_SLAVE_ARP)))
+ {
+ hsmbus->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_SBC;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the selected SMBUS peripheral */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_ENABLE(hsmbus);
+
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode = HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_NONE;
+ hsmbus->PreviousState = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY;
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitialize the SMBUS peripheral.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_DeInit(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
+{
+ /* Check the SMBUS handle allocation */
+ if (hsmbus == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(hsmbus->Instance));
+
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the SMBUS Peripheral Clock */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE(hsmbus);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (hsmbus->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hsmbus->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_SMBUS_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ }
+
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ hsmbus->MspDeInitCallback(hsmbus);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ HAL_SMBUS_MspDeInit(hsmbus);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode = HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_NONE;
+ hsmbus->PreviousState = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_RESET;
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the SMBUS MSP.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SMBUS_MspInit(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hsmbus);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SMBUS_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitialize the SMBUS MSP.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SMBUS_MspDeInit(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hsmbus);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SMBUS_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure Analog noise filter.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @param AnalogFilter This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref SMBUS_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE
+ * @arg @ref SMBUS_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_ConfigAnalogFilter(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint32_t AnalogFilter)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(hsmbus->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_SMBUS_ANALOG_FILTER(AnalogFilter));
+
+ if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the selected SMBUS peripheral */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE(hsmbus);
+
+ /* Reset ANOFF bit */
+ hsmbus->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_ANFOFF);
+
+ /* Set analog filter bit*/
+ hsmbus->Instance->CR1 |= AnalogFilter;
+
+ __HAL_SMBUS_ENABLE(hsmbus);
+
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure Digital noise filter.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @param DigitalFilter Coefficient of digital noise filter between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x0F.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_ConfigDigitalFilter(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint32_t DigitalFilter)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(hsmbus->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_SMBUS_DIGITAL_FILTER(DigitalFilter));
+
+ if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the selected SMBUS peripheral */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE(hsmbus);
+
+ /* Get the old register value */
+ tmpreg = hsmbus->Instance->CR1;
+
+ /* Reset I2C DNF bits [11:8] */
+ tmpreg &= ~(I2C_CR1_DNF);
+
+ /* Set I2Cx DNF coefficient */
+ tmpreg |= DigitalFilter << I2C_CR1_DNF_Pos;
+
+ /* Store the new register value */
+ hsmbus->Instance->CR1 = tmpreg;
+
+ __HAL_SMBUS_ENABLE(hsmbus);
+
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+ * @brief Register a User SMBUS Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMBUS_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Tx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMBUS_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Rx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMBUS_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Tx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMBUS_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Rx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMBUS_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID Listen Complete callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMBUS_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMBUS_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_RegisterCallback(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, HAL_SMBUS_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, pSMBUS_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ if (HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY == hsmbus->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_SMBUS_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hsmbus->MasterTxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMBUS_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hsmbus->MasterRxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMBUS_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hsmbus->SlaveTxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMBUS_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hsmbus->SlaveRxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMBUS_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hsmbus->ListenCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ hsmbus->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMBUS_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hsmbus->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMBUS_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hsmbus->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_SMBUS_STATE_RESET == hsmbus->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_SMBUS_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hsmbus->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMBUS_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hsmbus->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister an SMBUS Callback
+ * SMBUS callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMBUS_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Tx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMBUS_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Master Rx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMBUS_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Tx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMBUS_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Slave Rx Transfer completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMBUS_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID Listen Complete callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMBUS_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_SMBUS_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_UnRegisterCallback(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, HAL_SMBUS_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ if (HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY == hsmbus->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_SMBUS_MASTER_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hsmbus->MasterTxCpltCallback = HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterTxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMBUS_MASTER_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hsmbus->MasterRxCpltCallback = HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak MasterRxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMBUS_SLAVE_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hsmbus->SlaveTxCpltCallback = HAL_SMBUS_SlaveTxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak SlaveTxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMBUS_SLAVE_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hsmbus->SlaveRxCpltCallback = HAL_SMBUS_SlaveRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak SlaveRxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMBUS_LISTEN_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hsmbus->ListenCpltCallback = HAL_SMBUS_ListenCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak ListenCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ hsmbus->ErrorCallback = HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMBUS_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hsmbus->MspInitCallback = HAL_SMBUS_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMBUS_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hsmbus->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_SMBUS_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_SMBUS_STATE_RESET == hsmbus->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_SMBUS_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hsmbus->MspInitCallback = HAL_SMBUS_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SMBUS_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hsmbus->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_SMBUS_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Register the Slave Address Match SMBUS Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak HAL_SMBUS_AddrCallback() predefined callback
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the Address Match Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_RegisterAddrCallback(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, pSMBUS_AddrCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ if (HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY == hsmbus->State)
+ {
+ hsmbus->AddrCallback = pCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UnRegister the Slave Address Match SMBUS Callback
+ * Info Ready SMBUS Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_SMBUS_AddrCallback() predefined callback
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_UnRegisterAddrCallback(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ if (HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY == hsmbus->State)
+ {
+ hsmbus->AddrCallback = HAL_SMBUS_AddrCallback; /* Legacy weak AddrCallback */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+ return status;
+}
+
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SMBUS_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
+ * @brief Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SMBUS data
+ transfers.
+
+ (#) Blocking mode function to check if device is ready for usage is :
+ (++) HAL_SMBUS_IsDeviceReady()
+
+ (#) There is only one mode of transfer:
+ (++) Non-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts.
+ These functions return the status of the transfer startup.
+ The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+ dedicated SMBUS IRQ when using Interrupt mode.
+
+ (#) Non-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :
+ (++) HAL_SMBUS_Master_Transmit_IT()
+ (++) HAL_SMBUS_Master_Receive_IT()
+ (++) HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Transmit_IT()
+ (++) HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Receive_IT()
+ (++) HAL_SMBUS_EnableListen_IT() or alias HAL_SMBUS_EnableListen_IT()
+ (++) HAL_SMBUS_DisableListen_IT()
+ (++) HAL_SMBUS_EnableAlert_IT()
+ (++) HAL_SMBUS_DisableAlert_IT()
+
+ (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non-Blocking mode:
+ (++) HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_SMBUS_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_SMBUS_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_SMBUS_AddrCallback()
+ (++) HAL_SMBUS_ListenCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback()
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit in master/host SMBUS mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref SMBUS_XferOptions_definition
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_Master_Transmit_IT(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SMBUS_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+ if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX;
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode = HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_NONE;
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hsmbus->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hsmbus->XferCount = Size;
+ hsmbus->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+
+ /* In case of Quick command, remove autoend mode */
+ /* Manage the stop generation by software */
+ if (hsmbus->pBuffPtr == NULL)
+ {
+ hsmbus->XferOptions &= ~SMBUS_AUTOEND_MODE;
+ }
+
+ if (Size > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hsmbus->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hsmbus->XferSize = Size;
+ }
+
+ /* Send Slave Address */
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+ if ((hsmbus->XferSize < hsmbus->XferCount) && (hsmbus->XferSize == MAX_NBYTE_SIZE))
+ {
+ SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hsmbus->XferSize, SMBUS_RELOAD_MODE | (hsmbus->XferOptions & SMBUS_SENDPEC_MODE), SMBUS_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If transfer direction not change, do not generate Restart Condition */
+ /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */
+
+ /* Store current volatile XferOptions, misra rule */
+ tmp = hsmbus->XferOptions;
+
+ if ((hsmbus->PreviousState == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) && (IS_SMBUS_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(tmp) == 0))
+ {
+ SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hsmbus->XferSize, hsmbus->XferOptions, SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ /* Else transfer direction change, so generate Restart with new transfer direction */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */
+ SMBUS_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hsmbus);
+
+ /* Handle Transfer */
+ SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hsmbus->XferSize, hsmbus->XferOptions, SMBUS_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
+ }
+
+ /* If PEC mode is enable, size to transmit manage by SW part should be Size-1 byte, corresponding to PEC byte */
+ /* PEC byte is automatically sent by HW block, no need to manage it in Transmit process */
+ if (SMBUS_GET_PEC_MODE(hsmbus) != 0UL)
+ {
+ hsmbus->XferSize--;
+ hsmbus->XferCount--;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ /* Note : The SMBUS interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of SMBUS interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ SMBUS_Enable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_TX);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive in master/host SMBUS mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref SMBUS_XferOptions_definition
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_Master_Receive_IT(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SMBUS_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+ if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX;
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode = HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hsmbus->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hsmbus->XferCount = Size;
+ hsmbus->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+
+ /* In case of Quick command, remove autoend mode */
+ /* Manage the stop generation by software */
+ if (hsmbus->pBuffPtr == NULL)
+ {
+ hsmbus->XferOptions &= ~SMBUS_AUTOEND_MODE;
+ }
+
+ if (Size > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hsmbus->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hsmbus->XferSize = Size;
+ }
+
+ /* Send Slave Address */
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+ if ((hsmbus->XferSize < hsmbus->XferCount) && (hsmbus->XferSize == MAX_NBYTE_SIZE))
+ {
+ SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hsmbus->XferSize, SMBUS_RELOAD_MODE | (hsmbus->XferOptions & SMBUS_SENDPEC_MODE), SMBUS_GENERATE_START_READ);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If transfer direction not change, do not generate Restart Condition */
+ /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */
+
+ /* Store current volatile XferOptions, Misra rule */
+ tmp = hsmbus->XferOptions;
+
+ if ((hsmbus->PreviousState == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) && (IS_SMBUS_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(tmp) == 0))
+ {
+ SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hsmbus->XferSize, hsmbus->XferOptions, SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ /* Else transfer direction change, so generate Restart with new transfer direction */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */
+ SMBUS_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hsmbus);
+
+ /* Handle Transfer */
+ SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hsmbus->XferSize, hsmbus->XferOptions, SMBUS_GENERATE_START_READ);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ /* Note : The SMBUS interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of SMBUS interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ SMBUS_Enable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_RX);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort a master/host SMBUS process communication with Interrupt.
+ * @note This abort can be called only if state is ready
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_Master_Abort_IT(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint16_t DevAddress)
+{
+ if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ /* Keep the same state as previous */
+ /* to perform as well the call of the corresponding end of transfer callback */
+ if (hsmbus->PreviousState == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX;
+ }
+ else if (hsmbus->PreviousState == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Wrong usage of abort function */
+ /* This function should be used only in case of abort monitored by master device */
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode = HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Set NBYTES to 1 to generate a dummy read on SMBUS peripheral */
+ /* Set AUTOEND mode, this will generate a NACK then STOP condition to abort the current transfer */
+ SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, DevAddress, 1, SMBUS_AUTOEND_MODE, SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ /* Note : The SMBUS interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of SMBUS interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ SMBUS_Enable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_TX);
+ }
+ else if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ SMBUS_Enable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_RX);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit in slave/device SMBUS mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref SMBUS_XferOptions_definition
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Transmit_IT(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SMBUS_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+ if ((hsmbus->State & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN) == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0UL))
+ {
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode = HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */
+ SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_ADDR | SMBUS_IT_TX);
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ hsmbus->State = (HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX | HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN);
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode = HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Set SBC bit to manage Acknowledge at each bit */
+ hsmbus->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_SBC;
+
+ /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+ hsmbus->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hsmbus->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hsmbus->XferCount = Size;
+ hsmbus->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+
+ /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */
+ SMBUS_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hsmbus);
+
+ if (Size > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ hsmbus->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hsmbus->XferSize = Size;
+ }
+
+ /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */
+ if ((hsmbus->XferSize < hsmbus->XferCount) && (hsmbus->XferSize == MAX_NBYTE_SIZE))
+ {
+ SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, 0, (uint8_t)hsmbus->XferSize, SMBUS_RELOAD_MODE | (hsmbus->XferOptions & SMBUS_SENDPEC_MODE), SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set NBYTE to transmit */
+ SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, 0, (uint8_t)hsmbus->XferSize, hsmbus->XferOptions, SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP);
+
+ /* If PEC mode is enable, size to transmit should be Size-1 byte, corresponding to PEC byte */
+ /* PEC byte is automatically sent by HW block, no need to manage it in Transmit process */
+ if (SMBUS_GET_PEC_MODE(hsmbus) != 0UL)
+ {
+ hsmbus->XferSize--;
+ hsmbus->XferCount--;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Clear ADDR flag after prepare the transfer parameters */
+ /* This action will generate an acknowledge to the HOST */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_ADDR);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ /* Note : The SMBUS interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of SMBUS interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* REnable ADDR interrupt */
+ SMBUS_Enable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_TX | SMBUS_IT_ADDR);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive in slave/device SMBUS mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size Amount of data to be sent
+ * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref SMBUS_XferOptions_definition
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Receive_IT(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SMBUS_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions));
+
+ if ((hsmbus->State & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN) == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0UL))
+ {
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode = HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */
+ SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_ADDR | SMBUS_IT_RX);
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ hsmbus->State = (HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX | HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN);
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode = HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Set SBC bit to manage Acknowledge at each bit */
+ hsmbus->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_SBC;
+
+ /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
+ hsmbus->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Prepare transfer parameters */
+ hsmbus->pBuffPtr = pData;
+ hsmbus->XferSize = Size;
+ hsmbus->XferCount = Size;
+ hsmbus->XferOptions = XferOptions;
+
+ /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */
+ SMBUS_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hsmbus);
+
+ /* Set NBYTE to receive */
+ /* If XferSize equal "1", or XferSize equal "2" with PEC requested (mean 1 data byte + 1 PEC byte */
+ /* no need to set RELOAD bit mode, a ACK will be automatically generated in that case */
+ /* else need to set RELOAD bit mode to generate an automatic ACK at each byte Received */
+ /* This RELOAD bit will be reset for last BYTE to be receive in SMBUS_Slave_ISR */
+ if (((SMBUS_GET_PEC_MODE(hsmbus) != 0UL) && (hsmbus->XferSize == 2U)) || (hsmbus->XferSize == 1U))
+ {
+ SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, 0, (uint8_t)hsmbus->XferSize, hsmbus->XferOptions, SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, 0, 1, hsmbus->XferOptions | SMBUS_RELOAD_MODE, SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear ADDR flag after prepare the transfer parameters */
+ /* This action will generate an acknowledge to the HOST */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_ADDR);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ /* Note : The SMBUS interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of SMBUS interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+ /* REnable ADDR interrupt */
+ SMBUS_Enable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_RX | SMBUS_IT_ADDR);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the Address listen mode with Interrupt.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_EnableListen_IT(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
+{
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN;
+
+ /* Enable the Address Match interrupt */
+ SMBUS_Enable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_ADDR);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the Address listen mode with Interrupt.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_DisableListen_IT(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
+{
+ /* Disable Address listen mode only if a transfer is not ongoing */
+ if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN)
+ {
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Disable the Address Match interrupt */
+ SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_ADDR);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the SMBUS alert mode with Interrupt.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUSx peripheral.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_EnableAlert_IT(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
+{
+ /* Enable SMBus alert */
+ hsmbus->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ALERTEN;
+
+ /* Clear ALERT flag */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_ALERT);
+
+ /* Enable Alert Interrupt */
+ SMBUS_Enable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_ALERT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the SMBUS alert mode with Interrupt.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUSx peripheral.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_DisableAlert_IT(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
+{
+ /* Enable SMBus alert */
+ hsmbus->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ALERTEN;
+
+ /* Disable Alert Interrupt */
+ SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_ALERT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Check if target device is ready for communication.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value
+ * in datasheet must be shifted to the left before calling the interface
+ * @param Trials Number of trials
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_IsDeviceReady(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Trials, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ __IO uint32_t SMBUS_Trials = 0UL;
+
+ FlagStatus tmp1;
+ FlagStatus tmp2;
+
+ if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_BUSY;
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode = HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ do
+ {
+ /* Generate Start */
+ hsmbus->Instance->CR2 = SMBUS_GENERATE_START(hsmbus->Init.AddressingMode, DevAddress);
+
+ /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
+ /* Wait until STOPF flag is set or a NACK flag is set*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ tmp1 = __HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF);
+ tmp2 = __HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_AF);
+
+ while ((tmp1 == RESET) && (tmp2 == RESET))
+ {
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0UL))
+ {
+ /* Device is ready */
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Update SMBUS error code */
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_HALTIMEOUT;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ tmp1 = __HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF);
+ tmp2 = __HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_AF);
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the NACKF flag has not been set */
+ if (__HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_AF) == RESET)
+ {
+ /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+ if (SMBUS_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear STOP Flag */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+ /* Device is ready */
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+ if (SMBUS_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear NACK Flag */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_AF);
+
+ /* Clear STOP Flag, auto generated with autoend*/
+ __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF);
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the maximum allowed number of trials has been reached */
+ if (SMBUS_Trials == Trials)
+ {
+ /* Generate Stop */
+ hsmbus->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP;
+
+ /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
+ if (SMBUS_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear STOP Flag */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF);
+ }
+
+ /* Increment Trials */
+ SMBUS_Trials++;
+ }
+ while (SMBUS_Trials < Trials);
+
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Update SMBUS error code */
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_HALTIMEOUT;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SMBUS_IRQ_Handler_and_Callbacks IRQ Handler and Callbacks
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle SMBUS event interrupt request.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_SMBUS_EV_IRQHandler(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
+{
+ /* Use a local variable to store the current ISR flags */
+ /* This action will avoid a wrong treatment due to ISR flags change during interrupt handler */
+ uint32_t tmpisrvalue = READ_REG(hsmbus->Instance->ISR);
+ uint32_t tmpcr1value = READ_REG(hsmbus->Instance->CR1);
+
+ /* SMBUS in mode Transmitter ---------------------------------------------------*/
+ if ((SMBUS_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(tmpcr1value, (SMBUS_IT_TCI | SMBUS_IT_STOPI | SMBUS_IT_NACKI | SMBUS_IT_TXI)) != RESET) && ((SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(tmpisrvalue, SMBUS_FLAG_TXIS) != RESET) || (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(tmpisrvalue, SMBUS_FLAG_TCR) != RESET) || (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(tmpisrvalue, SMBUS_FLAG_TC) != RESET) || (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(tmpisrvalue, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) || (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(tmpisrvalue, SMBUS_FLAG_AF) != RESET)))
+ {
+ /* Slave mode selected */
+ if ((hsmbus->State & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX) == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ (void)SMBUS_Slave_ISR(hsmbus, tmpisrvalue);
+ }
+ /* Master mode selected */
+ else if ((hsmbus->State & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ (void)SMBUS_Master_ISR(hsmbus, tmpisrvalue);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* SMBUS in mode Receiver ----------------------------------------------------*/
+ if ((SMBUS_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(tmpcr1value, (SMBUS_IT_TCI | SMBUS_IT_STOPI | SMBUS_IT_NACKI | SMBUS_IT_RXI)) != RESET) && ((SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(tmpisrvalue, SMBUS_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) || (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(tmpisrvalue, SMBUS_FLAG_TCR) != RESET) || (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(tmpisrvalue, SMBUS_FLAG_TC) != RESET) || (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(tmpisrvalue, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) || (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(tmpisrvalue, SMBUS_FLAG_AF) != RESET)))
+ {
+ /* Slave mode selected */
+ if ((hsmbus->State & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX) == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ (void)SMBUS_Slave_ISR(hsmbus, tmpisrvalue);
+ }
+ /* Master mode selected */
+ else if ((hsmbus->State & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ (void)SMBUS_Master_ISR(hsmbus, tmpisrvalue);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* SMBUS in mode Listener Only --------------------------------------------------*/
+ if (((SMBUS_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(tmpcr1value, SMBUS_IT_ADDRI) != RESET) || (SMBUS_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(tmpcr1value, SMBUS_IT_STOPI) != RESET) || (SMBUS_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(tmpcr1value, SMBUS_IT_NACKI) != RESET)) && ((SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(tmpisrvalue, SMBUS_FLAG_ADDR) != RESET) || (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(tmpisrvalue, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) || (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(tmpisrvalue, SMBUS_FLAG_AF) != RESET)))
+ {
+ if ((hsmbus->State & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN) == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN)
+ {
+ (void)SMBUS_Slave_ISR(hsmbus, tmpisrvalue);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle SMBUS error interrupt request.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_SMBUS_ER_IRQHandler(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
+{
+ SMBUS_ITErrorHandler(hsmbus);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Master Tx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hsmbus);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback() could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Master Rx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hsmbus);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback() could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/** @brief Slave Tx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SMBUS_SlaveTxCpltCallback(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hsmbus);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SMBUS_SlaveTxCpltCallback() could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Slave Rx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SMBUS_SlaveRxCpltCallback(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hsmbus);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SMBUS_SlaveRxCpltCallback() could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Slave Address Match callback.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @param TransferDirection Master request Transfer Direction (Write/Read)
+ * @param AddrMatchCode Address Match Code
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SMBUS_AddrCallback(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint8_t TransferDirection, uint16_t AddrMatchCode)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hsmbus);
+ UNUSED(TransferDirection);
+ UNUSED(AddrMatchCode);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SMBUS_AddrCallback() could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Listen Complete callback.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SMBUS_ListenCpltCallback(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hsmbus);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SMBUS_ListenCpltCallback() could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief SMBUS error callback.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hsmbus);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback() could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SMBUS_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ * @brief Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+ and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the SMBUS handle state.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_SMBUS_GetState(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
+{
+ /* Return SMBUS handle state */
+ return hsmbus->State;
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief Return the SMBUS error code.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+* @retval SMBUS Error Code
+*/
+uint32_t HAL_SMBUS_GetError(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
+{
+ return hsmbus->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup SMBUS_Private_Functions SMBUS Private Functions
+ * @brief Data transfers Private functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Master Mode.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @param StatusFlags Value of Interrupt Flags.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMBUS_Master_ISR(struct __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint32_t StatusFlags)
+{
+ uint16_t DevAddress;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ if (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(StatusFlags, SMBUS_FLAG_AF) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Clear NACK Flag */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_AF);
+
+ /* Set corresponding Error Code */
+ /* No need to generate STOP, it is automatically done */
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_ACKF;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ /* Call the Error callback to inform upper layer */
+#if (USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hsmbus->ErrorCallback(hsmbus);
+#else
+ HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback(hsmbus);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else if (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(StatusFlags, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Check and treat errors if errors occurs during STOP process */
+ SMBUS_ITErrorHandler(hsmbus);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ /* Disable Interrupt */
+ SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_TX);
+
+ /* Clear STOP Flag */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+ /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+ SMBUS_RESET_CR2(hsmbus);
+
+ /* Flush remaining data in Fifo register in case of error occurs before TXEmpty */
+ /* Disable the selected SMBUS peripheral */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE(hsmbus);
+
+ hsmbus->PreviousState = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY;
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ /* REenable the selected SMBUS peripheral */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_ENABLE(hsmbus);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hsmbus->MasterTxCpltCallback(hsmbus);
+#else
+ HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback(hsmbus);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ /* Store Last receive data if any */
+ if (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(StatusFlags, SMBUS_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Read data from RXDR */
+ *hsmbus->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)(hsmbus->Instance->RXDR);
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hsmbus->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ if ((hsmbus->XferSize > 0U))
+ {
+ hsmbus->XferSize--;
+ hsmbus->XferCount--;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable Interrupt */
+ SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_RX);
+
+ /* Clear STOP Flag */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+ /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+ SMBUS_RESET_CR2(hsmbus);
+
+ hsmbus->PreviousState = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY;
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hsmbus->MasterRxCpltCallback(hsmbus);
+#else
+ HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback(hsmbus);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+ }
+ else if (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(StatusFlags, SMBUS_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Read data from RXDR */
+ *hsmbus->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)(hsmbus->Instance->RXDR);
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hsmbus->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ /* Increment Size counter */
+ hsmbus->XferSize--;
+ hsmbus->XferCount--;
+ }
+ else if (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(StatusFlags, SMBUS_FLAG_TXIS) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Write data to TXDR */
+ hsmbus->Instance->TXDR = *hsmbus->pBuffPtr;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hsmbus->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ /* Increment Size counter */
+ hsmbus->XferSize--;
+ hsmbus->XferCount--;
+ }
+ else if (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(StatusFlags, SMBUS_FLAG_TCR) != RESET)
+ {
+ if ((hsmbus->XferCount != 0U) && (hsmbus->XferSize == 0U))
+ {
+ DevAddress = (uint16_t)(hsmbus->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_SADD);
+
+ if (hsmbus->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, DevAddress, MAX_NBYTE_SIZE, (SMBUS_RELOAD_MODE | (hsmbus->XferOptions & SMBUS_SENDPEC_MODE)), SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ hsmbus->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hsmbus->XferSize = hsmbus->XferCount;
+ SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, DevAddress, (uint8_t)hsmbus->XferSize, hsmbus->XferOptions, SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ /* If PEC mode is enable, size to transmit should be Size-1 byte, corresponding to PEC byte */
+ /* PEC byte is automatically sent by HW block, no need to manage it in Transmit process */
+ if (SMBUS_GET_PEC_MODE(hsmbus) != 0UL)
+ {
+ hsmbus->XferSize--;
+ hsmbus->XferCount--;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((hsmbus->XferCount == 0U) && (hsmbus->XferSize == 0U))
+ {
+ /* Call TxCpltCallback() if no stop mode is set */
+ if (SMBUS_GET_STOP_MODE(hsmbus) != SMBUS_AUTOEND_MODE)
+ {
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ /* Disable Interrupt */
+ SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_TX);
+ hsmbus->PreviousState = hsmbus->State;
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hsmbus->MasterTxCpltCallback(hsmbus);
+#else
+ HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback(hsmbus);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_RX);
+ hsmbus->PreviousState = hsmbus->State;
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hsmbus->MasterRxCpltCallback(hsmbus);
+#else
+ HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback(hsmbus);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+ }
+ else if (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(StatusFlags, SMBUS_FLAG_TC) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (hsmbus->XferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Specific use case for Quick command */
+ if (hsmbus->pBuffPtr == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Generate a Stop command */
+ hsmbus->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP;
+ }
+ /* Call TxCpltCallback() if no stop mode is set */
+ else if (SMBUS_GET_STOP_MODE(hsmbus) != SMBUS_AUTOEND_MODE)
+ {
+ /* No Generate Stop, to permit restart mode */
+ /* The stop will be done at the end of transfer, when SMBUS_AUTOEND_MODE enable */
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+ if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ /* Disable Interrupt */
+ SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_TX);
+ hsmbus->PreviousState = hsmbus->State;
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hsmbus->MasterTxCpltCallback(hsmbus);
+#else
+ HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback(hsmbus);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_RX);
+ hsmbus->PreviousState = hsmbus->State;
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hsmbus->MasterRxCpltCallback(hsmbus);
+#else
+ HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback(hsmbus);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+ * @brief Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Slave Mode.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @param StatusFlags Value of Interrupt Flags.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMBUS_Slave_ISR(struct __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint32_t StatusFlags)
+{
+ uint8_t TransferDirection;
+ uint16_t SlaveAddrCode;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ if (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(StatusFlags, SMBUS_FLAG_AF) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Check that SMBUS transfer finished */
+ /* if yes, normal usecase, a NACK is sent by the HOST when Transfer is finished */
+ /* Mean XferCount == 0*/
+ /* So clear Flag NACKF only */
+ if (hsmbus->XferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Clear NACK Flag */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_AF);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* if no, error usecase, a Non-Acknowledge of last Data is generated by the HOST*/
+ /* Clear NACK Flag */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_AF);
+
+ /* Set HAL State to "Idle" State, mean to LISTEN state */
+ /* So reset Slave Busy state */
+ hsmbus->PreviousState = hsmbus->State;
+ hsmbus->State &= ~((uint32_t)HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX);
+ hsmbus->State &= ~((uint32_t)HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX);
+
+ /* Disable RX/TX Interrupts, keep only ADDR Interrupt */
+ SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_RX | SMBUS_IT_TX);
+
+ /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_ACKF;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ /* Call the Error callback to inform upper layer */
+#if (USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hsmbus->ErrorCallback(hsmbus);
+#else
+ HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback(hsmbus);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ else if (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(StatusFlags, SMBUS_FLAG_ADDR) != RESET)
+ {
+ TransferDirection = (uint8_t)(SMBUS_GET_DIR(hsmbus));
+ SlaveAddrCode = (uint16_t)(SMBUS_GET_ADDR_MATCH(hsmbus));
+
+ /* Disable ADDR interrupt to prevent multiple ADDRInterrupt*/
+ /* Other ADDRInterrupt will be treat in next Listen usecase */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE_IT(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_ADDRI);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ /* Call Slave Addr callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hsmbus->AddrCallback(hsmbus, TransferDirection, SlaveAddrCode);
+#else
+ HAL_SMBUS_AddrCallback(hsmbus, TransferDirection, SlaveAddrCode);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else if ((SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(StatusFlags, SMBUS_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) || (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(StatusFlags, SMBUS_FLAG_TCR) != RESET))
+ {
+ if ((hsmbus->State & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX) == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ /* Read data from RXDR */
+ *hsmbus->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)(hsmbus->Instance->RXDR);
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hsmbus->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ hsmbus->XferSize--;
+ hsmbus->XferCount--;
+
+ if (hsmbus->XferCount == 1U)
+ {
+ /* Receive last Byte, can be PEC byte in case of PEC BYTE enabled */
+ /* or only the last Byte of Transfer */
+ /* So reset the RELOAD bit mode */
+ hsmbus->XferOptions &= ~SMBUS_RELOAD_MODE;
+ SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, 0, 1, hsmbus->XferOptions, SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ }
+ else if (hsmbus->XferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Last Byte is received, disable Interrupt */
+ SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_RX);
+
+ /* Remove HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX, keep only HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN */
+ hsmbus->PreviousState = hsmbus->State;
+ hsmbus->State &= ~((uint32_t)HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hsmbus->SlaveRxCpltCallback(hsmbus);
+#else
+ HAL_SMBUS_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hsmbus);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set Reload for next Bytes */
+ SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, 0, 1, SMBUS_RELOAD_MODE | (hsmbus->XferOptions & SMBUS_SENDPEC_MODE), SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP);
+
+ /* Ack last Byte Read */
+ hsmbus->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((hsmbus->State & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX) == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ if ((hsmbus->XferCount != 0U) && (hsmbus->XferSize == 0U))
+ {
+ if (hsmbus->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE)
+ {
+ SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, 0, MAX_NBYTE_SIZE, (SMBUS_RELOAD_MODE | (hsmbus->XferOptions & SMBUS_SENDPEC_MODE)), SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ hsmbus->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hsmbus->XferSize = hsmbus->XferCount;
+ SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, 0, (uint8_t)hsmbus->XferSize, hsmbus->XferOptions, SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP);
+ /* If PEC mode is enable, size to transmit should be Size-1 byte, corresponding to PEC byte */
+ /* PEC byte is automatically sent by HW block, no need to manage it in Transmit process */
+ if (SMBUS_GET_PEC_MODE(hsmbus) != 0UL)
+ {
+ hsmbus->XferSize--;
+ hsmbus->XferCount--;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+ }
+ else if (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(StatusFlags, SMBUS_FLAG_TXIS) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Write data to TXDR only if XferCount not reach "0" */
+ /* A TXIS flag can be set, during STOP treatment */
+ /* Check if all Data have already been sent */
+ /* If it is the case, this last write in TXDR is not sent, correspond to a dummy TXIS event */
+ if (hsmbus->XferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Write data to TXDR */
+ hsmbus->Instance->TXDR = *hsmbus->pBuffPtr;
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hsmbus->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ hsmbus->XferCount--;
+ hsmbus->XferSize--;
+ }
+
+ if (hsmbus->XferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Last Byte is Transmitted */
+ /* Remove HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX, keep only HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN */
+ SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_TX);
+ hsmbus->PreviousState = hsmbus->State;
+ hsmbus->State &= ~((uint32_t)HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */
+#if (USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hsmbus->SlaveTxCpltCallback(hsmbus);
+#else
+ HAL_SMBUS_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hsmbus);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ /* Check if STOPF is set */
+ if (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(StatusFlags, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET)
+ {
+ if ((hsmbus->State & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN) == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN)
+ {
+ /* Store Last receive data if any */
+ if (__HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Read data from RXDR */
+ *hsmbus->pBuffPtr = (uint8_t)(hsmbus->Instance->RXDR);
+
+ /* Increment Buffer pointer */
+ hsmbus->pBuffPtr++;
+
+ if ((hsmbus->XferSize > 0U))
+ {
+ hsmbus->XferSize--;
+ hsmbus->XferCount--;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable RX and TX Interrupts */
+ SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_RX | SMBUS_IT_TX);
+
+ /* Disable ADDR Interrupt */
+ SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_ADDR);
+
+ /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
+ hsmbus->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
+
+ /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
+ SMBUS_RESET_CR2(hsmbus);
+
+ /* Clear STOP Flag */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF);
+
+ /* Clear ADDR flag */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_ADDR);
+
+ hsmbus->XferOptions = 0;
+ hsmbus->PreviousState = hsmbus->State;
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ /* Call the Listen Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Listen usecase */
+#if (USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hsmbus->ListenCpltCallback(hsmbus);
+#else
+ HAL_SMBUS_ListenCpltCallback(hsmbus);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+ * @brief Manage the enabling of Interrupts.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @param InterruptRequest Value of @ref SMBUS_Interrupt_configuration_definition.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static void SMBUS_Enable_IRQ(struct __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint32_t InterruptRequest)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpisr = 0UL;
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & SMBUS_IT_ALERT) == SMBUS_IT_ALERT)
+ {
+ /* Enable ERR interrupt */
+ tmpisr |= SMBUS_IT_ERRI;
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & SMBUS_IT_ADDR) == SMBUS_IT_ADDR)
+ {
+ /* Enable ADDR, STOP interrupt */
+ tmpisr |= SMBUS_IT_ADDRI | SMBUS_IT_STOPI | SMBUS_IT_NACKI | SMBUS_IT_ERRI;
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & SMBUS_IT_TX) == SMBUS_IT_TX)
+ {
+ /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */
+ tmpisr |= SMBUS_IT_ERRI | SMBUS_IT_TCI | SMBUS_IT_STOPI | SMBUS_IT_NACKI | SMBUS_IT_TXI;
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & SMBUS_IT_RX) == SMBUS_IT_RX)
+ {
+ /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
+ tmpisr |= SMBUS_IT_ERRI | SMBUS_IT_TCI | SMBUS_IT_STOPI | SMBUS_IT_NACKI | SMBUS_IT_RXI;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable interrupts only at the end */
+ /* to avoid the risk of SMBUS interrupt handle execution before */
+ /* all interrupts requested done */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_ENABLE_IT(hsmbus, tmpisr);
+}
+/**
+ * @brief Manage the disabling of Interrupts.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @param InterruptRequest Value of @ref SMBUS_Interrupt_configuration_definition.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static void SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(struct __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint32_t InterruptRequest)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpisr = 0UL;
+ uint32_t tmpstate = hsmbus->State;
+
+ if ((tmpstate == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY) && ((InterruptRequest & SMBUS_IT_ALERT) == SMBUS_IT_ALERT))
+ {
+ /* Disable ERR interrupt */
+ tmpisr |= SMBUS_IT_ERRI;
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & SMBUS_IT_TX) == SMBUS_IT_TX)
+ {
+ /* Disable TC, STOP, NACK and TXI interrupt */
+ tmpisr |= SMBUS_IT_TCI | SMBUS_IT_TXI;
+
+ if ((SMBUS_GET_ALERT_ENABLED(hsmbus) == 0UL)
+ && ((tmpstate & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN) != HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN))
+ {
+ /* Disable ERR interrupt */
+ tmpisr |= SMBUS_IT_ERRI;
+ }
+
+ if ((tmpstate & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN) != HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN)
+ {
+ /* Disable STOP and NACK interrupt */
+ tmpisr |= SMBUS_IT_STOPI | SMBUS_IT_NACKI;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & SMBUS_IT_RX) == SMBUS_IT_RX)
+ {
+ /* Disable TC, STOP, NACK and RXI interrupt */
+ tmpisr |= SMBUS_IT_TCI | SMBUS_IT_RXI;
+
+ if ((SMBUS_GET_ALERT_ENABLED(hsmbus) == 0UL)
+ && ((tmpstate & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN) != HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN))
+ {
+ /* Disable ERR interrupt */
+ tmpisr |= SMBUS_IT_ERRI;
+ }
+
+ if ((tmpstate & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN) != HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN)
+ {
+ /* Disable STOP and NACK interrupt */
+ tmpisr |= SMBUS_IT_STOPI | SMBUS_IT_NACKI;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ((InterruptRequest & SMBUS_IT_ADDR) == SMBUS_IT_ADDR)
+ {
+ /* Disable ADDR, STOP and NACK interrupt */
+ tmpisr |= SMBUS_IT_ADDRI | SMBUS_IT_STOPI | SMBUS_IT_NACKI;
+
+ if (SMBUS_GET_ALERT_ENABLED(hsmbus) == 0UL)
+ {
+ /* Disable ERR interrupt */
+ tmpisr |= SMBUS_IT_ERRI;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable interrupts only at the end */
+ /* to avoid a breaking situation like at "t" time */
+ /* all disable interrupts request are not done */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE_IT(hsmbus, tmpisr);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief SMBUS interrupts error handler.
+ * @param hsmbus SMBUS handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SMBUS_ITErrorHandler(struct __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
+{
+ uint32_t itflags = READ_REG(hsmbus->Instance->ISR);
+ uint32_t itsources = READ_REG(hsmbus->Instance->CR1);
+ uint32_t tmpstate;
+ uint32_t tmperror;
+
+ /* SMBUS Bus error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/
+ if (((itflags & SMBUS_FLAG_BERR) == SMBUS_FLAG_BERR) && ((itsources & SMBUS_IT_ERRI) == SMBUS_IT_ERRI))
+ {
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_BERR;
+
+ /* Clear BERR flag */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_BERR);
+ }
+
+ /* SMBUS Over-Run/Under-Run interrupt occurred ----------------------------------------*/
+ if (((itflags & SMBUS_FLAG_OVR) == SMBUS_FLAG_OVR) && ((itsources & SMBUS_IT_ERRI) == SMBUS_IT_ERRI))
+ {
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_OVR;
+
+ /* Clear OVR flag */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_OVR);
+ }
+
+ /* SMBUS Arbitration Loss error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/
+ if (((itflags & SMBUS_FLAG_ARLO) == SMBUS_FLAG_ARLO) && ((itsources & SMBUS_IT_ERRI) == SMBUS_IT_ERRI))
+ {
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_ARLO;
+
+ /* Clear ARLO flag */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_ARLO);
+ }
+
+ /* SMBUS Timeout error interrupt occurred ---------------------------------------------*/
+ if (((itflags & SMBUS_FLAG_TIMEOUT) == SMBUS_FLAG_TIMEOUT) && ((itsources & SMBUS_IT_ERRI) == SMBUS_IT_ERRI))
+ {
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_BUSTIMEOUT;
+
+ /* Clear TIMEOUT flag */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_TIMEOUT);
+ }
+
+ /* SMBUS Alert error interrupt occurred -----------------------------------------------*/
+ if (((itflags & SMBUS_FLAG_ALERT) == SMBUS_FLAG_ALERT) && ((itsources & SMBUS_IT_ERRI) == SMBUS_IT_ERRI))
+ {
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_ALERT;
+
+ /* Clear ALERT flag */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_ALERT);
+ }
+
+ /* SMBUS Packet Error Check error interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/
+ if (((itflags & SMBUS_FLAG_PECERR) == SMBUS_FLAG_PECERR) && ((itsources & SMBUS_IT_ERRI) == SMBUS_IT_ERRI))
+ {
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_PECERR;
+
+ /* Clear PEC error flag */
+ __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_PECERR);
+ }
+
+ /* Store current volatile hsmbus->State, misra rule */
+ tmperror = hsmbus->ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Call the Error Callback in case of Error detected */
+ if ((tmperror != HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_NONE) && (tmperror != HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_ACKF))
+ {
+ /* Do not Reset the HAL state in case of ALERT error */
+ if ((tmperror & HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_ALERT) != HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_ALERT)
+ {
+ /* Store current volatile hsmbus->State, misra rule */
+ tmpstate = hsmbus->State;
+
+ if (((tmpstate & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX) == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX)
+ || ((tmpstate & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX) == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX))
+ {
+ /* Reset only HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_XX */
+ /* keep HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN if set */
+ hsmbus->PreviousState = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY;
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Call the Error callback to inform upper layer */
+#if (USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ hsmbus->ErrorCallback(hsmbus);
+#else
+ HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback(hsmbus);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle SMBUS Communication Timeout.
+ * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS.
+ * @param Flag Specifies the SMBUS flag to check.
+ * @param Status The new Flag status (SET or RESET).
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMBUS_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(struct __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait until flag is set */
+ while ((FlagStatus)(__HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, Flag)) == Status)
+ {
+ /* Check for the Timeout */
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0UL))
+ {
+ hsmbus->PreviousState = hsmbus->State;
+ hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Update SMBUS error code */
+ hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_HALTIMEOUT;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle SMBUSx communication when starting transfer or during transfer (TC or TCR flag are set).
+ * @param hsmbus SMBUS handle.
+ * @param DevAddress specifies the slave address to be programmed.
+ * @param Size specifies the number of bytes to be programmed.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0 and 255.
+ * @param Mode New state of the SMBUS START condition generation.
+ * This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref SMBUS_RELOAD_MODE Enable Reload mode.
+ * @arg @ref SMBUS_AUTOEND_MODE Enable Automatic end mode.
+ * @arg @ref SMBUS_SOFTEND_MODE Enable Software end mode and Reload mode.
+ * @arg @ref SMBUS_SENDPEC_MODE Enable Packet Error Calculation mode.
+ * @param Request New state of the SMBUS START condition generation.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP Don't Generate stop and start condition.
+ * @arg @ref SMBUS_GENERATE_STOP Generate stop condition (Size should be set to 0).
+ * @arg @ref SMBUS_GENERATE_START_READ Generate Restart for read request.
+ * @arg @ref SMBUS_GENERATE_START_WRITE Generate Restart for write request.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SMBUS_TransferConfig(struct __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t Size, uint32_t Mode, uint32_t Request)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(hsmbus->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_SMBUS_TRANSFER_MODE(Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_SMBUS_TRANSFER_REQUEST(Request));
+
+ /* update CR2 register */
+ MODIFY_REG(hsmbus->Instance->CR2, ((I2C_CR2_SADD | I2C_CR2_NBYTES | I2C_CR2_RELOAD | I2C_CR2_AUTOEND | (I2C_CR2_RD_WRN & (uint32_t)(Request >> (31UL - I2C_CR2_RD_WRN_Pos))) | I2C_CR2_START | I2C_CR2_STOP | I2C_CR2_PECBYTE)), \
+ (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)DevAddress & I2C_CR2_SADD) | (((uint32_t)Size << I2C_CR2_NBYTES_Pos) & I2C_CR2_NBYTES) | (uint32_t)Mode | (uint32_t)Request));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Convert SMBUSx OTHER_xxx XferOptions to functionnal XferOptions.
+ * @param hsmbus SMBUS handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SMBUS_ConvertOtherXferOptions(struct __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
+{
+ /* if user set XferOptions to SMBUS_OTHER_FRAME_NO_PEC */
+ /* it request implicitly to generate a restart condition */
+ /* set XferOptions to SMBUS_FIRST_FRAME */
+ if (hsmbus->XferOptions == SMBUS_OTHER_FRAME_NO_PEC)
+ {
+ hsmbus->XferOptions = SMBUS_FIRST_FRAME;
+ }
+ /* else if user set XferOptions to SMBUS_OTHER_FRAME_WITH_PEC */
+ /* it request implicitly to generate a restart condition */
+ /* set XferOptions to SMBUS_FIRST_FRAME | SMBUS_SENDPEC_MODE */
+ else if (hsmbus->XferOptions == SMBUS_OTHER_FRAME_WITH_PEC)
+ {
+ hsmbus->XferOptions = SMBUS_FIRST_FRAME | SMBUS_SENDPEC_MODE;
+ }
+ /* else if user set XferOptions to SMBUS_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME_NO_PEC */
+ /* it request implicitly to generate a restart condition */
+ /* then generate a stop condition at the end of transfer */
+ /* set XferOptions to SMBUS_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME_NO_PEC */
+ else if (hsmbus->XferOptions == SMBUS_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME_NO_PEC)
+ {
+ hsmbus->XferOptions = SMBUS_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME_NO_PEC;
+ }
+ /* else if user set XferOptions to SMBUS_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME_WITH_PEC */
+ /* it request implicitly to generate a restart condition */
+ /* then generate a stop condition at the end of transfer */
+ /* set XferOptions to SMBUS_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME_WITH_PEC */
+ else if (hsmbus->XferOptions == SMBUS_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME_WITH_PEC)
+ {
+ hsmbus->XferOptions = SMBUS_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME_WITH_PEC;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_spi.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_spi.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2c156b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_spi.c @@ -0,0 +1,4349 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_spi.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief SPI HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + IO operation functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ * + Peripheral State functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ The SPI HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+ (#) Declare a SPI_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
+ SPI_HandleTypeDef hspi;
+
+ (#)Initialize the SPI low level resources by implementing the HAL_SPI_MspInit() API:
+ (##) Enable the SPIx interface clock
+ (##) SPI pins configuration
+ (+++) Enable the clock for the SPI GPIOs
+ (+++) Configure these SPI pins as alternate function push-pull
+ (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process
+ (+++) Configure the SPIx interrupt priority
+ (+++) Enable the NVIC SPI IRQ handle
+ (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process
+ (+++) Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive Stream/Channel
+ (+++) Enable the DMAx clock
+ (+++) Configure the DMA handle parameters
+ (+++) Configure the DMA Tx or Rx Stream/Channel
+ (+++) Associate the initialized hdma_tx(or _rx) handle to the hspi DMA Tx or Rx handle
+ (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx or Rx Stream/Channel
+
+ (#) Program the Mode, BidirectionalMode , Data size, Baudrate Prescaler, NSS
+ management, Clock polarity and phase, FirstBit and CRC configuration in the hspi Init structure.
+
+ (#) Initialize the SPI registers by calling the HAL_SPI_Init() API:
+ (++) This API configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
+ by calling the customized HAL_SPI_MspInit() API.
+ [..]
+ Circular mode restriction:
+ (#) The DMA circular mode cannot be used when the SPI is configured in these modes:
+ (##) Master 2Lines RxOnly
+ (##) Master 1Line Rx
+ (#) The CRC feature is not managed when the DMA circular mode is enabled
+ (#) When the SPI DMA Pause/Stop features are used, we must use the following APIs
+ the HAL_SPI_DMAPause()/ HAL_SPI_DMAStop() only under the SPI callbacks
+ [..]
+ Master Receive mode restriction:
+ (#) In Master unidirectional receive-only mode (MSTR =1, BIDIMODE=0, RXONLY=1) or
+ bidirectional receive mode (MSTR=1, BIDIMODE=1, BIDIOE=0), to ensure that the SPI
+ does not initiate a new transfer the following procedure has to be respected:
+ (##) HAL_SPI_DeInit()
+ (##) HAL_SPI_Init()
+ [..]
+ Data buffer address alignment restriction:
+ (#) In case more than 1 byte is requested to be transferred, the HAL SPI uses 16-bit access for data buffer.
+ But there is no support for unaligned accesses on the Cortex-M0 processor.
+ So, if the user wants to transfer more than 1 byte, it shall ensure that 16-bit aligned address is used for:
+ (##) pData parameter in HAL_SPI_Transmit(), HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT(), HAL_SPI_Receive() and HAL_SPI_Receive_IT()
+ (##) pTxData and pRxData parameters in HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive() and HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT()
+ (#) There is no such restriction when going through DMA by using HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA(), HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA()
+ and HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA().
+ [..]
+ Callback registration:
+
+ (#) The compilation flag USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1U
+ allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+ Use Functions HAL_SPI_RegisterCallback() to register an interrupt callback.
+
+ Function HAL_SPI_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
+ (++) TxCpltCallback : SPI Tx Completed callback
+ (++) RxCpltCallback : SPI Rx Completed callback
+ (++) TxRxCpltCallback : SPI TxRx Completed callback
+ (++) TxHalfCpltCallback : SPI Tx Half Completed callback
+ (++) RxHalfCpltCallback : SPI Rx Half Completed callback
+ (++) TxRxHalfCpltCallback : SPI TxRx Half Completed callback
+ (++) ErrorCallback : SPI Error callback
+ (++) AbortCpltCallback : SPI Abort callback
+ (++) MspInitCallback : SPI Msp Init callback
+ (++) MspDeInitCallback : SPI Msp DeInit callback
+ This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+ and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+
+ (#) Use function HAL_SPI_UnRegisterCallback to reset a callback to the default
+ weak function.
+ HAL_SPI_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+ and the Callback ID.
+ This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+ (++) TxCpltCallback : SPI Tx Completed callback
+ (++) RxCpltCallback : SPI Rx Completed callback
+ (++) TxRxCpltCallback : SPI TxRx Completed callback
+ (++) TxHalfCpltCallback : SPI Tx Half Completed callback
+ (++) RxHalfCpltCallback : SPI Rx Half Completed callback
+ (++) TxRxHalfCpltCallback : SPI TxRx Half Completed callback
+ (++) ErrorCallback : SPI Error callback
+ (++) AbortCpltCallback : SPI Abort callback
+ (++) MspInitCallback : SPI Msp Init callback
+ (++) MspDeInitCallback : SPI Msp DeInit callback
+
+ [..]
+ By default, after the HAL_SPI_Init() and when the state is HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET
+ all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions:
+ examples HAL_SPI_MasterTxCpltCallback(), HAL_SPI_MasterRxCpltCallback().
+ Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are
+ reset to the legacy weak functions in the HAL_SPI_Init()/ HAL_SPI_DeInit() only when
+ these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
+ If MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the HAL_SPI_Init()/ HAL_SPI_DeInit()
+ keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand) whatever the state.
+
+ [..]
+ Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_SPI_STATE_READY state only.
+ Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit functions that can be registered/unregistered
+ in HAL_SPI_STATE_READY or HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET state,
+ thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
+ Then, the user first registers the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+ using HAL_SPI_RegisterCallback() before calling HAL_SPI_DeInit()
+ or HAL_SPI_Init() function.
+
+ [..]
+ When the compilation define USE_HAL_PPP_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+ not defined, the callback registering feature is not available
+ and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
+
+ [..]
+ Using the HAL it is not possible to reach all supported SPI frequency with the different SPI Modes,
+ the following table resume the max SPI frequency reached with data size 8bits/16bits,
+ according to frequency of the APBx Peripheral Clock (fPCLK) used by the SPI instance.
+
+ @endverbatim
+
+ Additional table :
+
+ DataSize = SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT:
+ +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | | | 2Lines Fullduplex | 2Lines RxOnly | 1Line |
+ | Process | Tranfert mode |---------------------|----------------------|----------------------|
+ | | | Master | Slave | Master | Slave | Master | Slave |
+ |==============================================================================================|
+ | T | Polling | Fpclk/4 | Fpclk/8 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
+ | X |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+ | / | Interrupt | Fpclk/4 | Fpclk/16 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
+ | R |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+ | X | DMA | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/2 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
+ |=========|================|==========|==========|===========|==========|===========|==========|
+ | | Polling | Fpclk/4 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 |
+ | |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+ | R | Interrupt | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/4 |
+ | X |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+ | | DMA | Fpclk/4 | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/16 |
+ |=========|================|==========|==========|===========|==========|===========|==========|
+ | | Polling | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/2 | NA | NA | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 |
+ | |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+ | T | Interrupt | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/4 | NA | NA | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/8 |
+ | X |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+ | | DMA | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/2 | NA | NA | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/16 |
+ +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+ DataSize = SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT:
+ +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | | | 2Lines Fullduplex | 2Lines RxOnly | 1Line |
+ | Process | Tranfert mode |---------------------|----------------------|----------------------|
+ | | | Master | Slave | Master | Slave | Master | Slave |
+ |==============================================================================================|
+ | T | Polling | Fpclk/4 | Fpclk/8 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
+ | X |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+ | / | Interrupt | Fpclk/4 | Fpclk/16 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
+ | R |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+ | X | DMA | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/2 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
+ |=========|================|==========|==========|===========|==========|===========|==========|
+ | | Polling | Fpclk/4 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 |
+ | |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+ | R | Interrupt | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/4 |
+ | X |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+ | | DMA | Fpclk/4 | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/16 |
+ |=========|================|==========|==========|===========|==========|===========|==========|
+ | | Polling | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/2 | NA | NA | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 |
+ | |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+ | T | Interrupt | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/4 | NA | NA | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/8 |
+ | X |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------|
+ | | DMA | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/2 | NA | NA | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/16 |
+ +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ @note The max SPI frequency depend on SPI data size (4bits, 5bits,..., 8bits,...15bits, 16bits),
+ SPI mode(2 Lines fullduplex, 2 lines RxOnly, 1 line TX/RX) and Process mode (Polling, IT, DMA).
+ @note
+ (#) TX/RX processes are HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(), HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT() and HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA()
+ (#) RX processes are HAL_SPI_Receive(), HAL_SPI_Receive_IT() and HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA()
+ (#) TX processes are HAL_SPI_Transmit(), HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT() and HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA()
+
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI SPI
+ * @brief SPI HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Constants SPI Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+#define SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT 100U
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Functions SPI Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+static void SPI_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void SPI_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus State,
+ uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Fifo, uint32_t State,
+ uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+static void SPI_TxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_TxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_RxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_RxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_2linesTxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_2linesTxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+static void SPI_RxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_RxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+static void SPI_AbortRx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_AbortTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_CloseRx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static void SPI_CloseTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_EndRxTransaction(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions SPI Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and
+ de-initialize the SPIx peripheral:
+
+ (+) User must implement HAL_SPI_MspInit() function in which he configures
+ all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ).
+
+ (+) Call the function HAL_SPI_Init() to configure the selected device with
+ the selected configuration:
+ (++) Mode
+ (++) Direction
+ (++) Data Size
+ (++) Clock Polarity and Phase
+ (++) NSS Management
+ (++) BaudRate Prescaler
+ (++) FirstBit
+ (++) TIMode
+ (++) CRC Calculation
+ (++) CRC Polynomial if CRC enabled
+ (++) CRC Length, used only with Data8 and Data16
+ (++) FIFO reception threshold
+
+ (+) Call the function HAL_SPI_DeInit() to restore the default configuration
+ of the selected SPIx peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the SPI according to the specified parameters
+ * in the SPI_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Init(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ uint32_t frxth;
+
+ /* Check the SPI handle allocation */
+ if (hspi == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(hspi->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_MODE(hspi->Init.Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION(hspi->Init.Direction));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(hspi->Init.DataSize));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS(hspi->Init.NSS));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_NSSP(hspi->Init.NSSPMode));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(hspi->Init.FirstBit));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_TIMODE(hspi->Init.TIMode));
+ if (hspi->Init.TIMode == SPI_TIMODE_DISABLE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_CPOL(hspi->Init.CLKPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_CPHA(hspi->Init.CLKPhase));
+ }
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_CALCULATION(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation));
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(hspi->Init.CRCPolynomial));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_LENGTH(hspi->Init.CRCLength));
+ }
+#else
+ hspi->Init.CRCCalculation = SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE;
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ if (hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ hspi->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ /* Init the SPI Callback settings */
+ hspi->TxCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback */
+ hspi->RxCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback */
+ hspi->TxRxCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxRxCpltCallback */
+ hspi->TxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxHalfCpltCallback */
+ hspi->RxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxHalfCpltCallback */
+ hspi->TxRxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxRxHalfCpltCallback */
+ hspi->ErrorCallback = HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+ hspi->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */
+
+ if (hspi->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hspi->MspInitCallback = HAL_SPI_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+ hspi->MspInitCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+ HAL_SPI_MspInit(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+ /* Align by default the rs fifo threshold on the data size */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ frxth = SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_HF;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ frxth = SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_QF;
+ }
+
+ /* CRC calculation is valid only for 16Bit and 8 Bit */
+ if ((hspi->Init.DataSize != SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT) && (hspi->Init.DataSize != SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT))
+ {
+ /* CRC must be disabled */
+ hspi->Init.CRCCalculation = SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE;
+ }
+
+ /* Align the CRC Length on the data size */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_DATASIZE)
+ {
+ /* CRC Length aligned on the data size : value set by default */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ hspi->Init.CRCLength = SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hspi->Init.CRCLength = SPI_CRC_LENGTH_8BIT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*----------------------- SPIx CR1 & CR2 Configuration ---------------------*/
+ /* Configure : SPI Mode, Communication Mode, Clock polarity and phase, NSS management,
+ Communication speed, First bit and CRC calculation state */
+ WRITE_REG(hspi->Instance->CR1, (hspi->Init.Mode | hspi->Init.Direction |
+ hspi->Init.CLKPolarity | hspi->Init.CLKPhase | (hspi->Init.NSS & SPI_CR1_SSM) |
+ hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler | hspi->Init.FirstBit | hspi->Init.CRCCalculation));
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Configure : CRC Length */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT)
+ {
+ hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCL;
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Configure : NSS management, TI Mode, NSS Pulse, Data size and Rx Fifo threshold */
+ WRITE_REG(hspi->Instance->CR2, (((hspi->Init.NSS >> 16U) & SPI_CR2_SSOE) | hspi->Init.TIMode |
+ hspi->Init.NSSPMode | hspi->Init.DataSize) | frxth);
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPOLY Configuration ------------------*/
+ /* Configure : CRC Polynomial */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ WRITE_REG(hspi->Instance->CRCPR, hspi->Init.CRCPolynomial);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+#if defined(SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD)
+ /* Activate the SPI mode (Make sure that I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register is reset) */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->I2SCFGR, SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD);
+#endif /* SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD */
+
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-Initialize the SPI peripheral.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DeInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Check the SPI handle allocation */
+ if (hspi == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check SPI Instance parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(hspi->Instance));
+
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the SPI Peripheral Clock */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ if (hspi->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hspi->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_SPI_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ }
+
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+ hspi->MspDeInitCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
+ HAL_SPI_MspDeInit(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the SPI MSP.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_MspInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hspi);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SPI_MspInit should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-Initialize the SPI MSP.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_MspDeInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hspi);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SPI_MspDeInit should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+/**
+ * @brief Register a User SPI Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hspi Pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SPI.
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_RegisterCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, HAL_SPI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
+ pSPI_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+ if (HAL_SPI_STATE_READY == hspi->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_SPI_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hspi->TxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hspi->RxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_TX_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hspi->TxRxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_TX_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hspi->TxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_RX_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hspi->RxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_TX_RX_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hspi->TxRxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ hspi->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_ABORT_CB_ID :
+ hspi->AbortCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hspi->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hspi->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK);
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET == hspi->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_SPI_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hspi->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hspi->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK);
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK);
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister an SPI Callback
+ * SPI callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+ * @param hspi Pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SPI.
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_UnRegisterCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, HAL_SPI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+ if (HAL_SPI_STATE_READY == hspi->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_SPI_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hspi->TxCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hspi->RxCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_TX_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hspi->TxRxCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxRxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_TX_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hspi->TxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxHalfCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_RX_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hspi->RxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxHalfCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_TX_RX_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ hspi->TxRxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxRxHalfCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ hspi->ErrorCallback = HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_ABORT_CB_ID :
+ hspi->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hspi->MspInitCallback = HAL_SPI_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hspi->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_SPI_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK);
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET == hspi->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_SPI_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ hspi->MspInitCallback = HAL_SPI_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_SPI_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ hspi->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_SPI_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK);
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK);
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+ return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ * @brief Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI
+ data transfers.
+
+ [..] The SPI supports master and slave mode :
+
+ (#) There are two modes of transfer:
+ (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode.
+ The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function
+ after finishing transfer.
+ (++) No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts
+ or DMA, These APIs return the HAL status.
+ The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+ dedicated SPI IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
+ using DMA mode.
+ The HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() and HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback() user callbacks
+ will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process
+ The HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected
+
+ (#) APIs provided for these 2 transfer modes (Blocking mode or Non blocking mode using either Interrupt or DMA)
+ exist for 1Line (simplex) and 2Lines (full duplex) modes.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit an amount of data in blocking mode.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @param pData pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size amount of data to be sent
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+ uint16_t initial_TxXferCount;
+
+ if ((hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) || ((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (Size > 1U)))
+ {
+ /* in this case, 16-bit access is performed on Data
+ So, check Data is 16-bit aligned address */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_16BIT_ALIGNED_ADDRESS(pData));
+ }
+
+ /* Check Direction parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+ initial_TxXferCount = Size;
+
+ if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the transaction information */
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pData;
+ hspi->TxXferSize = Size;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /*Init field not used in handle to zero */
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)NULL;
+ hspi->RxXferSize = 0U;
+ hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ hspi->TxISR = NULL;
+ hspi->RxISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */
+ if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+ {
+ SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi);
+ }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+ if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+ {
+ /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+ }
+
+ /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) || (initial_TxXferCount == 0x01U))
+ {
+ hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+ /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */
+ while (hspi->TxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */
+ if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE))
+ {
+ hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Timeout management */
+ if ((((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout) && (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ goto error;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Transmit data in 8 Bit mode */
+ else
+ {
+ if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) || (initial_TxXferCount == 0x01U))
+ {
+ if (hspi->TxXferCount > 1U)
+ {
+ /* write on the data register in packing mode */
+ hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->TxXferCount -= 2U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *((__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR) = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr ++;
+ hspi->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+ }
+ while (hspi->TxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */
+ if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE))
+ {
+ if (hspi->TxXferCount > 1U)
+ {
+ /* write on the data register in packing mode */
+ hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->TxXferCount -= 2U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *((__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR) = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr++;
+ hspi->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Timeout management */
+ if ((((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout) && (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ goto error;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Check the end of the transaction */
+ if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear overrun flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received is not read */
+ if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)
+ {
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+ }
+
+ if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+error:
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+ return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @param pData pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size amount of data to be received
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+
+ if ((hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) || ((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (Size > 1U)))
+ {
+ /* in this case, 16-bit access is performed on Data
+ So, check Data is 16-bit aligned address */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_16BIT_ALIGNED_ADDRESS(pData));
+ }
+
+ if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES))
+ {
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ /* Call transmit-receive function to send Dummy data on Tx line and generate clock on CLK line */
+ return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(hspi, pData, pData, Size, Timeout);
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the transaction information */
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pData;
+ hspi->RxXferSize = Size;
+ hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /*Init field not used in handle to zero */
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)NULL;
+ hspi->TxXferSize = 0U;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ hspi->RxISR = NULL;
+ hspi->TxISR = NULL;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+ /* this is done to handle the CRCNEXT before the latest data */
+ hspi->RxXferCount--;
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Set the Rx Fifo threshold */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 16bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 8bit */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+ }
+
+ /* Configure communication direction: 1Line */
+ if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+ {
+ SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi);
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+ if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+ {
+ /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+ }
+
+ /* Receive data in 8 Bit mode */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ /* Transfer loop */
+ while (hspi->RxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Check the RXNE flag */
+ if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE))
+ {
+ /* read the received data */
+ (* (uint8_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR;
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint8_t);
+ hspi->RxXferCount--;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Timeout management */
+ if ((((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout) && (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ goto error;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Transfer loop */
+ while (hspi->RxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Check the RXNE flag */
+ if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE))
+ {
+ *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = (uint16_t)hspi->Instance->DR;
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->RxXferCount--;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Timeout management */
+ if ((((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout) && (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ goto error;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Handle the CRC Transmission */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ /* freeze the CRC before the latest data */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+
+ /* Read the latest data */
+ if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* the latest data has not been received */
+ errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Receive last data in 16 Bit mode */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = (uint16_t)hspi->Instance->DR;
+ }
+ /* Receive last data in 8 Bit mode */
+ else
+ {
+ (*(uint8_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR;
+ }
+
+ /* Wait the CRC data */
+ if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Read CRC to Flush DR and RXNE flag */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT)
+ {
+ /* Read 16bit CRC */
+ READ_REG(hspi->Instance->DR);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Read 8bit CRC */
+ READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+
+ if ((hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT))
+ {
+ if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Error on the CRC reception */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ goto error;
+ }
+ /* Read 8bit CRC again in case of 16bit CRC in 8bit Data mode */
+ READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Check the end of the transaction */
+ if (SPI_EndRxTransaction(hspi, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
+ }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Check if CRC error occurred */
+ if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR))
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+error :
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+ return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit and Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @param pTxData pointer to transmission data buffer
+ * @param pRxData pointer to reception data buffer
+ * @param Size amount of data to be sent and received
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size,
+ uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint16_t initial_TxXferCount;
+ uint16_t initial_RxXferCount;
+ uint32_t tmp_mode;
+ HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef tmp_state;
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ uint32_t spi_cr1;
+ uint32_t spi_cr2;
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Variable used to alternate Rx and Tx during transfer */
+ uint32_t txallowed = 1U;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+
+ if ((hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) || ((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (Size > 1U)))
+ {
+ /* in this case, 16-bit access is performed on Data
+ So, check Data is 16-bit aligned address */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_16BIT_ALIGNED_ADDRESS(pTxData));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_16BIT_ALIGNED_ADDRESS(pRxData));
+ }
+
+ /* Check Direction parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Init temporary variables */
+ tmp_state = hspi->State;
+ tmp_mode = hspi->Init.Mode;
+ initial_TxXferCount = Size;
+ initial_RxXferCount = Size;
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ spi_cr1 = READ_REG(hspi->Instance->CR1);
+ spi_cr2 = READ_REG(hspi->Instance->CR2);
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ if (!((tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) || \
+ ((tmp_mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX))))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ if ((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Don't overwrite in case of HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX */
+ if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the transaction information */
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pRxData;
+ hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
+ hspi->RxXferSize = Size;
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pTxData;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
+ hspi->TxXferSize = Size;
+
+ /*Init field not used in handle to zero */
+ hspi->RxISR = NULL;
+ hspi->TxISR = NULL;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Set the Rx Fifo threshold */
+ if ((hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) || (initial_RxXferCount > 1U))
+ {
+ /* Set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 16bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 8bit */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+ if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+ {
+ /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+ }
+
+ /* Transmit and Receive data in 16 Bit mode */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) || (initial_TxXferCount == 0x01U))
+ {
+ hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+ while ((hspi->TxXferCount > 0U) || (hspi->RxXferCount > 0U))
+ {
+ /* Check TXE flag */
+ if ((__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE)) && (hspi->TxXferCount > 0U) && (txallowed == 1U))
+ {
+ hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->TxXferCount--;
+ /* Next Data is a reception (Rx). Tx not allowed */
+ txallowed = 0U;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+ if ((hspi->TxXferCount == 0U) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE))
+ {
+ /* Set NSS Soft to received correctly the CRC on slave mode with NSS pulse activated */
+ if ((READ_BIT(spi_cr1, SPI_CR1_MSTR) == 0U) && (READ_BIT(spi_cr2, SPI_CR2_NSSP) == SPI_CR2_NSSP))
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_SSM);
+ }
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+ }
+
+ /* Check RXNE flag */
+ if ((__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE)) && (hspi->RxXferCount > 0U))
+ {
+ *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = (uint16_t)hspi->Instance->DR;
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->RxXferCount--;
+ /* Next Data is a Transmission (Tx). Tx is allowed */
+ txallowed = 1U;
+ }
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout) && (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ goto error;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Transmit and Receive data in 8 Bit mode */
+ else
+ {
+ if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) || (initial_TxXferCount == 0x01U))
+ {
+ if (hspi->TxXferCount > 1U)
+ {
+ hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->TxXferCount -= 2U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr++;
+ hspi->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+ }
+ while ((hspi->TxXferCount > 0U) || (hspi->RxXferCount > 0U))
+ {
+ /* Check TXE flag */
+ if ((__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE)) && (hspi->TxXferCount > 0U) && (txallowed == 1U))
+ {
+ if (hspi->TxXferCount > 1U)
+ {
+ hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->TxXferCount -= 2U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr++;
+ hspi->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+ /* Next Data is a reception (Rx). Tx not allowed */
+ txallowed = 0U;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+ if ((hspi->TxXferCount == 0U) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE))
+ {
+ /* Set NSS Soft to received correctly the CRC on slave mode with NSS pulse activated */
+ if ((READ_BIT(spi_cr1, SPI_CR1_MSTR) == 0U) && (READ_BIT(spi_cr2, SPI_CR2_NSSP) == SPI_CR2_NSSP))
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_SSM);
+ }
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+ }
+
+ /* Wait until RXNE flag is reset */
+ if ((__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE)) && (hspi->RxXferCount > 0U))
+ {
+ if (hspi->RxXferCount > 1U)
+ {
+ *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = (uint16_t)hspi->Instance->DR;
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->RxXferCount -= 2U;
+ if (hspi->RxXferCount <= 1U)
+ {
+ /* Set RX Fifo threshold before to switch on 8 bit data size */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ (*(uint8_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR;
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr++;
+ hspi->RxXferCount--;
+ }
+ /* Next Data is a Transmission (Tx). Tx is allowed */
+ txallowed = 1U;
+ }
+ if ((((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout) && ((Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY))) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ goto error;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Read CRC from DR to close CRC calculation process */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ /* Wait until TXE flag */
+ if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Error on the CRC reception */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ goto error;
+ }
+ /* Read CRC */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT)
+ {
+ /* Read 16bit CRC */
+ READ_REG(hspi->Instance->DR);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Read 8bit CRC */
+ READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT)
+ {
+ if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Error on the CRC reception */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ goto error;
+ }
+ /* Read 8bit CRC again in case of 16bit CRC in 8bit Data mode */
+ READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check if CRC error occurred */
+ if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR))
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ /* Clear CRC Flag */
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
+
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Check the end of the transaction */
+ if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
+ }
+
+error :
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+ return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @param pData pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+
+ if ((hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) || ((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (Size > 1U)))
+ {
+ /* in this case, 16-bit access is performed on Data
+ So, check Data is 16-bit aligned address */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_16BIT_ALIGNED_ADDRESS(pData));
+ }
+
+ /* Check Direction parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the transaction information */
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pData;
+ hspi->TxXferSize = Size;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /* Init field not used in handle to zero */
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)NULL;
+ hspi->RxXferSize = 0U;
+ hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ hspi->RxISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Set the function for IT treatment */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ hspi->TxISR = SPI_TxISR_16BIT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hspi->TxISR = SPI_TxISR_8BIT;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */
+ if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+ {
+ SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi);
+ }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+
+ /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+ if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+ {
+ /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+ }
+
+error :
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+ return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @param pData pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+
+ if ((hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) || ((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (Size > 1U)))
+ {
+ /* in this case, 16-bit access is performed on Data
+ So, check Data is 16-bit aligned address */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_16BIT_ALIGNED_ADDRESS(pData));
+ }
+
+ if ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER))
+ {
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ /* Call transmit-receive function to send Dummy data on Tx line and generate clock on CLK line */
+ return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT(hspi, pData, pData, Size);
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+ if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the transaction information */
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pData;
+ hspi->RxXferSize = Size;
+ hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /* Init field not used in handle to zero */
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)NULL;
+ hspi->TxXferSize = 0U;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ hspi->TxISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Check the data size to adapt Rx threshold and the set the function for IT treatment */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 16 bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+ hspi->RxISR = SPI_RxISR_16BIT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 8 bit */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+ hspi->RxISR = SPI_RxISR_8BIT;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */
+ if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+ {
+ SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi);
+ }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ hspi->CRCSize = 1U;
+ if ((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT))
+ {
+ hspi->CRCSize = 2U;
+ }
+ SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hspi->CRCSize = 0U;
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+ /* Note : The SPI must be enabled after unlocking current process
+ to avoid the risk of SPI interrupt handle execution before current
+ process unlock */
+
+ /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+ if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+ {
+ /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+ }
+
+error :
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+ return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit and Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @param pTxData pointer to transmission data buffer
+ * @param pRxData pointer to reception data buffer
+ * @param Size amount of data to be sent and received
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp_mode;
+ HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef tmp_state;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+
+ if ((hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) || ((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (Size > 1U)))
+ {
+ /* in this case, 16-bit access is performed on Data
+ So, check Data is 16-bit aligned address */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_16BIT_ALIGNED_ADDRESS(pTxData));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_16BIT_ALIGNED_ADDRESS(pRxData));
+ }
+
+ /* Check Direction parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+ /* Init temporary variables */
+ tmp_state = hspi->State;
+ tmp_mode = hspi->Init.Mode;
+
+ if (!((tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) || \
+ ((tmp_mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX))))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ if ((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Don't overwrite in case of HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX */
+ if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the transaction information */
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pTxData;
+ hspi->TxXferSize = Size;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pRxData;
+ hspi->RxXferSize = Size;
+ hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /* Set the function for IT treatment */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ hspi->RxISR = SPI_2linesRxISR_16BIT;
+ hspi->TxISR = SPI_2linesTxISR_16BIT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hspi->RxISR = SPI_2linesRxISR_8BIT;
+ hspi->TxISR = SPI_2linesTxISR_8BIT;
+ }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ hspi->CRCSize = 1U;
+ if ((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT))
+ {
+ hspi->CRCSize = 2U;
+ }
+ SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hspi->CRCSize = 0U;
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Check if packing mode is enabled and if there is more than 2 data to receive */
+ if ((hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) || (Size >= 2U))
+ {
+ /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 16 bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 8 bit */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable TXE, RXNE and ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+ /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+ if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+ {
+ /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+ }
+
+error :
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+ return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @param pData pointer to data buffer
+ * @param Size amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check tx dma handle */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DMA_HANDLE(hspi->hdmatx));
+
+ /* Check Direction parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+ if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the transaction information */
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pData;
+ hspi->TxXferSize = Size;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /* Init field not used in handle to zero */
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)NULL;
+ hspi->TxISR = NULL;
+ hspi->RxISR = NULL;
+ hspi->RxXferSize = 0U;
+ hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */
+ if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+ {
+ SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi);
+ }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Set the SPI TxDMA Half transfer complete callback */
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt;
+
+ /* Set the SPI TxDMA transfer complete callback */
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMATransmitCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the DMA AbortCpltCallback */
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX);
+ /* Packing mode is enabled only if the DMA setting is HALWORD */
+ if ((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->hdmatx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD))
+ {
+ /* Check the even/odd of the data size + crc if enabled */
+ if ((hspi->TxXferCount & 0x1U) == 0U)
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX);
+ hspi->TxXferCount = (hspi->TxXferCount >> 1U);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX);
+ hspi->TxXferCount = (hspi->TxXferCount >> 1U) + 1U;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Tx DMA Stream/Channel */
+ if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hspi->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR,
+ hspi->TxXferCount))
+ {
+ /* Update SPI error code */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA);
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+ if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+ {
+ /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the SPI Error Interrupt Bit */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+ /* Enable Tx DMA Request */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+
+error :
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+ return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
+ * @note In case of MASTER mode and SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES direction, hdmatx shall be defined.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @param pData pointer to data buffer
+ * @note When the CRC feature is enabled the pData Length must be Size + 1.
+ * @param Size amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check rx dma handle */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DMA_HANDLE(hspi->hdmarx));
+
+ if ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER))
+ {
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+ /* Check tx dma handle */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DMA_HANDLE(hspi->hdmatx));
+
+ /* Call transmit-receive function to send Dummy data on Tx line and generate clock on CLK line */
+ return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA(hspi, pData, pData, Size);
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+ if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the transaction information */
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pData;
+ hspi->RxXferSize = Size;
+ hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /*Init field not used in handle to zero */
+ hspi->RxISR = NULL;
+ hspi->TxISR = NULL;
+ hspi->TxXferSize = 0U;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */
+ if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+ {
+ SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi);
+ }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+#if defined (STM32F030x6) || defined (STM32F030x8) || defined (STM32F031x6)|| defined (STM32F038xx) || defined (STM32F051x8) || defined (STM32F058xx)
+ /* Packing mode management is enabled by the DMA settings */
+ if ((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->hdmarx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD))
+ {
+ /* Restriction the DMA data received is not allowed in this mode */
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ goto error;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX);
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 16bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 8bit */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+
+ if (hspi->hdmarx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD)
+ {
+ /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 16bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+
+ if ((hspi->RxXferCount & 0x1U) == 0x0U)
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX);
+ hspi->RxXferCount = hspi->RxXferCount >> 1U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX);
+ hspi->RxXferCount = (hspi->RxXferCount >> 1U) + 1U;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Set the SPI RxDMA Half transfer complete callback */
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt;
+
+ /* Set the SPI Rx DMA transfer complete callback */
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMAReceiveCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the DMA AbortCpltCallback */
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the Rx DMA Stream/Channel */
+ if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hspi->pRxBuffPtr,
+ hspi->RxXferCount))
+ {
+ /* Update SPI error code */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA);
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+ if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+ {
+ /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the SPI Error Interrupt Bit */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+ /* Enable Rx DMA Request */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+error:
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+ return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit and Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @param pTxData pointer to transmission data buffer
+ * @param pRxData pointer to reception data buffer
+ * @note When the CRC feature is enabled the pRxData Length must be Size + 1
+ * @param Size amount of data to be sent
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData,
+ uint16_t Size)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp_mode;
+ HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef tmp_state;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Check rx & tx dma handles */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DMA_HANDLE(hspi->hdmarx));
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DMA_HANDLE(hspi->hdmatx));
+
+ /* Check Direction parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+ /* Init temporary variables */
+ tmp_state = hspi->State;
+ tmp_mode = hspi->Init.Mode;
+
+ if (!((tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) ||
+ ((tmp_mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (tmp_state == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX))))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_BUSY;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ if ((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Don't overwrite in case of HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX */
+ if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the transaction information */
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pTxData;
+ hspi->TxXferSize = Size;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pRxData;
+ hspi->RxXferSize = Size;
+ hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /* Init field not used in handle to zero */
+ hspi->RxISR = NULL;
+ hspi->TxISR = NULL;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+#if defined (STM32F030x6) || defined (STM32F030x8) || defined (STM32F031x6) || defined (STM32F038xx) || defined (STM32F051x8) || defined (STM32F058xx)
+ /* Packing mode management is enabled by the DMA settings */
+ if ((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->hdmarx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD))
+ {
+ /* Restriction the DMA data received is not allowed in this mode */
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ goto error;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Reset the threshold bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX | SPI_CR2_LDMARX);
+
+ /* The packing mode management is enabled by the DMA settings according the spi data size */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ /* Set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 16bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 8bit */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+
+ if (hspi->hdmatx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD)
+ {
+ if ((hspi->TxXferSize & 0x1U) == 0x0U)
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX);
+ hspi->TxXferCount = hspi->TxXferCount >> 1U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX);
+ hspi->TxXferCount = (hspi->TxXferCount >> 1U) + 1U;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (hspi->hdmarx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD)
+ {
+ /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 16bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+
+ if ((hspi->RxXferCount & 0x1U) == 0x0U)
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX);
+ hspi->RxXferCount = hspi->RxXferCount >> 1U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX);
+ hspi->RxXferCount = (hspi->RxXferCount >> 1U) + 1U;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check if we are in Rx only or in Rx/Tx Mode and configure the DMA transfer complete callback */
+ if (hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ /* Set the SPI Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt;
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMAReceiveCplt;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set the SPI Tx/Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt;
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the DMA AbortCpltCallback */
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the Rx DMA Stream/Channel */
+ if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hspi->pRxBuffPtr,
+ hspi->RxXferCount))
+ {
+ /* Update SPI error code */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA);
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable Rx DMA Request */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+ /* Set the SPI Tx DMA transfer complete callback as NULL because the communication closing
+ is performed in DMA reception complete callback */
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the Tx DMA Stream/Channel */
+ if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hspi->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR,
+ hspi->TxXferCount))
+ {
+ /* Update SPI error code */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA);
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ goto error;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
+ if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
+ {
+ /* Enable SPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
+ }
+ /* Enable the SPI Error Interrupt Bit */
+ __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+ /* Enable Tx DMA Request */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+
+error :
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+ return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing transfer (blocking mode).
+ * @param hspi SPI handle.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer (Tx and Rx),
+ * started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable SPI Interrupts (depending of transfer direction)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Abort(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode;
+ __IO uint32_t count;
+ __IO uint32_t resetcount;
+
+ /* Initialized local variable */
+ errorcode = HAL_OK;
+ resetcount = SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 24U / 1000U);
+ count = resetcount;
+
+ /* Clear ERRIE interrupt to avoid error interrupts generation during Abort procedure */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_ERRIE);
+
+ /* Disable TXEIE, RXNEIE and ERRIE(mode fault event, overrun error, TI frame error) interrupts */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXEIE))
+ {
+ hspi->TxISR = SPI_AbortTx_ISR;
+ /* Wait HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT state */
+ do
+ {
+ if (count == 0U)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+ break;
+ }
+ count--;
+ } while (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT);
+ /* Reset Timeout Counter */
+ count = resetcount;
+ }
+
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXNEIE))
+ {
+ hspi->RxISR = SPI_AbortRx_ISR;
+ /* Wait HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT state */
+ do
+ {
+ if (count == 0U)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+ break;
+ }
+ count--;
+ } while (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT);
+ /* Reset Timeout Counter */
+ count = resetcount;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN))
+ {
+ /* Abort the SPI DMA Tx Stream/Channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+ if (hspi->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the SPI DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Abort DMA Tx Handle linked to SPI Peripheral */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable Tx DMA Request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN));
+
+ if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable SPI Peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+ /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */
+ if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the SPI DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN))
+ {
+ /* Abort the SPI DMA Rx Stream/Channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+ if (hspi->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the SPI DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Abort DMA Rx Handle linked to SPI Peripheral */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+ /* Control the BSY flag */
+ if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */
+ if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable Rx DMA Request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN));
+ }
+ }
+ /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */
+ hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Check error during Abort procedure */
+ if (hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT)
+ {
+ /* return HAL_Error in case of error during Abort procedure */
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset errorCode */
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the SR register */
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG(hspi);
+
+ /* Restore hspi->state to ready */
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing transfer (Interrupt mode).
+ * @param hspi SPI handle.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer (Tx and Rx),
+ * started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable SPI Interrupts (depending of transfer direction)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback
+ * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be
+ * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Abort_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode;
+ uint32_t abortcplt ;
+ __IO uint32_t count;
+ __IO uint32_t resetcount;
+
+ /* Initialized local variable */
+ errorcode = HAL_OK;
+ abortcplt = 1U;
+ resetcount = SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 24U / 1000U);
+ count = resetcount;
+
+ /* Clear ERRIE interrupt to avoid error interrupts generation during Abort procedure */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_ERRIE);
+
+ /* Change Rx and Tx Irq Handler to Disable TXEIE, RXNEIE and ERRIE interrupts */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXEIE))
+ {
+ hspi->TxISR = SPI_AbortTx_ISR;
+ /* Wait HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT state */
+ do
+ {
+ if (count == 0U)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+ break;
+ }
+ count--;
+ } while (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT);
+ /* Reset Timeout Counter */
+ count = resetcount;
+ }
+
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXNEIE))
+ {
+ hspi->RxISR = SPI_AbortRx_ISR;
+ /* Wait HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT state */
+ do
+ {
+ if (count == 0U)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+ break;
+ }
+ count--;
+ } while (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT);
+ /* Reset Timeout Counter */
+ count = resetcount;
+ }
+
+ /* If DMA Tx and/or DMA Rx Handles are associated to SPI Handle, DMA Abort complete callbacks should be initialised
+ before any call to DMA Abort functions */
+ /* DMA Tx Handle is valid */
+ if (hspi->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if UART DMA Tx request if enabled.
+ Otherwise, set it to NULL */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN))
+ {
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = SPI_DMATxAbortCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ /* DMA Rx Handle is valid */
+ if (hspi->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if UART DMA Rx request if enabled.
+ Otherwise, set it to NULL */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN))
+ {
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = SPI_DMARxAbortCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN))
+ {
+ /* Abort the SPI DMA Tx Stream/Channel */
+ if (hspi->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Abort DMA Tx Handle linked to SPI Peripheral */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hspi->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ abortcplt = 0U;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Disable the SPI DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN))
+ {
+ /* Abort the SPI DMA Rx Stream/Channel */
+ if (hspi->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Abort DMA Rx Handle linked to SPI Peripheral */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hspi->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ abortcplt = 0U;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (abortcplt == 1U)
+ {
+ /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */
+ hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Check error during Abort procedure */
+ if (hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT)
+ {
+ /* return HAL_Error in case of error during Abort procedure */
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset errorCode */
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the SR register */
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG(hspi);
+
+ /* Restore hspi->State to Ready */
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->AbortCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Pause the DMA Transfer.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAPause(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+ /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Resume the DMA Transfer.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAResume(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
+
+ /* Enable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stop the DMA Transfer.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAStop(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK;
+ /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application
+ to call the HAL SPI API under callbacks HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback():
+ when calling HAL_DMA_Abort() API the DMA TX/RX Transfer complete interrupt is generated
+ and the correspond call back is executed HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback()
+ */
+
+ /* Abort the SPI DMA tx Stream/Channel */
+ if (hspi->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmatx))
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA);
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Abort the SPI DMA rx Stream/Channel */
+ if (hspi->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmarx))
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA);
+ errorcode = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ return errorcode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle SPI interrupt request.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_SPI_IRQHandler(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ uint32_t itsource = hspi->Instance->CR2;
+ uint32_t itflag = hspi->Instance->SR;
+
+ /* SPI in mode Receiver ----------------------------------------------------*/
+ if ((SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_OVR) == RESET) &&
+ (SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && (SPI_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsource, SPI_IT_RXNE) != RESET))
+ {
+ hspi->RxISR(hspi);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* SPI in mode Transmitter -------------------------------------------------*/
+ if ((SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_TXE) != RESET) && (SPI_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsource, SPI_IT_TXE) != RESET))
+ {
+ hspi->TxISR(hspi);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* SPI in Error Treatment --------------------------------------------------*/
+ if (((SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_MODF) != RESET) || (SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_OVR) != RESET)
+ || (SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_FRE) != RESET)) && (SPI_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(itsource, SPI_IT_ERR) != RESET))
+ {
+ /* SPI Overrun error interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/
+ if (SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_OVR) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_OVR);
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* SPI Mode Fault error interrupt occurred -------------------------------*/
+ if (SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_MODF) != RESET)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_MODF);
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_MODFFLAG(hspi);
+ }
+
+ /* SPI Frame error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/
+ if (SPI_CHECK_FLAG(itflag, SPI_FLAG_FRE) != RESET)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FRE);
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG(hspi);
+ }
+
+ if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Disable all interrupts */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_ERR);
+
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ /* Disable the SPI DMA requests if enabled */
+ if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(itsource, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN)) || (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(itsource, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN)))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN));
+
+ /* Abort the SPI DMA Rx channel */
+ if (hspi->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the SPI DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = SPI_DMAAbortOnError;
+ if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hspi->hdmarx))
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+ }
+ }
+ /* Abort the SPI DMA Tx channel */
+ if (hspi->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the SPI DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = SPI_DMAAbortOnError;
+ if (HAL_OK != HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hspi->hdmatx))
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hspi);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hspi);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx and Rx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hspi);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hspi);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx Half Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hspi);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback() should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx and Rx Half Transfer callback.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hspi);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback() should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief SPI error callback.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hspi);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback should be implemented in the user file
+ */
+ /* NOTE : The ErrorCode parameter in the hspi handle is updated by the SPI processes
+ and user can use HAL_SPI_GetError() API to check the latest error occurred
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief SPI Abort Complete callback.
+ * @param hspi SPI handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hspi);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ * @brief SPI control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SPI.
+ (+) HAL_SPI_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the SPI peripheral
+ (+) HAL_SPI_GetError() check in run-time Errors occurring during communication
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the SPI handle state.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval SPI state
+ */
+HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef HAL_SPI_GetState(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Return SPI handle state */
+ return hspi->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the SPI error code.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval SPI error code in bitmap format
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_SPI_GetError(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Return SPI ErrorCode */
+ return hspi->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup SPI_Private_Functions
+ * @brief Private functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SPI transmit process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* DMA Normal Mode */
+ if ((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) != DMA_CCR_CIRC)
+ {
+ /* Disable ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_ERR);
+
+ /* Disable Tx DMA Request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+
+ /* Check the end of the transaction */
+ if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear overrun flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received data is not read */
+ if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)
+ {
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+ }
+
+ hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Call user Tx complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->TxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SPI receive process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* DMA Normal Mode */
+ if ((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) != DMA_CCR_CIRC)
+ {
+ /* Disable ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_ERR);
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* CRC handling */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ /* Wait until RXNE flag */
+ if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Error on the CRC reception */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ }
+ /* Read CRC */
+ if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
+ {
+ /* Read 16bit CRC */
+ READ_REG(hspi->Instance->DR);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Read 8bit CRC */
+ READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT)
+ {
+ if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Error on the CRC reception */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ }
+ /* Read 8bit CRC again in case of 16bit CRC in 8bit Data mode */
+ READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Disable Rx/Tx DMA Request (done by default to handle the case master rx direction 2 lines) */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+ /* Check the end of the transaction */
+ if (SPI_EndRxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
+ }
+
+ hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Check if CRC error occurred */
+ if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR))
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Call user Rx complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->RxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SPI transmit receive process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* DMA Normal Mode */
+ if ((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) != DMA_CCR_CIRC)
+ {
+ /* Disable ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_ERR);
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* CRC handling */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ if ((hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_8BIT))
+ {
+ if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_QUARTER_FULL, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT,
+ tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Error on the CRC reception */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ }
+ /* Read CRC to Flush DR and RXNE flag */
+ READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_HALF_FULL, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Error on the CRC reception */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ }
+ /* Read CRC to Flush DR and RXNE flag */
+ READ_REG(hspi->Instance->DR);
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Check the end of the transaction */
+ if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable Rx/Tx DMA Request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+ hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Check if CRC error occurred */
+ if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR))
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Call user TxRx complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->TxRxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SPI half transmit process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+ /* Call user Tx half complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->TxHalfCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SPI half receive process complete callback
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+ /* Call user Rx half complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->RxHalfCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SPI half transmit receive process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+ /* Call user TxRx half complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->TxRxHalfCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SPI communication error callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+ /* Stop the disable DMA transfer on SPI side */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA);
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SPI communication abort callback, when initiated by HAL services on Error
+ * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure following error occurrence).
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+ hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SPI Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user
+ * (To be called at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request).
+ * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no
+ * Abort still ongoing for Rx DMA Handle.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+ hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Disable Tx DMA Request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
+
+ if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable SPI Peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+ /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */
+ if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */
+ if (hspi->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA Stream/Channel are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */
+ hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Check no error during Abort procedure */
+ if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT)
+ {
+ /* Reset errorCode */
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the SR register */
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG(hspi);
+
+ /* Restore hspi->State to Ready */
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Call user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->AbortCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA SPI Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user
+ * (To be called at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request).
+ * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no
+ * Abort still ongoing for Tx DMA Handle.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)(((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent); /* Derogation MISRAC2012-Rule-11.5 */
+
+ /* Disable SPI Peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+ hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Disable Rx DMA Request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
+
+ /* Control the BSY flag */
+ if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */
+ if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */
+ if (hspi->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA Stream/Channel are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */
+ hspi->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ hspi->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Check no error during Abort procedure */
+ if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT)
+ {
+ /* Reset errorCode */
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the SR register */
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG(hspi);
+
+ /* Restore hspi->State to Ready */
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Call user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->AbortCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx 8-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Receive data in packing mode */
+ if (hspi->RxXferCount > 1U)
+ {
+ *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = (uint16_t)(hspi->Instance->DR);
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->RxXferCount -= 2U;
+ if (hspi->RxXferCount == 1U)
+ {
+ /* Set RX Fifo threshold according the reception data length: 8bit */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+ }
+ }
+ /* Receive data in 8 Bit mode */
+ else
+ {
+ *hspi->pRxBuffPtr = *((__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr++;
+ hspi->RxXferCount--;
+ }
+
+ /* Check end of the reception */
+ if (hspi->RxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
+ hspi->RxISR = SPI_2linesRxISR_8BITCRC;
+ return;
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+ if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+/**
+ * @brief Rx 8-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Read 8bit CRC to flush Data Regsiter */
+ READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+
+ hspi->CRCSize--;
+
+ /* Check end of the reception */
+ if (hspi->CRCSize == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+ if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi);
+ }
+ }
+}
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx 8-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_2linesTxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Transmit data in packing Bit mode */
+ if (hspi->TxXferCount >= 2U)
+ {
+ hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->TxXferCount -= 2U;
+ }
+ /* Transmit data in 8 Bit mode */
+ else
+ {
+ *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr++;
+ hspi->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the end of the transmission */
+ if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set CRC Next Bit to send CRC */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+ /* Disable TXE interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE);
+ return;
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Disable TXE interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE);
+
+ if (hspi->RxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx 16-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Receive data in 16 Bit mode */
+ *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = (uint16_t)(hspi->Instance->DR);
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->RxXferCount--;
+
+ if (hspi->RxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ hspi->RxISR = SPI_2linesRxISR_16BITCRC;
+ return;
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Disable RXNE interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE);
+
+ if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+/**
+ * @brief Manage the CRC 16-bit receive for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Read 16bit CRC to flush Data Regsiter */
+ READ_REG(hspi->Instance->DR);
+
+ /* Disable RXNE interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE);
+
+ SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi);
+}
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx 16-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_2linesTxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */
+ hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->TxXferCount--;
+
+ /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+ if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ /* Set CRC Next Bit to send CRC */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+ /* Disable TXE interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE);
+ return;
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ /* Disable TXE interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE);
+
+ if (hspi->RxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+/**
+ * @brief Manage the CRC 8-bit receive in Interrupt context.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_RxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Read 8bit CRC to flush Data Register */
+ READ_REG(*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+
+ hspi->CRCSize--;
+
+ if (hspi->CRCSize == 0U)
+ {
+ SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi);
+ }
+}
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Manage the receive 8-bit in Interrupt context.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_RxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ *hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr++;
+ hspi->RxXferCount--;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+ if ((hspi->RxXferCount == 1U) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE))
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ if (hspi->RxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ hspi->RxISR = SPI_RxISR_8BITCRC;
+ return;
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+ SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi);
+ }
+}
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+/**
+ * @brief Manage the CRC 16-bit receive in Interrupt context.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_RxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Read 16bit CRC to flush Data Register */
+ READ_REG(hspi->Instance->DR);
+
+ /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+ SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi);
+}
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Manage the 16-bit receive in Interrupt context.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_RxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = (uint16_t)(hspi->Instance->DR);
+ hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->RxXferCount--;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+ if ((hspi->RxXferCount == 1U) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE))
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+
+ if (hspi->RxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ hspi->RxISR = SPI_RxISR_16BITCRC;
+ return;
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+ SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle the data 8-bit transmit in Interrupt mode.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_TxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr++;
+ hspi->TxXferCount--;
+
+ if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+ SPI_CloseTx_ISR(hspi);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle the data 16-bit transmit in Interrupt mode.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_TxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */
+ hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
+ hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
+ hspi->TxXferCount--;
+
+ if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable CRC Transmission */
+ SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+ SPI_CloseTx_ISR(hspi);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle SPI Communication Timeout.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @param Flag SPI flag to check
+ * @param State flag state to check
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @param Tickstart tick start value
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus State,
+ uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+ while ((__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, Flag) ? SET : RESET) != State)
+ {
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) >= Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ /* Disable the SPI and reset the CRC: the CRC value should be cleared
+ on both master and slave sides in order to resynchronize the master
+ and slave for their respective CRC calculation */
+
+ /* Disable TXE, RXNE and ERR interrupts for the interrupt process */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+ if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+ || (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY)))
+ {
+ /* Disable SPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+ }
+
+ /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+ }
+
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle SPI FIFO Communication Timeout.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @param Fifo Fifo to check
+ * @param State Fifo state to check
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @param Tickstart tick start value
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Fifo, uint32_t State,
+ uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+ while ((hspi->Instance->SR & Fifo) != State)
+ {
+ if ((Fifo == SPI_SR_FRLVL) && (State == SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY))
+ {
+ /* Read 8bit CRC to flush Data Register */
+ READ_REG(*((__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR));
+ }
+
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) >= Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ /* Disable the SPI and reset the CRC: the CRC value should be cleared
+ on both master and slave sides in order to resynchronize the master
+ and slave for their respective CRC calculation */
+
+ /* Disable TXE, RXNE and ERR interrupts for the interrupt process */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+ if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+ || (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY)))
+ {
+ /* Disable SPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+ }
+
+ /* Reset CRC Calculation */
+ if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
+ }
+
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle the check of the RX transaction complete.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @param Tickstart tick start value
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_EndRxTransaction(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+ if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+ || (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY)))
+ {
+ /* Disable SPI peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+ }
+
+ /* Control the BSY flag */
+ if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+
+ if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
+ || (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY)))
+ {
+ /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */
+ if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle the check of the RXTX or TX transaction complete.
+ * @param hspi SPI handle
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @param Tickstart tick start value
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart)
+{
+ /* Control if the TX fifo is empty */
+ if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FTLVL, SPI_FTLVL_EMPTY, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+
+ /* Control the BSY flag */
+ if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+
+ /* Control if the RX fifo is empty */
+ if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle the end of the RXTX transaction.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Disable ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_ERR);
+
+ /* Check the end of the transaction */
+ if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+ }
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Check if CRC error occurred */
+ if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET)
+ {
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+ if (hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ if (hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ /* Call user Rx complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->RxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ /* Call user TxRx complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->TxRxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle the end of the RX transaction.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_CloseRx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+ /* Check the end of the transaction */
+ if (SPI_EndRxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+ }
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ /* Check if CRC error occurred */
+ if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC);
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+ if (hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Call user Rx complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->RxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U)
+ }
+#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle the end of the TX transaction.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_CloseTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Disable TXE and ERR interrupt */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_ERR));
+
+ /* Check the end of the transaction */
+ if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear overrun flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received is not read */
+ if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)
+ {
+ __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
+ }
+
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
+ if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Call user Rx complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+ hspi->TxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#else
+ HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(hspi);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle abort a Rx transaction.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_AbortRx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t count;
+
+ /* Disable SPI Peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+ count = SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 24U / 1000U);
+
+ /* Disable RXNEIE interrupt */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_RXNEIE));
+
+ /* Check RXNEIE is disabled */
+ do
+ {
+ if (count == 0U)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+ break;
+ }
+ count--;
+ } while (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXNEIE));
+
+ /* Control the BSY flag */
+ if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */
+ if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle abort a Tx or Rx/Tx transaction.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for SPI module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void SPI_AbortTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t count;
+
+ count = SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 24U / 1000U);
+
+ /* Disable TXEIE interrupt */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_TXEIE));
+
+ /* Check TXEIE is disabled */
+ do
+ {
+ if (count == 0U)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+ break;
+ }
+ count--;
+ } while (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXEIE));
+
+ if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable SPI Peripheral */
+ __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
+
+ /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */
+ if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Check case of Full-Duplex Mode and disable directly RXNEIE interrupt */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXNEIE))
+ {
+ /* Disable RXNEIE interrupt */
+ CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_RXNEIE));
+
+ /* Check RXNEIE is disabled */
+ do
+ {
+ if (count == 0U)
+ {
+ SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT);
+ break;
+ }
+ count--;
+ } while (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXNEIE));
+
+ /* Control the BSY flag */
+ if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+
+ /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */
+ if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT;
+ }
+ }
+ hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_spi_ex.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_spi_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b746553 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_spi_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_spi_ex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief Extended SPI HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * SPI peripheral extended functionalities :
+ * + IO operation functions
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPIEx SPIEx
+ * @brief SPI Extended HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPIEx_Private_Constants SPIEx Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+#define SPI_FIFO_SIZE 4UL
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup SPIEx_Exported_Functions SPIEx Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup SPIEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 IO operation functions
+ * @brief Data transfers functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of extended functions to manage the SPI
+ data transfers.
+
+ (#) Rx data flush function:
+ (++) HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo()
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Flush the RX fifo.
+ * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t tmpreg;
+ uint8_t count = 0U;
+ while ((hspi->Instance->SR & SPI_FLAG_FRLVL) != SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY)
+ {
+ count++;
+ tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR;
+ UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
+ if (count == SPI_FIFO_SIZE)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_tim.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_tim.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..24648d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_tim.c @@ -0,0 +1,6767 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_tim.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief TIM HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Timer (TIM) peripheral:
+ * + TIM Time Base Initialization
+ * + TIM Time Base Start
+ * + TIM Time Base Start Interruption
+ * + TIM Time Base Start DMA
+ * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Initialization
+ * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Channel Configuration
+ * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start
+ * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start Interruption
+ * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start DMA
+ * + TIM Input Capture Initialization
+ * + TIM Input Capture Channel Configuration
+ * + TIM Input Capture Start
+ * + TIM Input Capture Start Interruption
+ * + TIM Input Capture Start DMA
+ * + TIM One Pulse Initialization
+ * + TIM One Pulse Channel Configuration
+ * + TIM One Pulse Start
+ * + TIM Encoder Interface Initialization
+ * + TIM Encoder Interface Start
+ * + TIM Encoder Interface Start Interruption
+ * + TIM Encoder Interface Start DMA
+ * + Commutation Event configuration with Interruption and DMA
+ * + TIM OCRef clear configuration
+ * + TIM External Clock configuration
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### TIMER Generic features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..] The Timer features include:
+ (#) 16-bit up, down, up/down auto-reload counter.
+ (#) 16-bit programmable prescaler allowing dividing (also on the fly) the
+ counter clock frequency either by any factor between 1 and 65536.
+ (#) Up to 4 independent channels for:
+ (++) Input Capture
+ (++) Output Compare
+ (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode)
+ (++) One-pulse mode output
+ (#) Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to interconnect
+ several timers together.
+ (#) Supports incremental encoder for positioning purposes
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions
+ depending on the selected feature:
+ (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit()
+ (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit()
+ (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit()
+ (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit()
+ (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit()
+ (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit()
+
+ (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources :
+ (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE();
+ (##) TIM pins configuration
+ (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function:
+ __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE();
+ (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init();
+
+ (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the
+ internal clock from the APBx), using the following function:
+ HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before
+ any start function.
+
+ (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the
+ Initialization function of this driver:
+ (++) HAL_TIM_Base_Init: to use the Timer to generate a simple time base
+ (++) HAL_TIM_OC_Init and HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate an
+ Output Compare signal.
+ (++) HAL_TIM_PWM_Init and HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate a
+ PWM signal.
+ (++) HAL_TIM_IC_Init and HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to measure an
+ external signal.
+ (++) HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init and HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer
+ in One Pulse Mode.
+ (++) HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init: to use the Timer Encoder Interface.
+
+ (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions depending from the feature used:
+ (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_Start(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT()
+ (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_Start(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT()
+ (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_Start(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT()
+ (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT()
+ (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(), HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT()
+ (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT().
+
+ (#) The DMA Burst is managed with the two following functions:
+ HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart()
+ HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart()
+
+ *** Callback registration ***
+ =============================================
+
+ [..]
+ The compilation define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
+ allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+
+ [..]
+ Use Function @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() to register a callback.
+ @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+ the Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+ [..]
+ Use function @ref HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
+ weak function.
+ @ref HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+ and the Callback ID.
+
+ [..]
+ These functions allow to register/unregister following callbacks:
+ (+) Base_MspInitCallback : TIM Base Msp Init Callback.
+ (+) Base_MspDeInitCallback : TIM Base Msp DeInit Callback.
+ (+) IC_MspInitCallback : TIM IC Msp Init Callback.
+ (+) IC_MspDeInitCallback : TIM IC Msp DeInit Callback.
+ (+) OC_MspInitCallback : TIM OC Msp Init Callback.
+ (+) OC_MspDeInitCallback : TIM OC Msp DeInit Callback.
+ (+) PWM_MspInitCallback : TIM PWM Msp Init Callback.
+ (+) PWM_MspDeInitCallback : TIM PWM Msp DeInit Callback.
+ (+) OnePulse_MspInitCallback : TIM One Pulse Msp Init Callback.
+ (+) OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback : TIM One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback.
+ (+) Encoder_MspInitCallback : TIM Encoder Msp Init Callback.
+ (+) Encoder_MspDeInitCallback : TIM Encoder Msp DeInit Callback.
+ (+) HallSensor_MspInitCallback : TIM Hall Sensor Msp Init Callback.
+ (+) HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback : TIM Hall Sensor Msp DeInit Callback.
+ (+) PeriodElapsedCallback : TIM Period Elapsed Callback.
+ (+) PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback : TIM Period Elapsed half complete Callback.
+ (+) TriggerCallback : TIM Trigger Callback.
+ (+) TriggerHalfCpltCallback : TIM Trigger half complete Callback.
+ (+) IC_CaptureCallback : TIM Input Capture Callback.
+ (+) IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback : TIM Input Capture half complete Callback.
+ (+) OC_DelayElapsedCallback : TIM Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback.
+ (+) PWM_PulseFinishedCallback : TIM PWM Pulse Finished Callback.
+ (+) PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback : TIM PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : TIM Error Callback.
+ (+) CommutationCallback : TIM Commutation Callback.
+ (+) CommutationHalfCpltCallback : TIM Commutation half complete Callback.
+ (+) BreakCallback : TIM Break Callback.
+
+ [..]
+By default, after the Init and when the state is HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET
+all interrupt callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions:
+ examples @ref HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(), @ref HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback().
+
+ [..]
+ Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are reset to the legacy weak
+ functionalities in the Init / DeInit only when these callbacks are null
+ (not registered beforehand). If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the Init / DeInit
+ keep and use the user MspInit / MspDeInit callbacks(registered beforehand)
+
+ [..]
+ Callbacks can be registered / unregistered in HAL_TIM_STATE_READY state only.
+ Exception done MspInit / MspDeInit that can be registered / unregistered
+ in HAL_TIM_STATE_READY or HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET state,
+ thus registered(user) MspInit / DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init / DeInit.
+ In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+ using @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() before calling DeInit or Init function.
+
+ [..]
+ When The compilation define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+ not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks
+ are set to the corresponding weak functions.
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM TIM
+ * @brief TIM HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup TIM_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config);
+static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config);
+static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config);
+static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
+static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t InputTriggerSource);
+static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+ TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions TIM Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group1 TIM Time Base functions
+ * @brief Time Base functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Time Base functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize and configure the TIM base.
+ (+) De-initialize the TIM base.
+ (+) Start the Time Base.
+ (+) Stop the Time Base.
+ (+) Start the Time Base and enable interrupt.
+ (+) Stop the Time Base and disable interrupt.
+ (+) Start the Time Base and enable DMA transfer.
+ (+) Stop the Time Base and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM Time base Unit according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
+ * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
+ * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
+ * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Base_Init()
+ * @param htim TIM Base handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+ if (htim == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
+ TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+ if (htim->Base_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit;
+ }
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ htim->Base_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ /* Set the TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Set the Time Base configuration */
+ TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+ /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Base peripheral
+ * @param htim TIM Base handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit;
+ }
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ /* Change TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM Base MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM Base handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes TIM Base MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM Base handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation.
+ * @param htim TIM Base handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Set the TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Change the TIM state*/
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation.
+ * @param htim TIM Base handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Set the TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Change the TIM state*/
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Base handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Enable the TIM Update interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Base handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ /* Disable the TIM Update interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in DMA mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Base handle
+ * @param pData The source Buffer address.
+ * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to peripheral.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+ else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->ARR, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the TIM Update DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in DMA mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Base handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE);
+
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Change the htim state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group2 TIM Output Compare functions
+ * @brief TIM Output Compare functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### TIM Output Compare functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Output Compare.
+ (+) De-initialize the TIM Output Compare.
+ (+) Start the TIM Output Compare.
+ (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare.
+ (+) Start the TIM Output Compare and enable interrupt.
+ (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare and disable interrupt.
+ (+) Start the TIM Output Compare and enable DMA transfer.
+ (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle.
+ * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
+ * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
+ * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
+ * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OC_Init()
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+ if (htim == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
+ TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+ if (htim->OC_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit;
+ }
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ htim->OC_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+ HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ /* Set the TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Init the base time for the Output Compare */
+ TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+ /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit;
+ }
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+ HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ /* Change TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes TIM Output Compare MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ /* Enable the Output compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Enable the main output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ /* Disable the Output compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Output compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Enable the main output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Output compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @param pData The source Buffer address.
+ * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+ else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Output compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Enable the main output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Output compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Change the htim state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group3 TIM PWM functions
+ * @brief TIM PWM functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### TIM PWM functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize and configure the TIM PWM.
+ (+) De-initialize the TIM PWM.
+ (+) Start the TIM PWM.
+ (+) Stop the TIM PWM.
+ (+) Start the TIM PWM and enable interrupt.
+ (+) Stop the TIM PWM and disable interrupt.
+ (+) Start the TIM PWM and enable DMA transfer.
+ (+) Stop the TIM PWM and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM Time Base according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle.
+ * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
+ * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
+ * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
+ * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_PWM_Init()
+ * @param htim TIM PWM handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+ if (htim == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
+ TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+ if (htim->PWM_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit;
+ }
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ htim->PWM_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+ HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ /* Set the TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Init the base time for the PWM */
+ TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+ /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral
+ * @param htim TIM PWM handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit;
+ }
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+ HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ /* Change TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM PWM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes TIM PWM MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM PWM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation.
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Enable the main output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation.
+ * @param htim TIM PWM handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ /* Disable the Capture compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Change the htim state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM PWM handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Enable the main output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM PWM handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Capture compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode.
+ * @param htim TIM PWM handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @param pData The source Buffer address.
+ * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+ else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Output Capture/Compare 3 request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Enable the main output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode.
+ * @param htim TIM PWM handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Capture compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Change the htim state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group4 TIM Input Capture functions
+ * @brief TIM Input Capture functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### TIM Input Capture functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Input Capture.
+ (+) De-initialize the TIM Input Capture.
+ (+) Start the TIM Input Capture.
+ (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture.
+ (+) Start the TIM Input Capture and enable interrupt.
+ (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture and disable interrupt.
+ (+) Start the TIM Input Capture and enable DMA transfer.
+ (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Time base according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle.
+ * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
+ * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
+ * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
+ * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_IC_Init()
+ * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+ if (htim == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
+ TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+ if (htim->IC_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit;
+ }
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ htim->IC_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+ HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ /* Set the TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Init the base time for the input capture */
+ TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+ /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral
+ * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit;
+ }
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+ HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ /* Change TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes TIM Input Capture MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement.
+ * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ /* Enable the Input Capture channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement.
+ * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ /* Disable the Input Capture channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ /* Enable the Input Capture channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Input Capture channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @param pData The destination Buffer address.
+ * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+ else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Input Capture channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Input Capture channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Change the htim state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group5 TIM One Pulse functions
+ * @brief TIM One Pulse functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### TIM One Pulse functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize and configure the TIM One Pulse.
+ (+) De-initialize the TIM One Pulse.
+ (+) Start the TIM One Pulse.
+ (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse.
+ (+) Start the TIM One Pulse and enable interrupt.
+ (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse and disable interrupt.
+ (+) Start the TIM One Pulse and enable DMA transfer.
+ (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Time Base according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle.
+ * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
+ * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
+ * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
+ * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init()
+ * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
+ * @param OnePulseMode Select the One pulse mode.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE: Only one pulse will be generated.
+ * @arg TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE: Repetitive pulses will be generated.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OnePulseMode)
+{
+ /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+ if (htim == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(OnePulseMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
+ TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+ if (htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit;
+ }
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+ HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ /* Set the TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Configure the Time base in the One Pulse Mode */
+ TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+ /* Reset the OPM Bit */
+ htim->Instance->CR1 &= ~TIM_CR1_OPM;
+
+ /* Configure the OPM Mode */
+ htim->Instance->CR1 |= OnePulseMode;
+
+ /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the TIM One Pulse
+ * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit;
+ }
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ /* Change TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes TIM One Pulse MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation.
+ * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
+ * @param OutputChannel TIM Channels to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(OutputChannel);
+
+ /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
+ (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+ if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
+ if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
+ in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together
+
+ No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware
+ (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */
+
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Enable the main output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation.
+ * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
+ * @param OutputChannel TIM Channels to be disable
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(OutputChannel);
+
+ /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
+ (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+ if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
+ if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
+ in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */
+
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
+ * @param OutputChannel TIM Channels to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(OutputChannel);
+
+ /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
+ (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+ if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
+ if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
+ in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together
+
+ No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware
+ (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */
+
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Enable the main output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
+ * @param OutputChannel TIM Channels to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(OutputChannel);
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+
+ /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
+ (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+ if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
+ if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
+ in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group6 TIM Encoder functions
+ * @brief TIM Encoder functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### TIM Encoder functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Encoder.
+ (+) De-initialize the TIM Encoder.
+ (+) Start the TIM Encoder.
+ (+) Stop the TIM Encoder.
+ (+) Start the TIM Encoder and enable interrupt.
+ (+) Stop the TIM Encoder and disable interrupt.
+ (+) Start the TIM Encoder and enable DMA transfer.
+ (+) Stop the TIM Encoder and disable DMA transfer.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse)
+ * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction
+ * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.
+ * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init()
+ * @note Encoder mode and External clock mode 2 are not compatible and must not be selected together
+ * Ex: A call for @ref HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init will erase the settings of @ref HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource
+ * using TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2 and vice versa
+ * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+ * @param sConfig TIM Encoder Interface configuration structure
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef *sConfig)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+ uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+ /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+ if (htim == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(sConfig->EncoderMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC1Selection));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC2Selection));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODERINPUT_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODERINPUT_POLARITY(sConfig->IC2Polarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC2Prescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC2Filter));
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */
+ TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+ if (htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit;
+ }
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+ HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ /* Set the TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Reset the SMS and ECE bits */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_ECE);
+
+ /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */
+ TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+ /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER;
+
+ /* Set the encoder Mode */
+ tmpsmcr |= sConfig->EncoderMode;
+
+ /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */
+ tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S);
+ tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Selection | (sConfig->IC2Selection << 8U));
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 prescalers and filters */
+ tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC | TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC);
+ tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC2F);
+ tmpccmr1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler | (sConfig->IC2Prescaler << 8U);
+ tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Filter << 4U) | (sConfig->IC2Filter << 12U);
+
+ /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */
+ tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC2P);
+ tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1NP | TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
+ tmpccer |= sConfig->IC1Polarity | (sConfig->IC2Polarity << 4U);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer;
+
+ /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Encoder interface
+ * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit;
+ }
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ /* Change TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes TIM Encoder Interface MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface.
+ * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Enable the encoder interface channels */
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default :
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface.
+ * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2
+ (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default :
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Enable the encoder interface channels */
+ /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and/or 2 */
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default :
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2
+ (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */
+ if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ }
+ else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 2 */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and 2 */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Change the htim state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+ * @param pData1 The destination Buffer address for IC1.
+ * @param pData2 The destination Buffer address for IC2.
+ * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData1,
+ uint32_t *pData2, uint16_t Length)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+ else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((((pData1 == NULL) || (pData2 == NULL))) && (Length > 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError;
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_ALL:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+ /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2
+ (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */
+ if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+ }
+ else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 2 */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 and 2 */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Change the htim state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group7 TIM IRQ handler management
+ * @brief TIM IRQ handler management
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### IRQ handler management #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides Timer IRQ handler function.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles TIM interrupts requests.
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Capture compare 1 event */
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC1) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC1) != RESET)
+ {
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+
+ /* Input capture event */
+ if ((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) != 0x00U)
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ /* Output compare event */
+ else
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+ htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+ HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Capture compare 2 event */
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC2) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC2) != RESET)
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+ /* Input capture event */
+ if ((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) != 0x00U)
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ /* Output compare event */
+ else
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+ htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+ HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Capture compare 3 event */
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC3) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC3) != RESET)
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+ /* Input capture event */
+ if ((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC3S) != 0x00U)
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ /* Output compare event */
+ else
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+ htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+ HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Capture compare 4 event */
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC4) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC4) != RESET)
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
+ /* Input capture event */
+ if ((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC4S) != 0x00U)
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ /* Output compare event */
+ else
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+ htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
+ HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+ }
+ }
+ /* TIM Update event */
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_UPDATE) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE) != RESET)
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ /* TIM Break input event */
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_BREAK) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK) != RESET)
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->BreakCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ /* TIM Trigger detection event */
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER) != RESET)
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER);
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->TriggerCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ /* TIM commutation event */
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM) != RESET)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_COM) != RESET)
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM);
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->CommutationCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group8 TIM Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief TIM Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Configure The Input Output channels for OC, PWM, IC or One Pulse mode.
+ (+) Configure External Clock source.
+ (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time.
+ (+) Configure Master and the Slave synchronization.
+ (+) Configure the DMA Burst Mode.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare Channels according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @param sConfig TIM Output Compare configuration structure
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to configure
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+ TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *sConfig,
+ uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(sConfig->OCMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Configure the TIM Channel 1 in Output Compare */
+ TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Configure the TIM Channel 2 in Output Compare */
+ TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Configure the TIM Channel 3 in Output Compare */
+ TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Configure the TIM Channel 4 in Output Compare */
+ TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Channels according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_IC_InitTypeDef.
+ * @param htim TIM IC handle
+ * @param sConfig TIM Input Capture configuration structure
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to configure
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->ICPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->ICSelection));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->ICPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->ICFilter));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
+ {
+ /* TI1 Configuration */
+ TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+ sConfig->ICPolarity,
+ sConfig->ICSelection,
+ sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+ /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC;
+
+ /* Set the IC1PSC value */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler;
+ }
+ else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
+ {
+ /* TI2 Configuration */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+ sConfig->ICPolarity,
+ sConfig->ICSelection,
+ sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+ /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC;
+
+ /* Set the IC2PSC value */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U);
+ }
+ else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_3)
+ {
+ /* TI3 Configuration */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ TIM_TI3_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+ sConfig->ICPolarity,
+ sConfig->ICSelection,
+ sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+ /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC;
+
+ /* Set the IC3PSC value */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* TI4 Configuration */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ TIM_TI4_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+ sConfig->ICPolarity,
+ sConfig->ICSelection,
+ sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+ /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC;
+
+ /* Set the IC4PSC value */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U);
+ }
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM channels according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef.
+ * @param htim TIM PWM handle
+ * @param sConfig TIM PWM configuration structure
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be configured
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+ TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *sConfig,
+ uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_PWM_MODE(sConfig->OCMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_FAST_STATE(sConfig->OCFastMode));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Configure the Channel 1 in PWM mode */
+ TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+
+ /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel1 */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE;
+
+ /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE;
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Configure the Channel 2 in PWM mode */
+ TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+
+ /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel2 */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE;
+
+ /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE;
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Configure the Channel 3 in PWM mode */
+ TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+
+ /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel3 */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE;
+
+ /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE;
+ htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Configure the Channel 4 in PWM mode */
+ TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
+
+ /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel4 */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE;
+
+ /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE;
+ htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Channels according to the specified
+ * parameters in the TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef.
+ * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
+ * @param sConfig TIM One Pulse configuration structure
+ * @param OutputChannel TIM output channel to configure
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @param InputChannel TIM input Channel to configure
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @note To output a waveform with a minimum delay user can enable the fast
+ * mode by calling the @ref __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_OCxFAST macro. Then CCx
+ * output is forced in response to the edge detection on TIx input,
+ * without taking in account the comparison.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef *sConfig,
+ uint32_t OutputChannel, uint32_t InputChannel)
+{
+ TIM_OC_InitTypeDef temp1;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(OutputChannel));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(InputChannel));
+
+ if (OutputChannel != InputChannel)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Extract the Output compare configuration from sConfig structure */
+ temp1.OCMode = sConfig->OCMode;
+ temp1.Pulse = sConfig->Pulse;
+ temp1.OCPolarity = sConfig->OCPolarity;
+ temp1.OCNPolarity = sConfig->OCNPolarity;
+ temp1.OCIdleState = sConfig->OCIdleState;
+ temp1.OCNIdleState = sConfig->OCNIdleState;
+
+ switch (OutputChannel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1);
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ switch (InputChannel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity,
+ sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+ /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC;
+
+ /* Select the Trigger source */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+ htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1FP1;
+
+ /* Select the Slave Mode */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER;
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity,
+ sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter);
+
+ /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC;
+
+ /* Select the Trigger source */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+ htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI2FP2;
+
+ /* Select the Slave Mode */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR
+ * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
+ * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address.
+ * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
+ * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
+ * @note This function should be used only when BurstLength is equal to DMA data transfer length.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress,
+ uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength)
+{
+ return HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiWriteStart(htim, BurstBaseAddress, BurstRequestSrc, BurstBuffer, BurstLength,
+ ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer multiple Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR
+ * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
+ * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address.
+ * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
+ * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
+ * @param DataLength Data length. This parameter can be one value
+ * between 1 and 0xFFFF.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiWriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress,
+ uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer,
+ uint32_t BurstLength, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_DATA_LENGTH(DataLength));
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+ else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((BurstBuffer == NULL) && (BurstLength > 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+ switch (BurstRequestSrc)
+ {
+ case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+ (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC1:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+ (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC2:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+ (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC3:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+ (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC4:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+ (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_COM:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA commutation callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+ (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA trigger callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+ (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the DMA Burst Mode */
+ htim->Instance->DCR = (BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength);
+ /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM DMA Burst mode
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources to disable
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
+
+ /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */
+ switch (BurstRequestSrc)
+ {
+ case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC1:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC2:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC3:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC4:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_COM:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]);
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (HAL_OK == status)
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data read
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR
+ * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
+ * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address.
+ * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
+ * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
+ * @note This function should be used only when BurstLength is equal to DMA data transfer length.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress,
+ uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength)
+{
+ return HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiReadStart(htim, BurstBaseAddress, BurstRequestSrc, BurstBuffer, BurstLength,
+ ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data read
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
+ * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR
+ * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
+ * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
+ * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address.
+ * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
+ * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
+ * @param DataLength Data length. This parameter can be one value
+ * between 1 and 0xFFFF.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress,
+ uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer,
+ uint32_t BurstLength, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_DATA_LENGTH(DataLength));
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+ else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((BurstBuffer == NULL) && (BurstLength > 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+ switch (BurstRequestSrc)
+ {
+ case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+ DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC1:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+ DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC2:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+ DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC3:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+ DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC4:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+ DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_COM:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA commutation callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+ DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA trigger callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer,
+ DataLength) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the DMA Burst Mode */
+ htim->Instance->DCR = (BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength);
+
+ /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stop the DMA burst reading
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources to disable.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
+
+ /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */
+ switch (BurstRequestSrc)
+ {
+ case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC1:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC2:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC3:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_CC4:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_COM:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]);
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (HAL_OK == status)
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Generate a software event
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param EventSource specifies the event source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE: Timer update Event source
+ * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source
+ * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source
+ * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source
+ * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source
+ * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM: Timer COM event source
+ * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER: Timer Trigger Event source
+ * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK: Timer Break event source
+ * @note Basic timers can only generate an update event.
+ * @note TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM is relevant only with advanced timer instances.
+ * @note TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK are relevant only for timer instances
+ * supporting a break input.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t EventSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(EventSource));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ /* Change the TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Set the event sources */
+ htim->Instance->EGR = EventSource;
+
+ /* Change the TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the OCRef clear feature
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param sClearInputConfig pointer to a TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the OCREF clear feature and parameters for the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param Channel specifies the TIM Channel
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+ TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef *sClearInputConfig,
+ uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_SOURCE(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ switch (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource)
+ {
+ case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_NONE:
+ {
+ /* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit and the the ETR Bits */
+ CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->SMCR, (TIM_SMCR_OCCS | TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP));
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_OCREFCLR:
+ {
+ /* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->SMCR, TIM_SMCR_OCCS);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_POLARITY(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_PRESCALER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_FILTER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter));
+
+ /* When OCRef clear feature is used with ETR source, ETR prescaler must be off */
+ if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler != TIM_CLEARINPUTPRESCALER_DIV1)
+ {
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+ sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler,
+ sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity,
+ sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter);
+
+ /* Set the OCREF clear selection bit */
+ SET_BIT(htim->Instance->SMCR, TIM_SMCR_OCCS);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 1 */
+ SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 1 */
+ CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 2 */
+ SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 2 */
+ CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 3 */
+ SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 3 */
+ CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 4 */
+ SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 4 */
+ CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the clock source to be used
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param sClockSourceConfig pointer to a TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the clock source information for the TIM peripheral.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef *sClockSourceConfig)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE(sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource));
+
+ /* Reset the SMS, TS, ECE, ETPS and ETRF bits */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
+ tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS);
+ tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP);
+ htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+
+ switch (sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource)
+ {
+ case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL:
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1:
+ {
+ /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 1 (ETRF)*/
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
+
+ /* Configure the ETR Clock source */
+ TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+ sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler,
+ sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
+ sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
+
+ /* Select the External clock mode1 and the ETRF trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
+ tmpsmcr |= (TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1 | TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1);
+ /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2:
+ {
+ /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 2 (ETRF)*/
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
+
+ /* Configure the ETR Clock source */
+ TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+ sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler,
+ sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
+ sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
+ /* Enable the External clock mode2 */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1:
+ {
+ /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
+
+ TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
+ sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
+ sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
+ TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2:
+ {
+ /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 (ETRF)*/
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Check TI2 input conditioning related parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
+
+ TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
+ sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
+ sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
+ TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED:
+ {
+ /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
+
+ TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
+ sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
+ sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
+ TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0:
+ case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1:
+ case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2:
+ case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3:
+ {
+ /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports internal trigger input */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the signal connected to the TI1 input: direct from CH1_input
+ * or a XOR combination between CH1_input, CH2_input & CH3_input
+ * @param htim TIM handle.
+ * @param TI1_Selection Indicate whether or not channel 1 is connected to the
+ * output of a XOR gate.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1: The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input
+ * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION: The TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3
+ * pins are connected to the TI1 input (XOR combination)
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t TI1_Selection)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TI1SELECTION(TI1_Selection));
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2;
+
+ /* Reset the TI1 selection */
+ tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_TI1S;
+
+ /* Set the TI1 selection */
+ tmpcr2 |= TI1_Selection;
+
+ /* Write to TIMxCR2 */
+ htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode
+ * @param htim TIM handle.
+ * @param sSlaveConfig pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered
+ * timer input or external trigger input) and the Slave mode
+ * (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger));
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ if (TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable Trigger Interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER);
+
+ /* Disable Trigger DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER);
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode in interrupt mode
+ * @param htim TIM handle.
+ * @param sSlaveConfig pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered
+ * timer input or external trigger input) and the Slave mode
+ * (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+ TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger));
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ if (TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable Trigger Interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER);
+
+ /* Disable Trigger DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER);
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Read the captured value from Capture Compare unit
+ * @param htim TIM handle.
+ * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
+ * @retval Captured value
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg = 0U;
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Return the capture 1 value */
+ tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR1;
+
+ break;
+ }
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Return the capture 2 value */
+ tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR2;
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Return the capture 3 value */
+ tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR3;
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Return the capture 4 value */
+ tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR4;
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group9 TIM Callbacks functions
+ * @brief TIM Callbacks functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### TIM Callbacks functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides TIM callback functions:
+ (+) TIM Period elapsed callback
+ (+) TIM Output Compare callback
+ (+) TIM Input capture callback
+ (+) TIM Trigger callback
+ (+) TIM Error callback
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Period elapsed callback in non-blocking mode
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Period elapsed half complete callback in non-blocking mode
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Output Compare callback in non-blocking mode
+ * @param htim TIM OC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Input Capture callback in non-blocking mode
+ * @param htim TIM IC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Input Capture half complete callback in non-blocking mode
+ * @param htim TIM IC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief PWM Pulse finished callback in non-blocking mode
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief PWM Pulse finished half complete callback in non-blocking mode
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Hall Trigger detection callback in non-blocking mode
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Hall Trigger detection half complete callback in non-blocking mode
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Timer error callback in non-blocking mode
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+ * @brief Register a User TIM callback to be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+ * @param htim tim handle
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID Base MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Base MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID IC MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID IC MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID OC MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID OC MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID PWM MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID PWM MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID Period Elapsed Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID Period Elapsed half complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID Trigger Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID Trigger half complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID Input Capture Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID Input Capture half complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID Commutation Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID Commutation half complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID Break Callback ID
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the callback function
+ * @retval status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
+ pTIM_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Base_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->IC_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OC_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID :
+ htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID :
+ htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID :
+ htim->TriggerCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID :
+ htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID :
+ htim->IC_CaptureCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID :
+ htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID :
+ htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID :
+ htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID :
+ htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ htim->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID :
+ htim->CommutationCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID :
+ htim->CommutationHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID :
+ htim->BreakCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Base_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->IC_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OC_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister a TIM callback
+ * TIM callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+ * @param htim tim handle
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID Base MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Base MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID IC MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID IC MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID OC MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID OC MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID PWM MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID PWM MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Hall Sensor MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID Period Elapsed Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID Period Elapsed half complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID Trigger Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID Trigger half complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID Input Capture Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID Input Capture half complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID Commutation Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID Commutation half complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID Break Callback ID
+ * @retval status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit; /* Legacy weak Base MspInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak Base Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak IC Msp Init Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak IC Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak OC Msp Init Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak OC Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit; /* Legacy weak PWM Msp Init Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak PWM Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit; /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp Init Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit; /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp Init Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit; /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp Init Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID :
+ htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback; /* Legacy weak Period Elapsed Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID :
+ htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak Period Elapsed half complete Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID :
+ htim->TriggerCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback; /* Legacy weak Trigger Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID :
+ htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak Trigger half complete Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID :
+ htim->IC_CaptureCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback; /* Legacy weak IC Capture Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID :
+ htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak IC Capture half complete Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID :
+ htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback; /* Legacy weak OC Delay Elapsed Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID :
+ htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback; /* Legacy weak PWM Pulse Finished Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID :
+ htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ htim->ErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak Error Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_CB_ID :
+ htim->CommutationCallback = HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback; /* Legacy weak Commutation Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_COMMUTATION_HALF_CB_ID :
+ htim->CommutationHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak Commutation half complete Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_BREAK_CB_ID :
+ htim->BreakCallback = HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback; /* Legacy weak Break Callback */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit; /* Legacy weak Base MspInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak Base Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak IC Msp Init Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak IC Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak OC Msp Init Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak OC Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit; /* Legacy weak PWM Msp Init Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak PWM Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit; /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp Init Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit; /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp Init Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit; /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp Init Callback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak Hall Sensor Msp DeInit Callback */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group10 TIM Peripheral State functions
+ * @brief TIM Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral State functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+ and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the TIM Base handle state.
+ * @param htim TIM Base handle
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the TIM OC handle state.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the TIM PWM handle state.
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the TIM Input Capture handle state.
+ * @param htim TIM IC handle
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the TIM One Pulse Mode handle state.
+ * @param htim TIM OPM handle
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the TIM Encoder Mode handle state.
+ * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions TIM Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief TIM DMA error callback
+ * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->ErrorCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief TIM DMA Delay Pulse complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+ }
+ else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+ }
+ else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+ }
+ else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief TIM DMA Delay Pulse half complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+ }
+ else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+ }
+ else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+ }
+ else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief TIM DMA Capture complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_DMACaptureCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+ }
+ else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+ }
+ else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+ }
+ else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief TIM DMA Capture half complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
+ }
+ else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
+ }
+ else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
+ }
+ else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
+ {
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief TIM DMA Period Elapse complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief TIM DMA Period Elapse half complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief TIM DMA Trigger callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->TriggerCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief TIM DMA Trigger half complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Time Base configuration
+ * @param TIMx TIM peripheral
+ * @param Structure TIM Base configuration structure
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_Base_InitTypeDef *Structure)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpcr1;
+ tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1;
+
+ /* Set TIM Time Base Unit parameters ---------------------------------------*/
+ if (IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+ {
+ /* Select the Counter Mode */
+ tmpcr1 &= ~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS);
+ tmpcr1 |= Structure->CounterMode;
+ }
+
+ if (IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+ {
+ /* Set the clock division */
+ tmpcr1 &= ~TIM_CR1_CKD;
+ tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)Structure->ClockDivision;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the auto-reload preload */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpcr1, TIM_CR1_ARPE, Structure->AutoReloadPreload);
+
+ TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1;
+
+ /* Set the Autoreload value */
+ TIMx->ARR = (uint32_t)Structure->Period ;
+
+ /* Set the Prescaler value */
+ TIMx->PSC = Structure->Prescaler;
+
+ if (IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+ {
+ /* Set the Repetition Counter value */
+ TIMx->RCR = Structure->RepetitionCounter;
+ }
+
+ /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler
+ and the repetition counter (only for advanced timer) value immediately */
+ TIMx->EGR = TIM_EGR_UG;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Timer Output Compare 1 configuration
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+ * @param OC_Config The ouput configuration structure
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmrx;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+ uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */
+ tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M;
+ tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S;
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1P;
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCPolarity;
+
+ if (IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_1))
+ {
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity));
+
+ /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NP;
+ /* Set the Output N Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCNPolarity;
+ /* Reset the Output N State */
+ tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NE;
+ }
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+ {
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState));
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
+ tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1;
+ tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1N;
+ /* Set the Output Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCIdleState;
+ /* Set the Output N Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCNIdleState;
+ }
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+ TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx;
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR1 = OC_Config->Pulse;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Timer Output Compare 2 configuration
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+ * @param OC_Config The ouput configuration structure
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmrx;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+ uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+ tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M;
+ tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S;
+
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U);
+
+ /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2P;
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 4U);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_2))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity));
+
+ /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NP;
+ /* Set the Output N Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 4U);
+ /* Reset the Output N State */
+ tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NE;
+
+ }
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+ {
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState));
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
+ tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2;
+ tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2N;
+ /* Set the Output Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 2U);
+ /* Set the Output N Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 2U);
+ }
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+ TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx;
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR2 = OC_Config->Pulse;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Timer Output Compare 3 configuration
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+ * @param OC_Config The ouput configuration structure
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmrx;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+ uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+ tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+ tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M;
+ tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S;
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3P;
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 8U);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_3))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity));
+
+ /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NP;
+ /* Set the Output N Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 8U);
+ /* Reset the Output N State */
+ tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NE;
+ }
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+ {
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState));
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
+ tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3;
+ tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3N;
+ /* Set the Output Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 4U);
+ /* Set the Output N Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 4U);
+ }
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+ TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx;
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR3 = OC_Config->Pulse;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Timer Output Compare 4 configuration
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+ * @param OC_Config The ouput configuration structure
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmrx;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+ uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+ tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2;
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+ tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M;
+ tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S;
+
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U);
+
+ /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
+ tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4P;
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 12U);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+ {
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState));
+
+ /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */
+ tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS4;
+
+ /* Set the Output Idle state */
+ tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 6U);
+ }
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+ TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx;
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ TIMx->CCR4 = OC_Config->Pulse;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Slave Timer configuration function
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param sSlaveConfig Slave timer configuration
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+ TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+ uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
+
+ /* Reset the Trigger Selection Bits */
+ tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+ /* Set the Input Trigger source */
+ tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger;
+
+ /* Reset the slave mode Bits */
+ tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ /* Set the slave mode */
+ tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Configure the trigger prescaler, filter, and polarity */
+ switch (sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)
+ {
+ case TIM_TS_ETRF:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
+ /* Configure the ETR Trigger source */
+ TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
+ sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler,
+ sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
+ sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_TS_TI1F_ED:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
+
+ if(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode == TIM_SLAVEMODE_GATED)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+ tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER;
+ htim->Instance->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
+ tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Set the filter */
+ tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F;
+ tmpccmr1 |= ((sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter) << 4U);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+ htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_TS_TI1FP1:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
+
+ /* Configure TI1 Filter and Polarity */
+ TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
+ sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
+ sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_TS_TI2FP2:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
+
+ /* Configure TI2 Filter and Polarity */
+ TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
+ sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
+ sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_TS_ITR0:
+ case TIM_TS_ITR1:
+ case TIM_TS_ITR2:
+ case TIM_TS_ITR3:
+ {
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TI1 as Input.
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
+ * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+ * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+ * @retval None
+ * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI2FP1
+ * (on channel2 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be
+ * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
+ */
+void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+ /* Select the Input */
+ if (IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET)
+ {
+ tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S;
+ tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ICSelection;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the filter */
+ tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F;
+ tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC1F);
+
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP);
+ tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity & (TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP));
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI1.
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
+ * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+ TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+
+ /* Set the filter */
+ tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F;
+ tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 4U);
+
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP);
+ tmpccer |= TIM_ICPolarity;
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TI2 as Input.
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
+ * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+ * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+ * @retval None
+ * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI1FP2
+ * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be
+ * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
+ */
+static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+ /* Select the Input */
+ tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S;
+ tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U);
+
+ /* Set the filter */
+ tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F;
+ tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC2F);
+
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
+ tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 4U) & (TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP));
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ;
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI2.
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral.
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
+ * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
+ tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+ /* Set the filter */
+ tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F;
+ tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 12U);
+
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
+ tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity << 4U);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
+ TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ;
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TI3 as Input.
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
+ * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+ * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+ * @retval None
+ * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI3FP4
+ * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be
+ * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
+ */
+static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr2;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E;
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+ /* Select the Input */
+ tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S;
+ tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ICSelection;
+
+ /* Set the filter */
+ tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F;
+ tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC3F);
+
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP);
+ tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 8U) & (TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP));
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TI4 as Input.
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+ * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
+ * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
+ * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3.
+ * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC.
+ * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
+ * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI4FP3
+ * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be
+ * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
+ uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr2;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E;
+ tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
+ tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
+
+ /* Select the Input */
+ tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S;
+ tmpccmr2 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U);
+
+ /* Set the filter */
+ tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4F;
+ tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC4F);
+
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */
+ tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP);
+ tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 12U) & (TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP));
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */
+ TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
+ TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Selects the Input Trigger source
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+ * @param InputTriggerSource The Input Trigger source.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3
+ * @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector
+ * @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1
+ * @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t InputTriggerSource)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+ tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
+ /* Reset the TS Bits */
+ tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+ /* Set the Input Trigger source and the slave mode*/
+ tmpsmcr |= (InputTriggerSource | TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1);
+ /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+ TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+}
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR).
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+ * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler The external Trigger Prescaler.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV1: ETRP Prescaler OFF.
+ * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2.
+ * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4.
+ * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8.
+ * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity The external Trigger Polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_INVERTED: active low or falling edge active.
+ * @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_NONINVERTED: active high or rising edge active.
+ * @param ExtTRGFilter External Trigger Filter.
+ * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler,
+ uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
+
+ /* Reset the ETR Bits */
+ tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP);
+
+ /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */
+ tmpsmcr |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (ExtTRGFilter << 8U)));
+
+ /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+ TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x.
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+ * @param Channel specifies the TIM Channel
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4
+ * @param ChannelState specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state.
+ * This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_ENABLE or TIM_CCx_DISABLE.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
+
+ tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1E << (Channel & 0x1FU); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */
+
+ /* Reset the CCxE Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp;
+
+ /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelState << (Channel & 0x1FU)); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+ * @brief Reset interrupt callbacks to the legacy weak callbacks.
+ * @param htim pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for TIM module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM_ResetCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Reset the TIM callback to the legacy weak callbacks */
+ htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback; /* Legacy weak PeriodElapsedCallback */
+ htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback */
+ htim->TriggerCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback; /* Legacy weak TriggerCallback */
+ htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TriggerHalfCpltCallback */
+ htim->IC_CaptureCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback; /* Legacy weak IC_CaptureCallback */
+ htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback */
+ htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback; /* Legacy weak OC_DelayElapsedCallback */
+ htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback; /* Legacy weak PWM_PulseFinishedCallback */
+ htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback */
+ htim->ErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+ htim->CommutationCallback = HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback; /* Legacy weak CommutationCallback */
+ htim->CommutationHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak CommutationHalfCpltCallback */
+ htim->BreakCallback = HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback; /* Legacy weak BreakCallback */
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_tim_ex.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_tim_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba50c15 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_tim_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,1939 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_tim_ex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief TIM HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Timer Extended peripheral:
+ * + Time Hall Sensor Interface Initialization
+ * + Time Hall Sensor Interface Start
+ * + Time Complementary signal break and dead time configuration
+ * + Time Master and Slave synchronization configuration
+ * + Time OCRef clear configuration
+ * + Timer remapping capabilities configuration
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### TIMER Extended features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ The Timer Extended features include:
+ (#) Complementary outputs with programmable dead-time for :
+ (++) Output Compare
+ (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode)
+ (++) One-pulse mode output
+ (#) Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to
+ interconnect several timers together.
+ (#) Break input to put the timer output signals in reset state or in a known state.
+ (#) Supports incremental (quadrature) encoder and hall-sensor circuitry for
+ positioning purposes
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions
+ depending on the selected feature:
+ (++) Hall Sensor output : HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit()
+
+ (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources :
+ (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE();
+ (##) TIM pins configuration
+ (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function:
+ __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE();
+ (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init();
+
+ (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the
+ internal clock from the APBx), using the following function:
+ HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before
+ any start function.
+
+ (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the
+ initialization function of this driver:
+ (++) HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init() and HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent(): to use the
+ Timer Hall Sensor Interface and the commutation event with the corresponding
+ Interrupt and DMA request if needed (Note that One Timer is used to interface
+ with the Hall sensor Interface and another Timer should be used to use
+ the commutation event).
+
+ (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions:
+ (++) Complementary Output Compare : HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_OC_Start_IT()
+ (++) Complementary PWM generation : HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT()
+ (++) Complementary One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT()
+ (++) Hall Sensor output : HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT().
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx TIMEx
+ * @brief TIM Extended HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+static void TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelNState);
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions TIM Extended Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Timer Hall Sensor functions
+ * @brief Timer Hall Sensor functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Timer Hall Sensor functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize and configure TIM HAL Sensor.
+ (+) De-initialize TIM HAL Sensor.
+ (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface.
+ (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface.
+ (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface and enable interrupts.
+ (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface and disable interrupts.
+ (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface and enable DMA transfers.
+ (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface and disable DMA transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM Hall Sensor Interface and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+ * @param sConfig TIM Hall Sensor configuration structure
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef *sConfig)
+{
+ TIM_OC_InitTypeDef OC_Config;
+
+ /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
+ if (htim == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter));
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy week callbacks */
+ TIM_ResetCallback(htim);
+
+ if (htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit;
+ }
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ htim->HallSensor_MspInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
+ HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ /* Set the TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */
+ TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
+
+ /* Configure the Channel 1 as Input Channel to interface with the three Outputs of the Hall sensor */
+ TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->IC1Polarity, TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC, sConfig->IC1Filter);
+
+ /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC;
+ /* Set the IC1PSC value */
+ htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler;
+
+ /* Enable the Hall sensor interface (XOR function of the three inputs) */
+ htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S;
+
+ /* Select the TIM_TS_TI1F_ED signal as Input trigger for the TIM */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+ htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1F_ED;
+
+ /* Use the TIM_TS_TI1F_ED signal to reset the TIM counter each edge detection */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_RESET;
+
+ /* Program channel 2 in PWM 2 mode with the desired Commutation_Delay*/
+ OC_Config.OCFastMode = TIM_OCFAST_DISABLE;
+ OC_Config.OCIdleState = TIM_OCIDLESTATE_RESET;
+ OC_Config.OCMode = TIM_OCMODE_PWM2;
+ OC_Config.OCNIdleState = TIM_OCNIDLESTATE_RESET;
+ OC_Config.OCNPolarity = TIM_OCNPOLARITY_HIGH;
+ OC_Config.OCPolarity = TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH;
+ OC_Config.Pulse = sConfig->Commutation_Delay;
+
+ TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &OC_Config);
+
+ /* Select OC2REF as trigger output on TRGO: write the MMS bits in the TIMx_CR2
+ register to 101 */
+ htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS;
+ htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_TRGO_OC2REF;
+
+ /* Initialize the TIM state*/
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Hall Sensor interface
+ * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit;
+ }
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ htim->HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback(htim);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ /* Change TIM state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the TIM Hall Sensor MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitializes TIM Hall Sensor MSP.
+ * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface.
+ * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Enable the Input Capture channel 1
+ (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Hall sensor Interface.
+ * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1, 2 and 3
+ (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 event */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+
+ /* Enable the Input Capture channel 1
+ (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Disable the Input Capture channel 1
+ (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts event */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in DMA mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+ * @param pData The destination Buffer address.
+ * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+ else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if (((uint32_t)pData == 0U) && (Length > 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+ /* Enable the Input Capture channel 1
+ (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Set the DMA Input Capture 1 Callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt;
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel for Capture 1*/
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the capture compare 1 Interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in DMA mode.
+ * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+
+ /* Disable the Input Capture channel 1
+ (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
+ TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
+
+
+ /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 event */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended Timer Complementary Output Compare functions
+ * @brief Timer Complementary Output Compare functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Timer Complementary Output Compare functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM.
+ (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM.
+ (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and enable interrupts.
+ (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and disable interrupts.
+ (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and enable DMA transfers.
+ (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and disable DMA transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation on the complementary
+ * output.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation on the complementary
+ * output.
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode
+ * on the complementary output.
+ * @param htim TIM OC handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the TIM Break interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
+
+ /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode
+ * on the complementary output.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Break interrupt (only if no more channel is active) */
+ tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER;
+ if ((tmpccer & (TIM_CCER_CC1NE | TIM_CCER_CC2NE | TIM_CCER_CC3NE)) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode
+ * on the complementary output.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @param pData The source Buffer address.
+ * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+ else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if (((uint32_t)pData == 0U) && (Length > 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode
+ * on the complementary output.
+ * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Change the htim state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extended Timer Complementary PWM functions
+ * @brief Timer Complementary PWM functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Timer Complementary PWM functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Start the Complementary PWM.
+ (+) Stop the Complementary PWM.
+ (+) Start the Complementary PWM and enable interrupts.
+ (+) Stop the Complementary PWM and disable interrupts.
+ (+) Start the Complementary PWM and enable DMA transfers.
+ (+) Stop the Complementary PWM and disable DMA transfers.
+ (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture measurement.
+ (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture.
+ (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture and enable interrupts.
+ (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture and disable interrupts.
+ (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture and enable DMA transfers.
+ (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture and disable DMA transfers.
+ (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse generation.
+ (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse.
+ (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse and enable interrupts.
+ (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse and disable interrupts.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation on the complementary output.
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ /* Enable the complementary PWM output */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation on the complementary output.
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ /* Disable the complementary PWM output */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode on the
+ * complementary output.
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the TIM Break interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
+
+ /* Enable the complementary PWM output */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode on the
+ * complementary output.
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the complementary PWM output */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Break interrupt (only if no more channel is active) */
+ tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER;
+ if ((tmpccer & (TIM_CCER_CC1NE | TIM_CCER_CC2NE | TIM_CCER_CC3NE)) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode on the
+ * complementary output
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @param pData The source Buffer address.
+ * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+ else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if (((uint32_t)pData == 0U) && (Length > 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* nothing to do */
+ }
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, Length) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the complementary PWM output */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS;
+ if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr))
+ {
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode on the complementary
+ * output
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
+ {
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the complementary PWM output */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Change the htim state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group4 Extended Timer Complementary One Pulse functions
+ * @brief Timer Complementary One Pulse functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Timer Complementary One Pulse functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse generation.
+ (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse.
+ (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse and enable interrupts.
+ (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse and disable interrupts.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation on the complementary
+ * output.
+ * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
+ * @param OutputChannel TIM Channel to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel));
+
+ /* Enable the complementary One Pulse output */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation on the complementary
+ * output.
+ * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
+ * @param OutputChannel TIM Channel to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel));
+
+ /* Disable the complementary One Pulse output */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode on the
+ * complementary channel.
+ * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
+ * @param OutputChannel TIM Channel to be enabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel));
+
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+
+ /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+
+ /* Enable the complementary One Pulse output */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
+
+ /* Enable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode on the
+ * complementary channel.
+ * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle
+ * @param OutputChannel TIM Channel to be disabled
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel));
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
+
+ /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
+
+ /* Disable the complementary One Pulse output */
+ TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
+
+ /* Disable the Main Output */
+ __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group5 Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Configure the commutation event in case of use of the Hall sensor interface.
+ (+) Configure Output channels for OC and PWM mode.
+
+ (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time.
+ (+) Configure Master synchronization.
+ (+) Configure timer remapping capabilities.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence.
+ * @note This function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to
+ * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer,
+ * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer)
+ * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the
+ * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time
+ * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1.
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param InputTrigger the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed
+ * @param CommutationSource the Commutation Event source
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer
+ * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger,
+ uint32_t CommutationSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger));
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) ||
+ (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3))
+ {
+ /* Select the Input trigger */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+ htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger;
+ }
+
+ /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */
+ htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC;
+ /* Select the Commutation event source */
+ htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS;
+ htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource;
+
+ /* Disable Commutation Interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_COM);
+
+ /* Disable Commutation DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_COM);
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence with interrupt.
+ * @note This function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to
+ * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer,
+ * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer)
+ * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the
+ * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time
+ * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1.
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param InputTrigger the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed
+ * @param CommutationSource the Commutation Event source
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer
+ * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger,
+ uint32_t CommutationSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger));
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) ||
+ (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3))
+ {
+ /* Select the Input trigger */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+ htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger;
+ }
+
+ /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */
+ htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC;
+ /* Select the Commutation event source */
+ htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS;
+ htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource;
+
+ /* Disable Commutation DMA request */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_COM);
+
+ /* Enable the Commutation Interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_COM);
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence with DMA.
+ * @note This function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to
+ * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer,
+ * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer)
+ * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the
+ * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time
+ * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1.
+ * @note The user should configure the DMA in his own software, in This function only the COMDE bit is set
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param InputTrigger the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected
+ * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected
+ * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed
+ * @param CommutationSource the Commutation Event source
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer
+ * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger,
+ uint32_t CommutationSource)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger));
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) ||
+ (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3))
+ {
+ /* Select the Input trigger */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
+ htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger;
+ }
+
+ /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */
+ htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC;
+ /* Select the Commutation event source */
+ htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS;
+ htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource;
+
+ /* Enable the Commutation DMA Request */
+ /* Set the DMA Commutation Callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt;
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt;
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError;
+
+ /* Disable Commutation Interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_COM);
+
+ /* Enable the Commutation DMA Request */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_COM);
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIM in master mode.
+ * @param htim TIM handle.
+ * @param sMasterConfig pointer to a TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the selected trigger output (TRGO) and the Master/Slave
+ * mode.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+ TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef *sMasterConfig)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpcr2;
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode));
+
+ /* Check input state */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ /* Change the handler state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2;
+
+ /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+ tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
+
+ /* Reset the MMS Bits */
+ tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS;
+ /* Select the TRGO source */
+ tmpcr2 |= sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger;
+
+ /* Update TIMx CR2 */
+ htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+ if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+ {
+ /* Reset the MSM Bit */
+ tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_MSM;
+ /* Set master mode */
+ tmpsmcr |= sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode;
+
+ /* Update TIMx SMCR */
+ htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+ }
+
+ /* Change the htim state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the Break feature, dead time, Lock level, OSSI/OSSR State
+ * and the AOE(automatic output enable).
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @param sBreakDeadTimeConfig pointer to a TIM_ConfigBreakDeadConfigTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the BDTR Register configuration information for the TIM peripheral.
+ * @note Interrupts can be generated when an active level is detected on the
+ * break input, the break 2 input or the system break input. Break
+ * interrupt can be enabled by calling the @ref __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT macro.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigBreakDeadTime(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+ TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef *sBreakDeadTimeConfig)
+{
+ /* Keep this variable initialized to 0 as it is used to configure BDTR register */
+ uint32_t tmpbdtr = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateRunMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateIDLEMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->LockLevel));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_DEADTIME(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->DeadTime));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakState));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->AutomaticOutput));
+
+ /* Check input state */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ /* Set the Lock level, the Break enable Bit and the Polarity, the OSSR State,
+ the OSSI State, the dead time value and the Automatic Output Enable Bit */
+
+ /* Set the BDTR bits */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_DTG, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->DeadTime);
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_LOCK, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->LockLevel);
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_OSSI, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateIDLEMode);
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_OSSR, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateRunMode);
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_BKE, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakState);
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_BKP, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakPolarity);
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_AOE, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->AutomaticOutput);
+
+
+ /* Set TIMx_BDTR */
+ htim->Instance->BDTR = tmpbdtr;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configures the TIMx Remapping input capabilities.
+ * @param htim TIM handle.
+ * @param Remap specifies the TIM remapping source.
+ * For TIM14, the parameter can have the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_TIM14_GPIO: TIM14 TI1 is connected to GPIO
+ * @arg TIM_TIM14_RTC: TIM14 TI1 is connected to RTC_clock
+ * @arg TIM_TIM14_HSE: TIM14 TI1 is connected to HSE/32
+ * @arg TIM_TIM14_MCO: TIM14 TI1 is connected to MCO
+ *
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_RemapConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Remap)
+{
+ __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+ /* Check parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP(htim->Instance, Remap));
+
+ /* Set the Timer remapping configuration */
+ WRITE_REG(htim->Instance->OR, Remap);
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group6 Extended Callbacks functions
+ * @brief Extended Callbacks functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Extended Callbacks functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides Extended TIM callback functions:
+ (+) Timer Commutation callback
+ (+) Timer Break callback
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Hall commutation changed callback in non-blocking mode
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+/**
+ * @brief Hall commutation changed half complete callback in non-blocking mode
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Hall Break detection callback in non-blocking mode
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htim);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group7 Extended Peripheral State functions
+ * @brief Extended Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Extended Peripheral State functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
+ and the data flow.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the TIM Hall Sensor interface handle state.
+ * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor handle
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ return htim->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Private_Functions TIMEx Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief TIM DMA Commutation callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ /* Change the htim state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->CommutationCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief TIM DMA Commutation half complete callback.
+ * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ /* Change the htim state */
+ htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htim->CommutationHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#else
+ HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback(htim);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel xN.
+ * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
+ * @param Channel specifies the TIM Channel
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2
+ * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3
+ * @param ChannelNState specifies the TIM Channel CCxNE bit new state.
+ * This parameter can be: TIM_CCxN_ENABLE or TIM_CCxN_Disable.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelNState)
+{
+ uint32_t tmp;
+
+ tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1NE << (Channel & 0x1FU); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */
+
+ /* Reset the CCxNE Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp;
+
+ /* Set or reset the CCxNE Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelNState << (Channel & 0x1FU)); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm_template.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm_template.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aafce9c --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm_template.c @@ -0,0 +1,299 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm_template.c
+ * @brief HAL time base based on the hardware RTC_ALARM Template.
+ *
+ * This file override the native HAL time base functions (defined as weak)
+ * to use the RTC ALARM for time base generation:
+ * + Intializes the RTC peripheral to increment the seconds registers each 1ms
+ * + The alarm is configured to assert an interrupt when the RTC reaches 1ms
+ * + HAL_IncTick is called at each Alarm event and the time is reset to 00:00:00
+ * + HSE (default), LSE or LSI can be selected as RTC clock source
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This file must be copied to the application folder and modified as follows:
+ (#) Rename it to 'stm32f0xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm.c'
+ (#) Add this file and the RTC HAL drivers to your project and uncomment
+ HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED define in stm32f0xx_hal_conf.h
+
+ [..]
+ (@) HAL RTC alarm and HAL RTC wakeup drivers can’t be used with low power modes:
+ The wake up capability of the RTC may be intrusive in case of prior low power mode
+ configuration requiring different wake up sources.
+ Application/Example behavior is no more guaranteed
+ (@) The stm32f0xx_hal_timebase_tim use is recommended for the Applications/Examples
+ requiring low power modes
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_TimeBase_RTC_Alarm_Template HAL TimeBase RTC Alarm Template
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Uncomment the line below to select the appropriate RTC Clock source for your application:
+ + RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE: can be selected for applications requiring timing precision.
+ + RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
+ precision.
+ + RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
+ precision.
+ */
+#define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE
+/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE */
+/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI */
+
+#if defined(RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
+ #define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV 49U
+ #define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV 4U
+#elif defined(RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE)
+ #define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV 0U
+ #define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV 31U
+#else /* CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI */
+ #define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV 0U
+ #define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV 39U
+#endif /* RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+RTC_HandleTypeDef hRTC_Handle;
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+void RTC_IRQHandler(void);
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function configures the RTC_ALARMA as a time base source.
+ * The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
+ * Tick interrupt priority.
+ * @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
+ * reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
+ * @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick (uint32_t TickPriority)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t counter = 0U;
+
+ RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct;
+ RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef PeriphClkInitStruct;
+
+#ifdef RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE
+ /* Configue LSE as RTC clock soucre */
+ RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE;
+ RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
+ RCC_OscInitStruct.LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON;
+ PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE;
+#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI)
+ /* Configue LSI as RTC clock soucre */
+ RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI;
+ RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
+ RCC_OscInitStruct.LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON;
+ PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI;
+#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
+ /* Configue HSE as RTC clock soucre */
+ RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE;
+ RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
+ RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON;
+ PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV32;
+#else
+#error Please select the RTC Clock source
+#endif /* RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE */
+
+ if(HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct) == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ PeriphClkInitStruct.PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC;
+ if(HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&PeriphClkInitStruct) == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Enable RTC Clock */
+ __HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE();
+ /* The time base should be 1ms
+ Time base = ((RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV + 1) * (RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV + 1)) / RTC_CLOCK
+ HSE/32 as RTC clock and HSE 8MHz
+ Time base = ((49 + 1) * (4 + 1)) / 250kHz
+ = 1ms
+ LSE as RTC clock
+ Time base = ((31 + 1) * (0 + 1)) / 32.768KHz
+ = ~1ms
+ LSI as RTC clock
+ Time base = ((39 + 1) * (0 + 1)) / 40KHz
+ = 1ms
+ */
+ hRTC_Handle.Instance = RTC;
+ hRTC_Handle.Init.HourFormat = RTC_HOURFORMAT_24;
+ hRTC_Handle.Init.AsynchPrediv = RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV;
+ hRTC_Handle.Init.SynchPrediv = RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV;
+ hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPut = RTC_OUTPUT_DISABLE;
+ hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPutPolarity = RTC_OUTPUT_POLARITY_HIGH;
+ hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPutType = RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE_OPENDRAIN;
+ HAL_RTC_Init(&hRTC_Handle);
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+
+ /* Disable the Alarm A interrupt */
+ __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+
+ /* Clear flag alarm A */
+ __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF);
+
+ counter = 0U;
+ /* Wait till RTC ALRAWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
+ while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) == RESET)
+ {
+ if(counter++ == (SystemCoreClock /48U)) /* Timeout = ~ 1s */
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ hRTC_Handle.Instance->ALRMAR = 0x01U;
+
+ /* Configure the Alarm state: Enable Alarm */
+ __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+ /* Configure the Alarm interrupt */
+ __HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA);
+
+ /* RTC Alarm Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */
+ __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+ __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+
+ /* Check if the Initialization mode is set */
+ if((hRTC_Handle.Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ /* Set the Initialization mode */
+ hRTC_Handle.Instance->ISR = (uint32_t)RTC_INIT_MASK;
+ counter = 0U;
+ while((hRTC_Handle.Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ if(counter++ == (SystemCoreClock /48U)) /* Timeout = ~ 1s */
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ hRTC_Handle.Instance->DR = 0U;
+ hRTC_Handle.Instance->TR = 0U;
+
+ hRTC_Handle.Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT;
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+
+ HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(RTC_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
+ HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(RTC_IRQn);
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Suspend Tick increment.
+ * @note Disable the tick increment by disabling RTC ALARM interrupt.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
+{
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+ /* Disable RTC ALARM update Interrupt */
+ __HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA);
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Resume Tick increment.
+ * @note Enable the tick increment by Enabling RTC ALARM interrupt.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
+{
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+ /* Enable RTC ALARM Update interrupt */
+ __HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA);
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief ALARM A Event Callback in non blocking mode
+ * @note This function is called when RTC_ALARM interrupt took place, inside
+ * RTC_IRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment
+ * a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t counter = 0U;
+
+ HAL_IncTick();
+
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
+
+ /* Set the Initialization mode */
+ hrtc->Instance->ISR = (uint32_t)RTC_INIT_MASK;
+
+ while((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
+ {
+ if(counter++ == (SystemCoreClock /48U)) /* Timeout = ~ 1s */
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ hrtc->Instance->DR = 0U;
+ hrtc->Instance->TR = 0U;
+
+ hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT;
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles RTC ALARM interrupt request.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+ HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler(&hRTC_Handle);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_timebase_rtc_wakeup_template.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_timebase_rtc_wakeup_template.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d85387b --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_timebase_rtc_wakeup_template.c @@ -0,0 +1,278 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_timebase_rtc_wakeup_template.c
+ * @brief HAL time base based on the hardware RTC_WAKEUP Template.
+ *
+ * This file overrides the native HAL time base functions (defined as weak)
+ * to use the RTC WAKEUP for the time base generation:
+ * + Intializes the RTC peripheral and configures the wakeup timer to be
+ * incremented each 1ms
+ * + The wakeup feature is configured to assert an interrupt each 1ms
+ * + HAL_IncTick is called inside the HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback
+ * + HSE (default), LSE or LSI can be selected as RTC clock source
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This file must be copied to the application folder and modified as follows:
+ (#) Rename it to 'stm32f0xx_hal_timebase_rtc_wakeup.c'
+ (#) Add this file and the RTC HAL drivers to your project and uncomment
+ HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED define in stm32f0xx_hal_conf.h
+
+ [..]
+ (@) HAL RTC alarm and HAL RTC wakeup drivers can’t be used with low power modes:
+ The wake up capability of the RTC may be intrusive in case of prior low power mode
+ configuration requiring different wake up sources.
+ Application/Example behavior is no more guaranteed
+ (@) The stm32f0xx_hal_timebase_tim use is recommended for the Applications/Examples
+ requiring low power modes
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_TimeBase_RTC_WakeUp_Template HAL TimeBase RTC WakeUp Template
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Uncomment the line below to select the appropriate RTC Clock source for your application:
+ + RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE: can be selected for applications requiring timing precision.
+ + RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
+ precision.
+ + RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
+ precision.
+ */
+#define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE
+/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE */
+/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI */
+
+#if defined(RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
+ #define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV 49U
+ #define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV 4U
+#elif defined(RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE)
+ #define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV 0U
+ #define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV 31U
+#else /* CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI */
+ #define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV 0U
+ #define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV 39U
+#endif /* RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+RTC_HandleTypeDef hRTC_Handle;
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+void RTC_IRQHandler(void);
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function configures the RTC_WKUP as a time base source.
+ * The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
+ * Tick interrupt priority.
+ * Wakeup Time base = ((RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV + 1) * (RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV + 1)) / RTC_CLOCK
+ = 1ms
+ * Wakeup Time = WakeupTimebase * WakeUpCounter (0 + 1)
+ = 1 ms
+ * @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
+ * reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
+ * @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick (uint32_t TickPriority)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t counter = 0U;
+
+ RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct;
+ RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef PeriphClkInitStruct;
+
+#ifdef RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE
+ /* Configue LSE as RTC clock soucre */
+ RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE;
+ RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
+ RCC_OscInitStruct.LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON;
+ PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE;
+#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI)
+ /* Configue LSI as RTC clock soucre */
+ RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI;
+ RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
+ RCC_OscInitStruct.LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON;
+ PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI;
+#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
+ /* Configue HSE as RTC clock soucre */
+ RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE;
+ RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
+ RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON;
+ PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV32;
+#else
+#error Please select the RTC Clock source
+#endif /* RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE */
+
+ if(HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct) == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ PeriphClkInitStruct.PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC;
+ if(HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&PeriphClkInitStruct) == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Enable RTC Clock */
+ __HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE();
+ /* The time base should be 1ms
+ Time base = ((RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV + 1) * (RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV + 1)) / RTC_CLOCK
+ HSE/32 as RTC clock and HSE 8MHz
+ Time base = ((49 + 1) * (4 + 1)) / 250kHz
+ = 1ms
+ LSE as RTC clock
+ Time base = ((31 + 1) * (0 + 1)) / 32.768Khz
+ = ~1ms
+ LSI as RTC clock
+ Time base = ((39 + 1) * (0 + 1)) / 40Khz
+ = 1ms
+ */
+ hRTC_Handle.Instance = RTC;
+ hRTC_Handle.Init.HourFormat = RTC_HOURFORMAT_24;
+ hRTC_Handle.Init.AsynchPrediv = RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV;
+ hRTC_Handle.Init.SynchPrediv = RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV;
+ hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPut = RTC_OUTPUT_DISABLE;
+ hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPutPolarity = RTC_OUTPUT_POLARITY_HIGH;
+ hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPutType = RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE_OPENDRAIN;
+ HAL_RTC_Init(&hRTC_Handle);
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+
+ /* Disable the Wake-up Timer */
+ __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+
+ /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */
+ __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle,RTC_IT_WUT);
+
+ /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set */
+ while(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) == RESET)
+ {
+ if(counter++ == (SystemCoreClock /48U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Clear PWR wake up Flag */
+ __HAL_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_WU);
+
+ /* Clear RTC Wake Up timer Flag */
+ __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_CLEAR_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_FLAG_WUTF);
+
+ /* Configure the Wake-up Timer counter */
+ hRTC_Handle.Instance->WUTR = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear the Wake-up Timer clock source bits in CR register */
+ hRTC_Handle.Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUCKSEL;
+
+ /* Configure the clock source */
+ hRTC_Handle.Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_CK_SPRE_16BITS;
+
+ /* RTC WakeUpTimer Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */
+ __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+
+ __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+
+ /* Configure the Interrupt in the RTC_CR register */
+ __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle,RTC_IT_WUT);
+
+ /* Enable the Wake-up Timer */
+ __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+
+ HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(RTC_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
+ HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(RTC_IRQn);
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Suspend Tick increment.
+ * @note Disable the tick increment by disabling RTC_WKUP interrupt.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
+{
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+ /* Disable WAKE UP TIMER Interrupt */
+ __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_WUT);
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Resume Tick increment.
+ * @note Enable the tick increment by Enabling RTC_WKUP interrupt.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
+{
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+ /* Enable WAKE UP TIMER interrupt */
+ __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_WUT);
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Wake Up Timer Event Callback in non blocking mode
+ * @note This function is called when RTC_WKUP interrupt took place, inside
+ * RTC_IRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment
+ * a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base.
+ * @param hrtc RTC handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
+{
+ HAL_IncTick();
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles WAKE UP TIMER interrupt request.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void RTC_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+ HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerIRQHandler(&hRTC_Handle);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_timebase_tim_template.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_timebase_tim_template.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf8a60b --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_timebase_tim_template.c @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_timebase_tim_template.c
+ * @brief HAL time base based on the hardware TIM Template.
+ *
+ * This file override the native HAL time base functions (defined as weak)
+ * the TIM time base:
+ * + Intializes the TIM peripheral generate a Period elapsed Event each 1ms
+ * + HAL_IncTick is called inside HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback ie each 1ms
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup HAL_TimeBase_TIM
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+TIM_HandleTypeDef TimHandle;
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+void TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler(void);
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function configures the TIM6 as a time base source.
+ * The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
+ * Tick interrupt priority.
+ * @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
+ * reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
+ * @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick (uint32_t TickPriority)
+{
+ RCC_ClkInitTypeDef clkconfig;
+ uint32_t uwTimclock, uwAPB1Prescaler = 0U;
+ uint32_t uwPrescalerValue = 0U;
+ uint32_t pFLatency;
+
+ /*Configure the TIM6 IRQ priority */
+ HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(TIM6_DAC_IRQn, TickPriority ,0U);
+
+ /* Enable the TIM6 global Interrupt */
+ HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(TIM6_DAC_IRQn);
+
+ /* Enable TIM6 clock */
+ __HAL_RCC_TIM6_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+ /* Get clock configuration */
+ HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig(&clkconfig, &pFLatency);
+
+ /* Get APB1 prescaler */
+ uwAPB1Prescaler = clkconfig.APB1CLKDivider;
+
+ /* Compute TIM6 clock */
+ if (uwAPB1Prescaler == RCC_HCLK_DIV1)
+ {
+ uwTimclock = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ uwTimclock = 2*HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+ }
+
+ /* Compute the prescaler value to have TIM6 counter clock equal to 1MHz */
+ uwPrescalerValue = (uint32_t) ((uwTimclock / 1000000U) - 1U);
+
+ /* Initialize TIM6 */
+ TimHandle.Instance = TIM6;
+
+ /* Initialize TIMx peripheral as follow:
+ + Period = [(TIM6CLK/1000) - 1]. to have a (1/1000) s time base.
+ + Prescaler = (uwTimclock/1000000 - 1) to have a 1MHz counter clock.
+ + ClockDivision = 0
+ + Counter direction = Up
+ */
+ TimHandle.Init.Period = (1000000U / 1000U) - 1U;
+ TimHandle.Init.Prescaler = uwPrescalerValue;
+ TimHandle.Init.ClockDivision = 0U;
+ TimHandle.Init.CounterMode = TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP;
+ TimHandle.Init.AutoReloadPreload = TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD_DISABLE;
+ if(HAL_TIM_Base_Init(&TimHandle) == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Start the TIM time Base generation in interrupt mode */
+ return HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(&TimHandle);
+ }
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Suspend Tick increment.
+ * @note Disable the tick increment by disabling TIM6 update interrupt.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
+{
+ /* Disable TIM6 update Interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(&TimHandle, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Resume Tick increment.
+ * @note Enable the tick increment by Enabling TIM6 update interrupt.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
+{
+ /* Enable TIM6 Update interrupt */
+ __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(&TimHandle, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Period elapsed callback in non blocking mode
+ * @note This function is called when TIM6 interrupt took place, inside
+ * HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment
+ * a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base.
+ * @param htim TIM handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+ HAL_IncTick();
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function handles TIM interrupt request.
+ * @param None
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+ HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(&TimHandle);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_tsc.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_tsc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f4ee5cf --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_tsc.c @@ -0,0 +1,1078 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_tsc.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Touch Sensing Controller (TSC) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and De-initialization
+ * + Channel IOs, Shield IOs and Sampling IOs configuration
+ * + Start and Stop an acquisition
+ * + Read acquisition result
+ * + Interrupts and flags management
+ *
+ @verbatim
+================================================================================
+ ##### TSC specific features #####
+================================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Proven and robust surface charge transfer acquisition principle
+
+ (#) Supports up to 3 capacitive sensing channels per group
+
+ (#) Capacitive sensing channels can be acquired in parallel offering a very good
+ response time
+
+ (#) Spread spectrum feature to improve system robustness in noisy environments
+
+ (#) Full hardware management of the charge transfer acquisition sequence
+
+ (#) Programmable charge transfer frequency
+
+ (#) Programmable sampling capacitor I/O pin
+
+ (#) Programmable channel I/O pin
+
+ (#) Programmable max count value to avoid long acquisition when a channel is faulty
+
+ (#) Dedicated end of acquisition and max count error flags with interrupt capability
+
+ (#) One sampling capacitor for up to 3 capacitive sensing channels to reduce the system
+ components
+
+ (#) Compatible with proximity, touchkey, linear and rotary touch sensor implementation
+
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+================================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Enable the TSC interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TSC_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
+
+ (#) GPIO pins configuration
+ (++) Enable the clock for the TSC GPIOs using __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
+ (++) Configure the TSC pins used as sampling IOs in alternate function output Open-Drain mode,
+ and TSC pins used as channel/shield IOs in alternate function output Push-Pull mode
+ using HAL_GPIO_Init() function.
+
+ (#) Interrupts configuration
+ (++) Configure the NVIC (if the interrupt model is used) using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
+ and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() and function.
+
+ (#) TSC configuration
+ (++) Configure all TSC parameters and used TSC IOs using HAL_TSC_Init() function.
+
+ [..] TSC peripheral alternate functions are mapped on AF9.
+
+ *** Acquisition sequence ***
+ ===================================
+ [..]
+ (+) Discharge all IOs using HAL_TSC_IODischarge() function.
+ (+) Wait a certain time allowing a good discharge of all capacitors. This delay depends
+ of the sampling capacitor and electrodes design.
+ (+) Select the channel IOs to be acquired using HAL_TSC_IOConfig() function.
+ (+) Launch the acquisition using either HAL_TSC_Start() or HAL_TSC_Start_IT() function.
+ If the synchronized mode is selected, the acquisition will start as soon as the signal
+ is received on the synchro pin.
+ (+) Wait the end of acquisition using either HAL_TSC_PollForAcquisition() or
+ HAL_TSC_GetState() function or using WFI instruction for example.
+ (+) Check the group acquisition status using HAL_TSC_GroupGetStatus() function.
+ (+) Read the acquisition value using HAL_TSC_GroupGetValue() function.
+
+ *** Callback registration ***
+ =============================================
+
+ [..]
+ The compilation flag USE_HAL_TSC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
+ allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+ Use Functions @ref HAL_TSC_RegisterCallback() to register an interrupt callback.
+
+ [..]
+ Function @ref HAL_TSC_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
+ (+) ConvCpltCallback : callback for conversion complete process.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : callback for error detection.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : callback for Msp Init.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : callback for Msp DeInit.
+ [..]
+ This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+ and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+ [..]
+ Use function @ref HAL_TSC_UnRegisterCallback to reset a callback to the default
+ weak function.
+ @ref HAL_TSC_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+ and the Callback ID.
+ [..]
+ This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+ (+) ConvCpltCallback : callback for conversion complete process.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : callback for error detection.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : callback for Msp Init.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : callback for Msp DeInit.
+
+ [..]
+ By default, after the @ref HAL_TSC_Init() and when the state is @ref HAL_TSC_STATE_RESET
+ all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions:
+ examples @ref HAL_TSC_ConvCpltCallback(), @ref HAL_TSC_ErrorCallback().
+ Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are
+ reset to the legacy weak functions in the @ref HAL_TSC_Init()/ @ref HAL_TSC_DeInit() only when
+ these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
+ If MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_TSC_Init()/ @ref HAL_TSC_DeInit()
+ keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand) whatever the state.
+
+ [..]
+ Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in @ref HAL_TSC_STATE_READY state only.
+ Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit functions that can be registered/unregistered
+ in @ref HAL_TSC_STATE_READY or @ref HAL_TSC_STATE_RESET state,
+ thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
+ Then, the user first registers the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+ using @ref HAL_TSC_RegisterCallback() before calling @ref HAL_TSC_DeInit()
+ or @ref HAL_TSC_Init() function.
+
+ [..]
+ When the compilation flag USE_HAL_TSC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+ not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks
+ are set to the corresponding weak functions.
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+#if defined(TSC)
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TSC TSC
+ * @brief HAL TSC module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_TSC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+static uint32_t TSC_extract_groups(uint32_t iomask);
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup TSC_Exported_Functions TSC Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TSC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize and configure the TSC.
+ (+) De-initialize the TSC.
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the TSC peripheral according to the specified parameters
+ * in the TSC_InitTypeDef structure and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @param htsc TSC handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_Init(TSC_HandleTypeDef *htsc)
+{
+ /* Check TSC handle allocation */
+ if (htsc == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_CTPH(htsc->Init.CTPulseHighLength));
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_CTPL(htsc->Init.CTPulseLowLength));
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_SS(htsc->Init.SpreadSpectrum));
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_SSD(htsc->Init.SpreadSpectrumDeviation));
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_SS_PRESC(htsc->Init.SpreadSpectrumPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_PG_PRESC(htsc->Init.PulseGeneratorPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_MCV(htsc->Init.MaxCountValue));
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_IODEF(htsc->Init.IODefaultMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_SYNC_POL(htsc->Init.SynchroPinPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_ACQ_MODE(htsc->Init.AcquisitionMode));
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_MCE_IT(htsc->Init.MaxCountInterrupt));
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_GROUP(htsc->Init.ChannelIOs));
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_GROUP(htsc->Init.ShieldIOs));
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_GROUP(htsc->Init.SamplingIOs));
+
+ if (htsc->State == HAL_TSC_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ htsc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TSC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Init the TSC Callback settings */
+ htsc->ConvCpltCallback = HAL_TSC_ConvCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak ConvCpltCallback */
+ htsc->ErrorCallback = HAL_TSC_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+
+ if (htsc->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htsc->MspInitCallback = HAL_TSC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */
+ htsc->MspInitCallback(htsc);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX */
+ HAL_TSC_MspInit(htsc);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TSC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize the TSC state */
+ htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ /* Set TSC parameters */
+
+ /* Enable TSC */
+ htsc->Instance->CR = TSC_CR_TSCE;
+
+ /* Set all functions */
+ htsc->Instance->CR |= (htsc->Init.CTPulseHighLength |
+ htsc->Init.CTPulseLowLength |
+ (htsc->Init.SpreadSpectrumDeviation << TSC_CR_SSD_Pos) |
+ htsc->Init.SpreadSpectrumPrescaler |
+ htsc->Init.PulseGeneratorPrescaler |
+ htsc->Init.MaxCountValue |
+ htsc->Init.SynchroPinPolarity |
+ htsc->Init.AcquisitionMode);
+
+ /* Spread spectrum */
+ if (htsc->Init.SpreadSpectrum == ENABLE)
+ {
+ htsc->Instance->CR |= TSC_CR_SSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable Schmitt trigger hysteresis on all used TSC IOs */
+ htsc->Instance->IOHCR = (~(htsc->Init.ChannelIOs | htsc->Init.ShieldIOs | htsc->Init.SamplingIOs));
+
+ /* Set channel and shield IOs */
+ htsc->Instance->IOCCR = (htsc->Init.ChannelIOs | htsc->Init.ShieldIOs);
+
+ /* Set sampling IOs */
+ htsc->Instance->IOSCR = htsc->Init.SamplingIOs;
+
+ /* Set the groups to be acquired */
+ htsc->Instance->IOGCSR = TSC_extract_groups(htsc->Init.ChannelIOs);
+
+ /* Disable interrupts */
+ htsc->Instance->IER &= (~(TSC_IT_EOA | TSC_IT_MCE));
+
+ /* Clear flags */
+ htsc->Instance->ICR = (TSC_FLAG_EOA | TSC_FLAG_MCE);
+
+ /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+ /* Initialize the TSC state */
+ htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Deinitialize the TSC peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param htsc TSC handle
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_DeInit(TSC_HandleTypeDef *htsc)
+{
+ /* Check TSC handle allocation */
+ if (htsc == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance));
+
+ /* Change TSC state */
+ htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TSC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (htsc->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ htsc->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TSC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ }
+
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
+ htsc->MspDeInitCallback(htsc);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ HAL_TSC_MspDeInit(htsc);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TSC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ /* Change TSC state */
+ htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htsc);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the TSC MSP.
+ * @param htsc Pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TSC_MspInit(TSC_HandleTypeDef *htsc)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htsc);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TSC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitialize the TSC MSP.
+ * @param htsc Pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TSC_MspDeInit(TSC_HandleTypeDef *htsc)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htsc);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TSC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_TSC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+ * @brief Register a User TSC Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+ * @param htsc Pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TSC_CONV_COMPLETE_CB_ID Conversion completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TSC_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TSC_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TSC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_RegisterCallback(TSC_HandleTypeDef *htsc, HAL_TSC_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, pTSC_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ htsc->ErrorCode |= HAL_TSC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htsc);
+
+ if (HAL_TSC_STATE_READY == htsc->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_TSC_CONV_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ htsc->ConvCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TSC_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ htsc->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TSC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htsc->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TSC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htsc->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ htsc->ErrorCode |= HAL_TSC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_TSC_STATE_RESET == htsc->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_TSC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htsc->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TSC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htsc->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ htsc->ErrorCode |= HAL_TSC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ htsc->ErrorCode |= HAL_TSC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htsc);
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister an TSC Callback
+ * TSC callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+ * @param htsc Pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TSC_CONV_COMPLETE_CB_ID Conversion completed callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TSC_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TSC_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_TSC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_UnRegisterCallback(TSC_HandleTypeDef *htsc, HAL_TSC_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htsc);
+
+ if (HAL_TSC_STATE_READY == htsc->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_TSC_CONV_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ htsc->ConvCpltCallback = HAL_TSC_ConvCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak ConvCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TSC_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ htsc->ErrorCallback = HAL_TSC_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TSC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htsc->MspInitCallback = HAL_TSC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TSC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htsc->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TSC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ htsc->ErrorCode |= HAL_TSC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_TSC_STATE_RESET == htsc->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_TSC_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ htsc->MspInitCallback = HAL_TSC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_TSC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ htsc->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TSC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ htsc->ErrorCode |= HAL_TSC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ htsc->ErrorCode |= HAL_TSC_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htsc);
+ return status;
+}
+
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TSC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TSC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
+ * @brief Input and Output operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO Operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Start acquisition in polling mode.
+ (+) Start acquisition in interrupt mode.
+ (+) Stop conversion in polling mode.
+ (+) Stop conversion in interrupt mode.
+ (+) Poll for acquisition completed.
+ (+) Get group acquisition status.
+ (+) Get group acquisition value.
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Start the acquisition.
+ * @param htsc Pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_Start(TSC_HandleTypeDef *htsc)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htsc);
+
+ /* Change TSC state */
+ htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Clear interrupts */
+ __HAL_TSC_DISABLE_IT(htsc, (TSC_IT_EOA | TSC_IT_MCE));
+
+ /* Clear flags */
+ __HAL_TSC_CLEAR_FLAG(htsc, (TSC_FLAG_EOA | TSC_FLAG_MCE));
+
+ /* Set touch sensing IOs not acquired to the specified IODefaultMode */
+ if (htsc->Init.IODefaultMode == TSC_IODEF_OUT_PP_LOW)
+ {
+ __HAL_TSC_SET_IODEF_OUTPPLOW(htsc);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ __HAL_TSC_SET_IODEF_INFLOAT(htsc);
+ }
+
+ /* Launch the acquisition */
+ __HAL_TSC_START_ACQ(htsc);
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htsc);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Start the acquisition in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htsc Pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+ * @retval HAL status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_Start_IT(TSC_HandleTypeDef *htsc)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_MCE_IT(htsc->Init.MaxCountInterrupt));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htsc);
+
+ /* Change TSC state */
+ htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Enable end of acquisition interrupt */
+ __HAL_TSC_ENABLE_IT(htsc, TSC_IT_EOA);
+
+ /* Enable max count error interrupt (optional) */
+ if (htsc->Init.MaxCountInterrupt == ENABLE)
+ {
+ __HAL_TSC_ENABLE_IT(htsc, TSC_IT_MCE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ __HAL_TSC_DISABLE_IT(htsc, TSC_IT_MCE);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear flags */
+ __HAL_TSC_CLEAR_FLAG(htsc, (TSC_FLAG_EOA | TSC_FLAG_MCE));
+
+ /* Set touch sensing IOs not acquired to the specified IODefaultMode */
+ if (htsc->Init.IODefaultMode == TSC_IODEF_OUT_PP_LOW)
+ {
+ __HAL_TSC_SET_IODEF_OUTPPLOW(htsc);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ __HAL_TSC_SET_IODEF_INFLOAT(htsc);
+ }
+
+ /* Launch the acquisition */
+ __HAL_TSC_START_ACQ(htsc);
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htsc);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stop the acquisition previously launched in polling mode.
+ * @param htsc Pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_Stop(TSC_HandleTypeDef *htsc)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htsc);
+
+ /* Stop the acquisition */
+ __HAL_TSC_STOP_ACQ(htsc);
+
+ /* Set touch sensing IOs in low power mode (output push-pull) */
+ __HAL_TSC_SET_IODEF_OUTPPLOW(htsc);
+
+ /* Clear flags */
+ __HAL_TSC_CLEAR_FLAG(htsc, (TSC_FLAG_EOA | TSC_FLAG_MCE));
+
+ /* Change TSC state */
+ htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htsc);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stop the acquisition previously launched in interrupt mode.
+ * @param htsc Pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_Stop_IT(TSC_HandleTypeDef *htsc)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htsc);
+
+ /* Stop the acquisition */
+ __HAL_TSC_STOP_ACQ(htsc);
+
+ /* Set touch sensing IOs in low power mode (output push-pull) */
+ __HAL_TSC_SET_IODEF_OUTPPLOW(htsc);
+
+ /* Disable interrupts */
+ __HAL_TSC_DISABLE_IT(htsc, (TSC_IT_EOA | TSC_IT_MCE));
+
+ /* Clear flags */
+ __HAL_TSC_CLEAR_FLAG(htsc, (TSC_FLAG_EOA | TSC_FLAG_MCE));
+
+ /* Change TSC state */
+ htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htsc);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Start acquisition and wait until completion.
+ * @note There is no need of a timeout parameter as the max count error is already
+ * managed by the TSC peripheral.
+ * @param htsc Pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_PollForAcquisition(TSC_HandleTypeDef *htsc)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htsc);
+
+ /* Check end of acquisition */
+ while (HAL_TSC_GetState(htsc) == HAL_TSC_STATE_BUSY)
+ {
+ /* The timeout (max count error) is managed by the TSC peripheral itself. */
+ }
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htsc);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the acquisition status for a group.
+ * @param htsc Pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+ * @param gx_index Index of the group
+ * @retval Group status
+ */
+TSC_GroupStatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_GroupGetStatus(TSC_HandleTypeDef *htsc, uint32_t gx_index)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_GROUP_INDEX(gx_index));
+
+ /* Return the group status */
+ return (__HAL_TSC_GET_GROUP_STATUS(htsc, gx_index));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the acquisition measure for a group.
+ * @param htsc Pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+ * @param gx_index Index of the group
+ * @retval Acquisition measure
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_TSC_GroupGetValue(TSC_HandleTypeDef *htsc, uint32_t gx_index)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_GROUP_INDEX(gx_index));
+
+ /* Return the group acquisition counter */
+ return htsc->Instance->IOGXCR[gx_index];
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TSC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Configure TSC IOs
+ (+) Discharge TSC IOs
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure TSC IOs.
+ * @param htsc Pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+ * @param config Pointer to the configuration structure.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_IOConfig(TSC_HandleTypeDef *htsc, TSC_IOConfigTypeDef *config)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_GROUP(config->ChannelIOs));
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_GROUP(config->ShieldIOs));
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_GROUP(config->SamplingIOs));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htsc);
+
+ /* Stop acquisition */
+ __HAL_TSC_STOP_ACQ(htsc);
+
+ /* Disable Schmitt trigger hysteresis on all used TSC IOs */
+ htsc->Instance->IOHCR = (~(config->ChannelIOs | config->ShieldIOs | config->SamplingIOs));
+
+ /* Set channel and shield IOs */
+ htsc->Instance->IOCCR = (config->ChannelIOs | config->ShieldIOs);
+
+ /* Set sampling IOs */
+ htsc->Instance->IOSCR = config->SamplingIOs;
+
+ /* Set groups to be acquired */
+ htsc->Instance->IOGCSR = TSC_extract_groups(config->ChannelIOs);
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htsc);
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Discharge TSC IOs.
+ * @param htsc Pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+ * @param choice This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_IODischarge(TSC_HandleTypeDef *htsc, FunctionalState choice)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance));
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(htsc);
+
+ if (choice == ENABLE)
+ {
+ __HAL_TSC_SET_IODEF_OUTPPLOW(htsc);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ __HAL_TSC_SET_IODEF_INFLOAT(htsc);
+ }
+
+ /* Process unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(htsc);
+
+ /* Return the group acquisition counter */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TSC_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ * @brief Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### State and Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides functions allowing to
+ (+) Get TSC state.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the TSC handle state.
+ * @param htsc Pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_TSC_StateTypeDef HAL_TSC_GetState(TSC_HandleTypeDef *htsc)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance));
+
+ if (htsc->State == HAL_TSC_STATE_BUSY)
+ {
+ /* Check end of acquisition flag */
+ if (__HAL_TSC_GET_FLAG(htsc, TSC_FLAG_EOA) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Check max count error flag */
+ if (__HAL_TSC_GET_FLAG(htsc, TSC_FLAG_MCE) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Change TSC state */
+ htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Change TSC state */
+ htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_READY;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Return TSC state */
+ return htsc->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup TSC_IRQ_Handler_and_Callbacks IRQ Handler and Callbacks
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle TSC interrupt request.
+ * @param htsc Pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_TSC_IRQHandler(TSC_HandleTypeDef *htsc)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance));
+
+ /* Check if the end of acquisition occurred */
+ if (__HAL_TSC_GET_FLAG(htsc, TSC_FLAG_EOA) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Clear EOA flag */
+ __HAL_TSC_CLEAR_FLAG(htsc, TSC_FLAG_EOA);
+ }
+
+ /* Check if max count error occurred */
+ if (__HAL_TSC_GET_FLAG(htsc, TSC_FLAG_MCE) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Clear MCE flag */
+ __HAL_TSC_CLEAR_FLAG(htsc, TSC_FLAG_MCE);
+ /* Change TSC state */
+ htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_ERROR;
+#if (USE_HAL_TSC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htsc->ErrorCallback(htsc);
+#else
+ /* Conversion completed callback */
+ HAL_TSC_ErrorCallback(htsc);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TSC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Change TSC state */
+ htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_READY;
+#if (USE_HAL_TSC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ htsc->ConvCpltCallback(htsc);
+#else
+ /* Conversion completed callback */
+ HAL_TSC_ConvCpltCallback(htsc);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_TSC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Acquisition completed callback in non-blocking mode.
+ * @param htsc Pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TSC_ConvCpltCallback(TSC_HandleTypeDef *htsc)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htsc);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TSC_ConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Error callback in non-blocking mode.
+ * @param htsc Pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified TSC.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_TSC_ErrorCallback(TSC_HandleTypeDef *htsc)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(htsc);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_TSC_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup TSC_Private_Functions TSC Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Utility function used to set the acquired groups mask.
+ * @param iomask Channels IOs mask
+ * @retval Acquired groups mask
+ */
+static uint32_t TSC_extract_groups(uint32_t iomask)
+{
+ uint32_t groups = 0UL;
+ uint32_t idx;
+
+ for (idx = 0UL; idx < (uint32_t)TSC_NB_OF_GROUPS; idx++)
+ {
+ if ((iomask & (0x0FUL << (idx * 4UL))) != 0UL )
+ {
+ groups |= (1UL << idx);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return groups;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_TSC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* TSC */
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_uart.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_uart.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc0a879 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_uart.c @@ -0,0 +1,3738 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_uart.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief UART HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter Peripheral (UART).
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + IO operation functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ The UART HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+ (#) Declare a UART_HandleTypeDef handle structure (eg. UART_HandleTypeDef huart).
+ (#) Initialize the UART low level resources by implementing the HAL_UART_MspInit() API:
+ (++) Enable the USARTx interface clock.
+ (++) UART pins configuration:
+ (+++) Enable the clock for the UART GPIOs.
+ (+++) Configure these UART pins as alternate function pull-up.
+ (++) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_UART_Transmit_IT()
+ and HAL_UART_Receive_IT() APIs):
+ (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority.
+ (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle.
+ (++) UART interrupts handling:
+ -@@- The specific UART interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt,
+ RXNE interrupt, RX/TX FIFOs related interrupts and Error Interrupts)
+ are managed using the macros __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT()
+ inside the transmit and receive processes.
+ (++) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA()
+ and HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() APIs):
+ (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx channel.
+ (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock.
+ (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters.
+ (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx channel.
+ (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the UART DMA Tx/Rx handle.
+ (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx channel.
+
+ (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware
+ flow control and Mode (Receiver/Transmitter) in the huart handle Init structure.
+
+ (#) If required, program UART advanced features (TX/RX pins swap, auto Baud rate detection,...)
+ in the huart handle AdvancedInit structure.
+
+ (#) For the UART asynchronous mode, initialize the UART registers by calling
+ the HAL_UART_Init() API.
+
+ (#) For the UART Half duplex mode, initialize the UART registers by calling
+ the HAL_HalfDuplex_Init() API.
+
+ (#) For the UART LIN (Local Interconnection Network) mode, initialize the UART registers
+ by calling the HAL_LIN_Init() API.
+
+ (#) For the UART Multiprocessor mode, initialize the UART registers
+ by calling the HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() API.
+
+ (#) For the UART RS485 Driver Enabled mode, initialize the UART registers
+ by calling the HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API.
+
+ [..]
+ (@) These API's (HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(), HAL_LIN_Init(), HAL_MultiProcessor_Init(),
+ also configure the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) by
+ calling the customized HAL_UART_MspInit() API.
+
+ ##### Callback registration #####
+ ==================================
+
+ [..]
+ The compilation define USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
+ allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+
+ [..]
+ Use Function @ref HAL_UART_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback.
+ Function @ref HAL_UART_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
+ (+) TxHalfCpltCallback : Tx Half Complete Callback.
+ (+) TxCpltCallback : Tx Complete Callback.
+ (+) RxHalfCpltCallback : Rx Half Complete Callback.
+ (+) RxCpltCallback : Rx Complete Callback.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : Error Callback.
+ (+) AbortCpltCallback : Abort Complete Callback.
+ (+) AbortTransmitCpltCallback : Abort Transmit Complete Callback.
+ (+) AbortReceiveCpltCallback : Abort Receive Complete Callback.
+ (+) WakeupCallback : Wakeup Callback.
+ (+) RxFifoFullCallback : Rx Fifo Full Callback.
+ (+) TxFifoEmptyCallback : Tx Fifo Empty Callback.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : UART MspInit.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : UART MspDeInit.
+ This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+ and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+ [..]
+ Use function @ref HAL_UART_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
+ weak (surcharged) function.
+ @ref HAL_UART_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+ and the Callback ID.
+ This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+ (+) TxHalfCpltCallback : Tx Half Complete Callback.
+ (+) TxCpltCallback : Tx Complete Callback.
+ (+) RxHalfCpltCallback : Rx Half Complete Callback.
+ (+) RxCpltCallback : Rx Complete Callback.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : Error Callback.
+ (+) AbortCpltCallback : Abort Complete Callback.
+ (+) AbortTransmitCpltCallback : Abort Transmit Complete Callback.
+ (+) AbortReceiveCpltCallback : Abort Receive Complete Callback.
+ (+) WakeupCallback : Wakeup Callback.
+ (+) RxFifoFullCallback : Rx Fifo Full Callback.
+ (+) TxFifoEmptyCallback : Tx Fifo Empty Callback.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : UART MspInit.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : UART MspDeInit.
+
+ [..]
+ By default, after the @ref HAL_UART_Init() and when the state is HAL_UART_STATE_RESET
+ all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak (surcharged) functions:
+ examples @ref HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(), @ref HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback().
+ Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are respectively
+ reset to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the @ref HAL_UART_Init()
+ and @ref HAL_UART_DeInit() only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
+ If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_UART_Init() and @ref HAL_UART_DeInit()
+ keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand).
+
+ [..]
+ Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_UART_STATE_READY state only.
+ Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit that can be registered/unregistered
+ in HAL_UART_STATE_READY or HAL_UART_STATE_RESET state, thus registered (user)
+ MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
+ In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+ using @ref HAL_UART_RegisterCallback() before calling @ref HAL_UART_DeInit()
+ or @ref HAL_UART_Init() function.
+
+ [..]
+ When The compilation define USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+ not defined, the callback registration feature is not available
+ and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
+
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup UART UART
+ * @brief HAL UART module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup UART_Private_Constants UART Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+#define USART_CR1_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | \
+ USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8 )) /*!< UART or USART CR1 fields of parameters set by UART_SetConfig API */
+
+#define USART_CR3_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE | USART_CR3_ONEBIT)) /*!< UART or USART CR3 fields of parameters set by UART_SetConfig API */
+
+
+#define UART_BRR_MIN 0x10U /* UART BRR minimum authorized value */
+#define UART_BRR_MAX 0x0000FFFFU /* UART BRR maximum authorized value */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup UART_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+static void UART_EndTxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+static void UART_EndRxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void UART_TxISR_8BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+static void UART_TxISR_16BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+static void UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+static void UART_RxISR_8BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+static void UART_RxISR_16BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions UART Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy
+ in asynchronous mode.
+ (+) For the asynchronous mode the parameters below can be configured:
+ (++) Baud Rate
+ (++) Word Length
+ (++) Stop Bit
+ (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written
+ in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit.
+ (++) Hardware flow control
+ (++) Receiver/transmitter modes
+ (++) Over Sampling Method
+ (++) One-Bit Sampling Method
+ (+) For the asynchronous mode, the following advanced features can be configured as well:
+ (++) TX and/or RX pin level inversion
+ (++) data logical level inversion
+ (++) RX and TX pins swap
+ (++) RX overrun detection disabling
+ (++) DMA disabling on RX error
+ (++) MSB first on communication line
+ (++) auto Baud rate detection
+ [..]
+ The HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(), HAL_LIN_Init()and HAL_MultiProcessor_Init()API
+ follow respectively the UART asynchronous, UART Half duplex, UART LIN mode
+ and UART multiprocessor mode configuration procedures (details for the procedures
+ are available in reference manual).
+
+@endverbatim
+
+ Depending on the frame length defined by the M1 and M0 bits (7-bit,
+ 8-bit or 9-bit), the possible UART formats are listed in the
+ following table.
+
+ Table 1. UART frame format.
+ +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | M1 bit | M0 bit | PCE bit | UART frame |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 1 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 7 bit data | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 1 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 6 bit data | PB | STB | |
+ +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the UART mode according to the specified
+ * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+ if (huart == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (huart->Init.HwFlowCtl != UART_HWCONTROL_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_HWFLOW_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+ }
+
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart);
+
+ if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit;
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ huart->MspInitCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
+ HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
+#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
+ }
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+ /* Set the UART Communication parameters */
+ if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
+ {
+ UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart);
+ }
+
+ /* In asynchronous mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+ - LINEN (if LIN is supported) and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register,
+ - SCEN (if Smartcard is supported), HDSEL and IREN (if IrDA is supported) bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
+#if defined (USART_CR2_LINEN)
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN));
+#else
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_CLKEN);
+#endif /* USART_CR2_LINEN */
+#if defined (USART_CR3_SCEN)
+#if defined (USART_CR3_IREN)
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN));
+#else
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL));
+#endif /* USART_CR3_IREN */
+#else
+#if defined (USART_CR3_IREN)
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN));
+#else
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_HDSEL);
+#endif /* USART_CR3_IREN*/
+#endif /* USART_CR3_SCEN */
+
+ __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+ /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+ return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the half-duplex mode according to the specified
+ * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+ if (huart == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check UART instance */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_HALFDUPLEX_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart);
+
+ if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit;
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ huart->MspInitCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
+ HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
+#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
+ }
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+ /* Set the UART Communication parameters */
+ if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
+ {
+ UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart);
+ }
+
+ /* In half-duplex mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+ - LINEN (if LIN is supported) and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register,
+ - SCEN (if Smartcard is supported) and IREN (if IrDA is supported) bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
+#if defined (USART_CR2_LINEN)
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN));
+#else
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_CLKEN);
+#endif /* USART_CR2_LINEN */
+#if defined (USART_CR3_SCEN)
+#if defined (USART_CR3_IREN)
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN));
+#else
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_SCEN);
+#endif /* USART_CR3_IREN */
+#else
+#if defined (USART_CR3_IREN)
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_IREN);
+#endif /* USART_CR3_IREN */
+#endif /* USART_CR3_SCEN */
+
+ /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_HDSEL);
+
+ __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+ /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+ return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+
+#if defined(USART_CR2_LINEN)
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the LIN mode according to the specified
+ * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param BreakDetectLength Specifies the LIN break detection length.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_10B 10-bit break detection
+ * @arg @ref UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_11B 11-bit break detection
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t BreakDetectLength)
+{
+ /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+ if (huart == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the LIN UART instance */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+ /* Check the Break detection length parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(BreakDetectLength));
+
+ /* LIN mode limited to 16-bit oversampling only */
+ if (huart->Init.OverSampling == UART_OVERSAMPLING_8)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* LIN mode limited to 8-bit data length */
+ if (huart->Init.WordLength != UART_WORDLENGTH_8B)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart);
+
+ if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit;
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ huart->MspInitCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
+ HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
+#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
+ }
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+ /* Set the UART Communication parameters */
+ if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
+ {
+ UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart);
+ }
+
+ /* In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+ - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register,
+ - SCEN(if Smartcard is supported) and IREN(if IrDA is supported) bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN));
+#if defined (USART_CR3_SCEN)
+#if defined (USART_CR3_IREN)
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN));
+#else
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL));
+#endif /* USART_CR3_IREN */
+#else
+#if defined (USART_CR3_IREN)
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN));
+#else
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_HDSEL);
+#endif /* USART_CR3_IREN*/
+#endif /* USART_CR3_SCEN */
+
+ /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LINEN);
+
+ /* Set the USART LIN Break detection length. */
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LBDL, BreakDetectLength);
+
+ __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+ /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+ return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+#endif /* USART_CR2_LINEN */
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the multiprocessor mode according to the specified
+ * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param Address UART node address (4-, 6-, 7- or 8-bit long).
+ * @param WakeUpMethod Specifies the UART wakeup method.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_IDLELINE WakeUp by an idle line detection
+ * @arg @ref UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK WakeUp by an address mark
+ * @note If the user resorts to idle line detection wake up, the Address parameter
+ * is useless and ignored by the initialization function.
+ * @note If the user resorts to address mark wake up, the address length detection
+ * is configured by default to 4 bits only. For the UART to be able to
+ * manage 6-, 7- or 8-bit long addresses detection, the API
+ * HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set() must be called after
+ * HAL_MultiProcessor_Init().
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t Address, uint32_t WakeUpMethod)
+{
+ /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+ if (huart == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the wake up method parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUPMETHOD(WakeUpMethod));
+
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart);
+
+ if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit;
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ huart->MspInitCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
+ HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
+#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
+ }
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+ /* Set the UART Communication parameters */
+ if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
+ {
+ UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart);
+ }
+
+ /* In multiprocessor mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+ - LINEN (if LIN is supported) and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register,
+ - SCEN (if Smartcard is supported), HDSEL and IREN (if IrDA is supported) bits in the USART_CR3 register. */
+#if defined (USART_CR2_LINEN)
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN));
+#else
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_CLKEN);
+#endif /* USART_CR2_LINEN */
+#if defined (USART_CR3_SCEN)
+#if defined (USART_CR3_IREN)
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN));
+#else
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL));
+#endif /* USART_CR3_IREN */
+#else
+#if defined (USART_CR3_IREN)
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN));
+#else
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_HDSEL);
+#endif /* USART_CR3_IREN */
+#endif /* USART_CR3_SCEN */
+
+ if (WakeUpMethod == UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK)
+ {
+ /* If address mark wake up method is chosen, set the USART address node */
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADD, ((uint32_t)Address << UART_CR2_ADDRESS_LSB_POS));
+ }
+
+ /* Set the wake up method by setting the WAKE bit in the CR1 register */
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_WAKE, WakeUpMethod);
+
+ __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+ /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+ return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitialize the UART peripheral.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+ if (huart == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+ huart->Instance->CR1 = 0x0U;
+ huart->Instance->CR2 = 0x0U;
+ huart->Instance->CR3 = 0x0U;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (huart->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ huart->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspDeInit;
+ }
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ huart->MspDeInitCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ HAL_UART_MspDeInit(huart);
+#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
+
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET;
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the UART MSP.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_UART_MspInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(huart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_UART_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitialize the UART MSP.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_UART_MspDeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(huart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_UART_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+ * @brief Register a User UART Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+ * @param huart uart handle
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Half Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Half Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Transmit Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Receive Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_WAKEUP_CB_ID Wakeup Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_FIFO_FULL_CB_ID Rx Fifo Full Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_FIFO_EMPTY_CB_ID Tx Fifo Empty Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_RegisterCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, HAL_UART_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
+ pUART_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_UART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->TxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->TxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->RxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->RxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ huart->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->AbortCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_WAKEUP_CB_ID :
+ huart->WakeupCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+
+ case HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ huart->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ huart->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ huart->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ huart->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister an UART Callback
+ * UART callaback is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+ * @param huart uart handle
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Half Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Half Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Transmit Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Receive Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_WAKEUP_CB_ID Wakeup Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_RX_FIFO_FULL_CB_ID Rx Fifo Full Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_TX_FIFO_EMPTY_CB_ID Tx Fifo Empty Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_UnRegisterCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, HAL_UART_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ if (HAL_UART_STATE_READY == huart->gState)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_UART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->TxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxHalfCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->TxCpltCallback = HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->RxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxHalfCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->RxCpltCallback = HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ huart->ErrorCallback = HAL_UART_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_ABORT_TRANSMIT_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortTransmitCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_ABORT_RECEIVE_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortReceiveCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_UESM)
+ case HAL_UART_WAKEUP_CB_ID :
+ huart->WakeupCallback = HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback; /* Legacy weak WakeupCallback */
+ break;
+
+#endif /* USART_CR1_UESM */
+ case HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInitCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ huart->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInitCallback */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_UART_STATE_RESET == huart->gState)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_UART_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_UART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ huart->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspDeInit;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ * @brief UART Transmit/Receive functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the UART asynchronous
+ and Half duplex data transfers.
+
+ (#) There are two mode of transfer:
+ (+) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode.
+ The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function
+ after finishing transfer.
+ (+) Non-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts
+ or DMA, These API's return the HAL status.
+ The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+ dedicated UART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
+ using DMA mode.
+ The HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks
+ will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process
+ The HAL_UART_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected
+
+ (#) Blocking mode API's are :
+ (+) HAL_UART_Transmit()
+ (+) HAL_UART_Receive()
+
+ (#) Non-Blocking mode API's with Interrupt are :
+ (+) HAL_UART_Transmit_IT()
+ (+) HAL_UART_Receive_IT()
+ (+) HAL_UART_IRQHandler()
+
+ (#) Non-Blocking mode API's with DMA are :
+ (+) HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA()
+ (+) HAL_UART_Receive_DMA()
+ (+) HAL_UART_DMAPause()
+ (+) HAL_UART_DMAResume()
+ (+) HAL_UART_DMAStop()
+
+ (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in Non_Blocking mode:
+ (+) HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback()
+ (+) HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback()
+ (+) HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback()
+ (+) HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback()
+ (+) HAL_UART_ErrorCallback()
+
+ (#) Non-Blocking mode transfers could be aborted using Abort API's :
+ (+) HAL_UART_Abort()
+ (+) HAL_UART_AbortTransmit()
+ (+) HAL_UART_AbortReceive()
+ (+) HAL_UART_Abort_IT()
+ (+) HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT()
+ (+) HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT()
+
+ (#) For Abort services based on interrupts (HAL_UART_Abortxxx_IT), a set of Abort Complete Callbacks are provided:
+ (+) HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback()
+ (+) HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback()
+ (+) HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback()
+
+ (#) In Non-Blocking mode transfers, possible errors are split into 2 categories.
+ Errors are handled as follows :
+ (+) Error is considered as Recoverable and non blocking : Transfer could go till end, but error severity is
+ to be evaluated by user : this concerns Frame Error, Parity Error or Noise Error in Interrupt mode reception .
+ Received character is then retrieved and stored in Rx buffer, Error code is set to allow user to identify error type,
+ and HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed. Transfer is kept ongoing on UART side.
+ If user wants to abort it, Abort services should be called by user.
+ (+) Error is considered as Blocking : Transfer could not be completed properly and is aborted.
+ This concerns Overrun Error In Interrupt mode reception and all errors in DMA mode.
+ Error code is set to allow user to identify error type, and HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed.
+
+ -@- In the Half duplex communication, it is forbidden to run the transmit
+ and receive process in parallel, the UART state HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX can't be useful.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Send an amount of data in blocking mode.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * the sent data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number
+ * of u16 provided through pData.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * address of user data buffer containing data to be sent, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits)
+ * (as sent data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain,
+ * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+ * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent.
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint8_t *pdata8bits;
+ uint16_t *pdata16bits;
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input parameter
+ should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be filled into TDR will be
+ handled through a u16 cast. */
+ if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ if ((((uint32_t)pData) & 1U) != 0U)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ huart->TxXferSize = Size;
+ huart->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData needs to be handled as a uint16_t pointer */
+ if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ pdata8bits = NULL;
+ pdata16bits = (uint16_t *) pData;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pdata8bits = pData;
+ pdata16bits = NULL;
+ }
+
+ while (huart->TxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ if (pdata8bits == NULL)
+ {
+ huart->Instance->TDR = (uint16_t)(*pdata16bits & 0x01FFU);
+ pdata16bits++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ huart->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*pdata8bits & 0xFFU);
+ pdata8bits++;
+ }
+ huart->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+
+ if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TC, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+
+ /* At end of Tx process, restore huart->gState to Ready */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * the received data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number
+ * of u16 available through pData.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * address of user data buffer for storing data to be received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits)
+ * (as received data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain,
+ * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+ * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received.
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint8_t *pdata8bits;
+ uint16_t *pdata16bits;
+ uint16_t uhMask;
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */
+ if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input parameter
+ should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be received from RDR will be
+ handled through a u16 cast. */
+ if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ if ((((uint32_t)pData) & 1U) != 0U)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ huart->RxXferSize = Size;
+ huart->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /* Computation of UART mask to apply to RDR register */
+ UART_MASK_COMPUTATION(huart);
+ uhMask = huart->Mask;
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pRxData needs to be handled as a uint16_t pointer */
+ if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ pdata8bits = NULL;
+ pdata16bits = (uint16_t *) pData;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pdata8bits = pData;
+ pdata16bits = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* as long as data have to be received */
+ while (huart->RxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ if (pdata8bits == NULL)
+ {
+ *pdata16bits = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & uhMask);
+ pdata16bits++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *pdata8bits = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask);
+ pdata8bits++;
+ }
+ huart->RxXferCount--;
+ }
+
+ /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Send an amount of data in interrupt mode.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * the sent data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number
+ * of u16 provided through pData.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * address of user data buffer containing data to be sent, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits)
+ * (as sent data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain,
+ * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+ * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input parameter
+ should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be filled into TDR will be
+ handled through a u16 cast. */
+ if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ if ((((uint32_t)pData) & 1U) != 0U)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ huart->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+ huart->TxXferSize = Size;
+ huart->TxXferCount = Size;
+ huart->TxISR = NULL;
+
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+ /* Set the Tx ISR function pointer according to the data word length */
+ if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ huart->TxISR = UART_TxISR_16BIT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ huart->TxISR = UART_TxISR_8BIT;
+ }
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ /* Enable the Transmit Data Register Empty interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * the received data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number
+ * of u16 available through pData.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * address of user data buffer for storing data to be received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits)
+ * (as received data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain,
+ * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+ * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */
+ if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input parameter
+ should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be received from RDR will be
+ handled through a u16 cast. */
+ if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ if ((((uint32_t)pData) & 1U) != 0U)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+ huart->RxXferSize = Size;
+ huart->RxXferCount = Size;
+ huart->RxISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Computation of UART mask to apply to RDR register */
+ UART_MASK_COMPUTATION(huart);
+
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+ /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Set the Rx ISR function pointer according to the data word length */
+ if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_16BIT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ huart->RxISR = UART_RxISR_8BIT;
+ }
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ /* Enable the UART Parity Error interrupt and Data Register Not Empty interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RXNEIE);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Send an amount of data in DMA mode.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * the sent data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number
+ * of u16 provided through pData.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * address of user data buffer containing data to be sent, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits)
+ * (as sent data will be handled by DMA from halfword frontier). Depending on compilation chain,
+ * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+ * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input parameter
+ should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data copy into TDR will be
+ handled by DMA from a u16 frontier. */
+ if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ if ((((uint32_t)pData) & 1U) != 0U)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ huart->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
+ huart->TxXferSize = Size;
+ huart->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+ if (huart->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */
+ huart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMATransmitCplt;
+
+ /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+ huart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMATxHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ huart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the DMA abort callback */
+ huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the UART transmit DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmatx, (uint32_t)huart->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->TDR, Size) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ /* Restore huart->gState to ready */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Clear the TC flag in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_TCF);
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit
+ in the UART CR3 register */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in DMA mode.
+ * @note When the UART parity is enabled (PCE = 1), the received data contain
+ * the parity bit (MSB position).
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * the received data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number
+ * of u16 available through pData.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * address of user data buffer for storing data to be received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits)
+ * (as received data will be handled by DMA from halfword frontier). Depending on compilation chain,
+ * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param pData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+ * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */
+ if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input parameter
+ should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data copy from RDR will be
+ handled by DMA from a u16 frontier. */
+ if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ if ((((uint32_t)pData) & 1U) != 0U)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
+ huart->RxXferSize = Size;
+
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+ if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */
+ huart->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMAReceiveCplt;
+
+ /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+ huart->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMARxHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ huart->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the DMA abort callback */
+ huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Enable the DMA channel */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->RDR, (uint32_t)huart->pRxBuffPtr, Size) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ /* Restore huart->gState to ready */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ /* Enable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+
+ /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit
+ in the UART CR3 register */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Pause the DMA Transfer.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAPause(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef gstate = huart->gState;
+ const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef rxstate = huart->RxState;
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) &&
+ (gstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX))
+ {
+ /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+ }
+ if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) &&
+ (rxstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX))
+ {
+ /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+ }
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Resume the DMA Transfer.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAResume(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ /* Enable the UART DMA Tx request */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+ }
+ if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer */
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF);
+
+ /* Reenable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Enable the UART DMA Rx request */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+ }
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stop the DMA Transfer.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAStop(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application
+ to call the HAL UART API under callbacks HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() /
+ HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback / HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback:
+ indeed, when HAL_DMA_Abort() API is called, the DMA TX/RX Transfer or Half Transfer complete
+ interrupt is generated if the DMA transfer interruption occurs at the middle or at the end of
+ the stream and the corresponding call back is executed. */
+
+ const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef gstate = huart->gState;
+ const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef rxstate = huart->RxState;
+
+ /* Stop UART DMA Tx request if ongoing */
+ if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) &&
+ (gstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel */
+ if (huart->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmatx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ UART_EndTxTransfer(huart);
+ }
+
+ /* Stop UART DMA Rx request if ongoing */
+ if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) &&
+ (rxstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel */
+ if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmarx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ UART_EndRxTransfer(huart);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (blocking mode).
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx and Rx)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Abort(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+ if (huart->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null.
+ No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmatx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+ if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null.
+ No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmarx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */
+ huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+
+ /* Discard the received data */
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+
+ /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (blocking mode).
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Tx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortTransmit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+
+ /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+ if (huart->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null.
+ No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmatx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Reset Tx transfer counter */
+ huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+
+ /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing Receive transfer (blocking mode).
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Rx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable UART Interrupts (Rx)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortReceive(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+ if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null.
+ No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_GetError(huart->hdmarx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Reset Rx transfer counter */
+ huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ /* Discard the received data */
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+
+ /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (Interrupt mode).
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx and Rx)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback
+ * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be
+ * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Abort_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ uint32_t abortcplt = 1U;
+
+ /* Disable interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* If DMA Tx and/or DMA Rx Handles are associated to UART Handle, DMA Abort complete callbacks should be initialised
+ before any call to DMA Abort functions */
+ /* DMA Tx Handle is valid */
+ if (huart->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if UART DMA Tx request if enabled.
+ Otherwise, set it to NULL */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMATxAbortCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ /* DMA Rx Handle is valid */
+ if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if UART DMA Rx request if enabled.
+ Otherwise, set it to NULL */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMARxAbortCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ /* Disable DMA Tx at UART level */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */
+ if (huart->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* UART Tx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised :
+ will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+
+ /* Abort DMA TX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ abortcplt = 0U;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */
+ if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* UART Rx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised :
+ will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+
+ /* Abort DMA RX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ abortcplt = 1U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ abortcplt = 0U;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* if no DMA abort complete callback execution is required => call user Abort Complete callback */
+ if (abortcplt == 1U)
+ {
+ /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */
+ huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear ISR function pointers */
+ huart->RxISR = NULL;
+ huart->TxISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Reset errorCode */
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+
+ /* Discard the received data */
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+
+ /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort complete callback */
+ huart->AbortCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort complete callback */
+ HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (Interrupt mode).
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Tx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback
+ * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be
+ * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Disable interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+
+ /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */
+ if (huart->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback;
+
+ /* Abort DMA TX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(huart->hdmatx);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset Tx transfer counter */
+ huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear TxISR function pointers */
+ huart->TxISR = NULL;
+
+ /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+ huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+ HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset Tx transfer counter */
+ huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear TxISR function pointers */
+ huart->TxISR = NULL;
+
+
+ /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+ huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+ HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing Receive transfer (Interrupt mode).
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Rx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable UART Interrupts (Rx)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback
+ * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be
+ * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */
+ if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback;
+
+ /* Abort DMA RX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(huart->hdmarx);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset Rx transfer counter */
+ huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear RxISR function pointer */
+ huart->pRxBuffPtr = NULL;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ /* Discard the received data */
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+
+ /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+ huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+ HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Reset Rx transfer counter */
+ huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear RxISR function pointer */
+ huart->pRxBuffPtr = NULL;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+ huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+ HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle UART interrupt request.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_UART_IRQHandler(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ uint32_t isrflags = READ_REG(huart->Instance->ISR);
+ uint32_t cr1its = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR1);
+ uint32_t cr3its = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR3);
+
+ uint32_t errorflags;
+ uint32_t errorcode;
+
+ /* If no error occurs */
+ errorflags = (isrflags & (uint32_t)(USART_ISR_PE | USART_ISR_FE | USART_ISR_ORE | USART_ISR_NE | USART_ISR_RTOF));
+ if (errorflags == 0U)
+ {
+ /* UART in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE) != 0U)
+ && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ if (huart->RxISR != NULL)
+ {
+ huart->RxISR(huart);
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If some errors occur */
+ if ((errorflags != 0U)
+ && (((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U)
+ || ((cr1its & (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)) != 0U)))
+ {
+ /* UART parity error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_PE) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_PEIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_PEF);
+
+ huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_PE;
+ }
+
+ /* UART frame error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_FE) != 0U) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_FE;
+ }
+
+ /* UART noise error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_NE) != 0U) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_NEF);
+
+ huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_NE;
+ }
+
+ /* UART Over-Run interrupt occurred -----------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_ORE) != 0U)
+ && (((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != 0U) ||
+ ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U)))
+ {
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF);
+
+ huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE;
+ }
+
+ /* UART Receiver Timeout interrupt occurred ---------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RTOF) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RTOIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_RTOF);
+
+ huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_RTO;
+ }
+
+ /* Call UART Error Call back function if need be ----------------------------*/
+ if (huart->ErrorCode != HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ /* UART in mode Receiver --------------------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE) != 0U)
+ && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ if (huart->RxISR != NULL)
+ {
+ huart->RxISR(huart);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If Error is to be considered as blocking :
+ - Receiver Timeout error in Reception
+ - Overrun error in Reception
+ - any error occurs in DMA mode reception
+ */
+ errorcode = huart->ErrorCode;
+ if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) ||
+ ((errorcode & (HAL_UART_ERROR_RTO | HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE)) != 0U))
+ {
+ /* Blocking error : transfer is aborted
+ Set the UART state ready to be able to start again the process,
+ Disable Rx Interrupts, and disable Rx DMA request, if ongoing */
+ UART_EndRxTransfer(huart);
+
+ /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel */
+ if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMAAbortOnError;
+
+ /* Abort DMA RX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(huart->hdmarx);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered error callback*/
+ huart->ErrorCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /*Call legacy weak error callback*/
+ HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered error callback*/
+ huart->ErrorCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /*Call legacy weak error callback*/
+ HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Non Blocking error : transfer could go on.
+ Error is notified to user through user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered error callback*/
+ huart->ErrorCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /*Call legacy weak error callback*/
+ HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+ }
+ }
+ return;
+
+ } /* End if some error occurs */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_UESM)
+
+ /* UART wakeup from Stop mode interrupt occurred ---------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_WUF) != 0U) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_WUFIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_WUF);
+
+ /* UART Rx state is not reset as a reception process might be ongoing.
+ If UART handle state fields need to be reset to READY, this could be done in Wakeup callback */
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Wakeup Callback */
+ huart->WakeupCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Wakeup Callback */
+ HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ return;
+ }
+#endif /* USART_CR1_UESM */
+
+ /* UART in mode Transmitter ------------------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_TXE) != 0U)
+ && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TXEIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ if (huart->TxISR != NULL)
+ {
+ huart->TxISR(huart);
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* UART in mode Transmitter (transmission end) -----------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_TC) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TCIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ UART_EndTransmit_IT(huart);
+ return;
+ }
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(huart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(huart);
+
+ /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(huart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx Half Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(huart);
+
+ /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UART error callback.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(huart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_UART_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UART Abort Complete callback.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(huart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UART Abort Complete callback.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(huart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief UART Abort Receive Complete callback.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(huart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief UART control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the UART.
+ (+) HAL_UART_ReceiverTimeout_Config() API allows to configure the receiver timeout value on the fly
+ (+) HAL_UART_EnableReceiverTimeout() API enables the receiver timeout feature
+ (+) HAL_UART_DisableReceiverTimeout() API disables the receiver timeout feature
+ (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode() API enables mute mode
+ (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode() API disables mute mode
+ (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode() API enters mute mode
+ (+) UART_SetConfig() API configures the UART peripheral
+ (+) UART_AdvFeatureConfig() API optionally configures the UART advanced features
+ (+) UART_CheckIdleState() API ensures that TEACK and/or REACK are set after initialization
+ (+) HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter() API disables receiver and enables transmitter
+ (+) HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver() API disables transmitter and enables receiver
+ (+) HAL_LIN_SendBreak() API transmits the break characters
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Update on the fly the receiver timeout value in RTOR register.
+ * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+ * @param TimeoutValue receiver timeout value in number of baud blocks. The timeout
+ * value must be less or equal to 0x0FFFFFFFF.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_UART_ReceiverTimeout_Config(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t TimeoutValue)
+{
+ assert_param(IS_UART_RECEIVER_TIMEOUT_VALUE(TimeoutValue));
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_RTO, TimeoutValue);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the UART receiver timeout feature.
+ * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_EnableReceiverTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Set the USART RTOEN bit */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable the UART receiver timeout feature.
+ * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DisableReceiverTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Clear the USART RTOEN bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable UART in mute mode (does not mean UART enters mute mode;
+ * to enter mute mode, HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode() API must be called).
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Enable USART mute mode by setting the MME bit in the CR1 register */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_MME);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable UART mute mode (does not mean the UART actually exits mute mode
+ * as it may not have been in mute mode at this very moment).
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable USART mute mode by clearing the MME bit in the CR1 register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_MME);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enter UART mute mode (means UART actually enters mute mode).
+ * @note To exit from mute mode, HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode() API must be called.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_MUTE_MODE_REQUEST);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the UART transmitter and disable the UART receiver.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Clear TE and RE bits */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE));
+
+ /* Enable the USART's transmit interface by setting the TE bit in the USART CR1 register */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TE);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable the UART receiver and disable the UART transmitter.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status.
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Clear TE and RE bits */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE));
+
+ /* Enable the USART's receive interface by setting the RE bit in the USART CR1 register */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RE);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+#if defined(USART_CR2_LINEN)
+/**
+ * @brief Transmit break characters.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_SendBreak(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Send break characters */
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_SENDBREAK_REQUEST);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+#endif /* USART_CR2_LINEN */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Error functions
+ * @brief UART Peripheral State functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral State and Error functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides functions allowing to :
+ (+) Return the UART handle state.
+ (+) Return the UART handle error code
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the UART handle state.
+ * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified UART.
+ * @retval HAL state
+ */
+HAL_UART_StateTypeDef HAL_UART_GetState(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ uint32_t temp1;
+ uint32_t temp2;
+ temp1 = huart->gState;
+ temp2 = huart->RxState;
+
+ return (HAL_UART_StateTypeDef)(temp1 | temp2);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the UART handle error code.
+ * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified UART.
+ * @retval UART Error Code
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_UART_GetError(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ return huart->ErrorCode;
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup UART_Private_Functions UART Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the callbacks to their default values.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval none
+ */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+void UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Init the UART Callback settings */
+ huart->TxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxHalfCpltCallback */
+ huart->TxCpltCallback = HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback */
+ huart->RxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxHalfCpltCallback */
+ huart->RxCpltCallback = HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback */
+ huart->ErrorCallback = HAL_UART_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+ huart->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */
+ huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortTransmitCpltCallback */
+ huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback = HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortReceiveCpltCallback */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_UESM)
+ huart->WakeupCallback = HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback; /* Legacy weak WakeupCallback */
+#endif /* USART_CR1_UESM */
+
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the UART peripheral.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_SetConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg;
+ uint16_t brrtemp;
+ UART_ClockSourceTypeDef clocksource;
+ uint32_t usartdiv = 0x00000000U;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t pclk;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_BAUDRATE(huart->Init.BaudRate));
+ assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength));
+ assert_param(IS_UART_STOPBITS(huart->Init.StopBits));
+ assert_param(IS_UART_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE(huart->Init.OneBitSampling));
+
+ assert_param(IS_UART_PARITY(huart->Init.Parity));
+ assert_param(IS_UART_MODE(huart->Init.Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_UART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(huart->Init.HwFlowCtl));
+ assert_param(IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling));
+
+ /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE, RE and OVER8 bits and configure
+ * the UART Word Length, Parity, Mode and oversampling:
+ * set the M bits according to huart->Init.WordLength value
+ * set PCE and PS bits according to huart->Init.Parity value
+ * set TE and RE bits according to huart->Init.Mode value
+ * set OVER8 bit according to huart->Init.OverSampling value */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)huart->Init.WordLength | huart->Init.Parity | huart->Init.Mode | huart->Init.OverSampling ;
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_FIELDS, tmpreg);
+
+ /*-------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ /* Configure the UART Stop Bits: Set STOP[13:12] bits according
+ * to huart->Init.StopBits value */
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_STOP, huart->Init.StopBits);
+
+ /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ /* Configure
+ * - UART HardWare Flow Control: set CTSE and RTSE bits according
+ * to huart->Init.HwFlowCtl value
+ * - one-bit sampling method versus three samples' majority rule according
+ * to huart->Init.OneBitSampling (not applicable to LPUART) */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)huart->Init.HwFlowCtl;
+
+ tmpreg |= huart->Init.OneBitSampling;
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_FIELDS, tmpreg);
+
+
+ /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/
+ UART_GETCLOCKSOURCE(huart, clocksource);
+
+ if (huart->Init.OverSampling == UART_OVERSAMPLING_8)
+ {
+ switch (clocksource)
+ {
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+ pclk = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(pclk, huart->Init.BaudRate));
+ break;
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI:
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(HSI_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate));
+ break;
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+ pclk = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(pclk, huart->Init.BaudRate));
+ break;
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE:
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(LSE_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate));
+ break;
+ default:
+ ret = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* USARTDIV must be greater than or equal to 0d16 */
+ if ((usartdiv >= UART_BRR_MIN) && (usartdiv <= UART_BRR_MAX))
+ {
+ brrtemp = (uint16_t)(usartdiv & 0xFFF0U);
+ brrtemp |= (uint16_t)((usartdiv & (uint16_t)0x000FU) >> 1U);
+ huart->Instance->BRR = brrtemp;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ret = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ switch (clocksource)
+ {
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+ pclk = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(pclk, huart->Init.BaudRate));
+ break;
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI:
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(HSI_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate));
+ break;
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+ pclk = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(pclk, huart->Init.BaudRate));
+ break;
+ case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE:
+ usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(LSE_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate));
+ break;
+ default:
+ ret = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* USARTDIV must be greater than or equal to 0d16 */
+ if ((usartdiv >= UART_BRR_MIN) && (usartdiv <= UART_BRR_MAX))
+ {
+ huart->Instance->BRR = usartdiv;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ret = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+
+ /* Clear ISR function pointers */
+ huart->RxISR = NULL;
+ huart->TxISR = NULL;
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the UART peripheral advanced features.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void UART_AdvFeatureConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Check whether the set of advanced features to configure is properly set */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_INIT(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit));
+
+ /* if required, configure TX pin active level inversion */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_TXINVERT_INIT))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_TXINV(huart->AdvancedInit.TxPinLevelInvert));
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_TXINV, huart->AdvancedInit.TxPinLevelInvert);
+ }
+
+ /* if required, configure RX pin active level inversion */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_RXINVERT_INIT))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_RXINV(huart->AdvancedInit.RxPinLevelInvert));
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RXINV, huart->AdvancedInit.RxPinLevelInvert);
+ }
+
+ /* if required, configure data inversion */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_DATAINVERT_INIT))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_DATAINV(huart->AdvancedInit.DataInvert));
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_DATAINV, huart->AdvancedInit.DataInvert);
+ }
+
+ /* if required, configure RX/TX pins swap */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_SWAP_INIT))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_SWAP(huart->AdvancedInit.Swap));
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_SWAP, huart->AdvancedInit.Swap);
+ }
+
+ /* if required, configure RX overrun detection disabling */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_RXOVERRUNDISABLE_INIT))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_UART_OVERRUN(huart->AdvancedInit.OverrunDisable));
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_OVRDIS, huart->AdvancedInit.OverrunDisable);
+ }
+
+ /* if required, configure DMA disabling on reception error */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_DMADISABLEONERROR_INIT))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_DMAONRXERROR(huart->AdvancedInit.DMADisableonRxError));
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DDRE, huart->AdvancedInit.DMADisableonRxError);
+ }
+
+ /* if required, configure auto Baud rate detection scheme */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_INIT))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_USART_AUTOBAUDRATE_DETECTION_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE(huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateEnable));
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ABREN, huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateEnable);
+ /* set auto Baudrate detection parameters if detection is enabled */
+ if (huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateEnable == UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_ENABLE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATEMODE(huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateMode));
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ABRMODE, huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateMode);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* if required, configure MSB first on communication line */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST_INIT))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST(huart->AdvancedInit.MSBFirst));
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_MSBFIRST, huart->AdvancedInit.MSBFirst);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Check the UART Idle State.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_CheckIdleState(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Initialize the UART ErrorCode */
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Check if the Transmitter is enabled */
+ if ((huart->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_TE) == USART_CR1_TE)
+ {
+ /* Wait until TEACK flag is set */
+ if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_TEACK, RESET, tickstart, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Timeout occurred */
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the Receiver is enabled */
+ if ((huart->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_RE) == USART_CR1_RE)
+ {
+ /* Wait until REACK flag is set */
+ if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, tickstart, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Timeout occurred */
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize the UART State */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle UART Communication Timeout.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param Flag Specifies the UART flag to check
+ * @param Status Flag status (SET or RESET)
+ * @param Tickstart Tick start value
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status,
+ uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ /* Wait until flag is set */
+ while ((__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, Flag) ? SET : RESET) == Status)
+ {
+ /* Check for the Timeout */
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+
+ if (READ_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RE) != 0U)
+ {
+ if (__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_RTOF) == SET)
+ {
+ /* Clear Receiver Timeout flag*/
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_RTOF);
+
+ /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_RTO;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief End ongoing Tx transfer on UART peripheral (following error detection or Transmit completion).
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_EndTxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+
+ /* At end of Tx process, restore huart->gState to Ready */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief End ongoing Rx transfer on UART peripheral (following error detection or Reception completion).
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_EndRxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Reset RxIsr function pointer */
+ huart->RxISR = NULL;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA UART transmit process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ /* DMA Normal mode */
+ if (hdma->Init.Mode != DMA_CIRCULAR)
+ {
+ huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by resetting the DMAT bit
+ in the UART CR3 register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE);
+ }
+ /* DMA Circular mode */
+ else
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered Tx complete callback*/
+ huart->TxCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /*Call legacy weak Tx complete callback*/
+ HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA UART transmit process half complete callback.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered Tx Half complete callback*/
+ huart->TxHalfCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /*Call legacy weak Tx Half complete callback*/
+ HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA UART receive process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ /* DMA Normal mode */
+ if (hdma->Init.Mode != DMA_CIRCULAR)
+ {
+ huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by resetting the DMAR bit
+ in the UART CR3 register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+ }
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered Rx complete callback*/
+ huart->RxCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /*Call legacy weak Rx complete callback*/
+ HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA UART receive process half complete callback.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered Rx Half complete callback*/
+ huart->RxHalfCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /*Call legacy weak Rx Half complete callback*/
+ HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA UART communication error callback.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef gstate = huart->gState;
+ const HAL_UART_StateTypeDef rxstate = huart->RxState;
+
+ /* Stop UART DMA Tx request if ongoing */
+ if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) &&
+ (gstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX))
+ {
+ huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ UART_EndTxTransfer(huart);
+ }
+
+ /* Stop UART DMA Rx request if ongoing */
+ if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) &&
+ (rxstate == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX))
+ {
+ huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ UART_EndRxTransfer(huart);
+ }
+
+ huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered error callback*/
+ huart->ErrorCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /*Call legacy weak error callback*/
+ HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA UART communication abort callback, when initiated by HAL services on Error
+ * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure following error occurrence).
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+ huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered error callback*/
+ huart->ErrorCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /*Call legacy weak error callback*/
+ HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA UART Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user
+ * (To be called at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request).
+ * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no
+ * Abort still ongoing for Rx DMA Handle.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */
+ if (huart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */
+ huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Reset errorCode */
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+
+ /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Call user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort complete callback */
+ huart->AbortCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort complete callback */
+ HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA UART Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user
+ * (To be called at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request).
+ * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no
+ * Abort still ongoing for Tx DMA Handle.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */
+ if (huart->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */
+ huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Reset errorCode */
+ huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ /* Discard the received data */
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+
+ /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Call user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort complete callback */
+ huart->AbortCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort complete callback */
+ HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA UART Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to
+ * HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT API (Abort only Tx transfer)
+ * (This callback is executed at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request,
+ * and leads to user Tx Abort Complete callback execution).
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ huart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+
+ /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Call user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+ huart->AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Transmit Complete Callback */
+ HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA UART Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to
+ * HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT API (Abort only Rx transfer)
+ * (This callback is executed at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request,
+ * and leads to user Rx Abort Complete callback execution).
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ UART_HandleTypeDef *huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
+
+ huart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ /* Discard the received data */
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+
+ /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Call user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+ huart->AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Receive Complete Callback */
+ HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief TX interrrupt handler for 7 or 8 bits data word length .
+ * @note Function is called under interruption only, once
+ * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Transmit_IT().
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_TxISR_8BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ if (huart->TxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the UART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE);
+
+ /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ huart->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*huart->pTxBuffPtr & (uint8_t)0xFF);
+ huart->pTxBuffPtr++;
+ huart->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief TX interrrupt handler for 9 bits data word length.
+ * @note Function is called under interruption only, once
+ * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Transmit_IT().
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_TxISR_16BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ uint16_t *tmp;
+
+ /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ if (huart->TxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the UART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE);
+
+ /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmp = (uint16_t *) huart->pTxBuffPtr;
+ huart->Instance->TDR = (((uint32_t)(*tmp)) & 0x01FFUL);
+ huart->pTxBuffPtr += 2U;
+ huart->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Wrap up transmission in non-blocking mode.
+ * @param huart pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified UART module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Disable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE);
+
+ /* Tx process is ended, restore huart->gState to Ready */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Cleat TxISR function pointer */
+ huart->TxISR = NULL;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered Tx complete callback*/
+ huart->TxCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /*Call legacy weak Tx complete callback*/
+ HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief RX interrrupt handler for 7 or 8 bits data word length .
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_RxISR_8BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ uint16_t uhMask = huart->Mask;
+ uint16_t uhdata;
+
+ /* Check that a Rx process is ongoing */
+ if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ uhdata = (uint16_t) READ_REG(huart->Instance->RDR);
+ *huart->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t)(uhdata & (uint8_t)uhMask);
+ huart->pRxBuffPtr++;
+ huart->RxXferCount--;
+
+ if (huart->RxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt and RXNE interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+
+ /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Rx process is completed, restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Clear RxISR function pointer */
+ huart->RxISR = NULL;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered Rx complete callback*/
+ huart->RxCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /*Call legacy weak Rx complete callback*/
+ HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear RXNE interrupt flag */
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief RX interrrupt handler for 9 bits data word length .
+ * @note Function is called under interruption only, once
+ * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Receive_IT()
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UART_RxISR_16BIT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ uint16_t *tmp;
+ uint16_t uhMask = huart->Mask;
+ uint16_t uhdata;
+
+ /* Check that a Rx process is ongoing */
+ if (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ uhdata = (uint16_t) READ_REG(huart->Instance->RDR);
+ tmp = (uint16_t *) huart->pRxBuffPtr ;
+ *tmp = (uint16_t)(uhdata & uhMask);
+ huart->pRxBuffPtr += 2U;
+ huart->RxXferCount--;
+
+ if (huart->RxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt and RXNE interrupt*/
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+
+ /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Rx process is completed, restore huart->RxState to Ready */
+ huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Clear RxISR function pointer */
+ huart->RxISR = NULL;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /*Call registered Rx complete callback*/
+ huart->RxCpltCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /*Call legacy weak Rx complete callback*/
+ HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear RXNE interrupt flag */
+ __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_uart_ex.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_uart_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d84e85a --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_uart_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,478 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_uart_ex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief Extended UART HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following extended
+ * functionalities of the Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter Peripheral (UART).
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### UART peripheral extended features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ (#) Declare a UART_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
+
+ (#) For the UART RS485 Driver Enable mode, initialize the UART registers
+ by calling the HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API.
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup UARTEx UARTEx
+ * @brief UART Extended HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup UARTEx_Private_Functions UARTEx Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_UESM)
+static void UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection);
+#endif /* USART_CR1_UESM */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions UARTEx Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Extended Initialization and Configuration Functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy
+ in asynchronous mode.
+ (+) For the asynchronous mode the parameters below can be configured:
+ (++) Baud Rate
+ (++) Word Length
+ (++) Stop Bit
+ (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written
+ in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit.
+ (++) Hardware flow control
+ (++) Receiver/transmitter modes
+ (++) Over Sampling Method
+ (++) One-Bit Sampling Method
+ (+) For the asynchronous mode, the following advanced features can be configured as well:
+ (++) TX and/or RX pin level inversion
+ (++) data logical level inversion
+ (++) RX and TX pins swap
+ (++) RX overrun detection disabling
+ (++) DMA disabling on RX error
+ (++) MSB first on communication line
+ (++) auto Baud rate detection
+ [..]
+ The HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API follows the UART RS485 mode configuration
+ procedures (details for the procedures are available in reference manual).
+
+@endverbatim
+
+ Depending on the frame length defined by the M1 and M0 bits (7-bit,
+ 8-bit or 9-bit), the possible UART formats are listed in the
+ following table.
+
+ Table 1. UART frame format.
+ +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | M1 bit | M0 bit | PCE bit | UART frame |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 1 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 7 bit data | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 1 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 6 bit data | PB | STB | |
+ +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the RS485 Driver enable feature according to the specified
+ * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param Polarity Select the driver enable polarity.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref UART_DE_POLARITY_HIGH DE signal is active high
+ * @arg @ref UART_DE_POLARITY_LOW DE signal is active low
+ * @param AssertionTime Driver Enable assertion time:
+ * 5-bit value defining the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable)
+ * signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time
+ * units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate)
+ * @param DeassertionTime Driver Enable deassertion time:
+ * 5-bit value defining the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a
+ * transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal.
+ * It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the
+ * oversampling rate).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RS485Ex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Polarity, uint32_t AssertionTime,
+ uint32_t DeassertionTime)
+{
+ uint32_t temp;
+
+ /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+ if (huart == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Check the Driver Enable UART instance */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_DRIVER_ENABLE_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+
+ /* Check the Driver Enable polarity */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_DE_POLARITY(Polarity));
+
+ /* Check the Driver Enable assertion time */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_ASSERTIONTIME(AssertionTime));
+
+ /* Check the Driver Enable deassertion time */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_DEASSERTIONTIME(DeassertionTime));
+
+ if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ UART_InitCallbacksToDefault(huart);
+
+ if (huart->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ huart->MspInitCallback = HAL_UART_MspInit;
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ huart->MspInitCallback(huart);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX */
+ HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
+#endif /* (USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS) */
+ }
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+ /* Set the UART Communication parameters */
+ if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
+ {
+ UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Driver Enable mode by setting the DEM bit in the CR3 register */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DEM);
+
+ /* Set the Driver Enable polarity */
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DEP, Polarity);
+
+ /* Set the Driver Enable assertion and deassertion times */
+ temp = (AssertionTime << UART_CR1_DEAT_ADDRESS_LSB_POS);
+ temp |= (DeassertionTime << UART_CR1_DEDT_ADDRESS_LSB_POS);
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_DEDT | USART_CR1_DEAT), temp);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+ /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */
+ return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ * @brief Extended functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ This subsection provides a set of Wakeup and FIFO mode related callback functions.
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_UESM)
+ (#) Wakeup from Stop mode Callback:
+ (+) HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback()
+
+#endif
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_UESM)
+/**
+ * @brief UART wakeup from Stop mode callback.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(huart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+#endif /* USART_CR1_UESM */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides the following functions:
+ (+) HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set() API optionally sets the UART node address
+ detection length to more than 4 bits for multiprocessor address mark wake up.
+#if defined(USART_CR1_UESM)
+ (+) HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig() API defines the wake-up from stop mode
+ trigger: address match, Start Bit detection or RXNE bit status.
+ (+) HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode() API enables the UART to wake up the MCU from stop mode
+ (+) HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode() API disables the above functionality
+#endif
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief By default in multiprocessor mode, when the wake up method is set
+ * to address mark, the UART handles only 4-bit long addresses detection;
+ * this API allows to enable longer addresses detection (6-, 7- or 8-bit
+ * long).
+ * @note Addresses detection lengths are: 6-bit address detection in 7-bit data mode,
+ * 7-bit address detection in 8-bit data mode, 8-bit address detection in 9-bit data mode.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param AddressLength This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_4B 4-bit long address
+ * @arg @ref UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_7B 6-, 7- or 8-bit long address
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t AddressLength)
+{
+ /* Check the UART handle allocation */
+ if (huart == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the address length parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESSLENGTH_DETECT(AddressLength));
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+ /* Set the address length */
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADDM7, AddressLength);
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+ /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState to Ready */
+ return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
+}
+
+#if defined(USART_CR1_UESM)
+/**
+ * @brief Set Wakeup from Stop mode interrupt flag selection.
+ * @note It is the application responsibility to enable the interrupt used as
+ * usart_wkup interrupt source before entering low-power mode.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param WakeUpSelection Address match, Start Bit detection or RXNE/RXFNE bit status.
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS
+ * @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_STARTBIT
+ * @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_READDATA_NONEMPTY
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* check the wake-up from stop mode UART instance */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
+ /* check the wake-up selection parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_SELECTION(WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent));
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
+
+ /* Set the wake-up selection scheme */
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_WUS, WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent);
+
+ if (WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent == UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS)
+ {
+ UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(huart, WakeUpSelection);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Wait until REACK flag is set */
+ if (UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, tickstart, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Initialize the UART State */
+ huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enable UART Stop Mode.
+ * @note The UART is able to wake up the MCU from Stop 1 mode as long as UART clock is HSI or LSE.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ /* Set UESM bit */
+ SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UESM);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Disable UART Stop Mode.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
+{
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(huart);
+
+ /* Clear UESM bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UESM);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+#endif /* USART_CR1_UESM */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup UARTEx_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+#if defined(USART_CR1_UESM)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the UART wake-up from stop mode parameters when triggered by address detection.
+ * @param huart UART handle.
+ * @param WakeUpSelection UART wake up from stop mode parameters.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection)
+{
+ assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESSLENGTH_DETECT(WakeUpSelection.AddressLength));
+
+ /* Set the USART address length */
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADDM7, WakeUpSelection.AddressLength);
+
+ /* Set the USART address node */
+ MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADD, ((uint32_t)WakeUpSelection.Address << UART_CR2_ADDRESS_LSB_POS));
+}
+#endif /* USART_CR1_UESM */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_usart.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_usart.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d480193 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_usart.c @@ -0,0 +1,3249 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_usart.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief USART HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Universal Synchronous/Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter
+ * Peripheral (USART).
+ * + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * + IO operation functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ * + Peripheral State and Error functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ The USART HAL driver can be used as follows:
+
+ (#) Declare a USART_HandleTypeDef handle structure (eg. USART_HandleTypeDef husart).
+ (#) Initialize the USART low level resources by implementing the HAL_USART_MspInit() API:
+ (++) Enable the USARTx interface clock.
+ (++) USART pins configuration:
+ (+++) Enable the clock for the USART GPIOs.
+ (+++) Configure these USART pins as alternate function pull-up.
+ (++) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_USART_Transmit_IT(),
+ HAL_USART_Receive_IT() and HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT() APIs):
+ (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority.
+ (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle.
+ (++) USART interrupts handling:
+ -@@- The specific USART interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt,
+ RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
+ __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process.
+ (++) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA()
+ HAL_USART_Receive_DMA() and HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_DMA() APIs):
+ (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx channel.
+ (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock.
+ (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters.
+ (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx channel.
+ (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the USART DMA Tx/Rx handle.
+ (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx channel.
+
+ (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Stop Bit, Parity, and Mode
+ (Receiver/Transmitter) in the husart handle Init structure.
+
+ (#) Initialize the USART registers by calling the HAL_USART_Init() API:
+ (++) This API configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
+ by calling the customized HAL_USART_MspInit(&husart) API.
+
+ [..]
+ (@) To configure and enable/disable the USART to wake up the MCU from stop mode, resort to UART API's
+ HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig(), HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode() and
+ HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode() in casting the USART handle to UART type UART_HandleTypeDef.
+
+ ##### Callback registration #####
+ ==================================
+
+ [..]
+ The compilation define USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
+ allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
+
+ [..]
+ Use Function @ref HAL_USART_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback.
+ Function @ref HAL_USART_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
+ (+) TxHalfCpltCallback : Tx Half Complete Callback.
+ (+) TxCpltCallback : Tx Complete Callback.
+ (+) RxHalfCpltCallback : Rx Half Complete Callback.
+ (+) RxCpltCallback : Rx Complete Callback.
+ (+) TxRxCpltCallback : Tx Rx Complete Callback.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : Error Callback.
+ (+) AbortCpltCallback : Abort Complete Callback.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : USART MspInit.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : USART MspDeInit.
+ This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+ and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+ [..]
+ Use function @ref HAL_USART_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
+ weak (surcharged) function.
+ @ref HAL_USART_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
+ and the Callback ID.
+ This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+ (+) TxHalfCpltCallback : Tx Half Complete Callback.
+ (+) TxCpltCallback : Tx Complete Callback.
+ (+) RxHalfCpltCallback : Rx Half Complete Callback.
+ (+) RxCpltCallback : Rx Complete Callback.
+ (+) TxRxCpltCallback : Tx Rx Complete Callback.
+ (+) ErrorCallback : Error Callback.
+ (+) AbortCpltCallback : Abort Complete Callback.
+ (+) MspInitCallback : USART MspInit.
+ (+) MspDeInitCallback : USART MspDeInit.
+
+ [..]
+ By default, after the @ref HAL_USART_Init() and when the state is HAL_USART_STATE_RESET
+ all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak (surcharged) functions:
+ examples @ref HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(), @ref HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback().
+ Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are respectively
+ reset to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the @ref HAL_USART_Init()
+ and @ref HAL_USART_DeInit() only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
+ If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_USART_Init() and @ref HAL_USART_DeInit()
+ keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand).
+
+ [..]
+ Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_USART_STATE_READY state only.
+ Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit that can be registered/unregistered
+ in HAL_USART_STATE_READY or HAL_USART_STATE_RESET state, thus registered (user)
+ MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
+ In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
+ using @ref HAL_USART_RegisterCallback() before calling @ref HAL_USART_DeInit()
+ or @ref HAL_USART_Init() function.
+
+ [..]
+ When The compilation define USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+ not defined, the callback registration feature is not available
+ and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
+
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART USART
+ * @brief HAL USART Synchronous module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup USART_Private_Constants USART Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+#define USART_DUMMY_DATA ((uint16_t) 0xFFFF) /*!< USART transmitted dummy data */
+#define USART_TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT 1000U /*!< USART TX or RX enable acknowledge time-out value */
+#define USART_CR1_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | \
+ USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8)) /*!< USART CR1 fields of parameters set by USART_SetConfig API */
+#define USART_CR2_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_CPOL | \
+ USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_LBCL | USART_CR2_STOP)) /*!< USART CR2 fields of parameters set by USART_SetConfig API */
+
+#define USART_BRR_MIN 0x10U /* USART BRR minimum authorized value */
+#define USART_BRR_MAX 0xFFFFU /* USART BRR maximum authorized value */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup USART_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+#if (USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+void USART_InitCallbacksToDefault(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+static void USART_EndTransfer(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart);
+static void USART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void USART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void USART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void USART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void USART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void USART_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void USART_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static void USART_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status,
+ uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_SetConfig(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart);
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_CheckIdleState(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart);
+static void USART_TxISR_8BIT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart);
+static void USART_TxISR_16BIT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart);
+static void USART_EndTransmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart);
+static void USART_RxISR_8BIT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart);
+static void USART_RxISR_16BIT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart);
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Functions USART Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USART
+ in asynchronous and in synchronous modes.
+ (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured:
+ (++) Baud Rate
+ (++) Word Length
+ (++) Stop Bit
+ (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written
+ in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit.
+ (++) USART polarity
+ (++) USART phase
+ (++) USART LastBit
+ (++) Receiver/transmitter modes
+
+ [..]
+ The HAL_USART_Init() function follows the USART synchronous configuration
+ procedure (details for the procedure are available in reference manual).
+
+@endverbatim
+
+ Depending on the frame length either defined by the M1 and M0 bits (7-bit,
+ 8-bit or 9-bit) or by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits), the possible USART formats
+ are listed in the following table.
+
+ Table 1. USART frame format.
+ +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | M bit | PCE bit | USART frame |
+ |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8-bit data | STB | |
+ |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7-bit data | PB | STB | |
+ |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9-bit data | STB | |
+ |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8-bit data | PB | STB | |
+ +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
+ | M1 bit | M0 bit | PCE bit | USART frame |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 0 | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 1 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 7 bit data | STB | |
+ |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
+ | 1 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 6 bit data | PB | STB | |
+ +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the USART mode according to the specified
+ * parameters in the USART_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Init(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ /* Check the USART handle allocation */
+ if (husart == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
+
+ if (husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+ husart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ USART_InitCallbacksToDefault(husart);
+
+ if (husart->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ husart->MspInitCallback = HAL_USART_MspInit;
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ husart->MspInitCallback(husart);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
+ HAL_USART_MspInit(husart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ /* Disable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
+
+ /* Set the Usart Communication parameters */
+ if (USART_SetConfig(husart) == HAL_ERROR)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* In Synchronous mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
+ - LINEN bit (if LIN is supported) in the USART_CR2 register
+ - SCEN (if Smartcard is supported), HDSEL and IREN (if IrDA is supported) bits in the USART_CR3 register.
+ */
+#if defined (USART_CR2_LINEN)
+ husart->Instance->CR2 &= ~USART_CR2_LINEN;
+#endif /* USART_CR2_LINEN */
+#if defined (USART_CR3_SCEN)
+#if defined (USART_CR3_IREN)
+ husart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN);
+#else
+ husart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL);
+#endif /* USART_CR3_IREN */
+#else
+#if defined (USART_CR3_IREN)
+ husart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN);
+#else
+ husart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_HDSEL);
+#endif /* USART_CR3_IREN */
+#endif /* USART_CR3_SCEN */
+
+ /* Enable the Peripheral */
+ __HAL_USART_ENABLE(husart);
+
+ /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving husart->State to Ready */
+ return (USART_CheckIdleState(husart));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitialize the USART peripheral.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DeInit(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ /* Check the USART handle allocation */
+ if (husart == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
+
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
+
+ husart->Instance->CR1 = 0x0U;
+ husart->Instance->CR2 = 0x0U;
+ husart->Instance->CR3 = 0x0U;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ if (husart->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ husart->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_USART_MspDeInit;
+ }
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ husart->MspDeInitCallback(husart);
+#else
+ /* DeInit the low level hardware */
+ HAL_USART_MspDeInit(husart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+ husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_RESET;
+
+ /* Process Unlock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the USART MSP.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_USART_MspInit(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(husart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_USART_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DeInitialize the USART MSP.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_USART_MspDeInit(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(husart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_USART_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+#if (USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+ * @brief Register a User USART Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
+ * @param husart usart handle
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_USART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Half Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_USART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_USART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Half Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_USART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_USART_TX_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_USART_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_USART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_USART_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_USART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+ * @retval HAL status
++ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_RegisterCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, HAL_USART_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
+ pUSART_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+ if (husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_USART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ husart->TxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_USART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ husart->TxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_USART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ husart->RxHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_USART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ husart->RxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_USART_TX_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ husart->TxRxCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_USART_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ husart->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_USART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ husart->AbortCpltCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+
+ case HAL_USART_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ husart->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_USART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ husart->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_RESET)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_USART_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ husart->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_USART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ husart->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister an UART Callback
+ * UART callaback is redirected to the weak predefined callback
+ * @param husart uart handle
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_USART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Half Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_USART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Tx Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_USART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Half Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_USART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_USART_TX_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID Rx Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_USART_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_USART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID Abort Complete Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_USART_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_USART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit Callback ID
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_UnRegisterCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, HAL_USART_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ /* Process locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+ if (HAL_USART_STATE_READY == husart->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_USART_TX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ husart->TxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxHalfCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_USART_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ husart->TxCpltCallback = HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_USART_RX_HALFCOMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ husart->RxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxHalfCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_USART_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ husart->RxCpltCallback = HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_USART_TX_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ husart->TxRxCpltCallback = HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxRxCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_USART_ERROR_CB_ID :
+ husart->ErrorCallback = HAL_USART_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_USART_ABORT_COMPLETE_CB_ID :
+ husart->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */
+ break;
+
+
+ case HAL_USART_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ husart->MspInitCallback = HAL_USART_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInitCallback */
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_USART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ husart->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_USART_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInitCallback */
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (HAL_USART_STATE_RESET == husart->State)
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_USART_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
+ husart->MspInitCallback = HAL_USART_MspInit;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_USART_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
+ husart->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_USART_MspDeInit;
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Update the error code */
+ husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Update the error code */
+ husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
+
+ /* Return error status */
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Release Lock */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+ return status;
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ * @brief USART Transmit and Receive functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART synchronous
+ data transfers.
+
+ [..] The USART supports master mode only: it cannot receive or send data related to an input
+ clock (SCLK is always an output).
+
+ [..]
+
+ (#) There are two modes of transfer:
+ (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode.
+ The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function
+ after finishing transfer.
+ (++) No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts
+ or DMA, These API's return the HAL status.
+ The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
+ dedicated USART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
+ using DMA mode.
+ The HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback() and HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback() user callbacks
+ will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process
+ The HAL_USART_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected
+
+ (#) Blocking mode API's are :
+ (++) HAL_USART_Transmit() in simplex mode
+ (++) HAL_USART_Receive() in full duplex receive only
+ (++) HAL_USART_TransmitReceive() in full duplex mode
+
+ (#) Non-Blocking mode API's with Interrupt are :
+ (++) HAL_USART_Transmit_IT() in simplex mode
+ (++) HAL_USART_Receive_IT() in full duplex receive only
+ (++) HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT() in full duplex mode
+ (++) HAL_USART_IRQHandler()
+
+ (#) No-Blocking mode API's with DMA are :
+ (++) HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA() in simplex mode
+ (++) HAL_USART_Receive_DMA() in full duplex receive only
+ (++) HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_DMA() in full duplex mode
+ (++) HAL_USART_DMAPause()
+ (++) HAL_USART_DMAResume()
+ (++) HAL_USART_DMAStop()
+
+ (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in Non_Blocking mode:
+ (++) HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback()
+ (++) HAL_USART_ErrorCallback()
+ (++) HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback()
+
+ (#) Non-Blocking mode transfers could be aborted using Abort API's :
+ (++) HAL_USART_Abort()
+ (++) HAL_USART_Abort_IT()
+
+ (#) For Abort services based on interrupts (HAL_USART_Abort_IT), a Abort Complete Callbacks is provided:
+ (++) HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback()
+
+ (#) In Non-Blocking mode transfers, possible errors are split into 2 categories.
+ Errors are handled as follows :
+ (++) Error is considered as Recoverable and non blocking : Transfer could go till end, but error severity is
+ to be evaluated by user : this concerns Frame Error, Parity Error or Noise Error in Interrupt mode reception .
+ Received character is then retrieved and stored in Rx buffer, Error code is set to allow user to identify error type,
+ and HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed. Transfer is kept ongoing on USART side.
+ If user wants to abort it, Abort services should be called by user.
+ (++) Error is considered as Blocking : Transfer could not be completed properly and is aborted.
+ This concerns Overrun Error In Interrupt mode reception and all errors in DMA mode.
+ Error code is set to allow user to identify error type, and HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Simplex send an amount of data in blocking mode.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * the sent data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number
+ * of u16 provided through pTxData.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * address of user data buffer containing data to be sent, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits)
+ * (as sent data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain,
+ * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pTxData.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @param pTxData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+ * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent.
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Transmit(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint8_t *ptxdata8bits;
+ uint16_t *ptxdata16bits;
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ if (husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pTxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pTxData buffer provided as input parameter
+ should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be filled into TDR will be
+ handled through a u16 cast. */
+ if ((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ if ((((uint32_t)pTxData) & 1U) != 0U)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+ husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ husart->TxXferSize = Size;
+ husart->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pTxData needs to be handled as a uint16_t pointer */
+ if ((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ ptxdata8bits = NULL;
+ ptxdata16bits = (uint16_t *) pTxData;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ptxdata8bits = pTxData;
+ ptxdata16bits = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the remaining data to be sent */
+ while (husart->TxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ if (USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ if (ptxdata8bits == NULL)
+ {
+ husart->Instance->TDR = (uint16_t)(*ptxdata16bits & 0x01FFU);
+ ptxdata16bits++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ husart->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*ptxdata8bits & 0xFFU);
+ ptxdata8bits++;
+ }
+
+ husart->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+
+ if (USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TC, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear Transmission Complete Flag */
+ __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(husart, USART_CLEAR_TCF);
+
+ /* Clear overrun flag and discard the received data */
+ __HAL_USART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(husart);
+ __HAL_USART_SEND_REQ(husart, USART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+#if defined(USART_RQR_TXFRQ)
+ __HAL_USART_SEND_REQ(husart, USART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+#endif /* USART_RQR_TXFRQ */
+
+ /* At end of Tx process, restore husart->State to Ready */
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
+ * @note To receive synchronous data, dummy data are simultaneously transmitted.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * the received data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number
+ * of u16 available through pRxData.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * address of user data buffer for storing data to be received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits)
+ * (as received data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain,
+ * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pRxData.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @param pRxData Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+ * @param Size Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received.
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Receive(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint8_t *prxdata8bits;
+ uint16_t *prxdata16bits;
+ uint16_t uhMask;
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ if (husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pRxData buffer provided as input parameter
+ should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be received from RDR will be
+ handled through a u16 cast. */
+ if ((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ if ((((uint32_t)pRxData) & 1U) != 0U)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+ husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ husart->RxXferSize = Size;
+ husart->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /* Computation of USART mask to apply to RDR register */
+ USART_MASK_COMPUTATION(husart);
+ uhMask = husart->Mask;
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pRxData needs to be handled as a uint16_t pointer */
+ if ((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ prxdata8bits = NULL;
+ prxdata16bits = (uint16_t *) pRxData;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ prxdata8bits = pRxData;
+ prxdata16bits = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* as long as data have to be received */
+ while (husart->RxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ {
+ /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send dummy byte in order to generate the
+ * clock for the slave to send data.
+ * Whatever the frame length (7, 8 or 9-bit long), the same dummy value
+ * can be written for all the cases. */
+ if (USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ husart->Instance->TDR = (USART_DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x0FF);
+ }
+
+ /* Wait for RXNE Flag */
+ if (USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+
+ if (prxdata8bits == NULL)
+ {
+ *prxdata16bits = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->RDR & uhMask);
+ prxdata16bits++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *prxdata8bits = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)(uhMask & 0xFFU));
+ prxdata8bits++;
+ }
+
+ husart->RxXferCount--;
+
+ }
+
+
+ /* At end of Rx process, restore husart->State to Ready */
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Full-Duplex Send and Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * the sent data and the received data are handled as sets of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number
+ * of u16 available through pTxData and through pRxData.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * address of user data buffers containing data to be sent/received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits)
+ * (as sent/received data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain,
+ * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pTxData and pRxData.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @param pTxData pointer to TX data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+ * @param pRxData pointer to RX data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+ * @param Size amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent (same amount to be received).
+ * @param Timeout Timeout duration.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_TransmitReceive(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData,
+ uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ uint8_t *prxdata8bits;
+ uint16_t *prxdata16bits;
+ uint8_t *ptxdata8bits;
+ uint16_t *ptxdata16bits;
+ uint16_t uhMask;
+ uint16_t rxdatacount;
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ if (husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pTxData and pRxData buffers provided as input parameter
+ should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be filled into TDR/retrieved from RDR will be
+ handled through a u16 cast. */
+ if ((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ if (((((uint32_t)pTxData) & 1U) != 0U) || ((((uint32_t)pRxData) & 1U) != 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+ husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ husart->RxXferSize = Size;
+ husart->TxXferSize = Size;
+ husart->TxXferCount = Size;
+ husart->RxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /* Computation of USART mask to apply to RDR register */
+ USART_MASK_COMPUTATION(husart);
+ uhMask = husart->Mask;
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pRxData needs to be handled as a uint16_t pointer */
+ if ((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ prxdata8bits = NULL;
+ ptxdata8bits = NULL;
+ ptxdata16bits = (uint16_t *) pTxData;
+ prxdata16bits = (uint16_t *) pRxData;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ prxdata8bits = pRxData;
+ ptxdata8bits = pTxData;
+ ptxdata16bits = NULL;
+ prxdata16bits = NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (husart->TxXferCount == 0x01U)
+ {
+ /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */
+ if (USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ if (ptxdata8bits == NULL)
+ {
+ husart->Instance->TDR = (uint16_t)(*ptxdata16bits & uhMask);
+ ptxdata16bits++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ husart->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*ptxdata8bits & (uint8_t)(uhMask & 0xFFU));
+ ptxdata8bits++;
+ }
+
+ husart->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the remain data to be sent */
+ /* rxdatacount is a temporary variable for MISRAC2012-Rule-13.5 */
+ rxdatacount = husart->RxXferCount;
+ while ((husart->TxXferCount > 0U) || (rxdatacount > 0U))
+ {
+ if (husart->TxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */
+ if (USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ if (ptxdata8bits == NULL)
+ {
+ husart->Instance->TDR = (uint16_t)(*ptxdata16bits & uhMask);
+ ptxdata16bits++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ husart->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*ptxdata8bits & (uint8_t)(uhMask & 0xFFU));
+ ptxdata8bits++;
+ }
+
+ husart->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+
+ if (husart->RxXferCount > 0U)
+ {
+ /* Wait for RXNE Flag */
+ if (USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+
+ if (prxdata8bits == NULL)
+ {
+ *prxdata16bits = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->RDR & uhMask);
+ prxdata16bits++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *prxdata8bits = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)(uhMask & 0xFFU));
+ prxdata8bits++;
+ }
+
+ husart->RxXferCount--;
+ }
+ rxdatacount = husart->RxXferCount;
+ }
+
+ /* At end of TxRx process, restore husart->State to Ready */
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Send an amount of data in interrupt mode.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * the sent data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number
+ * of u16 provided through pTxData.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * address of user data buffer containing data to be sent, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits)
+ * (as sent data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain,
+ * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pTxData.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @param pTxData pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+ * @param Size amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Transmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ if (husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pTxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pTxData buffer provided as input parameter
+ should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be filled into TDR will be
+ handled through a u16 cast. */
+ if ((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ if ((((uint32_t)pTxData) & 1U) != 0U)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+ husart->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData;
+ husart->TxXferSize = Size;
+ husart->TxXferCount = Size;
+ husart->TxISR = NULL;
+
+ husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+ /* The USART Error Interrupts: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error)
+ are not managed by the USART Transmit Process to avoid the overrun interrupt
+ when the usart mode is configured for transmit and receive "USART_MODE_TX_RX"
+ to benefit for the frame error and noise interrupts the usart mode should be
+ configured only for transmit "USART_MODE_TX" */
+
+ {
+ /* Set the Tx ISR function pointer according to the data word length */
+ if ((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ husart->TxISR = USART_TxISR_16BIT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ husart->TxISR = USART_TxISR_8BIT;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+ /* Enable the USART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */
+ __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode.
+ * @note To receive synchronous data, dummy data are simultaneously transmitted.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * the received data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number
+ * of u16 available through pRxData.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * address of user data buffer for storing data to be received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits)
+ * (as received data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain,
+ * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pRxData.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @param pRxData pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+ * @param Size amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Receive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+
+ if (husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pRxData buffer provided as input parameter
+ should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be received from RDR will be
+ handled through a u16 cast. */
+ if ((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ if ((((uint32_t)pRxData) & 1U) != 0U)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+ husart->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData;
+ husart->RxXferSize = Size;
+ husart->RxXferCount = Size;
+ husart->RxISR = NULL;
+
+ USART_MASK_COMPUTATION(husart);
+
+ husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+ /* Enable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+ SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ {
+ /* Set the Rx ISR function pointer according to the data word length */
+ if ((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ husart->RxISR = USART_RxISR_16BIT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ husart->RxISR = USART_RxISR_8BIT;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+ /* Enable the USART Parity Error and Data Register not empty Interrupts */
+ SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RXNEIE);
+ }
+
+ {
+ /* Send dummy data in order to generate the clock for the Slave to send the next data.
+ */
+ {
+ husart->Instance->TDR = (USART_DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x00FF);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Full-Duplex Send and Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * the sent data and the received data are handled as sets of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number
+ * of u16 available through pTxData and through pRxData.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * address of user data buffers containing data to be sent/received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits)
+ * (as sent/received data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain,
+ * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pTxData and pRxData.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @param pTxData pointer to TX data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+ * @param pRxData pointer to RX data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+ * @param Size amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent (same amount to be received).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData,
+ uint16_t Size)
+{
+
+ if (husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pTxData and pRxData buffers provided as input parameter
+ should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be filled into TDR/retrieved from RDR will be
+ handled through a u16 cast. */
+ if ((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ if (((((uint32_t)pTxData) & 1U) != 0U) || ((((uint32_t)pRxData) & 1U) != 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+ husart->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData;
+ husart->RxXferSize = Size;
+ husart->RxXferCount = Size;
+ husart->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData;
+ husart->TxXferSize = Size;
+ husart->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+ /* Computation of USART mask to apply to RDR register */
+ USART_MASK_COMPUTATION(husart);
+
+ husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+
+ {
+ if ((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ husart->TxISR = USART_TxISR_16BIT;
+ husart->RxISR = USART_RxISR_16BIT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ husart->TxISR = USART_TxISR_8BIT;
+ husart->RxISR = USART_RxISR_8BIT;
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+ /* Enable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+ SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Enable the USART Parity Error and USART Data Register not empty Interrupts */
+ SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RXNEIE);
+
+ /* Enable the USART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Send an amount of data in DMA mode.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * the sent data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number
+ * of u16 provided through pTxData.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * address of user data buffer containing data to be sent, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits)
+ * (as sent data will be handled by DMA from halfword frontier). Depending on compilation chain,
+ * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pTxData.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @param pTxData pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+ * @param Size amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t *tmp;
+
+ if (husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pTxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pTxData buffer provided as input parameter
+ should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data copy into TDR will be
+ handled by DMA from a u16 frontier. */
+ if ((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ if ((((uint32_t)pTxData) & 1U) != 0U)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+ husart->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData;
+ husart->TxXferSize = Size;
+ husart->TxXferCount = Size;
+
+ husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
+
+ if (husart->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the USART DMA transfer complete callback */
+ husart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = USART_DMATransmitCplt;
+
+ /* Set the USART DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+ husart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = USART_DMATxHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the DMA error callback */
+ husart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = USART_DMAError;
+
+ /* Enable the USART transmit DMA channel */
+ tmp = (uint32_t *)&pTxData;
+ status = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmatx, *(uint32_t *)tmp, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->TDR, Size);
+ }
+
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Clear the TC flag in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(husart, USART_CLEAR_TCF);
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+ /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit
+ in the USART CR3 register */
+ SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+ /* Restore husart->State to ready */
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Receive an amount of data in DMA mode.
+ * @note When the USART parity is enabled (PCE = 1), the received data contain
+ * the parity bit (MSB position).
+ * @note The USART DMA transmit channel must be configured in order to generate the clock for the slave.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * the received data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number
+ * of u16 available through pRxData.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * address of user data buffer for storing data to be received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits)
+ * (as received data will be handled by DMA from halfword frontier). Depending on compilation chain,
+ * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pRxData.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @param pRxData pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+ * @param Size amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Receive_DMA(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+ uint32_t *tmp = (uint32_t *)&pRxData;
+
+ /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */
+ if (husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pRxData buffer provided as input parameter
+ should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data copy from RDR will be
+ handled by DMA from a u16 frontier. */
+ if ((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ if ((((uint32_t)pRxData) & 1U) != 0U)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+ husart->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData;
+ husart->RxXferSize = Size;
+ husart->pTxBuffPtr = pRxData;
+ husart->TxXferSize = Size;
+
+ husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
+
+ if (husart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the USART DMA Rx transfer complete callback */
+ husart->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = USART_DMAReceiveCplt;
+
+ /* Set the USART DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+ husart->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = USART_DMARxHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the USART DMA Rx transfer error callback */
+ husart->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = USART_DMAError;
+
+ /* Enable the USART receive DMA channel */
+ status = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->RDR, *(uint32_t *)tmp, Size);
+ }
+
+ {
+ /* Enable the USART transmit DMA channel: the transmit channel is used in order
+ to generate in the non-blocking mode the clock to the slave device,
+ this mode isn't a simplex receive mode but a full-duplex receive mode */
+
+ /* Set the USART DMA Tx Complete and Error callback to Null */
+ if (husart->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ husart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
+ husart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+ husart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
+ status = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmatx, *(uint32_t *)tmp, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->TDR, Size);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+ /* Enable the USART Parity Error Interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+
+ /* Enable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+ SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit
+ in the USART CR3 register */
+ SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit
+ in the USART CR3 register */
+ SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (husart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort(husart->hdmarx);
+ }
+
+ /* No need to check on error code */
+ UNUSED(status);
+
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+ /* Restore husart->State to ready */
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Full-Duplex Transmit Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode.
+ * @note When the USART parity is enabled (PCE = 1) the data received contain the parity bit.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * the sent data and the received data are handled as sets of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number
+ * of u16 available through pTxData and through pRxData.
+ * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01),
+ * address of user data buffers containing data to be sent/received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits)
+ * (as sent/received data will be handled by DMA from halfword frontier). Depending on compilation chain,
+ * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pTxData and pRxData.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @param pTxData pointer to TX data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+ * @param pRxData pointer to RX data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
+ * @param Size amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received/sent.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_DMA(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData,
+ uint16_t Size)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
+ uint32_t *tmp;
+
+ if (husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
+ {
+ if ((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pTxData and pRxData buffers provided as input parameter
+ should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data copy to/from TDR/RDR will be
+ handled by DMA from a u16 frontier. */
+ if ((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE))
+ {
+ if (((((uint32_t)pTxData) & 1U) != 0U) || ((((uint32_t)pRxData) & 1U) != 0U))
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+ husart->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData;
+ husart->RxXferSize = Size;
+ husart->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData;
+ husart->TxXferSize = Size;
+
+ husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
+
+ if ((husart->hdmarx != NULL) && (husart->hdmatx != NULL))
+ {
+ /* Set the USART DMA Rx transfer complete callback */
+ husart->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = USART_DMAReceiveCplt;
+
+ /* Set the USART DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+ husart->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = USART_DMARxHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the USART DMA Tx transfer complete callback */
+ husart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = USART_DMATransmitCplt;
+
+ /* Set the USART DMA Half transfer complete callback */
+ husart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = USART_DMATxHalfCplt;
+
+ /* Set the USART DMA Tx transfer error callback */
+ husart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = USART_DMAError;
+
+ /* Set the USART DMA Rx transfer error callback */
+ husart->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = USART_DMAError;
+
+ /* Enable the USART receive DMA channel */
+ tmp = (uint32_t *)&pRxData;
+ status = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->RDR, *(uint32_t *)tmp, Size);
+
+ /* Enable the USART transmit DMA channel */
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ tmp = (uint32_t *)&pTxData;
+ status = HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmatx, *(uint32_t *)tmp, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->TDR, Size);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (status == HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+ /* Enable the USART Parity Error Interrupt */
+ SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+
+ /* Enable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+ SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Clear the TC flag in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(husart, USART_CLEAR_TCF);
+
+ /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit
+ in the USART CR3 register */
+ SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit
+ in the USART CR3 register */
+ SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (husart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ status = HAL_DMA_Abort(husart->hdmarx);
+ }
+
+ /* No need to check on error code */
+ UNUSED(status);
+
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+ /* Restore husart->State to ready */
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return HAL_BUSY;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Pause the DMA Transfer.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DMAPause(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ const HAL_USART_StateTypeDef state = husart->State;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+ if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) &&
+ (state == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX))
+ {
+ /* Disable the USART DMA Tx request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+ }
+ else if ((state == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX) ||
+ (state == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX))
+ {
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ /* Disable the USART DMA Tx request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+ }
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Disable the USART DMA Rx request */
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Resume the DMA Transfer.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DMAResume(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ const HAL_USART_StateTypeDef state = husart->State;
+
+ /* Process Locked */
+ __HAL_LOCK(husart);
+
+ if (state == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ /* Enable the USART DMA Tx request */
+ SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+ }
+ else if ((state == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX) ||
+ (state == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX))
+ {
+ /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer*/
+ __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(husart, USART_CLEAR_OREF);
+
+ /* Reenable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+ SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Enable the USART DMA Rx request before the DMA Tx request */
+ SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Enable the USART DMA Tx request */
+ SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Stop the DMA Transfer.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DMAStop(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application
+ to call the HAL USART API under callbacks HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback() /
+ HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback / HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback:
+ indeed, when HAL_DMA_Abort() API is called, the DMA TX/RX Transfer or Half Transfer complete
+ interrupt is generated if the DMA transfer interruption occurs at the middle or at the end of
+ the stream and the corresponding call back is executed. */
+
+ /* Disable the USART Tx/Rx DMA requests */
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the USART DMA tx channel */
+ if (husart->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(husart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_GetError(husart->hdmatx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Abort the USART DMA rx channel */
+ if (husart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(husart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_GetError(husart->hdmarx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ USART_EndTransfer(husart);
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (blocking mode).
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable USART Interrupts (Tx and Rx)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Abort(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Disable the USART DMA Tx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Abort the USART DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+ if (husart->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the USART DMA Abort callback to Null.
+ No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ husart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(husart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_GetError(husart->hdmatx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the USART DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the USART DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */
+ if (husart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the USART DMA Abort callback to Null.
+ No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort(husart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ if (HAL_DMA_GetError(husart->hdmarx) == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
+ {
+ /* Set error code to DMA */
+ husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_DMA;
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */
+ husart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ husart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(husart, USART_CLEAR_OREF | USART_CLEAR_NEF | USART_CLEAR_PEF | USART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+
+ /* Discard the received data */
+ __HAL_USART_SEND_REQ(husart, USART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+
+ /* Restore husart->State to Ready */
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Reset Handle ErrorCode to No Error */
+ husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (Interrupt mode).
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode.
+ * This procedure performs following operations :
+ * - Disable USART Interrupts (Tx and Rx)
+ * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)
+ * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode)
+ * - Set handle State to READY
+ * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback
+ * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be
+ * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function).
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Abort_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ uint32_t abortcplt = 1U;
+
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* If DMA Tx and/or DMA Rx Handles are associated to USART Handle, DMA Abort complete callbacks should be initialised
+ before any call to DMA Abort functions */
+ /* DMA Tx Handle is valid */
+ if (husart->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if USART DMA Tx request if enabled.
+ Otherwise, set it to NULL */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ husart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = USART_DMATxAbortCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ husart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ /* DMA Rx Handle is valid */
+ if (husart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if USART DMA Rx request if enabled.
+ Otherwise, set it to NULL */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = USART_DMARxAbortCallback;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the USART DMA Tx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))
+ {
+ /* Disable DMA Tx at USART level */
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Abort the USART DMA Tx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */
+ if (husart->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* USART Tx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised :
+ will lead to call HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+
+ /* Abort DMA TX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(husart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ husart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ abortcplt = 0U;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the USART DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the USART DMA Rx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */
+ if (husart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* USART Rx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised :
+ will lead to call HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+
+ /* Abort DMA RX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(husart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+ abortcplt = 1U;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ abortcplt = 0U;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* if no DMA abort complete callback execution is required => call user Abort Complete callback */
+ if (abortcplt == 1U)
+ {
+ /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */
+ husart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ husart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Reset errorCode */
+ husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(husart, USART_CLEAR_OREF | USART_CLEAR_NEF | USART_CLEAR_PEF | USART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+
+ /* Discard the received data */
+ __HAL_USART_SEND_REQ(husart, USART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+
+ /* Restore husart->State to Ready */
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Complete Callback */
+ husart->AbortCpltCallback(husart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Complete Callback */
+ HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback(husart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle USART interrupt request.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_USART_IRQHandler(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ uint32_t isrflags = READ_REG(husart->Instance->ISR);
+ uint32_t cr1its = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
+ uint32_t cr3its = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR3);
+
+ uint32_t errorflags;
+ uint32_t errorcode;
+
+ /* If no error occurs */
+ errorflags = (isrflags & (uint32_t)(USART_ISR_PE | USART_ISR_FE | USART_ISR_ORE | USART_ISR_NE));
+ if (errorflags == 0U)
+ {
+ /* USART in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE) != 0U)
+ && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ if (husart->RxISR != NULL)
+ {
+ husart->RxISR(husart);
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If some errors occur */
+ if ((errorflags != 0U)
+ && (((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U)
+ || ((cr1its & (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)) != 0U)))
+ {
+ /* USART parity error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_PE) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_PEIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ __HAL_USART_CLEAR_IT(husart, USART_CLEAR_PEF);
+
+ husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_PE;
+ }
+
+ /* USART frame error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_FE) != 0U) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ __HAL_USART_CLEAR_IT(husart, USART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_FE;
+ }
+
+ /* USART noise error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_NE) != 0U) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ __HAL_USART_CLEAR_IT(husart, USART_CLEAR_NEF);
+
+ husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_NE;
+ }
+
+ /* USART Over-Run interrupt occurred -----------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_ORE) != 0U)
+ && (((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != 0U) ||
+ ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != 0U)))
+ {
+ __HAL_USART_CLEAR_IT(husart, USART_CLEAR_OREF);
+
+ husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_ORE;
+ }
+
+
+ /* Call USART Error Call back function if need be --------------------------*/
+ if (husart->ErrorCode != HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE)
+ {
+ /* USART in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE) != 0U)
+ && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ if (husart->RxISR != NULL)
+ {
+ husart->RxISR(husart);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If Overrun error occurs, or if any error occurs in DMA mode reception,
+ consider error as blocking */
+ errorcode = husart->ErrorCode & HAL_USART_ERROR_ORE;
+ if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) ||
+ (errorcode != 0U))
+ {
+ /* Blocking error : transfer is aborted
+ Set the USART state ready to be able to start again the process,
+ Disable Interrupts, and disable DMA requests, if ongoing */
+ USART_EndTransfer(husart);
+
+ /* Disable the USART DMA Rx request if enabled */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR | USART_CR3_DMAR);
+
+ /* Abort the USART DMA Tx channel */
+ if (husart->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the USART Tx DMA Abort callback to NULL : no callback
+ executed at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ husart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Abort DMA TX */
+ (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(husart->hdmatx);
+ }
+
+ /* Abort the USART DMA Rx channel */
+ if (husart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the USART Rx DMA Abort callback :
+ will lead to call HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */
+ husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = USART_DMAAbortOnError;
+
+ /* Abort DMA RX */
+ if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(husart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Call Directly husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */
+ husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(husart->hdmarx);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Error Callback */
+ husart->ErrorCallback(husart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Error Callback */
+ HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(husart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Call user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Error Callback */
+ husart->ErrorCallback(husart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Error Callback */
+ HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(husart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Non Blocking error : transfer could go on.
+ Error is notified to user through user error callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Error Callback */
+ husart->ErrorCallback(husart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Error Callback */
+ HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(husart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+ }
+ }
+ return;
+
+ } /* End if some error occurs */
+
+
+ /* USART in mode Transmitter ------------------------------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_TXE) != 0U)
+ && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TXEIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ if (husart->TxISR != NULL)
+ {
+ husart->TxISR(husart);
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* USART in mode Transmitter (transmission end) -----------------------------*/
+ if (((isrflags & USART_ISR_TC) != 0U) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TCIE) != 0U))
+ {
+ USART_EndTransmit_IT(husart);
+ return;
+ }
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(husart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(husart);
+
+ /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(husart);
+
+ /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Rx Half Transfer completed callback.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(husart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Tx/Rx Transfers completed callback for the non-blocking process.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(husart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USART error callback.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(husart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_USART_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USART Abort Complete callback.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(husart);
+
+ /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Error functions
+ * @brief USART Peripheral State and Error functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral State and Error functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This subsection provides functions allowing to :
+ (+) Return the USART handle state
+ (+) Return the USART handle error code
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the USART handle state.
+ * @param husart pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified USART.
+ * @retval USART handle state
+ */
+HAL_USART_StateTypeDef HAL_USART_GetState(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ return husart->State;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the USART error code.
+ * @param husart pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified USART.
+ * @retval USART handle Error Code
+ */
+uint32_t HAL_USART_GetError(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ return husart->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USART_Private_Functions USART Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the callbacks to their default values.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @retval none
+ */
+#if (USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+void USART_InitCallbacksToDefault(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ /* Init the USART Callback settings */
+ husart->TxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxHalfCpltCallback */
+ husart->TxCpltCallback = HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxCpltCallback */
+ husart->RxHalfCpltCallback = HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxHalfCpltCallback */
+ husart->RxCpltCallback = HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak RxCpltCallback */
+ husart->TxRxCpltCallback = HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TxRxCpltCallback */
+ husart->ErrorCallback = HAL_USART_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
+ husart->AbortCpltCallback = HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak AbortCpltCallback */
+}
+#endif /* USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/**
+ * @brief End ongoing transfer on USART peripheral (following error detection or Transfer completion).
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void USART_EndTransfer(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE));
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* At end of process, restore husart->State to Ready */
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA USART transmit process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void USART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ USART_HandleTypeDef *husart = (USART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ /* DMA Normal mode */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC))
+ {
+ husart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ if (husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by resetting the DMAT bit
+ in the USART CR3 register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ /* Enable the USART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+ __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TC);
+ }
+ }
+ /* DMA Circular mode */
+ else
+ {
+ if (husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Tx Complete Callback */
+ husart->TxCpltCallback(husart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Tx Complete Callback */
+ HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(husart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA USART transmit process half complete callback.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void USART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ USART_HandleTypeDef *husart = (USART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Tx Half Complete Callback */
+ husart->TxHalfCpltCallback(husart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Tx Half Complete Callback */
+ HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback(husart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA USART receive process complete callback.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void USART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ USART_HandleTypeDef *husart = (USART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ /* DMA Normal mode */
+ if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC))
+ {
+ husart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE);
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Disable the DMA RX transfer for the receiver request by resetting the DMAR bit
+ in USART CR3 register */
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR);
+ /* similarly, disable the DMA TX transfer that was started to provide the
+ clock to the slave device */
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT);
+
+ if (husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Rx Complete Callback */
+ husart->RxCpltCallback(husart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Rx Complete Callback */
+ HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(husart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ /* The USART state is HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX */
+ else
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Tx Rx Complete Callback */
+ husart->TxRxCpltCallback(husart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Tx Rx Complete Callback */
+ HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback(husart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+ }
+ /* DMA circular mode */
+ else
+ {
+ if (husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Rx Complete Callback */
+ husart->RxCpltCallback(husart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Rx Complete Callback */
+ HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(husart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ /* The USART state is HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX */
+ else
+ {
+#if (USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Tx Rx Complete Callback */
+ husart->TxRxCpltCallback(husart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Tx Rx Complete Callback */
+ HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback(husart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA USART receive process half complete callback.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void USART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ USART_HandleTypeDef *husart = (USART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Rx Half Complete Callback */
+ husart->RxHalfCpltCallback(husart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Rx Half Complete Callback */
+ HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback(husart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA USART communication error callback.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void USART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ USART_HandleTypeDef *husart = (USART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ husart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ husart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ USART_EndTransfer(husart);
+
+ husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_DMA;
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Error Callback */
+ husart->ErrorCallback(husart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Error Callback */
+ HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(husart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA USART communication abort callback, when initiated by HAL services on Error
+ * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure following error occurrence).
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void USART_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ USART_HandleTypeDef *husart = (USART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+ husart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+ husart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Error Callback */
+ husart->ErrorCallback(husart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Error Callback */
+ HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(husart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA USART Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user
+ * (To be called at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request).
+ * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no
+ * Abort still ongoing for Rx DMA Handle.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void USART_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ USART_HandleTypeDef *husart = (USART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ husart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */
+ if (husart->hdmarx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */
+ husart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ husart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Reset errorCode */
+ husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(husart, USART_CLEAR_OREF | USART_CLEAR_NEF | USART_CLEAR_PEF | USART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ /* Restore husart->State to Ready */
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Call user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Complete Callback */
+ husart->AbortCpltCallback(husart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Complete Callback */
+ HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback(husart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief DMA USART Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user
+ * (To be called at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request).
+ * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no
+ * Abort still ongoing for Tx DMA Handle.
+ * @param hdma DMA handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void USART_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+ USART_HandleTypeDef *husart = (USART_HandleTypeDef *)(hdma->Parent);
+
+ husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+ /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */
+ if (husart->hdmatx != NULL)
+ {
+ if (husart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */
+ husart->TxXferCount = 0U;
+ husart->RxXferCount = 0U;
+
+ /* Reset errorCode */
+ husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */
+ __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(husart, USART_CLEAR_OREF | USART_CLEAR_NEF | USART_CLEAR_PEF | USART_CLEAR_FEF);
+
+ /* Restore husart->State to Ready */
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Call user Abort complete callback */
+#if (USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Abort Complete Callback */
+ husart->AbortCpltCallback(husart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Abort Complete Callback */
+ HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback(husart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle USART Communication Timeout.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @param Flag Specifies the USART flag to check.
+ * @param Status the Flag status (SET or RESET).
+ * @param Tickstart Tick start value
+ * @param Timeout timeout duration.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status,
+ uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+ /* Wait until flag is set */
+ while ((__HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, Flag) ? SET : RESET) == Status)
+ {
+ /* Check for the Timeout */
+ if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ if (((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
+ {
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the USART peripheral.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_SetConfig(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg;
+ USART_ClockSourceTypeDef clocksource;
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK;
+ uint16_t brrtemp;
+ uint32_t usartdiv = 0x00000000;
+ uint32_t pclk;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_POLARITY(husart->Init.CLKPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_PHASE(husart->Init.CLKPhase));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_LASTBIT(husart->Init.CLKLastBit));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_BAUDRATE(husart->Init.BaudRate));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(husart->Init.WordLength));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_STOPBITS(husart->Init.StopBits));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_PARITY(husart->Init.Parity));
+ assert_param(IS_USART_MODE(husart->Init.Mode));
+
+ /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits and configure
+ * the USART Word Length, Parity and Mode:
+ * set the M bits according to husart->Init.WordLength value
+ * set PCE and PS bits according to husart->Init.Parity value
+ * set TE and RE bits according to husart->Init.Mode value
+ * force OVER8 to 1 to allow to reach the maximum speed (Fclock/8) */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)husart->Init.WordLength | husart->Init.Parity | husart->Init.Mode | USART_CR1_OVER8;
+ MODIFY_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_FIELDS, tmpreg);
+
+ /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration ---------------------*/
+ /* Clear and configure the USART Clock, CPOL, CPHA, LBCL and STOP bits:
+ * set CPOL bit according to husart->Init.CLKPolarity value
+ * set CPHA bit according to husart->Init.CLKPhase value
+ * set LBCL bit according to husart->Init.CLKLastBit value (used in SPI master mode only)
+ * set STOP[13:12] bits according to husart->Init.StopBits value */
+ tmpreg = (uint32_t)(USART_CLOCK_ENABLE);
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)husart->Init.CLKLastBit;
+ tmpreg |= ((uint32_t)husart->Init.CLKPolarity | (uint32_t)husart->Init.CLKPhase);
+ tmpreg |= (uint32_t)husart->Init.StopBits;
+ MODIFY_REG(husart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_FIELDS, tmpreg);
+
+
+ /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/
+ /* BRR is filled-up according to OVER8 bit setting which is forced to 1 */
+ USART_GETCLOCKSOURCE(husart, clocksource);
+
+ switch (clocksource)
+ {
+ case USART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1:
+ pclk = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+ usartdiv = (uint32_t)(USART_DIV_SAMPLING8(pclk, husart->Init.BaudRate));
+ break;
+ case USART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI:
+ usartdiv = (uint32_t)(USART_DIV_SAMPLING8(HSI_VALUE, husart->Init.BaudRate));
+ break;
+ case USART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
+ pclk = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq();
+ usartdiv = (uint32_t)(USART_DIV_SAMPLING8(pclk, husart->Init.BaudRate));
+ break;
+ case USART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE:
+ usartdiv = (uint32_t)(USART_DIV_SAMPLING8(LSE_VALUE, husart->Init.BaudRate));
+ break;
+ default:
+ ret = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* USARTDIV must be greater than or equal to 0d16 and smaller than or equal to ffff */
+ if ((usartdiv >= USART_BRR_MIN) && (usartdiv <= USART_BRR_MAX))
+ {
+ brrtemp = (uint16_t)(usartdiv & 0xFFF0U);
+ brrtemp |= (uint16_t)((usartdiv & (uint16_t)0x000FU) >> 1U);
+ husart->Instance->BRR = brrtemp;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ret = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+
+ /* Clear ISR function pointers */
+ husart->RxISR = NULL;
+ husart->TxISR = NULL;
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Check the USART Idle State.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_CheckIdleState(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ uint32_t tickstart;
+
+ /* Initialize the USART ErrorCode */
+ husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
+
+ /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/
+ tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+ /* Check if the Transmitter is enabled */
+ if ((husart->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_TE) == USART_CR1_TE)
+ {
+ /* Wait until TEACK flag is set */
+ if (USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_ISR_TEACK, RESET, tickstart, USART_TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Timeout occurred */
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Check if the Receiver is enabled */
+ if ((husart->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_RE) == USART_CR1_RE)
+ {
+ /* Wait until REACK flag is set */
+ if (USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, tickstart, USART_TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT) != HAL_OK)
+ {
+ /* Timeout occurred */
+ return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize the USART state*/
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+ /* Process Unlocked */
+ __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Simplex send an amount of data in non-blocking mode.
+ * @note Function called under interruption only, once
+ * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_USART_Transmit_IT().
+ * @note The USART errors are not managed to avoid the overrun error.
+ * @note ISR function executed when data word length is less than 9 bits long.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void USART_TxISR_8BIT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ const HAL_USART_StateTypeDef state = husart->State;
+
+ /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */
+ if ((state == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX) ||
+ (state == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX))
+ {
+ if (husart->TxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the USART Transmit data register empty interrupt */
+ __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE);
+
+ /* Enable the USART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+ __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TC);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ husart->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*husart->pTxBuffPtr & (uint8_t)0xFF);
+ husart->pTxBuffPtr++;
+ husart->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Simplex send an amount of data in non-blocking mode.
+ * @note Function called under interruption only, once
+ * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_USART_Transmit_IT().
+ * @note The USART errors are not managed to avoid the overrun error.
+ * @note ISR function executed when data word length is 9 bits long.
+ * @param husart USART handle.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void USART_TxISR_16BIT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ const HAL_USART_StateTypeDef state = husart->State;
+ uint16_t *tmp;
+
+ if ((state == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX) ||
+ (state == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX))
+ {
+ if (husart->TxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the USART Transmit data register empty interrupt */
+ __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE);
+
+ /* Enable the USART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+ __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TC);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tmp = (uint16_t *) husart->pTxBuffPtr;
+ husart->Instance->TDR = (uint16_t)(*tmp & 0x01FFU);
+ husart->pTxBuffPtr += 2U;
+ husart->TxXferCount--;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Wraps up transmission in non-blocking mode.
+ * @param husart Pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified USART module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void USART_EndTransmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ /* Disable the USART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
+ __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TC);
+
+ /* Disable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+ __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR);
+
+ /* Clear TxISR function pointer */
+ husart->TxISR = NULL;
+
+ if (husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
+ {
+ /* Clear overrun flag and discard the received data */
+ __HAL_USART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(husart);
+ __HAL_USART_SEND_REQ(husart, USART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
+
+ /* Tx process is completed, restore husart->State to Ready */
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Tx Complete Callback */
+ husart->TxCpltCallback(husart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Tx Complete Callback */
+ HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(husart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else if (husart->RxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* TxRx process is completed, restore husart->State to Ready */
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Tx Rx Complete Callback */
+ husart->TxRxCpltCallback(husart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Tx Rx Complete Callback */
+ HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback(husart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Simplex receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode.
+ * @note Function called under interruption only, once
+ * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_USART_Receive_IT().
+ * @note ISR function executed when data word length is less than 9 bits long.
+ * @param husart USART handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void USART_RxISR_8BIT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ const HAL_USART_StateTypeDef state = husart->State;
+ uint16_t txdatacount;
+ uint16_t uhMask = husart->Mask;
+
+ if ((state == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX) ||
+ (state == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX))
+ {
+ *husart->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask);
+ husart->pRxBuffPtr++;
+ husart->RxXferCount--;
+
+ if (husart->RxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the USART Parity Error Interrupt and RXNE interrupt*/
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+
+ /* Disable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Clear RxISR function pointer */
+ husart->RxISR = NULL;
+
+ /* txdatacount is a temporary variable for MISRAC2012-Rule-13.5 */
+ txdatacount = husart->TxXferCount;
+
+ if (state == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+
+ /* Rx process is completed, restore husart->State to Ready */
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Rx Complete Callback */
+ husart->RxCpltCallback(husart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Rx Complete Callback */
+ HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(husart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else if ((READ_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE) != USART_CR1_TCIE) &&
+ (txdatacount == 0U))
+ {
+ /* TxRx process is completed, restore husart->State to Ready */
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Tx Rx Complete Callback */
+ husart->TxRxCpltCallback(husart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Tx Rx Complete Callback */
+ HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback(husart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+ }
+ else if (state == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ /* Send dummy byte in order to generate the clock for the Slave to Send the next data */
+ husart->Instance->TDR = (USART_DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x00FF);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Simplex receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode.
+ * @note Function called under interruption only, once
+ * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_USART_Receive_IT().
+ * @note ISR function executed when data word length is 9 bits long.
+ * @param husart USART handle
+ * @retval None
+ */
+static void USART_RxISR_16BIT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
+{
+ const HAL_USART_StateTypeDef state = husart->State;
+ uint16_t txdatacount;
+ uint16_t *tmp;
+ uint16_t uhMask = husart->Mask;
+
+ if ((state == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX) ||
+ (state == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX))
+ {
+ tmp = (uint16_t *) husart->pRxBuffPtr;
+ *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->RDR & uhMask);
+ husart->pRxBuffPtr += 2U;
+ husart->RxXferCount--;
+
+ if (husart->RxXferCount == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Disable the USART Parity Error Interrupt and RXNE interrupt*/
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE));
+
+ /* Disable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
+ CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE);
+
+ /* Clear RxISR function pointer */
+ husart->RxISR = NULL;
+
+ /* txdatacount is a temporary variable for MISRAC2012-Rule-13.5 */
+ txdatacount = husart->TxXferCount;
+
+ if (state == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+
+ /* Rx process is completed, restore husart->State to Ready */
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Rx Complete Callback */
+ husart->RxCpltCallback(husart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Rx Complete Callback */
+ HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(husart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else if ((READ_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE) != USART_CR1_TCIE) &&
+ (txdatacount == 0U))
+ {
+ /* TxRx process is completed, restore husart->State to Ready */
+ husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Call registered Tx Rx Complete Callback */
+ husart->TxRxCpltCallback(husart);
+#else
+ /* Call legacy weak Tx Rx Complete Callback */
+ HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback(husart);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+ }
+ else if (state == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
+ {
+ /* Send dummy byte in order to generate the clock for the Slave to Send the next data */
+ husart->Instance->TDR = (USART_DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x00FF);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_usart_ex.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_usart_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..547bbc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_usart_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_usart_ex.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief Extended USART HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following extended
+ * functionalities of the Universal Synchronous Receiver Transmitter Peripheral (USART).
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### USART peripheral extended features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ (#) FIFO mode enabling/disabling and RX/TX FIFO threshold programming.
+
+ -@- When USART operates in FIFO mode, FIFO mode must be enabled prior
+ starting RX/TX transfers. Also RX/TX FIFO thresholds must be
+ configured prior starting RX/TX transfers.
+
+ (#) Slave mode enabling/disabling and NSS pin configuration.
+
+ -@- When USART operates in Slave mode, Slave mode must be enabled prior
+ starting RX/TX transfers.
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USARTEx USARTEx
+ * @brief USART Extended HAL module driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup USARTEx_Exported_Functions USARTEx Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 IO operation functions
+ * @brief Extended USART Transmit/Receive functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ This subsection provides a set of FIFO mode related callback functions.
+
+ (#) TX/RX Fifos Callbacks:
+ (+) HAL_USARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback()
+ (+) HAL_USARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback()
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup USARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+ * @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..] This section provides the following functions:
+ (+) HAL_USARTEx_EnableSPISlaveMode() API enables the SPI slave mode
+ (+) HAL_USARTEx_DisableSPISlaveMode() API disables the SPI slave mode
+ (+) HAL_USARTEx_ConfigNSS API configures the Slave Select input pin (NSS)
+ (+) HAL_USARTEx_EnableFifoMode() API enables the FIFO mode
+ (+) HAL_USARTEx_DisableFifoMode() API disables the FIFO mode
+ (+) HAL_USARTEx_SetTxFifoThreshold() API sets the TX FIFO threshold
+ (+) HAL_USARTEx_SetRxFifoThreshold() API sets the RX FIFO threshold
+
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup USARTEx_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_wwdg.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_wwdg.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ee67701 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_hal_wwdg.c @@ -0,0 +1,414 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_hal_wwdg.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief WWDG HAL module driver.
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the Window Watchdog (WWDG) peripheral:
+ * + Initialization and Configuration functions
+ * + IO operation functions
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### WWDG Specific features #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed
+ time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (T[6;0] downcounter)
+ before reaching 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter
+ value rolls down from 0x40 to 0x3F).
+
+ (+) An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed
+ before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This
+ implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window.
+ (+) Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
+ (+) WWDGRST flag in RCC CSR register can be used to inform when a WWDG
+ reset occurs.
+ (+) The WWDG counter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided
+ by a programmable prescaler.
+ (+) WWDG clock (Hz) = PCLK1 / (4096 * Prescaler)
+ (+) WWDG timeout (mS) = 1000 * (T[5;0] + 1) / WWDG clock (Hz)
+ where T[5;0] are the lowest 6 bits of Counter.
+ (+) WWDG Counter refresh is allowed between the following limits :
+ (++) min time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter - Window) / WWDG clock
+ (++) max time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter - 0x40) / WWDG clock
+ (+) Typical values:
+ (++) Counter min (T[5;0] = 0x00) @56MHz (PCLK1) with zero prescaler:
+ max timeout before reset: approximately 73.14µs
+ (++) Counter max (T[5;0] = 0x3F) @56MHz (PCLK1) with prescaler dividing by 8:
+ max timeout before reset: approximately 599.18ms
+
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+
+ *** Common driver usage ***
+ ===========================
+
+ [..]
+ (+) Enable WWDG APB1 clock using __HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_ENABLE().
+ (+) Set the WWDG prescaler, refresh window and counter value
+ using HAL_WWDG_Init() function.
+ (+) Start the WWDG using HAL_WWDG_Start() function.
+ When the WWDG is enabled the counter value should be configured to
+ a value greater than 0x40 to prevent generating an immediate reset.
+ (+) Optionally you can enable the Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) which is
+ generated when the counter reaches 0x40, and then start the WWDG using
+ HAL_WWDG_Start_IT(). At EWI HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback is executed and user can
+ add his own code by customization of callback HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback.
+ Once enabled, EWI interrupt cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
+ (+) Then the application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular
+ intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
+ HAL_WWDG_Refresh() function. This operation must occur only when
+ the counter is lower than the refresh window value already programmed.
+
+ *** Callback registration ***
+ =============================
+
+ [..]
+ The compilation define USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows
+ the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks. Use Functions
+ @ref HAL_WWDG_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback.
+
+ (+) Function @ref HAL_WWDG_RegisterCallback() allows to register following
+ callbacks:
+ (++) EwiCallback : callback for Early WakeUp Interrupt.
+ (++) MspInitCallback : WWDG MspInit.
+ This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
+ and a pointer to the user callback function.
+
+ (+) Use function @ref HAL_WWDG_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to
+ the default weak (surcharged) function. @ref HAL_WWDG_UnRegisterCallback()
+ takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle and the Callback ID.
+ This function allows to reset following callbacks:
+ (++) EwiCallback : callback for Early WakeUp Interrupt.
+ (++) MspInitCallback : WWDG MspInit.
+
+ [..]
+ When calling @ref HAL_WWDG_Init function, callbacks are reset to the
+ corresponding legacy weak (surcharged) functions:
+ @ref HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback() and HAL_WWDG_MspInit() only if they have
+ not been registered before.
+
+ [..]
+ When compilation define USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
+ not defined, the callback registering feature is not available
+ and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
+
+ *** WWDG HAL driver macros list ***
+ ===================================
+ [..]
+ Below the list of most used macros in WWDG HAL driver.
+ (+) __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE: Enable the WWDG peripheral
+ (+) __HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG: Get the selected WWDG's flag status
+ (+) __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the WWDG's pending flags
+ (+) __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE_IT: Enable the WWDG early wakeup interrupt
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
+/** @defgroup WWDG WWDG
+ * @brief WWDG HAL module driver.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions WWDG Exported Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
+ * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Initialize and start the WWDG according to the specified parameters
+ in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
+ (+) Initialize the WWDG MSP.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the WWDG according to the specified.
+ * parameters in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
+ * @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Init(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+ /* Check the WWDG handle allocation */
+ if (hwwdg == NULL)
+ {
+ return HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_WWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hwwdg->Instance));
+ assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(hwwdg->Init.Prescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW(hwwdg->Init.Window));
+ assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(hwwdg->Init.Counter));
+ assert_param(IS_WWDG_EWI_MODE(hwwdg->Init.EWIMode));
+
+#if (USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Reset Callback pointers */
+ if (hwwdg->EwiCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hwwdg->EwiCallback = HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback;
+ }
+
+ if (hwwdg->MspInitCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ hwwdg->MspInitCallback = HAL_WWDG_MspInit;
+ }
+
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ hwwdg->MspInitCallback(hwwdg);
+#else
+ /* Init the low level hardware */
+ HAL_WWDG_MspInit(hwwdg);
+#endif
+
+ /* Set WWDG Counter */
+ WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (WWDG_CR_WDGA | hwwdg->Init.Counter));
+
+ /* Set WWDG Prescaler and Window */
+ WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CFR, (hwwdg->Init.EWIMode | hwwdg->Init.Prescaler | hwwdg->Init.Window));
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the WWDG MSP.
+ * @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+ * @note When rewriting this function in user file, mechanism may be added
+ * to avoid multiple initialize when HAL_WWDG_Init function is called
+ * again to change parameters.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_WWDG_MspInit(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hwwdg);
+
+ /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_WWDG_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+
+#if (USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+/**
+ * @brief Register a User WWDG Callback
+ * To be used instead of the weak (surcharged) predefined callback
+ * @param hwwdg WWDG handle
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID Early WakeUp Interrupt Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+ * @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
+ * @retval status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_RegisterCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg, HAL_WWDG_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, pWWDG_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ if (pCallback == NULL)
+ {
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID:
+ hwwdg->EwiCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID:
+ hwwdg->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Unregister a WWDG Callback
+ * WWDG Callback is redirected to the weak (surcharged) predefined callback
+ * @param hwwdg WWDG handle
+ * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
+ * This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID Early WakeUp Interrupt Callback ID
+ * @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
+ * @retval status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_UnRegisterCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg, HAL_WWDG_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+ switch (CallbackID)
+ {
+ case HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID:
+ hwwdg->EwiCallback = HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback;
+ break;
+
+ case HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID:
+ hwwdg->MspInitCallback = HAL_WWDG_MspInit;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ status = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+ * @brief IO operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ This section provides functions allowing to:
+ (+) Refresh the WWDG.
+ (+) Handle WWDG interrupt request and associated function callback.
+
+@endverbatim
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Refresh the WWDG.
+ * @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Refresh(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+ /* Write to WWDG CR the WWDG Counter value to refresh with */
+ WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (hwwdg->Init.Counter));
+
+ /* Return function status */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handle WWDG interrupt request.
+ * @note The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific safety operations
+ * or data logging must be performed before the actual reset is generated.
+ * The EWI interrupt is enabled by calling HAL_WWDG_Init function with
+ * EWIMode set to WWDG_EWI_ENABLE.
+ * When the downcounter reaches the value 0x40, and EWI interrupt is
+ * generated and the corresponding Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) can
+ * be used to trigger specific actions (such as communications or data
+ * logging), before resetting the device.
+ * @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+ /* Check if Early Wakeup Interrupt is enable */
+ if (__HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE(hwwdg, WWDG_IT_EWI) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Check if WWDG Early Wakeup Interrupt occurred */
+ if (__HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF) != RESET)
+ {
+ /* Clear the WWDG Early Wakeup flag */
+ __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF);
+
+#if (USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
+ /* Early Wakeup registered callback */
+ hwwdg->EwiCallback(hwwdg);
+#else
+ /* Early Wakeup callback */
+ HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(hwwdg);
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief WWDG Early Wakeup callback.
+ * @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+__weak void HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(hwwdg);
+
+ /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+ the HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback could be implemented in the user file
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_adc.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_adc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2b4d3d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_adc.c @@ -0,0 +1,557 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_ll_adc.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief ADC LL module driver
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_adc.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+ #include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+ #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined (ADC1)
+
+/** @addtogroup ADC_LL ADC
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Private_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Definitions of ADC hardware constraints delays */
+/* Note: Only ADC IP HW delays are defined in ADC LL driver driver, */
+/* not timeout values: */
+/* Timeout values for ADC operations are dependent to device clock */
+/* configuration (system clock versus ADC clock), */
+/* and therefore must be defined in user application. */
+/* Refer to @ref ADC_LL_EC_HW_DELAYS for description of ADC timeout */
+/* values definition. */
+/* Note: ADC timeout values are defined here in CPU cycles to be independent */
+/* of device clock setting. */
+/* In user application, ADC timeout values should be defined with */
+/* temporal values, in function of device clock settings. */
+/* Highest ratio CPU clock frequency vs ADC clock frequency: */
+/* - ADC clock from synchronous clock with AHB prescaler 512, */
+/* APB prescaler 16, ADC prescaler 4. */
+/* - ADC clock from asynchronous clock (HSI) with prescaler 1, */
+/* with highest ratio CPU clock frequency vs HSI clock frequency: */
+/* CPU clock frequency max 48MHz, HSI frequency 14MHz: ratio 4. */
+/* Unit: CPU cycles. */
+#define ADC_CLOCK_RATIO_VS_CPU_HIGHEST ((uint32_t) 512U * 16U * 4U)
+#define ADC_TIMEOUT_DISABLE_CPU_CYCLES (ADC_CLOCK_RATIO_VS_CPU_HIGHEST * 1U)
+#define ADC_TIMEOUT_STOP_CONVERSION_CPU_CYCLES (ADC_CLOCK_RATIO_VS_CPU_HIGHEST * 1U)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Private_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
+/* common to several ADC instances. */
+/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
+/* ADC instance. */
+#define IS_LL_ADC_CLOCK(__CLOCK__) \
+ ( ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV4) \
+ || ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV2) \
+ || ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC) \
+ )
+
+#define IS_LL_ADC_RESOLUTION(__RESOLUTION__) \
+ ( ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_12B) \
+ || ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_10B) \
+ || ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_8B) \
+ || ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_6B) \
+ )
+
+#define IS_LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(__DATA_ALIGN__) \
+ ( ((__DATA_ALIGN__) == LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_RIGHT) \
+ || ((__DATA_ALIGN__) == LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_LEFT) \
+ )
+
+#define IS_LL_ADC_LOW_POWER(__LOW_POWER__) \
+ ( ((__LOW_POWER__) == LL_ADC_LP_MODE_NONE) \
+ || ((__LOW_POWER__) == LL_ADC_LP_AUTOWAIT) \
+ || ((__LOW_POWER__) == LL_ADC_LP_AUTOPOWEROFF) \
+ || ((__LOW_POWER__) == LL_ADC_LP_AUTOWAIT_AUTOPOWEROFF) \
+ )
+
+/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
+/* ADC group regular */
+#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) \
+ ( ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
+ || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO) \
+ || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4) \
+ || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO) \
+ || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO) \
+ || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM15_TRGO) \
+ )
+
+#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE(__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) \
+ ( ((__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE) \
+ || ((__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_CONV_CONTINUOUS) \
+ )
+
+#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER(__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) \
+ ( ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_NONE) \
+ || ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_LIMITED) \
+ || ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_UNLIMITED) \
+ )
+
+#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR(__REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR__) \
+ ( ((__REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR__) == LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_PRESERVED) \
+ || ((__REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR__) == LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_OVERWRITTEN) \
+ )
+
+#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) \
+ ( ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE) \
+ || ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_1RANK) \
+ )
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_EF_Init
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-initialize registers of all ADC instances belonging to
+ * the same ADC common instance to their default reset values.
+ * @note This function is performing a hard reset, using high level
+ * clock source RCC ADC reset.
+ * @param ADCxy_COMMON ADC common instance
+ * (can be set directly from CMSIS definition or by using helper macro @ref __LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE() )
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: ADC common registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: not applicable
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_ADC_CommonDeInit(ADC_Common_TypeDef *ADCxy_COMMON)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON));
+
+ /* Force reset of ADC clock (core clock) */
+ LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_ADC1);
+
+ /* Release reset of ADC clock (core clock) */
+ LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_ADC1);
+
+ return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-initialize registers of the selected ADC instance
+ * to their default reset values.
+ * @note To reset all ADC instances quickly (perform a hard reset),
+ * use function @ref LL_ADC_CommonDeInit().
+ * @note If this functions returns error status, it means that ADC instance
+ * is in an unknown state.
+ * In this case, perform a hard reset using high level
+ * clock source RCC ADC reset.
+ * Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_CommonDeInit().
+ * @param ADCx ADC instance
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: ADC registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: ADC registers are not de-initialized
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_ADC_DeInit(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+ __IO uint32_t timeout_cpu_cycles = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
+
+ /* Disable ADC instance if not already disabled. */
+ if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 1U)
+ {
+ /* Set ADC group regular trigger source to SW start to ensure to not */
+ /* have an external trigger event occurring during the conversion stop */
+ /* ADC disable process. */
+ LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource(ADCx, LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE);
+
+ /* Stop potential ADC conversion on going on ADC group regular. */
+ if(LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(ADCx) != 0U)
+ {
+ if(LL_ADC_REG_IsStopConversionOngoing(ADCx) == 0U)
+ {
+ LL_ADC_REG_StopConversion(ADCx);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Wait for ADC conversions are effectively stopped */
+ timeout_cpu_cycles = ADC_TIMEOUT_STOP_CONVERSION_CPU_CYCLES;
+ while (LL_ADC_REG_IsStopConversionOngoing(ADCx) == 1U)
+ {
+ if(timeout_cpu_cycles-- == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Time-out error */
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the ADC instance */
+ LL_ADC_Disable(ADCx);
+
+ /* Wait for ADC instance is effectively disabled */
+ timeout_cpu_cycles = ADC_TIMEOUT_DISABLE_CPU_CYCLES;
+ while (LL_ADC_IsDisableOngoing(ADCx) == 1U)
+ {
+ if(timeout_cpu_cycles-- == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Time-out error */
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check whether ADC state is compliant with expected state */
+ if(READ_BIT(ADCx->CR,
+ ( ADC_CR_ADSTP | ADC_CR_ADSTART
+ | ADC_CR_ADDIS | ADC_CR_ADEN )
+ )
+ == 0U)
+ {
+ /* ========== Reset ADC registers ========== */
+ /* Reset register IER */
+ CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->IER,
+ ( LL_ADC_IT_ADRDY
+ | LL_ADC_IT_EOC
+ | LL_ADC_IT_EOS
+ | LL_ADC_IT_OVR
+ | LL_ADC_IT_EOSMP
+ | LL_ADC_IT_AWD1 )
+ );
+
+ /* Reset register ISR */
+ SET_BIT(ADCx->ISR,
+ ( LL_ADC_FLAG_ADRDY
+ | LL_ADC_FLAG_EOC
+ | LL_ADC_FLAG_EOS
+ | LL_ADC_FLAG_OVR
+ | LL_ADC_FLAG_EOSMP
+ | LL_ADC_FLAG_AWD1 )
+ );
+
+ /* Reset register CR */
+ /* Bits ADC_CR_ADCAL, ADC_CR_ADSTP, ADC_CR_ADSTART are in access mode */
+ /* "read-set": no direct reset applicable. */
+ /* No action on register CR */
+
+ /* Reset register CFGR1 */
+ CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CFGR1,
+ ( ADC_CFGR1_AWDCH | ADC_CFGR1_AWDEN | ADC_CFGR1_AWDSGL | ADC_CFGR1_DISCEN
+ | ADC_CFGR1_AUTOFF | ADC_CFGR1_WAIT | ADC_CFGR1_CONT | ADC_CFGR1_OVRMOD
+ | ADC_CFGR1_EXTEN | ADC_CFGR1_EXTSEL | ADC_CFGR1_ALIGN | ADC_CFGR1_RES
+ | ADC_CFGR1_SCANDIR | ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG | ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN )
+ );
+
+ /* Reset register CFGR2 */
+ /* Note: Update of ADC clock mode is conditioned to ADC state disabled: */
+ /* already done above. */
+ CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CFGR2, ADC_CFGR2_CKMODE);
+
+ /* Reset register SMPR */
+ CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SMPR, ADC_SMPR_SMP);
+
+ /* Reset register TR */
+ MODIFY_REG(ADCx->TR, ADC_TR_HT | ADC_TR_LT, ADC_TR_HT);
+
+ /* Reset register CHSELR */
+#if defined(ADC_CCR_VBATEN)
+ CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CHSELR,
+ ( ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL18 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL17 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL16
+ | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL15 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL14 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL13 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL12
+ | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL11 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL10 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL9 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL8
+ | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL7 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL6 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL5 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL4
+ | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL3 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL2 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL1 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL0 )
+ );
+#else
+ CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CHSELR,
+ ( ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL17 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL16
+ | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL15 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL14 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL13 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL12
+ | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL11 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL10 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL9 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL8
+ | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL7 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL6 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL5 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL4
+ | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL3 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL2 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL1 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL0 )
+ );
+#endif
+
+ /* Reset register DR */
+ /* bits in access mode read only, no direct reset applicable */
+
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* ADC instance is in an unknown state */
+ /* Need to performing a hard reset of ADC instance, using high level */
+ /* clock source RCC ADC reset. */
+ /* Caution: On this STM32 serie, if several ADC instances are available */
+ /* on the selected device, RCC ADC reset will reset */
+ /* all ADC instances belonging to the common ADC instance. */
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize some features of ADC instance.
+ * @note These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC instance.
+ * Refer to corresponding unitary functions into
+ * @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Instance .
+ * @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init()
+ * is conditioned to ADC state:
+ * ADC instance must be disabled.
+ * This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency
+ * and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different
+ * features can be set under different ADC state conditions
+ * (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going,
+ * ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...)
+ * Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function
+ * and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled,
+ * refer to description of each function for setting
+ * conditioned to ADC state.
+ * @note After using this function, some other features must be configured
+ * using LL unitary functions.
+ * The minimum configuration remaining to be done is:
+ * - Set ADC group regular sequencer:
+ * map channel on rank corresponding to channel number.
+ * Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels();
+ * - Set ADC channel sampling time
+ * Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime();
+ * @param ADCx ADC instance
+ * @param ADC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized
+ * - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_InitTypeDef *ADC_InitStruct)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
+
+ assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_CLOCK(ADC_InitStruct->Clock));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_RESOLUTION(ADC_InitStruct->Resolution));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_LOW_POWER(ADC_InitStruct->LowPowerMode));
+
+ /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */
+ /* ADC instance must be disabled. */
+ if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
+ /* - ADC instance */
+ /* - Set ADC data resolution */
+ /* - Set ADC conversion data alignment */
+ /* - Set ADC low power mode */
+ MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CFGR1,
+ ADC_CFGR1_RES
+ | ADC_CFGR1_ALIGN
+ | ADC_CFGR1_WAIT
+ | ADC_CFGR1_AUTOFF
+ ,
+ ADC_InitStruct->Resolution
+ | ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment
+ | ADC_InitStruct->LowPowerMode
+ );
+
+ MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CFGR2,
+ ADC_CFGR2_CKMODE
+ ,
+ ADC_InitStruct->Clock
+ );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+ * @param ADC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_InitTypeDef structure
+ * whose fields will be set to default values.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LL_ADC_StructInit(LL_ADC_InitTypeDef *ADC_InitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set ADC_InitStruct fields to default values */
+ /* Set fields of ADC instance */
+ ADC_InitStruct->Clock = LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV2;
+ ADC_InitStruct->Resolution = LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_12B;
+ ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment = LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_RIGHT;
+ ADC_InitStruct->LowPowerMode = LL_ADC_LP_MODE_NONE;
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize some features of ADC group regular.
+ * @note These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC group regular.
+ * Refer to corresponding unitary functions into
+ * @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Group_Regular
+ * (functions with prefix "REG").
+ * @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init()
+ * is conditioned to ADC state:
+ * ADC instance must be disabled.
+ * This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency
+ * and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different
+ * features can be set under different ADC state conditions
+ * (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going,
+ * ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...)
+ * Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function
+ * and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled,
+ * refer to description of each function for setting
+ * conditioned to ADC state.
+ * @note After using this function, other features must be configured
+ * using LL unitary functions.
+ * The minimum configuration remaining to be done is:
+ * - Set ADC group regular sequencer:
+ * map channel on rank corresponding to channel number.
+ * Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels();
+ * - Set ADC channel sampling time
+ * Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime();
+ * @param ADCx ADC instance
+ * @param ADC_REG_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized
+ * - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_ADC_REG_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef *ADC_REG_InitStruct)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER(ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR(ADC_REG_InitStruct->Overrun));
+
+ /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */
+ /* ADC instance must be disabled. */
+ if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
+ /* - ADC group regular */
+ /* - Set ADC group regular trigger source */
+ /* - Set ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode */
+ /* - Set ADC group regular continuous mode */
+ /* - Set ADC group regular conversion data transfer: no transfer or */
+ /* transfer by DMA, and DMA requests mode */
+ /* - Set ADC group regular overrun behavior */
+ /* Note: On this STM32 serie, ADC trigger edge is set to value 0x0 by */
+ /* setting of trigger source to SW start. */
+ MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CFGR1,
+ ADC_CFGR1_EXTSEL
+ | ADC_CFGR1_EXTEN
+ | ADC_CFGR1_DISCEN
+ | ADC_CFGR1_CONT
+ | ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN
+ | ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG
+ | ADC_CFGR1_OVRMOD
+ ,
+ ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource
+ | ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont
+ | ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode
+ | ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer
+ | ADC_REG_InitStruct->Overrun
+ );
+
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+ * @param ADC_REG_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
+ * whose fields will be set to default values.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LL_ADC_REG_StructInit(LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef *ADC_REG_InitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set ADC_REG_InitStruct fields to default values */
+ /* Set fields of ADC group regular */
+ /* Note: On this STM32 serie, ADC trigger edge is set to value 0x0 by */
+ /* setting of trigger source to SW start. */
+ ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource = LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE;
+ ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont = LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE;
+ ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode = LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE;
+ ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer = LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_NONE;
+ ADC_REG_InitStruct->Overrun = LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_OVERWRITTEN;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* ADC1 */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_comp.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_comp.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a108f40 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_comp.c @@ -0,0 +1,316 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_ll_comp.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief COMP LL module driver
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_comp.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+ #include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+ #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined (COMP1) || defined (COMP2)
+
+/** @addtogroup COMP_LL COMP
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup COMP_LL_Private_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Check of parameters for configuration of COMP hierarchical scope: */
+/* COMP instance. */
+
+#define IS_LL_COMP_POWER_MODE(__POWER_MODE__) \
+ ( ((__POWER_MODE__) == LL_COMP_POWERMODE_HIGHSPEED) \
+ || ((__POWER_MODE__) == LL_COMP_POWERMODE_MEDIUMSPEED) \
+ || ((__POWER_MODE__) == LL_COMP_POWERMODE_LOWPOWER) \
+ || ((__POWER_MODE__) == LL_COMP_POWERMODE_ULTRALOWPOWER) \
+ )
+
+/* Note: On this STM32 serie, comparator input plus parameters are */
+/* the different depending on COMP instances. */
+#define IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS(__COMP_INSTANCE__, __INPUT_PLUS__) \
+ (((__COMP_INSTANCE__) == COMP1) \
+ ? ( \
+ ((__INPUT_PLUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO1) \
+ || ((__INPUT_PLUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_DAC1_CH1) \
+ ) \
+ : \
+ ( \
+ ((__INPUT_PLUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO1) \
+ ) \
+ )
+
+/* Note: On this STM32 serie, comparator input minus parameters are */
+/* the same on all COMP instances. */
+/* However, comparator instance kept as macro parameter for */
+/* compatibility with other STM32 families. */
+#define IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS(__COMP_INSTANCE__, __INPUT_MINUS__) \
+ ( ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_1_4VREFINT) \
+ || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_1_2VREFINT) \
+ || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_3_4VREFINT) \
+ || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_VREFINT) \
+ || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_DAC1_CH1) \
+ || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_DAC1_CH2) \
+ || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_IO1) \
+ )
+
+#define IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_HYSTERESIS(__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) \
+ ( ((__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) == LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_NONE) \
+ || ((__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) == LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_LOW) \
+ || ((__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) == LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_MEDIUM) \
+ || ((__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) == LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_HIGH) \
+ )
+
+#define IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_SELECTION(__OUTPUT_SELECTION__) \
+ ( ((__OUTPUT_SELECTION__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUT_NONE) \
+ || ((__OUTPUT_SELECTION__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1_BKIN) \
+ || ((__OUTPUT_SELECTION__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1_IC1) \
+ || ((__OUTPUT_SELECTION__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1_OCCLR) \
+ || ((__OUTPUT_SELECTION__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUT_TIM2_IC4) \
+ || ((__OUTPUT_SELECTION__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUT_TIM2_OCCLR) \
+ || ((__OUTPUT_SELECTION__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUT_TIM3_IC1) \
+ || ((__OUTPUT_SELECTION__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUT_TIM3_OCCLR) \
+ )
+
+#define IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_POLARITY(__POLARITY__) \
+ ( ((__POLARITY__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUTPOL_NONINVERTED) \
+ || ((__POLARITY__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUTPOL_INVERTED) \
+ )
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup COMP_LL_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup COMP_LL_EF_Init
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-initialize registers of the selected COMP instance
+ * to their default reset values.
+ * @note If comparator is locked, de-initialization by software is
+ * not possible.
+ * The only way to unlock the comparator is a device hardware reset.
+ * @param COMPx COMP instance
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: COMP registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: COMP registers are not de-initialized
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_COMP_DeInit(COMP_TypeDef *COMPx)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(COMPx));
+
+ /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */
+ /* COMP instance must not be locked. */
+ if(LL_COMP_IsLocked(COMPx) == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Note: Connection switch is applicable only to COMP instance COMP1, */
+ /* therefore is COMP2 is selected the equivalent bit is */
+ /* kept unmodified. */
+ if(COMPx == COMP1)
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(COMP->CSR,
+ ( COMP_CSR_COMP1MODE
+ | COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL
+ | COMP_CSR_COMP1SW1
+ | COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL
+ | COMP_CSR_COMP1HYST
+ | COMP_CSR_COMP1POL
+ | COMP_CSR_COMP1EN
+ ) << __COMP_BITOFFSET_INSTANCE(COMPx)
+ );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ CLEAR_BIT(COMP->CSR,
+ ( COMP_CSR_COMP1MODE
+ | COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL
+ | COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL
+ | COMP_CSR_COMP1HYST
+ | COMP_CSR_COMP1POL
+ | COMP_CSR_COMP1EN
+ ) << __COMP_BITOFFSET_INSTANCE(COMPx)
+ );
+ }
+
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Comparator instance is locked: de-initialization by software is */
+ /* not possible. */
+ /* The only way to unlock the comparator is a device hardware reset. */
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize some features of COMP instance.
+ * @note This function configures features of the selected COMP instance.
+ * Some features are also available at scope COMP common instance
+ * (common to several COMP instances).
+ * Refer to functions having argument "COMPxy_COMMON" as parameter.
+ * @param COMPx COMP instance
+ * @param COMP_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_COMP_InitTypeDef structure
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: COMP registers are initialized
+ * - ERROR: COMP registers are not initialized
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_COMP_Init(COMP_TypeDef *COMPx, LL_COMP_InitTypeDef *COMP_InitStruct)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(COMPx));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_POWER_MODE(COMP_InitStruct->PowerMode));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS(COMPx, COMP_InitStruct->InputPlus));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS(COMPx, COMP_InitStruct->InputMinus));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_HYSTERESIS(COMP_InitStruct->InputHysteresis));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_SELECTION(COMP_InitStruct->OutputSelection));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_POLARITY(COMP_InitStruct->OutputPolarity));
+
+ /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function) */
+ /* COMP instance must not be locked. */
+ if(LL_COMP_IsLocked(COMPx) == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Configuration of comparator instance : */
+ /* - PowerMode */
+ /* - InputPlus */
+ /* - InputMinus */
+ /* - InputHysteresis */
+ /* - OutputSelection */
+ /* - OutputPolarity */
+ /* Note: Connection switch is applicable only to COMP instance COMP1, */
+ /* therefore is COMP2 is selected the equivalent bit is */
+ /* kept unmodified. */
+ if(COMPx == COMP1)
+ {
+ MODIFY_REG(COMP->CSR,
+ ( COMP_CSR_COMP1MODE
+ | COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL
+ | COMP_CSR_COMP1SW1
+ | COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL
+ | COMP_CSR_COMP1HYST
+ | COMP_CSR_COMP1POL
+ ) << __COMP_BITOFFSET_INSTANCE(COMPx)
+ ,
+ ( COMP_InitStruct->PowerMode
+ | COMP_InitStruct->InputPlus
+ | COMP_InitStruct->InputMinus
+ | COMP_InitStruct->InputHysteresis
+ | COMP_InitStruct->OutputSelection
+ | COMP_InitStruct->OutputPolarity
+ ) << __COMP_BITOFFSET_INSTANCE(COMPx)
+ );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ MODIFY_REG(COMP->CSR,
+ ( COMP_CSR_COMP1MODE
+ | COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL
+ | COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL
+ | COMP_CSR_COMP1HYST
+ | COMP_CSR_COMP1POL
+ ) << __COMP_BITOFFSET_INSTANCE(COMPx)
+ ,
+ ( COMP_InitStruct->PowerMode
+ | COMP_InitStruct->InputPlus
+ | COMP_InitStruct->InputMinus
+ | COMP_InitStruct->InputHysteresis
+ | COMP_InitStruct->OutputSelection
+ | COMP_InitStruct->OutputPolarity
+ ) << __COMP_BITOFFSET_INSTANCE(COMPx)
+ );
+ }
+
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Initialization error: COMP instance is locked. */
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set each @ref LL_COMP_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+ * @param COMP_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_COMP_InitTypeDef structure
+ * whose fields will be set to default values.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LL_COMP_StructInit(LL_COMP_InitTypeDef *COMP_InitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set COMP_InitStruct fields to default values */
+ COMP_InitStruct->PowerMode = LL_COMP_POWERMODE_ULTRALOWPOWER;
+ COMP_InitStruct->InputPlus = LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO1;
+ COMP_InitStruct->InputMinus = LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_VREFINT;
+ COMP_InitStruct->InputHysteresis = LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_NONE;
+ COMP_InitStruct->OutputSelection = LL_COMP_OUTPUT_NONE;
+ COMP_InitStruct->OutputPolarity = LL_COMP_OUTPUTPOL_NONINVERTED;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* COMP1 || COMP2 */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_crc.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_crc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c6c61e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_crc.c @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_ll_crc.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief CRC LL module driver.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_crc.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined (CRC)
+
+/** @addtogroup CRC_LL
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup CRC_LL_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup CRC_LL_EF_Init
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-initialize CRC registers (Registers restored to their default values).
+ * @param CRCx CRC Instance
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: CRC registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: CRC registers are not de-initialized
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_TypeDef *CRCx)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(CRCx));
+
+ if (CRCx == CRC)
+ {
+#if defined(CRC_POL_POL)
+ /* Set programmable polynomial size in CR register to reset value (32 bits)*/
+ LL_CRC_SetPolynomialSize(CRCx, LL_CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B);
+
+ /* Set programmable polynomial in POL register to reset value */
+ LL_CRC_SetPolynomialCoef(CRCx, LL_CRC_DEFAULT_CRC32_POLY);
+#endif /* CRC_POL_POL */
+
+ /* Set INIT register to reset value */
+ LL_CRC_SetInitialData(CRCx, LL_CRC_DEFAULT_CRC_INITVALUE);
+
+ /* Set Reversibility options on I/O data values in CR register to reset value */
+ LL_CRC_SetInputDataReverseMode(CRCx, LL_CRC_INDATA_REVERSE_NONE);
+ LL_CRC_SetOutputDataReverseMode(CRCx, LL_CRC_OUTDATA_REVERSE_NONE);
+
+ /* Reset the CRC calculation unit */
+ LL_CRC_ResetCRCCalculationUnit(CRCx);
+
+ /* Reset IDR register */
+ LL_CRC_Write_IDR(CRCx, 0x00U);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* defined (CRC) */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_crs.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_crs.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ac186e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_crs.c @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_ll_crs.h
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief CRS LL module driver.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_crs.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined(CRS)
+
+/** @defgroup CRS_LL CRS
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup CRS_LL_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup CRS_LL_EF_Init
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-Initializes CRS peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: CRS registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: not applicable
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_CRS_DeInit(void)
+{
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CRS);
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CRS);
+
+ return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* defined(CRS) */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_dac.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_dac.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c99828c --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_dac.c @@ -0,0 +1,276 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_ll_dac.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief DAC LL module driver
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_dac.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+ #include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+ #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined (DAC1)
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC_LL DAC
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_Private_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined(DAC_CHANNEL2_SUPPORT)
+#define IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(__DACX__, __DAC_CHANNEL__) \
+ ( \
+ ((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1) \
+ || ((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_2) \
+ )
+#else
+#define IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(__DACX__, __DAC_CHANNEL__) \
+ ( \
+ ((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1) \
+ )
+#endif /* DAC_CHANNEL2_SUPPORT */
+
+#define IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) \
+ ( ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
+ || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO) \
+ || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO) \
+ || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO) \
+ || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM6_TRGO) \
+ || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM7_TRGO) \
+ || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM15_TRGO) \
+ || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE9) \
+ )
+
+#if defined(DAC_CR_WAVE1)
+#define IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_MODE(__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) \
+ ( ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE) \
+ || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NOISE) \
+ || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_TRIANGLE) \
+ )
+
+#define IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_CONFIG(__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) \
+ ( ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0) \
+ || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS1_0) \
+ || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS2_0) \
+ || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS3_0) \
+ || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS4_0) \
+ || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS5_0) \
+ || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS6_0) \
+ || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS7_0) \
+ || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS8_0) \
+ || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS9_0) \
+ || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS10_0) \
+ || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS11_0) \
+ || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_1) \
+ || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_3) \
+ || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_7) \
+ || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_15) \
+ || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_31) \
+ || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_63) \
+ || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_127) \
+ || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_255) \
+ || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_511) \
+ || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_1023) \
+ || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_2047) \
+ || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_4095) \
+ )
+#endif
+
+#define IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER(__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) \
+ ( ((__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE) \
+ || ((__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_DISABLE) \
+ )
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_EF_Init
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-initialize registers of the selected DAC instance
+ * to their default reset values.
+ * @param DACx DAC instance
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: DAC registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: not applicable
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_TypeDef *DACx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(DACx));
+
+ /* Force reset of DAC clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC1);
+
+ /* Release reset of DAC clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC1);
+
+ return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize some features of DAC instance.
+ * @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_DAC_Init()
+ * is conditioned to DAC state:
+ * DAC instance must be disabled.
+ * @param DACx DAC instance
+ * @param DAC_Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1
+ * @arg @ref LL_DAC_CHANNEL_2 (1)
+ *
+ * (1) On this STM32 serie, parameter not available on all devices.
+ * Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
+ * @param DAC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef structure
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: DAC registers are initialized
+ * - ERROR: DAC registers are not initialized
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_DAC_Init(DAC_TypeDef *DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, LL_DAC_InitTypeDef *DAC_InitStruct)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(DACx));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(DACx, DAC_Channel));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER(DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer));
+#if defined(DAC_CR_WAVE1)
+ assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_MODE(DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration));
+ if (DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration != LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_CONFIG(DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig));
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function) */
+ /* DAC instance must be disabled. */
+ if(LL_DAC_IsEnabled(DACx, DAC_Channel) == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Configuration of DAC channel: */
+ /* - TriggerSource */
+#if defined(DAC_CR_WAVE1)
+ /* - WaveAutoGeneration */
+#endif
+ /* - OutputBuffer */
+#if defined(DAC_CR_WAVE1)
+ if (DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration != LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE)
+ {
+ MODIFY_REG(DACx->CR,
+ ( DAC_CR_TSEL1
+ | DAC_CR_WAVE1
+ | DAC_CR_MAMP1
+ | DAC_CR_BOFF1
+ ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
+ ,
+ ( DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource
+ | DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration
+ | DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig
+ | DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer
+ ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
+ );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ MODIFY_REG(DACx->CR,
+ ( DAC_CR_TSEL1
+ | DAC_CR_WAVE1
+ | DAC_CR_BOFF1
+ ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
+ ,
+ ( DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource
+ | LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE
+ | DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer
+ ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
+ );
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Initialization error: DAC instance is not disabled. */
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set each @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+ * @param DAC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef structure
+ * whose fields will be set to default values.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LL_DAC_StructInit(LL_DAC_InitTypeDef *DAC_InitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set DAC_InitStruct fields to default values */
+ DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource = LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE;
+#if defined(DAC_CR_WAVE1)
+ DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration = LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE;
+ /* Note: Parameter discarded if wave auto generation is disabled, */
+ /* set anyway to its default value. */
+ DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig = LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0;
+#endif
+ DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer = LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* DAC1 */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_dma.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_dma.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..502d9a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_dma.c @@ -0,0 +1,397 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_ll_dma.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief DMA LL module driver.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_dma.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h"
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined (DMA1) || defined (DMA2)
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_LL DMA
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_Private_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+#define IS_LL_DMA_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_CIRCULAR))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHINCMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PERIPH_INCREMENT) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYINCMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MEMORY_INCREMENT) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHDATASIZE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYDATASIZE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD))
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_NBDATA(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x0000FFFFU)
+
+#if (defined(DMA1_CSELR_DEFAULT)||defined(DMA2_CSELR_DEFAULT))
+#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHREQUEST(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_0) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_1) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_2) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_3) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_4) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_5) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_6) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_7) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_8) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_9) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_10) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_11) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_12) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_13) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_14) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_15))
+#endif
+
+#define IS_LL_DMA_PRIORITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_VERYHIGH))
+
+#if defined (DMA2)
+#if defined (DMA2_Channel6) && defined (DMA2_Channel7)
+#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL) ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
+ (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))) || \
+ (((INSTANCE) == DMA2) && \
+ (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))))
+#else
+#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL) ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
+ (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))) || \
+ (((INSTANCE) == DMA2) && \
+ (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5))))
+#endif
+#else
+#if defined(DMA1_Channel6) && defined(DMA1_Channel7)
+#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL) ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
+ (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1)|| \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))))
+#elif defined (DMA1_Channel6)
+#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL) ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
+ (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1)|| \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6))))
+#else
+#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL) ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
+ (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1)|| \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
+ ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5))))
+#endif /* DMA1_Channel6 && DMA1_Channel7 */
+#endif
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_EF_Init
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-initialize the DMA registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param DMAx DMAx Instance
+ * @param Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1
+ * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2
+ * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3
+ * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4
+ * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5
+ * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6 (*)
+ * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7 (*)
+ *
+ * (*) value not defined in all devices
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: DMA registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: DMA registers are not de-initialized
+ */
+uint32_t LL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Channel)
+{
+ DMA_Channel_TypeDef *tmp = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *)DMA1_Channel1;
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+ /* Check the DMA Instance DMAx and Channel parameters*/
+ assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel));
+
+ tmp = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *)(__LL_DMA_GET_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel));
+
+ /* Disable the selected DMAx_Channely */
+ CLEAR_BIT(tmp->CCR, DMA_CCR_EN);
+
+ /* Reset DMAx_Channely control register */
+ LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CCR, 0U);
+
+ /* Reset DMAx_Channely remaining bytes register */
+ LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CNDTR, 0U);
+
+ /* Reset DMAx_Channely peripheral address register */
+ LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CPAR, 0U);
+
+ /* Reset DMAx_Channely memory address register */
+ LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CMAR, 0U);
+
+#if (defined(DMA1_CSELR_DEFAULT)||defined(DMA2_CSELR_DEFAULT))
+ /* Reset Request register field for DMAx Channel */
+ LL_DMA_SetPeriphRequest(DMAx, Channel, LL_DMA_REQUEST_0);
+#endif
+
+ if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1)
+ {
+ /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel1 */
+ LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI1(DMAx);
+ }
+ else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2)
+ {
+ /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel2 */
+ LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI2(DMAx);
+ }
+ else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3)
+ {
+ /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel3 */
+ LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI3(DMAx);
+ }
+ else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4)
+ {
+ /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel4 */
+ LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI4(DMAx);
+ }
+ else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5)
+ {
+ /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel5 */
+ LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI5(DMAx);
+ }
+
+#if defined(DMA1_Channel6)
+ else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6)
+ {
+ /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel6 */
+ LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI6(DMAx);
+ }
+#endif
+#if defined(DMA1_Channel7)
+ else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7)
+ {
+ /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel7 */
+ LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI7(DMAx);
+ }
+#endif
+ else
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the DMA registers according to the specified parameters in DMA_InitStruct.
+ * @note To convert DMAx_Channely Instance to DMAx Instance and Channely, use helper macros :
+ * @arg @ref __LL_DMA_GET_INSTANCE
+ * @arg @ref __LL_DMA_GET_CHANNEL
+ * @param DMAx DMAx Instance
+ * @param Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1
+ * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2
+ * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3
+ * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4
+ * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5
+ * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6 (*)
+ * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7 (*)
+ *
+ * (*) value not defined in all devices
+ * @param DMA_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: DMA registers are initialized
+ * - ERROR: Not applicable
+ */
+uint32_t LL_DMA_Init(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Channel, LL_DMA_InitTypeDef *DMA_InitStruct)
+{
+ /* Check the DMA Instance DMAx and Channel parameters*/
+ assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel));
+
+ /* Check the DMA parameters from DMA_InitStruct */
+ assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_DIRECTION(DMA_InitStruct->Direction));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MODE(DMA_InitStruct->Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHINCMODE(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYINCMODE(DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHDATASIZE(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYDATASIZE(DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_NBDATA(DMA_InitStruct->NbData));
+#if (defined(DMA1_CSELR_DEFAULT)||defined(DMA2_CSELR_DEFAULT))
+ assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHREQUEST(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest));
+#endif
+ assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PRIORITY(DMA_InitStruct->Priority));
+
+ /*---------------------------- DMAx CCR Configuration ------------------------
+ * Configure DMAx_Channely: data transfer direction, data transfer mode,
+ * peripheral and memory increment mode,
+ * data size alignment and priority level with parameters :
+ * - Direction: DMA_CCR_DIR and DMA_CCR_MEM2MEM bits
+ * - Mode: DMA_CCR_CIRC bit
+ * - PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode: DMA_CCR_PINC bit
+ * - MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode: DMA_CCR_MINC bit
+ * - PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize: DMA_CCR_PSIZE[1:0] bits
+ * - MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize: DMA_CCR_MSIZE[1:0] bits
+ * - Priority: DMA_CCR_PL[1:0] bits
+ */
+ LL_DMA_ConfigTransfer(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->Direction | \
+ DMA_InitStruct->Mode | \
+ DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode | \
+ DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode | \
+ DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize | \
+ DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize | \
+ DMA_InitStruct->Priority);
+
+ /*-------------------------- DMAx CMAR Configuration -------------------------
+ * Configure the memory or destination base address with parameter :
+ * - MemoryOrM2MDstAddress: DMA_CMAR_MA[31:0] bits
+ */
+ LL_DMA_SetMemoryAddress(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstAddress);
+
+ /*-------------------------- DMAx CPAR Configuration -------------------------
+ * Configure the peripheral or source base address with parameter :
+ * - PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress: DMA_CPAR_PA[31:0] bits
+ */
+ LL_DMA_SetPeriphAddress(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress);
+
+ /*--------------------------- DMAx CNDTR Configuration -----------------------
+ * Configure the peripheral base address with parameter :
+ * - NbData: DMA_CNDTR_NDT[15:0] bits
+ */
+ LL_DMA_SetDataLength(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->NbData);
+
+#if (defined(DMA1_CSELR_DEFAULT)||defined(DMA2_CSELR_DEFAULT))
+ /*--------------------------- DMAx CSELR Configuration -----------------------
+ * Configure the DMA request for DMA instance on Channel x with parameter :
+ * - PeriphRequest: DMA_CSELR[31:0] bits
+ */
+ LL_DMA_SetPeriphRequest(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest);
+#endif
+
+ return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set each @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+ * @param DMA_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LL_DMA_StructInit(LL_DMA_InitTypeDef *DMA_InitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set DMA_InitStruct fields to default values */
+ DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress = 0x00000000U;
+ DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstAddress = 0x00000000U;
+ DMA_InitStruct->Direction = LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY;
+ DMA_InitStruct->Mode = LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL;
+ DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode = LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT;
+ DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode = LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT;
+ DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize = LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE;
+ DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize = LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE;
+ DMA_InitStruct->NbData = 0x00000000U;
+#if (defined(DMA1_CSELR_DEFAULT)||defined(DMA2_CSELR_DEFAULT))
+ DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest = LL_DMA_REQUEST_0;
+#endif
+ DMA_InitStruct->Priority = LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* DMA1 || DMA2 */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_exti.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_exti.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2832037 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_exti.c @@ -0,0 +1,223 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_ll_exti.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief EXTI LL module driver.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_exti.h"
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined (EXTI)
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_LL EXTI
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_Private_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_0_31(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) & ~LL_EXTI_LINE_ALL_0_31) == 0x00000000U)
+
+#define IS_LL_EXTI_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_IT) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT))
+
+
+#define IS_LL_EXTI_TRIGGER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_EF_Init
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-initialize the EXTI registers to their default reset values.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: EXTI registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: not applicable
+ */
+uint32_t LL_EXTI_DeInit(void)
+{
+ /* Interrupt mask register set to default reset values */
+#if defined(STM32F030x6) || defined(STM32F031x6) ||defined(STM32F038xx)
+ LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR, 0x0FF40000U);
+#elif defined(STM32F070x6) || defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx)
+ LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR, 0x7FF40000U);
+#elif defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)
+ LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR, 0x0F940000U);
+#else
+ LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR, 0x7F840000U);
+#endif
+ /* Event mask register set to default reset values */
+ LL_EXTI_WriteReg(EMR, 0x00000000U);
+ /* Rising Trigger selection register set to default reset values */
+ LL_EXTI_WriteReg(RTSR, 0x00000000U);
+ /* Falling Trigger selection register set to default reset values */
+ LL_EXTI_WriteReg(FTSR, 0x00000000U);
+ /* Software interrupt event register set to default reset values */
+ LL_EXTI_WriteReg(SWIER, 0x00000000U);
+ /* Pending register clear */
+ LL_EXTI_WriteReg(PR, 0x007BFFFFU);
+
+ return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the EXTI registers according to the specified parameters in EXTI_InitStruct.
+ * @param EXTI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: EXTI registers are initialized
+ * - ERROR: not applicable
+ */
+uint32_t LL_EXTI_Init(LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTI_InitStruct)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31));
+ assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_MODE(EXTI_InitStruct->Mode));
+
+ /* ENABLE LineCommand */
+ if (EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand != DISABLE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_TRIGGER(EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger));
+
+ /* Configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */
+ if (EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31 != LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE)
+ {
+ switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Mode)
+ {
+ case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT:
+ /* First Disable Event on provided Lines */
+ LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+ /* Then Enable IT on provided Lines */
+ LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+ break;
+ case LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT:
+ /* First Disable IT on provided Lines */
+ LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+ /* Then Enable Event on provided Lines */
+ LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+ break;
+ case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT:
+ /* Directly Enable IT & Event on provided Lines */
+ LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+ LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+ break;
+ default:
+ status = ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger != LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE)
+ {
+ switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger)
+ {
+ case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING:
+ /* First Disable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
+ LL_EXTI_DisableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+ /* Then Enable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */
+ LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+ break;
+ case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING:
+ /* First Disable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */
+ LL_EXTI_DisableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+ /* Then Enable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
+ LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+ break;
+ case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING:
+ LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+ LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+ break;
+ default:
+ status = ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* DISABLE LineCommand */
+ else
+ {
+ /* De-configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */
+ LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+ LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
+ }
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set each @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+ * @param EXTI_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LL_EXTI_StructInit(LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTI_InitStruct)
+{
+ EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31 = LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE;
+ EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand = DISABLE;
+ EXTI_InitStruct->Mode = LL_EXTI_MODE_IT;
+ EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger = LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* defined (EXTI) */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_gpio.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_gpio.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d4c0585 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_gpio.c @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_ll_gpio.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief GPIO LL module driver.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_gpio.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h"
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined (GPIOA) || defined (GPIOB) || defined (GPIOC) || defined (GPIOD) || defined (GPIOE) || defined (GPIOF)
+
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL
+ * @{
+ */
+/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rules:
+ * Rule-12.2 - Medium: RHS argument is in interval [0,INF] which is out of
+ * range of the shift operator in following API :
+ * LL_GPIO_Init
+ * LL_GPIO_DeInit
+ * LL_GPIO_SetPinMode
+ * LL_GPIO_GetPinMode
+ * LL_GPIO_SetPinSpeed
+ * LL_GPIO_GetPinSpeed
+ * LL_GPIO_SetPinPull
+ * LL_GPIO_GetPinPull
+ * LL_GPIO_GetAFPin_0_7
+ * LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_0_7
+ * LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_8_15
+ * LL_GPIO_GetAFPin_8_15
+ */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_Private_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_PIN(__VALUE__) (((0x00u) < (__VALUE__)) && ((__VALUE__) <= (LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL)))
+
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_INPUT) ||\
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) ||\
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE) ||\
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_ANALOG))
+
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL) ||\
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_OPENDRAIN))
+
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_SPEED(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW) ||\
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM) ||\
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH))
+
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_PULL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_NO) ||\
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_UP) ||\
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_DOWN))
+
+#define IS_LL_GPIO_ALTERNATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_0 ) ||\
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_1 ) ||\
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_2 ) ||\
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_3 ) ||\
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_4 ) ||\
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_5 ) ||\
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_6 ) ||\
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_7 ))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_EF_Init
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-initialize GPIO registers (Registers restored to their default values).
+ * @param GPIOx GPIO Port
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: GPIO registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: Wrong GPIO Port
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+
+ /* Force and Release reset on clock of GPIOx Port */
+ if (GPIOx == GPIOA)
+ {
+ LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA);
+ LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA);
+ }
+ else if (GPIOx == GPIOB)
+ {
+ LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB);
+ LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB);
+ }
+ else if (GPIOx == GPIOC)
+ {
+ LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC);
+ LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC);
+ }
+#if defined(GPIOD)
+ else if (GPIOx == GPIOD)
+ {
+ LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOD);
+ LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOD);
+ }
+#endif /* GPIOD */
+#if defined(GPIOE)
+ else if (GPIOx == GPIOE)
+ {
+ LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOE);
+ LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOE);
+ }
+#endif /* GPIOE */
+#if defined(GPIOF)
+ else if (GPIOx == GPIOF)
+ {
+ LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOF);
+ LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOF);
+ }
+#endif /* GPIOF */
+ else
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize GPIO registers according to the specified parameters in GPIO_InitStruct.
+ * @param GPIOx GPIO Port
+ * @param GPIO_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
+ * that contains the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: GPIO registers are initialized according to GPIO_InitStruct content
+ * - ERROR: Not applicable
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_InitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t pinpos;
+ uint32_t currentpin;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_InitStruct->Pin));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_InitStruct->Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_InitStruct->Pull));
+
+ /* ------------------------- Configure the port pins ---------------- */
+ /* Initialize pinpos on first pin set */
+ pinpos = 0;
+
+ /* Configure the port pins */
+ while (((GPIO_InitStruct->Pin) >> pinpos) != 0x00u)
+ {
+ /* Get current io position */
+ currentpin = (GPIO_InitStruct->Pin) & (0x00000001uL << pinpos);
+
+ if (currentpin != 0x00u)
+ {
+ /* Pin Mode configuration */
+ LL_GPIO_SetPinMode(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Mode);
+
+ if ((GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE))
+ {
+ /* Check Speed mode parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_InitStruct->Speed));
+
+ /* Speed mode configuration */
+ LL_GPIO_SetPinSpeed(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Speed);
+ }
+
+ /* Pull-up Pull down resistor configuration*/
+ LL_GPIO_SetPinPull(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Pull);
+
+ if (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE)
+ {
+ /* Check Alternate parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_ALTERNATE(GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate));
+
+ /* Speed mode configuration */
+ if (currentpin < LL_GPIO_PIN_8)
+ {
+ LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_0_7(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_8_15(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ pinpos++;
+ }
+
+ if ((GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE))
+ {
+ /* Check Output mode parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE(GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType));
+
+ /* Output mode configuration*/
+ LL_GPIO_SetPinOutputType(GPIOx, GPIO_InitStruct->Pin, GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType);
+
+ }
+ return (SUCCESS);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set each @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+ * @param GPIO_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
+ * whose fields will be set to default values.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+
+void LL_GPIO_StructInit(LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_InitStruct)
+{
+ /* Reset GPIO init structure parameters values */
+ GPIO_InitStruct->Pin = LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL;
+ GPIO_InitStruct->Mode = LL_GPIO_MODE_ANALOG;
+ GPIO_InitStruct->Speed = LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW;
+ GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType = LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL;
+ GPIO_InitStruct->Pull = LL_GPIO_PULL_NO;
+ GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate = LL_GPIO_AF_0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* defined (GPIOA) || defined (GPIOB) || defined (GPIOC) || defined (GPIOD) || defined (GPIOE) || defined (GPIOF) */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_i2c.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_i2c.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..00b20ac --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_i2c.c @@ -0,0 +1,229 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_ll_i2c.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief I2C LL module driver.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_i2c.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h"
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined (I2C1) || defined (I2C2)
+
+/** @defgroup I2C_LL I2C
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_Private_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_PERIPHERAL_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_I2C) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_HOST) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE_ARP))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x0000000FU)
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x000003FFU)
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ACK) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_NACK))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRSIZE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_10BIT))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_EF_Init
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-initialize the I2C registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param I2Cx I2C Instance.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: I2C registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: I2C registers are not de-initialized
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+ /* Check the I2C Instance I2Cx */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx));
+
+ if (I2Cx == I2C1)
+ {
+ /* Force reset of I2C clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C1);
+
+ /* Release reset of I2C clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C1);
+ }
+#if defined(I2C2)
+ else if (I2Cx == I2C2)
+ {
+ /* Force reset of I2C clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C2);
+
+ /* Release reset of I2C clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C2);
+
+ }
+#endif
+ else
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the I2C registers according to the specified parameters in I2C_InitStruct.
+ * @param I2Cx I2C Instance.
+ * @param I2C_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef structure.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: I2C registers are initialized
+ * - ERROR: Not applicable
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, LL_I2C_InitTypeDef *I2C_InitStruct)
+{
+ /* Check the I2C Instance I2Cx */
+ assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx));
+
+ /* Check the I2C parameters from I2C_InitStruct */
+ assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_PERIPHERAL_MODE(I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGE(I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRSIZE(I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize));
+
+ /* Disable the selected I2Cx Peripheral */
+ LL_I2C_Disable(I2Cx);
+
+ /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ------------------------
+ * Configure the analog and digital noise filters with parameters :
+ * - AnalogFilter: I2C_CR1_ANFOFF bit
+ * - DigitalFilter: I2C_CR1_DNF[3:0] bits
+ */
+ LL_I2C_ConfigFilters(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter, I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter);
+
+ /*---------------------------- I2Cx TIMINGR Configuration --------------------
+ * Configure the SDA setup, hold time and the SCL high, low period with parameter :
+ * - Timing: I2C_TIMINGR_PRESC[3:0], I2C_TIMINGR_SCLDEL[3:0], I2C_TIMINGR_SDADEL[3:0],
+ * I2C_TIMINGR_SCLH[7:0] and I2C_TIMINGR_SCLL[7:0] bits
+ */
+ LL_I2C_SetTiming(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->Timing);
+
+ /* Enable the selected I2Cx Peripheral */
+ LL_I2C_Enable(I2Cx);
+
+ /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration -----------------------
+ * Disable, Configure and Enable I2Cx device own address 1 with parameters :
+ * - OwnAddress1: I2C_OAR1_OA1[9:0] bits
+ * - OwnAddrSize: I2C_OAR1_OA1MODE bit
+ */
+ LL_I2C_DisableOwnAddress1(I2Cx);
+ LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress1(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1, I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize);
+
+ /* OwnAdress1 == 0 is reserved for General Call address */
+ if (I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1 != 0U)
+ {
+ LL_I2C_EnableOwnAddress1(I2Cx);
+ }
+
+ /*---------------------------- I2Cx MODE Configuration -----------------------
+ * Configure I2Cx peripheral mode with parameter :
+ * - PeripheralMode: I2C_CR1_SMBDEN and I2C_CR1_SMBHEN bits
+ */
+ LL_I2C_SetMode(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode);
+
+ /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ------------------------
+ * Configure the ACKnowledge or Non ACKnowledge condition
+ * after the address receive match code or next received byte with parameter :
+ * - TypeAcknowledge: I2C_CR2_NACK bit
+ */
+ LL_I2C_AcknowledgeNextData(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge);
+
+ return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set each @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+ * @param I2C_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef structure.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LL_I2C_StructInit(LL_I2C_InitTypeDef *I2C_InitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set I2C_InitStruct fields to default values */
+ I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode = LL_I2C_MODE_I2C;
+ I2C_InitStruct->Timing = 0U;
+ I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter = LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE;
+ I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter = 0U;
+ I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1 = 0U;
+ I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge = LL_I2C_NACK;
+ I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize = LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* I2C1 || I2C2 */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_pwr.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_pwr.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ffb50d --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_pwr.c @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_ll_pwr.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief PWR LL module driver.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_pwr.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined(PWR)
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_LL PWR
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_EF_Init
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-initialize the PWR registers to their default reset values.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: PWR registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: not applicable
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_PWR_DeInit(void)
+{
+ /* Force reset of PWR clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR);
+
+ /* Release reset of PWR clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR);
+
+ return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* defined(PWR) */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_rcc.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_rcc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..83fe3e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_rcc.c @@ -0,0 +1,609 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_ll_rcc.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief RCC LL module driver.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_rcc.h"
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+ #include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+ #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined(RCC)
+
+/** @defgroup RCC_LL RCC
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_Private_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW) && defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW)
+#define IS_LL_RCC_USART_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE))
+#elif defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW) && !defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW)
+#define IS_LL_RCC_USART_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE))
+#elif defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW) && !defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW)
+#define IS_LL_RCC_USART_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE))
+#else
+#define IS_LL_RCC_USART_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE))
+#endif /* RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW && RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW */
+
+#define IS_LL_RCC_I2C_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_I2C1_CLKSOURCE)
+
+#if defined(USB)
+#define IS_LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE))
+#endif /* USB */
+
+#if defined(CEC)
+#define IS_LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE))
+#endif /* CEC */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RCC_LL_Private_Functions RCC Private functions
+ * @{
+ */
+uint32_t RCC_GetSystemClockFreq(void);
+uint32_t RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency);
+uint32_t RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(uint32_t HCLK_Frequency);
+uint32_t RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS(void);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_EF_Init
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Reset the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state.
+ * @note The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below:
+ * - HSI ON and used as system clock source
+ * - HSE and PLL OFF
+ * - AHB and APB1 prescaler set to 1.
+ * - CSS, MCO OFF
+ * - All interrupts disabled
+ * @note This function doesn't modify the configuration of the
+ * - Peripheral clocks
+ * - LSI, LSE and RTC clocks
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RCC registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: not applicable
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_RCC_DeInit(void)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t vl_mask;
+
+ /* Set HSION bit */
+ LL_RCC_HSI_Enable();
+
+ /* Wait for HSI READY bit */
+ while(LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady() != 1U)
+ {}
+
+ /* Set HSITRIM bits to the reset value*/
+ LL_RCC_HSI_SetCalibTrimming(0x10U);
+
+ /* Reset SW, HPRE, PPRE and MCOSEL bits */
+ vl_mask = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+ CLEAR_BIT(vl_mask, (RCC_CFGR_SW | RCC_CFGR_HPRE | RCC_CFGR_PPRE | RCC_CFGR_MCOSEL));
+
+ /* Write new value in CFGR register */
+ LL_RCC_WriteReg(CFGR, vl_mask);
+
+ /* Wait till system clock source is ready */
+ while(LL_RCC_GetSysClkSource() != LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI)
+ {}
+
+ /* Read CR register */
+ vl_mask = LL_RCC_ReadReg(CR);
+
+ /* Reset HSEON, CSSON, PLLON bits */
+ CLEAR_BIT(vl_mask, (RCC_CR_PLLON | RCC_CR_CSSON | RCC_CR_HSEON));
+
+ /* Write new value in CR register */
+ LL_RCC_WriteReg(CR, vl_mask);
+
+ /* Wait for PLL READY bit to be reset */
+ while(LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady() != 0U)
+ {}
+
+ /* Reset HSEBYP bit */
+ LL_RCC_HSE_DisableBypass();
+
+ /* Reset CFGR register */
+ LL_RCC_WriteReg(CFGR, 0x00000000U);
+
+#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT)
+ /* Reset CR2 register */
+ LL_RCC_WriteReg(CR2, 0x00000000U);
+
+ /* Disable HSI48 */
+ LL_RCC_HSI48_Disable();
+
+#endif /*RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT*/
+ /* Set HSI14TRIM/HSI14ON/HSI14DIS bits to the reset value*/
+ LL_RCC_HSI14_SetCalibTrimming(0x10U);
+ LL_RCC_HSI14_Disable();
+ LL_RCC_HSI14_EnableADCControl();
+
+ /* Reset CFGR2 register */
+ LL_RCC_WriteReg(CFGR2, 0x00000000U);
+
+ /* Reset CFGR3 register */
+ LL_RCC_WriteReg(CFGR3, 0x00000000U);
+
+ /* Clear pending flags */
+#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT)
+ vl_mask = (LL_RCC_CIR_LSIRDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_LSERDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_HSIRDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_HSERDYC |\
+ LL_RCC_CIR_PLLRDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_HSI14RDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_HSI48RDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_CSSC);
+#else
+ vl_mask = (LL_RCC_CIR_LSIRDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_LSERDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_HSIRDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_HSERDYC |\
+ LL_RCC_CIR_PLLRDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_HSI14RDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_CSSC);
+#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */
+
+ /* Write new value in CIR register */
+ LL_RCC_WriteReg(CIR, vl_mask);
+
+ /* Disable all interrupts */
+ LL_RCC_WriteReg(CIR, 0x00000000U);
+
+ /* Clear reset flags */
+ LL_RCC_ClearResetFlags();
+
+ return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_EF_Get_Freq
+ * @brief Return the frequencies of different on chip clocks; System, AHB and APB1 buses clocks
+ * and different peripheral clocks available on the device.
+ * @note If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(**)
+ * @note If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(***)
+ * @note If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns values based on
+ * HSI_VALUE(**) or HSE_VALUE(***) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors.
+ * @note (**) HSI_VALUE is a defined constant but the real value may vary
+ * depending on the variations in voltage and temperature.
+ * @note (***) HSE_VALUE is a defined constant, user has to ensure that
+ * HSE_VALUE is same as the real frequency of the crystal used.
+ * Otherwise, this function may have wrong result.
+ * @note The result of this function could be incorrect when using fractional
+ * value for HSE crystal.
+ * @note This function can be used by the user application to compute the
+ * baud-rate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return the frequencies of different on chip clocks; System, AHB and APB1 buses clocks
+ * @note Each time SYSCLK, HCLK and/or PCLK1 clock changes, this function
+ * must be called to update structure fields. Otherwise, any
+ * configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
+ * @param RCC_Clocks pointer to a @ref LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef structure which will hold the clocks frequencies
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef *RCC_Clocks)
+{
+ /* Get SYSCLK frequency */
+ RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = RCC_GetSystemClockFreq();
+
+ /* HCLK clock frequency */
+ RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency = RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency);
+
+ /* PCLK1 clock frequency */
+ RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency = RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return USARTx clock frequency
+ * @param USARTxSource This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE
+ * @arg @ref LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE (*)
+ * @arg @ref LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE (*)
+ *
+ * (*) value not defined in all devices.
+ * @retval USART clock frequency (in Hz)
+ * @arg @ref LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO indicates that oscillator (HSI or LSE) is not ready
+ */
+uint32_t LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq(uint32_t USARTxSource)
+{
+ uint32_t usart_frequency = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO;
+
+ /* Check parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RCC_USART_CLKSOURCE(USARTxSource));
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW)
+ if (USARTxSource == LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE)
+ {
+ /* USART1CLK clock frequency */
+ switch (LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockSource(USARTxSource))
+ {
+ case LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: /* USART1 Clock is System Clock */
+ usart_frequency = RCC_GetSystemClockFreq();
+ break;
+
+ case LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE_HSI: /* USART1 Clock is HSI Osc. */
+ if (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady())
+ {
+ usart_frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE_LSE: /* USART1 Clock is LSE Osc. */
+ if (LL_RCC_LSE_IsReady())
+ {
+ usart_frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: /* USART1 Clock is PCLK1 */
+ default:
+ usart_frequency = RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(RCC_GetSystemClockFreq()));
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW */
+
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW)
+ if (USARTxSource == LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE)
+ {
+ /* USART2CLK clock frequency */
+ switch (LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockSource(USARTxSource))
+ {
+ case LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: /* USART2 Clock is System Clock */
+ usart_frequency = RCC_GetSystemClockFreq();
+ break;
+
+ case LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE_HSI: /* USART2 Clock is HSI Osc. */
+ if (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady())
+ {
+ usart_frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE_LSE: /* USART2 Clock is LSE Osc. */
+ if (LL_RCC_LSE_IsReady())
+ {
+ usart_frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: /* USART2 Clock is PCLK1 */
+ default:
+ usart_frequency = RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(RCC_GetSystemClockFreq()));
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW */
+
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW)
+ if (USARTxSource == LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE)
+ {
+ /* USART3CLK clock frequency */
+ switch (LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockSource(USARTxSource))
+ {
+ case LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: /* USART3 Clock is System Clock */
+ usart_frequency = RCC_GetSystemClockFreq();
+ break;
+
+ case LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE_HSI: /* USART3 Clock is HSI Osc. */
+ if (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady())
+ {
+ usart_frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE_LSE: /* USART3 Clock is LSE Osc. */
+ if (LL_RCC_LSE_IsReady())
+ {
+ usart_frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: /* USART3 Clock is PCLK1 */
+ default:
+ usart_frequency = RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(RCC_GetSystemClockFreq()));
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif /* RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW */
+ return usart_frequency;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return I2Cx clock frequency
+ * @param I2CxSource This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref LL_RCC_I2C1_CLKSOURCE
+ * @retval I2C clock frequency (in Hz)
+ * @arg @ref LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO indicates that HSI oscillator is not ready
+ */
+uint32_t LL_RCC_GetI2CClockFreq(uint32_t I2CxSource)
+{
+ uint32_t i2c_frequency = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO;
+
+ /* Check parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RCC_I2C_CLKSOURCE(I2CxSource));
+
+ /* I2C1 CLK clock frequency */
+ if (I2CxSource == LL_RCC_I2C1_CLKSOURCE)
+ {
+ switch (LL_RCC_GetI2CClockSource(I2CxSource))
+ {
+ case LL_RCC_I2C1_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: /* I2C1 Clock is System Clock */
+ i2c_frequency = RCC_GetSystemClockFreq();
+ break;
+
+ case LL_RCC_I2C1_CLKSOURCE_HSI: /* I2C1 Clock is HSI Osc. */
+ default:
+ if (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady())
+ {
+ i2c_frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return i2c_frequency;
+}
+
+#if defined(USB)
+/**
+ * @brief Return USBx clock frequency
+ * @param USBxSource This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE
+ * @retval USB clock frequency (in Hz)
+ * @arg @ref LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO indicates that oscillator (HSI48) or PLL is not ready
+ * @arg @ref LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NA indicates that no clock source selected
+ */
+uint32_t LL_RCC_GetUSBClockFreq(uint32_t USBxSource)
+{
+ uint32_t usb_frequency = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO;
+
+ /* Check parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE(USBxSource));
+
+ /* USBCLK clock frequency */
+ switch (LL_RCC_GetUSBClockSource(USBxSource))
+ {
+ case LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_PLL: /* PLL clock used as USB clock source */
+ if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady())
+ {
+ usb_frequency = RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS();
+ }
+ break;
+
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR3_USBSW_HSI48)
+ case LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_HSI48: /* HSI48 clock used as USB clock source */
+ default:
+ if (LL_RCC_HSI48_IsReady())
+ {
+ usb_frequency = HSI48_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+#else
+ case LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_NONE: /* No clock used as USB clock source */
+ default:
+ usb_frequency = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NA;
+ break;
+#endif /* RCC_CFGR3_USBSW_HSI48 */
+ }
+
+ return usb_frequency;
+}
+#endif /* USB */
+
+#if defined(CEC)
+/**
+ * @brief Return CECx clock frequency
+ * @param CECxSource This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE
+ * @retval CEC clock frequency (in Hz)
+ * @arg @ref LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO indicates that oscillators (HSI or LSE) are not ready
+ */
+uint32_t LL_RCC_GetCECClockFreq(uint32_t CECxSource)
+{
+ uint32_t cec_frequency = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO;
+
+ /* Check parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE(CECxSource));
+
+ /* CECCLK clock frequency */
+ switch (LL_RCC_GetCECClockSource(CECxSource))
+ {
+ case LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE_HSI_DIV244: /* HSI / 244 clock used as CEC clock source */
+ if (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady())
+ {
+ cec_frequency = HSI_VALUE / 244U;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE_LSE: /* LSE clock used as CEC clock source */
+ default:
+ if (LL_RCC_LSE_IsReady())
+ {
+ cec_frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return cec_frequency;
+}
+#endif /* CEC */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return SYSTEM clock frequency
+ * @retval SYSTEM clock frequency (in Hz)
+ */
+uint32_t RCC_GetSystemClockFreq(void)
+{
+ uint32_t frequency = 0U;
+
+ /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/
+ switch (LL_RCC_GetSysClkSource())
+ {
+ case LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI: /* HSI used as system clock source */
+ frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ break;
+
+ case LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE: /* HSE used as system clock source */
+ frequency = HSE_VALUE;
+ break;
+
+ case LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLL: /* PLL used as system clock source */
+ frequency = RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS();
+ break;
+
+#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT)
+ case LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI48:/* HSI48 used as system clock source */
+ frequency = HSI48_VALUE;
+ break;
+#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */
+
+ default:
+ frequency = HSI_VALUE;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return frequency;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return HCLK clock frequency
+ * @param SYSCLK_Frequency SYSCLK clock frequency
+ * @retval HCLK clock frequency (in Hz)
+ */
+uint32_t RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency)
+{
+ /* HCLK clock frequency */
+ return __LL_RCC_CALC_HCLK_FREQ(SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_RCC_GetAHBPrescaler());
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return PCLK1 clock frequency
+ * @param HCLK_Frequency HCLK clock frequency
+ * @retval PCLK1 clock frequency (in Hz)
+ */
+uint32_t RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(uint32_t HCLK_Frequency)
+{
+ /* PCLK1 clock frequency */
+ return __LL_RCC_CALC_PCLK1_FREQ(HCLK_Frequency, LL_RCC_GetAPB1Prescaler());
+}
+/**
+ * @brief Return PLL clock frequency used for system domain
+ * @retval PLL clock frequency (in Hz)
+ */
+uint32_t RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS(void)
+{
+ uint32_t pllinputfreq = 0U, pllsource = 0U;
+
+ /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE / PLL divider) * PLL Multiplicator */
+
+ /* Get PLL source */
+ pllsource = LL_RCC_PLL_GetMainSource();
+
+ switch (pllsource)
+ {
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT)
+ case LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI: /* HSI used as PLL clock source */
+ pllinputfreq = HSI_VALUE;
+#else
+ case LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV_2: /* HSI used as PLL clock source */
+ pllinputfreq = HSI_VALUE / 2U;
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT */
+ break;
+
+#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT)
+ case LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI48: /* HSI48 used as PLL clock source */
+ pllinputfreq = HSI48_VALUE;
+ break;
+#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */
+
+ case LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE: /* HSE used as PLL clock source */
+ pllinputfreq = HSE_VALUE;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT)
+ pllinputfreq = HSI_VALUE;
+#else
+ pllinputfreq = HSI_VALUE / 2U;
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT */
+ break;
+ }
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT)
+ return __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ(pllinputfreq, LL_RCC_PLL_GetMultiplicator(), LL_RCC_PLL_GetPrediv());
+#else
+ return __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ((pllinputfreq / (LL_RCC_PLL_GetPrediv() + 1U)), LL_RCC_PLL_GetMultiplicator());
+#endif /* RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT */
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* defined(RCC) */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_rtc.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_rtc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b9eb1ef --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_rtc.c @@ -0,0 +1,725 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_ll_rtc.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief RTC LL module driver.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_rtc.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_cortex.h"
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined(RTC)
+
+/** @addtogroup RTC_LL
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Private_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+/* Default values used for prescaler */
+#define RTC_ASYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT 0x0000007FU
+#define RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT 0x000000FFU
+
+/* Values used for timeout */
+#define RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT 1000U /* 1s when tick set to 1ms */
+#define RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT 1000U /* 1s when tick set to 1ms */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Private_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_AMPM))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x7FU)
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x7FFFU)
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_AM_OR_24) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_PM))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__HOUR__) (((__HOUR__) > 0U) && ((__HOUR__) <= 12U))
+#define IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__HOUR__) ((__HOUR__) <= 23U)
+#define IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__MINUTES__) ((__MINUTES__) <= 59U)
+#define IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__SECONDS__) ((__SECONDS__) <= 59U)
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_TUESDAY) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_WEDNESDAY) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_THURSDAY) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_FRIDAY) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_SATURDAY) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_SUNDAY))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__DAY__) (((__DAY__) >= 1U) && ((__DAY__) <= 31U))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_JANUARY) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_FEBRUARY) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_MARCH) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_APRIL) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_MAY) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_JUNE) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_JULY) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_AUGUST) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_SEPTEMBER) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_OCTOBER) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_NOVEMBER) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_DECEMBER))
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(__YEAR__) ((__YEAR__) <= 99U)
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_NONE) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_DATEWEEKDAY) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_HOURS) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_MINUTES) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_SECONDS) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_ALL))
+
+
+#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(__SEL__) (((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) || \
+ ((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_WEEKDAY))
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_EF_Init
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-Initializes the RTC registers to their default reset values.
+ * @note This function doesn't reset the RTC Clock source and RTC Backup Data
+ * registers.
+ * @param RTCx RTC Instance
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: RTC registers are not de-initialized
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_DeInit(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+ /* Set Initialization mode */
+ if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
+ {
+ /* Reset TR, DR and CR registers */
+ LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, TR, 0x00000000U);
+#if defined(RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT)
+ LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, WUTR, RTC_WUTR_WUT);
+#endif /* RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT */
+ LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, DR, (RTC_DR_WDU_0 | RTC_DR_MU_0 | RTC_DR_DU_0));
+ /* Reset All CR bits except CR[2:0] */
+#if defined(RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT)
+ LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, CR, (LL_RTC_ReadReg(RTCx, CR) & RTC_CR_WUCKSEL));
+#else
+ LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, CR, 0x00000000U);
+#endif /* RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT */
+ LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, PRER, (RTC_PRER_PREDIV_A | RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT));
+ LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ALRMAR, 0x00000000U);
+ LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, SHIFTR, 0x00000000U);
+ LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, CALR, 0x00000000U);
+ LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ALRMASSR, 0x00000000U);
+
+ /* Reset ISR register and exit initialization mode */
+ LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ISR, 0x00000000U);
+
+ /* Reset Tamper and alternate functions configuration register */
+ LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, TAFCR, 0x00000000U);
+
+ /* Wait till the RTC RSF flag is set */
+ status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx);
+ }
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the RTC registers according to the specified parameters
+ * in RTC_InitStruct.
+ * @param RTCx RTC Instance
+ * @param RTC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the RTC peripheral.
+ * @note The RTC Prescaler register is write protected and can be written in
+ * initialization mode only.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are initialized
+ * - ERROR: RTC registers are not initialized
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, LL_RTC_InitTypeDef *RTC_InitStruct)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT(RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+ /* Set Initialization mode */
+ if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
+ {
+ /* Set Hour Format */
+ LL_RTC_SetHourFormat(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat);
+
+ /* Configure Synchronous and Asynchronous prescaler factor */
+ LL_RTC_SetSynchPrescaler(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler);
+ LL_RTC_SetAsynchPrescaler(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler);
+
+ /* Exit Initialization mode */
+ LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
+
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+ * @param RTC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LL_RTC_StructInit(LL_RTC_InitTypeDef *RTC_InitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set RTC_InitStruct fields to default values */
+ RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat = LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR;
+ RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler = RTC_ASYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT;
+ RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler = RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the RTC current time.
+ * @param RTCx RTC Instance
+ * @param RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
+ * @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
+ * @param RTC_TimeStruct pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the time configuration information for the RTC.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC Time register is configured
+ * - ERROR: RTC Time register is not configured
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_TIME_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef *RTC_TimeStruct)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+
+ if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+ {
+ if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = 0x00U;
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours));
+ }
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours)));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = 0x00U;
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours)));
+ }
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes)));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds)));
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+ /* Set Initialization mode */
+ if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
+ {
+ /* Check the input parameters format */
+ if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+ {
+ LL_RTC_TIME_Config(RTCx, RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat, RTC_TimeStruct->Hours,
+ RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes, RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ LL_RTC_TIME_Config(RTCx, RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours),
+ __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes),
+ __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds));
+ }
+
+ /* Exit Initialization mode */
+ LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTC);
+
+ /* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
+ if (LL_RTC_IsShadowRegBypassEnabled(RTCx) == 0U)
+ {
+ status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef field to default value (Time = 00h:00min:00sec).
+ * @param RTC_TimeStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LL_RTC_TIME_StructInit(LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef *RTC_TimeStruct)
+{
+ /* Time = 00h:00min:00sec */
+ RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_AM_OR_24;
+ RTC_TimeStruct->Hours = 0U;
+ RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes = 0U;
+ RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds = 0U;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the RTC current date.
+ * @param RTCx RTC Instance
+ * @param RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
+ * @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
+ * @param RTC_DateStruct pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the date configuration information for the RTC.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC Day register is configured
+ * - ERROR: RTC Day register is not configured
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_DATE_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_DateTypeDef *RTC_DateStruct)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+
+ if ((RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) && ((RTC_DateStruct->Month & 0x10U) == 0x10U))
+ {
+ RTC_DateStruct->Month = (RTC_DateStruct->Month & (uint32_t)~(0x10U)) + 0x0AU;
+ }
+ if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(RTC_DateStruct->Year));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(RTC_DateStruct->Month));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(RTC_DateStruct->Day));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Year)));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Month)));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Day)));
+ }
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay));
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+ /* Set Initialization mode */
+ if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
+ {
+ /* Check the input parameters format */
+ if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+ {
+ LL_RTC_DATE_Config(RTCx, RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay, RTC_DateStruct->Day, RTC_DateStruct->Month, RTC_DateStruct->Year);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ LL_RTC_DATE_Config(RTCx, RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Day),
+ __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Month), __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Year));
+ }
+
+ /* Exit Initialization mode */
+ LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTC);
+
+ /* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
+ if (LL_RTC_IsShadowRegBypassEnabled(RTCx) == 0U)
+ {
+ status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_DateTypeDef field to default value (date = Monday, January 01 xx00)
+ * @param RTC_DateStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_DateTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LL_RTC_DATE_StructInit(LL_RTC_DateTypeDef *RTC_DateStruct)
+{
+ /* Monday, January 01 xx00 */
+ RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay = LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY;
+ RTC_DateStruct->Day = 1U;
+ RTC_DateStruct->Month = LL_RTC_MONTH_JANUARY;
+ RTC_DateStruct->Year = 0U;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the RTC Alarm A.
+ * @note The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm
+ * is disabled (Use @ref LL_RTC_ALMA_Disable function).
+ * @param RTCx RTC Instance
+ * @param RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
+ * @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
+ * @param RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that
+ * contains the alarm configuration parameters.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: ALARMA registers are configured
+ * - ERROR: ALARMA registers are not configured
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ALMA_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel));
+
+ if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+ {
+ if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
+ }
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
+
+ if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
+ }
+
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes)));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds)));
+
+ if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+ /* Select weekday selection */
+ if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
+ {
+ /* Set the date for ALARM */
+ LL_RTC_ALMA_DisableWeekday(RTCx);
+ if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+ {
+ LL_RTC_ALMA_SetDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ LL_RTC_ALMA_SetDay(RTCx, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set the week day for ALARM */
+ LL_RTC_ALMA_EnableWeekday(RTCx);
+ LL_RTC_ALMA_SetWeekDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the Alarm register */
+ if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
+ {
+ LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours,
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat,
+ __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours),
+ __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes),
+ __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
+ }
+ /* Set ALARM mask */
+ LL_RTC_ALMA_SetMask(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask);
+
+ /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
+ LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
+
+ return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef of ALARMA field to default value (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec /
+ * Day = 1st day of the month/Mask = all fields are masked).
+ * @param RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LL_RTC_ALMA_StructInit(LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
+{
+ /* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = LL_RTC_ALMA_TIME_FORMAT_AM;
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours = 0U;
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes = 0U;
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds = 0U;
+
+ /* Alarm Day Settings : Day = 1st day of the month */
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel = LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE;
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay = 1U;
+
+ /* Alarm Masks Settings : Mask = all fields are not masked */
+ RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask = LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_NONE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Enters the RTC Initialization mode.
+ * @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the
+ * @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function.
+ * @param RTCx RTC Instance
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC is in Init mode
+ * - ERROR: RTC is not in Init mode
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT;
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+ uint32_t tmp = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+
+ /* Check if the Initialization mode is set */
+ if (LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx) == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Set the Initialization mode */
+ LL_RTC_EnableInitMode(RTCx);
+
+ /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */
+ tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx);
+ while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 1U))
+ {
+ if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
+ {
+ timeout --;
+ }
+ tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx);
+ if (timeout == 0U)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Exit the RTC Initialization mode.
+ * @note When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts
+ * counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles.
+ * @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the
+ * @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function.
+ * @param RTCx RTC Instance
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC exited from in Init mode
+ * - ERROR: Not applicable
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
+{
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+
+ /* Disable initialization mode */
+ LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
+
+ return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Waits until the RTC Time and Day registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) are
+ * synchronized with RTC APB clock.
+ * @note The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the
+ * @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function.
+ * @note To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar
+ * initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes
+ * the software must first clear the RSF flag.
+ * The software must then wait until it is set again before reading
+ * the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been
+ * correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers.
+ * @param RTCx RTC Instance
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are synchronised
+ * - ERROR: RTC registers are not synchronised
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT;
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+ uint32_t tmp = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameter */
+ assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
+
+ /* Clear RSF flag */
+ LL_RTC_ClearFlag_RS(RTCx);
+
+ /* Wait the registers to be synchronised */
+ tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
+ while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 0U))
+ {
+ if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
+ {
+ timeout--;
+ }
+ tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
+ if (timeout == 0U)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (status != ERROR)
+ {
+ timeout = RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT;
+ tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
+ while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 1U))
+ {
+ if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
+ {
+ timeout--;
+ }
+ tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
+ if (timeout == 0U)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* defined(RTC) */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_spi.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_spi.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2fdbd86 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_spi.c @@ -0,0 +1,531 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_ll_spi.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief SPI LL module driver.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_spi.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_rcc.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined (SPI1) || defined (SPI2)
+
+/** @addtogroup SPI_LL
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPI_LL_Private_Constants SPI Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+/* SPI registers Masks */
+#define SPI_CR1_CLEAR_MASK (SPI_CR1_CPHA | SPI_CR1_CPOL | SPI_CR1_MSTR | \
+ SPI_CR1_BR | SPI_CR1_LSBFIRST | SPI_CR1_SSI | \
+ SPI_CR1_SSM | SPI_CR1_RXONLY | SPI_CR1_CRCL | \
+ SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT | SPI_CR1_CRCEN | SPI_CR1_BIDIOE | \
+ SPI_CR1_BIDIMODE)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPI_LL_Private_Macros SPI Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+#define IS_LL_SPI_TRANSFER_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_FULL_DUPLEX) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_SIMPLEX_RX) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_RX) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_TX))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MODE_MASTER) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MODE_SLAVE))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_4BIT) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_5BIT) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_6BIT) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_7BIT) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_8BIT) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_9BIT) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_10BIT) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_11BIT) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_12BIT) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_13BIT) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_14BIT) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_15BIT) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_16BIT))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_POLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_POLARITY_LOW) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_POLARITY_HIGH))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_PHASE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_PHASE_1EDGE) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_PHASE_2EDGE))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_NSS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_SOFT) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_OUTPUT))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_BAUDRATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV2) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV4) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV8) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV16) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV32) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV64) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV128) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV256))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_BITORDER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_LSB_FIRST) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MSB_FIRST))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE))
+
+#define IS_LL_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 0x1U)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup SPI_LL_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup SPI_LL_EF_Init
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-initialize the SPI registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param SPIx SPI Instance
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: SPI registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: SPI registers are not de-initialized
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_SPI_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
+
+#if defined(SPI1)
+ if (SPIx == SPI1)
+ {
+ /* Force reset of SPI clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_SPI1);
+
+ /* Release reset of SPI clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_SPI1);
+
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+#endif /* SPI1 */
+#if defined(SPI2)
+ if (SPIx == SPI2)
+ {
+ /* Force reset of SPI clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI2);
+
+ /* Release reset of SPI clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI2);
+
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+#endif /* SPI2 */
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize the SPI registers according to the specified parameters in SPI_InitStruct.
+ * @note As some bits in SPI configuration registers can only be written when the SPI is disabled (SPI_CR1_SPE bit =0),
+ * SPI peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
+ * @param SPIx SPI Instance
+ * @param SPI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef structure
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value. (Return always SUCCESS)
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, LL_SPI_InitTypeDef *SPI_InitStruct)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+ /* Check the SPI Instance SPIx*/
+ assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
+
+ /* Check the SPI parameters from SPI_InitStruct*/
+ assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_TRANSFER_DIRECTION(SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH(SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_POLARITY(SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_PHASE(SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_NSS(SPI_InitStruct->NSS));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_BAUDRATE(SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_BITORDER(SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION(SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation));
+
+ if (LL_SPI_IsEnabled(SPIx) == 0x00000000U)
+ {
+ /*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------
+ * Configure SPIx CR1 with parameters:
+ * - TransferDirection: SPI_CR1_BIDIMODE, SPI_CR1_BIDIOE and SPI_CR1_RXONLY bits
+ * - Master/Slave Mode: SPI_CR1_MSTR bit
+ * - ClockPolarity: SPI_CR1_CPOL bit
+ * - ClockPhase: SPI_CR1_CPHA bit
+ * - NSS management: SPI_CR1_SSM bit
+ * - BaudRate prescaler: SPI_CR1_BR[2:0] bits
+ * - BitOrder: SPI_CR1_LSBFIRST bit
+ * - CRCCalculation: SPI_CR1_CRCEN bit
+ */
+ MODIFY_REG(SPIx->CR1,
+ SPI_CR1_CLEAR_MASK,
+ SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection | SPI_InitStruct->Mode |
+ SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity | SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase |
+ SPI_InitStruct->NSS | SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate |
+ SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder | SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation);
+
+ /*---------------------------- SPIx CR2 Configuration ------------------------
+ * Configure SPIx CR2 with parameters:
+ * - DataWidth: DS[3:0] bits
+ * - NSS management: SSOE bit
+ */
+ MODIFY_REG(SPIx->CR2,
+ SPI_CR2_DS | SPI_CR2_SSOE,
+ SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth | (SPI_InitStruct->NSS >> 16U));
+
+ /*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPR Configuration ----------------------
+ * Configure SPIx CRCPR with parameters:
+ * - CRCPoly: CRCPOLY[15:0] bits
+ */
+ if (SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly));
+ LL_SPI_SetCRCPolynomial(SPIx, SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly);
+ }
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+
+#if defined (SPI_I2S_SUPPORT)
+ /* Activate the SPI mode (Reset I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register) */
+ CLEAR_BIT(SPIx->I2SCFGR, SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD);
+#endif /* SPI_I2S_SUPPORT */
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set each @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+ * @param SPI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef structure
+ * whose fields will be set to default values.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LL_SPI_StructInit(LL_SPI_InitTypeDef *SPI_InitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set SPI_InitStruct fields to default values */
+ SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection = LL_SPI_FULL_DUPLEX;
+ SPI_InitStruct->Mode = LL_SPI_MODE_SLAVE;
+ SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth = LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_8BIT;
+ SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity = LL_SPI_POLARITY_LOW;
+ SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase = LL_SPI_PHASE_1EDGE;
+ SPI_InitStruct->NSS = LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT;
+ SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate = LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV2;
+ SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder = LL_SPI_MSB_FIRST;
+ SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation = LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE;
+ SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly = 7U;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#if defined(SPI_I2S_SUPPORT)
+/** @addtogroup I2S_LL
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup I2S_LL_Private_Constants I2S Private Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+/* I2S registers Masks */
+#define I2S_I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK (SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | \
+ SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD | \
+ SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD )
+
+#define I2S_I2SPR_CLEAR_MASK 0x0002U
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup I2S_LL_Private_Macros I2S Private Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B_EXTENDED) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_CPOL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_POLARITY_LOW) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_POLARITY_HIGH))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_STANDARD(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PHILIPS) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_MSB) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_LSB) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PCM_SHORT) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PCM_LONG))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_ENABLE) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_DISABLE))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(__VALUE__) ((((__VALUE__) >= LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_8K) \
+ && ((__VALUE__) <= LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_192K)) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT))
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_LINEAR(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 0x2U)
+
+#define IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_EVEN) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_ODD))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup I2S_LL_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup I2S_LL_EF_Init
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-initialize the SPI/I2S registers to their default reset values.
+ * @param SPIx SPI Instance
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: SPI registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: SPI registers are not de-initialized
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx)
+{
+ return LL_SPI_DeInit(SPIx);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the SPI/I2S registers according to the specified parameters in I2S_InitStruct.
+ * @note As some bits in SPI configuration registers can only be written when the SPI is disabled (SPI_CR1_SPE bit =0),
+ * SPI peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
+ * @param SPIx SPI Instance
+ * @param I2S_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef structure
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: SPI registers are Initialized
+ * - ERROR: SPI registers are not Initialized
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, LL_I2S_InitTypeDef *I2S_InitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t i2sdiv = 2U;
+ uint32_t i2sodd = 0U;
+ uint32_t packetlength = 1U;
+ uint32_t tmp;
+ LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef rcc_clocks;
+ uint32_t sourceclock;
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+
+ /* Check the I2S parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_MODE(I2S_InitStruct->Mode));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_STANDARD(I2S_InitStruct->Standard));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT(I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_CPOL(I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity));
+
+ if (LL_I2S_IsEnabled(SPIx) == 0x00000000U)
+ {
+ /*---------------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR Configuration --------------------
+ * Configure SPIx I2SCFGR with parameters:
+ * - Mode: SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG[1:0] bit
+ * - Standard: SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD[1:0] and SPI_I2SCFGR_PCMSYNC bits
+ * - DataFormat: SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN and SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN bits
+ * - ClockPolarity: SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL bit
+ */
+
+ /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */
+ MODIFY_REG(SPIx->I2SCFGR,
+ I2S_I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK,
+ I2S_InitStruct->Mode | I2S_InitStruct->Standard |
+ I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat | I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity |
+ SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD);
+
+ /*---------------------------- SPIx I2SPR Configuration ----------------------
+ * Configure SPIx I2SPR with parameters:
+ * - MCLKOutput: SPI_I2SPR_MCKOE bit
+ * - AudioFreq: SPI_I2SPR_I2SDIV[7:0] and SPI_I2SPR_ODD bits
+ */
+
+ /* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler (i2sodd, i2sdiv)
+ * else, default values are used: i2sodd = 0U, i2sdiv = 2U.
+ */
+ if (I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq != LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT)
+ {
+ /* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing)
+ * Default value: LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B (packetlength = 1U).
+ */
+ if (I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat != LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B)
+ {
+ /* Packet length is 32 bits */
+ packetlength = 2U;
+ }
+
+ /* I2S Clock source is System clock: Get System Clock frequency */
+ LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&rcc_clocks);
+
+ /* Get the source clock value: based on System Clock value */
+ sourceclock = rcc_clocks.SYSCLK_Frequency;
+
+ /* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state with a floating point */
+ if (I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_ENABLE)
+ {
+ /* MCLK output is enabled */
+ tmp = (((((sourceclock / 256U) * 10U) / I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq)) + 5U);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* MCLK output is disabled */
+ tmp = (((((sourceclock / (32U * packetlength)) * 10U) / I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq)) + 5U);
+ }
+
+ /* Remove the floating point */
+ tmp = tmp / 10U;
+
+ /* Check the parity of the divider */
+ i2sodd = (tmp & (uint16_t)0x0001U);
+
+ /* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */
+ i2sdiv = ((tmp - i2sodd) / 2U);
+
+ /* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */
+ i2sodd = (i2sodd << 8U);
+ }
+
+ /* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */
+ if ((i2sdiv < 2U) || (i2sdiv > 0xFFU))
+ {
+ /* Set the default values */
+ i2sdiv = 2U;
+ i2sodd = 0U;
+ }
+
+ /* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */
+ WRITE_REG(SPIx->I2SPR, i2sdiv | i2sodd | I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput);
+
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ }
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set each @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+ * @param I2S_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef structure
+ * whose fields will be set to default values.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LL_I2S_StructInit(LL_I2S_InitTypeDef *I2S_InitStruct)
+{
+ /*--------------- Reset I2S init structure parameters values -----------------*/
+ I2S_InitStruct->Mode = LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX;
+ I2S_InitStruct->Standard = LL_I2S_STANDARD_PHILIPS;
+ I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat = LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B;
+ I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput = LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_DISABLE;
+ I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq = LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT;
+ I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity = LL_I2S_POLARITY_LOW;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set linear and parity prescaler.
+ * @note To calculate value of PrescalerLinear(I2SDIV[7:0] bits) and PrescalerParity(ODD bit)\n
+ * Check Audio frequency table and formulas inside Reference Manual (SPI/I2S).
+ * @param SPIx SPI Instance
+ * @param PrescalerLinear value Min_Data=0x02 and Max_Data=0xFF.
+ * @param PrescalerParity This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_EVEN
+ * @arg @ref LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_ODD
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LL_I2S_ConfigPrescaler(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, uint32_t PrescalerLinear, uint32_t PrescalerParity)
+{
+ /* Check the I2S parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_LINEAR(PrescalerLinear));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY(PrescalerParity));
+
+ /* Write to SPIx I2SPR */
+ MODIFY_REG(SPIx->I2SPR, SPI_I2SPR_I2SDIV | SPI_I2SPR_ODD, PrescalerLinear | (PrescalerParity << 8U));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* SPI_I2S_SUPPORT */
+
+#endif /* defined (SPI1) || defined (SPI2) */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_tim.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_tim.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8de63e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_tim.c @@ -0,0 +1,1159 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_ll_tim.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief TIM LL module driver.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_tim.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined (TIM1) || defined (TIM2) || defined (TIM3) || defined (TIM14) || defined (TIM15) || defined (TIM16) || defined (TIM17) || defined (TIM6) || defined (TIM7)
+
+/** @addtogroup TIM_LL
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup TIM_LL_Private_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+#define IS_LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_DOWN) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_UP) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_DOWN) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_UP_DOWN))
+
+#define IS_LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV1) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV2) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV4))
+
+#define IS_LL_TIM_OCMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCMODE_FROZEN) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCMODE_ACTIVE) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCMODE_INACTIVE) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCMODE_TOGGLE) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCMODE_FORCED_INACTIVE) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCMODE_FORCED_ACTIVE) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCMODE_PWM1) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCMODE_PWM2))
+
+#define IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCSTATE_DISABLE) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCSTATE_ENABLE))
+
+#define IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_LOW))
+
+#define IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE_LOW) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE_HIGH))
+
+#define IS_LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_DIRECTTI) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_INDIRECTTI) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_TRC))
+
+#define IS_LL_TIM_ICPSC(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV1) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV2) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV4) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV8))
+
+#define IS_LL_TIM_IC_FILTER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1_N2) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1_N4) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1_N8) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV2_N6) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV2_N8) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV4_N6) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV4_N8) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV8_N6) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV8_N8) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV16_N5) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV16_N6) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV16_N8) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV32_N5) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV32_N6) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV32_N8))
+
+#define IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_FALLING) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_BOTHEDGE))
+
+#define IS_LL_TIM_ENCODERMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ENCODERMODE_X2_TI1) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ENCODERMODE_X2_TI2) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ENCODERMODE_X4_TI12))
+
+#define IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_ENCODER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_FALLING))
+
+#define IS_LL_TIM_OSSR_STATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OSSR_DISABLE) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OSSR_ENABLE))
+
+#define IS_LL_TIM_OSSI_STATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OSSI_DISABLE) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OSSI_ENABLE))
+
+#define IS_LL_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_OFF) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_1) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_2) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_3))
+
+#define IS_LL_TIM_BREAK_STATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_BREAK_DISABLE) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_BREAK_ENABLE))
+
+#define IS_LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_LOW) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_HIGH))
+
+#define IS_LL_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_DISABLE) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_ENABLE))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup TIM_LL_Private_Functions TIM Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+static ErrorStatus OC1Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OCInitStruct);
+static ErrorStatus OC2Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OCInitStruct);
+static ErrorStatus OC3Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OCInitStruct);
+static ErrorStatus OC4Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OCInitStruct);
+static ErrorStatus IC1Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct);
+static ErrorStatus IC2Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct);
+static ErrorStatus IC3Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct);
+static ErrorStatus IC4Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup TIM_LL_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup TIM_LL_EF_Init
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set TIMx registers to their reset values.
+ * @param TIMx Timer instance
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: invalid TIMx instance
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx)
+{
+ ErrorStatus result = SUCCESS;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(TIMx));
+
+ if (TIMx == TIM1)
+ {
+ LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_TIM1);
+ LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_TIM1);
+ }
+#if defined (TIM2)
+ else if (TIMx == TIM2)
+ {
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM2);
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM2);
+ }
+#endif
+#if defined(TIM3)
+ else if (TIMx == TIM3)
+ {
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM3);
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM3);
+ }
+#endif
+#if defined(TIM5)
+ else if (TIMx == TIM5)
+ {
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM5);
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM5);
+ }
+#endif
+#if defined (TIM6)
+ else if (TIMx == TIM6)
+ {
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM6);
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM6);
+ }
+#endif
+#if defined (TIM7)
+ else if (TIMx == TIM7)
+ {
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM7);
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM7);
+ }
+#endif
+#if defined(TIM8)
+ else if (TIMx == TIM8)
+ {
+ LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM8);
+ LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM8);
+ }
+#endif
+#if defined (TIM14)
+ else if (TIMx == TIM14)
+ {
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM14);
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM14);
+ }
+#endif
+#if defined (TIM15)
+ else if (TIMx == TIM15)
+ {
+ LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_TIM15);
+ LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_TIM15);
+ }
+#endif
+#if defined (TIM16)
+ else if (TIMx == TIM16)
+ {
+ LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_TIM16);
+ LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_TIM16);
+ }
+#endif
+#if defined(TIM17)
+ else if (TIMx == TIM17)
+ {
+ LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_TIM17);
+ LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_TIM17);
+ }
+#endif
+ else
+ {
+ result = ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the fields of the time base unit configuration data structure
+ * to their default values.
+ * @param TIM_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_InitTypeDef structure (time base unit configuration data structure)
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LL_TIM_StructInit(LL_TIM_InitTypeDef *TIM_InitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set the default configuration */
+ TIM_InitStruct->Prescaler = (uint16_t)0x0000;
+ TIM_InitStruct->CounterMode = LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP;
+ TIM_InitStruct->Autoreload = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+ TIM_InitStruct->ClockDivision = LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV1;
+ TIM_InitStruct->RepetitionCounter = (uint8_t)0x00;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TIMx time base unit.
+ * @param TIMx Timer Instance
+ * @param TIM_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_InitTypeDef structure (TIMx time base unit configuration data structure)
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: not applicable
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_TIM_Init(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_InitTypeDef *TIM_InitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpcr1;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE(TIM_InitStruct->CounterMode));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION(TIM_InitStruct->ClockDivision));
+
+ tmpcr1 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CR1);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+ {
+ /* Select the Counter Mode */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpcr1, (TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS), TIM_InitStruct->CounterMode);
+ }
+
+ if (IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+ {
+ /* Set the clock division */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpcr1, TIM_CR1_CKD, TIM_InitStruct->ClockDivision);
+ }
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CR1 */
+ LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CR1, tmpcr1);
+
+ /* Set the Autoreload value */
+ LL_TIM_SetAutoReload(TIMx, TIM_InitStruct->Autoreload);
+
+ /* Set the Prescaler value */
+ LL_TIM_SetPrescaler(TIMx, TIM_InitStruct->Prescaler);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+ {
+ /* Set the Repetition Counter value */
+ LL_TIM_SetRepetitionCounter(TIMx, TIM_InitStruct->RepetitionCounter);
+ }
+
+ /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler
+ and the repetition counter value (if applicable) immediately */
+ LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_UPDATE(TIMx);
+
+ return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the fields of the TIMx output channel configuration data
+ * structure to their default values.
+ * @param TIM_OC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef structure (the output channel configuration data structure)
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LL_TIM_OC_StructInit(LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OC_InitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set the default configuration */
+ TIM_OC_InitStruct->OCMode = LL_TIM_OCMODE_FROZEN;
+ TIM_OC_InitStruct->OCState = LL_TIM_OCSTATE_DISABLE;
+ TIM_OC_InitStruct->OCNState = LL_TIM_OCSTATE_DISABLE;
+ TIM_OC_InitStruct->CompareValue = 0x00000000U;
+ TIM_OC_InitStruct->OCPolarity = LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH;
+ TIM_OC_InitStruct->OCNPolarity = LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH;
+ TIM_OC_InitStruct->OCIdleState = LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE_LOW;
+ TIM_OC_InitStruct->OCNIdleState = LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE_LOW;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TIMx output channel.
+ * @param TIMx Timer Instance
+ * @param Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH1
+ * @arg @ref LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH2
+ * @arg @ref LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH3
+ * @arg @ref LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH4
+ * @param TIM_OC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef structure (TIMx output channel configuration data structure)
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: TIMx output channel is initialized
+ * - ERROR: TIMx output channel is not initialized
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_TIM_OC_Init(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OC_InitStruct)
+{
+ ErrorStatus result = ERROR;
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH1:
+ result = OC1Config(TIMx, TIM_OC_InitStruct);
+ break;
+ case LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH2:
+ result = OC2Config(TIMx, TIM_OC_InitStruct);
+ break;
+ case LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH3:
+ result = OC3Config(TIMx, TIM_OC_InitStruct);
+ break;
+ case LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH4:
+ result = OC4Config(TIMx, TIM_OC_InitStruct);
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the fields of the TIMx input channel configuration data
+ * structure to their default values.
+ * @param TIM_ICInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef structure (the input channel configuration data structure)
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LL_TIM_IC_StructInit(LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set the default configuration */
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity = LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING;
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput = LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_DIRECTTI;
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler = LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV1;
+ TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter = LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TIMx input channel.
+ * @param TIMx Timer Instance
+ * @param Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH1
+ * @arg @ref LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH2
+ * @arg @ref LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH3
+ * @arg @ref LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH4
+ * @param TIM_IC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef structure (TIMx input channel configuration data structure)
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: TIMx output channel is initialized
+ * - ERROR: TIMx output channel is not initialized
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_TIM_IC_Init(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_IC_InitStruct)
+{
+ ErrorStatus result = ERROR;
+
+ switch (Channel)
+ {
+ case LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH1:
+ result = IC1Config(TIMx, TIM_IC_InitStruct);
+ break;
+ case LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH2:
+ result = IC2Config(TIMx, TIM_IC_InitStruct);
+ break;
+ case LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH3:
+ result = IC3Config(TIMx, TIM_IC_InitStruct);
+ break;
+ case LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH4:
+ result = IC4Config(TIMx, TIM_IC_InitStruct);
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Fills each TIM_EncoderInitStruct field with its default value
+ * @param TIM_EncoderInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef structure (encoder interface configuration data structure)
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LL_TIM_ENCODER_StructInit(LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef *TIM_EncoderInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set the default configuration */
+ TIM_EncoderInitStruct->EncoderMode = LL_TIM_ENCODERMODE_X2_TI1;
+ TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Polarity = LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING;
+ TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1ActiveInput = LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_DIRECTTI;
+ TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Prescaler = LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV1;
+ TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Filter = LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1;
+ TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Polarity = LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING;
+ TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2ActiveInput = LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_DIRECTTI;
+ TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Prescaler = LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV1;
+ TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Filter = LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the encoder interface of the timer instance.
+ * @param TIMx Timer Instance
+ * @param TIM_EncoderInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef structure (TIMx encoder interface configuration data structure)
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: not applicable
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_TIM_ENCODER_Init(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef *TIM_EncoderInitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ENCODERMODE(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->EncoderMode));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_ENCODER(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Polarity));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1ActiveInput));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ICPSC(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Prescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Filter));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_ENCODER(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Polarity));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2ActiveInput));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ICPSC(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Prescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Filter));
+
+ /* Disable the CC1 and CC2: Reset the CC1E and CC2E Bits */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC1E | TIM_CCER_CC2E);
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmr1 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCMR1);
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCER);
+
+ /* Configure TI1 */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC);
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1ActiveInput >> 16U);
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Filter >> 16U);
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Prescaler >> 16U);
+
+ /* Configure TI2 */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCMR1_CC2S | TIM_CCMR1_IC2F | TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC);
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2ActiveInput >> 8U);
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Filter >> 8U);
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Prescaler >> 8U);
+
+ /* Set TI1 and TI2 polarity and enable TI1 and TI2 */
+ tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP | TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
+ tmpccer |= (uint32_t)(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Polarity);
+ tmpccer |= (uint32_t)(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Polarity << 4U);
+ tmpccer |= (uint32_t)(TIM_CCER_CC1E | TIM_CCER_CC2E);
+
+ /* Set encoder mode */
+ LL_TIM_SetEncoderMode(TIMx, TIM_EncoderInitStruct->EncoderMode);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+ LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCMR1, tmpccmr1);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCER, tmpccer);
+
+ return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the fields of the TIMx Hall sensor interface configuration data
+ * structure to their default values.
+ * @param TIM_HallSensorInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_InitTypeDef structure (HALL sensor interface configuration data structure)
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_StructInit(LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_InitTypeDef *TIM_HallSensorInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set the default configuration */
+ TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Polarity = LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING;
+ TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Prescaler = LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV1;
+ TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Filter = LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1;
+ TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->CommutationDelay = 0U;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the Hall sensor interface of the timer instance.
+ * @note TIMx CH1, CH2 and CH3 inputs connected through a XOR
+ * to the TI1 input channel
+ * @note TIMx slave mode controller is configured in reset mode.
+ Selected internal trigger is TI1F_ED.
+ * @note Channel 1 is configured as input, IC1 is mapped on TRC.
+ * @note Captured value stored in TIMx_CCR1 correspond to the time elapsed
+ * between 2 changes on the inputs. It gives information about motor speed.
+ * @note Channel 2 is configured in output PWM 2 mode.
+ * @note Compare value stored in TIMx_CCR2 corresponds to the commutation delay.
+ * @note OC2REF is selected as trigger output on TRGO.
+ * @note LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_BOTHEDGE must not be used for TI1 when it is used
+ * when TIMx operates in Hall sensor interface mode.
+ * @param TIMx Timer Instance
+ * @param TIM_HallSensorInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_InitTypeDef structure (TIMx HALL sensor interface configuration data structure)
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: not applicable
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_Init(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_InitTypeDef *TIM_HallSensorInitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpcr2;
+ uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+ uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_ENCODER(TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Polarity));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ICPSC(TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Prescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Filter));
+
+ /* Disable the CC1 and CC2: Reset the CC1E and CC2E Bits */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC1E | TIM_CCER_CC2E);
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CR2);
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmr1 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCMR1);
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCER);
+
+ /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+ tmpsmcr = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, SMCR);
+
+ /* Connect TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins to the TI1 input */
+ tmpcr2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S;
+
+ /* OC2REF signal is used as trigger output (TRGO) */
+ tmpcr2 |= LL_TIM_TRGO_OC2REF;
+
+ /* Configure the slave mode controller */
+ tmpsmcr &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_SMCR_TS | TIM_SMCR_SMS);
+ tmpsmcr |= LL_TIM_TS_TI1F_ED;
+ tmpsmcr |= LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_RESET;
+
+ /* Configure input channel 1 */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC);
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_TRC >> 16U);
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Filter >> 16U);
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Prescaler >> 16U);
+
+ /* Configure input channel 2 */
+ tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCMR1_OC2M | TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE | TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE | TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE);
+ tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(LL_TIM_OCMODE_PWM2 << 8U);
+
+ /* Set Channel 1 polarity and enable Channel 1 and Channel2 */
+ tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP | TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
+ tmpccer |= (uint32_t)(TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Polarity);
+ tmpccer |= (uint32_t)(TIM_CCER_CC1E | TIM_CCER_CC2E);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+ LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CR2, tmpcr2);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
+ LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, SMCR, tmpsmcr);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+ LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCMR1, tmpccmr1);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCER, tmpccer);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCR2 */
+ LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH2(TIMx, TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->CommutationDelay);
+
+ return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set the fields of the Break and Dead Time configuration data structure
+ * to their default values.
+ * @param TIM_BDTRInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef structure (Break and Dead Time configuration data structure)
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LL_TIM_BDTR_StructInit(LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef *TIM_BDTRInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set the default configuration */
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->OSSRState = LL_TIM_OSSR_DISABLE;
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->OSSIState = LL_TIM_OSSI_DISABLE;
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->LockLevel = LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_OFF;
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->DeadTime = (uint8_t)0x00;
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->BreakState = LL_TIM_BREAK_DISABLE;
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->BreakPolarity = LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_LOW;
+ TIM_BDTRInitStruct->AutomaticOutput = LL_TIM_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_DISABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the Break and Dead Time feature of the timer instance.
+ * @note As the bits AOE, BKP, BKE, OSSR, OSSI and DTG[7:0] can be write-locked
+ * depending on the LOCK configuration, it can be necessary to configure all of
+ * them during the first write access to the TIMx_BDTR register.
+ * @note Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not
+ * a timer instance provides a break input.
+ * @param TIMx Timer Instance
+ * @param TIM_BDTRInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef structure (Break and Dead Time configuration data structure)
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: Break and Dead Time is initialized
+ * - ERROR: not applicable
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_TIM_BDTR_Init(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef *TIM_BDTRInitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpbdtr = 0;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OSSR_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->OSSRState));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OSSI_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->OSSIState));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->LockLevel));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_BREAK_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->BreakState));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->BreakPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->AutomaticOutput));
+
+ /* Set the Lock level, the Break enable Bit and the Polarity, the OSSR State,
+ the OSSI State, the dead time value and the Automatic Output Enable Bit */
+
+ /* Set the BDTR bits */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_DTG, TIM_BDTRInitStruct->DeadTime);
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_LOCK, TIM_BDTRInitStruct->LockLevel);
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_OSSI, TIM_BDTRInitStruct->OSSIState);
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_OSSR, TIM_BDTRInitStruct->OSSRState);
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_BKE, TIM_BDTRInitStruct->BreakState);
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_BKP, TIM_BDTRInitStruct->BreakPolarity);
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_AOE, TIM_BDTRInitStruct->AutomaticOutput);
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_MOE, TIM_BDTRInitStruct->AutomaticOutput);
+
+ /* Set TIMx_BDTR */
+ LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, BDTR, tmpbdtr);
+
+ return SUCCESS;
+}
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup TIM_LL_Private_Functions TIM Private Functions
+ * @brief Private functions
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TIMx output channel 1.
+ * @param TIMx Timer Instance
+ * @param TIM_OCInitStruct pointer to the the TIMx output channel 1 configuration data structure
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: not applicable
+ */
+static ErrorStatus OC1Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OCInitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+ uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCMODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCMode));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCState));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNState));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNPolarity));
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(TIMx->CCER, TIM_CCER_CC1E);
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCER);
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CR2);
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmr1 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCMR1);
+
+ /* Reset Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+ CLEAR_BIT(tmpccmr1, TIM_CCMR1_CC1S);
+
+ /* Set the Output Compare Mode */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpccmr1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1M, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCMode);
+
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC1P, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCPolarity);
+
+ /* Set the Output State */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC1E, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCState);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNIdleState));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCIdleState));
+
+ /* Set the complementary output Polarity */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC1NP, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNPolarity << 2U);
+
+ /* Set the complementary output State */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC1NE, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNState << 2U);
+
+ /* Set the Output Idle state */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpcr2, TIM_CR2_OIS1, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCIdleState);
+
+ /* Set the complementary output Idle state */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpcr2, TIM_CR2_OIS1N, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNIdleState << 1U);
+ }
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+ LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CR2, tmpcr2);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+ LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCMR1, tmpccmr1);
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH1(TIMx, TIM_OCInitStruct->CompareValue);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCER, tmpccer);
+
+ return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TIMx output channel 2.
+ * @param TIMx Timer Instance
+ * @param TIM_OCInitStruct pointer to the the TIMx output channel 2 configuration data structure
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: not applicable
+ */
+static ErrorStatus OC2Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OCInitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr1;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+ uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCMODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCMode));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCState));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNState));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNPolarity));
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(TIMx->CCER, TIM_CCER_CC2E);
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCER);
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CR2);
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
+ tmpccmr1 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCMR1);
+
+ /* Reset Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+ CLEAR_BIT(tmpccmr1, TIM_CCMR1_CC2S);
+
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpccmr1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2M, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCMode << 8U);
+
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC2P, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCPolarity << 4U);
+
+ /* Set the Output State */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC2E, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCState << 4U);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNIdleState));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCIdleState));
+
+ /* Set the complementary output Polarity */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC2NP, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNPolarity << 6U);
+
+ /* Set the complementary output State */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC2NE, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNState << 6U);
+
+ /* Set the Output Idle state */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpcr2, TIM_CR2_OIS2, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCIdleState << 2U);
+
+ /* Set the complementary output Idle state */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpcr2, TIM_CR2_OIS2N, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNIdleState << 3U);
+ }
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+ LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CR2, tmpcr2);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
+ LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCMR1, tmpccmr1);
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH2(TIMx, TIM_OCInitStruct->CompareValue);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCER, tmpccer);
+
+ return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TIMx output channel 3.
+ * @param TIMx Timer Instance
+ * @param TIM_OCInitStruct pointer to the the TIMx output channel 3 configuration data structure
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: not applicable
+ */
+static ErrorStatus OC3Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OCInitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr2;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+ uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCMODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCMode));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCState));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNState));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNPolarity));
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(TIMx->CCER, TIM_CCER_CC3E);
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCER);
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CR2);
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+ tmpccmr2 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCMR2);
+
+ /* Reset Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+ CLEAR_BIT(tmpccmr2, TIM_CCMR2_CC3S);
+
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpccmr2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3M, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCMode);
+
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC3P, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCPolarity << 8U);
+
+ /* Set the Output State */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC3E, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCState << 8U);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNIdleState));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCIdleState));
+
+ /* Set the complementary output Polarity */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC3NP, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNPolarity << 10U);
+
+ /* Set the complementary output State */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC3NE, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNState << 10U);
+
+ /* Set the Output Idle state */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpcr2, TIM_CR2_OIS3, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCIdleState << 4U);
+
+ /* Set the complementary output Idle state */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpcr2, TIM_CR2_OIS3N, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNIdleState << 5U);
+ }
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+ LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CR2, tmpcr2);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+ LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCMR2, tmpccmr2);
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH3(TIMx, TIM_OCInitStruct->CompareValue);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCER, tmpccer);
+
+ return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TIMx output channel 4.
+ * @param TIMx Timer Instance
+ * @param TIM_OCInitStruct pointer to the the TIMx output channel 4 configuration data structure
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: not applicable
+ */
+static ErrorStatus OC4Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OCInitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpccmr2;
+ uint32_t tmpccer;
+ uint32_t tmpcr2;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCMODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCMode));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCState));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNState));
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */
+ CLEAR_BIT(TIMx->CCER, TIM_CCER_CC4E);
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
+ tmpccer = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCER);
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+ tmpcr2 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CR2);
+
+ /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
+ tmpccmr2 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCMR2);
+
+ /* Reset Capture/Compare selection Bits */
+ CLEAR_BIT(tmpccmr2, TIM_CCMR2_CC4S);
+
+ /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpccmr2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4M, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCMode << 8U);
+
+ /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC4P, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCPolarity << 12U);
+
+ /* Set the Output State */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC4E, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCState << 12U);
+
+ if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
+ {
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNIdleState));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCIdleState));
+
+ /* Set the Output Idle state */
+ MODIFY_REG(tmpcr2, TIM_CR2_OIS4, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCIdleState << 6U);
+ }
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
+ LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CR2, tmpcr2);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
+ LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCMR2, tmpccmr2);
+
+ /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
+ LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH4(TIMx, TIM_OCInitStruct->CompareValue);
+
+ /* Write to TIMx CCER */
+ LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCER, tmpccer);
+
+ return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TIMx input channel 1.
+ * @param TIMx Timer Instance
+ * @param TIM_ICInitStruct pointer to the the TIMx input channel 1 configuration data structure
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: not applicable
+ */
+static ErrorStatus IC1Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ICPSC(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter));
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
+
+ /* Select the Input and set the filter and the prescaler value */
+ MODIFY_REG(TIMx->CCMR1,
+ (TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC),
+ (TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput | TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter | TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler) >> 16U);
+
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */
+ MODIFY_REG(TIMx->CCER,
+ (TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP),
+ (TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity | TIM_CCER_CC1E));
+
+ return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TIMx input channel 2.
+ * @param TIMx Timer Instance
+ * @param TIM_ICInitStruct pointer to the the TIMx input channel 2 configuration data structure
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: not applicable
+ */
+static ErrorStatus IC2Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ICPSC(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter));
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
+
+ /* Select the Input and set the filter and the prescaler value */
+ MODIFY_REG(TIMx->CCMR1,
+ (TIM_CCMR1_CC2S | TIM_CCMR1_IC2F | TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC),
+ (TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput | TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter | TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler) >> 8U);
+
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */
+ MODIFY_REG(TIMx->CCER,
+ (TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP),
+ ((TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity << 4U) | TIM_CCER_CC2E));
+
+ return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TIMx input channel 3.
+ * @param TIMx Timer Instance
+ * @param TIM_ICInitStruct pointer to the the TIMx input channel 3 configuration data structure
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: not applicable
+ */
+static ErrorStatus IC3Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ICPSC(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter));
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3E;
+
+ /* Select the Input and set the filter and the prescaler value */
+ MODIFY_REG(TIMx->CCMR2,
+ (TIM_CCMR2_CC3S | TIM_CCMR2_IC3F | TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC),
+ (TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput | TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter | TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler) >> 16U);
+
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */
+ MODIFY_REG(TIMx->CCER,
+ (TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP),
+ ((TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity << 8U) | TIM_CCER_CC3E));
+
+ return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Configure the TIMx input channel 4.
+ * @param TIMx Timer Instance
+ * @param TIM_ICInitStruct pointer to the the TIMx input channel 4 configuration data structure
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: not applicable
+ */
+static ErrorStatus IC4Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(TIMx));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ICPSC(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter));
+
+ /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */
+ TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4E;
+
+ /* Select the Input and set the filter and the prescaler value */
+ MODIFY_REG(TIMx->CCMR2,
+ (TIM_CCMR2_CC4S | TIM_CCMR2_IC4F | TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC),
+ (TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput | TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter | TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler) >> 8U);
+
+ /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */
+ MODIFY_REG(TIMx->CCER,
+ (TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP),
+ ((TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity << 12U) | TIM_CCER_CC4E));
+
+ return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* TIM1 || TIM2 || TIM3 || TIM14 || TIM15 || TIM16 || TIM17 || TIM6 || TIM7 */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_usart.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_usart.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4599b6d --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_usart.c @@ -0,0 +1,504 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_ll_usart.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief USART LL module driver.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_usart.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_rcc.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h"
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined (USART1) || defined (USART2) || defined (USART3) || defined (UART4) || defined (UART5) || defined (USART6) || defined (USART7) || defined (USART8)
+
+/** @addtogroup USART_LL
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup USART_LL_Private_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* __BAUDRATE__ The maximum Baud Rate is derived from the maximum clock available
+ * divided by the smallest oversampling used on the USART (i.e. 8) */
+#define IS_LL_USART_BAUDRATE(__BAUDRATE__) ((__BAUDRATE__) <= 6000000U)
+
+/* __VALUE__ In case of oversampling by 16 and 8, BRR content must be greater than or equal to 16d. */
+#define IS_LL_USART_BRR_MIN(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 16U)
+
+/* __VALUE__ BRR content must be lower than or equal to 0xFFFF. */
+#define IS_LL_USART_BRR_MAX(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x0000FFFFU)
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_NONE) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_RX) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX_RX))
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_PARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_NONE) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_EVEN) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_ODD))
+
+#if defined(USART_7BITS_SUPPORT)
+#define IS_LL_USART_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_7B) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_9B))
+#else
+#define IS_LL_USART_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_9B))
+#endif /* USART_7BITS_SUPPORT */
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_8))
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_LASTBITCLKOUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_NO_OUTPUT) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_OUTPUT))
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPHASE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PHASE_1EDGE) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PHASE_2EDGE))
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPOLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_POLARITY_LOW) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_POLARITY_HIGH))
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKOUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_CLOCK_ENABLE))
+
+#if defined(USART_SMARTCARD_SUPPORT)
+#define IS_LL_USART_STOPBITS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_0_5) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_1) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_1_5) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_2))
+#else
+#define IS_LL_USART_STOPBITS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_1) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_2))
+#endif
+
+#define IS_LL_USART_HWCONTROL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_NONE) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_CTS) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS_CTS))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup USART_LL_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup USART_LL_EF_Init
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-initialize USART registers (Registers restored to their default values).
+ * @param USARTx USART Instance
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: USART registers are de-initialized
+ * - ERROR: USART registers are not de-initialized
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef *USARTx)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
+
+ if (USARTx == USART1)
+ {
+ /* Force reset of USART clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_USART1);
+
+ /* Release reset of USART clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_USART1);
+ }
+#if defined(USART2)
+ else if (USARTx == USART2)
+ {
+ /* Force reset of USART clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART2);
+
+ /* Release reset of USART clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART2);
+ }
+#endif /* USART2 */
+#if defined(USART3)
+ else if (USARTx == USART3)
+ {
+ /* Force reset of USART clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART3);
+
+ /* Release reset of USART clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART3);
+ }
+#endif /* USART3 */
+#if defined(USART4)
+ else if (USARTx == USART4)
+ {
+ /* Force reset of USART clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART4);
+
+ /* Release reset of USART clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART4);
+ }
+#endif /* USART4 */
+#if defined(USART5)
+ else if (USARTx == USART5)
+ {
+ /* Force reset of USART clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART5);
+
+ /* Release reset of USART clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART5);
+ }
+#endif /* USART5 */
+#if defined(USART6)
+ else if (USARTx == USART6)
+ {
+ /* Force reset of USART clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_USART6);
+
+ /* Release reset of USART clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_USART6);
+ }
+#endif /* USART6 */
+#if defined(USART7)
+ else if (USARTx == USART7)
+ {
+ /* Force reset of USART clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_USART7);
+
+ /* Release reset of USART clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_USART7);
+ }
+#endif /* USART7 */
+#if defined(USART8)
+ else if (USARTx == USART8)
+ {
+ /* Force reset of USART clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_USART8);
+
+ /* Release reset of USART clock */
+ LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_USART8);
+ }
+#endif /* USART8 */
+ else
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize USART registers according to the specified
+ * parameters in USART_InitStruct.
+ * @note As some bits in USART configuration registers can only be written when the USART is disabled (USART_CR1_UE bit =0),
+ * USART Peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
+ * @note Baud rate value stored in USART_InitStruct BaudRate field, should be valid (different from 0).
+ * @param USARTx USART Instance
+ * @param USART_InitStruct pointer to a LL_USART_InitTypeDef structure
+ * that contains the configuration information for the specified USART peripheral.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: USART registers are initialized according to USART_InitStruct content
+ * - ERROR: Problem occurred during USART Registers initialization
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_USART_Init(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, LL_USART_InitTypeDef *USART_InitStruct)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
+ uint32_t periphclk = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO;
+#if defined(USART2)||defined(USART3)||defined(USART4)
+ LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_Clocks;
+#endif /* USART2 ||USART3 || USART4 */
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_USART_BAUDRATE(USART_InitStruct->BaudRate));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_USART_DATAWIDTH(USART_InitStruct->DataWidth));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_USART_STOPBITS(USART_InitStruct->StopBits));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_USART_PARITY(USART_InitStruct->Parity));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_USART_DIRECTION(USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_USART_HWCONTROL(USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING(USART_InitStruct->OverSampling));
+
+ /* USART needs to be in disabled state, in order to be able to configure some bits in
+ CRx registers */
+ if (LL_USART_IsEnabled(USARTx) == 0U)
+ {
+ /*---------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration ---------------------
+ * Configure USARTx CR1 (USART Word Length, Parity, Mode and Oversampling bits) with parameters:
+ * - DataWidth: USART_CR1_M bits according to USART_InitStruct->DataWidth value
+ * - Parity: USART_CR1_PCE, USART_CR1_PS bits according to USART_InitStruct->Parity value
+ * - TransferDirection: USART_CR1_TE, USART_CR1_RE bits according to USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection value
+ * - Oversampling: USART_CR1_OVER8 bit according to USART_InitStruct->OverSampling value.
+ */
+ MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR1,
+ (USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS |
+ USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8),
+ (USART_InitStruct->DataWidth | USART_InitStruct->Parity |
+ USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection | USART_InitStruct->OverSampling));
+
+ /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration ---------------------
+ * Configure USARTx CR2 (Stop bits) with parameters:
+ * - Stop Bits: USART_CR2_STOP bits according to USART_InitStruct->StopBits value.
+ * - CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA and LBCL bits are to be configured using LL_USART_ClockInit().
+ */
+ LL_USART_SetStopBitsLength(USARTx, USART_InitStruct->StopBits);
+
+ /*---------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration ---------------------
+ * Configure USARTx CR3 (Hardware Flow Control) with parameters:
+ * - HardwareFlowControl: USART_CR3_RTSE, USART_CR3_CTSE bits according to USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl value.
+ */
+ LL_USART_SetHWFlowCtrl(USARTx, USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl);
+
+ /*---------------------------- USART BRR Configuration ---------------------
+ * Retrieve Clock frequency used for USART Peripheral
+ */
+ if (USARTx == USART1)
+ {
+ periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE);
+ }
+#if defined(USART2)
+ else if (USARTx == USART2)
+ {
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW)
+ periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE);
+#else
+ /* USART2 clock is PCLK */
+ LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);
+ periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
+#endif
+ }
+#endif /* USART2 */
+#if defined(USART3)
+ else if (USARTx == USART3)
+ {
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW)
+ periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE);
+#else
+ /* USART3 clock is PCLK */
+ LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);
+ periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
+#endif
+ }
+#endif /* USART3 */
+#if defined(USART4)
+ else if (USARTx == USART4)
+ {
+ /* USART4 clock is PCLK1 */
+ LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);
+ periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
+ }
+#endif /* USART4 */
+#if defined(USART5)
+ else if (USARTx == USART5)
+ {
+ /* USART5 clock is PCLK1 */
+ LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);
+ periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
+ }
+#endif /* USART5 */
+#if defined(USART6)
+ else if (USARTx == USART6)
+ {
+ /* USART6 clock is PCLK */
+ LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);
+ periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
+ }
+#endif /* USART6 */
+#if defined(USART7)
+ else if (USARTx == USART7)
+ {
+ /* USART7 clock is PCLK */
+ LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);
+ periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
+ }
+#endif /* USART7 */
+#if defined(USART8)
+ else if (USARTx == USART8)
+ {
+ /* USART8 clock is PCLK */
+ LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);
+ periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency;
+ }
+#endif /* USART8 */
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nothing to do, as error code is already assigned to ERROR value */
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the USART Baud Rate :
+ - valid baud rate value (different from 0) is required
+ - Peripheral clock as returned by RCC service, should be valid (different from 0).
+ */
+ if ((periphclk != LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO)
+ && (USART_InitStruct->BaudRate != 0U))
+ {
+ status = SUCCESS;
+ LL_USART_SetBaudRate(USARTx,
+ periphclk,
+ USART_InitStruct->OverSampling,
+ USART_InitStruct->BaudRate);
+
+ /* Check BRR is greater than or equal to 16d */
+ assert_param(IS_LL_USART_BRR_MIN(USARTx->BRR));
+
+ /* Check BRR is lower than or equal to 0xFFFF */
+ assert_param(IS_LL_USART_BRR_MAX(USARTx->BRR));
+ }
+ }
+ /* Endif (=> USART not in Disabled state => return ERROR) */
+
+ return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set each @ref LL_USART_InitTypeDef field to default value.
+ * @param USART_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_USART_InitTypeDef structure
+ * whose fields will be set to default values.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+
+void LL_USART_StructInit(LL_USART_InitTypeDef *USART_InitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set USART_InitStruct fields to default values */
+ USART_InitStruct->BaudRate = 9600U;
+ USART_InitStruct->DataWidth = LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B;
+ USART_InitStruct->StopBits = LL_USART_STOPBITS_1;
+ USART_InitStruct->Parity = LL_USART_PARITY_NONE ;
+ USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection = LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX_RX;
+ USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl = LL_USART_HWCONTROL_NONE;
+ USART_InitStruct->OverSampling = LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialize USART Clock related settings according to the
+ * specified parameters in the USART_ClockInitStruct.
+ * @note As some bits in USART configuration registers can only be written when the USART is disabled (USART_CR1_UE bit =0),
+ * USART Peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
+ * @param USARTx USART Instance
+ * @param USART_ClockInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure
+ * that contains the Clock configuration information for the specified USART peripheral.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: USART registers related to Clock settings are initialized according to USART_ClockInitStruct content
+ * - ERROR: Problem occurred during USART Registers initialization
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef *USART_ClockInitStruct)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+ /* Check USART Instance and Clock signal output parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKOUTPUT(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput));
+
+ /* USART needs to be in disabled state, in order to be able to configure some bits in
+ CRx registers */
+ if (LL_USART_IsEnabled(USARTx) == 0U)
+ {
+ /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/
+ /* If Clock signal has to be output */
+ if (USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput == LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE)
+ {
+ /* Deactivate Clock signal delivery :
+ * - Disable Clock Output: USART_CR2_CLKEN cleared
+ */
+ LL_USART_DisableSCLKOutput(USARTx);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Ensure USART instance is USART capable */
+ assert_param(IS_USART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
+
+ /* Check clock related parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPOLARITY(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPHASE(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_USART_LASTBITCLKOUTPUT(USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse));
+
+ /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------
+ * Configure USARTx CR2 (Clock signal related bits) with parameters:
+ * - Enable Clock Output: USART_CR2_CLKEN set
+ * - Clock Polarity: USART_CR2_CPOL bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity value
+ * - Clock Phase: USART_CR2_CPHA bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase value
+ * - Last Bit Clock Pulse Output: USART_CR2_LBCL bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse value.
+ */
+ MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR2,
+ USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_CPOL | USART_CR2_LBCL,
+ USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity |
+ USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase | USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse);
+ }
+ }
+ /* Else (USART not in Disabled state => return ERROR */
+ else
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return (status);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Set each field of a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef type structure to default value.
+ * @param USART_ClockInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure
+ * whose fields will be set to default values.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LL_USART_ClockStructInit(LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef *USART_ClockInitStruct)
+{
+ /* Set LL_USART_ClockInitStruct fields with default values */
+ USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE;
+ USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity = LL_USART_POLARITY_LOW; /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */
+ USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase = LL_USART_PHASE_1EDGE; /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */
+ USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse = LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_NO_OUTPUT; /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* USART1 || USART2 || USART3 || UART4 || UART5 || USART6 || USART7 || USART8 */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_usb.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_usb.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..071ebdc --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_usb.c @@ -0,0 +1,878 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_ll_usb.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief USB Low Layer HAL module driver.
+ *
+ * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+ * functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
+ * + Initialization/de-initialization functions
+ * + I/O operation functions
+ * + Peripheral Control functions
+ * + Peripheral State functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ==============================================================================
+ ##### How to use this driver #####
+ ==============================================================================
+ [..]
+ (#) Fill parameters of Init structure in USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure.
+
+ (#) Call USB_CoreInit() API to initialize the USB Core peripheral.
+
+ (#) The upper HAL HCD/PCD driver will call the right routines for its internal processes.
+
+ @endverbatim
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_USB_DRIVER
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if defined (HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined (HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED)
+#if defined (USB)
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes the USB Core
+ * @param USBx: USB Instance
+ * @param cfg : pointer to a USB_CfgTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreInit(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_CfgTypeDef cfg)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(USBx);
+ UNUSED(cfg);
+
+ /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+ only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+ - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+ */
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_EnableGlobalInt
+ * Enables the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EnableGlobalInt(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ uint16_t winterruptmask;
+
+ /* Set winterruptmask variable */
+ winterruptmask = USB_CNTR_CTRM | USB_CNTR_WKUPM |
+ USB_CNTR_SUSPM | USB_CNTR_ERRM |
+ USB_CNTR_SOFM | USB_CNTR_ESOFM |
+ USB_CNTR_RESETM | USB_CNTR_L1REQM;
+
+ /* Set interrupt mask */
+ USBx->CNTR |= winterruptmask;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_DisableGlobalInt
+ * Disable the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+*/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DisableGlobalInt(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ uint16_t winterruptmask;
+
+ /* Set winterruptmask variable */
+ winterruptmask = USB_CNTR_CTRM | USB_CNTR_WKUPM |
+ USB_CNTR_SUSPM | USB_CNTR_ERRM |
+ USB_CNTR_SOFM | USB_CNTR_ESOFM |
+ USB_CNTR_RESETM | USB_CNTR_L1REQM;
+
+ /* Clear interrupt mask */
+ USBx->CNTR &= ~winterruptmask;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_SetCurrentMode : Set functional mode
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @param mode : current core mode
+ * This parameter can be one of the these values:
+ * @arg USB_DEVICE_MODE: Peripheral mode mode
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetCurrentMode(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_ModeTypeDef mode)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(USBx);
+ UNUSED(mode);
+
+ /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+ only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+ - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+ */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_DevInit : Initializes the USB controller registers
+ * for device mode
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @param cfg : pointer to a USB_CfgTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral.
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevInit(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_CfgTypeDef cfg)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(cfg);
+
+ /* Init Device */
+ /*CNTR_FRES = 1*/
+ USBx->CNTR = USB_CNTR_FRES;
+
+ /*CNTR_FRES = 0*/
+ USBx->CNTR = 0;
+
+ /*Clear pending interrupts*/
+ USBx->ISTR = 0;
+
+ /*Set Btable Address*/
+ USBx->BTABLE = BTABLE_ADDRESS;
+
+ /* Enable USB Device Interrupt mask */
+ (void)USB_EnableGlobalInt(USBx);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_SetDevSpeed :Initializes the device speed
+ * depending on the PHY type and the enumeration speed of the device.
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param speed device speed
+ * @retval Hal status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetDevSpeed(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t speed)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(USBx);
+ UNUSED(speed);
+
+ /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+ only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+ - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+ */
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_FlushTxFifo : Flush a Tx FIFO
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @param num : FIFO number
+ * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
+ 15 means Flush all Tx FIFOs
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushTxFifo(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint32_t num)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(USBx);
+ UNUSED(num);
+
+ /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+ only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+ - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+ */
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_FlushRxFifo : Flush Rx FIFO
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushRxFifo(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(USBx);
+
+ /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+ only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+ - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+ */
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Activate and configure an endpoint
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateEndpoint(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+ HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK;
+ uint16_t wEpRegVal;
+
+ wEpRegVal = PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(USBx, ep->num) & USB_EP_T_MASK;
+
+ /* initialize Endpoint */
+ switch (ep->type)
+ {
+ case EP_TYPE_CTRL:
+ wEpRegVal |= USB_EP_CONTROL;
+ break;
+
+ case EP_TYPE_BULK:
+ wEpRegVal |= USB_EP_BULK;
+ break;
+
+ case EP_TYPE_INTR:
+ wEpRegVal |= USB_EP_INTERRUPT;
+ break;
+
+ case EP_TYPE_ISOC:
+ wEpRegVal |= USB_EP_ISOCHRONOUS;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ ret = HAL_ERROR;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ PCD_SET_ENDPOINT(USBx, ep->num, wEpRegVal | USB_EP_CTR_RX | USB_EP_CTR_TX);
+
+ PCD_SET_EP_ADDRESS(USBx, ep->num, ep->num);
+
+ if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U)
+ {
+ if (ep->is_in != 0U)
+ {
+ /*Set the endpoint Transmit buffer address */
+ PCD_SET_EP_TX_ADDRESS(USBx, ep->num, ep->pmaadress);
+ PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+ if (ep->type != EP_TYPE_ISOC)
+ {
+ /* Configure NAK status for the Endpoint */
+ PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_NAK);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Configure TX Endpoint to disabled state */
+ PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*Set the endpoint Receive buffer address */
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_ADDRESS(USBx, ep->num, ep->pmaadress);
+ /*Set the endpoint Receive buffer counter*/
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->maxpacket);
+ PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+ /* Configure VALID status for the Endpoint*/
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID);
+ }
+ }
+ /*Double Buffer*/
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set the endpoint as double buffered */
+ PCD_SET_EP_DBUF(USBx, ep->num);
+ /* Set buffer address for double buffered mode */
+ PCD_SET_EP_DBUF_ADDR(USBx, ep->num, ep->pmaaddr0, ep->pmaaddr1);
+
+ if (ep->is_in == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT */
+ PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+ PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+ /* Reset value of the data toggle bits for the endpoint out */
+ PCD_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID);
+ PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT */
+ PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+ PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+ PCD_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+ if (ep->type != EP_TYPE_ISOC)
+ {
+ /* Configure NAK status for the Endpoint */
+ PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_NAK);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Configure TX Endpoint to disabled state */
+ PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS);
+ }
+
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief De-activate and de-initialize an endpoint
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeactivateEndpoint(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+ if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U)
+ {
+ if (ep->is_in != 0U)
+ {
+ PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+ /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/
+ PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+ /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS);
+ }
+ }
+ /*Double Buffer*/
+ else
+ {
+ if (ep->is_in == 0U)
+ {
+ /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT*/
+ PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+ PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+ /* Reset value of the data toggle bits for the endpoint out*/
+ PCD_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS);
+ PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT*/
+ PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+ PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+ PCD_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+ /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/
+ PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS);
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_EPStartXfer : setup and starts a transfer over an EP
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPStartXfer(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+ uint16_t pmabuffer;
+ uint32_t len;
+
+ /* IN endpoint */
+ if (ep->is_in == 1U)
+ {
+ /*Multi packet transfer*/
+ if (ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket)
+ {
+ len = ep->maxpacket;
+ ep->xfer_len -= len;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ len = ep->xfer_len;
+ ep->xfer_len = 0U;
+ }
+
+ /* configure and validate Tx endpoint */
+ if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U)
+ {
+ USB_WritePMA(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaadress, (uint16_t)len);
+ PCD_SET_EP_TX_CNT(USBx, ep->num, len);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Write the data to the USB endpoint */
+ if ((PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(USBx, ep->num) & USB_EP_DTOG_TX) != 0U)
+ {
+ /* Set the Double buffer counter for pmabuffer1 */
+ PCD_SET_EP_DBUF1_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len);
+ pmabuffer = ep->pmaaddr1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set the Double buffer counter for pmabuffer0 */
+ PCD_SET_EP_DBUF0_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len);
+ pmabuffer = ep->pmaaddr0;
+ }
+ USB_WritePMA(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, pmabuffer, (uint16_t)len);
+ PCD_FreeUserBuffer(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in);
+ }
+
+ PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_VALID);
+ }
+ else /* OUT endpoint */
+ {
+ /* Multi packet transfer*/
+ if (ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket)
+ {
+ len = ep->maxpacket;
+ ep->xfer_len -= len;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ len = ep->xfer_len;
+ ep->xfer_len = 0U;
+ }
+
+ /* configure and validate Rx endpoint */
+ if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U)
+ {
+ /*Set RX buffer count*/
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_CNT(USBx, ep->num, len);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*Set the Double buffer counter*/
+ PCD_SET_EP_DBUF_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len);
+ }
+
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_WritePacket : Writes a packet into the Tx FIFO associated
+ * with the EP/channel
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @param src : pointer to source buffer
+ * @param ch_ep_num : endpoint or host channel number
+ * @param len : Number of bytes to write
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_WritePacket(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *src, uint8_t ch_ep_num, uint16_t len)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(USBx);
+ UNUSED(src);
+ UNUSED(ch_ep_num);
+ UNUSED(len);
+ /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+ only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+ - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+ */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_ReadPacket : read a packet from the Tx FIFO associated
+ * with the EP/channel
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @param dest : destination pointer
+ * @param len : Number of bytes to read
+ * @retval pointer to destination buffer
+ */
+void *USB_ReadPacket(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *dest, uint16_t len)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(USBx);
+ UNUSED(dest);
+ UNUSED(len);
+ /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+ only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+ - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+ */
+ return ((void *)NULL);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_EPSetStall : set a stall condition over an EP
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPSetStall(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+ if (ep->is_in != 0U)
+ {
+ PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_STALL);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_STALL);
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_EPClearStall : Clear a stall condition over an EP
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPClearStall(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep)
+{
+ if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U)
+ {
+ if (ep->is_in != 0U)
+ {
+ PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+ if (ep->type != EP_TYPE_ISOC)
+ {
+ /* Configure NAK status for the Endpoint */
+ PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_NAK);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num);
+
+ /* Configure VALID status for the Endpoint*/
+ PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_StopDevice : Stop the usb device mode
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_StopDevice(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ /* disable all interrupts and force USB reset */
+ USBx->CNTR = USB_CNTR_FRES;
+
+ /* clear interrupt status register */
+ USBx->ISTR = 0;
+
+ /* switch-off device */
+ USBx->CNTR = (USB_CNTR_FRES | USB_CNTR_PDWN);
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_SetDevAddress : Stop the usb device mode
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @param address : new device address to be assigned
+ * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetDevAddress(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t address)
+{
+ if (address == 0U)
+ {
+ /* set device address and enable function */
+ USBx->DADDR = USB_DADDR_EF;
+ }
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_DevConnect : Connect the USB device by enabling the pull-up/pull-down
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevConnect(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ /* Enabling DP Pull-UP bit to Connect internal PU resistor on USB DP line */
+ USBx->BCDR |= USB_BCDR_DPPU;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_DevDisconnect : Disconnect the USB device by disabling the pull-up/pull-down
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevDisconnect(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ /* Disable DP Pull-Up bit to disconnect the Internal PU resistor on USB DP line */
+ USBx->BCDR &= (uint16_t)(~(USB_BCDR_DPPU));
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_ReadInterrupts: return the global USB interrupt status
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+uint32_t USB_ReadInterrupts(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ uint32_t tmpreg;
+
+ tmpreg = USBx->ISTR;
+ return tmpreg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt: return the USB device OUT endpoints interrupt status
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(USBx);
+ /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+ only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+ - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+ */
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt: return the USB device IN endpoints interrupt status
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(USBx);
+ /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+ only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+ - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+ */
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns Device OUT EP Interrupt register
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @param epnum : endpoint number
+ * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15
+ * @retval Device OUT EP Interrupt register
+ */
+uint32_t USB_ReadDevOutEPInterrupt(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t epnum)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(USBx);
+ UNUSED(epnum);
+ /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+ only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+ - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+ */
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Returns Device IN EP Interrupt register
+ * @param USBx : Selected device
+ * @param epnum : endpoint number
+ * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15
+ * @retval Device IN EP Interrupt register
+ */
+uint32_t USB_ReadDevInEPInterrupt(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t epnum)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(USBx);
+ UNUSED(epnum);
+ /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+ only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+ - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+ */
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_ClearInterrupts: clear a USB interrupt
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param interrupt interrupt flag
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USB_ClearInterrupts(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint32_t interrupt)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(USBx);
+ UNUSED(interrupt);
+ /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+ only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+ - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+ */
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Prepare the EP0 to start the first control setup
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @param psetup pointer to setup packet
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EP0_OutStart(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *psetup)
+{
+ /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+ UNUSED(USBx);
+ UNUSED(psetup);
+ /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used
+ only by USB OTG FS peripheral.
+ - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms.
+ */
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup : active remote wakeup signalling
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ USBx->CNTR |= USB_CNTR_RESUME;
+
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup : de-active remote wakeup signalling
+ * @param USBx Selected device
+ * @retval HAL status
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(USB_TypeDef *USBx)
+{
+ USBx->CNTR &= ~(USB_CNTR_RESUME);
+ return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Copy a buffer from user memory area to packet memory area (PMA)
+ * @param USBx USB peripheral instance register address.
+ * @param pbUsrBuf pointer to user memory area.
+ * @param wPMABufAddr address into PMA.
+ * @param wNBytes: no. of bytes to be copied.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USB_WritePMA(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *pbUsrBuf, uint16_t wPMABufAddr, uint16_t wNBytes)
+{
+ uint32_t n = ((uint32_t)wNBytes + 1U) >> 1;
+ uint32_t BaseAddr = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t i, temp1, temp2;
+ __IO uint16_t *pdwVal;
+ uint8_t *pBuf = pbUsrBuf;
+
+ pdwVal = (__IO uint16_t *)(BaseAddr + 0x400U + ((uint32_t)wPMABufAddr * PMA_ACCESS));
+
+ for (i = n; i != 0U; i--)
+ {
+ temp1 = *pBuf;
+ pBuf++;
+ temp2 = temp1 | ((uint16_t)((uint16_t) *pBuf << 8));
+ *pdwVal = (uint16_t)temp2;
+ pdwVal++;
+
+#if PMA_ACCESS > 1U
+ pdwVal++;
+#endif
+
+ pBuf++;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Copy a buffer from user memory area to packet memory area (PMA)
+ * @param USBx: USB peripheral instance register address.
+ * @param pbUsrBuf pointer to user memory area.
+ * @param wPMABufAddr address into PMA.
+ * @param wNBytes: no. of bytes to be copied.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void USB_ReadPMA(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *pbUsrBuf, uint16_t wPMABufAddr, uint16_t wNBytes)
+{
+ uint32_t n = (uint32_t)wNBytes >> 1;
+ uint32_t BaseAddr = (uint32_t)USBx;
+ uint32_t i, temp;
+ __IO uint16_t *pdwVal;
+ uint8_t *pBuf = pbUsrBuf;
+
+ pdwVal = (__IO uint16_t *)(BaseAddr + 0x400U + ((uint32_t)wPMABufAddr * PMA_ACCESS));
+
+ for (i = n; i != 0U; i--)
+ {
+ temp = *(__IO uint16_t *)pdwVal;
+ pdwVal++;
+ *pBuf = (uint8_t)((temp >> 0) & 0xFFU);
+ pBuf++;
+ *pBuf = (uint8_t)((temp >> 8) & 0xFFU);
+ pBuf++;
+
+#if PMA_ACCESS > 1U
+ pdwVal++;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if ((wNBytes % 2U) != 0U)
+ {
+ temp = *pdwVal;
+ *pBuf = (uint8_t)((temp >> 0) & 0xFFU);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* defined (USB) */
+#endif /* defined (HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined (HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED) */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_utils.c b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_utils.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b6b084a --- /dev/null +++ b/midi-dials/Drivers/STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f0xx_ll_utils.c @@ -0,0 +1,605 @@ +/**
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @file stm32f0xx_ll_utils.c
+ * @author MCD Application Team
+ * @brief UTILS LL module driver.
+ ******************************************************************************
+ * @attention
+ *
+ * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+ * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+ *
+ * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+ * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+ * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+ * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************
+ */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_rcc.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_utils.h"
+#include "stm32f0xx_ll_system.h"
+#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
+#include "stm32_assert.h"
+#else
+#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Constants
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Defines used for PLL range */
+#define UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MIN 16000000U /*!< Frequency min for PLL output, in Hz */
+#define UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MAX 48000000U /*!< Frequency max for PLL output, in Hz */
+
+/* Defines used for HSE range */
+#define UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MIN 4000000U /*!< Frequency min for HSE frequency, in Hz */
+#define UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MAX 32000000U /*!< Frequency max for HSE frequency, in Hz */
+
+/* Defines used for FLASH latency according to SYSCLK Frequency */
+#define UTILS_LATENCY1_FREQ 24000000U /*!< SYSCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 1 */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Macros
+ * @{
+ */
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_SYSCLK_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_1) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_2) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_4) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_8) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_16) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_64) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_128) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_256) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_512))
+
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_APB1_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_1) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_2) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_4) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_8) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_16))
+
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLMUL_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_2) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_3) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_4) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_5) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_6) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_7) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_8) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_9) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_10) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_11) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_12) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_13) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_14) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_15) \
+ || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_16))
+
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_1) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_2) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_3) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_4) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_5) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_6) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_7) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_8) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_9) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_10) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_11) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_12) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_13) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_14) || \
+ ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_15) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_16))
+
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLL_FREQUENCY(__VALUE__) ((UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MIN <= (__VALUE__)) && ((__VALUE__) <= UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MAX))
+
+
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_BYPASS(__STATE__) (((__STATE__) == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON) \
+ || ((__STATE__) == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_OFF))
+
+#define IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY(__FREQUENCY__) (((__FREQUENCY__) >= UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MIN) && ((__FREQUENCY__) <= UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MAX))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup UTILS_LL_Private_Functions UTILS Private functions
+ * @{
+ */
+static uint32_t UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(uint32_t PLL_InputFrequency,
+ LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
+#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)
+static ErrorStatus UTILS_SetFlashLatency(uint32_t Frequency);
+#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */
+static ErrorStatus UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
+static ErrorStatus UTILS_PLL_IsBusy(void);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Exported_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_EF_DELAY
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function configures the Cortex-M SysTick source to have 1ms time base.
+ * @note When a RTOS is used, it is recommended to avoid changing the Systick
+ * configuration by calling this function, for a delay use rather osDelay RTOS service.
+ * @param HCLKFrequency HCLK frequency in Hz
+ * @note HCLK frequency can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro or function @ref LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LL_Init1msTick(uint32_t HCLKFrequency)
+{
+ /* Use frequency provided in argument */
+ LL_InitTick(HCLKFrequency, 1000U);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based
+ * on SysTick counter flag
+ * @note When a RTOS is used, it is recommended to avoid using blocking delay
+ * and use rather osDelay service.
+ * @note To respect 1ms timebase, user should call @ref LL_Init1msTick function which
+ * will configure Systick to 1ms
+ * @param Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LL_mDelay(uint32_t Delay)
+{
+ __IO uint32_t tmp = SysTick->CTRL; /* Clear the COUNTFLAG first */
+ /* Add this code to indicate that local variable is not used */
+ ((void)tmp);
+
+ /* Add a period to guaranty minimum wait */
+ if (Delay < LL_MAX_DELAY)
+ {
+ Delay++;
+ }
+
+ while (Delay)
+ {
+ if ((SysTick->CTRL & SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Msk) != 0U)
+ {
+ Delay--;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_EF_SYSTEM
+ * @brief System Configuration functions
+ *
+ @verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+ ##### System Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+ [..]
+ System, AHB and APB buses clocks configuration
+
+ (+) The maximum frequency of the SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and PCLK2 is 48000000 Hz.
+ @endverbatim
+ @internal
+ Depending on the SYSCLK frequency, the flash latency should be adapted accordingly:
+ (++) +-----------------------------------------------+
+ (++) | Latency | SYSCLK clock frequency (MHz) |
+ (++) |---------------|-------------------------------|
+ (++) |0WS(1CPU cycle)| 0 < SYSCLK <= 24 |
+ (++) |---------------|-------------------------------|
+ (++) |1WS(2CPU cycle)| 24 < SYSCLK <= 48 |
+ (++) +-----------------------------------------------+
+ @endinternal
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function sets directly SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable.
+ * @note Variable can be calculated also through SystemCoreClockUpdate function.
+ * @param HCLKFrequency HCLK frequency in Hz (can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro)
+ * @retval None
+ */
+void LL_SetSystemCoreClock(uint32_t HCLKFrequency)
+{
+ /* HCLK clock frequency */
+ SystemCoreClock = HCLKFrequency;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief This function configures system clock with HSI as clock source of the PLL
+ * @note The application need to ensure that PLL is disabled.
+ * @note Function is based on the following formula:
+ * - PLL output frequency = ((HSI frequency / PREDIV) * PLLMUL)
+ * - PREDIV: Set to 2 for few devices
+ * - PLLMUL: The application software must set correctly the PLL multiplication factor to
+ * be in the range 16-48MHz
+ * @note FLASH latency can be modified through this function.
+ * @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the PLL.
+ * @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done
+ * - ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSI(LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct,
+ LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+ uint32_t pllfreq = 0U;
+
+ /* Check if one of the PLL is enabled */
+ if (UTILS_PLL_IsBusy() == SUCCESS)
+ {
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT)
+ /* Check PREDIV value */
+ assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv));
+#else
+ /* Force PREDIV value to 2 */
+ UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv = LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_2;
+#endif /*RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT*/
+ /* Calculate the new PLL output frequency */
+ pllfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(HSI_VALUE, UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
+
+ /* Enable HSI if not enabled */
+ if (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady() != 1U)
+ {
+ LL_RCC_HSI_Enable();
+ while (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady() != 1U)
+ {
+ /* Wait for HSI ready */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Configure PLL */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT)
+ LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS(LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv);
+#else
+ LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS(LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV_2, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul);
+#endif /*RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT*/
+
+ /* Enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL */
+ status = UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(pllfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Current PLL configuration cannot be modified */
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+#if defined(RCC_CFGR_SW_HSI48)
+/**
+ * @brief This function configures system clock with HSI48 as clock source of the PLL
+ * @note The application need to ensure that PLL is disabled.
+ * @note Function is based on the following formula:
+ * - PLL output frequency = ((HSI48 frequency / PREDIV) * PLLMUL)
+ * - PLLMUL: The application software must set correctly the PLL multiplication factor to
+ * be in the range 16-48MHz
+ * @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the PLL.
+ * @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done
+ * - ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSI48(LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct,
+ LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+ uint32_t pllfreq = 0U;
+
+ /* Check if one of the PLL is enabled */
+ if (UTILS_PLL_IsBusy() == SUCCESS)
+ {
+ /* Check PREDIV value */
+ assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv));
+
+ /* Calculate the new PLL output frequency */
+ pllfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(HSI48_VALUE, UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
+
+ /* Enable HSI48 if not enabled */
+ if (LL_RCC_HSI48_IsReady() != 1U)
+ {
+ LL_RCC_HSI48_Enable();
+ while (LL_RCC_HSI48_IsReady() != 1U)
+ {
+ /* Wait for HSI48 ready */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Configure PLL */
+ LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS(LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI48, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv);
+
+ /* Enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL */
+ status = UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(pllfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Current PLL configuration cannot be modified */
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+#endif /*RCC_CFGR_SW_HSI48*/
+/**
+ * @brief This function configures system clock with HSE as clock source of the PLL
+ * @note The application need to ensure that PLL is disabled.
+ * @note Function is based on the following formula:
+ * - PLL output frequency = ((HSE frequency / PREDIV) * PLLMUL)
+ * - PLLMUL: The application software must set correctly the PLL multiplication factor to
+ * be in the range 16-48MHz
+ * @note FLASH latency can be modified through this function.
+ * @param HSEFrequency Value between Min_Data = 4000000 and Max_Data = 32000000
+ * @param HSEBypass This parameter can be one of the following values:
+ * @arg @ref LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON
+ * @arg @ref LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_OFF
+ * @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the PLL.
+ * @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done
+ * - ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done
+ */
+ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSE(uint32_t HSEFrequency, uint32_t HSEBypass,
+ LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+ uint32_t pllfreq = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY(HSEFrequency));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_BYPASS(HSEBypass));
+
+ /* Check if one of the PLL is enabled */
+ if (UTILS_PLL_IsBusy() == SUCCESS)
+ {
+ /* Check PREDIV value */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT)
+ assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv));
+#else
+ assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv));
+#endif /*RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT*/
+
+ /* Calculate the new PLL output frequency */
+ pllfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(HSEFrequency, UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
+
+ /* Enable HSE if not enabled */
+ if (LL_RCC_HSE_IsReady() != 1U)
+ {
+ /* Check if need to enable HSE bypass feature or not */
+ if (HSEBypass == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON)
+ {
+ LL_RCC_HSE_EnableBypass();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ LL_RCC_HSE_DisableBypass();
+ }
+
+ /* Enable HSE */
+ LL_RCC_HSE_Enable();
+ while (LL_RCC_HSE_IsReady() != 1U)
+ {
+ /* Wait for HSE ready */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Configure PLL */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT)
+ LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS(LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv);
+#else
+ LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS((RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC_HSE_PREDIV | UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv), UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul);
+#endif /*RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT*/
+
+ /* Enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL */
+ status = UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(pllfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Current PLL configuration cannot be modified */
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Update number of Flash wait states in line with new frequency and current
+ voltage range.
+ * @param Frequency SYSCLK frequency
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: Latency has been modified
+ * - ERROR: Latency cannot be modified
+ */
+#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)
+static ErrorStatus UTILS_SetFlashLatency(uint32_t Frequency)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+ uint32_t latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0; /* default value 0WS */
+
+ /* Frequency cannot be equal to 0 */
+ if (Frequency == 0U)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (Frequency > UTILS_LATENCY1_FREQ)
+ {
+ /* 24 < SYSCLK <= 48 => 1WS (2 CPU cycles) */
+ latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_1;
+ }
+ /* else SYSCLK < 24MHz default LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0 0WS */
+
+ LL_FLASH_SetLatency(latency);
+
+ /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash
+ memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */
+ if (LL_FLASH_GetLatency() != latency)
+ {
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+ return status;
+}
+#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function to check that PLL can be modified
+ * @param PLL_InputFrequency PLL input frequency (in Hz)
+ * @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the PLL.
+ * @retval PLL output frequency (in Hz)
+ */
+static uint32_t UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(uint32_t PLL_InputFrequency, LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct)
+{
+ uint32_t pllfreq = 0U;
+
+ /* Check the parameters */
+ assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLLMUL_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul));
+
+ /* Check different PLL parameters according to RM */
+ /* The application software must set correctly the PLL multiplication factor to
+ be in the range 16-48MHz */
+#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT)
+ pllfreq = __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ(PLL_InputFrequency, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv);
+#else
+ pllfreq = __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ(PLL_InputFrequency / (UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv + 1U), UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul);
+#endif /*RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT*/
+ assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLL_FREQUENCY(pllfreq));
+
+ return pllfreq;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function to check that PLL can be modified
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: PLL modification can be done
+ * - ERROR: PLL is busy
+ */
+static ErrorStatus UTILS_PLL_IsBusy(void)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+
+ /* Check if PLL is busy*/
+ if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady() != 0U)
+ {
+ /* PLL configuration cannot be modified */
+ status = ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function to enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL
+ * @param SYSCLK_Frequency SYSCLK frequency
+ * @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
+ * the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
+ * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
+ * - SUCCESS: No problem to switch system to PLL
+ * - ERROR: Problem to switch system to PLL
+ */
+static ErrorStatus UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
+{
+ ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
+ uint32_t sysclk_frequency_current = 0U;
+
+ assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_SYSCLK_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider));
+ assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_APB1_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider));
+
+ /* Calculate current SYSCLK frequency */
+ sysclk_frequency_current = (SystemCoreClock << AHBPrescTable[LL_RCC_GetAHBPrescaler() >> RCC_POSITION_HPRE]);
+
+ /* Increasing the number of wait states because of higher CPU frequency */
+ if (sysclk_frequency_current < SYSCLK_Frequency)
+ {
+ /* Set FLASH latency to highest latency */
+ status = UTILS_SetFlashLatency(SYSCLK_Frequency);
+ }
+
+ /* Update system clock configuration */
+ if (status == SUCCESS)
+ {
+ /* Enable PLL */
+ LL_RCC_PLL_Enable();
+ while (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady() != 1U)
+ {
+ /* Wait for PLL ready */
+ }
+
+ /* Sysclk activation on the main PLL */
+ LL_RCC_SetAHBPrescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider);
+ LL_RCC_SetSysClkSource(LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_PLL);
+ while (LL_RCC_GetSysClkSource() != LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLL)
+ {
+ /* Wait for system clock switch to PLL */
+ }
+
+ /* Set APB1 & APB2 prescaler*/
+ LL_RCC_SetAPB1Prescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider);
+ }
+
+ /* Decreasing the number of wait states because of lower CPU frequency */
+ if (sysclk_frequency_current > SYSCLK_Frequency)
+ {
+ /* Set FLASH latency to lowest latency */
+ status = UTILS_SetFlashLatency(SYSCLK_Frequency);
+ }
+
+ /* Update SystemCoreClock variable */
+ if (status == SUCCESS)
+ {
+ LL_SetSystemCoreClock(__LL_RCC_CALC_HCLK_FREQ(SYSCLK_Frequency, UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider));
+ }
+
+ return status;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|